/

, /)
\y

.A

U

THE

NATURALIST:

A

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

Natural History for the North of England

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.S.A.(Scot.), M.B.O.U.,

Curator of the Municipal Museums, Hull ;

Hon. Member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union ; the Spalding Gentlemen’s
Society ; the Doncaster Scientific Society ; the Selby Scientific Society ;
the Worthing Archaeological Society ; the Leeds Naturalists’

Club and Scientific Association ;

AND

THOMAS WILLIAM WOODHEAD, Ph.d., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Lecturer in Biology, Technical College, Huddersfield ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

GEORGE T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S. JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc.
RILEY FORTUNE, F Z.S.

1925.

IT A“3*'

LONDON

A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

And at Hull and York.

PRINTED AT A. BROWN AND SONS, LTD.,
SAVILE STREET AND GEORGE STREET, HULL.

JAN., 1925.

No. 816

No. 590 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull:

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents page

Notes and Comments (illustrated) : — Exit ‘The Irish Naturalist’;
Flowering in the North of England ; A New Manx Journal ; Money
Scales and Weights ; An Early Example ; Northern Naturalists’

Union; Divining Rod ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1-4

The Study of Flies (Diptera) — Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S. 5-20

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union Report for 1924 ... ... ... 21-26

Field Notes : — Grey Hen in Yorkshire ; Red Squirrel in S.W. Yorks ;

Some Northern Orthoptera ; Hybernia defoliaria abundant near
Huddersfield ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at Sheffield ... ... ... ... 28

Correspondence : — Arrivals of Migrants at York and immediate vicinity

during 1924 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

In Memoriam : — James Alfred Wheldon, M.Sc., A.L.S., I.S.M. ... 29-31

Proceedings of Scientific Societies

Northern News

News from the Magazines ...

Illustration

Plate I.

A. Brown &

27

31

32

5

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretaries, The University , Leeds; or to
The Hon. Treasurer, Mr. E. Hawksworth, Sunnyside, Crossgates ,

Leeds.

This form, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the
Secretaries of the Union The University, Leeds, accompanied by
the amount of the first year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
hut not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

£

TT< CO

_ o

I

* §

to

s

.§>

to

CO

b

42 ^

CO ^

<3 csi
$5 -t-i

*8

CO

-8

8

S

?:

S

b

to

b

b

b

b

b

fE

*^0

8

o

•

■to

.tyo

b

THE NATURALIST

FOR 1925,

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

EXIT ‘ THE IRISH NATURALIST.’

We are sorry to see the following announcement in The
Irish Naturalist for November : — ‘ With much regret we an-
nounce that with the end of the present year The Irish Naturalist
will cease to appear. For thirty-three years this Journal,
founded to promote the study of Natural Science in Ireland,
has steadily fulfilled its purpose. In the earlier portion of
its life it was able to pay its way, but with the great increase
in the price of printing since the European War, and the loss
by death or otherwise of many of its former supporters, it has
been maintained at a steadily increasing annual deficit. This
loss has been borne by the generous contributions of a body of
guarantors, whose number, like that of our subscribers, has
of recent years diminished, owing to the same causes. It is
felt that it is no longer fair to these friends to maintain this
burden upon them, and very reluctantly it has been decided
to discontinue publication.’

FLOWERING IN THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

In The New Phytologist issued on October 30th, R. H.
McCrea writes on ‘ Flowering in the North of England in

1922 and 1923.’ He gives ‘ a brief phonological study for the
years 1922 and 1923 of the district of N.E. Derbyshire for the
most part, but, in the late summer, of the neighbourhood of
Whitby, Yorkshire. The original intention was to correlate
the influence of various atmospheric factors with the time of
flowering, the factors chosen being those emphasised by
Warming for their ecological importance {(Ecology of Plants ,
Eng. ed., Oxford, 1909), namely, temperature, sunshine, rain
and wind. The analysis was attempted, but the results
obtained were considered to be too indefinite and the data too
bulky to justify publication, so that the course adopted by
Sir F. Darwin has been followed ; that is, to publish the
phsenological lists along with the records of temperature,
‘ which is the principal condition affecting the rate of flower-
ing.’ This is strikingly illustrated by a comparison of the
flowering and temperatures for the two years under considera-
tion. Some very striking differences are noticeable ; the
flowering for the early part of 1923 being much ahead of that
for the same period of 1922, which corresponds very well with
the higher mean temperature of the air for that period in

1923 ; and again the falling off later of the flowering for 1923
below that of 1922 and its subsequent recovery correspond to
a similar drop and subsequent rise in the air temperature over

1-925 Jan . 1

A

2 Notes and Comments .

approximately the same periods. The comparison of the
flowering was effected first by selecting those plants which
occurred in the lists for both years, and then comparing the
number which had already flowered at corresponding times in
the two years. The mean temperatures per week are those
supplied by the official observer at Worksop, Nottinghamshire,
which was selected as the most representative observation
centre available.’

A NEW MANX JOURNAL.

The Journal of the Manx Museum , a new publication
issued quarterly at the Manx Museum, Douglas, at a shilling
per annum, and edited by Mr. B. E. Sargeaunt, has been
received. It consists of eight quarto pages in double columns,
containing various items likely to interest the members of the
Manx Society. There are notes on the Sawfly ; Thirteenth
Century Glass Painting ; Bronze Sword ; Roman Coins ;
Nelson Papers ; The Lost Books of Livy ; Roman Remains
at Lolkstone ; Litzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, etc. The
publication will certainly give those interested in the Isle of
Man Museum information as to what is being done in museums
in other parts of the country, though personally we should
have preferred a little more information as to the activities
of the Isle of Man naturalists and archaeologists.

MONEY SCALES AND WEIGHTS.*

In this work considerably over two hundred sets of money
scales and boxes, dating from Roman times to those of Queen
Victoria, are illustrated and described, and, in addition, there
is a chapter by Mr. J. L. Musham on ‘ English Coin Weights,’
which contains a description of one of the finest collections
of these in existence. The introductory chapter dealing with
the general history of the necessity for weighing money in
early and Middle Ages is based upon Mr. Sheppard’s Presi-
dential Address to the Conference of Delegates at the British
Association a few years ago. The greater proportion of the
specimens described in the book are on exhibition in the
Municipal Museum at Hull.

AN EARLY EXAMPLE.

This work contains an interesting reference to an antique
standard of weights and measures in the Exchequer in 1497,
which gives curious information as to the origin of some of the
weights. There are illustrations of various kinds of weights
and measures, a view of the Exchequer, a Man in the Pillory
for giving short weight, etc. From the centre of this document
we learn that ‘ By the discrecion & ordinaunce of or soueraigne

* By T. Sheppard and J. F. Musham. London and Hull : Messrs.
A. Brown & Sons, 221 pp., 10/6.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

3

lorde ye kinge and of his lordes spuall and tepall wth ye
comons of ys same his realms of England of all man1' of weight
and measure yl was made by ys grayne of wheate. That is to
understand yt xxxjj graynes of wheate taken out of ye middell

Clerk? o£v* marked
hakmakqprodanxaam y — —

follows V/ Corcyt axxb koy -
fbe r mam*£ (t yf no man Co -
(vobh dmhunxi Cake y C —

/ markef.pta«tfj)on payn.

1

kcd] 'fxtypU,

orrery a?

derke krthdb euirtf ~
nwtlmioii d)c tiik a trN
ryctt‘tbdt(pmvi&> m the ^ , ,

conttv.bv v!kwrmtirUc6- ^ / J

o tally kmqc& bonsltrolbea ^ ,v

iffowcert^U) the Urtbc- — - ~ T

j&mCuror icottvikt. ^

C c trii harelip lb C- ^ art b fiipenft (ht kalpmy h^lpemyqjfb

'the tentbmye i6 all , vpoWMnyhwr $b\BivS' otj U)ifr

, ?n ^ <3 a TE r

<3(3 (3 a w aya

Xnrto m/ h nr; CaV

Hfy Gry naa? tobc freom L fa ectallie y * V t dfvcbt^U o £ y Bnllium Be maban h$ip d £arfbuyg$.
Vitfeola-u t\)at <m ^ ^ () § (} 6 ^

VOi^e tljxtb tn b alp en<r <% y 1 *

other l)ak t-rt

0 $ '6 6 6

1 0

0 •/} 5 A H ^

o a 5 o o m ')

ny yenwv B&vrtnttqmalted) ^ gjfdie Q7tptg-o£eaiivna..^_

of y? yeare [ear] weieth [weigheth] a starlinge otherwise called
a penny & xx starlinge maketh an ounce/ etc. In the top
left-hand corner of this remarkable document are illustrations
of ‘ The Whete eare ’ with the information that ‘ Two graynes
maketh ye xvj pte [part] of a penny. The conage of ye mynte
[mint] ffower graynes maketh the viij p* of a penny. The
iiij pte of a penny is a farthinge. xvj graynes an halpeny. the
halpeny wth ye peny and halpeny and the farthinge is all
poore mens, upon all manner of vitelers of the realme

1925 Jan. 1

4

Notes and Comments.

The cuynars [coiners] to be sworne in speciallie yi ye thirde-
pie of ye Bullion Be made in halpence & farthings yt is to-
saie that one half of the saide third in halpens and ye other
half in farthings.’ Accompanying this quaint information is
a sketch of a pair of coin scales with a silver penny (on edge)
in one tray, the other being full of grains, presumably thirty-
two ! It is to be hoped that the eccentric fork to the scales
is merely an error in the drawing J

NORTHERN NATURALISTS’ UNION.

Based on the lines of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, the
Northern Naturalists’ Union has been formed, an account of
which appears in The Vasculum, Vol. X., No. 4. Dr. F. C.
Garrett is the Hon, Secretary pro tern. The first meeting of
the Union was held at Hawthorn Dene in connection with the
Northumberland and Durham Natural History Society, and
included representatives of the Darlington Field Club, the
Wallis Club, etc. At present the Union is utilising The
Vasculum as the medium for publication of its records. We
wish our northern friends every success.

DIVINING ROD.

In Volume 68 of the familiar Manchester Memoirs, recently
published, is a well-illustrated paper on * Mediaeval Metal-
lurgy,’ by M. L. Becker. He informs us that : — ‘ One of the
principal subjects which has induced the “ popular ” scientist
to investigate early books on mining is that relating to the
mysterious use of the divining rod, or “ twig ” as it is some-
times called, when searching for underground water and
metallic veins, etc. Where there is an element of magic one
may be pretty certain to find a good deal of difference of
opinion. This apparently applies to-day, but no doubt to a
far less extent than formerly, and it is therefore of considerable
interest to note that Agricola considered the use of the divining
rod as nothing more nor less than superstitious waste of time.
It is the scientific attitude taken up on questions of this
nature which proves beyond doubt the accurate observation
and broad-minded reasoning brought to bear throughout the
whole work. When we consider that a century later than
Agricola a man of such advanced mind as Robert Boyle
(1626-1691), one of the founders of the Royal Society, was
convinced of the genuineness of the divining rod, one is more
impressed with the clarity of Agricola’s vision. Even to-day
while science has long since discarded it there are, we are
told, many miners who believe implicitly in the effectiveness
of this relic of superstition.’

— — : o :

‘ Lime -burning on a Yorkshire Farm,’ by Dr. A. G. Ruston, appears
in The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture for November.

Naturalist

THE STUDY OF FLIES (DIPTERA).

5

PERCY H. GRIM SHAW, F.R.S.E., -F.E.S.

Before entering upon the subject of this address, I should
like to express to you my thanks for, and my keen appreciation
of, the great honour which you, through your Executive, have
conferred upon me by electing me your President for the year
which is now drawing to a close. I can assure you that the
letter of invitation which I received little more than a year
ago gave me a somewhat severe shock, but after a little re-
flection it became a pleasant one, for I realised how proud I
should be to fill a position which I had looked up to, as a
youth, with a considerable amount of awe. But I felt that I
had done little or nothing to merit such an honour, and I
•still feel that my principal claim to the position is that I am
a Yorkshireman, born and brought up in the county, and that,
although I have, through force of circumstances, spent the past
thirty years and more in Scotland, yet I am still a true York-
shireman at heart, and take the keenest interest in all that the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union has done, and is doing, to further
our knowledge of the natural history of this great area.

I understand that it is customary for the Annual Address
to deal with a subject to which your President has devoted
particular attention. Now the branch of natural history in
which I have been for many years specially interested was, up
to a comparatively recent period, a sadly neglected one, and
even now the serious students of the Two-winged Flies, or
Diptera, are far too few in number. It will be one of my
objects this evening, therefore, to show you that these appar-
ently unattractive insects are in reality of the greatest interest,
and that their study is not only full of fascination for the
naturalist, but also of considerable importance from the point
of view of the welfare of mankind.

I should like also to place before you my conception of what
members and associates of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union can
and should do to further our knowledge of this neglected group
of insects. When we reflect that there are considerably more
than 3000 species of Diptera already recorded as British, and
that probably at least 75 per cent, of these ought to be found
in Yorkshire, it is not difficult to realise that there is plenty
of work to be done, and that we need the co-operation of a
large band of workers, many more indeed than the two or
three — literally speaking — who are devoting themselves to the
group, if our knowledge is to reach the level already attained
in the allied orders Lepidoptera and Coleoptera.

* The Presidential Address to the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
delivered at Sheffield on December 6th.

1925 Jan. 1

6 Grim s haw : The Study of Flies ( Diptera ).

An experience of over thirty years among the extensive
cabinets of British' and Foreign Insects of all Orders in the
Royal Scottish Museum, where the specimens are to be num-
bered by hundreds of thousands, enables me to assure you
with some amount of confidence that the Two-winged Flies,
in their structure, life-histories and habits, are not surpassed
in interest by any other group. The great variety of the
characters used in their classification, the wonderful details
of their anatomy, external and internal, their diverse habits
and remarkable life-histories, together offer an enormous and
fascinating field for research, and there is much to do, for
even in regard to many of our common British species little is
known of their metamorphosis and their relationships to the
world at large.

Why, then, are there so few Dipterists in our ranks?
Probably the absence of text -books in the English language
may account for this deficiency of workers, since students may
find some difficulty in identifying the various species the
occurrence of which in any particular locality has been noted,
or the habits of which have been observed. One must perforce
admit that this question of literature is a serious one, but the
difficulty is not insurmountable, and I think with a little
co-operation and organisation a great deal of useful work could
be accomplished by our members. Now in the study of a
particular group of animals or plants by the field-naturalist,
one of the first things naturally aimed at is the preparation of
a properly authenticated list of species occurring in the area
investigated. Most of this work is accomplished by the private
endeavours of individuals, who collect in, and compile lists
for, their own particular districts. But they are encouraged
greatly by the meetings of the Union, when they meet and
exchange notes with their fellow-members. At these meetings
also much useful supplementary collecting is done, and as the
excursions are arranged on a definite plan, whereby every
section of the county (i.e., each vice-county) receives a proper
share of attention every collecting season, much useful
information is acquired, directly by the Union, and placed on
record. In many groups we are now in possession of fairly
complete lists of the species which inhabit the county. Prev-
ious to the year 1907 the records of Flies found in Yorkshire
were few and scattered, and our knowledge of this section of
the fauna was practically nil. In that year, however, the
publication of the Victoria County History offered an oppor-
tunity for the preparation of what might be called a prelimin-
ary list, based on previously published records, and on the
material either in the compiler's own collection or submitted
to him for identification. The result was an enumeration of
some 368 species known to occur in the county up to that

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (Diptera). 7

date. The issue of this work evidently acted as a great
stimulus to the study of Diptera, as it undoubtedly did in
other departments, for we find that in about a dozen years
Messrs. Cheetham and Ashworth were able to give the number
of Yorkshire species as about 758 — more than double what it
was in 1907. Another indication that an increased interest
was being taken in these insects lay in the fact that in 1906
a special Committee of the Union was appointed to deal with
Hymenoptera, Diptera and Hemiptera, and a year later a
referee was appointed for the group we are now considering.

During the past year I have endeavoured to compile a list
of published records up to date, and can now state that we
possess satisfactory evidence of the occurrence of at least 1400
species in the county. If we add to these records which are
actually published a considerable number which are in the
note-books of our workers, awaiting publication, I think that
we can safely say that in the short space of four or five years
the county list has again been practically doubled. Now
this appears to me, from the point of view of preliminary
work, i.e., the compiling of a bare county list, to be eminently
satisfactory. Our census compares favouiably with those of
other counties, as shown by the following figures, very kindly
furnished to me by Professor J. W. Carr, of University College,
Nottingham. He informs me that since the publication of
his valuable \* Invertebrate Fauna of Nottinghamshire,’ in
which 921 species were recorded, the number has since been
raised to 1530. He also states that for Hereford under 1500
species are known, for Norfolk 1055, and for Suffolk, the
county of our authorities Verrall and Collin, the number is
roughly 1620.

We are still, therefore, somewhat behind our neighbours
in Nottingham, and we should not rest satisfied with this, for
we have an area fully seven times as large as theirs, with
extremely varied physical conditions, such as mountains,
moors and marshes, to say nothing of the many miles of
coastline, where many species occur which are not found
inland. We must apply ourselves with still more vigour to
the thorough working-out of our Dipterous fauna, and in
friendly rivalry bring up our list to at least the Nottingham-
shire level. But to do this, and more, we require more
workers. I wish we could convince some of our younger
members and friends of the great interest and fascination
attached to the study of these poor neglected flies. They are
to be found everywhere, in our homes, in our streets and in
the heart of our cities ; our town and suburban gardens and
our country lanes swarm with them ; our woods and planta-
tions are full of interesting forms ; our meadows, marshes and
moorlands all have their peculiar species, while our hills and

1925 Jan. 1

8 Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (Diptera).

-mountains up to their very summits, and our shores down to
the tide-mark itself, furnish the collector with abundant and
most interesting material for study. Flies are extraordinarily
easy to collect, the necessary apparatus is of the simplest and
most inexpensive nature, while the work of preparing them
for the permanent collection is far less laborious than is the
case in most other insects.

The only difficulty, as I have already remarked, is in
connection with the identification of specimens, but I believe
the greater part of this trouble might be overcome by the
adoption of some such method as the following. It is well
nigh hopeless for any single worker in any part of Britain to
attempt to name the flies of all families, and hence it is
necessary to specialise. If each collector, while actually
amassing material in every group, were to pay special attention
to one particular family he might readily and at comparatively
small expense be able to acquire the necessary literature
(British, French, German or otherwise), and soon become
sufficiently expert to name with tolerable certainty not only
his own specimens, but also those of his colleagues. They,
on the other hand, specialising in like manner, but upon
different groups, would be just as able and willing to help in
return, and thus by a kind of scientific labour exchange each
Dipterist would get together a collection fully representative
of his own district, and would be able to add much of value
to our knowledge of the fauna of the county in general. Co-
operation of this kind would also, at a minimum of trouble and
expense, give each person interested in the subject, not only a
special knowledge of his own particular group, but a good
general acquaintance with flies as a whole, sufficient, more-
over, to enable him to investigate many of the interesting
problems of which I shall speak later.

Now the mere compiling of a county list is useful, so far
as it goes, but after all it is only a preliminary step, and for
scientific purposes a bare list of species is not of great value.
It is obvious, too, that work of this kind must, sooner or later,
come to an end, for the discovery of additional species becomes
more and more difficult and unlikely in direct proportion to
the size of our list. Hence we find ourselves at last in a
cul de sac, and we must strike out on other lines. LeGme
point out how further collecting may be of value. I do not
believe that any species, however abundant it may appear to
be, occurs in every part of the county. Even the distribution
of such species as the House-fly (. Musca domestic a) , the
Common Dung-fly (Scatophaga stercoraria) , or the apparently
ubiquitous Winter Midge (Trichocera hiemalis) must show
gaps somewhere. Where are these gaps, and why are they
there? Is it a question of food-supply for the larva;, of

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies ( Dip ter a ). g

adverse physical conditions, or to what is their absence due ?
In other species, those that we call rare or less aburidant
forms, the gaps are of larger extent, while in some cases the
areas inhabited by the species may be few and far between.
Information on these lines can only be obtained and accumu-
lated by an intensive method of collecting, and the energies
of our field workers could be well devoted to exhaustive
researches in this direction. The details of this kind of work
could either be plotted on maps of a suitable scale, or recorded
by a system of card-indexing. I am quite sure that careful
and thorough investigation on these lines would be well
worth while, and would probably lead to some interesting
discoveries. And it is exactly the kind of work that lends
itself to an association like ours.

In support of these ideas I should like to refer to a very
interesting paper by C. G. Lamb, which appeared in the
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society ’ about
three years ago. It is entitled ‘ Insect Oases,’ and refers to
a series of detailed observations bearing upon the Diptera
inhabiting a certain sandy waste of fair extent in the north of
Cornwall. By visiting this area at the same period of the
year for many years in succession the author discovered that
In this perfectly homogeneous area, and in places which
careful investigation shows to be in no way different from the
surroundings, certain species of Diptera appear to inhabit
quite definite oases or islands. One may proceed to such a
spot at the proper season with the certainty that the insect
will be found, and that in fair or even great numbers, while
the rest of the area may yield one or two specimens at most,
and that with extreme rarity.’ Five species are referred to
in detail, and it is significant that four of them are of southern
distribution. After long and careful investigation the author
was unable to discover any circumstances whatever that could
be correlated with this peculiar distribution. He accordingly
•concludes that these cases are examples of approaching ex-
tinction. To quote his closing words, ' The most probable
reason for the extremely restricted distribution of these insects
is that we are in the presence of the last stage of the extinction
•of a species. With creatures of such comparatively sedentary
dispositions, once an island is formed it has little chance of
increase. There must be a minimum population density
which is such that when the density approaches that minimum
the chance of reproduction is practically zero ; as there is no
■evidence that any of the species have sex-attracting powers,
this minimum density might well be attained at a compara-
tively small distance from the centre of the colony.’

I have referred to this paper in some detail as I consider it
•of exceptional interest, and whether we agree with the con-

1925 Jan. 1

io Grimshaw : The Study of Flies ( Diptera ).

elusions or not, it will show you that certain interesting
results may arise from a careful and thorough investigation of
a small area. It is possible that a little experience of my
own may be explained in a similar way. A few years ago,
while collecting along a road which ran past a certain small
loch in the Scottish Highlands, I discovered a species of midge
( Tanytarsus tenuis Wulp.) which was not only new to Britain,
but which had never, so far as I could ascertain, been taken
since it was originally found in an obscure locality in Holland.
Since I only took about half-a-dozen specimens and wished
for more, I returned the following summer and obtained a
good supply, but I noticed that they only occurred in a very
restricted area, limited to a few square yards, and as far as I
could remember, exactly where I found them the previous
year. Possibly, then, this is another case of a disappearing
species, although, of course, there may be some other explana-
tion. The fact that the same species has since been taken in
two localities in the island of Arran may militate against the
theory. Being a very tiny fly, it may easily have been over-
looked by collectors.

Akin to this subject is another question requiring investi-
gation, and that is the range of flight of individual flies. In
one or two cases, such as the House-fly and the Tsetse flies,
experiments have been carried out for the elucidation of this
point, but we know nothing of the flight of the individual in
the vast number of other species. Here is a profitable field
for work, and one that would present little difficulty were some
satisfactory method of marking the specimens to be devised.
The subject has an important bearing upon the distribution
of species, and although at first sight it would seem that flies
travel over a great distance, yet I believe that when exact
information is forthcoming it will be found that the flight of
an individual is fairly restricted, possibly at most a mile or
two, and often much less, and that the wide distribution of
many species has been accomplished by a slower and more
deliberate extension of area. But it is no use guessing the
answer to a riddle of this kind ; what we require is exact
observation.

Several methods of marking flies for observation have been
tried with more or less success. In one series of experiments
small spots of white or gold enamel were applied to the wing
or thorax of House-flies, but the results were not very satis-
factory. Finely ground blackboard chalk of various colours
have been also tried with the same species. The flies always
attempted to clean themselves, but were never able to get rid
of the chalk which adhered to the base of the wings or the
upper portion of the thorax. Other substances used were
certain aniline dyes made up into powder and mixed with

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (Dip ter a). n

rice starch or alcohol, in the latter case being applied in the
form of a spray. All these operations seemed to disturb the
flies and render their behaviour abnormal, and in some cases
the use of dyes caused a large percentage of mortality. Per-
haps the most satisfactory method yet devised is one adopted
by Dr. J. J. Simpson in his experiments with Tsetse flies.
He cut off the two terminal joints of various feet, which
operation is not so painful as it seems, causing, I should
imagine, little inconvenience to the fly. We all know how
readily a Daddy Longlegs (Tipula) will part with one or more
whole legs and apparently suffer no hardship ! Owing to the
nature of the nervous system insects feel little, if any, pain,
and the experimenter need have no qualms of conscience in
depriving a fiy of one or two of its tarsal joints. But in any
case, some other satisfactory method of marking might soon
be discovered by experiment, and thereafter the investigation
would be tolerably straightforward. Before leaving this part
of my subject, I may remark that in the case of House-flies
the marked specimens were usually recaptured within a few
hundred yards of the place of liberation, and in those cases
where the distance travelled exceeded a mile it was suggested
that they were carried by the wind. Hewitt indeed makes
the definite statement that normally they do not fly great
distances. The experiments with Tsetse flies were made with
a view to ascertaining whether specimens liberated at various
distances from a certain river would return to it. Out of
3000 examples used in the experiments it was found, among
other results, that *(1) the greatest distance covered by a
single tsetse was four miles ; (2) apart from this, none returned
over two miles ; (3) all seemed to return to the water, as none
were caught at a greater distance from the river than where
they were liberated/

We are fortunate in having within the limits of our county,
especially in the north-west, a considerable extent of hilly
country, with some grand mountain masses rising to an eleva-
tion of considerably over two thousand feet. Here we have
an opportunity for carrying out a series of observations on
entirely new lines. I know of no systematic records of the
altitudinal range of flies, that is to say, we know practically
nothing definite regarding the height above sea-level to which
these insects ascend. Little collecting has been done on the
higher hill-slopes, and although we know in general that
certain Tabanidse, Empidse, Tipulidse, Anthomyiidse, Lep-
tidse, and so on, occur at considerable elevations, yet we are
entirely without exact figures and observations on this inter-
esting point. It is perhaps a reasonably fair assumption that
the Dung-fly, Scatophaga stercoraria , may be found from sea-
level up to our highest mountain summits, but since, on the

1925 Jan. 1

12 Grimshaw : The Study of Flies [Dip ter a).

other hand, the number of species of flies inhabiting such a
summit is extremely limited, the most primitive reasoning
shows us that for the majority of species there is an altitude
limit below this summit. Yet in not a single case have we
any definite figures j

Turning now to another geographical feature of the county,
we have in Yorkshire a long and varied coast-line, and it is
well known that certain flies are confined to the shore region,
some being even limited to the area between tide-marks,
their larvae feeding upon the animal and vegetable refuse of
the beach. Others again are lovers of the sand-dunes, and so
on. As examples of these beach-dwellers. I may mention the
mosquito, 0 chler otatus detritus, whose larva is only found in
brackish water, the midge Clunio marinus, likewise with a
marine larva, Machaerium maritime (one of the. Dolichopo-
didae), the handsome Syrphid Eristalis ceneus , the Anthomyiid
Mydcea protuherans , and the peculiar Actora cestuum, whose
larva is reputed to feed on thrown-up sea/weed, and is covered
every tide. In the case of these and many other species
of Diptera found near the sea it would be interesting to ascer-
tain in each case exactly how far inland the fly occurs, either
by flight or as a breeding species, or whether it is strictly
confined to a certain distance from the shore.

I have thus far made a few suggestions for work in the
way of extending our knowledge of the details of the geograph-
ical distribution of species, and these suggestions I trust will
appeal to those of our members who are attracted mainly by
work in the field, and who are prepared to collect specimens
on an extensive scale. But for out-door workers there is
another important class of investigations, necessitating not
only the most careful and elaborate collecting, but also a
considerable amount of patient and detailed observation,
coupled with careful and accurate deduction. These investi-
gations may be grouped under the general heading of ecology,
and may be defined for our special purpose as the study of
flies in relation to their environment. But the environment
of any organism or group of organisms is so complex that its
investigation involves the co-operation of workers in prac-
tically every department of natural science, and it would be
impossible within the limits of this address to deal with such
a comprehensive subject in all its aspects. I shall therefore
restrict myself to the consideration of a few lines of research
which, in my opinion, could be followed with advantage by
the amateur Dipterist.

The study of insect communities offers a fine opportunity
for entomologists of all kinds to work together. Some well-
defined area, such as a piece of marshy ground, a patch of
woodland, a rich meadow, or, perhaps, an upland pasture,

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies {Dipt era). 13

should be chosen, and a list as complete as possible made of
the species occurring in it. This preliminary step accom-
plished we have next to ascertain which species are truly
native to the area, and which are invaders, either temporary
or permanent. Now, as Dr. A. E. Cameron has well said, the
‘ real index of an insect’s habitat is where it breeds,’ and hence
it follows that we must find out the larval habits of every
species met with, and especially whether they occur during
their early stages within the area under review. In the case
of larvae living in the soil, it is not a difficult matter to collect
them and rear them to maturity, and much useful work can
be done by the amateur on these lines. In this connection
there is plenty of opportunity for making interesting dis-
coveries, for comparatively little is yet known concerning the
early stages of a large number of common British flies
whose larvae presumably inhabit the soil. Assuming that all
the requisite information on this particular branch of the
subject has been acquired, it will then be possible to make up
a complete list of endemic species. The next task is to ascer-
tain by estimate or actual count the comparative abundance
or scarcity of each species. It will probably be found that
the Diptera are, as a rule, fairly numerous in individuals,
and it would form a point of considerable interest to know
how they compare numerically with the insects of other orders
which inhabit the same area. We should then be in possession
of an accurate census of the constituents forming a true Insect
Association or Community. This kind of work, if carefully
and thoroughly carried out, would form an excellent ground-
work for further research, and since the number of areas
suitable for investigation is enormous, the opportunities for
such are practically unlimited.

The services of the botanist must be requisitioned, to
furnish a complete and detailed list of the flora of the area
under review, in order to ascertain what relationships exist
between the Diptera and the plants with which they are in
any way associated. A consideration of the habits of the
various larvae, be they root-feeders, leaf-miners, gall-makers,
or otherwise, would reveal the dependence of certain species
upon the presence of a particular food-plant or host-plant,
and so on. Likewise, the geologist, chemist and physicist
would be called upon to prepare an account of the various
soils and formations tenanted by dipterous grubs — their
texture, chemical composition, water-content, temperature
and other details. The joint labours of entomologist, botan-
ist, geologist and other workers, if bestowed as I have indicated
upon a series of well-selected areas in the county, would form
an important contribution to our knowledge of the conditions
which influence the life of flies in general, and would throw a

1025 Jan. 1

14 Grimshaw : The Study of Flies ( Diptera ).

flood of light upon the question of the distribution of species.
This is an enormous subject, however, and I am only suggesting
in very general terms such preliminary work as I consider
might well be undertaken by our members.

We may next include in our study of flies certain points
of interest in connection with their habits, and concerning
which we still require much observation. A certain popular
song asks pertinently — I had almost said impertinently —
‘ where do the flies go in the winter-time? ’ Now, from a
scientific point of view this question is of some importance,
'especially where species of economic interest are concerned,
and the answer to it is not so simple as one might think.
Even in the case of the Common House-fly ( Musca domestica)
the problem is as yet unsolved. At one time it was taken for
granted that the survival of this species from year to year was
secured by the hatching of eggs which had been laid by females
which had hibernated, this supposition being founded upon the
observation that a limited number of individuals take shelter
in the late autumn in warm places, and spend the winter in a
torpid condition in crevices, behind loose patches of wall-
paper, behind pictures and curtains and so on. As we shall
see directly, there is good reason to suppose that this idea
arose from mistakes in identification, for when the subject
was recently taken up by expert dipterists, no actual evidence
could be obtained in support of the theory. In warmer cli-
mates the House-fly unquestionably continues to breed all
through the winter, but in the British Islands, the majority
of individuals die off in late autumn, and only a few survive
inside houses, restaurants and other heated buildings, and it
has not yet been proved that these actually survive until the
following breeding-season. Nor has it been satisfactorily
shown that this species passes the cold season in the larval or
pupal stage, although there is some little evidence that such
is the case. The most recent discovery in this connection is
one announced by a French naturalist, who claims to have
found, near Paris, the grubs of House-flies in living snails in
winter. This report, however, requires confirmation before
it can be accepted without question. We have here, then, a
promising subject for investigation, and seeing that the House-
fly is a notorious disseminating agent of many serious diseases,
it is one of the utmost economic importance.

With regard to certain other species which occur in houses,
and which are likely to be mistaken for the House-fly except
by the trained Dipterist, there is fairly satisfactory proof that
hibernation in the adult condition is a fairly general phen-
omenon. Several cases have been reported, some of which
have come under my own personal observation, of immense
numbers of flies having been noticed in houses during the late

Nalurali t

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (. Diptera ). 15

autumn and winter months on the ledges and frames of win-
dows, on the floors in the vicinity of windows, or on the
neighbouring walls. In certain cases, moreover, this phen-
omenon has been noted for many years in succession. These
flies were in a lethargic condition, and large numbers were
swept up and submitted to me for inspection. I carefully
examined and identified every specimen, and the result may
be worth summarising in this place. It should be noted that
out of several thousands of examples only one Common House-
fly was found. Excluding this species, and a few others
which were represented by fewer than half-a-dozen specimens,
it was discovered that only three species were present in
sufficient numbers to justify the assumption that they hi-
bernate in houses. The first of these is a small member of the
family Anthomyiidse, known as Limnophora humilis. Of
this, the principal species concerned, over 900 specimens were
actually counted, and others merely estimated to run to
several hundreds. It is remarkable that in the heaps of flies
of this kind swept up, not a single male was present, and it
was equally interesting to find that ten of the females picked
out at random by Dr. (now Professor) J. H. Ashworth, of
Edinburgh University, and dissected by him, were found to
be, without exception, fertilised. It appears, then, highly
probable that we have in this case a true instance of hiberna-
tion, and we should expect these females to issue forth in the
following spring and lay their eggs, thus initiating the new
generation. The second species, a larger fly bearing the name
of Dasyphora cyanella ( = Pyrellia eriophthalma) , and belonging
to the family Muscidse, was represented by 332 females and
264 males, while of the third species, also a member of the
Muscidae, and called Pollenia rudis , some 425 females and
225 males were identified. Here the presence of males intro-
duces a new factor into the problem, and emphasises the
necessity for further observation on this interesting question.

In connection with the habits of adult flies, many other
subjects present themselves for investigation. Certain phen-
omena associated with their flight are well worthy of attention,
and an extensive series of observations bearing upon these
phenomena would be of much interest. For example, it is
well known, even to the novice, that certain Diptera, e.g.,
Midges (Chironomidae) , the Winter-Gnat (Trichocera) , and
others, habitually associate in large swarms, consisting of
hundreds or even thousands of individuals. These swarms,
at least in the case of Midges, are mainly composed of males,
but females are often present, and the actual number of each
sex in a swarm has only been ascertained in a few cases.
Additional information, therefore, on this point would be
valuable. Then again, the influence of the weather upon these

1925 Jan. 1

16 Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (. Diptera ).

swarms, including the effects of wind, the direction of the
same, and the degree of cold, the time of day and the time of
year when the swarms are prevalent, although known in one
or two cases in a general way, yet should be worked out in
full detail and carefully tabulated and studied. In certain
families, notably in the Empidse, a series of remarkable
phenomena, involving some knotty physiological problems,,
havfe been observed in connection with the courtship flights
of these insects, but this is a subject upon which I cannot
enter in this place. The case of the genus Empis has been
fairly well investigated by Milburn Howlett and A. H. Hamm,
and I would recommend those who are desirous of following
up these interesting observations to consult the memoirs
published by these authors in ‘ The Entomologist's Monthly
Magazine ' for 1907, 1908 and 1909.

In the ordinary every-day collecting of specimens for the
cabinet, much can be done to extend our knowledge of the
habits of flies. . Precise dates are important, especially those
at the beginning and end of the season, and if observations
are made and notes taken of the relative abundance or other-
wise of the various species, the proportionate number of the
sexes, the kind of weather, time of day, and so on, much
interest will be added to the capture of specimens.. In the
case of flies taken on flowers, although a good deal has been
already done in the way of noting the object of their visits,
such as the sucking of nectar, feeding on pollen, or merely for
resting purposes, yet there is still plenty of scope for observa-
tion, especially when a study is concurrently made of the
mouth-parts of the various species and of their adaptation to
a floral diet.

Variation in Diptera is another subject that would well
repay attention. For example, among Crane-flies Limnophila
nemoralis occurs in several well-marked forms, while in
Syrphidae such genera as Volucella, Eristalis, Criorrhina and
Merodon include hairy species which are liable to vary in
colour. The numerous species of Syrphus, too, are worthy of
careful study from the point of view of possible variation.
The very abundant Dung-fly } Scatophaga ster cor aria, may be
taken in any month of the year, and varies considerably in
colour. Is the intensity of colouring associated with any
particular season, and is the form named merdaria, a distinct
species, a colour variety, or merely the ordinary form of
female — as I am myself inclined to believe? The brilliant
metallic flies of the genera Lucilia, Pseudopyrellia and Pyrellia
vary considerably in tint and offer an encouraging field for
investigation. And, again, in the important and fascinating
study of chsetotaxy, or arrangement of bristles, now much
used in differentiating species, genera and even families of

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies ( Diptera ), 17

Diptera, especially in the groups related to the House-fly
(e.g., Tachinidae, Muscidse and Anthomyiidae) and in the
various families of Acalyptrates, there is still much to be
done in determining the limits of variation.

Again, there remains an immense amount of work to be
accomplished in relation to the feeding habits and life histories
of Diptera. Take as an example those delicate little flies the
Fungus-gnats '(Mycetophilidae) , of which we have hundreds of
species in Britain, and at least a hundred in Yorkshire. It is
well known, and is implied in both the popular and the
scientific name of the family, that the larvae of most of these
flies live in fungi. But apart from the general fact, little has
been recorded regarding the actual species of fungi infested.
Is there any discrimination shown by the Fungus-gnats in the
laying of their eggs and the selection of food for their grubs ?
In other words, is there any interrelation between a particular
species or group of species of Mycetophilid gnat and a par-
ticular species or genus of fungus ? In the case of their near
relatives the Gall-midges (Cecidomyiidae) there is a very
decided relationship between the fly and its host, so much so,
in fact, that the specific name of the insect is in the great
majority of cases founded upon the generic or even specific
name of the plant it infests. It is just possible, therefore,
that some relationship of the same kind, though not perhaps
so marked, may exist in the case of the Fungus-gnats. A
similar question may be raised in the case of the tiny Agromy-
zidae and Phytomyzidae, the larvae of which are leaf -miners.
It is only by patient and long-continued observation, accom-
panied by the actual rearing of specimens, that such problems
as the above can be solved, but I would earnestly recommend
the student of Diptera to take up work of this kind in addition
to his ordinary collecting.

The study of Flies in relation to other insects would, from
the nature of the case, include some interesting observations
upon the habits of the predaceous groups Asilidae, Empidae
and Dolichopodidae, and of the parasitic family Tachinidae.
In the first three groups the mature fly preys upon other
insects, but we have very little information regarding the
specific nature of the prey, and detailed lists giving the name
of the fly and its victims in each case would be of much
interest. The larvae of the Tachinidae, on the other hand, are
parasitic within the bodies of caterpillars, and although the
hosts of many species have been recorded, much yet remains
to be done before we can regard our knowledge as satisfactory.

Lastly, there is the great and important subject of Flies
in their relation to the human race. Anything like a satis-
factory treatment of this topic would involve not a single
discourse, but a whole course of lectures. I am compelled,

1925 Jan. 1

B

i8 Grimshaw : The Study of Flies ( Diptera ).

therefore, to limit my remarks to a very concise review of
the subject, only sufficient, indeed, to show you how important
the study of these insects really is. Apart from the fact that
certain flies act as scavengers, we may take it that the balance
of evidence shows that Diptera as a whole are more or less
inimical to man’s welfare. Their adverse influences and
activities may be grouped under three distinct headings. In
the first place, many species are injurious to our food-plants,
attacking our cultivated crops of vegetables, fruit and cereals ;
secondly, several species attack our domestic animals, thus
damaging our supplies of meat, wool, hides and so on ; thirdly,
not a few forms attack man more directly, by introducing
certain disease-producing organisms into his blood, or by con-
taminating his food with others equally dangerous. In order
to fight these insidious pests successfully it is essential to
learn as much as possible concerning their habits and life-
histories. We must discover their vulnerable points so as to
be able to apply our knowledge to the best advantage. In
nearly every civilized country of the globe there are now at
work bands of enthusiastic students, either working privately
or attached to some College or Board of Agriculture, who spend
their whole time investigating the problems concerned with the
control of Diptera. Moreover, a knowledge of certain Flies,
especially the blood-sucking and plant-infesting species, is
included in the medical and agricultural curricula of every
University. It is thus evident that we are now fully alive to
the importance of this subject in its bearing upon the health
and wealth of the race. And yet, less than a generation ago
there was hardly a more neglected subject in the whole domain
of zoological science than the study of Flies. The great success
which has already been achieved in all directions by the appli-
cation of practical measures rendered possible only by the most
patient scientific research forms one of the most romantic
chapters in the whole history of mankind. The new light which
has been thrown on the nature of such diseases as malaria,
yellow fever, sleeping sickness, and many others, has enabled
us to devise prophylactic measures which have proved extraor-
dinarily successful. And what I wish to emphasise is this : in
all these cases the medical man owes his success primarily and
essentially to the researches which were made, either by
himself or in conjunction with others, upon the natural history
of certain flies ! The same remark applies to our farmers,
whose crops of every kind have benefited from the scientific
study made of the injurious flies of the homestead, and to the
stock breeder, whose herds and flocks are now skilfully and
successfully treated when attacked or infested by Bot-flies,
Gad-flies, or other Diptera.

Before concluding I should like to mention just one ex-

Naturalist

Grimshaw : The Study of Flies (. Diptera ). 19

ample of the interesting problems which may arise at any
time in connection with injurious Diptera and their habits.
There is a certain little fly, belonging to the family Ephy-
dridse, which bears the name of Hydrellia griseola. It is very
abundant over the whole of Britain, and belongs to a genus
containing about thirty species, which are all leaf -miners while
in the larval stage. Curiously enough, while all the other
species of the genus, so far as known, mine the leaves of aquatic
plants, such as Duckweed, Water Plantain, Frog-bit, and so
on, Hydrellia griseola attacks wild grasses of many kinds and
cereals ! Although so common in Britain it is so far of no
economic importance in this country. On the other hand, in
certain parts of the continent, notably in the regions surround-
ing the Baltic Sea, it has been known for nearly sixty years as
a serious pest of barley and oats, attacking, as well, many
kinds of meadow-grass. Last year, in the neighbourhood of
Riga and the eastern Baltic, more than half of the barley
and oat crops was threatened with destruction, many entire
fields being ruined by the maggots. Now, why should the
Baltic region be thus devastated while Britain is immune ?
The importance of a knowledge of the life-history of this fly
is obvious, so that we may be prepared at any time to cope
with its attack should it extend its feeding habits to our
cereals. Its maggot is very similar in appearance to that of
the Gout Fly ( Chlorops tceniopus) , already too well known as
a barley pest in this country, and it is necessary, therefore,
to be able to distinguish one from the other by precise charac-
ters and without question. We are here, then, face to face
with an interesting example where accurate knowledge, though
apparently of little importance at the moment, may in the
near future be of the utmost service in coping with a new pest.

It may be questioned whether these remarks really concern
the members of an Association like ours. In reply I would
remind you that there are still many problems to be cleared
v up in connection with the flies of economic interest, and
some of these are quite within the scope of the amateur.
And, as we have just seen, we hardly know as yet what par-
ticular flies are or are not of importance to ourselves in one
way or another. It is quite within the bounds of possibility
that several species at present regarded as innocuous may at
some future day be proved to be either directly or indirectly
concerned with our well-being or the reverse. Even now
there are certain flies which, although not absolutely proved
to act as carriers of disease, are nevertheless looked upon with
grave suspicion, and only continued research will enable us
to place them on the black list, or acquit them altogether, as
the case may be. Let us therefore continue to study flies in
any such way as is provided for us by opportunity, for every

1925 Jan. 1

20

Field Notes.

single fact gained is a step forward. The accumulation of
facts first, and theories afterwards, is the surest and safest
way to build up the great temple of knowledge which we call
Science.

: o :

Grey Hen in Yorkshire. — Sir T. Willans Nussey writes
to me that on the 14th November, while shooting near East
Tanfield, in the North Riding, a Grey-hen was flushed. The
bird was seen by several persons, who had no doubt as to its
identity. — W. H. St. Ouintin.

Red Squirrel in S.W. Yorks.— This mammal appears to
be extending its range in the Huddersfield district. I saw one
in West Wood, Honley, on the 4th August last, and it has
been seen on several occasions since up to the 12th October and
reported to me. — W. E. L. Wattam, Newsome, Huddersfield.

Some Northern Orthoptera. — A specimen of Leptophyes
punctatissima Bose, has occurred to me on the Wolds near
Middleton. This is a new County record, but not the most
northerly locality, as the species has been recorded by Gordon
from Wigtonshire (Lucas, ‘ British Orthoptera/ p. 198). A
second Yorkshire specimen (§) of Pholidoptera griseo-aptera
De Geer, jumped on to the waterproof sheet while I was sifting
moss for beetles at Hayburn Wyke on September 17th. This
is a new record for V.C. 62, and the most northern record.
The house-cricket, Gryllus domesticus Linn., seems to be by
no means a common insect in N.E. Yorks., but I used to hear
the species * chirping J in the ash-pit of a hot-house opposite
my house in Middlesbrough. The species was abundant this
year in a bakery at Ambleside (Westmorland), where it was
running over the hot ovens, and hiding by dozens under greasy
sacking near the fires. — Geo. B. Walsh, Scarborough.

Hybernia defoliaria abundant near Huddersfield. —
Hybernia defoliaria has been markedly abundant in the
neighbourhood where I reside during the latter part of October
and onwards. Every morning, when rain had fallen heavily
the previous night, the road and pathway immediately sur-
rounding the lamp-posts were strewn with dead moths. Not
that the evidence of their abundance depends entirely upon
this array of corpses. Numbers of living specimens were
detected at rest during the day, or on the wing in evenings
when rain was less heavy. Only to-night (November 5th),
when returning home at 10 p.m., up Dog Kennel Bank, I
counted fifteen specimens perched on the iron framework
supporting the head of one lamp alone, and other lamps
harboured similar numbers, and there were several on the
wing. The moths seem to avoid the direct glare of the light,
preferring shadier positions. — Charles Mosley, Huddersfield.

Naturalist

21

THE YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION’S
SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT

FOR 1924.

(Presented at Sheffield, December 6th, 1924).

The Sixty -second Annual Meeting was held at Barnsley on De-
cember 8th, 1923, and a report of this meeting is given in The Naturalist ,
beginning in January, 1924. The Presidential Address was delivered by
Sir Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., his subject being ‘ The
Animals of the Carboniferous Period, with special reference to discoveries
in Yorkshire.’ This has since been printed in our journal.

President. — At an Executive Meeting held on November 15th, 1923,
Mr. Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S., was unanimously elected
.President of the Union.

Field Meetings have been held at Barnoldswick, April 19th to 21st ;
Holme-on-Spalding Moor, May 17th ; Ravenscar, June 7th to 9th ;
Church Fenton, July 12th, and Darlington, August 2nd to 4th. Reports
of these meetings are to be found in The Naturalist .

Field Excursions have also been held by the Bryological, En-
tomological, Micro -biological and Myco logical Sections, and notes on
these appear in our journal.

The resignation of Mr. J. W. Stather as Local Secretary for S.E.
Division has been received with regret. Mr. Stather has held this office
•ever since its institution, and the Union is greatly indebted to him for
his services. Mr. W. S. Bisat has been elected to this office.

The Divisional Secretaries have greatly assisted the work of the
Hon. Secretaries in organising the Excursions of the year, often with
much inconvenience to themselves and the saving of expense to the Union.

General Committee . — The following Members were elected to the
General Permanent Committee at the Annual Meeting : —

W. D. Hincks. G. Trevor Lyle. T. Basil Kitchen.

J. N. Frankland. A. Leslie Armstrong. W. R. Grist, B.Sc.

Miss E. W. Pilkington.

Excursions for 1925 have been arranged as follows : —

May 9th. — Egton. N.E.

Whit Week, May 3oth-June 1st. — Middleton-in-Teesdale. N.W.

June 25th . — Coxley Valley. S.W.

July nth. — Flamborough. S.E.

August Bank Holiday, August 1-3. — Malham. Mid. W.

The Annual Fungus Foray will be held at Hackness in September.
The Annual Meeting of the Union in 1925 will be held at Huddersfield,
on the invitation of the Huddersfield Naturalists’ Photographic and
Antiquarian Society.

Affiliated Societies. — These have been increased by the addition of
the Honley Naturalists’ Society ; these have now an aggregate member-
ship of 3560, which brings the numerical strength of the Union up to
3972.

Membership. — The present membership now stands at 412 ; the
following were elected during the year : —

Beaumont, A. G., Rish worth Lodge, Rishworth, Halifax.

Belbin, H. L., Moorhill, Totley Rise, near Sheffield.

Brown, F. J., M.A., The University, Leeds.

1925 Jan. I

22 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1924.

Chadderton, T., Shaw Hall Bank Road, Greenfield (near Oldham),

Cherry, Miss A., Cemetery Lodge, Keighley.

Child, Miss G. V. P., 37 West View, Beeston Hill, Leeds.

Dibb, Jas., 215 Swan Arcade, Bradford.

Duncan, j. B., 6 Summerhill Terrace, Berwick-on -Tweed.

Edmondson, Miss F., The Lindens, Utley, Keighley.

Herklots, Geoffrey A. C., B.Sc., Trinity Hall, Cambridge.

Hinks, W. D., 9 Grange Avenue, Chapeltown Road, Leeds.

Hodgkinson, John, Rose Hill, Penistone.

Hudson, H. F., 18 The Mount, Malton.

Ingold, Professor C. K., F.R.S., The University, Leeds.

Ingold, Mrs. C. K., The University, Leeds.

Jagger, Miss E. M. A., M.Sc., 46 Mount Preston, Leeds.

Kitchen, T. Basil, 23 Avenue Crescent, Harehills, Leeds.

Lowther, R. C., M.B., Ch.B., F.E.S., Fernleigh, Grange-over-Sandsr

Minshall, Miss E., B.Sc., Girls’ High School, Halifax.

Wenyon, Conrad TV, M.A., A.I.C,, 58 Bankfield Road, Huddersfield.

Whitehead, H., B.Sc., 62 Brudenell Mount, Leeds.

Wild, F. D., 2 Weaponess Street, Scarborough.

The Presidency for 1925 has been offered and accepted by Prof.
J. H. Priestley, D.S.O., B.Sc., of the University, Leeds.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY.

North Riding (W. J. Clarke) : — For bird life, the year has been an
average one, most species, including Swallows, Martins, Swifts, King-
fishers and Landrails, appearing in their usual numbers. Kestrels,
Whitethroats, Sedge Warblers, Whinchats, Sandmartins, Moorhens, and,
at migration time, Yellow and Grey Wagtails, appeared in greater num-
bers than usual. A single pair of Yellow Wagtails nested as usual at
Scarborough and reared its young. Pied Flycatchers appeared in the
Scarborough district in some numbers, and a male was observed in the
Whitby district on June 16th. On the other hand Linnets, Greenfinches,
Bullfinches and Turtle Doves have been less noticeable than in recent
years. The Goldfinch has been numerous in the Whitby district, but
less so than usual at Scarborough. Dippers also have seemed scarcer
during the past year and have been absent from several of their usual
haunts. On April 18th a nest of this species was found near Scarborough
built in a tree, the structure being supported by several small twigs at a
distance of about six feet above running water. The Reed Bunting
again nested at Scarborough Mere, but appears to have deserted its only
known site in the Whitby district. A Black Redstart was seen at Whitby
on November 17th to 23rd, and several times during December. The
Grasshopper Warbler was heard singing in Newton Dale on June 16th.
On October 16th and, to a lesser extent, on the following day, a great
immigration of Lapwings arrived- over the Scarborough area, some of
the flocks numbering several hundreds of birds, and scores of such assem-
blies passing during the two days. Coots have increased in numbers at
Scarborough Mere, and have also this year nested for the first time on
Throxenby Mere. An adult Osprey visited the Mere on April 30th and
May 1st, and during the following week it was seen upon the lake at
Hackness. An adult female Little Owl was picked up dead on Wheeldale
Moor on August 21st. An immature Spoonbill was picked up dead on
the beach at Saltwick on July 3rd. In a recent number of The Field, a
report appeared recording the nesting of the Golden-eye Duck at Thorp
Perrow, near Bedale, where' a pair was said to have reared their young.
The matter was investigated by Messrs. H. B. Booth and R. Fortune,
and the birds proved to be Tufted Ducks. A Pintail Drake was seen on
the Esk at Whitby on March 14th. Slavonian Grebes were rather more
numerous than usual during the early part of the year. Three were

Naturalist

Yorkshire Natur aii sits ’ Union: Annual Report, 1924. 23

seen near Scarborough on February 22nd, two upon the Mere near the
same place on February 15th, and another on March 10th, staying until
the 17th. Others were observed at Whitby on February 17th and
March 2nd. A Great Crested Grebe appeared at Whitby on February
28th, and a Red Necked Grebe at the same place on February 15th.
About sixteen nests of the Black-headed Gull were observed at Foul
Sike on June 9th. A Little Gull in adult plumage visited Whitby on
July 30th, and still remained on October 12th, during which time the
change to winter dress has been accomplished. The Lesser Black-
backed Gull has again nested at Kettleness Cliffs during the spring of
1924. A white -breasted adult Cormorant came into Scarborough har-
bour in a disabled condition at the end of January, and stayed until
May 1st. An adult Black-throated Diver was obtained at Whitby on
February 19th. Another in similar plumage was picked up dead at
Langdale End on April 3rd. Fulmar Petrels nested in the cliffs at
Redcliff and Gristhorpe, south of Scarborough, and also in the cliffs
north of the town, but although they visited the Whitby Cliffs they did
not remain to breed, and none was seen after July 19th.

The recorder is grateful to Mr. T. N. Roberts, of Scarborough, and
Mr. F. Snowdon, of Whitby, for notes which have been of great assistance
in compiling this report.

West Riding (H. B. Booth) : — The following notes are in addition
to those already recorded in The Naturalist.

Ducks, Geese, etc.- — From Fairburn, Mr. W. G. Bramley reports that
a female Smew was shot there on January 16th, and three Whooper
Swans were present on February 17th. During the winter, up to the
beginning of March, they had several visits of Barnacle Geese, the flocks
varying in numbers from ten to forty. The nesting Tufted Ducks were
fewer than usual, and had their nests flooded by the heavy rainfall.
Mr. H. Dibb saw a ‘ gaggle ’ of fifty Wild Geese flying west to east at
Cottingley, on February 24th, and a pair of Golden-eyes was on the River
Aire, at the same place, on March 16th. Mr. S. Longbottom reported a
female Tufted Duck on the Saltaire Boating Club’s length of the River
Aire, in January. Mr. H. Spencer submitted the head of a female Scaup
Duck to British Birds (Vol. XVII., p. 213) for identification. It was
shot from a small flock on the River Calder, at Elland, on December
27th, 1923.

Gulls. — From most of the breeding stations of the Black-headed Gull
the numbers are reported as either about stationary or as decreasing ; so
it looks as if we had passed the flood tide of the great increase so far as
the West Riding is concerned. The only exceptions are from the Oughter-
shaw Tarn and Keighley Moor colonies, where I hear that there would
be quite a hundred nests at each place. I have to thank Mr. Cuthbert
Hastings for investigating a reported nesting station of this species on
the top of Widdale Fell. He found only six birds and three nests, on
the North Tarn, and not any on the South Tam. The nests were on the
south side of the Tarn, and were only just within the West Riding.
Stray Lesser Black-backed Gulls were reported during the breeding
season, but I cannot hear of any having nested.

Grebes. — Two pairs of Great Crested Grebes again nested on Malham
Tarn, and a pair remained for the whole season on Chelker reservoir ;
but there were no signs of nesting, although they have been watched by
several members. The Little Grebe (and also a pair of Coots) nested
there. From Fairburn Mr. Bramley reported that Great Crested Grebes
returned in their usual numbers, but that very few young ones were
hatched, owing to the floods. The Little Grebe was there in good num-
bers.

Herons. — In the Hubberholme heronry, about eight nests were occu-

1925 Jan. 1

24 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report , 1924.

pied — the same as last year. I have no report from the Eshton heronry,*
and should be obliged for any reliable data of the one at Harewood,
especially for the past twelve years. A Heron shot at the rearing ponds
of the Ilkley Angling Club in November, 1923, contained 25 yearling
Trout, from two to four inches in length.

Quail.- — More than a year ago Mr, Rosse Butterfield told me that he
was certain that he had heard Quail calling in the Worth Valley during
the nesting season of 1923 ; but he could not spare the time to make
further investigation. This year we have it confirmed from that area.
Mr. Joseph N. Frankland, of Cowling, wrote on August 5th ‘A Quail
has nested and successfully reared a brood in one of our meadows in
Lothersdale. I first noticed the young ones when we were mowing the
meadow on the 19th of July. We have often flushed the old one, and
seen the young ones, which were very sharp in hiding. I also found the
nest with the old hatched egg-shells in, the largest pieces of which I have
kept.’ It is well oyer twenty years since I have heard of a Quail’s nest
in this district.

Various. — Mr. W. H. Parkin informs me that a Rock Pipit frequented
the Bingley sewage beds for two or three weeks in April. He also reports
that early in June, on a small grassy knoll near Dibb Scar in Grass Wood,
he found such a quantity of broken egg shells that it reminded him of a
‘ Thrush’s stone ’ with snails’ shells. He picked up at the least the
remains of fourteen Woodcock’s eggs, many more Pheasant’s eggs' and
the remains of one or two Lapwing’s, and one Golden Plover's. He
visited the spot several times during the next fortnight, and found
several more newly sucked Woodcock’s eggs ; but could never see any-
thing of the marauder, or determine whether it -was a Carrion Crow, Rook,
Jackdaw or Magpie. But two Carrion Crows, with their young (out of
the nest) were about, and he suspected them as the culprits. All the
egg-shells examined were quite fresh, and none showed any signs of being
incubated ; in fact, in several there was left a quantity of fresh albumen.
The late date for fresh eggs of the species named rather suggests that
their layings had been persistently robbed time after time, from which
we can rather sympathise with gamekeepers. Mr. J. Astin reported a
flock of about twenty Siskins on the riverside between Saltaire and
Cottinglev on January 1st. Mr. Sam Longbottom informed me that
the same flock remained throughout January, and in February in de-
creasing numbers, and that six of them were last seen on March 18th.

The spring and summer were cold and wet, the migratory birds were
somewhat late in arriving, and generally the nesting season has been a
bad one. All game birds have done badly. Many species ( e.g ., Pied
Flycatcher) arrived in decreased numbers. The Blackcap Warbler has
come in fewer pairs for several years, until now it is getting to be quite
a local bird, as the Corncrake has already become. Others have reported
fewer Ring Ouzels, Redstarts and Swallows. On the other hand Swifts
are increasing. The feature of this season has been the numbers of late
nests, and attempts to raise a second brood with species previously
looked upon in this district as single-brooded. I have already quoted Mr.
Parkin’s record of fresh eggs of the Woodcock, Curlew, Lapwing and
Golden Plover in June. Mr. A. Haigh Lumby reports four cases from
his garden. On June 28th a Blue Tit was noticed repairing a nest in a
box from which a brood had recently left. On July 8th this nest con-
tained three eggs — the beginning of a clutch that was duly reared. This
points nearer to a second brood than I have previously known with this
species, and for quite fourteen years I have had a nest within two yards
of my dining-room window. Early in spring an accident happened to a

* Since the above was written, Capt. J. H. Preston has kindly in-
formed me that in 1924 they nested in Lords Wood, and were quite up
to the usual numbers. (H.B.B.)

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1924.

25

nesting box in which a pair of Great Tits was building, and the birds
were scared away. Later they, or another pair, built in the same box,
and were feeding young as late as July 19th. Two broods of Starlings
were reared from a nest, or nests, in the same aperture in the gable end
of the house. Mr. Lumby has not the full data, excepting that the later
brood was being fed in the nest on July 4th. A pair of Common Linnets
reared a brood from a nest in his clipped Beech hedge (an uncommon
site). On July 20th he found they had built another nest about three
feet away in the same hedge, and this contained four eggs. Unfortu-
nately an accident happened to this, and the nest was found partly turned,
•and all the eggs were broken. A Yellow Hammer, with young in nest,
on August 25th (Mr. J. Astin), a Hedge Sparrow with eggs late in August
(Mr. A. Malins Smith) and a Greenfinch, from which the young left the
nest in my garden on August 14th, are taken from some of the later nesting
reports. Mr. Bramley writes that this season the Yellow Wagtail has
returned as a nesting species to the Fairburn district, and that smaller
numbers of Turtle Doves passed during the autumnal migration. He
. saw and heard a Willow Warbler on September 28th.

Varieties. — Mr. Rosse Butterfield informs me that a fine variety of
the Red Grouse, with a pure white breast, was shot on Rombald’s Mcor
in August. I am pleased to say that the albino female Carrion Crow
{The Naturalist, 1922, p. 370) is still flying about in the neighbourhood
•of Buckden, and nested this season again, the young being black. The
keeper tells me that she keeps pretty well to the same ground all the year
round.

East Riding (E. W. Wade) : — After an exceptionally long winter,
commencing early in November and lasting till early April, followed a
dull, cold and wet season, the only warm weather being a fortnight in
June. The absence of sunshine, and particularly the persistent wet and
stormy weather, had a most unfortunate effect upon the breeding activities
of all the smaller birds. The nesting dates were retarded, second
clutches often absent ; in many, cases the number of eggs was below
normal, and sometimes a considerable interval elapsed between the
completion of the nest and egg-laying.

The Tawny and Long-eared Owls were normal. In some of the Wold
Dales where field voles were plentiful the Tawny Owls laid more than
normal clutches. The Barn Owl was below the average or not breeding
at all.

Some Peewit’s eggs were seen at the end of March, but most of the
birds were driven from the nests by frost and cold weather, and
)nany were nesting at the end of May. In Holderness the Peewit as a
breeding bird is becoming extinct.

Rooks were a fortnight later than usual in laying, and generally
short clutched.

The other Corvidae were generally below the average in the number
of eggs, except the Magpie, which is still on the increase in the Wold
Dales, and South Holderness.

The Ducks and Snipe in many cases had first and even second clutches
flooded out.

The effect upon the Warblers was most unfavourable. The breeding
dates were late ; Willow Warblers commencing to lay the third week in
May, Garden Warblers and Whitethroats mid-June.

The migrants were not noticeably later in arriving than in 1923, but
once here their activities were curtailed by wet and cold. Swallows
and Mart ins were later in arriving, and in no case reared more than two
broods. The House Martin was about the same in numbers as usual.

Swallows were below normal in numbers, and less prolific.

Goldfinches show a slight increase over 1923.

Corncrakes show a slight increase on the western edge of the Wolds,

1925 Jan. I

26 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1924.

but in Holderness only two breeding haunts were tenanted In all
seven pairs were observed.

Swifts were exceptionally late in breeding, one brood flew from the
nest on 18th August. On 31st iVugust several small parties were seen,
and the last bird on 10th September.

The malign influence of the Starling upon the breeding of the Great
Spotted Woodpecker was forcibly illustrated by a pair of the latter kept
under observation. At the second or perhaps the third attempt a pair of
the latter had commenced to lay on 9th June. Even at this date' the
Woodpeckers were ousted by the Starling, the eggs destroyed, and the
Woodpeckers, thoroughly unsettled, abandoned the attempt at nidifica-
tion. In this district the Great Spotted Woodpecker is threatened with
extinction on this account.

The wet weather had a most unfavourable effect upon game birds,
Partridge generally being very patchy.

The Pink-footed Geese appeared on the Humber on 15th September,
but, probably on account of the late harvest, did not flight up to the
Wolds till 9th October.

On 16th February a Coot drive was organised at Hornsea Mere, 392:
birds being shot.

22nd March. — A Red-necked Phalarope was seen on the lake at
Burton Constable.

19th April. — A Pied Flycatcher, male, observed in Boynton Woods ^

1st May. — Four Red -spotted Bluethroats, male, at Spurn.

3rd May. — Migrant Thrushes and Redshanks killed at Spurn Light.

7th June and 21st July. — A Lesser Spotted Woodpecker was seen at
Ferriby, the first record for the district, but no evidence of nesting could
be obtained.

27th June. — -A Woodcock was brooding four eggs in Cliffe Wood.

31st August. — A Reeve was observed at Hornsea Mere.

In June, two little Owls were seen at Hornsea Mere.

9th June. — Four youths were shooting at the sitting birds from the
beach below Hartley Shoot, on the Bempton Cliffs. The writer was
misdirected and failed to get to the telephone in order to ring up the
Speeton coastguard. Meanwhile the marauders disappeared.

A pair of Gannets has frequented Black Shelf, at Bempton Cliffs, all
the season, driving the other birds away, and it is possible they may
breed next year.

The persistent taking of all well-marked eggs at Bempton has resulted
in the practical elimination of such specimens. It is impossible even to
guess how long it had taken to evolve these types, which have been known
for at least fifty years, but the intensive hunt for them during about
thirty years has at last done its work.

The Shelduck is extending its breeding range in the upper reaches of
the Humber.

With further reference to this Riding, Chas. F. Procter writes : — -
There is definite evidence that as far as the City of Hull is concerned, a
steady incursion of the shyer country birds is taking place. I have
frequently seen Chaffinches, Thrushes, Robins, Wagtails and various
Tits, Blackbirds and Wrens in the gardens and pavements of those
aggregations of houses which were originally designed as garden villages
on the suburbs, and are now well within the town. The Pink -footed
Geese which are such a feature of the higher reaches of the Humber,
Broomfleet and Brough, during the last winter, extended their winter
habitat along the northern shore of the Humber eastward as far as Welwick.
This is the first time that this species has been known definitely to range
this portion of the Humber, although stragglers have constantly been seen.
Their numbers were greater than on their last visit. Widgeon were
extremely plentiful on the Humber last winter. Kestrels are everywhere
this autumn in East Yorkshire.

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists1 Union: Annual Report, 1924. 27

York District (Sydney H. Smith) : — There appears to be an increase
in the numbers of birds classed as vermin by gamekeepers ; Carrion Crows,
Magpies, Jays, Kestrels and Sparrow Hawks ; Long-eared, Tawny and
Barn Owls have all been fairly numerous. Water-loving birds like
Mallard, Shove ler, Wigeon, Pochard and Tufted Ducks have been well
in evidence in the Derwent Valley and on Skipwith Common, and the
gullery at Skipwith accommodated at least 1500 pairs of Black-headed
Gulls. A Bittern frequented the reed pond at the latter place from
January 31st to March nth, and hope was expressed of its finding a
mate and breeding there, but this did not materialise. A Bittern,
which may have arrived in the district with the one just mentioned
was shot at Stockton -on-Forest on January 21st, and was seen by me
shortly afterwards. Of late years Hooded Crows have become rare
locally, and we now record three that were seen on Hob Moor, York, on
February 17th, and another on Strensall Common on March 30th. Several
hundred Fieldfares arrived at Stamford Bridge on April 23rd, probably
en route for the East Coast. Other species noticed on passage were
Curlews flying over Fulford on August 13th, Golden Plovers at the same
place on August 23rd, and three large flocks of Wild Geese, probably
pink-footed, passing over York on October 9th. A pair of Woodcock
reared three young ones at Kexby, and another pair got its brood off
safely at Sand Hutton. Hawfinches have increased slightly, and a nest
with four eggs was found at Aberford on May 29th. On June 4th a nest
of the Goldfinch, containing four eggs, was found in a garden at Fulford.
Turtle Doves have been seen at various places near York, and maintain
their numbers ; a nest with two young ones seen at Ampleforth on June
17th was in the same tree where Turtle Doves nested in 1922. Two
pairs of Stonechats had nests filled with young at Huggate on June 9th,
and on the same date and place a pair of Common Buntings was observed.
The Corncrake has been recorded at Stockton -on -Forest, Fulford, Fas in g-
wold and Coxwold, and is apparently rarer than ever in the neighbourhood
of York. Nightjars have been exceedingly scarce, and most of their
local haunts were left untenanted during the season. A pair of Stock-
doves reared two broods in a hole in a tree in the Deanery Gardens at
York. Bullfinches, once fairly common around York, are now rare, and
I have no note of their nesting this year.

I am greatly indebted to Mr. V. G. F. Zimmerman and Mr. E. W.
Taylor for their valuable assistance in helping me with notes for this
report.

(To he continued) .

Horace Donisthorpe describes Euplectus decipiens Raffr., a -species
of Coleoptera new to the British List, in The Entomologist’ s Record for
November.

J. S. Huxley writes on ‘ The Breeding Behaviour of the Common
Heron,’ and W. E. Glegg on ‘ The Nesting of the Flamingo in the Ca-
margue,’ in British Birds for November.

The Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society ,
No. 19 (18 pp.), the smallest yet issued, is not very pleasant reading.
The hope that as a result of opening the museum the progress of the
Society would be rapid, has not materialised. The repayment of the
debt on the new buildings has precluded the purchase of urgently required
fittings, and altogether put out of court the possibility of employing a
paid curator. During the year the Society has existed, but not progressed ,
and the committee was compelled to adopt a policy of forced inactivity.
Many specimens had to be destroyed for lack of proper storage. No
donations have been received towards the Special Building Fund or
Illustration Fund. Owing to lack of support no evening meetings could
be arranged.’

1925 Jan. 1

28

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION AT SHEFFIELD.

The Sixty-third Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union was
held on Saturday, December 6th, in the Church House, Sheffield, the
President, Mr. P. H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., being in the chair. After the
election of two new members and the affiliation of the Austwick Field
Club to the Union, the President announced that Professor J. H. Priestley,
D.S.O., F.L.S., had accepted the Presidency of the Union for 1925. At
this stage of the proceedings, the Ford Mayor of Sheffield, Alderman
A. J. Bailey, J.P., arrived, and occupied the chair during the Presidential
Address on the Study of Flies (Diptera). At the conclusion of the address,
Mr. G. T. Porritt proposed, and Mr. E. G. Bayford seconded, a resolution
that the best thanks of the Union be offered to Mr. Grimshaw, both for
his address and also for his services to the Union during the year. This
resolution was unanimously approved. Votes of thanks were also accorded
to the Lord Mayor for his kindness in taking the chair, and to the Sorby
Scientific Society and Mr. A. Bayliss, to whom the complete success of
the local arrangements was due.

After the Presidential Address the members of the Sheffield Society
invited the members to a Conversazione in the Church House. After
refreshments had kindly been provided, Mr. T. Sheppard, M.Sc., gave an
amusing account of ‘The Making of a Yorkshireman, ’ which was
followed by some remarks on Local Geology by Mr. W. H. Wilcockson,
M.A., of the Sheffield University.

The Annual Meeting for 1925 will be held at Huddersfield on the joint
invitation of Huddersfield Naturalists and Antiquarian Society, and the
Committee of the Tolson Memorial Museum.

: o :

CORRESPONDENCE.

Arrivals of Migrants at York and Immediate Vicinity during 1924.

Willow Warbler

Chiff-Chaff

Wheatear

Whitethroat

Yellow Wagtail

Swallow

House Martin

Tree Pipit
Whinchat
Blackcap Warbler
Sandpiper
Cuckoo

Sand Martin

Spotted Flycatcher April 25th, York.

March 30th, Strensall
March 30th, Strensall
March 30th, York.

March 30th, Strensall
March 30th, York.

March 30th, Strensall
2 1st , Alne.

April 13th, Sandburn
Heworth.

April 13th, Sandburn
April 13th, York.

April 13th, York.

April 1 8th, Pickering.

April 20th, Stamford Bridge

thorpe ; April 26th, Alne.

April 20th, Thirkleby ; May 5th, Heworth.

April 5th, Bulmer.

April 18th, Pickering.

April 20th , Thirkleby.

April 20th, Thirkleby ; April

Alne ; May 5th,

May

April

5th,

5th,

April 25th, Copman-

Landrail

Swift

Turtle Dove

Sedge Warbler
Nightj ar

April 30th, York ; April 30th, Fulford ; June 1st,
Coxwold ; June Sth, Easingwold ; June 23rd,
Stockton -on -F orest .

May 2nd, Heworth ; May 7th, Sheriff Hutton ; May
9th, York ; May 13th, Fulford.

May 9th, Dunnington ; May 30th, Sandburn ; June
9th , Huggate .

May 18th, York.

May 30th, Sandburn.

Sydney H. Smith.

Naturalist

The Naturalist, 1925.

Plate

Photo

J. A. Wheldon, M.Sc., A.L.S., I.S.M.

Lalayette.

2g

3n flDemoriam.

JAMES ALFRED WHELDON, M.Sc., A.L.S., I.S.M.

By the death of Jas. A. Wheldon, at the comparatively early
age of 62 years, which took place at his residence, Marchfield
Rd., Orrell Park, Liverpool, recently, the botanical world, and
particularly the bryological part of it, has sustained an almost
irreparable loss ; while Yorkshire and its Naturalists’ Union
have sincerely to regret the demise of a noteworthy son and
an able and enthusiastic student of Nature.

Born at Northallerton, Yorkshire, in 1862, and educated
at the Cleveland College, Darlington, and the Westminster
College of Pharmacy, J. A. Wheldon qualified in Pharmacy
about 1884, and then started business in the City of York.
After six years here a disastrous fire destroyed all his belong-
ings, including books, dried plants, and a collection of stuffed
birds, together with a large aviary — a fate very similar to
that which had befallen the books and herbaria of the late
J. G. Baker at Thirsk, ten or fifteen years previously. Neither
disaster, however, seems to have militated against the subse-
quent development of both Baker or Wheldon as distinguished
botanists.

After the York conflagration, young Wheldon, having
already done much work in collecting insects, birds’ eggs and
land and freshwater shells, and in practising taxidermy with
very successful results, turned his attention to the botanical
study of Flowering Plants, but especially to the Cryptogamic
orders embracing Sphagnaceae, true Mosses, Liverworts and
Lichens. Wherever located he at once took to the observa-
tion and collecting of the natural products nearest at hand, and
so, during a short residence at Scarborough he studied the
seaweeds, his small collection being still in existence. At this
time also he collected largely the leaf-fungi (microfungi) and
added many records for Yorkshire to the * Yorkshire Fungus
Flora ’ by Massee and Crossland as well as to Groves’ ‘ British
Rust Fungi.’

In 1891 he was appointed Pharmacist to H.M. Prison,
Liverpool, and held this position for over thirty years ; indeed,
until his retirement when, as Senior Officer in that Service,
he was decorated with the Imperial Service Medal (I.S.M. ).
During the long period just referred to, Wheldon’s leisure
time, limited as it must have been, was, nevertheless, all
spent in the field observing and collecting, or in the study,
identifying the ‘ finds ’ of himself and others and writing the
large number of contributions which he made to many notable
Natural History and Botanical Journals.

In Britain J. H. Wheldon, during the latter years of his
life, was undoubtedly our leading bryologist, and was highly
esteemed by both British and Continental Bryologists for his

1 925 Jan. 1

30 In Memoriam : James Alfred Wheldon, M .Sc., etc.

work and the acumen he displayed in his many writings
dealing with the identification, description and classification
of the Sphagnum genus as well as of that difficult polymorphous
group of the true mosses known as the Harpidioid Hypna, in
both of which Wheldon was an acknowledged expert. Readers
of The Naturalist will remember his articles in that journal
for 1902 on ‘ The North of England Harpidia ’ (illustrated),
and the still more important ‘ Key to the Harpidioid Hypna ’
in the 1920 and 1921 volumes of The Naturalist. Wheldon ’s
4 Comments on the Harpidia adunca of Sanio ’ in the ' Revue
Bryologique ’ may not be so well known, although frequently
his name is mentioned in this Continental journal.

One of the most noteworthy results of Mr. Wheldon ’s work
in Lancashire was the ‘ Flora of West Lancashire/ in the
writing of which he collaborated with his old botanical friend,
Mr. Albert Wilson. This work was published in 1907, and
was aptly described by one of the leading British botanists of
the time as ‘ A standard model of what Floras should be and
a compilation which is a credit to the authors and a lasting
memorial/ In it will be found a useful and interesting
chapter on the ‘ (Ecological Survey of the Distribution of the
Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens 5 of West Lancashire.

Besides that for West Lancashire just mentioned, several
other well-known Floras owe many of their records to the
observations and discovery of J. A. Wheldon. As examples,
the following may be mentioned, viz. : ‘ The Victoria History
of Lancashire (Botany)/ Green’s ‘Flora of Liverpool,’
Baker’s * North Yorkshire,’ Massee and Crossland’s ‘ Fungus
Flora of Yorks.’, and the ' Flora of the Manx Curraghs/ the
last of which was compiled entirely by him.

A list of about ninety works and published articles by
J. A. Wheldon lies before me and a perusal of the titles alone
is very pleasing and instructive, but space does not permit
to give them in detail ; while the names of the journals
publishing most of them are sufficient guarantee to their
great botanical value. Among others, there were the old
periodical, Science Gossip, which became defunct in 1903 ;
' The Transactions of local Naturalist and Botanical Societies, ’
The Lancashire Naturalist , The Naturalist and especially the
Journal of Botany, to which very many notes and articles
had been contributed by him during the last twenty- five years
of his life. It was in the Journal of Botany that his last note
appeared, dealing with ‘ Additions to the Scottish Sphagna,’
and it gave him pleasure to read a reprint of the same only a
couple of hours before he passed away !

As one might expect, J. A. Wheldon was a member of
many botanical and kindred societies. He was one of the
founders of the Moss Exchange Club of the British Isles, a

Naturalist

Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 31

member of the ‘ York and District Field Naturalists,’ the
£ Liverpool Naturalists’ Union ’ the Liverpool Botanical
Society, and other societies mentioned in the foregoing,
including our own Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Long a
Fellow of the Linnean Society (F.L.S. ), he ultimately had the
honour of election to an Associateship of that premier botanical
Society (A.L.S.). At the last meetings of the British Asso-
ciation at Liverpool, 1903 and 1923, he made big contributions
to the respective Handbooks. To Liverpool University he
owed the honour of the degree of Master of Science. Besides
much field and written work, Mr. Wheldon frequently lectured
with great acceptance to the various societies, generally on
some Bryological subject, which was invariably illustrated
by fresh or preserved natural specimens, home-made lantern
slides or well-drawn diagrams and pictures in Water Colour,
at which our botanist was also an adept.

With mention of the splendid Herbaria which he got
together and left to be retained, it is hoped, in this country,
this all too brief notice of a distinguished man, a genial and
kindly gentleman, and an affectionate father, must draw to
a close. The Herbaria consist of : —

(1) A big collection of British and Foreign Phanerogams.

(2) A complete and representative collection of British

Mosses and many foreign ones.

(3) A similar collection of British and European Sphagna.

(4) A collection of British Hepatics.

(5) A large collection of British Lichens, and

(6) The small collection of British Seaweeds.

Two sons and one daughter survive to mourn the decease
of their father, who had been a widower for some nine years. —
J.F.R.

: o :

The Annual Report and Transactions of the Manchester Microscopical
Society for 1923 (50 pp., 1 16), besides its list of members, details of
exhibits, lectures, etc., contains an article on ‘ Rock Textures and
Structures from an Applied Aspect,’ by Edgar Morton ; and ‘ The Study
of Plankton,’ by J. Stuart Thomson, both being particularly interesting
contributions.

Vol. V., Part 1 of The Transactions of the London and Middlesex
Archceological Society has just been issued (66 pp.). The new editor is
Dr. William Martin, who. contributes ‘ The Earliest Views of London ’ ;
' Ludicus Scenicus ’ ; ‘ Roman London : Cornhill ’ ; ‘ Roman London :

Cheapside.’ There are numerous other notes on similar lines, which
must be of great value to the members of the Society.

The Borough of Colchester issues its Report of the Museum Committee
for the year ended 31st March, 1924 (36 pp., 6d.), which has the usual
detailed list of valuable additions during the year, among the illustra-
tions being British vases, a Bronze Age Hoard, various rare types of
Roman pottery, Roman glass and tiles, boxes made of decorated curled
paper, mediaeval pottery, etc. They are from excellent photographs by
Mr. A. G. Wright, the Curator.

1925 Jan. 1

32

NORTHERN NEWS.

Among the gifts to a certain museum we notice some mediaeval
‘ bungholes ’ !

We regret to announce the death of Mr. A. E. Haydock, of Settle, a
member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

The Yorkshire Herald for November 29th records that a badger weighing
38 lbs. was killed at Broughton, near Malton, the previous week.

We notice that a gentleman, who might be called ‘ Leeds,’ considers
that Leeds should extend from the Pennine Chain to the sea ! Anyway,
it would then include one or two museums which would be worthy of so
great a city.

The following entry occurs in a London bookseller’s catalogue :

‘ Archaeological Pamphlets. Collections of 40 various, reprints and
excerpts, from the library of Dr. W. Crooke, by A. Cremona, T. Sheppard,
T. J. Westropp, H. S. Crawford, J. Reid Moir, &c., wrapps. 7s. 6d.’
Strange bedfellows !

We learn from the press that among the recent additions to the
British Museum is ‘ a rare Angler-fish, Ceratias holbolli, caught by a
trawler off Iceland, and presented by Mr. T. Sheppard.' If we are to
believe all we read in the press, then we can only assume in this case
there is a ‘ catch ’ somewhere !

A sum of about £2500 has been accumulated in honour of Prof. A.
Smithells, formerly of the Leeds University. A portrait by Mr. Fildes
Watt has been presented to the University, and the balance of the fund
will go towards a scholarship of approximately £100 per annum in the
name and with the advice of Prof. Smithells.

In Part XLVIII. of Type Ammonites, Mr. S. S. Buckman discusses
the Sequences in the Corallian Rocks of Yorkshire, which have now been
divided among fifty or more intervals of time. Sequences are given
for the Scarborough, Pickering and Hambleton districts, the Howardian
Hills and Saltersgate Moor, Whitby.

Mr. O. G. E. Erdtman, of the Botanical Laboratory, Stockholm, has
a paper on ‘ Mittielungen fiber Einige Irische Moore ’ in Svensk Botanisk
Tidskrift, Bd. 18, H. 3, recently issued. In this he continues his well-
known micro-palaeontological studies of the peats of Ireland, also referring
to Cheshire and the Isle of Man, and the ' Moor log ’ of the Dogger Bank.

The Journal of Conchology for November contains an obituary
notice of A. D. R. Bacchus ; ‘ British Helicidae,’ by A. E. Ellis ; and
the occurrence of various species of mollusca in Scotland, Ireland,
Cumberland, Glamorgan, Sussex, Mewstone, near Plymouth, the Isle of
Man and Market Harborough. Mr. J. D. Dean writes on ' Albinism and
its known occurrence in European Clausiliidae,’ describing new forms.

The University of Leeds is arranging a course of lectures on the Natural
History of Yorkshire, which will do much to popularise the charms of
the county of broad acres. The first lecture deals with the Geological
History, Present Structure and the Scenery of Yorkshire, and will be
illustrated by lantern slides from the Godfrey Bingley Collection. The
circular we have received about this course does not give the names of
the lecturers.

Hull Museum Publications , No. 137, deals with the Hull Conference
of the Museums Association, and includes the discussion on Mr. T.
Sheppard’s Presidential Address on ‘ The Place of the Small Museum ’ ;
gives an account of the lighter side of the Conference by two of the lady
members ; and a detailed report of the official visit of the Association
to Copenhagen. Publication No. 138 contains the following notes,
among others, all being reprinted from The Naturalist : — ‘ Hoard of
Bronze Axes from East Yorkshire,’ ‘ Red Deer Skeleton from the Holder-
ness Peat,’ ‘ Neocomian Ammonites,’ and ‘An Early Binocular Dissecting
Microscope,’ by T. Sheppard ; ‘ The Common Crane Fossil in Britain,’

by E. T. Newton ; ‘ A New Fossil Fish from South Ferriby, Lines.’, by
A. Smith Woodward ; and ‘ New Speeton Ammonites,’ by L. F. Spath.

Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (9 "x it I"), 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement— VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots- — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — AlV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses- — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

issuers Monthly , illustrated with Plates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers , 15/- per annum , post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated “ The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists' Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper , Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M.B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; HughS.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.

EDINBURGH— OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33, PATERNOSTER ROW.

W. F. H. ROSENBERG

IMPORTER OF EXOTIC ZOOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

57 HAVERSTOCK HILL, LONDON, N.W.3, ENGLAND,
and at 25 Cromwell Place, S.W.7.,

Begs to announce the publication of a new Price List of Birds’ Eggs, including
about 700 species from various parts of the world.

This List will be mailed free on application, as will the following : — Birds’
Skins (5,500 species), Lepidoptera, with supplement (8,000 species), Apparatus
and Natural History Requisites.

New Price Lists of Mammals, Reptiles, Fishes, etc., are in course of pre-
paration. All Museums and Private Collectors should write for these lists.

All specimens sent on approval.

Kindly state which Lists are required and give name of this Periodical. ; f

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST.”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for any year can be
bound in a serviceable and attractive Cloth Case , dark
blue and gilt lettered on back and side. As it is relatively
cheaper to bind quantities than small lots, orders received by
Zith January next will be charged at 3/6 per volume, post
free 4/-. Binding orders received after that date will be
charged 4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

SCIENCE PROGRESS

A Quarterly Review of Scientific Thought,
Work and Affairs.

Editor - COLONEL SIR RONALD ROSS, K.C.B., F.R.S,

This Quarterly is now in its fourteenth year of publication. Its
object is to give all readers of wide culture and interest in science
a knowledge of the numerous advances which are being continually
made in connection with scientific work and thought. Each number
contains Recent Advances in Science (by a number of experts).
Articles, Popular Science, Essay-Reviews, Correspondence, Notes,
Essays, many Reviews, and a Book List. Published early every
quarter by John Murray, 50a Albemarle Street, London, W. Annual
Subscription 25/6 and price of one number 6s. Subscriptions
through bookseller or direct to the Publisher.

“ Science Progress, which has now reached its thirty -ninth
number, not only covers a remarkably wide field with great
ability, but has had impressed upon it, by the energetic and
humane spirit of its editor, a certain dynamic quality which

makes it a force as well as a source of light/’ — The Times.

Printed by A. Brown Sc Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Jan., 1925.

FEB., 1925.

No. 817

No. 591 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH ENGLAND.

EDITED BY y

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.GlS.cF.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull;

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield ,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents

Notes and Comments : — Professor J. H. Priestley ; Ages of Pennine
Peat ; The Geological Club ; Phytoplankton ; Ordnance Survey
Maps ; A Humber Whale in 1604 ; British Association, 1896 and
1923 ; Harmful Field Voles ; Marine Biology ; Liverpool Geologists ;
Fossil Worms ; Geology and the Arts ; Diatoms and Herrings ; The
Leeds University ; Destruction of Rare Birds ...

A Rare Angler Fish (Ceratias holbolli) from Iceland (Plate II.)—
C. Tate Regan , M .A F .R .S .

An Addition to the Ammonites of the Yorkshire Lias (illustrated) —
C. Thompson

Geology of Yorkshire — An Illustration of the Evolution of Northern
England (illustrated)—/. IF. 5.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union

Vertebrate Zoology Section — E. Wilfred Taylor
Entomological Section — T. B. Kitchen and W . D. Hincks
South-west Yorkshire Entomology — B. Morley ...

Committee of Suggestions — Chris . A . Cheetham

Correspondence : — The May-lily in Yorkshire, etc.

Field Notes (illustrated) : — Large Pike in E. Yorks ; Porbeagle at
Whitby ; Ray’s Bream at Bridlington ; Late Corn Crake near

page:

33-40
4 1 -42:

43‘44

45-46

47-49

49-51

5i

51

52

Bridlington ; Bean Goose, etc., in East Yorks,
etc., in Holderness ; Bird Notes from Whitby ;
optera ; Mollusca near Sheffield ...

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union’s Report for 1924

Reviews and Book Notices

News from the Magazines

Proceedings of Scientific Societies
Northern News

Illustrations

Plate II.

Peregrine Falcon,
Cumberland Cole-

53-55

56-61

44- 52, 55, 62-63.

4°> 42

61

44. 64

••• 43. 45. 46, 53-

LONDON :

Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum*

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

VERTEBRATE SECTION.

President of the Section : F. H. Edmondson, Keighley.

Two meetings will be held in the Library of the Leeds Philosophical

Society on Saturday, February 21st, 1925, at 3-15 p.m. and 6-30 p.m.

Papers will be given as follows : —

‘ Animal Psychology/ by C. F. Procter.

Bird and Animal Legends/ by W. G. Bramley.

‘ Some of our Rarer British Breeding Birds/ by T. M. Fowler, F.R.P.S.

Members or Associates are invited to attend and bring notes, specimens
and lantern slides.

Will Officials of Affiliated Societies kindly notify their members.

E. WILFRED TAYLOR, Hon. Sec.,
io Telford Terrace, York.

DIPTERA COMMITTEE.

By kind invitation of the Bradford Natural History Society, a Meeting will
be held in the Biology department of the Bradford Technical College on Monday,
February 23rd, at 7-30 p.m., when Mr. George Grace, B.Sc., F.E.S., A.R.C.Sc.,
will read a paper on

‘ An Introduction to the Study of Yorkshire Chironomids/

This will be illustrated by lantern slides. All Yorkshire Naturalist Union
members and associates are invited.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

BOOKS WANTED.

Alford Nat. Hist. Soc. Reports. Set.

Bath Field Nat. and Arch. Soc. Vols. VIII. -XI.

Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society Reports, 18 187.. 3.

Burnley Lit. and Sci. Soc. Parts 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, r8 2 1 , 23, 24. 25.
Chester Soc. Nat. Science : Ann. Reports, i.-iv.

Cleveland Lit. & Phil. Soc. Trans. Science Section 0 others.

Croydon Nat. Soc. 6th Report.

Dudley and Midland Geol. etc., Soc. Vols. II. -IV
Discovery. (Liverpool, 4to). 1891.

Derby Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc. Part 21.

Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Science. Vols. I., II., III.

Dublin Geol. Soc. Vol. I., pt. 1, 1830? ; Vol. VII., parts 1-3 (or complete
Vols.). 1855.

Eastbourne Naturalist (1 part).

Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. Vols. II. -III. (or parts), and part 6 of new series.
Frizinghall Naturalist. (Lithographed). Vol. I., and part 1 of Vol. II.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Repository, Mackie’s. Vols. II., III.

Geol. Assoc. Proc. Vol. I., Part 1.

Geol. Soc., London, Trans. 2nd ser., Vol. VI., and Pts. 1-3 of Vol. VII (or Vol ) .
Geological Magazine, 1894.

Huddersfield Arch, and Topog. Society. 1st Report, 1865-1866. (38 pp.).

Illustrated Scientific News. 1902-4. (Set).

Journ. Micrology and Nat. Hist. Mirror. 1914 —

Keighley Naturalists’ Society Journal. 4to. Part 1.

Lancs, and Cheshire Antiq. Soc. Vols. IV., V., VIII., XXVI.

Louth Ant. and Nat. Soc. Reports, 1-12, 19.

Liverpool Geol. Association Proc. Parts 1, 3/16.

Liverpool Nat. Journ. Parts 1, 3, and 20.

Apply — Editor, The Museum, Hull.

33

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

PROFESSOR J. H. PRIESTLEY.*

‘ The Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union is to be congratulated
upon having secured for its President during the coming year
Professor J. H. Priestley, B.Sc., D.S.O., F.L.S., the Professor
of Botany in the University of Leeds. Professor Priestley
has done great service to his science by his work in Leeds,
and has won high fame for his department of the University,
not merely as a teacher — though in that capacity his influence
will be as widely felt as that of any teacher of his generation —
but also as an original investigator. In some of the most
vital questions relating to the growth of plants and their
reaction to particular soils his researches are proving revolu-
tionary. Sir Humphrey Davy was once described by a
Scotsman as a “ varry troublesome pairson ” for upsetting
so sadly the preconceived notions of the science of his day.
Professor Priestley is upsetting ideas, too, but by way of
recompense making order and precision out of confusion and
error. He has long been an active worker with the Union on
its field-excursions, and his enthusiasm will, one is confident,
keep him from joining the ranks of those who after their year
of office is over are never, or rarely, seen in the field again. ’j*
AGES OF PENNINE PEAT.

With the above heading, Dr. W. H. Pearsall, in Nature,
No. 2875, reviews the recent wrork on this interesting and
difficult question, putting particular stress on the excellent
and detailed work which has recently been accomplished in
the Huddersfield area. Here, among trees at the base of the
Peat, was a horn [ ? core] of Bos primigenius (the Urus of Caesar,
living in Roman and later times), and ‘ a ’ triangular arrow
head of the Neolithic-Dolmen period. At a somewhat higher
level, a piece of bronze and ‘ a ’ barbed arrow head suggest
the Bronze-age horizon. It seems to us that, like the Scots-
man’s ‘aye ’ button, these two flint arrow heads bear a great
responsibility ! It is surely unfortunate that ' a ’ triangular
arrow head should be considered to suggest the ‘ Neolithic-
Dolmen ’ period, in an area where Neolithic Dolmens do not
occur, and similarly unfortunate that a * Bronze-age horizon ’
should be suggested on the strength of a piece of bronze and
‘ a ’ barbed arrow-head which seems to be similar to the
thousands of undoubtedly neolithic arrow-heads found on the
Yorkshire Wolds. When Dr. Pearsall tells us that, on the
strength of a single flint, the Neolithic-Dolmen period is
apparently indicated at the base of the Peat, and we learn
of the evidence of the ‘ Belgian Tardenois culture (every-

* From the familiar ‘ Nature Lover's Diary ’ in The Yorkshire Post.
f This is quite true, though in some cases their noses are kept well to
the grindstone, in the interests of the Union, indoors.

1925 Feb. 1

C

34

Notes and Comments.

thing seems to point to a ‘ culture/ whatever that may mean,
nowadays !), also to the ‘ later Tardenois period/ etc. ; we
think our botanical friends would do well carefully to record
what they can on purely botanical evidence, leaving the
findings of the enthusiasts known as ‘ prehistorians ’ to those
who consider they are capable of interpreting the evidence
produced by two arrow-heads.

THE GEOLOGICAL CLUB.

Recently the members of the Geological Society Club dined
together as usual after the meeting of the Society. The
occasion, however, was a special one, being the exact centenary
anniversary of the first dinner of the Club in 1824, and a
number of distinghished guests were invited to take part in
the celebration of the event. Sir William Boyd-Dawkins,
who was already a member of the Club fifty years ago when
its jubilee was celebrated, proposed the toast of kindred
clubs, which was responded to by Sir Charles Sherrington,
President of the Royal Society. Sir Arthur Smith Woodward
proposed the guests, to which Sir Richard Gregory and Prof.
Schaffer, of Vienna, responded. Sir William Bragg proposed
the toast of the Club, and Dr. J. W. Evans, in replying,
reminded those present of the great changes in geological
science since the Club was founded. Then there were no
Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, or Devonian periods, and the
Tertiary had not been subdivided by Lyell, one of the founders
of the Club, who survived to take part in its jubilee. There
was no glacial period, prehistoric man, or evolution — no rock
sections or petrological microscopes. Dr. Evans referred to
the importance of the office of treasurer, and proposed the
toast of past holders of that post, and more especially of the
present treasurer, Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, who, in responding,
remarked his indebtedness to Prof. W. W. Watts, and on
the curious coincidence that both at the jubilee and the
centenary dinners the president was a John Evans.

PHYTOPLANKTON .

We learn from Nature that at a recent meeting of the
Linnean Society £ Mrs. [? Messrs.] W. H. Pearsall and W. H.
Pearsall gave : “ Phytoplankton of the English lakes.” These
lakes fall into three groups according to their plankton types :
(1) those with green Algae dominant ; (2) those with Dinobryon
dominant ; (3) those with diatoms and Myxophyceae domin-

ant. This classification agrees very exactly with their classi-
fication according to physical characters, water analyses, and
rooted vegetation. — B. M. Griffiths : Studies in the phyto-
plankton of the Lowland Waters of Great Britain : the

phytoplankton of Shropshire, Cheshire and Staffordshire.
The natural waters of Shropshire and Cheshire frequently

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

35

show “water-bloom,” due to a prodigious development of
blue-green algae. The algal flora of the district is poor in
desmids. One new desmid, a remarkable twisted form, was
found in Marbury Mere, and named Closterium tor turn. In
general, these Lowland waters resemble those of the European
plain, and differ from the lakes of the British mountain areas.’

ORDNANCE SURVEY MAPS.

As a result of the agitation by the Corresponding Societies
Committee of the British Association for the Advancement
of Science, and numerous other bodies, we have been advised
by the Ordnance Survey Office that the quarter sheets of the
6-inch Ordnance Survey Maps are to be restored, and that
those counties which have been republished recently in full
sheet form will revert to quarter sheet form on a reprint or
revision, whichever comes first.

A HUMBER WHALE IN 1604.

In Lincolnshire Notes and Queries, No. 142, Mr. W. A.
Cragg gives the following account of a whale stranded at
Skitterness, near Goxhill, in 1604. It was written by George
Booth on a fly-leaf of an ancient survey of the Lands at
Thornton Abbey, 1580 : — ' The XXIth of October beinge
sundaye 1604 was a great and monstrus ffyshe taken upon the
Goxhill shoore upon the nesse beinge in lengthe from the
foremost pt of her nosse to the utmost grave of her taill XXIII
the yards & on [one] foot her eyes stod in the wykinges of her
mouthe being from theme to the formost pt of her nosse
XHIth foot the bredth of her taill betwixt the graves of it
XII II foot the thyckness of her rownd about by estemation
XXVIth foote her belly was whit & plyted lyck to the plyte
of a mattris every plyght about tenn inches brod her eyes
war not muche bigger on of them then a peny whit loose upon
the rydg of her backe against the plassh wher her eies stood
ther was tow slyts about XII inches long the on distant from the
other about a spane wherat she breathed & not at her mowthe
she had innuerabl thin bones standing in the roof of her mouth
edgwisse as comes [combs] might stand in a boxe she had no
tethe her tunge lay in the side of her chap the on half of it

as much as tow half was soft as any fyle the bredth of

her mouthe at the wyking from one syed to the other abowt X
foote she was taken alyve & they did cut her tail half of to
kyll her wherat the blod came out in marvelus great quantity
and as hoot [hot] as any oxe blod is in his belly & before she
died she was as hoot upon the outsyed as any horse is when
he is sore ridden her skyn was blewishe black not much unlyke
the leades of the church she was rydged upon the back as it
might be a boot wthe botm upwards by comparyson the
dystance betwixt her tow eies X foot she was a maill fish

1925 Feb. 1

36

Notes and Comments.

-all this I did se wthe myne eies & did mesuer her

myself saving I did not see her alive/

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, 1896 AND I923.

The two last Liverpool meetings of the British Association
form the theme of the Presidential Address of Mr. W. S.
Laverock to the Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club, and printed
in its Proceedings recently to hand. The President does not
consider that the 1923 meeting compares at all favourably
with that of 1896. He points out that, while the arrangements
for the 1923 meeting were in progress one heard many com-
plaints made and great dissatisfaction expressed at the way
the University had arrogated to itself the right to run the
B.A. meeting, ignoring practically entirely the existence of
all the amateur scientific societies of Liverpool, such as our
own, and failing to recognize the existence of the City Museum
by not placing the Curator of the Museum on the Local Com-
mittee, in spite of the fact that only the previous year at Hull,
which is not yet blessed with a university, the curator of the
Hull Museum had, as joint local secretary, along with the
Town Clerk of Hull, run a very successful meeting of the
B.A. The University either forgot or quite overlooked the
full title of the B.A. — The British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science — and they probably never looked up
the objects set out for the B.A. by its founders, one of which
is ‘ to bring science more before the public eye, and to take
measures to advance its interests,’ for they surely did not
imagine that they could best advance the interests of science
in the district by ignoring all the existing scientific societies
of the district, albeit they are largely composed of amateurs.
They evidently preferred to act by themselves instead of
acting all together with the existing scientific societies and
the City Museum authorities. If the Town Hall had been
large enough for the guests for the Lord Mayor’s soiree there
would have been no public function held in the Liverpool
Museum in connection with the 1923 meeting !

HARMFUL FIELD VOLES.

In an article on ‘ The Field Vole ’ in The Journal of the
Ministry of Agriculture for December, Prof. J. Arthur Thomson
states : ‘ On three counts at least there is a strong case against
field voles. First, they destroy the pasture by eating the
bases of the grass stems. They sometimes do similar damage
in corn fields and they are fond of clover leaves and the like.
Second, their networks of tunnels underneath the surface of
the ground may seriously disturb seed beds and young roots.
Thus they do much damage in disturbing as well as in devour-
ing. Their tough summer nests, made of dried grass, are
sometimes troublesome to the reaping machines. Third, they

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

37

often ring young trees, cutting off the bark just above the
ground. They may also nibble through the roots. A common
preventive is to surround the base of the tree with a cylinder
of wire-netting of narrow mesh, pressing the lower edge of the
cylinder well into the ground. A poison wash mixed with
starch and glycerine may also be brushed on to the base of
the tree/

MARINE BIOLOGY.

The Journal of the Marine Biological Association, Plymouth,
issued in November (pages 319-530, 7/-) contains a wealth
of valuable papers as a result of the researches carried on at
Plymouth. Mr. W. R. G. Atkins writes on ‘ The Vertical
Mixing of Sea Water and its Importance for the Algal Plank-
ton ’ ; and ‘ The Hydrogen Ion Concentration of Sea Water
in its Relation to Photosynthetic Changes J ; Marie V. Lebour
on ‘ The Food of Young Herring/ and ‘ The Euphausiidae in
the Neighbourhood of Plymouth and their Importance as
Herring Food/ There are also papers on ‘ Temperature and
the Viscosity of Protoplasm/ by C. F. A. Pantin ; ‘ The

Moulting and Growth-stages of Gammarus , with descriptions
of the Normals and Intersexes of G. chevreuxi,’ by E. W.
Sexton ; ‘ The Zoea of Eurynome aspera,’ by Robert Gurney ;
‘ Malignant Tumours in Fishes/ by Jas. Johnstone ; ‘ The

Food of Calanus finmarchicus during 1923,’ by Sheina Marshall ;
and ‘ Notes on Haliotis tuberculata,’ by T. A. Stephenson. A
particularly valuable section of the Journal is that devoted
to abstracts recording work done at the Plymouth Laboratory.
These give an unexpected idea of the enormous number of
publications in which the results of the researches at Plymouth
are recorded.

LIVERPOOL GEOLOGISTS.

We have received Part I. of the Fourteenth Volume of
the Proceedings of the Liverpool Geological Society, edited by
C. B. Travis, in its familiar pink cover, which we remember
ever since we undertook the geological bibliographies, on the
suggestion of the late W. D. Roebuck, which have appeared
in this journal since 1893 — over thirty years ago ! The
present is a substantial publication, and contains Professor
P. G. H. Boswell's Presidential Address on ‘ Some Further
Considerations of the Petrology of Sedimentary Rocks ’ ; ‘ An
Exposure of Glacial Sands and Gravels at Willaston-in-
Wirral/ by T. A. Jones ; ‘ On two Olivine-Dolerite Dykes in
Snowdonia/ by David Williams ; ' Petrography of the

Triassic Sandstones of South-West Lancashire/ by Stella W.
Harris ; ‘ The Attachment of the Ammonite-Siphuncle/ by
E. Neaverson ; ‘ Note on some Andalusite-bearing Rocks in
Hong Kong/ by W. Schofield ; and ‘ Notes on the Petrology
of Penmaenmawr Mountain/ by H. C. Sargent. It is pleasing

1925 Feb. 1

38

Notes and Comments.

to note the prominence given to local geology in this publica-
tion, and it is satisfactory to find a lady taking her place in
the scientific work of the Liverpool district.

FOSSIL WORMS.

At the recent annual meeting of the Yorkshire Geological
Society, ‘ a paper was given by Mr. J. W. Stather upon a
recent discovery made on rocks at Blea Wyke, near Scar-
borough, of peculiar markings, which have proved to be the
tracks of a hitherto unknown worm, which lived in the Es-
tuarine sands of the Jurassic period.- An elaborate paper by
Dr. F. A. Bather, F.R.S., of the British Museum, was pre-
sented, in which the name “ statheri ” was given as a specific
name to the “ new ” worm. This was intended as a com-
pliment to the discoverer/ Prof. E. J. Garwood, F.R.S., was
elected President of the Society for the coming year.

GEOLOGY AND THE ARTS.

At the same meeting, ‘ Mr. C. N. Bromehead, who is in
charge of the re-survey of the Yorkshire coalfield, now being
conducted on behalf of the Government, gave an interesting
address on ” Geology in Relation to the Arts/' With the
aid of a very fine series of lantern pictures, he showed the
intimate connection between the geological nature of a country
and the development within it of the arts of architecture and
sculpture. The Assyrian civilisation grew up in an area
destitute of stone. Brick was the only building material, and
a photograph of the temple platform of Ur of the Chaldees —
where Abraham lived — was shown to demonstrate the charac-
teristic “ batter,’5 or slope, which soft bricks inevitably
developed. The Egyptian civilisation was Deltaic in origin,
and began with brick aided by timber, or tightly tied bundles
of reeds. When it expanded into a granite country, the brick
tradition long dominated the art. Greek architecture was
based, not upon brick, for it had no brick-clays, but upon
timber construction. The fluted columns began as imitation
tree trunks. Coming to our own land, the lecturer showed
how in the Cotswolds and the Halifax neighbourhood the old
houses of local stone seemed to “ grow out of the ground.” ’

DIATOMS AND HERRINGS.

At the Annual Meeting of the Leeds Naturalists’ Club, held
recently, Mr. T. B. Roe was elected President for the coming
year. The retiring President, Dr. W. H. Pearsall, gave an
address on * Periodicity in Nature, with Special Reference to
the Natural History of Man.’ Dealing first with observations
which he had made in studying the abundance or dearth of
diatoms in several of the lakes in the English Lake District,
Dr. Pearsall said that these algae were more abundant in
summer than in winter, and that their numbers were related

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

39

to the quantity of nitrates in the lake waters. This factor
was determined largely by the extent of heavy, or flood
rainfall, which carried down nitrate containing material, and
these flood rainfalls were dependent on climatic conditions.
By means of graphs, Dr. Pearsall showed that the curve for
diatom abundance agreed with that for flood rainfall. By
means of further graphs he showed that if these respective
curves were followed for a number of years it was seen that
not only was there a seasonal periodicity, but that a period
of years showed curves indicating definite cycles of favourable
and unfavourable periods in which the flood rainfall, and
consequently the abundance of diatoms was greater or less.
Similar variations were to be observed in relation to the moon’s
phases, abundance of diatoms being greatest at full moon ;
and similarly we could observe solar periodicity. Seeing that
both fresh water and salt water fish fed largely upon diatoms
and similar organisms, it was not surprising to find that record
catches of herring show a well-marked periodicity, particularly
good catches being experienced about every 18.6 years.

THE LEEDS UNIVERSITY.

During the recent coming-of-age celebrations at the
University of Leeds, various congratulatory addresses were
presented, including one from the Yorkshire Naturalists'
Union, of which the following is a copy : —

‘ To the Chancellor of the University of Leeds.

‘ The Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, representing thirty-
eight Natural History, Literary, Philosophical and other
Scientific Societies located in this County, a complete list
of which is appended, sends Greetings, and offers its very
hearty Congratulations to the University of Leeds on the
auspicious occasion of its Coming of Age.

‘ Throughout the fifty years which have elapsed since
the inception of the Yorkshire College of Science, there has
always existed a bond of sympathy with the Union which
has increased rather than diminished during the period of
twenty-one years which the University now celebrates.
The recognition of the value of amateur work in various
branches of Geology, Botany and Zoology, by Heads of
Departments of the University, has been a source not only
of satisfaction, but of stimulus, and the Union desires to
express its keen appreciation of the breadth of vision which
has always marked the attitude of the University towards
the work and aims of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

‘Among its many distinguished Past-Presidents the
Union enumerates with pride — Professor P. F. Kendall,
M.Sc., F.R.S., and Professor W. Garstang, M.A., D.Sc. It
is a happy coincidence that the Union looks forward to

1925 Feb. 1

40

Notes and Comments.

progress in 1925 under its newly-elected President, — Pro-
fessor J. H. Priestley, D.S.O., B.Sc., whilst it retains, in
the capacity of one of its Honorary Secretaries, the valuable
services of Dr. W. H. Pearsall.

‘ The Union also remembers with gratification the
honour signalled by the University in the conferment of
degrees honoris causa upon its officers, Messrs. T. Sheppard
and J. W. Taylor, Dr. T. W. Woodhead and the late Mr.
W. Denison Roebuck.

‘ It is the sincere wish of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union that the University of Leeds may continue to flourish ;
that its role in public Education, in Science, in the Arts,
and in Industry may continue to expand, and that it may
ever remain in the forefront of the Universities of the
Empire as a seat of erudition and learning.

f Signed on behalf of the Executive of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union.

‘ Dated 15th day of December, 1924.

Harry B. Booth, Vice-President.

F. A. Mason, Hon. Secretary.

E. Hawkesworth, Hon. Treasurer .’

DESTRUCTION OF RARE BIRDS.

Bird Notes and News, Vol. XI., No. 3, contains the follow-
ing note : ‘ Records of the senseless destruction of rare birds
are never lacking in scientific publications. The latest issue
of the Hastings Naturalist reports the shooting of a Kite at
Wittersham, February 26th, a Honey Buzzard at Beckley,
September 22nd, a Bittern at Jury’s Gap, Kent, February
24th. Sheffield newspapers tell of the shooting of a young
Osprey at Stannington, near Sheffield, on the ground that it
“ attempted to attack ” some chickens and pigeons. It is,
it is added, a particularly fine bird and is “ regarded as a
valuable specimen ” by an expert from the local museum.
But, after all, what is the use of experts and museums if they
teach the populace nothing of the greater value of “ speci-
mens ” as a living glory of the countryside, or even inform
them that Ospreys do not dine off chicken ? The persons who
know details of these disgraceful shots are careful not to
afford information to the Royal Society for the Protection of
Birds, or to express any of the feeling they would show at the
theft of a jewel or a bit of plate which money can replace. It
is " not their business ” to help in enforcing the law, however
often they may decry the law as a dead letter.’

: o :

E. A. Butler contributes ‘ Notes on the Early Stages of British
Heteroptera,’ and R. S. Bagnall ‘ New and Rare British Thysanoptera
(in which several north-country species are dealt with) to the Entom-
ologist's Montly Magazine for December.

Naturalist

Plate II.

The Naturalist, 1925.

Ceratias holbolli.

Photograph of cast of female fish, 40 inches long, from Iceland, with a male, 4 inches long, attached to the abdomen.

4i

A RARE ANGLER FISH (CERATIAS HOLBOLLI )
FROM ICELAND.

C. TATE REGAN, M.A., F.R.S.,

British Museum ( Natural History).

(Plate II.)

A fish trawled off Iceland was landed at Hull in May, 1924,
and was presented to the Hull Museum by Mr. J. C. Pettman.
Mr. T. Sheppard forwarded it to the British Museum (Natural
History) for preservation.

This fish, which is 40 inches in total length, is a large
example of Ceratias holbolli Kroyer, a very rare fish, first
described in 1844, and hitherto known from only six specimens.
18 to 40 inches long, taken in rather deep water off Nova
Scotia, Greenland and Iceland. Ceratias holbolli is an Angler-
fish, using the term in a wide sense to include all those fishes
which have the first ray of the dorsal fin placed on the head
and modified into a line and bait ; but the group to which it
belongs, the Ceratioids, differ considerably in structure and
in habits from our common Angler (. Lophius piscatorius) .

Most of the Ceratioids are oceanic, living not at the bottom
but in the middle depths, from about 250 to 750 fathoms
below the surface, where there is no light. They are blackish
in colour, have very small eyes, and attract the fishes on which
they prey by means of a luminous lure. Ceratias differs
from most of the others in living farther north, in colder
waters and at a lesser depth.

The specimen sent to the British Museum has two features
of special interest. The first dorsal ray, or ‘ line and bait,’
which is usually present on top of the head, has been lost,
and apparently as a consequence of this the second ray, placed
on the back far behind the head, is longer than usual, and
has a terminal swelling ; it seems to have assumed the struc-
ture and function of the first ray. Of much greater importance
is the fact that a small fish, 4 inches long, is firmly united
to the larger one in the mid-ventral line, below the gill-
openings. Investigation has proved this to be a male of the
same species, dwarfed and parasitic on the female. The male
is incapable of feeding itself, and appears to be nourished by
the female, the blood systems of the two being continuous ;
the gut is vestigial, and the only organ of importance in the
abdominal cavity is a large testis. Similar dwarfed males
parasitic on the females have been found in two other genera
of Ceratioid Fishes, and it is suggested that this habit has
originated from the conditions of life of the Ceratioids, few in
numbers, solitary, sluggish, wide-ranging and living in the
dark ; in such circumstances it would be difficult for a fish

1925 Feb. I

42

News from the Magazines.

ready to breed to find a mate. Hence, probably soon after
they are hatched, when they are comparatively numerous,
such males as are lucky enough to meet females, fasten on and
begin their life-long attachment.

A more detailed account will appear in The Proceedings of
the Royal Society.

Ceratias holbolli was previously unrepresented in the
National Collection, and Mr. Sheppard saw the importance
of leaving this remarkable fish in the British Museum, where
it will be preserved in spirit, and will be readily accessible
for study to the many zoologists who visit that institution.
Mr. F. O. Barlow, of the Geological Department, has made a
coloured plaster cast of the fish (a very difficult operation
owing to its spiny skin) for exhibition in the Hull Museum.

Seasonal Notes on the Rhopalocera, ’ by S. G. Castle-Russell, occurs
in The Entomologist’ s Record for December.

‘ Observations on the Hatching of the Field Slug, A . agrestis,’ by
H. W. Miller, and ‘ Scottish Wrens,’ by R. Meinertzhagen, appear in
The Scottish Naturalist , No. 149.

The Report of the Manchester Museum for 1923-24 (Publication 88,
20 pp., 6d.) gives a summary of the work in the different departments,
lists of museum lectures, and of the principal donations to the Museum.

The Murrelet for September, issued by the State Museum, University
of Washington, Seattle, contains notes on Bird Stomachs and their
Contents, by J. H. Bowles ; and Winter Colony of White-crested Cor-
morants at Bellingham Bay, Washington, by J. M. Edson, etc.

An interesting discussion on the use or abuse of the word ‘ Scientist
appears in a recent issue of Nature, and apparently there is much to be
said on both sides. It will be interesting to see whether, as a result.
Nature in future will sanction the use of the word in its pages ; hitherto
it has not done so.

‘ Fossil Arthropods from the Tyne Coalfield ’ is the title of a paper
by E. L. Gill in The Geological Magazine , No. 724. The author figures
and describes some new forms. In the same journal G. W. Robinson
suggests the word ‘ Pedology ’ for the scientific study of soils. In No.
725 S. Melmore describes a Quartz -porphyry from the Lake District.

The New Phytologist for December has, among others, the follow-
ing papers : — ‘ An Anatomical and Physiological Study of the Petiole
in certain species of Populus,’ by W. Leach ; ‘ The First Sugar of Photo-
synthesis and the Role of Cane Sugar in the Plant,’ by J. H. Priestley ;
and ‘ The Vascular Plants characteristic of Peat : a Criticism,’ by M. C.
Rayner.

The Essex Naturalist, Vol. XXI., Part 1, contains Sir Arthur Smith
Woodward’s Presidential Address on Pleistocene Mammalia ; ‘ Some
Observations on the Leaf -cutting Bee and its Parasite,’ by H. Mothersole ;

‘ The Elephant -bed of Clacton-on-Sea,' by S. H. Warren ; and ‘ Collect-
ing and Curating Fruits and Seeds for the Study of Local Dispersal,’ by
T. A. Dymes.

The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine, No. 726, includes among other
notes, ‘ Oxford Butterflies in the Season of 1924,’ by J. J. Walker ;
Contribution to our knowledge of the Life-history of Heterocordylus
genistae Scop.,’ by J. M. Brown ; ‘ A New Bregmatothrips ( Thysanoptera )
from England and Holland,' by J. R. Watson ; and ‘ The Diptera polli-
nating the flowers of Aristolochia sipho,’ by J. W. Carr.

Naturalist

43

AN ADDITION TO THE AMMONITES OF THE
YORKSHIRE LIAS.

C. THOMPSON, B .SC .

It is common knowledge that there was a marvellous outburst
of ammonite life in the seas of the Triassic * Mediterranean
Province.' During that period, or at least for the greater part
of it, this British region was more or less a desert, or salt
lakes ; therefore there were no ammonites here. Towards the
close of the Triassic period the Mediterranean Sea of the time
stretched out into these regions, bringing in early Liassic
times ammonites here
for the first time.

At this transition
period in that part of
the world now occu-
pied by the North
Eastern Alps, there
were four dominant
genera — Psiloceras,

Caloceras, Waehnero-
ceras, and Schlothei-
mia. The first is
known to the natural-
ists of Yorkshire by
‘Am. planorbis,’ the
second by ‘Am. john-
stoni ’ ; the third was
not recognised in Eng-
land till quite re-
cently ; the fourth was
known through ‘Am.
angulatus.' So that apparently three of the above genera
migrated into this area in the order given, but one did not.
This was rather strange, for the genus absent from our lists
was very well represented in the Alpine region.

On Saturday, ist November, 1924, some students from the
Geology Class at the Hull Technical College found an am-
monite in a good state of preservation in one of the Old Lias
pits near the North Cliff Road, East Yorkshire. It was
submitted to the writer who noted it as an example of the
missing genus. It was sent to Dr. Spath, whose attention
was also called to another specimen given one or two years
ago by Mr. J. W. Stather to the writer, and recently sent by
him to the Hull Museum. This second specimen was from
the same pit, and was also considered by the writer to be a
species of the same genus.

Dr. Spath replied that both were species (probably new)

Waehneroceras sp.

1925 Feb. 1

44

Reviews and Book Notices.

of the genus in question, and that Waehneroceras could now
be recorded as found in Yorkshire.

He will in the near future describe them from the palaeon-
tological aspect.

Both specimens are now the property of the Hull Museum,
where they can be seen.

: o :

We are asked by Mr. S. Morris Bower, of Langley Terrace, Hudders.
field, to appeal to our readers to assist him in preparing the Annual
Record of winter thunder-storms, hitherto prepared by Mr. C. J. P Cave
for the Meteorological Office. He would gladly send a schedule showing
the information he requires to anyone who would assist him, on receipt of
a postcard.

: o :

The Wonder Book of the Wild, by Harry Golding. London:
Ward, Lock & Co., 256 pp., 6s. net. This delightful account of strange
men and animals in strange countries would make a charming present
for the young naturalist. There are coloured illustrations of queer
birds and mammals, and a wonderful collections of prints from photo-
graphs showing big game in various parts of the world. The volume is
very well produced and remarkably cheap.

The Great Little Insect, by Evelyn Cheesman. London : Hodder
& Stoughton, vL + 256 pp., 6s. net. The Curator of the Insect House,
at the Zoological Gardens has been prevailed upon to bring together
some notes of general interest on the insect’s place in nature, its Grip on
Life ; its Equipment ; its Social System ; its Mental Equipment.
These general headings are sub-divided, appearing under such subjects
as Protective Measures ; The Use of Thread ; White Ants ; Social
Insects ; Mechanical Impulses, etc. Many forms of insect life seem to
be dealt with, including butterflies, ants, wasps, dragon flies, etc.

Broadland Birds, by E. L. Turner. London ‘ Country Life,’
xvi.q-172 pp., 15s. net. Our readers have long been familiar with the
references we have made to the excellent photographs by Miss Turner,
and in the present handsome volume she has brought together various
articles and illustrations which have appeared in Country Life, British
Birds and other well-known publications. Those who admire bird
photography will be as delighted with the wonderful series of photo-
graphs herewith reproduced, as with the narrative written by Miss Turner
on her observations of the birds of the Broadland. The plates are printed
on both sides, and the paper on which the text appears might be better,
but perhaps one ought not to complain in view of the comparative cheap-
ness of the volume.

Round the World With Rod and Rifle, by P. M. Stewart.

London : Thornton Butterworth, Ltd., 296 pp., 21s. net. The author
of this work at first puzzles us by placing a representation of some trophy
on the back of the book ; whether this is a shark’s head or a tiger or a
cowri it is difficult to say, though its object may be merely to excite
our curiosity ! He has travelled in various parts of the world, accom-
panied by his wife, and the narrative is largely an account of the way
in which he collected his wonderful series of trophies shown on photo1-
graphs on the title page. The author seems to be as keen an angler as
he is a shooter of big game. Besides having made seven journeys round
the globe, he has made special tours through Canada, the United States
of America, Central Africa, South America, Australia, New Zealand and
the South Sea Islands. The book contains a description of these tours,
with photographs and sketches' of the places he has visited, and the
animals he has caught. There are also photographs of natives, etc.,
likely to interest the ethnologist. The volume is a useful addition to
the large library of books on travel which has appeared since the war.

Naturalist

45

GEOLOGY OF YORKSHIRE— AN ILLUSTRATION OF
THE EVOLUTION OF NORTHERN ENGLAND .*

This is a large , well-printed book of over a thousand pages,
profusely illustrated, and should be in the hands of everybody
interested in Yorkshire geology — student or teacher.

Many of the text-books of the past are very disappointing,
and even misleading to Yorkshire students, because their

Craven Reef Knolls, from sketch by R. H. Tidtleman.

authors did not know, or did not appreciate, the great differ-
ences, both stratigraphical and palaeontological, between the
Yorkshire formations and beds of similar age in the South of
England.

This, however, is all put right in the work before us. The
writers are practical geologists (as distinguished from the
scissors-and-paste and arm-chair varieties), and know in-
timately the' whole of the ground of which they speak, and

* By Percy F. Kendall, F.R.S., M.Sc., and Herbert E. Wroot.

1925 Feb. 1

46

Geology of Yorkshire .

have managed to tell their tale with a masterly lucidity,
which, while satisfying to the advanced student, is not out of
the reach of the elementary student and general reader. The
illustrations are very good, and for the most part are new.

Another very pleasing feature of the work is the intro-
duction of pictures of the pioneers of Yorkshire geology, and
brief biographical sketches of them and their work.

Probably, to a beginner, the story of the Glaciation of
Yorkshire is one of the most difficult to understand on account
of the mass of detail available, often technical, relating to
the subject. This part of the work is especially valuable from
the simple and scholarly way in which the whole of the facts

Craven Reef Knolls, from a sketch by Sir Archibald Geikie.

are presented. It is also gratifying to find that the authors do
not shrink from mildly censuring those whose slipshod work in
the past has done much to confuse the issue of these problems.

The work itself is issued in two forms, perhaps the most
convenient being that in two volumes, the first containing a
general account of the Geology of the county, the second a
description of twelve routes from a railway carriage window,
and 1 17 ‘ specimen. days ’ in Yorkshire. The price for the
two volumes is 17/6 net, and they can be obtained from the
authors, Prof. P. F. Kendall, Sandshill Lane, Moor Allerton,
Leeds, or H. E. Wroot, 99 Spencer Place, Leeds.

As an example of the method of illustration we are per-
mitted to reproduce three views of the Craven Reef-knolls
from hitherto unpublished drawings. — J.W.S.

Naturalist

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’S UNION :
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SECTION.

74

E. WILFRED TAYLOR.

A meeting of the Vertebrate Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
was held in the Library of the Leeds Philosophical Society on Saturday,
October 25th, Mr. C. F. Procter presiding. The Sectional Meeting was
preceeded by a meeting of the Yorkshire Wild Birds and Eggs Protection
Acts Committee, and of the Yorkshire Mammals, Amphibians, Reptiles
and Fishes Committee. The minutes of the previous Sectional Meetings
were read and approved. The only change among the Sectional Officers
was the election of Mr. F. H. Edmondson as President of the Section.

Mr. Parkin described the discovery of a quantity of egg shells scattered
around a grassy mound in Wharf edale, recorded in detail in the annual
report of this section. He also referred to a white -breasted Cormorant,
seen by him near Flamborough.

Mr. Chislett remarked that while he had seen many Cormorants with
white breasts, they had never been associated with breeding colonies.

Mr. Edmondson exhibited a Robin’s egg which had a double shell,
the usual markings being present on the inside one.

Mr. Booth exhibited a photograph of a malformed cat, the original
of which had attracted much attention in the Bradford district, where
it was believed to be a new animal. It was ultimately so injured by
the other cats that it had to be destroyed. He also described the rearing
of a nestful of hawks, by a Russian naturalist, which resulted in indi-
viduals conforming to three supposed sub-species ! Full details were
given at the British Ornithologists’ Club.*

Mr. Rosse Butterfield exhibited the head of a Jackdaw with malformed
mandibles, and also jaw-bones of a rabbit in which the incisor teeth had
grown to a great length.

At the evening meeting a paper was read by Mr. R. Chislett qji ‘ Bird
Life on two Baltic Islands.’ The lecturer was anxious to study and
photograph some of the rarer birds on the British List, and at the in-
stigation of a Swedish naturalist, visited the Island of Oland, accom-
panied by Mr. J. Atkinson, who contributed many of the beautiful slides
illustrating the paper.

About mid-way between Harwich and the Danish coast, a Whitethroat
and several Tree Sparrows alighted on the steamer and stayed for the
remainder of the sea journey. The destination was reached via Copen-
hagen, Malmo and Kalmar, and the inhabitants showed no little surprise
at this English invasion ; a large and interested party accompanying
them to the inn .

The island of Oland is about ninety miles long, but does not exceed
ten in width ; it consists of juniper-covered rocky commons, extensive
woodlands, marshes and cultivated areas. The Tawny Pipit was the
first new species encountered, and quantities of flowering Cowslips and
Meadow Saxifrage were noted before the marshes were reached. The
swamps teemed with wild life, Lapwings and Black -headed Gulls being
most abundant, but a few Common Gulls were also nesting. The Little
Gull, which is believed to nest occasionally, was not seen. The greater
part of the swamp was knee-deep in water, and even the grass-covered
areas sank underfoot. The Redshank and Common Snipe were found
nesting in the floating vegetation, but no nests of the Great Snipe were
discovered, although the birds were seen. Black-tailed Godwits were
conspicuous, resembling a double-pointed dart in flight, the pointed
wings operating mid -way between the outstretched legs and neck. The

* These are referred to on p. 353 of The Naturalist for December.

1925 Feb. 1

48

Y . N. U . : Vertebrate Zoology Section.

eggs were just hatching, and a party of chicks was observed swimming
with both parents circling round overhead. After hatching, the Godwits
lead the young away from the swamps. Ruffs were seen, but as there
was no regular fighting hill, and perhaps because the season was well
advanced, sparring took place in a more casual manner. The Reeve
makes a nest very similar to that of a Redshank, and the eggs found
resembled those of a Snipe on a larger scale. Dunlin and Golden Plovei
were seen, and no doubt were nesting, but nests were not actually found,
as in the case of the Ringed Plover. Nests of the Arctic and Black
Tern were found, the latter selecting a bed of moss in the wettest
part of the swamp, the slight weight of the bird being insufficient to bear
down the floating vegetation. The back plumage of both birds was
leaden grey, but the head and underparts of the cock were black, a white
patch showing at the bend of the wing ; the hen had a little black on
the head and none on the underparts. Photographs were exhibited of
both birds together at the nest, and showed clearly the differences between
the sexes. They appeared to capture insects on the wing and to pick
up something from the water while in flight, and the food brought by
the cock to the sitting hen appeared on one occasion to be a shrimp.
They were not observed to dive into the water like the Common Tern.

The photographing of the marsh birds was unusually difficult owing
to the gradual subsidence of the tent and the photographer’s stool into
the marshy ground. The safe disposal of the photographic equipment
inside the tent, and the question of suitably dealing wit’ hordes of small
creatures which swarmed up the photographer’s legs and dug their heads
into the flesh, had also to be overcome. Among the ducks the Pochard
was seen, and photographs were obtained of the Shoveller and Tufted
Duck. The Spotted Crake and Slavonian Grebe were also seen, and
evidently nested in the swamp.,

On the drier parts of the island Blue-headed and White Wagtails
were plentiful, these being the continental forms of the British Yellow
and Pied Wagtails. Wheatears were perhaps the most numerous species
on the island. On one occasion Swallows were observed hawking found
the heels of cattle, evidently collecting the disturbed insects. Preferring
the more active movements of the photographers, they attached them-
selves to the party, circling round at very close range, and followii.0 them
into the midst of a wood.

Both Garden and Blackcap Warblers were plentiful in the woods,
and a single nest of the Barred Warbler was found, and several of the
Icterine Warbler. The last were very deep, and built of grass, twined
horizontally and intertwined with vertical strips of Birch bark ; they
were in every case raided by Hooded Crows. Nearly every wood con-
tained a pair of Thrush Nightingales, but no nest was found. The song
is very powerful, and uttered with great deliberation and many pauses.
Red Backed Shrikes frequented the edges of the woods. In the woods,
Lilies of the Valley, Solomon’s Seal and Herb Paris were abundant, and
members of the Orchis family carpeted the ground, the Early Purple,
Yellow, Military, Green Winged, Scented and Dwarf being noted.

While crossing to a second and smaller island, a few Velvet Scoters
were seen, and just before landing a pair of Turnstones flew silently away
along the coast. Near the landing place a Common Gull had nested on
the roof of a wooden barn, while a White Wagtail was sitting near the
roof, and a Velvet Scoter had nested in the midst of a heap of hay on the
floor ; other nests of the Velvet Scoter were found among the tall um-
belliferous plants. Several colonies of Arctic Terns were observed,
numbers of nests of the Common Gull and a single nest of the Scandin-
avian Lesser Black Backed Gull ; the darker wing mantle of this type
species being noted.

Several pairs of Redshank were nesting on the island, but the Turn-
stone was the main attraction, and eventually the birds were marked

Naturalist

Y.N. U . : Entomological Section.

49

down to a tall clump of flowering Chervil where the nest was found. The
nest was merely a shallow scrape lined with a few grass stems and bits
of seaweed, and a fine series of photographs was obtained at this, and at
a second and more open nest found later in the midst of a colony of Arctic
Terns.

In all thirty-eight species were proved to be nesting, and a further
twenty-three species were seen and believed to be nesting, and no doubt
this number could be considerably enlarged. The inhabitants were most
helpful and courteous, and this, coupled with the ornithological attrac-
tions, rendered the visit a great success.

On the return journey in the North Sea, a Skylark and a bird believed
to have been a Dusky Thrush alighted on board the vessel.

Mr. Booth called attention to the differences in plumage of the Lesser
Black-backed Gull, and thought that the Fame Island birds were inter-
mediate between the Scandinavian and Scilly Island birds, a view which
Mr. Atkinson supported.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

T. B. KITCHEN AND W. D. HINCKS.

The Annual Meeting of this Section was held in the Leeds City Museum
on Saturday, October 18th, 1924. Mr. C. A. Cheetham occupied the
chair. The exhibits were as follows : —

Coleoptera. — By Mr. E. G. Bayford : — Several Tetropium gabrieli
var. crawshayi Sharp, imported in larch plants into Barnsley. Two
Otiorrhynchus singularis L. (picipes) , one with a deciduous mandible.

Mr. Maxwell -Stuart : — Anatis acellata L. var. bicolor Weise, Liopus
nebulosus L., Phyllopertha horticola L., all from Everingham.

Mr. M. L. Thompson : — Agabus melanarius Aub., and Phyllodrepoidea
crendta, from Arncliffe Wood, Whitby, and Aleochara ruficornis Gr.,
from Robin Hood’s Bay.

Mr. T. B. Kitchen : — Two ^s Stenochorus ( Toxotus ) meridianus from
near Leeds, showing the great variation in size of the specimens.

Lexv.doptera. — Mr. H. Maxwell-Stuart '.—Crocallis elinguaria Linn.
A fine series of Cirrhoedia xerampelina Hubn., with an example of the
var. unicolor, from Everingham. Rev. C. D. Ash : — Cidaria suffumata
var. porritti, also a few Boarmia repandata Linn, and Abraxus grossu-
lariata from Saxton.

Mr. B. Morley : — A dark specimen of Polia chi, also long and variable
series of Bombyx quercus Linn. var. callunce Palmer, from the Penistone
Moors, also living larvae of this species.

Mr. T. Ashton Lofthouse : — Coccyx nanana, Cedestis faranitella,
Scardia arcella, from Halnaby Carr ; Pcedisca ratzeburghiana , a species
only once before recorded for Yorkshire, but since taken off spruce fir
at Kildale. Pamplusia mercuriana, from Upper Teesdale, and a short
series of Peronea variegana varieties, including some beautiful white
forms from Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.

Hemiptera. — Mr. J. M. Brown : — Specimens to illustrate dimorphism
in the Hemiptera. Macropterous and micropterous forms of Nabis
flavomarginatus , N . lativentris , N . limbatus, Delphax discolor and Dicran-
otropis hamata. Sexual dimorphism shown by difference in structure,
illustrated by' Mecomara ambulans , Globiceps dispar , Byrsoptera rufifrons
and Heterocordylus genista; . Sexual dimorphism shown by difference in
colour illustrated by : Tettigonia viridis, Acocephala nervosus, A. bifas-
ciatus. Dimorphism limited to one sex illustrated by macropterous
males and macro- and micropterous females of Leptopterna ferrugata and
L. dolobrata. Dimorphism exhibited by both sexes illustrated by macro -
and micropterous males and females, of Bryocoris pteridis. Seasonal

1925 Feb. 1

D

50

Y.N.U.: Entomological Section.

dimorphism illustrated by Miris calcar atus and M . holsatus ; also
specimens of some less common Yorkshire Hemiptera and a series showing
the common varieties of Philcemus spumarius .

Hymenoptera. — Mr. Rosse Butterfield exhibited Nomada guttulata,
Andrena cingulata, Salius fuscus and Myrmosa melanocephala , all females.
Mr. A. E. Bradley showed a series of the queens of the Mountain Bee,
Bowibus lapponicus Fabr. to illustrate the amount of variation which he .
had found in a hundred individuals captured over an area of several miles
in the neighbourhood of Llanfairfechan, North Wales, in the middle of
May. Sixty -five of the queens taken were of the common type ; fifteen had
'segments 4 and 5 of the abdomen largely clothed with pale yellow hairs,
•so as to be distinctly ‘ yellow-tailed.’ Seven had tufts of yellow hairs
on segment 1 of the abdomen ; eight had the yellow ‘ collar ’ darkened
.and nearly obsolete ; and five were merely faded by exposure, Mr.
Bradley mentioned that among forty or fifty of the ‘ worker ’ caste, taken
a month later over the same ground, he could find no colour variation
at all. Other humble bees from the same district were shewn ; and
from Roundhay, Leeds, a very small male of Psithyrus distinctus Perez,
which he thought might prove to be the wanted male of the recently
discovered var. rubrufipes Perkins.

Mr. E. G. Bayford : — Larval skin of Pteroslichus madidus (?) with
pupae of Exallonyx atev still in situ.

Myriapod a. — By Mr. M. L. Thompson : — A large Jnlus imported
into Middlesbrough among bananas.

Diptera. — Mr. C. A. Cheetham exhibited two large boxes of the
Yorkshire Tipulidae and the allied genera, Pedicia, Cylindrotoma and
Phalacrocera. The box of Tipulidae contained 37 of the 45 British
species. He gave some instances where species were plentiful for a short
time only, showing the need of constant visits to the same localities,
and he also suggested that in the case of Tipula stcegeri Nielson ( = signata
of our list) and signata Staeg. (= marmorata ) that these might be di-
morphic males of one species. Mr. W. D. Hincks exhibited a box of
various Diptera taken during the season, including Eristalis rupium,
Pipiza noctiluca two specimens of Sericomyia borealis, and Conops
flavipes, Sicus ferruginous , two specimens of Myiatropa florea, one being
a dwarf Atherix ibis, a rather uncommon species from Collin gham
Bridge, Pyrophcena rosarum, Xylata sylvarum and several other inter-
esting flies.

Neuroptera. — Mr. J. M. Brown : — Panonpa sp. from Wharncliffe.

Trichoptera. — Rev. C. D. Ash : — Species from near Selby.

Arachnid a. — Mr. W. P. Winter : — A retreat of a Western Australian
trap-door spider, showing the trap door and an 8-inch tube descending
from it.

The evening meeting was devoted to the election of officers and the
reading of the various reports,

Mr. G. T. Porritt was unanimously re-elected President. Mr. B.
Morley, the Sectional Secretary, said that, owing to ill-health, he
must resign. Mr. E. G. Bayford proposed, and Mr. Ashton Lofthouse
seconded, a vote of thanks to Mr. Morley for the splendid work he had
done for the section during his fifteen years as its secretary.

Messrs. T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks were elected joint secretaries.

The various reports were next dealt with, and showed that consid-
erable additions to the county lists had been made, the most numerous
being in the Hemiptera and Diptera. In the former group, Mr. Brown
reported the addition of thirty species, making a total of ninety species
added since the County Lists of Hemiptera published by Dr. Fordham
in 1921.

The report on Diptera showed that many interesting captures had
been made, including Prionocera turica from Austwick, Helwith and
Skipwith, P ty diopter a paludosa, Ctenophora pectinicornis and Xylophagus

Naturalist

Y. N. U. Committee of Suggestions.

5i

ater from Thorner. Pachyrinus lunulicornis , P. analis, Chrysonoius
bipunctatus and Gymnochaeta viridis from Rawdon, Pachyrrhina quistfalica
from Wistow.

Special attention had been given to the Tipulidae. Some previously
little-known species have been found to be very widely distributed.

It was decided that one of the sectional meetings next year should be
held in some locality in the York district a fortnight after Whitsuntide.

SOUTH-WEST YORKSHIRE ENTOMOLOGY.

By the kind invitation of Mr. W. Buckley, the members of the South-
West Yorkshire Entomological Society held a pleasant meeting at his
house, Commercial Road, Skelmanthorpe, on November 22nd. The
following members passed cases of lepidoptera round for inspection :

Mr. J. Hooper : Geometrid species taken at Scarboro’ during July,
and Urania leilus and U . riphceus from Peru and Madagascar respectively.

Mr. T. H. Fisher : a long series of Abraxas grossulariata, including
var. nigrosparsata and others near var. lacticolor , bred this year, from
Clayton West.

Mr. E. Cocker : a series each of Bombyx quercus from Askern and
B . callunce from Penistone Moors.

Mr. G. T. Porritt : Zeuzera pyrina from near Huddersfield this year ;
Selenia lunaria and its var. deluna from Teesdale, and Spilosoma lub-
ricipeda, spotless with the exception of a small spot near the base of the
costa. Mr. Fisher took a specimen of this form near Wakefield about
twelve years ago.

Mr. B. Morley : two drawers showing the variation in Selenia lunaria
and Bombyx callunce, taken locally, and a number of Tortrices, etc.,
taken at Folkestone in July.

After tea Mr. Buckley showed his collection. As was to be expected,
the local melanic tendency was much in evidence in many species.
There were two striking insects, a pale, lemon-coloured Euchloe car-
damines and an almost black Agriopis aprilina. Many other good things
were noticed.

Mr. B. Morley gave a review of a week’s collecting at Folkestone in
July last, referring especially to the rather disagreeable experience of col-
lecting Tapinostola bondii in the centre of the town.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Buckley brought an enjoyable meeting to a
close. — B. Morley.

COMMITTEE OF SUGGESTIONS.

RIVER INVESTIGATION.

A meeting was held in the Leeds University on November 13th, Prof.
Priestley being in the chair.

The sub-committee appointed at the previous meeting considered
that the original suggestion to have four stations for monthly visits and
collections could not be carried out, Beckermonds being very difficult of
access.

The meeting agreed to reduce the stations for monthly collecting to
two, viz., Grassington and Harewood, and it was considered desirable
that Beckermonds, Ilkley and Ulleskelf should be visited at least twice
yearly.

Mr. J . W. H. Johnson reported that Dr. McLean Wilson did not expect
to have the new laboratories ready to deal with the water analysis until
towards the end of 1925.

The Leeds Philosophical Society have interested themselves in our
work, and have made a grant towards the expenses. This is to be devoted
to work on the River Aire, and they hope to assist in the publication of
the results of the work. — Chris. A. Cheetham.

1925 Feb. 1

52

CORRESPONDENCE.

THE MAY-LILY IN YORKSHIRE, Etc.

The following correspondence, which has recently appeared in The
Times, will interest our readers : —

Many years ago, when at Ken Wood, I asked the late Lord Mansfield
if the May-lily ( Maianthemum bi folium) was still to be found in his
woods. He said he had never heard of the plant, but suggested that his
gardeners might know something about it. One of the older men was
called. At first he did not appear to recognize the plant, but when I
described it he thought he knew what I meant. He took me to a clearing
in the wood, where I saw quite a quantity of the little plant spread over
several square yards. This plant is extremely rare in this country, and
only occurs in a few isolated places, chiefly in the North of England. It
is rather remarkable that two of the rarest specimens of British fauna and
flora, represented by the badger and the May-lily respectively, should
occur in a wild state within the County of London. Very special pre-
cautions should be taken to safeguard this plant. — Mr. J. E. Saul,
Black Warren, Radlett, Herts.

I found the May-lily in the county of Durham several years ago.
It had spread itself over about a quarter of an acre of ground in a wood.
I made known the finding of it to the then secretary of the museum of
Newcastle-on -Tyne, Mr. House, and asked him not to publish its where-
abouts. A few years later Professor Oliver was spending some days in
the neighbourhood and also found it, much to his delight, but on also
communicating with Mr. House, he had to admit that it had been already
discovered. — Rev. J. C. Dunn, Torbryan Rectory, S. Devon.

Yorkshire botanists will have read with interest the two letters from
Mr. Saul and Mr. Dunn, reporting colonies of the rare plant, the May-
lily, at Ken Wood and in Durham County. We have hitherto regarded
our colony near Hackness as the largest British example. Of this,
Baker, in his ‘ North Yorkshire Flora,’ published in 1906, says it was
originally discovered in 1857, and he describes this as the only British
station where the plant is clearly indigenous. Here it was said in 1906
to, cover a space 90 yards in length ; and in recent years it has spread.
Speaking of Ken Wood, Sowerby gives his opinion that this colony has
every appearance of having been artificially planted. We should be
glad if other British colonies of this rare plant might be recorded in your
columns.— Mr. Reginald H. Barker, May Lodge, Scarborough.

: o :

The Story of British Annelids, by Hilderic Friend. London :
The Epworth Press, 288 pp., 7s. 6d. net. A year ago we referred in these
columns {The Naturalist, January, 1923, p. 1 ) to a small work by Hilderic
Friend on ‘ British Earthworms and How to Identify Them,’ and we
reproduced a coloured plate showing some of the principal species.
Within a year a much more substantial work appears, under the above
heading, which has the same coloured plate as the frontispiece. The
writer modestly tells us that the book is produced because he has some-
thing to say, ‘ and he alone can say it.’ In this work ‘ fifty species are
described, the bulk of which belong to the Lumbricidae. The waterworms
and potworms were entirely excluded, as their number is so great as to
necessitate separate treatment,’ and the author informs us that ‘ It now
remains to give a tabular statement setting forth, approximately, the
number of Oligochaets at present known to exist in Great Britain, in-
cluding in this England, Scotland, Wales, the Isle of Man and Ireland.
As a few of the genera are undergoing revision the list does not claim
to be more than an approximation to the true number.’ The author
deals with Heads and Tails ; Enemies of Worms ; Wonderful Egg ;
Why do Worms Die? Some Popular Names of Worms, etc.

Naturalist

53

FIELD NOTES.

Large Pike in E. Yorks. — A remarkably fine pike,
weighing 24 pounds, was recently secured in the pond at
Burton Constable by M. C. T. Niven, of Hornsea, who has
kindly sent the specimen to the Hull Museum for preserva-
tion.— T.S.

Porbeagle at Whitby. — A large Porbeagle was captured
on a hand-line off Robin Hood’s Bay by Mr. M. Leadley, of
the motor fishing-boat ‘ Remembrance ’ on October nth, and
landed at Whitby, where it was exhibited. The length was
9 feet 6 inches, and the estimated weight about 5 cwts. — F.
Snowdon.

Ray’s Bream at Bridlington.— A fine example of this fish
has just been sent to the Museum at Hull by Mr. W. M. Ash, of
Bridlington, on the suggestion of Mr. R. J. Flintoff. It was
washed ashore alive on the South Sands towards the end of

November. The species is by no means common, especially in
these parts, and oddly enough its first record was made in York-
shire. According to Couch, ‘ This fish was first made known to
science by Ray, who obtained a figure and description from
his friend, D. J. Johnson, of an example which had been left
by the tide at the mouth of the Tees, in Yorkshire. This was
in the month of September, 1681, and although since that
time many specimens have come into the hands of naturalists,
it is worthy of notice that a large proportion of them have
only been met with dead on the shore after a storm, or ready
to expire, as if they had been exposed to some uncongenial
influence of weather or temperature after having wandered
from a depth or district which was better fitted to their natural
habits. One, however, that came into my possession was
taken with a hook by a Cornish fisherman ; and a remark of
Risso implies that it is also caught with some regularity in
the Mediterranean in May, June and December. The com-
parative rarity of its capture, and the circumstances usually
attending it, seem to imply that its more usual resort is in

1925 Feb. 1

54

Field Notes.

the deeper portions of the sea, where the temperature is
colder, or at least more equable than in shallower water ;
which circumstance may help to explain how it happens that
it has been found within an extensive range of apparently
opposite situations.’ The Bridlington specimen measures
2 ft. 2 ins. in length, ioj ins. across the widest part, and
weighs 6| lbs.— T. Sheppard.

Late Corncrake near Bridlington. — I am sending you
a Corncrake which was killed on the 13th November during
a partridge drive near Fraisthorpe, on the Boynton Estate, by
a beater hitting it with a stick. It is an unusually late date
for the Landrail to be found in this district. The bird is in
good condition and apparently perfectly healthy. — R. J.
Flintoff.

Bean Goose, etc., in East Yorks. — A Bean Goose was
shot at Stone Creek, on the Humber Bank, on December 6th.
It was one of a small lot of six. It is the first time I have ever
seen a real Bean Goose on the Humber, although it has been
recorded at least a dozen times. In every case where authentic
investigation could be carried out, it turned out to be the
Pink-footed. On November 22nd, three House Martins were
seen at Cherry Cob Sands on the Humber side. — Chas. F.
Procter.

Peregrine Falcon, etc., in Holderness. — A pair of
Peregrines was observed during the week ending November
1st, 1924, ranging the Humber Estuary from Stone Creek to
Pauli. The female was observed to strike and kill a Curlew
(with the Tiercel in attendance) and later a Partridge. It is
probable that these may be migrants, as a large number of
waders, Fieldfares and Redwings, Woodcock and Gold-crested
Wrens had come over during the favourable conditions of the
week. I was at Spurn on Sunday morning, October 26th.
A Gold-crested Wren had esconced itself in the window of the
Blue Bell Inn at Kilnsea. Considerable numbers of Hooded
Crows have come over this time. — Chas. F. Procter.

Bird Notes from Whitby. — On July 30th, an adult Little
Gull was observed in the harbour at Whitby, which it fre-
quented until October 12th. When first noticed it was in
almost full summer plumage, and the gradual change into
winter garb was interesting to watch. About high tide it was
generally to be found associating with the Black-headed Gulls
in the outer harbour, and it soon acquired their habit of
picking up the bait which falls from the lines of anglers fishing
from the pier extensions. Mr. James Patterson, of Wheeldale
Lodge, Goathland, found a Little Owl in a shooting-house on
Wheeldale Moor on August 21st. It had been dead a short
time, and had probably found its way into the building by

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

55

going down the chimney. The bird was an adult female, deep
in the moult. Mr. Patterson found ejected pellets which con-
tained the remains of insects. A Hooded Crow was observed
near New Gardens, Whitby, on Sept. 4th. The first Purple
Sandpiper of the season was noticed on Oct. 21st. A Wheat -
ear in female dress was observed on the cliffs near Whitby on
Oct. 30th. It appeared to have some injury, which probably
accounted for its late stay.— F. Snowdon.

Cumberland Coleoptera. — The localities in the Cumber-
land List for the rare Aleochara ruficornis are all in the eastern
part of the county, but one was taken near Bowness-on-
Solway last June. Subcoccinella 2\-punctata is quite common
in the Wigton district, and restricted to no particular plant.
I have also taken it in a lane near Drigg station, and a single
specimen in flood refuse on the Edert near Carlisle. Allo-
dactylus affinis has long been known from the Gelt Woods. I
have also taken it freely along the base of the Roman Wall
near Burdoswald, between Alston and Leadgate, and between
Caldbeck and Hesket-Newmarket. This seems to agree with
the distribution in the county of Geranium sylvaticum, its
host plant. Fowler [Brit. Col, V., p. 339) says it is commoner
near the coast than inland, but with us this seems to be
reversed. — Jas. Murray, Kelsick, Wigton.

Mollusca near Sheffield. — The woods in the vicinity of
Sheffield visited on the occasion of the Fungus Foray, being
principally of Millstone Grit, with a layer of Peat, proved
almost devoid of molluscan life, although the copious rain-
fall would be favourable for the observation of terrestrial
species if present. The following is a list of all the species
collected. A few of the commoner slugs were observed.
Tyzack’s pond yielded only three aquatic kinds, included
in the following list, ascertained by John W. Taylor, Esq. : —
Limnaea peregra, Sphaerium corneum, Planorbis albus ,
Euconulus fulvus , Hygromia striolata, H. hispida, Zua lubrica.
— Greevz Fysher.

: o :

The Wonderful Weald, by Arthur Beckett. London : Methuen

& Co.-, xv. -j- 302 pp., 8/6. This fascinating story, with its wealth of
information relating to the folk-lore, topography, antiquities, natural
history, and all that appeals to the lovers of the Downs, has now reached
its third edition. The volume has been revised, and is now issued by
Messrs. Methuen. The numerous illustrations from photographs are all
that can be desired.

The Natural History of Selborne, by Gilbert White ; edited by
Richard Kearton. London : J. W. Arrowsmith, Ltd, 248 pp., 21s. net.
This work is evergreen, and has appeared under an enormous number of
guises. Here Mr. Kearton has drawn together nearly a hundred photo-
graphs, principally taken in Selborne, by means of which he illustrates
Gilbert White’s well-known work. Mr. Kearton ’s photographs are
principally of bird life, though occasionally a reptile, mammal or land-
scape appears.

1025 Feb. 1

56

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION REPORT.

(Continued from page 2?).

MAMMALS, AMPHIBIANS, REPTILES AND
FISHES COMMITTEE.

Mammals (Sydney H. Smith). — The usual common species of mam-
mals maintain their position in the county, except the Red Squirrel,
which is gradually disappearing before the advance of the American
introduced species, assisted, no doubt, by foresters, who generally shoot
both on sight. The English species was once common at Sandburn, near
York, but is now rarely seen, in spite of the efforts of the owner (Mr.
John Hetherton) to extend protection.

Mr. H. B. Booth reports that on March 30th he watched a female
Stoat at Ben Rhydding. It was in full winter pelage of yellowish white,
and he remarks on the late date for this animal not to shew signs of
resuming its usual brown summer coat.

Mr. W. J. Clarke records a Whiskered Bat as having been taken at
Scarborough Mere on May 28th, and that two seals were seen in Cay ton
Bay, south of Scarborough on May 28th, and another in the Scarborough
South Bay on October 5th. A seal noticed in the North Bay on October
19th may have been the same individual. All were of the usual common
grey species.

An albino common (or brown) Rat was trapped at Embsay, near
Skipton, during September, and reported by Mr. Rosse Butterfield.

Mr. C. F. Procter adds : — The Fox appears to be increasing in num-
bers— a case coming under the writer’s notice where fourteen were found
dead round one village, presumably to poisoned baits. Litters of seven,
eight and nine have been several times recorded this last spring. This
number is in excess of the generally expected average. Rodents generally
do not appear to have been more than ordinarily aggressive this year.
The Brown Squirrel has now disappeared out of Holderness, but one was
caught within the borough boundaries of Hull in April, 1924. It may
have been an escape.

Pisces. — A large Gudgeon, weighing 2-£ ozs., was caught by Mr. F.
Parker on the Yorkshire side of the River Tees, at Middleton -on -Row,
on October 27th, 1923.

A Roach weighing 2 lbs. \ oz. was caught in the River Ouse at Ouse
Bridge, York, by Mr. J. W. Burley, on July 31st, 1924.

A Dace weighing 12^ ozs. was caught in the River Derwent at Low
Catton by Mr. F. Lowther on October 12th, 1924.

A reputed Dace of 14 J ozs., caught in the River Ouse on October
13th, which had all the characteristic appearance of the Dace, was
ultimately identified as a poor-conditioned Chub. Several Barbel,
varying in weight from 7 to 8 lbs., have been taken in the River Ouse at
Poppleton .

Two Bream caught in the River Derwent at Wheldrake by Mr. W.
Andrews, of York, turned the scale at 11 lbs. the pair.

A large Trout caught on a spinner in the River Ouse near Poppleton
Bridge weighed 5 lbs. 5 ozs.

A Trout caught in the Derwent at Forge Valley on July 3rd, 1924,
g.nd examined by Mr. W. J. Clarke, had its stomach crammed with a
mass of seeds of Dog’s Mercury. This is a most unusual food for a trout,
or, in fact, for any freshwater fish.

Mr. W. J. Clarke records the following captures on the Yorkshire
East Coast : —

A Great Weaver, 12 inches long, was trawled near Scarborough on
January 14th.

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1924. 57

A Sturgeon, weighing 8 stones, was landed by a trawler on February
6th, and was sold for £5 16s. Another was brought into Scarborough
on April 15th, measured 8 feet in length, weighed 16 stones, and sold
for £19.

A Skate, 6 feet wide, 7 feet long, and weighing 12 stones, was landed
at Scarborough on October 7th.

Reptilia. — -A Grass Snake captured at the Sewerage Farm at Frizing-
hall, Bradford, on September 29th, and the first seen here for about
fifteen years, was examined by Mr. H. B. Booth. It was very dark in
colour, and appeared to lack the distinguishing light ring of the grass
snake. It was ultimately decided that it was the Continental form, and
probably an escape from some vivarium.

WILD BIRDS AND EGGS PROTECTION
COMMITTEE.

Mr. F. H. Edmondson reports : —

The Breeding Season, 1924, has not been very satisfactory, but shows
an improvement on 1923. Fulmar Petrel on Bempton Cliffs have in-
creased .

The Peregrine Falcon in North-west Yorkshire. — Reports are unsatis-
factory. I think one pair reared its young, although the pair we speci-
ally protect has not succeeded in doing so. Three different lots of
bird-nesters tried to get the eggs, but I do not think successfully. Is it
possible that the birds were kept off the eggs so long as to spoil them ?
The old birds were seen about the cliffs right into July.

Stone Curlew, North Riding. — Two pairs are reported having been
seen about the usual ground. Three or four pairs have bred on the
North, young ones having been seen.

The Stone Curlew in the East Riding has disappeared.

Hornsea Mere. — The expense for Hornsea Mere has been the same as
last year. I heard from the keeper at the beginning of the season that
the usual birds had arrived and were nesting, and things looked satis-
factory with twelve pairs of Great Crested Grebe breeding, Tufted Ducks
more numerous than in 1923, but man}r non-breeding birds.

Spurn. — I am pleased to report a decided improvement. Lesser
Tern arrived April 30th, in good numbers, and had eggs, May 19th.
The first Ring Plovers’ eggs were marked May 12th, which is a late date.
Numbers were fewer than in 1921 and 1922. On June 10th, twenty
Tern nests were destroyed by the sea. Crows and Magpies have been a
very serious problem this year ; they are reported breeding at Skeffling,
and have repeatedly raided the Tern’s nests, many of the raiders have
been destroyed. Redshank were more numerous in the Marshes, and
Green Plover more common this year than for many years.

Fulmar Petrel.- — Protection was given to both the bird and its eggs
by the County Council on our recommendation. The Fulmar Petrel
bred at Speeton in considerable numbers. Although I have reason to
believe that the climbers are taking a few eggs, they certainly left a large
number to hatch, and if the increase continues we may be able to take
away the protection we got for the birds, and still have them as a regular
breeding species. I think this question will have to come up after next
season, and would like other members to visit the cliffs during the coming
season with this in their minds, so that we may come to a proper con-
clusion.

Green Plover in the North and West Ridings. — We have a fair increase
of breeding birds, although the year has been bad.

Merlin in the West Riding. — On the Duke of Devonshire’s Estate
two or three pairs have reared their young. On the borders of Lancashire
and Yorkshire the report is satisfactory, although the keepers and grouse
shooters are complaining, which may be expected after the bad season.

1925 Feb. 1

58 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1924.

I wish again to draw attention to the Balance Sheet. Surely we
should manage to raise more than thirty subscribers among our members,
It is not for large subscriptions we are asking, although they are cer-
tainly welcome.

BALANCE SHEET.

Receipts.

I

s.

d.

Mr. W. Taylor

0

7

6

Balance brought forward

0

8

5

Mr. G. Fysher

0

5

0

Mr. Albert Hirst

5

0

0

Donations.

Mr. W. H. St. Qu intin

5

0

0

Collected by Mr. F. H.

Major J. W. Dent

2

2

0

Edmondson

1

15

0

Mr. L. Gaunt ...

2

2

0

Children’s Lecture, Sun-

Miss Waterhouse

1

1

0

day School (per Mr.

Mrs. Bishop

1

1

0

Edmondson)

0

18

2

Mr. Johnson Wilkinson

1

1

0

Bradford Naturalists (per

Mr. F. B. Smith

1

1

0

Mr. W. H. Parkin)

0

12

0

Mr. O. F. Saner

1

1

0

Keighley Naturalists

0

13

1

Mr. J. Atkinson

1

1

0

Ross St. Baptist Church

Mr. H. B. Booth

1

1

0

(Young People’s Guild)

0

16

6

Mrs. Dibb

1

0

0

Rev. J. H. Warner, per

Mr. and Mrs. R. H.

Mr. W. H. Parkin ...

0

10

6

Edmondson

1

0

0

Mr. J. D. Mather

1

6

9

Mr. B. Lipscomb

1

0

0

Shipley Conservative Club

1

12

6

Mr. F. H. Edmondson

1

0

0

Collected by Mr. Procter

1

0

0

Capt. C. Scott-Hopkins

1

0

0

Bank Interest to June 30

0

4

0

Mr. W. H. Parkin

0

10

6

Balance due to Bank

0

3

1

Mr. W. G. Bramley ...

0

10

6

Mr. E. B. Gibson

0

10

6

^44

7

6

Mr. S. H. Smith

0

10

6

Mr. A. H. Lumby

0

10

6

Payments.

£

s.

d.

Mr. J. F. Musham

0

10

6

N. Pateman (1923)

0

10

0

Mr. W. N. Cheesman

0

10

6

W. J.Medcalf ... :

18

7

6

Mr. J. Y. Granger

0

10

6

Mr. J. Green ...

3

0

0

Mr. G. T. Porritt

0

10

0

Mr. M. Hodgson ... 20

0

0

Mr. H. J. Behrens

0

10 .

0

Mr. N. Pateman

O

10

0

Mr. R. Chislett

0

10

0

Mrs. Capstick

2

0

0

Mr. E. Cockshaw

0

10

0

Mr. C. F. Proctor

0

10

0

T

14

7

6

Mrs. Binns

0

10

0

Audited and found correct,

Johnson Wilkinson,

W. E. L. Wattam, 16 th Oct., 1924. Hon. Treasurer.

CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher) : — The pond at High Heslingden, not far
from Hartlepool, in which sinistral specimens of L. peregra used to be
found is now visited by rather large flocks of the domestic duck, and the
result is that scarcely any mollusca can be obtained by dredging. This
may suggest a possible remedy for the occurrence of the liver fluke in
sheep ; and also, as has been recently observed, in deer. Mr. T. H. Taylor,
of the Agricultural Department of the Leeds University, has been in-
formed that those kept at Allerton Park, North of Wetherby, have
suffered. Is it possible that if ducks in considerable numbers were
encouraged to feed on the swampy ground where L. truncatula is injuri-
ously abundant, this unpleasant malady might be checked or reduced?

At Grange-over-Sands some experiments were made by offering
mollusca to domestic fowls and to the ducks kept in the ornamental
waters. Hens entirely ignored offers of H. aspersa and A. ater, either
the typical black variety or the cream coloured albino form, which is
fairly plentiful at Grange. The ducks, however, more especially when

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1924. 59

the slugs and snails were thrown into the water, devoured them readily,
no evidence being given that the conspicuousness of A . ater was in this
case protective ; so that what was observed both at Heslingden and at
Grange seems to point to the probability of ducks being useful in keeping
down L. truncatula.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

Goleoptera (M. L. Thompson) : — The past season seems to have been
a very unfavourable one for Coleoptera, and very few notes on Yorkshire
beetles have reached me. Two additions have, however, been made to the
county list. A single specimen of Deliphrum crenatum Grav. taken in
Arncliffe Wood, Glaisdale, in September, is the most southern record
for this Scotch insect up to the present time. The other addition was
made by Mr. E. G. Bayford, who took an example of Sphaerosoma pili~
ferum Mull, in June at Wharncliffe. The interesting Longicorn, Tetro-
pium gabrieli Weise. var. Crawshayi Shp., was also obtained by Mr.
Bayford in some numbers from larch planks in June imported into
Barnsley from near Oxford. The re-discovery at Glaisdale in September
of the rare water-beetle, Agabus melanarius Aub. is also of considerable
interest. It is hoped that further records of work done in the county
will be forthcoming before the end of the year, so that a further report
may be published in The Naturalist.

Hymenoptera (Rosse Butterfield) : — It has not been a good season
for the Hymenoptera, especially the Aculeata.

Mr. A. E. Bradley continued his investigations of the Social Bees.
In June, near Levisham, I obtained an example of Salius fuscus, this
being an addition. Special mention should be made of the interesting
addition, Methoca ichneumonides , found last year on Allerthorpe Common
by Mr. W. J. Fordham.

Mr. E. G. Bayford has bred Ex allonyx ater , Nees ( Proctotrypidce ) from
a Coleopterous larva.

Biptera (C. A. Cheetham) : — This year the sun-loving species have
been scarce (especially Syrphids), except those with aquatic larvae ; on
the other hand Gnats, Mosquitoes, Hilara and Tipulids have appeared
in fair numbers.

The most important event has been the presence of Mr. Percy H.
Grimshaw at some of the excursions, and the general stimulation of work
due to the election of a dipterist as President of the Union. Another
helpful visit was that of Mr. F. W. Edwards in June, and a number of
additions to our list are due to him ; he has described two species taken
on this occasion in The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine, pp. 82 and 206.

Among the interesting captures not in the list of additions for the
year are Prionocera turcica Fab. ( Diana Mg.) from Skipwith, Austwick
and Helwith ; Ptychoptera paludosa Mg., Ctenophora pectinicornis L. and
Xylophagus ater F. from Thorner ; Pachyrrhina analis Schum., P.
lunulicornis Schum., Chrysonotus bipunctatus Scop., and Gymnochceta
viridis Fin., from Rawdon Crag Wood ; Pachyrrhina guest falica Westh.
from Wistow and Bubwith.

Special attention has been given to the Tipulas, many species are
added to the list, and some previously little known species are found
to be widely distributed. Tipula alpium Bergr. occurs in plenty on our
hills and also around Leeds (Rawdon, Farnley, Adel) ; it is more or less
in evidence throughout the season ; others have a very restricted season,
like stageri Nielsen ( signata nec Staeg.), signata Staeg. ( anonyma Bergr.),
which do not appear until the end of September, and this applies to
melanoceros Schum., luteipennis Mg. and pagan a Mg. These five species
have been abundant this autumn at Austwick, the first two in a small
wood, the last three on the Moss. T . scripta Mg., unca Wied. ( longicornis
Schum.) and lunata L. ( ochracea aut.) in woods ; T. oleracea L., in

1925 Feb. 1

6o Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union: Annual Report, 1924.

meadows ; T. tuna Westh. ( lunata aut. nec L.) in marshy places have
all been seen in plenty ; also T . variicornis Schum. ( annulicornis Mg.),
both in woods and on the limestone pavement of Oxenber, where they
were much smaller in size than usual.

Lepidoptera (B. Morley) : — Only two species of butterflies have been
common in the Skelmanthorpe district, namely, Lycaena icarus, which
appeared during the short warm period in mid- July, and the second
brood of Polyommatus phloeas during the autumn. In the same district all
the four common V annessids were seen in small numbers. The Rev. C. D.
Ash reports atalania as common at Saxton, and Mr. T. Ashton Lofthouse
saw the species common at Middlesbro’. Sugar seems to have been
practically a failure, nor has larva beating been a success. Mr. Ash
tried this method of collecting at Skipwith, Everingham and Allerthorpe
Common with poor results, so poor, indeed, at the last place that several
hours work did not produce a single larva from either oak, birch or sallow.
He did, however, find Eupithecice more plentiful on Angelica than in
recent years, both oblongata and albipunctata , and in the Huddersfield
district Mr. Porritt found E. linariata on toadflax, and E. pulchellata
on foxglove, where he had not seen either species for many years.

Abraxas grossulariata larvae have been numerous again, after several
years of scarcity, apparently throughout the West Riding. Mr. Porritt
bred some good varieties from Huddersfield, and Mr. T. H. Fisher bred
var. nigro-sparsata from Clayton West. Mr. Ash reared many hundreds
of Saxton larvae, but they, like a few hundreds from Skelmanthorpe,
bred by myself, produced only ordinary forms. Mr. Ash points out that
not a single parasite, either dipterous or hymenopterous, was bred from
his lot, and this was my own experience, and also that of Mr. Porritt.
This is very unusual. Mr. Porritt had a female Zeuzera aesculi brought
to him alive, found at Whitley Lower on July 24th, Mr. Herbert
Spencer obtained a specimen of the same species at Elland, and Mr.
Bayford had three specimens brought him at Barnsley. Polia chi has
again been common, but while about half of the Huddersfield specimens
were var. olivacea, at Skelmanthorpe, that form was not at all common,
although I did have the good fortune to find an almost black specimen.

Polia flavocincta, which used to abound at Huddersfield, has not
been seen there for some years.

Mr. Porritt is of the opinion that Lindley Moor is the only moor near
Huddersfield where Saturnia carpini can now be relied on, and where he
saw it in the spring, but it is still a common species on all the moors and
heaths near Penistone. I saw it flying freely on Royd Moor in early
June, and the cocoons have been seen commonly in other places recently.

Mr. Fisher also received A. atropos from Clayton West in September.

In The Naturalist for October, Mr. Edward Gibson recorded the
capture of Acherontia atropos, near Todmorden, on July 3rd, and in the
same number Mr. E. P. Butterfield reports Hypolepia sequella from
Binglev Wood. Mr. Ash took a specimen of Cidaria suffumata var.
porrittii in his garden at Saxton in spring, quite a new part of the county
for it.

In the Skelmanthorpe district Cnephasia politana appeared in great
numbers on ling in early June, as also did Lampronia rubiella on
raspberry, whereas previously there was only one record of the latter,
but it is abundant enough in the Huddersfield gardens.

In mid-June, Stigmonota coniferana was very common in pines in
Defier Wood. Another species which appeared in extraordinary numbers
was Peronea aspersana during August, flying about tormentil in pastures.
It was observed that this species, along with the common Cr ambus
culmellus, was frequently preyed upon by wasps. They were apparently
always captured when flying. The wasps flew about as though searching
for prey, until they came within about nine inches of the moths, at which
they then flew and struck. The wasps did not mutilate their victims,

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report, 1924. 61

but flew away with them whole. On August nth, Nemophila noctuella
was taken, as also was Ochsenheimeria bisontella on August 2nd, both
species had previously been taken in the district by Mr. Fisher, but not
recorded. I have taken the following species in the district, none of
which has been previously recorded : — Emmelesia affnitata, from Red
Campion, and Glyphipteryx fischerielta , from cocksfoot grass, both on June
9th ; Retinia pinivorana, from pines, Deffer Wood, June 25th ; Litho-
colletis corylifoliella, from hawthorn, June 27th ; Gelechia domestica ,
from mossy tree trunks, August 2nd ; G. mulinella , plentifully from
broom, August 3rd ; Tinea granella, taken near a farm at Wind Mill,
Skelmanthorpe, on August 9th. This species does not seem to have
been recorded previously for the West Riding.

Neuroptera and Trichoptera (G. T. Porritt) : The Rev. C. D.

Ash sent me Chrysopa phyllochroma from Saxton, a new locality for this
somewhat rare species in Yorkshire ; and the only Trichopteron I saw
of any interest was Asynarchus ccenosus on Royd Edge Moor, Meltham.
I had not seen it for many years, but it was formerly very common, and
probably still is so, on the Marsden and Dunford Bridge Moors.

Microbiology (E. Percival) A meeting was held on June 28th,
1924, at the Headingley Filter Beds of the Leeds Corporation Waterworks.
Through the kindness of the Waterworks Engineer, it was possible for
two nettings to be made of the various reservoirs and for the examination
of the residue after the water had been drawn from a bed.

The water is received from Eccup reservoir, which is fed by the large
tracts of water in Washburn 'Valley. The fauna was not very varied, but
proved of interest.

The plankton animals consisted mainly of Entomostraca, viz . , Bosmina
longirostris O. F. Muller, Diaptomus gracilis O. Sars.

Also were present numerous pupal skins of an insect (probably a
Ceratopogon) .

In the mud were two Cladocera, Eumycercus lamellatus O. F. Muller,
Camptocercus rectirostris Schoedler.

A collection made at the inlet of one of the beds included Spongilla
lacustris L., Limncsa peregra O.F.M., Gammarus pulex L. Associated
with the sponge was the polyzoan, Paludicella Ehrenbergi Bened. This
was also found on Caddis-worm cases.

Triclad turbellaria were represented by Dendrococlum lacteum Muller,
Planaria polychroa O. Schum.

The Trichopterous larvae were : N euriclepsis bimaculata L., and another
unidentified Polycentropid, Lype phceopa Steph., Eimnophilus lunatus
Curt., Leptocerus cinereus Curt., Mystacides azurea L., Molanna angUstata
Curt.

{To be continued).

A well-illustrated account of ‘ The Grassholm Gannets in 1924 — a
Great Increase/ by Clemence M. Acland and H, M. Salmon, occurs in
British Birds for December.

We learn from the Transactions of the Woolhope Naturalists’ Field
Club, with regard to Barytes, that ‘ it is because of its weight and white-
ness useful in adulterating white lead and also flour ” !

The Proceedings and Reports of the Belfast Natural History and Phil-
osophical Society, 1922-3 have recently been issued (100 pp., 5s.). There
is a Report on the People of Rachrai ; an excellent and scholarly account
of the Map of Ireland, by M. C. Andrews, and a well- illustrated Report
on the Work at Nendrum, by H. C. Lawlor. Mr. J. G. Rhynehart
contributes ■ The Larva and Pupa of Trichocera regulationis L.’ In the
text the trivial name commences, quite correctly, with a small letter,
though in the headings the name consistently appears with a capital
letter ; possibly not the author’s fault.

1925 Feb. 1

62

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Handbook of British Mosses , by H . N . Dixon , M .A . , F .L .S . ,

with Illustrations and Keys to the Genera and Species by H. G. Jameson,
M.A. Third Edition, pp. xlviiL + 582, 63 plates, 24/- ; in two volumes,
28/-. 1924 : London : Wheldon and Wesley, Ltd. The position this

book occupies among students of British mosses is due partly to its
outstanding merits, and partly to the position Mr. Dixon holds as an
acknowledged leader in field work ; as a referee of the British Bryological
Society and its predecessor, the Moss Exchange Club, he has for more
than a quarter of a century been in personal touch with bryologists,
their work and their difficulties. A reviewer, writing of the second
edition in The Naturalist, 1904, suggested that the book should be in
every interested person’s hands ; it would be superfluous to repeat that,
for it is probable that the only serious workers who do not possess it are
those who have been prevented by failure of supply, even second-hand
copies having been difficult to procure. The new edition has been
brought up to date by inclusion of the essential details of many papers
that have appeared in botanical literature during the past twenty years ;
a note on Trichostomum crispulum var. brevi folium, p. 238, is an example
of the critical work that has been in progress ; the Keys to Genera and
Species, which have always been an attractive feature, have been strength-
ened ; the nomenclature of the second edition has, with certain modi-
fications, been retained. The most noticeable improvement is in the
illustrations ; the plates have been entirely redrawn by Mr. Jameson,
and reproduced by photography. It can hardly be said that they serve
their purpose better, for the old line drawings were a success, but the
appearance of the volume is greatly enhanced ; the bulk and weight of
the plates have been reduced by half by using both sides of the paper ;
space has been found for much new detail by rearrangement, and some
slight reductions in magnification ; for instance, the nine capsules of
Brya sketched in the previous edition have been increased to twenty-nine.
It will be noticed that the Latin diphthong and the German umlaut mark
have been abandoned. Five species, sub-species and varieties have
been expunged, a dozen have been added, an extra page, xviii.-xx, has
been given to Instructions in Practical Examination and Measurement,
and many new notes are scattered throughout the text without increasing
the size of the volume ; this has been achieved at some cost to appearance
and comfort by reduced spacing, and some slight changes of type. The
price does not seem to have been increased to the extent of altered money
values. Some alterations have been made in accordance with more
recent opinions. Sphagnum tenellum has been removed from the Sub-
secunda section to Cuspidata and the Acutifolia section has been further
split into Squarrosa, Acutifolia and Cuspidata. Sphagnum Russowii
Warnst. has been placed as a var. of 5. Girgensohnii . The leaf section is
recognised as of importance in determining species of Dicranum (p. 104) ;
Dicranum molle is transferred to the section Eu-Dicranum. The var.
laxa Milde, of Fontinalis antipyretica (p. 391) and var. hamulosum Schp.
of Hypnum elodes (p. 505) are recognised as British, without being given
full status in the text. Thuidium decipiens De Not. will be found amongst
the Harpidia as Hypnum decipiens Limpr. Five counties are mentioned
as producing Dicranum undulatum (p. 109). The Census Catalogue
mentions two others, Fife with Kinross and Yorkshire. The Market
Weighton station was published in Fraser Robinson’s ‘ Flora of the
East Riding,’ and the plant has been seen there during the present year.
The treatment of Mollia thrausta Stirt. (p. 245) is not in agreement with
that in the Journ. Bot., 1923, p. 52, where it was given as a synonym
for Trichostomum tortuosum var. fragi folium ; a similar discrepancy
occurs with Zygodon teichophilus Stirt. (p. 257), which is here given'as a
synonym for Z . lapponicus , but is placed under Z . Stirtoni in Journ. Bot.,

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices. 63

1923, p. 69. In addition to Corrigenda on p. 560, a few errors should be
noted by students : — ,

Tab. XII. — The individual figures are misplaced. If re-lettered in
the following order, C, D, E, A, B, the description a;t foot of plate and
the text references, p. 94-97 , will be correct. Tab. XVII . — The des-
cription at foot of plate needs correction, D. taxifolius, E. adiantoides ,

F. decipiens. The text references, pp. 133-4, are correct ; omit the first

i from Osmund (i)oides. Tab. XLII. — For Bryum purpureum, read
purpurascens . Tab. XLIV. — Bryum affine and pallescens are so much

alike in vegetative characters that it is a matter of indifference which
C and D stand for, but compared with Ed. II. the names have been
transposed. Page XXXIV. — In the General Key, Sec. 15, for 15 read
16, several corresponding changes follow. Pp. 43-44. — Transpose the
references to B and C, Tab. VI. The plate is correct. Page 129. — In-
correctly numbered. Page 137-8.— Key to Grimmia, Sec. 6, for 12, read
13 ; the following numbers above 12 (except 20-21) need a corresponding
correction. Page 494, line 22, add ‘ and LVII.’ — W. H. B.

In the High Himalayas, by Hugh Whistler. London : H. F. &

G. Witherby. 223 pp., 15/- net. The author has had the privilege of
visiting a portion of the world little known to English people, and the
photographs of houses and natives, landscapes and bridges, at once give
an appetite for an interesting narrative, and certainly the record is a
readable one, as well as exceedingly valuable from a scientific point of
view. Incidentally the author touches upon the topography, religion,
birds, game birds, the Ibex, etc. The last chapter deals with ‘ Birds by
the Wayside in Lahul and Spiti,’ and we are introduced to the Choughs,
Ravens, Redstarts, Shrike, Finches, etc.

Water -Folk at the Zoo, by Gladys Davidson. London : Methuen
& Co., X. + 118 pp., 5s. net. Dealing with another section of life in the
Zoo is a work which has been made possible by the recent introduction
of the Aquarium. There are 118 pages in this book, which is made
bulky by the use of unnecessarily thick paper. There is an excellent
coloured frontispiece of the Striped and Red Chichlids, and numerous
illustrations in black and white in the text, from sketches. There are
twenty-six small chapters dealing with the various aspects of marine
life illustrated in the new Aquarium, and doubtless this book will form
an additional attraction to the well-known Regent’s Park Exhibition.

In Southern Seas, by W. Ramsay Smith. London : John

Murray, xviii.H-297 pp., 16s. net. As a medical man the author of this
work in his visits to Australia has seen much more than would have been
observed by an ordinary traveller. In a series of two dozen more or
less ‘ chatty ’ articles we are introduced to the Southern Seas, New
Caledonia, the New Hebrides, various items of anthropological interest,
such as body-scarring, skull moulding, bodily decorations, etc. ; the
Great Barrier Reef, alligators, pelicans, cockles, and manners and customs
of Australia and Aborigines. The reader will not be bored by too tech-
nical details. Those fond of travel and adventure will find much .to
interest them in this book, and the naturalist and anthropologist may get
some fresh items of information.

Impressions of Great Naturalists, by Henry Fairfield Osborn.

London : Charles Scribner’s Sons, xxviii. + 216 pp., 21s. 6d. net. It is
fortunate that Professor Osborn has been prevailed upon to give his
impressions of great naturalists as he has been able to see some of them
through spectacles rather different from those of the average person.
In this series of essays he gives many interesting remarks on Wallace,
Darwin, Huxley, Balfour, Pasteur, Leidy, Cope, Muir, Burroughs,
Roosevelt, Bryce and Butler, all of which are well worth perusal, and
-throw interesting sidelights into the characters of some of our greatest
men, which are very welcome. Each chapter is illustrated by a photo
graph of the subject dealt with, which adds to the interest of the volume

1925 Feb. 1

64

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Amateur Aquarist and Reptilian Review is now the organ of the
British Aquarists’ Association.

In case our readers have not noticed it, may we state that The Natura-
list is now being printed on better paper than it was last year !

We regret to record the death of J. S. Cooke, J.P., F.R.A.S., who has
been a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union for thirty-three years.

Under the recent new rule of the Zoological Society of London whereby
professional zoologists are admitted, Mr. T. Sheppard, M.Sc., has been
elected a Corresponding Member of the Society.

Particulars of over five hundred different Picture Post -cards on sale
at the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, are given
on ‘ Form 170,’ which can be obtained at the Museum.

The Fifty -fourth Report of the Libraries, Art Gallery and Museums
Committee of the City of Bradford, for the year ending August, 1924,
includes half a page devoted to the Natural History Museum.

Mr. R. W. Goulding, F.S.A., has produced an excellent account of
Henrietta Countess of Oxford, which is profusely illustrated. All
interested in history must be grateful to Mr. Goulding for his constant
supply of useful work.

The Governing body of the Imperial College of Science and Technology
has decided that it is undesirable to retain type specimens for teaching
purposes, and such specimens have now been transferred to the national
and other museums, where they are likely to be of greater service to the
student.

The Fifth Edition of ‘ Outline Classification of the Animal Kingdom,’
by Professor Sydney J. Hickson, has been issued by the Manchester
Museum (Publication 87, 28 pp., 6d.). The various reprints of the
prefaces which are included give an interesting index to the changes
wrought in classification since the first edition of this list appeared in
1891.

According to the press, Dr. H. M. Ami, one of Canada’s leading
geologists, stated that fossils of the Aurignacian period, when early man
began to carve and cut bone with flint tools, can be discovered in Eng-
land. These implements, he declared, are 50,000 years old and may be
found in gravels in the south-eastern counties. Especially are the
remains of earliest man abundant and promising. Scientists were busy
unearthing not only their \_sic /] skulls and bones, but also those of
animals.

We have received in a somewhat battered and broken state, due to
the prevailing postal conditions, an almanack issued by the British
Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, for 1925. This contains
a view of the building, and on the front a few particulars about the
Museum, times of opening, etc. On the back is a list of the staff, which
includes the names of the labourers and lavatory attendants ; particulars
of recent important acquisitions, and postal rates.

At a recent meeting of the Linnean Society of London, Prof. F. W.
Oliver, F.R.S., exhibited a series of lantern-slides. The subjects shown
included a ditch with Azolla ; a dead larch-tree, showing dry and wet
weather positions ; the development of a salt-marsh at Erquy after
18 years ; the spread of Spartina Townsendii at Poole Harbour after 13
years ; the rise of sand-dunes under Psamma at Blakeney Point ; and a
topographical series of aeroplane photos from the same locality.

J. D. Kendall, whose work in the Lake District is well known, writes
on ‘ A Supposed Glacier-Lake in West Cumberland ’ in The Geological
Magazine for December, and in the same Journal, Messrs. E. J. Garwood
and E. Goodyear recommend the name Dibunophyllum bourtonense in
place of that previously given and described in their paper on ‘ The
Carboniferous Succession in the Settle District,’ published in The Quarterly
Journal of the Geological Society for August.

Naturalist

Natural History of British Butterflies

By F. W. FROHAWK, M.B.O.U., F.E.S., &c.

The only com-
plete and illus-
trated account
of the life his-
tory, including
every detail
from the ova
to the finished
resplende n t
creature, of
every species
of butterfly
existing in the
Biitish Isles,
together with
their habits,

time of ap-
pearance and
localities. Il-
lustrated with
60 full plates
in colour and
4 in black and
white.

Every en-
tomologist and
naturalist will
be intensely
interested in
this new splen-
did work, and
should order it
at once.

It is in 2 volumes, the price is £6 6 o complete, and the edition
is limited. Any bookseller will supply. “ . . . a unique production , . . .
a most valuable piece of work.” — Lord Rothschild.

HUTCHINSON & Co., 33 to 36 Paternoster Row, London, E.C.4

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND, LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— I 5/- per annum, post free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

W. F. H. ROSENBERG

IMPORTER OF EXOTIC ZOOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

57 HAVERSTOGK HILL, LONDON, N.W.3, ENGLAND,
and at 25 Cromwell Place, S.W.7.,

Begs to announce the publication of a new Price List of Birds’ Eggs, including
about 700 species from various parts of the world.

This List will be mailed free on application, as will the following : — Birds'
Skins (5,500 species), Lepidoptera, with supplement (8,000 species), Apparatus
and Natural History Requisites. .

New Price Lists of Mammals, Reptiles, Fishes, etc., are in course of pre-
paration. All Museums and Private Collectors should write for these lists.
All specimens sent on approval.

Kindly state which Lists are required and give name of this Periodical.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to {9"X nj")* 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—-Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST.”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side . Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SOIVS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A, Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Feb., 1925*

MARCH, 1925.

No. 818

No. 592 of current Series

LONDON :

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

A MONTHLY ILLU

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., P.G.S.,

The Museums

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D.,

Technical College , Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents s—

Notes and Comments (illustrated) Frohawk’s British Butterflies :
Sixty-eight British Butterflies ; Prehistoric Huddersfield ; Iron
Ores , Early Leeds Glass Houses ; How not to form a Museum ;
Great Bustard in Scotland ; Wild Pears ; Yorkshire Geologists •

page.

Theory and Facts ; Transfusion

Pleistocene Classification
Sympathy Powders

Additions to Yorkshire Diptera —Chris. A. Cheetham

Experiments with Moorland Plants—/. H . Priestley

Cumberland Coleoptera and Hemiptera in 1924 — F . H. Day, F.E.S
In Memoriam Sir Archibald Geikie (portrait)

Alfred Clarke (portrait) — F.A.M.

James E. Bedford, J.P., F.G.S. (portrait)— i§§
W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S. (portrait)— T. S. ..

Field Notes :— Little Owl near Harrogate
Some Scarborough Hawkmoths in 1924

Yorkshire Naturalist’s Union’s Report
Proceedings of Scientific Societies

Reviews and Book Notices

Geological Survey Memoirs

News from the Magazines

Northern News
Illustrations
Plate III.

05-72-

73-74

74

75-77

78

79-8y

84- 85

85- 86

Death’s Head Moth near Darlington ;

: Yorkshire Ichneumons ... 86-87

88-92-
72-
74, 92-
93-94
95
94> 96-

66, 69, 78, 79, 84, 85

Pfrice 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

BRYOLOGICAL SECTION.

Easter Week-end Field Meeting at Austwick, April 10th -13th.

It is proposed, weather permitting, to investigate Ingleborough summit,
the Ingleton glens, the slopes between Ingleborough and Moughton, etc.
Headquarters : The Gamecock Inn, Austwick.

Members wishing for rooms should apply direct to the Proprietor (Mr.
P. Swale) as early as possible.

Nearest station : Clapham (L.M.S.R.), 3 miles.

F. L. MILSOM, Hon. Sec.,

High Cross, Kirkburton,

Huddersfield.

BOOKS WANTED.

Eastbourne Naturalist (1 part).

Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. Vols. II. -II f (or parts), and part 6 of new series.
Frizinghall Naturalist. (Lithographed) Vol. I., and part 1 of Vol. II.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Repository, Mackie’s. Vols. II., III.

Geol. Assoc. Proc. Vol. I., Part 1.

Geol. Soc., London, Trans. 2ndser., Vol. VI., and Pts. 1-3 of Vol. VII (or Vol.) .
Geological Magazine, 1894.

Huddersfield Arch, and Topog. Society. 1st Report, 1865-1866. (38 pp.).

Illustrated Scientific News. 1902-4. (Set).

Journ. Micrology and Nat. Hist. Mirror. 1914 —

Keighley Naturalists’ Society Journal. 4to. Part 1.

Lancs, and Cheshire Antiq. Soc. Vols. IV., V., VIII., XXVI.

Louth Ant. and Nat. Soc. Reports, 1-12, 19.

Liverpool Geol. Association Proc. Parts 1, 3, 16.

Liverpool Nat. Journ. Parts 1, 3. and 20.

Manchester Geol. Soc. Trans. Vols. XV.. XVI., XXIII.

Naturalists' Guide (Huddersfield). Parts 1-38.

Naturalists' Record. Set.

Newbury District Field Club Transactions. Vols. III. and on.

North Staffordshire Field Club Reports for 1869, 1871-2, 1876.

Peterborough Natural History Society. Reports 1-8, 11-12, 14-26.

■Quarterly Journal of Science. 1878-9, 1882-3 and 1885.

Quekett Club Journ. 1st Series, No. 25.

Royal Cornwall Geological Society Trans. Vol. V. to date (or parts).

Salisbury Field Club. Transactions, Vol. II

Scottish Naturalist. 1881-1891

Simpson’s Guide to Whitby. 1st ed., 1862.

Smith’s New Geological Atlas of England and Wales. 1819-21.

Stirling Natural History Society. Vols. 2, 8, 12, 15, 16, 20.

Sussex and Hants. Naturalist. 17 parts.

Sussex Arch. Collections. II. -III.

Tweddell’s Bards and Authors of Cleveland. Parts 9-12.

Union Jack Naturalist. Any.

Vale of Derwent Nat Field Club. Old Series, Vols. I. and III.

Wakefield Lit. and Phil. Soc Reports. Set.

Yorks. Nat. Club Proc. (York). Set. 1867-70.

Yorks. Nat. Union Trans. Part 1.

Apply — Editor. The Museum, Hull.

FOR SALE, on behalf of the widow of the late Dr. Arnold
Dees, The Naturalist, 1887-93, 1895-6, 1901-12, 1920-1 (few odd
parts missing) ; details supplied if necessary. Also Transactions
Yorkshire Naturalists' Union, Part 9, 26 to 29, 31 to 34. There is
also a good collection of Butterflies, Moths, etc.

Apply J. F. Pickard, 57 Richmond Av., Headingley, Leeds.

■

The Naturalist, 1925.

Plate HI.

Fig. i Eggs in situ, laid noon i6.v.iqo8., five days old. drawn 21.V.08
.. 2 Egg six days old. drawn 22.V.08 (30X) [30.V.08

,, 3 Seventh segment ol larva directly aftei emergence, drawn

.. 4 Larva 24 hours old. drawn 31.V.08

.. 5 Larva before 2nd moult, 9 days old, drawn 8.vi.o8

.. 6 . Larva before 3rd moult, 13 days old, drawn 12.v1.08

7 Larva before 4th moult, 18 days old, drawn 17.vi.08
.. 8 After 4th moult, 28 days old. drawn i.vii.08

t, 9 Seventh segment lully grbwn larva, drawn 30.v1.08
10 Pupa 6 days old. drawn 7.vii.o8
it Pupa 6 days old. drawn 7.vii.o8

Fig 12 Neuration
.. 13 9 F. W. F. coll

.. r4 9 F W. F. coll.

.. 15 ? WWtehaven, Cumberland Bred about 1866 Hnk,

Vol. III., p 212. R. Adkin coll

.. T6 y Southport, Lancs., captured about 1866. Ento Vol III
p. 212. R. Adkin coll '*

., 17 9 1901 Bred. Newport. Mon F. W. F. coll

" *** 3 From Harper's coll Stevens' sale. 20.3.84. A. B Farn coll

65

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

FROHAWIv’S BRITISH BUTTERFLIES . *

Messrs. Hutchinson and Co. have been good enough
specially to prepare for us the block appearing on the opposite
page, which is a very small reproduction in black and white
of one of the marvellous coloured plates which appears in the
sumptuous publication which the firm is issuing under the
above title. As with other excellent publications which
have appeared in recent years, the price might at first be
considered prohibitive, but few people at all interested could
resist the temptation of purchasing the volumes after they
had seen the plates. Each plate measures 9J ins. by 14 J ins,
and contains on an average two dozen figures reproduced by
the three- or four-colour process, but retaining the most
delicate tints with a fidelity which is unusual even for that
excellent process. Mr. Frohawk not only illustrated the
various forms of each species and under and upper surfaces,
etc., but gives anatomical details, illustrations of food plants,
the eggs, the larva in various stages of growth, pupae, etc.
A general idea of Mr. Frohawk’s plan can be taken from the
reproduction herewith, but even this excellent block is miser-
ably inadequate when compared with the plate itself. The
accompanying letterpress occupies six pages, and each of the
species is similarly dealt with. The sub-title of the work
states that it is a complete original descriptive account of
the life-history of every species occurring in the British
Islands, together with the habits, time of appearance and
localities/

SIXTY-EIGHT BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

We so whole-heartedly agree with Lord Rothschild’s
remarks in the Preface he contributes to the volumes that we
feel we must quote them. He states that the work ‘ Embodies
a new idea in that it contains a complete series of drawings —
of truly remarkable excellence — of every phase of the life
cycle of all of our sixty-eight British butterflies. The reader
will find before him an accurate illustration — accurate both
as regards form and colour— of the appearance of each stage
of these insects as it occurs in the natural state in these Islands.
As regards the letterpress also the book is unique in that it is
the only work in any language that contains a complete
account of the life-history of all these sixty-eight insects.
The book cannot fail to appeal to lovers of nature— to the
entomologist, and to the general naturalist, and to those who
love the country fop its own sake, and, finally, though perhaps
not least, to the artist whose admiration must be elicited by

* Natural History of British Butterflies. London : Hutchinson &

Co., 2 volumes, X. + 207 pp., and yiii. -f.206 pp., £6 6s. net.

1925 Mar. 1

E

66

Notes and Comments.

the exquisite miniatures which Mr. Frohawk’s brush have
produced. As the reproduction of the drawings has been
effected with the highest technical skill, the writer feels that
those who are most competent to judge will agree that Mr.
Frohawk is deserving of all congratulation on the successful
completion of a most valuable piece of work, which is unlikely
to be superseded.’

PREHISTORIC HUDDERSFIELD.

The Tolson Memorial Museum at Huddersfield is keeping
up the standard of excellence of its Handbooks, and No. 3

Stone Hammers. No. 1 from Kirkburton ; Nos. 2 and 3 (views of the same
specimen) from Slaith waite.

deals with ‘ Early Man in the District of Huddersfield,’ by
J. A. Petch, with an Appendix on the ‘ Nature and Making of
Graving Tools,’ by F. Buckley.* The Handbook contains a
map of the district showing the sites at which various relics
have been found, illustrations of stone implements of various
types, bronze implements, Bronze-age pottery, gold coins,
earthworks, etc. There are also descriptions of Roman ren
mains, and a bibliography. While it is quite possible there
may be differences of opinion with regard to the precise nature
of some of the flint implements figured and described, all will
be grateful for the wealth of material which has been placed

95 PP-. i/-.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments. 67

rat the disposal of the readers. We are permitted to reproduce
■one of the illustrations herewith.

IRON ORES.

Of more particular interest to northern geologists is
Volume VIII. of the ‘ Special Reports on the Mineral
Resources of Great Britain/ Iron Ores — Haematites of West
Cumberland, Lancashire and the Lake District ( Geol . Survey
Memoir), 236 pp., 5 plates and 31 text figures, by Dr. Bernard
Smith ; a second edition of which has been called for. In
this Memoir of the Geological Survey an account is given of
all Haematite Mines in work, or recently in work, in the West
Cumberland and Furness districts, and of many of the aban-
doned mines. The ore occurs chiefly in the Carboniferous
Limestone and the older rocks of the Central Lake District.
Detailed accounts of the mines are preceded by a general
description of the geology of the iron-fields ; the variety,
■constitution, analyses and statistics of output of the ores, and
their probable origin and date of formation. Reserves and
future prospects are also discussed, and the importance of a
knowledge of the character and occurrence of the younger
rocks that overlie the Carboniferous Limestone is emphasised.
The Memoir, on revision, has been considerably enlarged,
and the information about working mines brought up to date.
New text figures and plates have been inserted, as well as a list
•of plans of abandoned mines.

EARLY LEEDS GLASS HOUSES.

At a recent meeting of the Society of Glass Technology,
held at Sheffield, Mr. F. Buckley read a ‘ Note on the glass-
houses of the Leeds district in the seventeenth, eighteenth
and early nineteenth centuries. John Houghton, writing in
1691, stated that there were then three glass-houses in York-
shire, one near Ferrybridge and two near Silkstone. The only
glass-house actually in or near the town of Leeds in the
•eighteenth century was known as the Engine Glass-house,
which can be traced between 1738 and 1770. The Engine
Glass-house might have been the parent as well as the prede-
cessor of the famous Hunslet Glass Works. Between 1814
and 1861, at any rate, the Bower family had several factories
here. Leeds must have owed as much to this family in the
nineteenth century as it did to the Fennys in the previous
century. In 1883 they had four glass-houses at work, and
no competition in the town itself. Just before 1850, however,
there was a sudden increase in the glass concerns in Leeds and
the surrounding district, especially in the neighbourhood of
Castleford. An early nineteenth century glass-house at
Thornhill Lees can be traced back to 1830. Here Noah

1925 Mar. 1

68

Notes and Comments.

Turner made flint glass until the glass-house was taken over
by the Kilners in 1844, and converted into a bottle works.,
There was a glass-house also at Worsborough Dale prior to
1830, worked by William Usherwood, and in the year 1828
Messrs. Wood and Perkes were found in possession, making
cut glass.'

HOW NOT TO FORM A MUSEUM.

We have received a letter from a Councillor at a place near
Manchester, which was addressed to the Lord Mayor of a
large northern city. It appeals for specimens for a new
museum which is in contemplation, such museum to be for
the ‘ education and instruction of the young in the district/
Apparently similar appeals are being sent round the country,,
and if so we can see the suggested ‘ educational ' institute
being a kind of marine store, and containing all the odds and
ends which the various institutions in the country will be
glad to get rid of. We would suggest that in cases of this
sort, the best thing to do is to appoint a curator and let him
make arrangements about the specimens, otherwise it is prob-
able his first duties will be to send to the refuse destructor the
accumulation of material which has been made as a result of
the appeal.

GREAT BUSTARD IN SCOTLAND.

Mr. H. S. Gladstone has an admirable paper on this subject
in The Scottish Naturalist, No. 150. The first British author
to give an account of the species appears to be Hector Boethius,
or Boece, in 1526. About ten years later John Bellenden's
translation of Boece’s work appeared, and the reference to
the Bustard — -then called gustardis (= slow goose ): — is as
under : — ‘ Beside thir thre [viz. Capercaillie, Red Grouse and
Blackgame] uncouth kynd of fowlis, is ane uthir kynd of fowlis
in the Mers mair uncouth, namit gustardis, als mekle as ane
swan, bot in the colour of thair fedderis and gust of thair
flesche thay ar litil different fra ane pertrik, thir last fowlis ar
not frequent bot in few noumer. And sa far haytis the cum-
pan}rof man, that gif thay find thair eggis ayndit or twichit be
men, thay leif thaym, and layis eggis in ane othir place..
Thay lay thair eggis in the bair erd/

WILD PEARS.

We are permitted, by the courtesy of the publishers of
Hutchinson's well-known ‘ Trees and Flowers of the Country-
side, ' to reproduce two of the blocks which have appeared in
that publication, as we feel they will be of interest to our
readers. We have also quoted the descriptions given in that
publication. No. XVII. of the work in which these plates
appear, has a beautiful coloured plate of Pasque-Flowers,
specially prepared by Mr. E. C. Mansell. This species ‘ Is

Naturalist

Notes and Comments

69

Flowers of Wild Pear.

The flowers of the Wild Pear are to be seen in May. They are very like those of the Crab, but
are pure white instead of pink-tinted.

Fruit of Wild Pear.

Wild Pears are very like miniature garden pears, being only from an inch to two inches in length.
They are not edible, and are therefore sometimes called ‘ Choke Pears.’

1923 Mar. 1

70

Notes and Comments.

only found in England, from Yorkshire southwards to Essex:
and Gloucester, and is of quite local distribution. The short
flower stems appear before the leaves, and, later, the flower-
buds nestle among the hairy thread-like segments of the
unexpanded leaves which surround them. There are no'
petals, and the violet-purple sepals are clothed on the outside
with fine silky hairs. The name is derived from an old
custom of staining Easter eggs with the sepals of the flowers/'

YORKSHIRE GEOLOGISTS.

The Yorkshire Geological Society has produced Part I. of
Volume XX. of its Proceedings, edited by H. C. Versey and
H. E. Wroot, the scientific contents of which are quite up to<
the standard attained by the Society in previous years. Mr.
G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S., gives a Review of the Speeton
Clays, a subject on which no one can write with more au-
thority. It formed the subject of his Presidential Address,,
delivered at York in December, 1922, and also contains a
summary of publications issued since 1892 bearing upon the
subject. Mr. C. Thompson’s paper on * The Erosion of the
Holderness Coast ’ is based on his address at the Hull meeting'
of the British Association, and is welcome in its present and
detailed form. Mr. Thompson bases his conclusions upon
careful measurements on the six-inch ordnance maps of 1852,,
and the new cliff line in 1922. Sixty-six such measurements-
seem to show that in recent years the loss has been less than
has generally been accepted. Mr. W. S. Bisat has his im-
portant paper on ‘ The Carboniferous Goniatites of the North
of England and their Zones/ in which the numerous illustra-
tions from photographs, by Mr. M. H. Stiles, will assist
considerably in the study of the subject in the future. Mr.
R. G. Hudson has an interesting paper on ‘ The Rhythmic
Succession of the Yoredale Series in Wensleydale/ and Mr.
Sheppard brings the Bibliography of Yorkshire Geology,,
originally published by the Society, up to date by contributing
the titles of papers issued during 1922 and 1923. The con-
cluding note in this important publication, by Professor E. J.
Garwood, relates to maps illustrating the Zonal Succession in
the Lower Carboniferous Rocks of the Settle District, which
recently appeared in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological
Society, and are here reproduced. These will be welcomed by
every Yorkshire geologist. By the use of thicker, though
inferior, paper, the publication is much more bulky than
would be if printed on the paper usually adopted by the
Society, and possibly the carelessness with regard to the use
of broken type, wrong fonts, and in the use of leads, and
stitching, is to be expected, seeing that the printing has been
transferred from Hull to Leeds. Seriously, however, the

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

7i

typography is not up to the standard which we expect from
this important Society, and from that point of view is its
worst production.

PLEISTOCENE CLASSIFICATION.

The Proceedings of the Geologists' Association, recently
issued, edited by Mr. A. K. Wells, contains, as its first item,
the Presidential Address of Mr. S. Hazzledine Warren, on
‘ Pleistocene Classifications,’ in which he states : ‘ I am gener-
ally of an independent temperament, but as time has gone
on I have broken away more completely from the influence of
the weight of opinion which gives the maximum cold of later
Pleistocene times to the Mousterian. I have come to realise
(as I now think) more adequately the import of the Mag-
dalenian evidences, when a vast area of Western Europe was
under the sway of Arctic tundra conditions, with the Reindeer
fauna extending as far south as Mentone. We should not
overdo scepticism upon the value of fauna and flora as an
index of climate, because the Arctic fauna and flora did not
occupy this territory before, and did not occupy it after the
Upper Palaeolithic epoch. It was a temporary invasion for a
brief geological period, and the previously existent fauna and
flora came back (with some losses and changes) and re-
established itself again in its old home. It was a biological
revolution and counter-revolution of the first magnitude. I
cannot now doubt that these European evidences must be
correlated with the Ponders End Stage of south-eastern
England. ’

THEORY AND FACTS.

' In conclusion, my general moral of the whole matter is
that we need less theory and more facts, such as the members
of the Geologists’ Association may harvest from the fertile
soil of England. ’ Mr. Hazzledine Warren also draws attention
to the fact that ‘ Some theories of classification have been
based upon a flake from Cambridge of supposed late Palaeo-
lithic date. I examined this in association with several of
my friends who are acquainted with flint flaking, and we
unanimously agreed that it was a natural chip, and not a
human artifact.’ Of such bricks are the castles of some of our
Prehistorians made.

TRANSFUSION.

The Royal Society had some interesting meetings in the
seventeenth century — as shown by the references thereto
appearing in Nature. In 1667, ‘ Mr. Coga, being introduced,
gave an account of the effects of the experiment of trans-
fusion repeated upon him, viz., that he found himself very
welTat present, though he had been at first somewhat feverish
upon it ; which was imputed to his excess in drinking too
much wine soon after the operation.’

1925 Mar. 1

72

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

SYMPATHY POWDERS.

In 1663, ‘ Occasion being given to discourse of tormenting a
person with the sympathy-powder, Dr. Wren related, that in
the house of a kinsman of his, the experiment had been , tried
by him upon a servant, who had grievously cut her finger ;
and a rag rubbed upon the wound being dressed with calcined
vitriol, and put into the maid’s bosom, her finger : within a
short time was cured. Whereupon he had taken the rag from
her and heated it upon the fire, whilst the maid was sweeping
the next chamber ; who, upon a sudden, flung away the broom,
and cried out for the pain in her finger ; which being looked
to was found very fiery : upon which they cooled the rag again,
and dressed as formerly, and within a day or two the finger \vas
intirely cured. Mr. Boyle undertook to try this experiment
upon a dog.’

: o :

The Proceedings of the Geologists' Association appears to be the first
geological publication to give what is described as a ‘ Close-up photo-
graph ’ : presumably the editor is a frequenter of the ‘ movies.’

The Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London, December, 1924,
contain an obituary notice of Thomas Frederick Cheeseman, who was
born at Hull in 1846, and was taken to New Zealand by his parents in
1854. He became an authority on the Flora of New Zealand. In 1874
he was appointed Secretary and Curator of the Auckland Institute'. He
wrote 101 papers bearing upon the Islands, mostly botanical, but 22
referred to geology or ethnography.

The Report of the Dove Marine Laboratory , New Series, Np. 13, for
the year ending June 30th, 1924, edited by Dr. A. Meek, contains quite
a valuable series of papers particularly useful from their economical
aspect. These are ‘ Herring Shoals and Faunistic Notes,’ by B. Storrow ;
‘ Size of Herrings, Vitality of Young Plaice,’ by D. Cowan ; ‘ Pollution
of the River Tyne,’ ‘ Salinity of Inshore Waters,’ by E. M. Meek ;

‘ Estuarine Plankton of River Coquet,’ by O. M. Jorgensen. There are
also smaller notes on Plankton Investigations.

The Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles Report
for 1923 has been issued (366 pp., 10 /-), and the Report for 1923 of the
Botanical Exchange Club (45 pp., 4/-). The first is a particularly
substantial volume, and contains a wonderful summary of the activities
of various botanists throughout the British Islands, although oddly
enough in the list of the various publications containing information
likely to interest the members of the Club, Dr. Claridge Druce, the
Secretary, seems to have forgotten a publication called The Naturalist.
Students of plant distribution will find much to interest them in these
pages.

The Transactions of the British Mycological Society, \ ol. X., Parts

I. and II., published in one cover, contains an exceptionally valuable
series of articles, including ‘ Some Aspects of Lichenology,’ by O. V.
Darbishire ; ‘ Studies in Entomogenous Fungi,’ by T. Petch ; ‘Three
Diseases of Cultivated Mushrooms,’ by F. E. V. Smith ; ‘ Apple Rot
Fungi in Storage,’ by M. N. Kidd and A. Beaumont ; ‘ The Cause of
Citrus Scab,’ by E. M. Dodge and E. J . Butler ; ‘ Notes on the Association
of Tilletia Tritici with “ Epileptiform Convulsions ” in the Dog/ by

J. Russell Greig ; and ‘ A New Disease of the Graminese : Pleosphaeria
Semeniperda nov. sp. ,’ by C. C. Brittlebank and D. B. Adam.

Naturalist

73

ADDITIONS TO YORKSHIRE DIPTERA.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

The following list is due largely to the visit of Mr. F. W.
Edwards to our area in June last year. The collecting grounds
were : — Whernside : Here most of the species were obtained
in Force Ghyll, on the east side of the mountain. The water
drains into Chapel-le-dale, and there are some fine waterfalls.
Most of my Whernside records are from this locality. Cover-
ham: The wooded stream-side just above the bridge near the
abbey. Pateley : The deep cleft of Ravens Ghyll, well
wooded and damp.

I am also indebted to Mr. Edwards and to Mr. J. E. Collin
for help in identifying the species to which their names are
added in brackets.

The references at the end of the records are
A=C. A. Cheetham. B=F. W. Edwards. C = J. E. Collin.

■Sciava pilosa Staeg. Coverdale, 17/6/22, Ryedale, Farnley, A (B).

S . flavicauda Zett. Austwick, 23/6/23, A (B).

.5. hispida Winn. Austwick, 23/6/23, A (B).

5. bicolor Mg. Whernside, 11/8/24, A (B).

S. carbonavia Mg. Allerthorpe, 18/9/23, A (B).

Mycetophila fraterna Winn. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

Bvachypeza spuria Verr. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

Docosia valida WTinn. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

Exechia fimbriata Lundst. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

E. contaminata Winn. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

E. nigra Edw. Pateley, B, 23/6/24 ; Austwick, A (B).

Phvcmia annulata Winn. ( braueri Dz.). Austwick. Bred from limpet-
like pupse, A (B).

P. signata Winn. Ingleton, 19/6/24, B.

Sceptonia fumipes Edw. This was recorded as S. concolor (B),
Chironomus pedestris Mg. Coverham, B, 23/6/24.

Orthocladius ictevicus Mg. WThernside, B, 20/6/24.

T any pus lentigenosus Fries. Whernside, B, 20/6/24.

T. n-otatus Mg. (Verr. col.), Whernside, B, 20/6/24.

T. longimanus Staeg. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

■Culicoides heliophilus Edw. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

Palpomyia (Ceratopogon) brachialis Hal. Coverham, B, 23/6/24.
Probezzia ( Ceratopogon ) bicolor Panz. Austwick Moss, B, 19/6/24.
Isoh-elea ( Ceratopogon ) nitidula Edw. Whernside and Coverham, B.
Serroniyia ( Ceratopogon ) morio F. Austwick Moss, A (B).

Dixa dilatata Strobl. Austwick Moss, B, 19/6/24.

D. nubilipeunis Curt. Austwick and Coverham, B.

Rhabdomastrix ( Goniomyia ) schistacea Mg. Coverham, B, 23/6/24.
Trimicra pilipcs F. Everingham, H. M. Stuart.

Trichocera major Edw. Austwick, 7/1/23, A (B).

Tricyphona schummeli Edw. Pateley, B, 23/6/24.

Beris clavipes L. Adel, T. B. Kitchen, 15/6/24 ; Crag Wood, A, 22/6/24.
Rhamphomyia cinerascens Mg. (of list). Austwick, A, 25/5/24 (C).
Euthyneuva gyllenhali Zett. Pateley, 23/6/24, B.

Dolichopus longicornis Stan. Wistow, Ulleskelf, A, 13/7/24.
Hypopliyllus crinipes Staeg. Thorner, 21/6/24, A.

2'92o Mar. 1

74

Experiments with Moorland Plants.

Chrysotus blepharosceles Kow. Ulleskelf, 13/7/24, A.

Syntormon sulcipes Mg. Adel, 27/6/24, A.

Sympycnus ceneicoxa Mg. Bramhope, 1 1/7/24, A.

Systenus adpropinquans , recorded on p. 41 1, 1921 Naturalist , is an error,
and should be deleted.

Hylephila per sonata Coll. Holme, E.R., 17/5/24, A (C).

Leria kertezii Czerny. Austwick, 7/1/23, A (C).

Lonchcza Deutschi Zett. (Coll.). Holme, E.R., 17/5/24, A (C).

Hyadina guttata Fin. Austwick, 8/10/24, A.

Camilla (Noterophila) glabra Fin. Saxton, 12/7/24, A (C).

: o :

EXPERIMENTS WITH MOORLAND PLANTS.

In The New Phytologist, Volume XXIII., No. 5, pp. 288-292, Dr.
M. C. Rayner has some very valid criticims of the culture experiments
with moorland plants placed on record by Miss Hinchcliff and the writer
in The Naturalist, July, 1924.

Dr. Rayner draws attention to two points. In the first place it must
be conceded that her criticism of relatively high concentration of salts
used for watering the sand cultures is justified, both Graebner and Dr.
Rayner having drawn attention to the need for dilute solutions for such
plants. These cultures were incidental to the main line of work in
progress, and culture solutions were adopted in line with those in use in
other experimental work in progress in the laboratory. The brief paper
in The Naturalist was equivalent to a stock-taking upon dissolution of
partnership, and all results were placed upon record which it was thought
might prove useful to subsequent workers. When the paper was written
other investigators had the problem of cultures of moorland plants
in hand, working in collaboration with Dr. YV. H. Pearsall, and in view
of the results arriving in that work it did not seem irrelevant to place on
record the fact that, with these relatively strong solutions, the most
unhealthy plants were found associated with the highest proportion of
lime.

Dr. Rayner’s second criticism is directed to the varying proportion
of nitrate in the culture. This suggested source of error is of great
interest, and must be considered in further work. She would probably
agree, however, that as a tentative solution of the results briefly recorded,
the varying lime content seems adequate, and the results were not regarded
as sufficiently important to justify extended discussion.

With reference to her discussion of the fat content of the sterile
seedling, the writer would like to point out, in view of the reference
to fast as photosynthetic products, that, as has been fully explained
elsewhere, the fats accumulating behind the growing points of the root
are regarded as arising, as bye -products possibly, from the active chemical
metabolism proceeding in the growing root tips, in which the complex
chemical process of manufacture of protoplasm is actively proceeding.
Their accumulation depends upon the chemical changes at the root-tip,
and is only indirectly affected by the synthesis of sugar and starch, for
instance, in the leaves. — J. H. Priestley.

: o :

The Ray Society has issued Volume II. of their Monographs on The
British Charophyta, by J. Groves and G. R. Bullock -Webster

(xi. + i29 pp.), which is made invaluable to students by the numerous
plates (22-45) containing details of the structure of various species of
Cara. This is an essential volume to all students of this difficult order
of plants.

Naturalist

75

CUMBERLAND COLEOPTERA AND HEMIPTERA

IN 1924.

F. H. DAY, F.E.S.

Although the wretched weather last year made field work any-
thing but pleasant, Coleoptera on the whole did not seem to be
adversely affected, and whenever I went out collecting some-
thing more or less interesting invariably turned up. Chief
interest attaches to Haliplus apicalis Th. (Kirkbride, 21/6/24) r
Colon latum Kr. (Caldbeck, 20/4/24), Coenoscelis pallida
Woll. (Middlesceugh, 19/7/24), and Ephistemus globosus
Waltl. (Orton, 14/6/24), all new to the county list, published
in the Trans. Carlisle Nat. Hist. Soc., Vols. I., II., and III.
The census of Cumberland beetles is thus brought up to 1802
species.

In February I tried flood refuse, but not quite under the
right conditions, and the only species worth noting are
Oxyp'oda lividipennis Man., Tachyporus tersus Er., Ancyro-
phorus omalinus Er., Paramecosoma melanocephalum Hbst.r
and Ceuthorrhynchus erysimi F. At a haystack in March I
took A theta malleus Joy., and a swarm of Cryptophagus
pallidus Sturm. I spent the Easter holidays in the Caldbeck
district with my sons, mostly tramping among the hills, and
little time was available for entomological work, but I noted
that the Wood Ant (F. rufa L.), recorded from this district
by Mr. Murray (The Naturalist, 1921, p. 182), has apparently
increased considerably, as in a wood near the village there
were dozens of nests in a state of great activity. Some of
these I worked for myrmecophilous beetles, and found
Myrmedonia humeralis Gr. and Notothecta flavipes Gr., both
new locality records for Cumberland. Among the hills in
waterfall moss Hydroporus rivalis Gyll., Dianous coerulescens
Gy 11., and Lesteva pubescens Man. were common.

The afternoon of Saturday, May 17th, was bright and warm,
and I spent a few hours in favourite haunts at Orton. The
Jocality is one of rough woodland and meadow on a heavy,,
boggy soil, much overgrown with sphagnum and moss. On
this occasion I took Euconnus hirticollis 111. rather freely,.
Neuraphes elongatulus Mull., Bythinus puncticollis Den.,,
Bibloplectus ambiguus Reich., Gymnusa brevicollis Pk., and
Olophrum fuscum Gr. One object of this outing was to take
Elleschus bipunctatus L. , a little grey weevil attached to sallow,,
usually obtainable at the time of year when the catkins are
dropping and the leaves developing. The bushes were just
in the right condition, but the weevil was not at all common
until I came upon a stunted little bush growing in a boggy
place which had very few leaves or catkins upon it. On
beating its few twiggy branches a veritable shower of E.

1925 Mar. 1

j6 Cumberland Coleoptera and Hemiptera in 1924.

bipunctatus tumbled into the net, far more than I wanted.
Curious to account for this extreme localized abundance, I
beat other bushes similarly stunted and sparsely covered with
leaves, but failed to find more than odd specimens upon them.

During the next ten weeks I obtained a fair amount of
collecting without going far afield. At Thurstonfield lough
I fished up Agabus femoralis Pk. and A. imguicularis Th., and
found Notiophilus substriatus Wat., Blethisa multipunctata L.,
Dyschirius aeneus Dj., Philonthus micans Gr., and Evaesthetus
ruficapillus Lac. on the muddy and mossy margins, where
also the bug Saida littoralis L. was jumping about in its usual
lively wTay. On the salt-marshes of the River Wampool I spent
several afternoons, and took among other species Bembidium
lunatum Duft., B. aeneum Germ., Haliplus fulvus F., Hydro -
porus lituratus F., Helophorus mulsanti Rye., and Ochthebius
viridis Peyr. ; the last-named has only occurred on one
occasion previously in this county. The only water-bug
present in these pools was Corixa striata L. An evening
spent in the Nature Reserve at Kingmoor, devoted, however,
to observation rather than collecting, showed Apion genistae
Kirb. (one of this charming locality’s most interesting pro-
ducts) to be unusually abundant on its food-plant, the Petty
Whin. I have not found this beetle elsewhere in Cumberland.
A showery afternoon, finishing in a steady downpour, was
spent in the Brampton district on the banks of the River
Irthing, but the weather did not affect the appearance of
Bembidium schuppeli Dj. and B. atroviolaceum Duf., both of
which were common, other useful captures being Lesteva
monticola Kies., Georyssus crenulatus Ross, and Cryptohypnus
dermestoides Hbst. The sides of the River Caldew at Cummers-
dale also produced several species of interest, including
Bembidium monticola Stm. and B. prasinum Duft., while
Helophorus arvernicus Muls. was exceptionally common ; from
a patch of wet sandy loam about a foot square I picked over
fifty specimens in a few minutes.

On Whit Monday I went to Cumwhitton Moss, where
Sericus brunneus L., Scymnus suturalis Thunb., Salpingus
castaneus Pz., Anaspis rufilabris Gyll., Donacia discolor Pz.
and Rhinomacer attelaboides F. were taken. There were some
interesting beetles again at Orton in June. Meligethes var.
aestimabilis Reitt. came sparingly from the Water Avens, and
the handsome Skipjack, Corymbites pectinicornis L., was
captured on the wing in the sunshine. I have already noted
the occurrence in numbers on alder of Anoplus roboris Suf.
[Ent. Mon. Mag., 1924, p. 153). This species is quite
confined to alder, its near ally, A. plantaris Naez., abounds
in the locality, but always on birch. Orchestes stigma Germ,
came from sallow, and a single Zeugopliora subspinosa F.

Naturalist

Cumberland Coleoptera and Hemiptera in 1924. 77

was beaten from a mixed hedgerow, this being the third
specimen I have taken in Cumberland, all in this locality.
On long grass, under trees and bushes, Malthodes fuscus Waltl.
was common, and varied much in size and colour. On a
patch of Rumex, in a meadow, I found a strong colony of
Apion affine Kirb. with other commoner members of the
genus. A visit in early July to Newton Reigny Moss found
this productive locality in such a waterlogged state that
collecting was restricted, and all my captures were of familiar
species, the most interesting being two fine males of the
Capsid bug, Teratocoris saundersi D. and S. The following
day I tried ground of quite a different character — Gelt Woods,
to the east of Carlisle — and here the sweep net disclosed
Hemiptera in some numbers, Calocoris alpestris Mey. being
common on Woundwort, Tetraphleps vittata Fieb., Cyllocoris
flavonotatus Boh., Calocoris ochromelas Gmel. and others also
turning up freely. The best beetle found was Corymbites
impressus F., I believe new to this locality, and among various
species of Malthodes were several flavoguttatus Kies. On
hedgebanks outside the woods, Phyllobius viridicollis F.
occurred in the greatest profusion. Sweeping hedgebanks
nearer the town on several evenings revealed numerous species,
the best being Tropiphorus tomentosus Marsh., Brachysomus
echinatus Bons., Apion punctigerum Pk., Tachyporiis solutusx
Er., Mycetoporus longulus Man., Megarthrus sinuatocollis
Lac., and Meligethes brunnicornis Stm. Towards the end of
July I spent some time beating and sweeping in the valley of
the Roe near Middlesceugh, where both beetles and bugs were
abundant. Among the beetles I got 0 china ptinoides Marsh,
from ivy on old trees, Crepidodera riifipes L. on vetch, Or-
chestes pilosus F. from oak, Anaspis latipalpis Schils. from
rose, and three specimens of Rhagonycha translucida Kry. from
long grass. Hazel was very productive of Hemiptera, Phylus
coryli L. in particular being common and variable, other
captures being Orthotylus tenellus Fall., 0. viridinervis Kb.,
0. marginalis Reut. , Psallus ambiguus Fall., P . lepidus Fieb.
and P. alnicola D. and S., the last two from ash and alder
respectively. At Gaitsgill, on spruce, I found Atractotomus
magnicornis D. and S., and Lygus rubricatus Fall, in numbers,
and L. cervinus H. S. sparingly.

One or two outings in September in quest of water-bugs
yielded Gerris odontogaster Zett., Corixa venusta D. and S.,
C. prceusta Fieb., C. fossarum Leach, C. distincta Fieb. and
C. falleni Fieb., all from one pond at Cumwhinton, with
numerous beetles, the best being Hydroporus pictus F., H .
assimilis Pk., Ccelambus 5-lineatus Zett., and Laccobius
biguttatus Gerh. At Durdar, in October, Hydroporus ob sol etus
Aub. and Agabus paludosus F. occurred in a little stream with
a swarm of Platambus maculatus L.

1925 Mar. 1

3n fIDemottarn.

SIR ARCHIBALD GEIKIE.

We take the following from The Proceedings of the Royal
Society, issued January ist : * Archibald Geikie, in his

eighty-ninth year, geologist, eminent alike as observer, writer
and administrator. Joining the Survey in 1855, and retiring
from it as Director-General in the first year of this century,
his own pen has portrayed the life he led and the work he did
in the Survey throughout that lengthly service. Widely
travelled and an excellent linguist, he was foreign secretary

Sir Archibald Geikie.

Sir Archibald considered this was the best photograph of him ever taken.

of the Society from 1889 to 1893 ; then Secretary from 1903 to
1908, in which latter year he became President. During his
Presidency fell the 100th Anniversary of the Society, and his
organising power and social gifts enhanced the success of the
commemorative celebration. A facile and happy speaker, he
was also a productive author, and not only in geology, but in
biography and in literary history ; one of his latest services
to the Society was the biographical notice he wrote of Sir
Alfred Kempe, sometime his fellow officer in the Society.
Elected Fellow in 1865, the seniority of the Fellowship had
come to him two years ago. He had received many honours
and distinctions, and his name was familiar to scientific
circles the world over.’

Naturalist

3n flDemoriam.

79

ALFRED CLARKE (1848-1925).

Alfred Clarke, of Huddersfield, was born in the city of Win-
chester, March 7th, 1848. The son of a Wesleyan minister, his
early days were spent in an atmosphere of good living which
proved to be not conducive to the study of subjects outside the
limits of religious training. Receiving no encouragement in the
pursuit of scientific knowledge, for which he soon developed and
always retained a thirst, and endowed with a nature which
could brook but little constraint, he had recourse to illicit read-

ing in natural science. For works relating to chemistry he had
a special inclination, and these he continued to study sans
parental interest. After a period during which he was
known to have been engaged in pit-sinking in the Forest of
Dean, Gloucestershire, we hear of Clarke at Brighouse, in the
West Riding of Yorkshire, where, in 1 877, he acted as Secretary
to the Rastrick and Brighouse Natural History Society. There
he took advantage of close proximity to Huddersfield, and,
at the old Mechanics’ Institute, he enrolled as a student in
chemistry under George Jarmain, a figure well known to a
bygone generation of teachers and chemists. Jarmain was
the first to organise classes in chemistry under the aegis , of the
old South Kensington Science and Art Department, and he
was the prototype of the industrial research chemist of to-day.
Jarmain evidently saw promise in the work of young Alfred
Clarke, who soon afterwards became his assistant. In the

1925 Mar.

8o

In Mentor iam : Alfred Clarke.

latter capacity Clarke played an important part in the in-
vestigations of Jarmain directed towards finding a means of
eliminating the ‘ burrs ’ from wool and woollen cloth, the
presence of which constituted a grave impediment to progress-
in the staple industries of the district. This research cul-
minated in the discovery of the wool carbonisation process,,
one of the landmarks in the technology of the heavy woollen
industries ; a process worked on an enormous scale in this
country, in Belgium, and in America — it has been the chief
factor in the rise and development of the industrial wealth
for which the Spen Valley is now famous.*

A further association with Jarmain followed, this time as
a manufacturing chemist, after which, Clarke launched out as-
a Consulting Chemist on his own account, settling down in a
small laboratory in St. Andrew’s Road, Aspley, within a few
doors of the house in which he was destined to spend the re-
maining forty years of his life. Simultaneously, he was-
engaged in teaching chemistry in the evening schools of the
district, a combination of work which could have left him
little leisure time : a class at Brighouse entailed a four mile
walk each way.

The turning point in Clarke’s business life came in 1885..
The passing of the Bankruptcy Act, in 1883, involved the
appointment of accountants as trustees in bankruptcty.
trustees under deed of arrangement, etc., and the proper
performance of these duties often required special experience
and an accurate knowledge of local conditions. Clarke,,
through his association with Jarmain, and from his own con-
sulting practice, possessed this qualification in so far as it
related to the woollen industries of his district, and he accepted
the offer of a well-known Huddersfield firm of accountants to
take over the temporary management of a local mill in financial
difficulties. Possessing in addition to the necessary technical
qualifications a caligraphy which must have put to the blush
of shame many a desk-bred clerk, and having a ‘ good head ’
for figures, Clarke carried this through with the same thorough-
ness and despatch which characterised him in every job he
ever undertook. At an}^rate, it led to his services being
retained by the accountants, now Messrs. Armitage and
Norton, thus cementing a relationship only broken two years
ago when he was retired in circumstances calculated to leave
him without fear for the future.

For nearly fifty years Clarke was a dominant figure in
natural history circles in the Huddersfield district, an area

* An excellent account of this work has been given by Clarke himself
in a lecture on ‘ Wool Extraction,’ delivered to the Huddersfield Textile
Society in 1907, and printed in their Journal.

Naturalist.

In Memoriam : Alfred Clarke .

81

remarkable for its large number of local natural history societies
and amateur naturalists of the type in which the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union had its origin. Following his official,
connection with the Rastrick and Brighouse Society, Clarke
became an active member of both the Huddersfield Naturalists’
Society and the Huddersfield Botanical Society. He was
President of the former in 1886, and served as Secretary from
October, 1891, to March, 1899. In 1892 he took an active
part in uniting the Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographic
Societies and was President a second time in 1900-1901.

From 1880 onwards Clarke devoted himself to the study
of the fungi, and, in 1883, published a / List of Fungi of the
Huddersfield District ’ in the Annual Report of the Huddersfield
Botanical Society. He infected the local societies with his
own enthusiasm, and for a number of years was in great request
as a lecturer on mycological subjects, and as a leader of their
annual forays.

In 1888 he attended a meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union at Leeds, for its Fungus Foray at Bramharn and
Harewood, bringing with him from Halifax a friend whose
interest in the fungi Clarke had recently aroused : this friend
was Charles Crossland. From that year until 1924, when he
was present at the Sheffield Foray, Clarke attended all the
forays of the Yorkshire Mycological Committee, with the
exception of only three. Ever since its constitution he had
been a member of that Committee, and since 1917, in succession
to Crossland, acted as its Recorder. It was at these meetings
that he became known to a large circle of friends ; although
he had been a member of the Union for a period of 32 years,
he rarely attended other meetings. Towards the success of
these forays Clarke contributed very greatly. He it was who
first introduced printed cards for the classification of the fungi
placed on exhibition into their various groups. For a long series
of years he furnished specimens from his own district, drawings
of fungi, and photographs, which were always of interest to
the beginner and the ‘ old hand ’ alike. He was one of the
first photographers in this country to take up stereo-photo-
graphy, and this he applied to the fungi with his usual success ;
he possessed an unrivalled collection of stereographs of these
plants, which was nearly always available at Foray Head-
quarters. His drawings of fungi were excellent. Painstaking
and precise in all his methods, he often obtained astonishing
results by simple means, and was always ready to impart
information as to methods which had proved useful to himself.
His addresses were usually of a practical nature ; for instance,
in 1903, * A Demonstration of some Methods of Preparing Illus-
trations of Fungi ’ ; in 1902, ' The Use of Photography in the
Study of the Fungi,’ while, in 1912, his subject was ‘ The

1925 Mar. 1

F

82

In Memoriam : Alfred Clarke .

Genus Tricholoma,’ which was illustrated with drawings of a
large number of species.* He always evinced the greatest
delight in the discovery of rare species of fungi. Quite
characteristic of his behaviour at such times is an incident
unobtrusively chronicled in a report by A. E. Peck, ‘ My-
cological Notes from Scarborough,’ f which records the dis-
covery of Cordyceps capitata Fr. at the Spring Forayin 1915 :

‘ Mr. Clarke subsequently circulated to members from his
portfolios drawings and notes on Cordyceps capitata made
respectively by Bolton (1786) and Sowerby (1803).’ As afield
mycologist Clarke has had few equals in Yorkshire.

From his earliest mycological days Clarke enjoyed the
friendship of both Worthington G. Smith and M. C. Cooke.
From 1888 Massee and he were great friends and constant
correspondents. Dating from the same year, Clarke and
Crossland were almost inseparable ; the distance between
their two homes at Huddersfield and Halifax respectively,
was a mere stroll to men accustomed to botanising over wild
and extensive tracts of Pennine moorland, and Crossland’s
death at the end of 1916 was acutely felt by Clarke, who had
watched with not a little pride the progress of his former
protege. The late Thomas Hey, of Derby, was another of his
friends, and for a number of years one or the other con-
ducted the Annual Foray of the Derby Railway Natural
History Society. He was present at the historic foray at
Selby, in 1896, when the British Mycological Society was
founded, and he was one of its first members.

Clarke was responsible for the discovery of many species
of fungi new to the county of Yorkshire, and of two new to
science — Belonidium Clarkei Mass, et Crossl. and Symphosira
parasitica Mass, et Crossl. He had for some time been engaged
upon a revision of Massee and Crossland’s ‘ Fungus Flora of
Yorkshire ’ with a view to incorporating the additions of the
last twenty years.

Retirement in 1923 brought the opportunity of pursuing

* Since this was written. Dr. T. W. Woodhead has drawn attention
to an item of correspondence which has come into his hands, and in a
much more authoritative way it emphasizes what ha!s been said with regard
to Alfred Clarke’s capabilities in the delineation of the fungi. This
is a letter addressed to Clarke by the late Dr. M. C. Cooke, written so
late in the latter’s life as July 23rd, 1911. Clarke had sent a number
of drawings to Cooke for his advice and criticism. Cooke, in the course
of a long and detailed reply in which he comments on each of the drawings,
says ‘ I don’t see anything in which you lack instruction. Your style
is what I should call natural or artistic — in distinction from the dia-
grammatic. I have nothing but commendation for your figures They

are far superior to some published plates which I have seen in my time,
and equal to the best.’

f The Naturalist, 1915, p. 224.

Naturalist

In Memoriam : Alfred Clarke.

83

his studies without interruption. It is an indication of the
virility of both body and mind which he retained, that, at an
age which he had then reached, he was able to throw his
energies whole-heartedly into the furtherance of the policy
adopted by Dr. T. W. Woodhead in regard to the use and
arrangement of the material exhibited in the Tolson Memorial
Museum. Within a short distance of his home, Clarke found
at the Museum a congenial outlet for his botanical know-
ledge in the arrangement of the collections illustrative of
local botany, systematic and economic. He had completed
the cases of fungi, and was engaged on the flowering plants at
the time of his death. The Museum will be further enriched
by the addition of the valuable library which Clarke had
acquired, together with his specimens and illustrations of the
fungi. It was his ambition to have in his well-indexed cases
coloured illustrations of all the larger fungi, and he would
go to great expenditure of time and labour in his endeavours
to make the collection as complete as possible. In this way he
was occupied until almost the last moment. Upon the work-
table at his home lay a borrowed copy of a recent issue of
Bull. Soc. My col. de France. On opening this Journal after
its return soon afterwards a sheet fluttered to the ground.
It was a coloured copy of M. l’Abbe Voile's drawings of Russula
paludosa Britz., so faithful a reproduction, indeed, that it
was believed to be the original plate which had become detached.
It could have been hardly dry ere the hand that held the brush
would paint no more.

The end came with painful suddenness on January 20th.
Three days later, represented by some who had been his col-
leagues of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union, on its Mycological
Committee, and of the Huddersfield Naturalists' Society,
respectively, a great body of naturalists tendered its respects
at the last ceremony in Edgerton Cemetery.

Several among past and present members of the Yorkshire
Mycological Committee owe, or have owed, much to Alfred
Clarke’s readiness to proffer the helping hand, and one who
climbed high was pleased to make this acknowledgement.
Charles Crossland, in his Presidential address to the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, delivered at Halifax, in 1907, said ‘My
own experience with fungi commenced in 1888 at the Bramham
and Harewood Foray. Mr. Clarke was my first tutor.'*

Mr. Walter Clarke, to whom the writer is indebted for facts
relating to his father's early life, and his sister, Mrs. Fisher, have
the sympathy of all Yorkshire naturalists in their bereavement.

Dr. T. W. Woodhead has kindly furnished dates and other
information, especially that referring to Clarke's association
with local societies. — F.A.M.

1925 Mar. 1

The Naturalist, 1908, p. 150.

84 In Memoriam : James E. Bedford, J.P., F.G.S.

JAMES E. BEDFORD, J.P., F.G.S.
(1856—1925)

We regret to record the death of James E. Bedford, J.P.,
F.G.S., of Headingley, Leeds. The older members of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union will remember the enthusiastic
way in which he regularly attended the meetings and ex-
cursions of that Society, as well as of other similar societies
in the county. The present writer first came into contact
with him about thirty years ago, when Mr. Bedford was the

Secretary of the Yorkshire Geological Photographs Committee,
and enthusiastically carried out his duties. He was keenly
interested in Yorkshire Geology, and wrote occasional articles
on the subject. He took a prominent part in the affairs of
the Leeds Literary and Philosophical Society (as he did in
many other institutions which had an interest in educational
matters), and was at one time its President. The Yorkshire
Geological Society, Yorkshire Numismatic Society and other
similar bodies had the privilege of his help and membership.
Mr. Bedford was a frequent contributor of valuable specimens
to the Museum in Park Row, Leeds, and in addition to his
scientific activities he was, as often happens with busy men,

Naturalist

In Memoriam : W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S. 85

able to devote time to municipal affairs, and eventually he
became the Lord Mayor of his City. He also took an active
part in religious matters. Having family connections in
Hull, Mr. Bedford had an interest in that place, and when
passing through frequently called and had a chat with the
undersigned . — T . S .

W. WHITAKER, B.A., F.R.S.

(1836—1925).

We are sorry to record the death of William Whitaker, F.R.S.,

who was born in London in 1836, and for the past quarter of
a century has been the envy of many younger geologists for.
his apparent youthfulness and vigour. No meeting was too
tedious nor excursion too long for William Whitaker, and
his humorous and apt opinions in discussions at meetings
of the Geological Society, the Sanitary Institute, or Natural
History, Antiquarian or numerous other bodies with which
he was connected, were always well appreciated. He was
excellent company. His keen interest in maps and biblio-
graphical matters brought him into touch with the present
writer over a quarter of a century ago, and since that date, on

1925 Mar. 1

86

Field Notes.

nearly all the numerous occasions upon which we met,.
Whitaker had a large envelope full of references, pamphlets,,
etc. , likely to be of interest to me, a method he had of obliging
many friends and Societies. He has contributed the lists of
periodicals necessary for many of the Geological Survey
publications ; he has published accounts of the water supply
of most of the counties of England in various Transactions :
and so long ago as 1872 he wrote the first edition of the well-
known Survey Memoir of the Geology of the London Basin.
In 1847 he was appointed on the Geological Survey when
only 21, and continued in that service until 1896, though
he has done much work for them since. He joined the Geol-
ogical Society of London in 1859 ; was its President in
1898-1900 ; in 1886 he was awarded the Murchison Medal ;
in 1906 he received the Prestwich Medal, and in 1923 he
received the Wollaston Medal, the blue ribbon of British
Geology. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in
1887, and served on its Council. He was President of Section
C (Geology) of the British Association at Ipswich in 1895,
and was an honorary member of quite a large number of
geological societies. His striking personality will be missed
by many members of the British Association, the Sanitary
Institute and many other societies, from the meetings of which
he was rarely absent.

So long ago as 1907 he was the subject of one of the
‘ Eminent Living Geologists ’ series in the Geological Magazine.

He was not well at the Liverpool meeting of the British
Association, and left before the meeting was over to return
to his home at Croydon, where he died early in the present
year. — T.S.

: o :

Little Owl near Harrogate. — A Little Owl was shot at,
in mistake for a Woodcock, at Plompton on January 9th. It
was only slightly damaged, and has been given to me alive.
I have been expecting the species to appear in this neighbour-
hood for some time, but this is the first record. — R. Fortune.

Death’s Head Moth near Darlington. — A fine Death’s
Head Moth was found dead on the road at Blackwell, near
Darlington, on the Durham side of the Tees, by Miss Marjorie
Nowers, on October 26th. The moth had laid most of her
eggs, and a few were found on opening. The specimen is in
the Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club Museum.
— John E. Nowers.

Some Scarborough Hawkmoths in 1924. — A local
specimen of the Death’s Head Hawk (Acherontia atropos L.)
was brought to me in late May, having been found at rest on
a beehive. Another was found in the town in October, and

Naturalist

Field Notes.

87

one was sent to me from Bnbwith in September. The species
was evidently not uncommon last year. A male Eyed Hawk
( Smerinthus ocellatus L.) was brought to me from Cayton in
June ; this species is usually rare in the Scarborough area.
In September, Mr. A. T. Wallis reported having seen a Con-
volvulus Hawk ( Sphinx convolvuli L.) at rest in a doorway
in the town. — Geo. B. Walsh, Scarborough.

Yorkshire Ichneumons. — Some weeks ago I sent for
determination to Mr. G. T. Lyle several ichneumons bred or
taken by myself, and by the Rev. C. D. Ash. As Mr. Lyle
was unable to examine them in time for the Annual Meeting
of the Entomological Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union in December last, I place them on record here.

Braconid.®.

Apanteles congestus Nees. Cocoons, from a larva of Hadena
pisi I picked up on the Waterloo Tip, Huddersfield, in
July, were bred out by Mr. Lyle on October 30th last.
Mr. Lyle says that all the specimens had black legs, a
character which he had never previously seen in the
species.

Apanteles pinicola Lyle. Bred by Mr. Ash from larvse of
Thera firmata from either Saxton or Everingham (he had
larvse from both localities) in June, 1923. This species
was first bred, and described as new, by Mr. Lyle from
larvse of Thera obeliscata and T. variata from the New
Forest, and it is interesting that it should now have been
bred from another host of the same genus, in so widely
distant a locality.

ICHNEUMONIDiE.

Glypta annulata Bdg. Royd Edge, Meltham, August 25th,
1920.

Campoplex falcator Fab. Huddersfield. Bred, I think, from
A crony eta rumicis on or about April 30th, 1921.

Anilasta carbonaria Ratz. Bred by Mr. Ash from Thera
firmata, June 17th, 1923.

Anilasta notata Grav. Bred from cocoons found on Crosland
Moor, Huddersfield, July, 1923. It is an abundant
species on our moors, the cocoons being readily seen on
the tops of the heather. Mr. Lyle has bred it from larvse
of Fidonia atomaria and Anarta myrtilli, and these are
probably its hosts here, as both are common moorland
species.

Ophion luteus Linn. Bred by Mr. Ash from Chaerocampa
porcellus, April 24th, 1923.

Geo. T. Porritt, Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield,

January 7th, 1925.

1925 Mar. 1

88

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION’S REPORT.

( Continued from page 61).

BOTANICAL SECTION.

Mycology (A. E. Peck) : — Mr. F. A. Mason has met with Geastev
rufescens var. minor Persoon in the Leeds district and contributes an
illustrated article thereon in The N aturalist for February.

Mr. Mason has attended most of the Union’s Excursions, and his
reports of the Fungi observed have appeared in The Naturalist.

The Naturalist for June contains an obituary notice and portrait of
the late Sir Henry Hawley, Bart., who formerly attended our Fungus
Forays and was an authority on the Pyrenomycetes.

The Fungus Foray of the year was held at Sheffield on the invitation
of the Sorby Scientific Society. A report, with illustrations, appears
in The Naturalist for November. The near proximity of the City to
Headquarters on one side and the Derbyshire border on the other was
anything but helpful to searchers for Yorkshire fungi, and, as had been
anticipated, the records were fewer than usual.

Bryology (F. E. Milsom) In addition to work done at the general
field meetings, two sectional meetings have been held, at Ingleton and
Ramsden Rocks, near Holmfirth.

The distribution of Orthodontium gracile var. heterocarpa in South
Yorkshire has been studied, and still further extended. Work on the
distribution of the Sphagnaceae in Yorkshire is also proceeding.

Two new hepatics have been added to the county list : Alicularia
scalaris var. procerior, found at Ramsden Rocks, and Plagiochila tridenti-
culata found at Ingleton. Also another inland record for Moerckia
Flotowiana, viz., at Ingleton, has been made. Other species noted during
the course of the year will be found in the reports for the various field
meetings.

Botany (J. Fraser Robinson and C. A. Cheetham) : — In Leeds skating
was possible at the end of November last year, and then not again until
the middle of March of this year. Frosts at night, with sunny afternoons,
were general throughout this month. The only really warm spells, both
of all too short duration, were in mid- June and early August.

As a result of the previous wet winter the plants of Saxifraga oppositi-
folia on Moughton Scar (where it is at a relatively low altitude) suffered
severely, and on 16th March last, most of them were brown and withered,
only occasional plants showing blooms. Throughout the year, however,
the vegetative growth of this and other species of Saxifrage has been
good, and on 13th September, S. oppositifolia seemed in a very healthy
condition, one plant being actually in flower.

Notwithstanding the cold spring already referred to, Hawthorn
blossom was seen in May, which is not usual in the north-west of the
county ; but generally over the north of England there was not a great
display of Hawthorn blossom anywhere, except in quite sporadic patches,
and this is rather puzzling ; for in long hedgerows, which in ordinary
years would show blossom on all or most of their component shrubs or
trees, this year it was only in individual trees or patches thereof that the
normal amount of blossom was approached. With the solitary exceptions
of Mountain Ash and the less conspicuous Holly, both of which flowered
very copiously in late spring, none of the other species of shrubs and
trees in this respect seemed to be above the average, or perhaps quite
up to it.

Consequently the same remark almost naturally applies to the fruiting
this season, which might be put, on the whole, as only patchy, this being
due probably to the uncertain weather at the time of flowering.

Of about thirty trees and shrubs recently reported on by widely
separated Yorkshire observers, the fruit crop of 1924 seems, on the whole.

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists' Union : Annual Report , 1924. 89

to fall somewhat below the average. The Mountain Ash is the chief
exception, a full or very full crop being reported, and this was conspicu-
ously evident in October in North-east Yorkshire at Thornton and
Newton Dales and their tributaries. Other species with very fair or
good fruitage are Alder, Elder, Wild Service, Wild Rose (particularly of
the Villosa group), Holly and Hazel, of which nuts with fully-sized
kernels were gathered near Goathland (North Riding) on 12th September.
Respecting the bramble the reports are conflicting, some saying ‘ good
crops,’ others ■ poor,’ but raspberries were prolific and ripened well in
most parts. Few crab-apples ( Pyrus malus ) have been seen anywhere
this autumn ; but orchard crops of applies and pears are good in many
places ; whilst those of the Pruni, Prunus spinosa with var. macrocarpa,
the Sloe, are very fair.

Cultivated varieties of plums in many places have quite good crops.
Of the larger trees of the hard wood type, only broad-leaved Elm, Birch
and Beech have really much fruit, while those of Oak, Ash, Sycamore,
Horse Chestnut are distinctly poor in quantity. If any exception might
be made, the writers of this report would make it for Quercus sessilis
(vel. Q. sessili flora) , which in the dales near Goathland is fairly well
fruited. In the much lower lying East Riding area, particularly in the
Holderness portion, where the Oak flourishes well, but is almost entirely
of the Quercus robur var. pedunculata type, the fruitage is certain not
very plentiful, or with big acorns. Of the several others not specifically
mentioned in the foregoing, the crop may be taken as considerably below
par generally.

While no year’s work in the field can scarcely be without new stations
being added, for one species and another, it is pleasing to note that an
outstanding and entirely new addition to the flora of Yorkshire this year
is that of Veronica hybrida on Moughton Scar, where it was found in
August by Mr. W. K. Mattinson, of Austwick. The plant is spread over
a considerable area on a steep scar, and it is somewhat surprising that it
has escaped notice so long. Or is it not one more piece of evidence of
which Yorkshire Naturalists have had several of late years, that in making
additions to any flora, local or otherwise, there is really no finality (!) —
that we shall still find new things, if only we seek with thoroughness,
assiduity and regularity.

The pages of The Naturalist show conclusively that Yorkshire botanists
are still working. Mention need only be made to Professor Priestley
and Miss Hinchliff’s papers on Vascular Plants Characteristic of Peat.
Mr. R. W. Butcher’s paper on the ‘ Plankton of the River Wharf e,’ and
Mr. W. E. L. Wattam’s papers on the Lichens of various districts, in
addition to the excellent reports of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
excursions by Dr. Pearsall and Mr. F. A. Mason.

GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

(W. S. Bisat and J. Holmes) : — During the current year, as in several
past years, the Geological Section, together with other workers in Lan-
cashire and Yorkshire, has continued the study of the goniatite zones in
the Carboniferous rocks of the North of England. The result of the
Easter meeting at Earbv was fully reported in The Naturalist.

A goniatite-yielding exposure has been discovered at the top of the
Pendleside Limestone north of Flasby Fell, which may possibly be the
locality which furnished Phillips with many specimens. Also during
the year the exact position of the diadema zone in the Gill Beck sequence
has been determined. The presence of the officers of the Geological
Survey in the field, re-surveying the Carboniferous rocks of Lancashire
and the Huddersfield area in Yorkshire, is a happy coincidence, as the
detailed re-mapping of the Grit areas has made it possible to estimate
very closely the thickness of beds from zone to zone in different localities.

1925 Mur. 1

90 Yorkshire Naturalists' Union: Annual Report, 1924.

and some striking variations in thickness have been recorded. A notable
example is the south-westerly thickening of the Upper Grits and Lower
Coal Measures of Lancashire (see Summary of Progress of the Geol. Surv.
for 1923, Appendix II., pp. 150-157 and Fig. 14). The 1923 Summary
is indeed full of new details of the Carboniferous sequence in Yorkshire,
Lancashire, Cumberland, Northumberland and Scotland.

Large numbers of the zones found in Yorkshire have been identified
in Germany by Dr. H. Schmidt, of Gottingen. The sequence of zones
characterised here by inconstans Phill., reticulatum Phill. and its muta-
tions, is found by Dr. Schmidt to occur in Germany also. Below
inconstans , however, there appears to be a gap in the German sequence
extending downwards until the equivalent of our Bowland Shales (the
Culm) is reached. Indeed work in other areas in Britain where Carbon-
iferous rocks are exposed suggests that we have in the Yorkshire-Lan-
cashire-Derbyshire area a much more complete succession than is known
elsewhere. It is hoped that the exposures below the zone of inconstans
investigated by the Geological Survey at Todmorden, together with those
discovered by Mr. Jackson near Edale, in Derbyshire, will amplify and
extend our Gill Beck (Cowling) and Rough Lee exposures', and enable a
complete faunal succession to be carried down to the Bowland Shales.
At present, many isolated records are known from the beds below the
nuculum zone ; but these are difficult to correlate with certainty, and
the bad state of preservation of most of the specimens prevents detailed
diagnosis. Once one descends in the sequence below the nuculum zone
a region is entered where all is doubt and hesitation, until when the
upper part of the Bowland Shales is reached the zone of E. pseudo -bilingue
is entered. Even here determinations are rendered uncertain by the bad
state of preservation of the material available, and it seems possible
that more than one species possessing bilingue- like habit occurs there.
Much more field work is needed, both here and in the lower part of the
Bowland Shales, before a complete mastery of the zonal sequence is
attained .

It seems probable that Dr. Schmidt’s detailed descriptions of material
from the German Culm will prove helpful, especially when a comparison
can be made with Father Waddington’s fine collection from Dinckley
and neighbourhood. A considerable step forward in the correlation of
the northern and southern phases has been made by the discovery by
Mr. Hudson of Goniatites crenistria in the Yoredales.

The Hull Geological Society has been engaged this summer in the
investigation of the sub-Cretaceous clays exposed on the North Lincoln-
shire shore of the Humber at South Ferriby. By the aid of a grant from
the Gloyne Research Fund excavations have been made, and fossilifer-
ous material obtained. This work is still in progress, and so far the
results, though inconclusive, suggest that the topmost clays exposed on
the shore are of Upper Kimmeridgian age, thus indicating beds consider-
ably higher than the Corallian Clays of Melton, near North Ferriby, on
the Yorkshire side of the Humber.

Committee of Suggestions (C. A. Cheetham) : — The pages of The
Naturalist have given evidence of the progress of the work initiated by
this Committee. Mr. W. H. Burrell has made a long and careful micro-
scopic study of the debris found in Pennine Peat, made available to the
student in a paper in the May number. Prof. Priestley and his students
have continued their study of plants growing on Peat, and Dr. Woodhead
and his students, with Mr. Francis Buckley, have thrown considerable
light on the question of the origin of the Peat in the Huddersfield district
( fourn . Bot., October, 1924). If the recent decision of the British Asso-
ciation to investigate the Quaternary Peats of the British Isles is carried
out, our knowledge of Peat should be greatly extended.

The meeting of the Committee in conjunction with the officials of
the West Riding Rivers Board ( The Naturalist, p. 248) will probably

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists' Union: Annual Report, 1924. 91

stimulate the work of Rivers Investigation in the future, and we hope to
see more interest taken in this subject in the coming year.

Coast Erosion. — On this subject there is nothing new to report.

Obituary. — We deplore the loss, through death, of six members
who have been actively identified with the work of the Union, including
a Past -President : — Sir Archibald Geikie, O.M., K.C.B., LL.D. ; Sir
Henry Hawley, Bart. ; Dr. Robert Kidston, F.R.S. ; H. Moore, Arnold
Watson and A. Playdock.

British Association (T. Sheppard) : — The only meeting of the
British Association held in England this year was the Annual Conference
of Delegates, at which your representative had the privilege of presiding.
This was held in the Conference Hall at Wembley on July 22nd, during
the Conference of the Museums Association, the various directors and
other representatives of the Museums and Art Galleries throughout the
country, and also some from the Dominions, being present. Professor
J. L. Myres, M.A., F.S.A., gave an address on ‘ The Preservation of
Sites, Natural and Historical,’ which was ordered to be printed in the
Report of the British Association. There was also a discussion on
‘ flags.’ A vote of condolence was passed to the family of the late Sir
William Herdman, the news of whose unexpected death being received
towards the close of the meeting.

Soppitt Library. — Since the last report the following additions have
been made, and our thanks are due to the donors for these contributions :

' Transactions of the Bradford Natural History and Microscopical
Society,’ ‘ Mollusca of the Bradford District,’ presented by the author
just before leaving this country for Australia ; ‘ The Queensland Natura-
list,’ ‘ The One Hundredth Annual Report of the Whitby Literary and
Philosophical Society, 1922,’ ‘ Transactions of the Botanical Society of
Edinburgh, 1922-3 ; ‘ Transactions and Annual Reports for 1922-3 and
1923-4 of the North Staffordshire Field Club.’

During the year The Naturalist has been kept to its usual standard,
and by the aid of several coloured plates has proved of more interest to
the general reader. In addition to valuable contributions by an in-
creasingly large number of writers, the readers of the journal, by means
of the Notes and Comments, and Northern News items, have been kept
familiar with current literature likely to interest them.

For many blocks and illustrations we are again indebted to Mr. T.
Sheppard. Assistance has also been received from the London and
North Eastern Railway Company, and from the various publishers, with
the coloured plates.

BALANCE SHEET,

November 24, 1924.

LIABILITIES.

£ s.

Amounts owing by Union —

‘ Naturalist,’ etc. 120 2

Subscriptions paid in advance ... 10 1

Life Members’ A/c 139 13

‘Hey’ Legacy A/c 20 0

Balance, being excess of Assets over

Liabilities 94 15

d.

6

0

0

0

9

ASSETS.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

Cash in Bank ... ... ... ... 211 1 5

Cash in hands of Hon. Secretaries ... 0 16 2

,, ,, Hon. Treasurer ... 2 14 8

War Savings Certificates —

£100 (Feb. 12/17) cost
£77 10s. ; present
value, say ... 114 0 0

£25 (Jan. 17/19) cost £19
7s. 6d. ; present
value, say ... 26 0 0

140 0 0

Subscriptions in arrears ... 48 1 6

Written off as unrealisable 18 1 6

30 0 0

£384 12

Audited and found correct, — -

Nov. 21th, 1924,

ALBERT GILLIGAN. ) „ , ...

J. DIGBY FIRTH. ^ Hon. Auditors.

£384 12 3

Investments : — •

‘ Cheesman ’ Fund, £100 5°/0 War Loan.

‘ Booth * Fund, £100 B^°/0 Conversion Loan.

1925 Mar. 1

92 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union : Annual Report , 1923.

STATEMENT OF INCOME AND EXPENDITURE
12 months to November 24, 1924.

INCOME.

£ s. d.

Members’ Annual

Subscriptions; arrears 16 2 0

„ 1924 112 17 6

,, 1925 4 10 6

Levies from Associated

Societies, arrears 1 18 9

„ 1924 13 3 7

£ s.

133 10
15 2

d.

0

4

Sales of Publications ...

Bank Interest

* Booth ’ Fund for printing

10 7

2 3 0

3 10 0

£ s. d.

* Naturalist ’ : —

Subscriptions, arrears 17 17 0

„ 1924 139 10 0

1925 5 10 6

‘ Cheesman ’ Fund, for

illustrations 5 12 3

Actual Income for

year 1924 - £277 16 11

,, Expenditure

for year 1924 278 17 2

168

9 9

EXPENDITURE.

£ s. d.

Expenses of Meetings 7 9 1

Postages, etc. ( including addressing

circulars), (Hon. Secretaries’ A/c) 17 8 2
Printing and Stationery (General A/c) 35 4 6
,, (Hon Treasurer’s A/c) 2 2 9
Postages, etc. ,, ,, 1 14 10

£ s. d.

‘ Naturalist ’ : —

Members’ Copies ... 180 2 3

Exchanges ... ... 5 12 6

Binding 14 6

Editor’s Postages, etc 8 4 10

Stationery, etc.... ... 3 12 0

Extra Illustrations ... 16 1 9

214 17 10

Balance, being Excess of Income over

Expenditure 44 18 6

£323 15 8

£323 15 8

E. HAWKESWORTH,

Hon. Treasurer.

: o :

To those interested in upper Palaeolithic, earliest human and other
cultures, Palaeolithic art, motives for the art, tools, etc., will find a
useful Handbook to the subject in a handy volume entitled Our Fore-
runners, by M. G. Burkitt (London : Williams & Norgate, 228 pp., 2/6).

Professor A. C. Haddon has profuced a new edition of The Races
of Man and Their Distribution (Cambridge University Press, viii.+
184 pp., 6/- net). Few can speak so authoritatively or write so well as
Professor Haddon on this fascinating subject, and his book is illustrated
by photographs of various types of mankind.

The Spirit of the Wild , by H . W. Shepheard -Walmyn. London :
John Lane, XX.+220 pp., 12/6 net. In this beautiful book the author
describes various British animals with a charm that reminds one very
forcibly of the style of Hudson. There are illustrations of the Otter,
Squirrel, Badger, Voles, and numerous other species, all of which are
described in a way which is truly delightful.

Animal Life in the Yosemite, by Joseph Grinnell and T. I.
Storer. London : Cambridge University Press, xviii. + 752 pp., 42/-
net. Produced in the lavish style with which we are familiar in connec-
tion with American scientific publications, this volume deals with the
fauna and flora of the area referred to in a systematic and business-like
manner. At the end are coloured diagrams and maps of the area investi-
gated, and there are coloured plates in the volume itself, which have been
admirably carried out. The authors are certainly to be congratulated
on the completion of a monograph of great scientific interest and value.

Naturalist

93

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MEMOIRS.

With its characteristic energy and charming lack of consistency the
Geological Survey continues to publish its valuable memoirs, some of
which should be brought before the notice of our readers. Well bound
in cloth, on fairly good paper, and with plates consisting of photographs
reproduced by the half-tone process, with sixty-six sketches (maps,
rock sections, etc.) in the text, has been published Tertiary and Post-
tertiary Geology of Mull, Loch Aline and Oban (445 pp., 15s. net),
the title page of which contains an ingenious attempt to include the
names of a good proportion of the staff of the Survey without making the
page appear to be too crowded ; but in this it has failed. Dr. j. S.
Flett, in his Preface, refers to the pioneer work of Dr. Harker, and gives
a summary of the researches in that interesting Island, so far as the
Tertiary and Post-Tertiary Geology is concerned ; a companion volume
apparently will shortly appear dealing with the older rocks. The Survey
has also adopted an ingenious method of assisting a reviewer who may
be disinclined to read the book he ‘ reviews,’ by issuing a notice with the
publication, from which we have extracted the following, as it gives an
excellent summary of the valuable report: — ‘Mull is an “ancient
volcano ’’ which was active in Tertiary times, and has been reduced to
a stump by erosion acting through long ages. In the periphery of the
island lava-flows predominate, of which the island of Staffa furnishes a
famous instance. Between the lavas beds of clay with well-preserved
fossil leaves indicate the forest growths that clothed the slopes of the
volcanic hills. In the centre of the island is found the heart or focus of
the old volcano, showing a marvellous structure of ring-shaped and
cone-shaped intrusions of many different kinds of igneous rock. To
geologists this book will be of great interest as the most elaborate des-
cription of an ancient British volcano that has yet been published.’
Most of the notes are initialled, so that if one is fortunate enough to be
personally acquainted with the owners, one can place the correct amount
of reliance upon any opinions expressed. The map to accompany the
Memoir on the Island of Mull is one of the most complicated pieces of
colour-printing that we have seen for some time, and the selection of the
colours has been so carefully made that there is nothing displeasing to
the eye, and the various rocks can be distinguished with ease. The map,
Sheet 44, on the scale of one inch to the mile, can be obtained through
the usual sources at the remarkably low price of 3s. From the same
source has been issued The Economic Geology of the Central Goal-
fields of Scotland, Area VI., Bathgate, Wilsontown and Shotts with
Braehead, Fauldhouse, Armadale and Harthill, by M. Macgregor and
E . M. Anderson (iv. + 134 pp., 5s. net) , with contributions by others. In
this case the cover is of stiff cardboard, and along the back is a strip of
brown cloth upon which the title is clearly printed in large letters.
The volume is the seventh of a series referring to the Economic Geology
of the Central Coalfields of Scotland, and ‘ deals in detail with the econ-
omic geology of the country stretching from Torphichen southwards by
Bathgate and Blackburn to Wilsontown and Braehead, and extending in
a westerly direction to Allanton, Kirk of Shotts and Forrestfield. With
the exception of the Barren Red Measures all d ivisions of the Carboniferous
Formation are represented, and the succession as proved by shaft sections
and borings in different parts of the area is illustrated by three plates of
comparative vertical sections. Full details are given regarding thickness
and depth of the various coal and ironstone seams, the areas over which
they are present, the occurrence of fossiliferous index -beds, the direction
and size of the more important faults, and the minor folding affecting
this part of the Lanarkshire basin.’ With regard to the method of
binding, the next four volumes are uniform, though different from either
of those already referred to, and different again from the last two to
be mentioned in these notes. The covers are of fairly substantial thick

1925 Mar. 1

94

Geological Survey Memoirs.

buff-coloured paper, surrounded by the Royal Arms, and the title has
evidently been arranged by a printer who has had an eye for effect,
which is quite a pleasing feature of these particular Survey publications.
The first of the series is an account of The Geology of the Country
Around Dartford, by Messrs. Dewey, Bromehead, Chatwin and Dines
(vi.-j-i36 pp., 3s. net). The beds from the Upper Cretaceous to the
Pleistocene deposits are described in detail, as well as various aspects of
economic geology, etc. There are plates which are surprisingly well
produced, that of the Micrasters from the Chalk being as good as anything
that might be expected from, say, The Journal of the Geological Society .
A companion volume is The Geology of the Country Around Hertford ,
by Dr. R. L. Sherlock and R. W. Pocock (vii.+66 pp., is. 6d. net).
Naturally it deals largely with the gravels and similar superficial deposits
which occur in the area around Hertford, St. Albans, Welwyn and the
Lea Valley. There are interesting notes on the Chalk, and Dr. Sherlock
gives Reports on the Microzoa in the Glacial Sands. Summary of
Progress of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and the Museum
of Practical Geology for the Year 1923 (iv. + i73 pp., 4s. net). This
Record is now produced in this more or less respectable series, and we
are not sorry to lose the familiar flimsy covering of previous years. A
perusal of the volume gives an excellent idea of the ramifications of this
important Government department, and makes one wonder how such
reports are possible with the greater proportion of the working
collections still nailed up with hoardings. Volume XXVIII. of the
Special Reports on the Mineral Resources of Great Britain, which com-
menced during the war, deals with Refractory Materials : Fireclays.
Analyses and Physical Tests, by F. R. Ennos and Alexander Scott
(iv. + 84 pp., 3s. net). After giving an introduction dealing with the
mode of occurrence of Fireclays, etc., and Physical Tests, many analyses
and statistics likely to be of service are quoted. In the next two Memoirs
we are introduced to the type and general appearance of what seems to
be the ‘ prehistoric ’ style of the Survey Memoirs, though the light -
coloured cover is certainly stouter than the old ones, and another form
of the Royal Arms decorates it, as also the title-page inside. In The
Geology of the Country near Brighton and Worthing, by H. J.
Osborne White (vi. -f- 114 pp., 3s. 6d. net), the author describes
the Wealden, Lower Greensand and Selbornian Beds ; The Chalk ;
Eocene Beds and Superficial Deposits ; and has notes on the Economic
Geology. There are plates which give a smartness to the appearance of
the volume, and illustrations in the text, though some of the latter
unfortunately remind us very forcibly of the earlier Survey Memoirs.
The author is thoroughly up to date, and has even included particulars
of quite recent archaeological researches in the area. The Geology of
the Country Around Flint, Hawarden and Caergwrle, by C. B.
Wedd and W. B. R. King (viii. + 222 pp., 6s. 6d. net) is similar in
appearance to that already described, and most of the remarks made
also apply to this volume. Messrs. Wedd and King, however, have a
very different and much more complicated area to deal with, as it includes
Silurian, Triassic and Glacial beds, while the greater proportion of the
area is occupied by Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone Grit and the
Coal Measures. All these are dealt with in great detail, as is also the
question of the fire clays and water supply.

: o :

The question of The Khapra Beetle and its Influence on the Moisture
Content of Malt in Store is an exceptionally important one from the
brewer’s point of view, and some notes on this subject by Mr. H. S.
Taylor and Mr. F. A. Mason appear in Bulletin No. 13 of the Bureau of
Bio -Technology .

Naturalist

95

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The subscription to The Scottish Naturalist has been reduced from
1 5/- to 12/6 per annum.

‘ Bridlington Wild Flowers ’ is the title of a couple of articles which
appeared in the now defunct N atureland for 1924.

D. Marsden, in the ' Lincolnshire County List ' ( Wild Flower Maga-
zine, January) thinks that Car ex Limosa is a county record.

‘ Notes on the Nesting of the Short-eared Owl in Yorkshire/ by
E. A. Armstrong and G. W. Phillip, are printed in British Birds for Feb-
ruary.

The Marquess of Tavistock describes how the ‘ Queen Alexandra ’
became egg-bound and then laid an egg, in The Avicultural Magazine
for December.

Open Air, ‘ the magazine for lovers of nature and out-door life,’ has
followed in the wake of a number of other journals recently, and has
ceased publication.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for January contains, among
others, a note on ‘ Priobium eichhoff- Seidl., a Species of Coleoptera New
to the British List,’ by Horace Donisthorpe.

The Selborne Magazine , No. 352, covering the period October, 1923,
to January, 1925 (pages 169 to 184), has been published, and includes
various items likely to interest Selbornians, as well as the Bird Sanctuary
Committee’s Balance Sheet.

An excellent coloured plate illustrating a paper on ‘ Aberrations of
Lepidoptera from Northern Ireland,’ by Thomas Green, appears in The
Entomologist for January. The species illustrated are Argynnis aglaia,
Lycaena icarus, Euchloe cardamines, Melitaea aurinia var. hibernica,
and Pieris napi.

We learn from the concluding part of The Irish Naturalist that the
Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club is considering the advisability of issuing
a monthly magazine of natural history, archaeology, and literature.
This presumably will take the place of the journal which has just com-
pleted its thirty-third volume.

In The Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany), dated November
29th, G. Erdtman gives results of some valuable ‘ Studies in the Micro-
palaeontology of Post-glacial Deposits in Northern Scotland and the
Scotch Isles, with special reference to the history of the Woodlands.’
His results are principally achieved by examining the pollen present in
the peat.

In some ‘ Archaeological Notes ’ appearing in Man for January, by
M. P. Burkitt (the precise purport of which does not seem quite clear),
he advises ‘ Prehistorians interested in Upper Palaeolithic Art ’ to be
‘on the look out for a new find of a tiny statuette representing a mammoth,
made apparently of a sort of sandstone, reddish in colour, from the loess of
Moravia and Austria.’ Without going so far afield, prehistorians are
still on the look out for a promised memoir of a tiny statuette, repre-
senting a mammoth, made apparently of a sort of chalk, whitish in
colour, from the east of England, which geologists aver is a part of an
ammonite. We hope the Moravian -Austrian specimen is not of that ilk.

The Editor of Discovery in his December number begins well ! He
states ‘ One of the worst troubles associated with writing about war is
that a large number of people who avoided their responsibilities during
the war write hysterical letters to you about it. This leads to a natural
avoidance of the subject. People do not like to be written to by a lot of
well-meaning neurasthenics and a perceptible percentage of traitors,

internationalised aliens and a general precipitate of the unfit In

order to avoid disappointment, let me say here and now that I do not
intend to answer any letters on this subject. Life is too short to worry
about other people’s complexes unless one is a professional psycho-
analyst.’ And he still wants new subscribers !

1925 Mar. 1

96

NORTHERN NEWS.

Dr. A. C. Haddon has been awarded the first Rivers’ Memorial Medal
for anthropological work in the field.

Professor J. Arthur Thomson writes on ‘ The Fox ’ in The Journal of
the Ministry of Agriculture for January.

In Part XLIX. of Buckman’s Type Ammonites are figures of A . vitreus.
and A . hamiltoni, both from Robin Hood’s Bay.

With reference to the recent report of the burglary at one of the Hull
museums, a London correspondent suggests it is a case of ‘ the biter
bitten.’

We notice from the Minutes of a Yorkshire Library Committee that
‘ the Committee further considered the question of replacing one of the.
small pinnacles on the roof of the librar}^ building : Resolved that the
pinnacle be not replaced, but that the opposite pinnacle be made to
correspond with the remaining portion of the damaged one.’

We learn from the recent press that ‘ The vicar of St. Paul’s, Llanelly,
dug up in his garden a stone spear and arrow head, which the British
Museum experts state are the finest relics of the Stone Age yet found in
this country.’ With all due respect to his reverence, we don’t believe
either that the specimens are the finest yet found in this country or that
the British Museum experts said so.

From another paper (Feb. 8th) we gather that ‘ A Stone Age axe-
head, believed by experts to be fifteen thousand years old, has been dug
up in an Oldbury (Worcestershire) marl hole. It is believed to be of
Welsh stone, and is to be placed in the museum at Birmingham Art
Gallery.’ Notwithstanding the ‘ experts,’ again, we think the date given
is ‘ grossly exaggerated.’

We have received a useful copy of ‘ Rules and Syllabus of the Leeds
Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Association,’ for 1925, the Hon. Secretary
being Mr. E. J. T. Ingle, 18 Stratton Street, Leeds. It contains a list
of members, syllabus of excursions and lectures, names of the recorders,
information relating to the boundaries of the Society’s sphere of operation,,
a useful map, and library catalogue.

As already announced in the Annual Report of the Yorkshire Natura-
lists’ Union, the death of Sir Archibald Geikie removes from the geological
world one of its greatest ornaments. Our members will recollect that a.
few years ago he was President of the Union, his address being printed
in this Journal for January, 1918, and in the same volume, page 57,
appeared an excellent portrait, which Sir Archibald sent specially as
he considered it the best one he had ever had taken. (See also page 78 )a

We have received from Mr. T. Petch, of Peradeniya, Ceylon, further
evidences of his interesting studies among the Fungi. Reprinted from
The Annals of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya are Gregarious
Flowering ; Musa Troglodytarum L. ; Thread Blights ; Revisions of
Ceylon Fungi ; Cassia Leschenaultiana D. C. ; Agaricaceae Pleuropodes
Zeylanicae ; Ceylon Pink-spored Agarics. Reprinted from The Trans-
actions of the British Mycological Society, Studies in Entomogenous
Fungi, IV. ; Some Ceylon Cordyceps ; V. Myriangium.

At the Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, held at
Sheffield, Mr. Arthur Whitaker exhibited a case containing preserved
larvse of about two hundred species of British Macro -lepidoptera, also a
collection of bats in which were not only specimens of all the British
species (with the exception of the very rare Bechstein’s bat), but also
immature examples of many. In addition to these he showed a case
illustrating unusual variations in the eggs of many kinds of birds due to
lack of pigmentation, including blue unspotted eggs of the chaffinch,
blackbird, missel thrush, spotted flycatcher, black -headed gull, lesser
black-backed gull, snipe, arctic tern, curlew, etc., and unspotted white
eggs of the blackbird, robin, sedge warbler, and meadow pipit.

Naturalist

W. F. H. ROSENBERG

IMPORTER OF EXOTIC ZOOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

57 HAVERSTOGK HILL, LONDON, N.W.3, ENGLAND,
and at 25 Cromwell Place, S.W.7.,

IBegs to announce the publication of a new Price List of Birds’ Eggs, including
about 700 species from various parts of the world.

This List will be mailed free on application, as will the following : — Birds’
Skins (5,500 species), Lepidoptera, with supplement (8,000 species), Apparatus
and Natural History Requisites.

New Price Lists of Mammals, Reptiles, Fishes, etc., are in course of pre-
paration. All Museums and Private Collectors should write for these lists.

All specimens sent on approval.

Kindly state which Lists are required and give name of this Periodical.

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

96 pages, Crown Svo, Illustrated , Art Cloth Boards, lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

" A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

BINDING “ THE NATURALIST ”

Volumes of THE NATURALIST for
any year can be bound in a serviceable
and attractive Cloth Case, dark blue
and gilt lettered on back and side. Price
4/- per volume, or post free 4/6.

A. BROWN & SONS, LIMITED

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

{Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to {gf/X ni,/)» 2^3 PaSes> with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10J6jiet, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen— VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — -XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — -“This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.’’

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

Issued Monthly, illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 15/ - per annum, post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated “ The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists’ Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper, Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M;B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; Hugh S.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.

EDINBURGH— OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33, PATERNOSTER ROW.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown Sc Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

March, 1925*

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

APRIL, 1925.

No. 819

No. 593 of current Series

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

of British Earthquakes ; Early Museums ; Cook’s Voyages ; Other
Museums ; Exit N atureland ; Not W. Percival Kay Pike Robinson ?

■£250,000 Gift for Education ; Geological Society Awards ; Zoological
Literature ; Objections ; ‘ Parlous and Unsafe ’ Foundations ; Optical
Glass ; Halifax Naturalists ; ‘ Picturesque Europe ’ ; Fishery

Investigation ; Distribution of Young Herring ; Growth and Death 97-106’
Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) — Dr. L. F. Spath ... 107-112
Hemiptera from North-east Yorkshire — James M. Brown, B.Sc.,

F.L.S., F.E.S. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 113-116

On the Pliocene Crag of Tjornes, North Iceland — Hans Schlesch,

M.A.S.

Field Notes (illustrated) : — Little ..Gull at Whitby; Storm Petrel in
Sheffield ; Green Plover from Oland caught near Louth ; Iceland
Gulls at Scarborough ; Little Owl at Bridlington ; Grey Squirrel
near Ripon ; Irish Elk Remains in Cumberland ; Ocellated Sand
Skink ( Chalcides ocellalus) at Scarborough ; Large Squid on the
Yorkshire Coast ; Unusually large Fatherslasher at Scarborough ;
Saturnia carpini in the Huddersfield District ... ... ... 112,

Proceedings of Scientific Societies

Bibliography : — Geology of the North of England — T. Sheppard,

117-118

119-122
1 18

M.Sc., F.G.S

Book Notice

News from the Magazines ...

The Study of Chironomids — W . D. Hincks
Northern News
Illustrations
Plate IV.

106, 122
100, no,

123-125

125

1 16, 126
127
127, 128

120, I 2 I

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

BRYOLOGICAL SECTION.

Easter Excursion, 1925.

Will members please note that Headquarters are changed to Mr. A. Camm,
The Ingleborough Hotel, Ingleton, to whom applications for rooms should be
sent. The same ground will be worked as from Austwick.

F. E. MILSOM, Hon. Sec.,

High Cross, Kirkburton,

Huddersfield.

GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

Easter Week-end Field Meeting at Clapham, April 10th to 13th, for

the investigation of the shales exposed in the streams draining from Bowland
Knotts to the River Wenning.

Headquarters : —

The Flying Horse Shoe Hotel,

Clapham Station ,

via Lancaster.

Terms : 12/6 per day.

Members wishing for rooms should apply direct to the Proprietor, Mr. Bell.

JOHN HOLMES, Hon. Sec.,

Crosshills, nr. Keighley.

BOOKS WANTED.

Alford Nat. Hist. Soc. Reports. Set.

Bath Field Nat. and Arch. Soc. Vols. VIII. -XI.

Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society Reports, 1870, 1872-3.

Burnley Lit. and Sci. Soc. Parts 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25.
Chester Soc. Nat. Science : Ann. Reports, i.-iv.

Cleveland Lit. & Phil. Soc. Trans. Science Section or others.

Croydon Nat. Soc. 6th Report.

Dudley and Midland Geol. etc., Soc. Vols. II. -IV.

Discovery. (Liverpool, 4to). 1891.

Derby Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc. Part 21.

Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Science. Vols. I., II., III.

Dublin Geol. Soc. Vol. I., pt. 1, 1830? ; Vol. VII., parts 1-3 (or complete
Vols.). 1855.

Eastbourne Naturalist (1 part),

Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. Vols. II. -Ill, (or parts), and part 6 of new series.
Frizinghall Naturalist. (Lithographed) Vol. I., and part 1 of Vol. II.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Repository, Mackie's. Vols. II., III.

Geol. Assoc. Proc. Vol. I., Part 1.

Geological Magazine, 1894.

Apply — Editor, The Museum, Hull.

FOR SALE.

FNE COPY OF SMITH’S LARGE GEOLOGICAL MAP
OF ENGLAND AND WALES, 1815, in perfect condition,
signed by William Smith. Measures 6 ft. by 8J ft. Scale : Five
miles to 1 inch. Price £15. Apply Messrs. A. Brown & Sons,
Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.

,-f

The Naturalist, 1925.

Plate IV.

;ncy Square Mill, Sussex, 1797.

97

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

OLD WINDMILLS.

Many besides naturalists will regret the disappearance
from the countryside of windmills, especially those of the old
peg-and-post type. One of the most instructive papers on
this subject which we have seen in recent years, amply illus-
trated, appears in No. 2 of The Brighton and Hove Archceologist .
In his paper on ‘ Our Windmills/ Mr. William Law illus-
trates and describes the various picturesque structures in
Sussex, and traces their evolution from the earliest form to
the latest. He permits us to reproduce herewith, Plate IV.,
and in this will be seen the method at one time adopted for
removing a windmill from one position to another. It will
be noticed that oxen are used for the purpose, Sussex being
the only English county to-day in which these animals are
used for draught purposes. Formerly the farmers in East
Yorkshire regularly used them in this way.*

MAGGOTS AND MAN.

We understand from an elaborate review in The Evening
Standard ', of a shilling book written by a schoolboy in London,
with the above heading, noticed at some length in The Pub-
lishers’ Circular recentty, that our ideas as to Evolution ;
The Origin of Life, etc., are to be revised, assuming that the
opinions of the schoolboy in question are to be relied upon.
According to him the beginning of animate nature was in the
form of a maggot, the presence of which he accounts for ■ very
simply, as that it ‘ came from a bad smell.’ He goes on to
say, ‘ Evolution means that everything is always becoming
something else. Boys become men. Bicycles become motor-
cars. Motor-cars become charabancs (sfc). Eggs become
Chickens. Broadly speaking, this is how Evolution acted on
the maggots : Some of the maggots fell into the sea. These
maggots became fishes. Some of the more enterprising fishes
got on to the dry land and became frogs. The frogs became
rabbits. The rabbits that were not good to eat became cats.
The more warlike cats became dogs. The clever dogs becaipe
monkeys. The superior monkeys became apes. The aristo-
cratic apes became ape-men. The ape-men became South-
Sea Islanders. The South Sea Islanders became Red Indians.
The Red Indians became Chinamen. The Chinamen became
Huns. The Huns became Germans. The Germans became
Frenchmen. The Frenchmen became Englishmen. And
that’s as far as we’ve got. The Englishmen is the highest
animal in the world.’

* See ‘ Old Farming Methods in East Yorkshire,’ 'Hull M it stum
Publications , No. 132, 1923.

1925 April 1

G

98

Notes and Comments.

THE EVOLUTION OF MAN.*

Dr. Elliott Smith brings together a number of interesting
essays in this volume and pays particular attention to the
views of Dr. Charles Hose. The author explains that his
addresses will ‘ perhaps elucidate the general principles,
without which most of the excellent works dealing with
various aspects of the study of Man are apt to be very bewilder-
ing to the student. At the present time there is no book that
explains these general principles in the only logical way they
are susceptible of interpretation, namely, as an historical
inquiry into the circumstances of Man's origin and descent.
It is essential that the student should aim at understanding
man’s pedigree : for until some clear conception of the

sequence of changes through which the ancestors of the Human
Family passed to their progress toward the attainment of
Man’s estate it is useless to attempt to understand how the
distinctively human powers of" intelligence emerged.’

THE CHARACTER OF RACES, f

This substantial volume from the Yale University describes
the Character of Races as influenced by physical environment,
natural selection and historical development, and pays par-
ticular stress upon the question of natural selection. The
author devotes much space to a somewhat speculative account
of man’s evolution and migrations. An idea of the nature of
his theme may be gathered from the titles of certain chapters,
namely, Glaciation and the Supremacy of Europe ; The Sup-
pression of America ; The Anomalies of Aboriginal America ;
The Asiatics who dwell in Tents ; Jews, Armenians and
Turks ; Cycles of Chinese History ; The Scourge of Famine ;
The Contrast between Greeks and Irish ; and The Dispersal
of the Northmen. The volume is illustrated by numerous
maps and diagrams, and has a long list of references and a
good index.

A HISTORY OF BRITISH EARTHQUAKES 4

Dr. Charles Davison has long been known as our authority
on British Earthquakes, and in the present volume has brought
together the results of thirty- five years’ researches. In it he
has compiled a catalogue of all known British earthquakes,
has traced the zones in which the greatest changes have
recently occurred, in which the forces are yet alive, and
discovered some of the laws that rule the growth of the forces.

* By G. Elliot Smith. London : Oxford University Press, viii.+
159 pp., 8/6 net.

f By E. Huntington. London : Charles Scribner’s, Sons, xvi.+

393 pp., 25/- net.

+ By Charles Davison. London : Cambridge University Press,

xviii. + 4i6 pp., 25/- net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

99

Dr. Davison considers that the study of British Earthquakes
•commenced in 1750, when Dr. Stukeley described that ‘ Year
of Earthquakes,' there being then five notable shocks in
England. The volume is wonderfully well illustrated, and
portions of it are familiar to regular readers of The Geological
Magazine and other technical journals. The author and the
publishers are to be congratulated on bringing these scattered
observations together.

EAkLY MUSEUMS.

The Australian Magazine, edited by Dr. C. Anderson, is

Bullock’s Museum, Piccadilly.

excellently prepared and illustrated, and gives English
Museum Curators a good idea of the activities of our friends
in the antipodes. In No. 3, Vol. 2 of that publication, Mr.
Tom Iredale gives an interesting account of Museums of the
Past, which is illustrated by a number of quaint blocks, two
of which we are permitted to reproduce,

cook’s voyages.

‘ The rapid growth of the natural history museum in the
English-speaking world in the early years of last century is
almost entirely due to the impetus given by Cook’s Voyages
•of Discovery. When Captain Cook accepted the leadership

1925 April 1

100

Notes and Comments.

of the expedition to observe the transit of Venus, he was
undoubtedly ambitious of discovery, but probably little
anticipated the results of his voyages. The Linnean age had
just blossomed, but it might never have borne fruit had it
not been for the achievements of Cook’s companions, including
a pupil of Linne. Joseph Banks, a man of wealth, young and
enthusiastic, obtained permission to accompany Cook, and
selected as his mentor a very learned scientist, Dr. CarL
Solander, a favourite student of Linne. Banks also had with
him a staff of artists, who made paintings on the spot of the
specimens obtained. Although Banks and Solander were
mainly interested in botany, they made huge zoological

Interior of the Ashmolean Museum.

Note the Dodo behind the Giraffe, the only Specimen known to have been
in a British collection.

collections, and, as Banks paid all the expenses of himself
and his staff, all the collections were his private property,
which, upon his return, he freely gave to private individuals,,
who were fully appreciative of their value.’

OTHER MUSEUMS.

‘ The British Museum was practically a new institution,,
and being a novelty it had to compete with private collections,

a stage long since passed Thoresby, of York, attempted

to emulate Ashmole with a collection, but he was weak on
the natural history side, a most valued possession being the
leaf of a pineapple. Grew’s collection, left to Gresham

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

IOI

College, and of which a catalogue was published, is of little
interest to us, nor is Courtin’s (later Charleton), but these
lead us up to Sloane.’

EXIT ■ NATURELAND.’

In April, 1922, we drew attention to two new natural history
publications of the excessively popular type, and regretted
that, in our opinion, they did not appear to fill a real want ;
nor could we quite judge the class of reader catered for by the
publications. One of them, Natur eland, has ceased publica-
tion, the regrettable feature in connection with which is that,
assuming it has contained important scientific information
during its brief career, its early demise makes the work
exceedingly difficult to refer to, as few libraries will keep
it. In our own case we have been unable to see or purchase
the last part issued for October, 1924.

NOT W. PERCIVAL KAY PIKE ROBINSON ?

‘ Many of our most respected and intelligent authors
spend half their time during the spring and summer crouching
in the grass or hiding in hedges or sitting in the tops of trees
for the sole purpose of observing the beatified existence of
the animal world. In the winter time, when the trees and
hedges are bare, and it is no use sitting in them, they sit in
quagmires amongst the reeds, hoping that the sight of a duck
or a bittern may be vouchsafed to them, or that a water-vole
may come and gambol near their boots. No hardships or
privations are sufficient to deter them from this rite. Rising
before dawn on the coldest days, they cook a hasty breakfast
and go out into the marshes to prostrate themselves in front
of a teal.— Punch, February nth.

£250,000 GIFT FOR EDUCATION.

The public announcement of the gift of £250,000 by the
Rt. Hon. T. R. Ferens towards a University College for Hull
reminds us to what a large extent the people of that city are
depending upon private assistance in connection with its
educational institutions. At the present time a new Art
Gallery, costing something like £90,000, together with its site
in the centre of the city, is the gift of the same gentleman.
He has presented over £11,000 towards pictures for the per-
manent collection, without which the probability is the present
Art Gallery in the City Hall would not have existed. Other
gifts of Mr. Ferens include over £9,000 for the site for a new
Technical College, amounts set aside for scholarships, playing
fields, almshouses, boating lake, etc. The site and building
for the Museum of Fisheries and Shipping at Hull were the
gift of the late Christopher Pickering ; the Mortimer Collec-
tion of Prehistoric Antiquities and Geology was purchased for
the city by Colonel Clarke ; the restoration of the Wilberforce

1925 April 1

102.

Notes and Comments.

Museum and its valuable oak chimney pieces, etc., was
possible through the generosity of Messrs. Francis and Arnold
Reckitt, Sir Walter Cockerline, Messrs. Charles and James
Downs, and others ; and the New Commercial Museum has
been decorated, heated, lit, furnished and fitted up almost
entirely by the generosity of various Hull business firms.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AWARDS.

The Geological Society of London has made the following
Awards of Medals and Funds : The Wollaston Medal to Mr.
G. W. Lamplugh, in recognition of his researches ‘ concerning
the mineral structure of the Earth,’ especially in connexion
with Stratigraphy and Glaciology ; the Murchison MedaL
together with a sum of Ten Guineas, to Dr. H. H. Thomas, as
an acknowledgment of the value of his researches on the
Petrology of the British Isles ; the Lyell Medal, together with
a sum of Twenty-five Pounds to Mr. J. F. N. Green, in recog-
nition of the value of his researches among the older rocks of
the British Isles ; the Bigsby Medal to Mr. C. W. Knight, as
an acknowledgment of his eminent services to Geology, and
more especially of his work on the pre-Cambrian rocks and
on the metalliferous deposits of Ontario ; the Balance of the
Proceeds of the Wollaston Donation Fund to' Dr. A. Brammall,
in recognition of the value of his mineralogical researches on
the constitution of the West-of-England granites ; the balance
of the Proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund to Dr.
A. E. Trueman, in recognition of the value of his researches
on the Palaeontology of the Invertebrata ; a Moiety of the
Balance of the Proceeds of the Lyell Geological Fund to Dr.
J. A. Thomson, in recognition of the value of his researches
on the Petrology and Palaeontology of New Zealand ; and to
Dr. W. A. Richardson, in recognition of the value of his
researches in Petrology. We should like to congratulate a
past -president of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union on the
honour he has received.

ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE.

At a well-attended meeting of British practical Zoologists,
recently held in the rooms of the Zoological Society of London,
under the chairmanship of Mr. Tate Regan, Dr. G. A. K.
Marshall gave an excellent account of the work British Zoo-
logists are doing in preparing a summary of current zoological
literature. Among those who spoke on the subject were Prof.
Gamble, Sir Sidney Harmer, Prof. MacBride, Prof. F. Balfour
Brown and many others. Eventually the following resolution
was passed, unanimously : — \ This meeting of British Zoo-
logists is of opinion that it is in the highest degree desirable
that an effort should be made to extend the system of publish-
ing comprehensive abstracts of zoological literature, and we

Naturalist

103

Notes' and Comments .

desire to place on record, our great appreciation of the work
that has been done to this end by the American Committee
for/ ‘ Biological Abstracts. ” We are, however, also of opinion
that the scheme that has recently been submitted for our
approval is open to serious objection in various directions.

OBJECTIONS.

Only some of these need be mentioned, viz. : — (i) The
magnitude of the work involved appears to have been under-
estimated ; (2) The financial arrangements so far made public
are obviously quite inadequate for the purpose, which is a
most serious point. It would be folly to assume that any
publication of abstracts in pure science can be made self-
supporting, and no scheme of this kind should be put into
operation until satisfactory arrangements have been made for
some permanent endowment. (3) The proposal to publish
the abstracts of the' whole of biological literature in a single
journal is unsatisfactory ; such a journal would be extremely
cumbersome and highly inconvenient for all classes of workers.
Bearing in mind the probable great increase of literature in
the future, a much sounder plan would be to institute separate
journals dealing with convenient sections of scientific work.
(4) The abstracts will be very much shorter than those now
being published in this country, and this brevity will seriously
detract from their value to most workers. (5) The estimates
for indexing are entirely inadequate. (6) No provision has
been made for the utilisation or co-ordination of the various
biological abstracting organisations that already exist in
this country, and deal adequately with several branches of
science ; apparently it is proposed to re-duplicate their work,
but in a less useful form. In the circumstances we consider
that this scheme requires drastic revision.’

PARLOUS AND UNSAFE FOUNDATIONS.

In Man for February, Mr. J. Reid Moir quotes Mr. Miles
Burkitt, who states, ‘ The problem of how far Solutrean
implements occur in England has long exercised prehistorians.
The laurel leaf is by no means a typical tool, unless it is
found stratigraphically in Upper Palaeolithic deposits, or
associated with quarternary fauna. Single tools/especially
when they are not massive, easily get displaced, sometimes
to considerable depths, and a laurel leaf found isolated may
be almost any date from Solutrean to Bronze Age times.’ To
this Mr. J. R. Moir adds : — f Now, this statement of Mr.
Burkitt ’s is, to me, in the highest degree disturbing, as if a
landmark ” in prehistoric archaeology like the Solutrean
blade is to be cast aside as of no typological value, then the
very foundations of the edifice we are all helping to build are
indeed in a parlous, and unsafe, condition. I, therefore,

1925 April l

104

Notes and Comments.

made haste to refer to the works of some well-known authori-
ties in order to see whether they share my friend's disquieting
views on the Solutrean laurel leaf implement — and to my
great relief I found that they do not/ Personally, we have
considered for some time that the edifice which ‘ prehistorians ’
have erected was * parlous and unsafe/ and so long as experts
of the type of Mr. Miles Burkitt and Mr. Reid Moir differ so
widely in their views, students must feel themselves in a
difficulty.

OPTICAL GLASS.

From a paper on ‘ Optical Glass/ appearing in The
Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow,
Vol. LII., we learn that : 4 To the Rev. W. Vernon Harcourt,
the first Vice-Presiddent of the British Association, who
commenced experimental work about the year 1834, there is
attributable the systematic investigation of a great variety of
new types of glass. Harcourt investigated the effects of
practically all the metallic elements known at that date.
From Harcourt 's work it is evident that he experienced
difficulty in obtaining the requisite temperatures/ and he
devised a hydrogen furnace, the construction of which was
made possible by a grant from the Association. ‘ While the
arrangement indicated would suffice for the investigation of
colourless silicates, it cannot be regarded as at all suitable
for the investigation of optical glass, owing to the necessarily
very small size of the platinum pot employed, and to the
impossibility of stirring the medium. Unless experimental
melts are stirred, it is hardly possible to obtain pieces of
glass, the optical constants of which can be measured with
the necessary accuracy, and that difficulty was certainly
experienced by Harcourt. The apparatus itself was designed
and constructed by the engineer, Mr. Bryan Donkin/

HALIFAX NATURALISTS.

We learn from the Halifax Daily Courier that f at the recent
annual meeting of the Halifax Scientific Society, over which
Mr. H. Waterworth presided, Mr. J. H. Lumb, presenting the
details of the year's work, gave the present membership as
223, and the average attendance at the various meetings as
50, commenting that the latter figure was a lower record than
had obtained in any of the previous fifteen years. The dis-
tinction of honorary life membership had been conferred on
Mr. Walter Emmott, a foundation member, and Mr. F.
Barker, Secretary for twenty years. Nearly five thousand
visitors attended the exhibition promoted for celebrating the
Society’s jubilee. The Treasurer, Mrs. Colledge, announced a
balance of £13 in hand. Mr. Waterworth attributed the
decreased attendance to the constant changing of the meeting

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

105

room. The usefulness of the Society could not be estimated
by the number attending the lectures. Very satisfactory
results had been achieved by the sections, which were in a
healthy condition. The following officers were elected
President, Mr. H. Waterworth ; Secretaries, Mr. J. H. Lumb
and Miss E. H. Lumb ; Treasurer, Mrs. Colledge, L.L.A. At
an exhibition of objects, several members provided microscopes
and material for examination under them. The photographic
section hung a fine array of prints, Mr. S. H. Hamer showed
a portion of his collection of old coins, Mr. C. J. Spencer a
number of fossils, Mr. H. Lawson and Mr. S. Tidswell botanical
specimens, Mr. W. Eastwood cases of insects, Mr. W. R.
Verity a couple of rare local birds, which, with books, steoro-
scopic and nature photographs, etc., were perused with profit.’

PICTURESQUE EUROPE.

Messrs. Hutchinson & Co., who have already produced
excellent publications dealing with animal and plant life,
etc., are now producing Picturesque Europe at 1/3 a part, with
coloured and tinted illustrations of some of the most charming
parts of that great continent. The first issue is a wonderful
panorama of marvellous monuments, natural and artificial.
The frontispiece is a coloured illustration of Pompeii, with
Vesuvius in the distance, and whether pictures of mountain
scenery, prehistoric carvings, cathedrals, vineyards, , etc., all
the numerous illustrations are equally fascinating.

FISHERY INVESTIGATION.

The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries has issued its
< First Report on the Young Herring in the Southern North
Sea and English Channel,’ in which Dr. W. Wallace deals
with the distribution and growth of Larval and Post-Larval
Stages, and Mr. J. N. Carruthers refers to the Water Move-
ments of the North Sea in relation to the Geographical Dis-
tribution of Post-Larval Herring. The Report contains
several valuable tables and diagrams. The only complaint
we have to make is that for 84 pages the price of 13/- seems
rather high, and will probably interfere with the large circu-
lation of the report among those concerned in the fishing
industry, which seems a pity. The Report can be obtained
from any of H.M. Stationery Offices.

DISTRIBUTION OF YOUNG HERRING.

From the Introduction we gather that : ‘ In the programme
of the Herring Committee of the International Council the
following items occur: — “4. Investigation of the younger
stages of herring, especially in regard to their distribution.”

“5. Investigation of the rate of growth of all stages ”

‘‘7. Location of the spawning places, especially by the
occurrence of the eggs or newly-hatched larvse .....” The

1925 April 1

io6 Notes and Comments ,

present report constitutes the first contribution on the part of
England to the supply of information required under these
three heads. Part I. (now published) deals with the dis-
tribution of the larval and post larval stages, and is essentially
an attempt to locate the principal spawning regions in the
Southern North Sea and English Channel, and to trace, with;
the aid of concurrent data as to drift, the subsequent move-
ments of the fry from the spawning areas to other parts of-
the sea and finally to various inshore waters where they
appear as “ whitebait.” Part II. (held over for separate
publication at an early date) will deal with the whitebait
stages in the Thames Estuary and other inshore waters off
the East Coast of England. In that part an attempt will be
made, so far as the available material permits, to link up
these later inshore stages with certain groups of post-larvae
in the open sea, in order to arrive at some conclusions as to
where and when the whitebait herrings of a particular locality
were spawned, and finally to trace their growth-rate up to
the time of formation of the first winter ring in the scales.
Part II. will, therefore, be a natural sequel to Part 1/
GROWTH AND DEATH.

At a recent meeting of the Linnean Society of London, Dr.
G. P. Bidder introduced a discussion on ‘ Growth and Death ’ :

£ A water-borne organism may grow indefinitely, but swiftly-
moving land-animals must maintain a relation between their
weight and the cross-sectional area of their bones and muscles.
Therefore, for each shape and habit of animal the cube of its
length must bear a definite ratio to the square of its length ;
that is to say, that each shape and habit has its own size,
from which it cannot vary greatly without loss of ability.
Hence, although Plaice and Carp, like Sea-anemones and
Banyan-trees, continue to grow until many times the age of
their sexual maturity, and although we have no reason to
suppose that they ever die, except by violence, the same could
not be true of terrestrial and air-borne creatures of swift
movement. Men and Plaice before puberty alike show
additions to their weight in approximately geometrical pro-
gression for equal intervals of time, alike after sexual maturity
they show an approximately arithmetical progression. In the
plaice the annual increment (whether actually constant or not
we cannot yet say) remains to a great age positive. In Man
the arithmetical progression shows a difference with negative
sign, and from 28 onwards there appears to be a constant net
loss of protein material.’ An interesting discussion followed,
which is printed in No. 442 of the Society’s circular.

: o :

A beautifully coloured plate faithfully representing the bloom on the
Sea Holly, a plant well-known to Yorkshire botanists, appears in
Hutchinson’s Trees and Flowers of the Countryside , Part XIX.

Naturalist

107-

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F. SPATH.

I.— On the Genus Oxynoticeras Hyatt.

The Hull Museum has lately been enriched by the important
collection of derived Cephalopoda from the Holderness Drift,
made ahd described by Mr. C. Thompson.1 The writer has
been favoured by Mr. T. Sheppard with a selection of these
fossils, consisting of ammonites that seemed to him most
interesting, and including the new species referred to in Mr.
Thompson's paper. It is intended to discuss the more im-
portant of these in a series of palaeontological papers, of which
the present is the first ; also to offer to Yorkshire geologists
some suggestions as to those portions of the still largely
hypothetical Jurassic succession that most urgently require
checking in the field.

Beginning our series with the genus Oxynoticeras , which
has been the subject of a number of important memoirs2 as
well as of a good deal of doubtful biological speculation, it
may be mentioned that the commonest and largest Yorkshire
species is Oxynoticeras simpsoni (Bean-Simpson) Blake spA
It includes one of the Ox. sp. nov. recorded by Mr. Thompson
(p. 180) as having been named by Mr. Buckman, but the year
previously the latter4 had refigured Ox. simpsoni, including
it in the genus ‘ Aetomoceras and comparing with it the'
ammonites figured by Dumortier.5 Pia,6 who, relying
apparently on a comparison of the diagrammatic figures in
Blake and Reynes,7 quoted ‘ Ox. simpsoni, Simpson sp.' and
‘ Am altheus simpsoni Tate and Blake,' as separate species,
considered Dumortier 's ammonites to represent another new
form. He also did not notice that they belong to different
species, and failed to recognise the affinity of at least one of
them (Dumortier 's fig. 4) to the Yorkshire species.

Mr. Buckman,8 in 1918, while calling (on p. 311) A
oxynotus Dumortier a species quite different from A . oxynotus
Ouenstedt, referred (on p. 270) to the examples figured by

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXIX. (1913), pp. 169-183.

2 Literature in Pia : ‘ Untersuchungen fiber die Gattung Oxynoticeras /
Abhandl. K.K. Geol. Reichsanst. , Vol. XXIII. (1914), pp. 3-6.

3 In Tate and Blake: Yorkshire Lias , 1876, Cephalopoda, p. 291,.

PI. VIII., fig. 4. (The species had not previously been figured !)

4 Yorkshire Type Ammonites , Vol. I., 1912, PL LXVI.

5 ‘ Etudes Paleontol . sur les Depdts Jurassiques du Bassin du Rhone,'
Pt. II., Lias Inf erieur, 1867, p. 143, PI. XXXIII.

6 Loc. cit. (1914), pp. 54 and 86.

7 ‘ Monogr. des Ammonites 1879, Atlas, PI. XLIX, figs. 1-7.

8 ‘ Jurassic Chronology : I. — Lias.’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol.
LXXIII. (1918), pp. 257-327.

1925 April 1

io8 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites ,

Dumortier as ‘ species of about the Gagaticeras horizon/ It
seems advisable to restrict Pia’s ‘ Ox. sp. nov. 33 ' to fig. 1
of Dumortier, with smaller umbilicus and sharper rim than
Ox. oxynotus, and to re-name it Ox. subinvolutum, nom.
nov., whereas Dumortier ’s fig. 2 can be referred to Pia’s ‘ Ox.
sp. nov. 38/ based on Wright’s Amaltheus simpsoni.1 The
smaller example figured by the latter author, with open and
costate umbilicus, may now be taken to illustrate this new
form (Ox. eboracense nom. nov.), and since Wright’s original
is apparently lost, an example in the Blake Collection (British
Museum, No. C. 18060) may be chosen as type.

The second Ox. sp. nov. recorded by Mr. Thompson and
stated by Mr. Buckman to be perhaps Ox. lens Simpson sp. (a
nomen nudum), is an immature form of the type of Ox. subin-
volutum. Its crenulate keel is not of systematic importance ;
the young of Ox. simpsoni as well as of Ox. oxynotum often
show this type of carina. Blake2 had considered Amm. lens to
be synonymous with D’Orbigny’s Amm. lynx,3 but the latter
is probably a Metoxynoticeras of the jamesoni zone (s.L), and
was recorded by Blake as occurring together with Polymor-
phites trivialis. The rare Metox. oppeli (Schloenbach),4 in
error recorded by Blake as being probably from the oxynotus
zone, like the Pabay specimen listed by the writer,5 also
undoubtedly is confined to the Polymorphites beds of the
jamesoni zone. Any Yorkshire geologist who attempts zonal
collecting in these beds, and helps to clear up some of the
difficulties previously6 mentioned, will be rendering a great
service to stratigraphers and paleontologists alike.

Ammonites retentus Simpson,7 which has a slightly different
suture-line and a smaller umbilicus than other immature
forms of the simpsoni type above discussed, has been made
the genotype of a new genus (Ret entic eras) by Mr. Buckman.8
The f Arietites sp. nov.’ listed by Mr. Thompson was marked
by Mr. Buckman : ‘ A. retentus, Simpson is something of this
style — not yet fully studied.’ On account of its f degenerate
suture-line, this example must be referred to Ox. eboracense
rather than the similar Eparietites collenotii (d’Orbigny),

1 Monogr. Lias Ammonites, Pal. Soc. (1881), PI. XLVII, figs. -6-7
(restricted) .

2 Loc. cit. (1876), p. 292.

3 Pal. Frang., Terr. Jurass. (1844), PI. LXXXVII., figs. 1-4.

4 ‘ Beitr. Pal. Jura.-und Kreideform. N. W. Deutschl.’ Paleeontogr . ■
Vol. XIII. (1865), p. 161, PL XXVI., figs. 4a-c.

5 ' Liassic Succession of Pabay.’ Geol. Mag., Vol. LIX. (1922),

P- 550- . ,

6 ' Correlation of the Ibex and Jamesoni Zones of the Lower Lias.
Geol. Mag., Vol. LX. (1923), p. 10.

7 ‘ Fossils of the Yorkshire Lias,’ 1855, p. 84.

8 Type Ammonites, Vol. III., 1920, PI. CLXVI.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites . 109

probably its direct ancestor . If A mm . retcntns really resembles
the former, its generic separation from Oxynoticeras is scarcely
necessary.

Ox. polyophyllum (Simpson) Buckman,1 another Yorkshire
species, is merely a costate Ox. oxynotnm. Wright’s example,2
compared by Mr. Buckman with Simpson’s species, is one of
the many transitional forms between the two species, as Pia
stated, and the suture-line, drawn by Wright rather inaccur-
ately, is as close to that of Ox. polyophyllum as to that of the
Gloucestershire example of Ox. oxynotnm figured by Mr.
Buckman in 1919. 3 The corresponding variations of Ox.
lymense (Wright4) all from one layer (Dr. Lang’s bed 92s), but
with differing ornamentation, proportions and suture-lines,
could also easily be separated specifically, but fortunately
there is very abundant material that defies the attempt at an
artificial splitting-up of this well-defined gens. Wright’s Ox.
oxynotnm or Ox. polyophyllum , moreover, was figured again
by Mr. Buckman6 as Ox. buckii (non Simpson7), and the
assumption of a polyophyllum above an oxynotnm hemera8 is
equally unjustified.

Ox. lymense has not yet been found in Yorkshire, but
Ox. albion (Reynes), which was identified by Fucini9 with
Wright’s species, has been recorded.10 According to Dr.
Lang’s material, which he has kindly submitted to me for
identification, and which will be described separately, it is as-
sociated already with Crucilobiceras (densinodus group) and
Deroceras (so-called armati) and marks the upper Oxynoti-
ceratan age (i.e., oxynotus zone in Oppel’s sense), but in
Dorset, the middle and lower portions of this, characterised
by Ox. oxynotnm and Ox. simpsoni (with Gagaticeras gagateum)
respectively, are missing, as well as the upper part of the
Asteroceratan age. Mr. Buckman doubted whether Ox.
lymense belonged to this genus, but the young, to quite a fair

1 Yorkshire Type Ammonites , Vol. I., 1909, PI. VIII.

2 Loc. cit. (1881), PI. XLVI., figs. 4-6 (‘ Amaltheus oxynotus ’) .

3 Type Ammonites, Vol. III., 1919, PI. CXLIII.a.

* Loc. cit. (1881), PI. XLVII., figs. 1-3 only. The ‘ highly -ribbed
variety of PI. XLVIII., figs. 1-2, which is before me in a large series of
typical specimens, may be separated as Ox. wingravei nom. nov.

5 ‘ Geology of the Charmouth Cliffs, Beach and Foreshore.’ Proceeds
Geol. Assoc., Vol. XXV. (1914), p. 320.

6 Type Ammonites, Vol. III., 1920, PI. CLXVb.

7 Monograph of Lias Ammonites , 1843, pp. 42-3 ; S. S. Buckman,
loc. cit., PL CLXV.a, fig. 1 only.

8 S. S. Buckman, loc. cit., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1918, p. 269.

9 ' Cefalopodi Liassici del Monte di Cetona,’ Pt. I., Pal. Ital. , Vol.
VII. (1901), p. 4, Ox. italicum, n.n. ( — Ox. lymense mut. italica in
Fucini), however, has quite a different suture-line.

10 ‘ Geology Whitby, Scarborough.’ Mem. Geol. Survey, 2nd ed.,
1915, p. 99. The lectotype of Ox. albion (Reynes, loc.. cit. , 1876, PI.
XLV., figs. 21-22) is not related to Ojc, lymense.

1925 April

iio Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

size, is very close to Ox. reynesi Pompeckj from the same bed
(B.M., No. C. 18726).

The true Ox. buckii and the similar Ox. flavum (Simpson)
Buckman,1 as I interpret them, belong to a group of forms
characterised by a simple and ‘ inverse * suture-line, occurring
in the same blocks as Ox. simpsoni and Gagaticeras gagateum.2
A more compressed form, with a comparable * Cheltonia

(a) Oxynoticeras flavum (Simpson) Buckman. Suture-line ( 9) of

an example from a block with Gagaticeras (L.F.S., No. 1869a). '(b) Ox.

simpsoni (Bean-Simpson) Blake sp. Suture-line (x about 2) of an ex-
ample in Hull Museum, recorded by Mr. Thompson as sp. nov. (c) Ox.
aff. simpsoni. Suture-line (X2) of a specimen (B.M., No. C. 17108) from
the Slatterites beds of Drake’s Broughton, Worcestershire, (d, e) Sec-
tional outline ( x 1.6) and suture-line ( X 4) of holotype of Ox. ebofacense ,
sp. nov. (B.M., No. C. 18060) from the Blake Collection. (/, g) Suture -
line and outline whorl-section (both reduced § ) of a magnificent specimen
of Ox. simpsoni, of 190 mm. diameter, from the Bean Collection (B.M.
No. 37998) with young Gagaticeras in body-chamber. Lower oxynotus
zone ( simpsoni hemera) of Robin Hood’s Bay.

suture-line, in the Bean Collection in the British Museum
(No. 37989) is labelled ‘ A. huntoni.’ Simpson’s original of
this species, however, figured by Mr. Buckman,3 is a Trago-
phyllocerasf and the suture-line of the Oxynoticeras , figured
by Blake as that of A. huntoni, also seems rather different,
though equally ‘ inverse/

1 Yorkshire Type Ammonites , Vol. I., 1912, PI. LV.

2 L. F. Spath, Coll. Nos. 1869a, b, 1865.

3 Type Ammonites, Vol. III., 1921, PI. CCXIX.

■t See also L. F. Spath, ' Development of Tragophylloceras loscombi.’
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXX (1914), p. 347.

: Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites . m

Ox. limatum (Simpson) Buckman,3 another doubtful small
form, but probably not of the same group, like Ox. flavurn ,
was considered by Blake to be a young Ox. simpsoni, and was
compared by Mr. Buckman to Wright’s ‘ Aegoceras slaUeri .’1 2
The young of Slatterites , however, can be distinguished from
the associated Oxynoticeras by their thick ‘Amoeboceras’ keel,
already at a very small diameter. I hope to discuss this
genus Slatterites more fully in a separate note, though it also
belongs to the family Oxynotida Hyatt.

A ‘ Cymbites ’ sp., lately recorded by Dr. Lee,3 probably
from the jamesoni (not ibex) zone of Tobermory,4 was stated
to be ‘ very much like Amm. limatus Simpson,’ and a still
more Cymbites-like form is Oxynoticeras arctum (Simpson)
Buckman.5 Oxynoticeras dennyi (Simpson) Buckman6 also
may belong to the same group. Mr. Buckman, on account of
the presence of an auriculoid, compared this species to Amm.
auritulus Quenstedt, which he later included in his genus
Gleviceras. This late stock of raricostatus age can on no
account be considered to be ancestral to Oxynoticeras. It is
probable, however, that a new name will have to be used for
the dwarf offshoots of Gleviceras that correspond to the earlier
Cheltonia (off Oxynoticeras) , but shew resemblance in shape to
Cymbites

It may be added that to judge by two small examples from
the jamesoni zone in the Blake Collection (B. M., Nos.
C. 22074-5) the higher Oxynoticerates commonly referred to
the flavum-limatum group may be the young of Amm. spheno-
notus Monke,7 for which the new genus Hypoxynoticeras
gen. nov. is proposed. This has been recorded from Skye,
with M etoxynoticeras , and comparable forms are in the British
Museum from Dalby, Leicestershire, and Gretton, Northants.
On account of the resemblance of their ‘ inverse ’ suture-lines
to those of the similar species in the simpsoni-gagateus bed, no
satisfactory classification of these small forms will be possible
until the help of field workers in the Yorkshire Lias has been

1 Yorkshire Type Ammonites , Vol. I., 1912, PI. LVI, fig. 1 only.

2 Loc. cit. (1882), PI. L., figs. 1-8. Slatterites primus, n. nov.,
(= figs. 6-7 only), is not the young of 5. slatteri (Wright = figs. 1-3 and
8), or of S. mundus, n. nov. (fig. 4 only), and these again are not
identical with S. obtusiformis , n. nov. ( = fig. 5 only).

3 In Lee and Bailey : ‘ The Pre-Tertiary Geology of Mull, Loch

Aline and Oban.’ Mem. Geol. Surv. Scotland , 1925, p. 90.

4 See L. F. Spath, loc. cit. (Pabay) , 1922, p. 551. Tragophylloceras
of the numismale group, common in the caprarius shales of Pabay, would
appear to have been recorded in error as T. cf. loscombi, etc.

5 Yorkshire Type Ammonites, Vol. I., 1911, PL XXXVI.

6 Ibid., 1909, Pl. VII.

7 ‘ Liasmulde von Herford in Westfalen. ’ Verh.Naturw. Ver. Bonn.,
Ser. V., Vol. V. (35), 1889, p. 104, PI. II., IIL, fig. 14.

1925 April 1

1 12 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

obtained and zonal collecting throws fresh light on the in-
ter-relations of the various assemblages.

Yorkshire lists of Oxynoticeras include also A. alienus,
A. complanosus and A. antiquatus of Simpson. These nomina
nuda ought to be ignored, and the last, from the description,
certainly cannot be an Oxynoticeras . Its identification by
C. Fox-Strangways,1 with d’Orbigny’s A mm , charmassei , is
more plausible.

A form generally wrongly included in Oxynoticeras is
AmaltheuS wiltshirei Wright,2 which has puzzled previous
observers down to Pia.3 It is probably a derivative of the
group of Metoxynoticeras numismale (Quenstedt4), with a whorl-
shape more acute than that of Dumortier’s Amm. scemannih
and a specialised suture-line. It may be separated as an
independent genus, Carixiceras gen. nov. Wright’s type is
labelled ‘ henleyi zone,’ but a gigantic though less well-pre-
served second example in the British Museum (C. 17869) of
over 400 mm. diameter was collected on Black Ven below the
Belemnite Marls, and was believed by Dr. Lang to have come
from the Belemnite Stone (i.e., ibex zone).

This high type also has not yet been found in Yorkshire,
but the beds of the Liparoceratan age as those of the Poly-
morphitan and Deroceratan ages below, urgently require
careful investigation.

: o :

Little Gull at Whitby. — On the 12th of September last I
saw a Little Gull feeding over the estuary at Whitby. Several
persons were line fishing from the quay-side at the time, and
the bird approached fearlessly, and during the short time I
had it under observation it succeeded three times in stealing
the bait (cockles) off a line thrown just as it touched the
water without involving itself in trouble with the hooks. It
was without the black head, characteristic of the breeding
plumage, but had a small dark patch behind the eyes. It
did not show the black band at the end of the. tail, nor that
across the wings stated to be characteristic of young in the
first winter’s plumage. When last seen it was flying up
stream through the town.— Arthur Whitaker, Dore, near
Sheffield. ■ >

l Jurassic Rocks of .Britain, II., Yorkshire, Tables of Fossils (1892),
pp. 88 and 91.

-.,.Loc. cit. (1881), PI. XLVIII., fig. 3 ; (1882), p.393 (wrongly quoted
on plate'" as from oxynotum zone) .

3 Loc. cit. (1914), p. 6)3,

i ‘ Ammoniten des Schwdbischen Jura,' 1885, FI. XXXVII., fig. 4
( lectoty pe ) . v, ,,

• o Loc. cit. (1867), p. 154, PI. XL, figs. 2-4.

Naturalist

H3

HEMIPTERA FROM NORTH-EAST YORKSHIRE.

JAMES M. BROWN, B.SC., F.L.S., F.E.S.

While staying at Sandsend during the later part of July and
the early part of August, 1924, considerable attention was paid
to the Hemiptera of the surrounding district. Although,
during the last week of July the weather was very wet, rather
more than one hundred and fifty species were obtained, the
more interesting of which are listed below. Of these, six
species of Heteroptera and four species of Homoptera are
recorded for Yorkshire for the first time, several others have
been taken very rarely, and many others are new to the vice-
county.

I have again to thank Messrs. E. A. Butler and J. Edwards
for confirming several of my doubtful determinations.

j=New to the County. *=New to the Vice-county 62.

Heteroptera.

Coreus (Enoplops) scapha F. The only previous Yorkshire records for
this species date from sixty years ago, when it was taken at Hull
and at Scarborough. After persistent searching among the
vegetation on, the cliffs at Sandsend, I was fortunate enough to
discover a small colony, which included two or three adults and
several immature individuals.

I schnovhynchus ericae Horv. (geminatus Fieb.) Very common under
and on Erica. I was unable to find any on Calluna. Aislaby,
Sleights, Hutton-Mulgrave Moor.

*Stignocoris pedestris Fall. Under plants at the foot of the cliffs at
Sandsend.

Scolopostethus affinis Schill. Plentiful on nettles, Sandsend and elsewhere.

S. thorns oni Reut. On nettles and at the roots of plants at the foot:
of the cliffs, Sandsend.

5. decor atus Hahn. Under Calluna wherever this plant was examined.
Aislaby, Goathland, Hutton Mulgrave, etc.

Derephysia foliacea Fall. One obtained among grass on the cliffs at
Sandsend.

Tingis ( Monanthia ) cardui L. Quite common on thistle heads,
Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay.

* Nabis major Costa. On the cliffs at Sandsend.

N . limbatus Dahlb. Plentiful and widely distributed among grass and
on various low plants. Runswick, Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay,
etc.

N . flavomarginatus Scholtz. Common, but less plentiful than the last.
Sandsend, Runswick.

f Temnostethus pusillus H.S. An inconspicuous species obtained by
■ beating old oaks, plentiful where it occurs. Sandsend. All were
brachy pterou s .

Anthocoris confusus Reut., A. nemoralis F., and A. nemorum L.
Common.

j A. sarothamni D. and S. Plentiful on Broom at Aislaby.

Tetraphleps bicuspis H.S. ( vittata Fieb.). On firs and larches, in Mulgrave
Woods.

Acompocoris pygmaeus Fall. Common on larches and firs, Egton Moor,
Goathland, Mulgrave Woods.

1925 April 1

H

H4

Brown : Hemiptera from N. E. Yorkshire.

Microphysa pselaphifovmis Curt. One obtained by beating Scotch firs,
Egton Moor.

Pithanus maerkeli H. S. Among grass on the cliffs, Sandsend.

Stenodema ( Miris ) holsatum F. Sandsend, Runswick.

Trigonotylus ( Megaloceraea ) ruficornis Geoff. Plentiful among grass,
Runswick.

Miris ( Leptopterna ) ferrugatus Fall. Plentiful among grass on the
cliffs near Kettleness and Runswick Bay.

Monalocoris plicis L. Common on bracken, Mulgrave Woods, Hutton
Mulgrave Moor.

Bryocoris pteridis Fall. On ferns, Mulgrave Woods.

Lopus gothicus L. One found at the roots of plants on the cliffs at
Sandsend. It has previously been recorded from Whitby. It
seems to be rare.

Phytocoris longipennis Flor. Mulgrave Woods.

*P. dimidiatus Kb. Sandsend.

P. varipes Boh. A number of immature individuals among low vegetation
on the cliffs at Sandsend during late July. Towards mid- August
adults began to appear.

P. ulmi L. On hedge elms, near Sandsend.

Calocoris sex-guttatus F. This was by far the most noticable species,
occurring in large numbers together on nettles and other plants.
Sandsend and elsewhere.

C. norvegicus Gmel. ( bipunctatus Fabr.). Plentiful at Sandsend,
Runswick, etc.

C. roseo-maculatus De G. On August 4th plentifully obtained by sweeping

on the cliffs near Runswick. They occurred on the heads of the
Centaurea nigra. A second visit was paid to the same spot three
days later, when hardly a single specimen could be found. The
first Yorkshire record was made last year at Filey {The Naturalist,
1924, p. 125).

Plesiocoris rugicollis Fieb. Common on sallows. Mulgrave Woods, etc.

Lygus pabulinus L. Very common on nettles, Sandsend.

L. contaminatus Fall. Plentiful on birch, Sandsend. On hazel,
Grosmont.

L. viridis Fall. On ash, Sandsend.

f L. spinolae Mey. Obtained by sweeping, Grosmont. The most northerly
record previously is Notts.

L. pratensis L. Commonly obtained by sweeping low plants. Runswick,
etc.

L. rubricatus Fall. On firs, Mulgrave Woods.

Capsus ( Rhopalotomus ) ater L. Sandsend.

*Macrolophus nubilus H. S. This very delicate species occurs on brambles
and Stachys sylvatica, Sandsend. Previously only recorded from
the Sheffield district.

Dicyphus constrictus Boh. Sandsend, Mulgrave Woods, Robin Hood’s
Bay.

D. epilobii Reut. Plentiful at Sandsend on the cliffs, and at Saltwick

Bay, It occurs commonly on Epilobium angustifolium.

Campyloneura virgula H. S. Obtained by beating oaks, Sandsend.

Cyllocoris histrionicus F. Also on oaks, Sandsend.

Blepharidopterus ( Aetorhinus ) angulatus Fall. Sleights.

Mecomma ambulans Fall. Plentiful at the roots of low plants, Sandsend,
Aislaby.

Orthotylus marginalis Reut. Fairly plentiful on Salix sp. Mulgrave
Woods, Kettleness.

fO. tenellus Fall. On oak, Sandsend.

*0. viridinervis Kb. On elm, Sandsend.

jO. chloropterus Kb. Plentiful on broom, Aislaby, Grosmont.

Naturalist

Brown : Hemiptera from N . E . Yorkshire.

-f Orthotylus adenocarpi Perr. Occurring along with the last on broom,
Aislaby and Grosmont.

0. evicetovum Fall. Common under and on heath. Aislaby, Goathland.

Hetevocovdylus tibialis Hahn. Common on broom, Aislaby and Grosmont.

^ Malacocovis chlorizans Panz. On hazel, Grosmont, Goathland.

Macrotylus paykulli Fall. On Ononis, Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay,
Saltwick Bay.

* Phylus palliceps Fieb. On oaks, Sandsend.

*P. melanocephalus L. Also on oaks, more plentifully than the last,
Sandsend.

*P. coryli var. avellanae Mey. On hazel, Sandsend.

Psallus variabilis Fall., P. varians H. S., P. alnicola D. and S. Were all
obtained at Sandsend and elsewhere.

P. diminutus Kb. Mulgrave Woods.

P. roseus F. On sallows, Grosmont, Runswick, Sandsend.

Atvactotomus magnicovnis Fall. On firs, Goathland and Mulgrave
Woods.

Plagiognathus chrysanthemi Wolff. Plentifully obtained by sweeping
low vegetation, Sandsend, Aislaby.

P. arbustorum F. Common on nettles, Sandsend.

Asciodema obsoletum Fieb. Common on gorse, Aislaby, Sandsend, etc.

Homoptera.

Philaenus spumarius L. and P. lineatus L. Were common, Sandsend,
Runswick and elsewhere. The dark vars. of the former, leucoph-
thalmus L. and leucocephalus Germ., in Mulgrave Woods, and var.
praeusta Fab. at Runswick.

Megophthalmus scanicus Fall. Plentiful at roots, Sandsend, Robin
Hood’s Bay, and Runswick.

Euacanthus interruptus L. This striking species was one of the most
obtrusive. It was exceptionally plentiful on the cliffs at Sandsend,
Runswick Bay, and Robin Hood’s Bay.

Batracomorphus lanio L. On oaks, Mulgrave Woods and Grosmont.

■fM. cerca Germ. Obtained by beating sallows, on the cliffs near Runswick.

Idiocerus adustus H. S. On willows, Sleights and Grosmont.

1. confusus Flor. On sallows, Grosmont, Runswick and Sleights.

I. albicans Kbm. Sleights. The only previous Yorkshire record was
made fifty years ago.

Agallia puncticeps Germ. Sandsend.

A. venosa Fall. Runswick.

Acocephalus nevvosus Schr. Plentiful in Mulgrave Woods.

A. bifasciatus L. Frequently occurring at the roots of heath, Runswick,
Sandsend, Aislaby.

A. albifrons L. At the roots of plants on the cliffs, Sandsend and
Runswick.

^ Doratura stylata Boh. Obtained by searching amongst the turf on the
cliff top between Sandsend and Kettleness.

Athysanus sordidus Zett. Sandsend.

■* A . plebejus Fall. Plentiful at Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay and Grosmont

~*A. lineolatus Brulle. Mulgrave Woods and Runswick.

A. obsoletus Kbm. Aislaby.

Deltocephalus ocellaris Fall. Common, Aislaby, Goathland.

*D. distinguendus Flor. Sandsend, Aislaby, Robin Hood’s Bay.

*D. thenii Edw. Sandsend.

D. pulicaris Fall. Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay.

* Thamnotettix prasinus Fall. Common at Runswick Bay and Aislaby.

T. subfusculus Fall. Among grass, Mulgrave Woods.

Limotettix sulphurella Zett. Aislaby.

* L. pevsimilis Edw. Common among grass, Mulgrave Woods and Runs-
wick.

a925 April 1

n6

News from the Magazines.

*Cicadula vaviata Fall. In considerable numbers on Teucriumr scovodoniar
growing on the refuse heaps from the old alum workings at the
foot of the cliffs at Sandsend.

* Alebra albostriella Fall. The type form along with the vars. wahlbergi

Boh. and fulveola H. S. in the Mulgrave Woods.

*Dikraneura vaviata Hdy. Common at Sandsend, among grass.

* Empoasca smavagdula Fall. A widely distributed and common species,

occurring on birch and sallow, Grosmont, Sleights and Mulgrave-
Woods.

* Eupteryx vittatus L. Sandsend.

E. urticae Fab. Sandsend.

,*E. stachydeavum Hdy. Sandsend, Robin Hood’s Bay.

E. signatipennis Boh. Plentiful on Spiraea ulmaria at Sandsend,,
Runswick, and Robin Hood’s Bay.

*E. pulchellus Fall. Common on oaks, Mulgrave Woods.

E. concinna Germ. With the last, Mulgrave Woods.

Typhlocyba douglasi Edw. Common on roadside limes, Sleights.

*T. cvataegi Dough On hawthorn, Aislaby, Sandsend and elsewhere..

T. quercus Fab. Plentiful on blackthorn, Sandsend.
f T. nitidula Fab. Plentiful on elms, Mulgrave Woods.

*T. geometrica Schr. On alders, Sleights, Grosmont.

Zygina alneti Dahl. Sandsend.

*Z. covyli Toll. Sandsend.

*Z. flammigera Geoff. Mulgrave Woods.

*Z. neglecta Edw. Grosmont, Goathland.

f Z. scutellavis H. S. Plentiful among grass, Sandsend, Runswick.

Cixius nervosus L. Mulgrave Woods, Sandsend, Aislaby, Runswick.
Conomelus limbatus Fab. Plentiful at the roots of rushes, Sandsend,.
Runswick.

*Delphax fairmairei Perris. Sandsend, Goathland.

Dicvanotvopis hamata Boh. Very plentiful, Sandsend.

Rhinocola evicae Curt. Sandsend, among the heath growing on the
refuse heaps at the foot of the cliffs.

Psylla alni L. Common and widely distributed, Grosmont, ett.

P. nigvita Zett. On firs, Mulgrave Woods.

P. spartii Guer. Plentiful on broom, Aislaby.

P. peregrina Forst. Common on hawthorn, Sandsend and Grosmont.
Arytaena genistae Latr. ' Plentiful on broom, Aislaby, Grosmont.

: o :

The Entomologist’s Record for February contains an article on
Grimaldi, the Clown, an Entomologist.’

The Essex Naturalist, October, 1924 — March, 1925, contains a figure-
and description of Trouessartella falcata, a rare water mite from Epping
Forest, by C. D. Soar ; ‘ Prehistoric Implements from the Thames Valley,’
by S. H. Warren ; an obituary notice of the late W. Whitaker; short
notes, etc.

In a report of a meeting of the Royal Irish Academy appearing in-
Nature, we learn that ‘ When isomethyldiphenylcyclopentenone is
warmed with dilute alcoholic hydrochloric acid, it changes into methyl-
diphenylcyclopentenone. This compound condensed with benzaldehyde
to yield benzylidene-methyldiphenylcyclopentenone, which is identical
with the tri-condensation product of benzaldehyde and methylethylketone-
obtained by Ryan and Devine. Anisaldehyde condensed with methyl-
anisylphenylcyclopentenone to yield anisylidene-methylanisylphenyl-
cyclopentenone, and the isomeric compound obtained by Ryan and
Devine by the action of anisaldehyde on a-benzylidene-methylethylketone
is anisylidene-methylphenylanisylcyclopentenone.’ There is, apparently,.,
a difference between ' science ’ and ' natural science. ’

Naturalist

ON THE PLIOCENE CRAG OF TJORNES, NORTH

ICELAND.

HANS SCHLESCH, M.A.S.

Tjornes is a small peninsula between the Gulfs Skjalfandi and
Axarfjordur, in N. Iceland ; and along the west coast of this,
at a distance of about four English miles, between the brook
of Kaldakvisl, near the small town Husavik in the south, to
Hoskuldsvik in the north, there are extensive Crag deposits
(about 150 metres). The beds have a considerable inclina-
tion to the north-west, and are intersected by numerous
dislocations. During the glacial periods a considerable part
was certainly carried away, but, thanks to the overlying
Dolerite, much is left of this valuable fossil deposit. It has a
well-marked stratification, and nearly all the fossil forms
belong to the Laminaria zone. While the horizons of the
British Crag were formed during relatively short periods, it
seems we have in the Tjornes Crag an uninterrupted formation
during a longer period, deposited inside the sinking plateau —
all other Pliocene deposits in Iceland being found in the
sub-marine plateau around the island — in the volcanic period
of rest between the regional and insular Basaltic formation of
Iceland. The beds show relationships with the English -
Belgian Crag* and probably later it will be possible to make
comparisons, though naturally the Tjornes Crag has a more
northern character, including Pecten islandicus Muller, Admete
sheppardi A. Bell, Lora woodiana Moller, Bulbus smithii
Brown, Euspira tenuistriata Dautzenberg and Fischer,
Papillaria cinerea Couthouy, and Nacella pellucida Linne —
all quaternary representatives in English deposits — while the
recent circumboreal, Turritella erosa Couthouy, has not yet
been observed in the Tjornes Crag, and first occurs in the
quaternary of Iceland (Bulandshofdi, Snaefellsnes), anal-
ogous to the quaternary of the British Isles. The very
mixed faunistic character indicates that the climate has
undergone changes. The thirty-three recently extinct forms
and the few Lusitanian ones are probably a survival from an
earlier period. Two forms occur to-day only in the Behring
Sea ; about 35 are North Atlantic, of which 11 are living on
the coasts of North America, 65 have a circumboreal distribu-
tion and only about 50 per cent, are recently found on the
coasts of Iceland ; several, moreover, only in the more tem-
perate area along the south-west coast ; while the faunistic
character of the marine gastropods in the Golf Skjalfandi at
Tjornes no w-a-days is more arctic.

* Cf. Quarterly Journ. Geol. Soc. London, 1885, p. 966, Geol.. Mag.,
viii., London, 1871, p. 391.

1925 April 1

n8 Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

Besides the results of my own visit in July 1921, I have
received large lots from different parts of the formation by the
kindness of an intelligent farmer, Mr. Kari Sigurjonsson, of
Hallbjarnarstadur. Mr. Alfred Bell has kindly examined the
majority of this. Further, I am also greatly indebted to a
former keen worker of the British Pliocene Mollusca, the late
Fredric William Harmer ; Dr. Nils Odhner, of the Swedish
State Museum in Stockholm, Dr. W. Wenz, Frankfurt-on-Main,
and several others. The results appeared in Archiv fur
Molluskenkunde* As the geological-mineralogical Museum in
Copenhagen already has the Morch collection from Tjornes,
I have presented my general collection to this Museum,
but most of the forms are also to be found in the Harmer
collection (in the possession of the British Museum) as well
as in the Schlesch collection, Hull Museum.

A complete and extensive list of the various species from
this Crag occurs in my paper, a copy of which can be referred
to in the Hull Museum library.

: o :

In The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, issued
on February 20th, which contain nearly 700 pages and 50 plates, there is
one paper dealing with British Entomology, namely, ‘ British Fungus-
Gnats (Diptera, Mycetophilidse) , with a revised Generic Classification
of the Family,’ by F. W. Edwards.

G. F. Bates contributes an obituary notice of W. Barclay (1846-1923) ;
R. R. B. Watson describes in detail ‘ The Deuchny Hill Fort ’ ; J.
Menzies, ‘ Additions to the Discomycetes of Perthshire ’ ; and G. F. Bates
gives ‘ A Preliminary List of Perthshire Diatoms,’ to The Transactions
of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, recently issued.

In a discussion on H. C. Boydell’s ‘ Role of Colloidal Solutions in
the formation of Mineral Deposits ’ ( Bulletin Institution of Mining and
Metallurgy , No. 243), it is stated that ' At the Hatfield Main Colliery,
Yorkshire, it was found practically impossible to force the cement into
fissures in the Red Sandstone formations, as the cement would not travel
any distance from the end of the bore -holes into the fissures of the rock.
The difficulty was overcome by the separate preliminary injection of
solution of sodium silicate and sulphate of alumina into the fissures,
after which the cement could be successfully injected and the fissures
closed.’

Bulletin No. 3, Part III., August 1st, 1923, pp. 75-152, Plates VII. and
VIII. (London : Wheldon and Wesley), issued by The New Zealand
Institute, contains a further instalment (Parts I. and II. were issued in
1913 and 1914) of Mr. H. N. Dixon’s studies of the Bryology of New
Zealand, with special reference to the Herbarium of Robert Brown of
Christchurch, New Zealand. The orders dealth with are Dicranaceae,
Leucohryaceae , Fissidentaceae , Calymperaceae and Pottiaceae . There is a
masterly criticism of a number of obscure species and their complicated
synonomy which should be consulted by those who are interested in the
island flora. — W. H. B.

* Zur Kenntnis der plioccinen Cragformation von Hallbjarnarstadur ,
Tjornes, Nordisland, und ihrer Mollusken fauna, mit 12 Tafeln, Frankfurt
a/Main, 1924, Bd. 1, Heft. 3, p. 309-70. Price 3|- goldmk.

Naturalist

FIELD NOTES.
BIRDS.

119

Storm Petrel in Sheffield. — On the 22nd September,
1924, a Storm Petrel was found in an exhausted state in the
yard of one of the large steel works at Brightside, Sheffield.
The weather had been exceptionally stormy during the pre-
ceding week-end. It was sent to the Weston Park Museum.,
where I saw and handled it on the 26th, still alive, thanks to
the careful nursing it had received. It was a fully matured
bird, and did not appear to have received any injury in its
travels, but it died about a week after its capture. — Arthur
Whitaker, Dore, near Sheffield.

Green Plover from Oland caught near Louth. — A

metal ring bearing f museum goteborg Sweden, 2302c/ taken
from the leg of a Lapwing caught at Covenham, near Louth,
was brought to me with the report that the bird was caught
about a week previously. I posted particulars to the Swedish
Museum, and have now received a letter from Professor L. A.
Jagerskiold, in which he says * the Peewit, or Greenplover
(Vanellus cristatus )„ in question was ringed as a young bird
in June, 1924, on Oland (a big island in the Baltic)/ — C. S.
Carter, Louth, Lines., January 26th.

Iceland Gulls at Scarborough.— On November 14th,
1924, I saw in the harbour an immature Iceland Gull, in the
cream-coloured second year’s plumage. The bird was again
seen on the following day, and subsequently on November
19th, after which it disappeared. On January 3rd, 1925,
another Iceland Gull visited us, this time a bird of the year
in the fawn-coloured plumage. It was subsequently seen on
several dates up to March 3rd. Both birds were exceedingly
tame and could be watched at the distance of a few feet from
the pier, as in company with Black-headed, Common and
Herring Gulls, they picked up scraps from the drain outlet
just below. — W. J. Clarke.

Little Owl at Bridlington. — On the 5th February,
Mr. Robert Veitch, gamekeeper for Y. G. Lloyd Greame,
Esq., of Sewerby House, caught a Little Owl in a steel trap
which had been set for a rabbit on the Sewerby estate.
This bird is one of two that have been seen at Sewerby.
Mr. Veitch has neither heard of, nor seen, the Little Owl
previously in this district. The keeper on a neighbouring
estate tells me he knows the Little Owl very well, but he has
not seen one since he came here four years ago. The trap
had been set in a rabbit hole in a chalk cutting by the side of
the railway near Flamborough station. As it had been pushed
well into the hole the Little Owl was either entering or leaving

1925 April 1

120

Field Notes.

the burrow. It seems probable this bird saw a mouse going
into the hole and followed it, and in this way sprang the
trap, which caught it by one leg. It was alive when found.
The only time I have seen the Little Owl in the Bridlington
district was in December, 1920, when one frequented the
buildings on ‘ Flat Top Farm/ where it remained three days,
roosting in a hole in the wall just underneath the eaves. — R. J.
Flintoff.

— : o : —

MAMMALS ,

Grey Squirrel near Ripon.- — A friend recently informed
me that he shot a Grey Squirrel in Ripon Parks in November,
1923. It was running through some long grass, and was
mistaken for a rat, hence the shooting. A second one has
been caught in a trap at Plompton. — R. Fortune.

Irish Elk Remains in Cumberland. — The photograph

reproduced herewith hardly gives a correct impression of the
magnitude of the skull and pair of antlers of the Irish Elk
(Cervus megaceros) which have recently been added' to the
Geological gallery in the Municipal Museum at Hull. They
have been kindly presented to the Museum by Lieut. J. G.
Roper, of Cumberland, who states that, while he has no
precise details, the antlers are generally considered to have
been excavated at Wastwater about sixty years ago. The
dimensions are : straight across from tip to tip, 7 ft. 8 ins. ;
measuring round the curve, 10 ft. The skull, which has been
sawn off at the front, measures 17 J ins. We are indebted to
Dr. F. A. Bather, F.R.S., of the British Museum (Natural
History), for recommending to the owner that it be given to
us. — T. Sheppard.

Naturalist

Field Notes.

121

Ocellated Sand Skink (Chalcides ocellatus) at Scar-
borough.— An example of this interesting little lizard was
found alive in a box of Jaffa oranges on December 22nd, 1924.
It measured about 9 inches in length, and was quite lively
when turned out. In its native haunts it inhabits dry sandy
districts in Northern Africa, South Eastern Asia, and a few
localities in Southern Europe, burrowing beneath the surface,
and seldom coming to the top. In captivity it followed the
same habit, hiding beneath the dry soil in the bottom of the
case in which it was kept, and on no occasion coming volun-
tarily to the surface. It is now in the Zoological Gardens,
London. — W. J. Clarke.

— : o : —

Large Squid on the Yorkshire Coast. — On January 3rd
a large Squid was stranded on the beach at Withernsea in a

dying condition, and after being exhibited at Withernsea and
Hull it was forwarded to the Natural History Department of
the British Museum, which had expressed a wish to possess
it. The squid measures 7 ft. 1 in. from the apex of the
mantle to the tip of the tentacles. Recently Mr. G. C. Robson,
of the British Museum, exhibited and described it to the
members of the Zoological Society of London, and his paper
will appear in the usual course in the Society’s Proceedings.
Mr. Robson informs us that the name of the specimen is
Stenoteuthis caroli Furtado, and that it is an Oigopsid Cephalo-
pod referable to the family Ommatostrephidse, and is a very
rare species. The common S. pteropus and S. bar tr ami are

1925 April 1

122

Northern News.

frequently met with on the west coast of Europe. The
illustration herewith is from a photograph taken from the
front of the animal, when first caught ; consequently the
tentacles are exaggerated in size compared with the body. —
T. Sheppard.

Unusually large Fatherlasher at Scarborough. — An

example of Cottus bubalis, captured by an angler off the pier
at Scarborough, weighed i| lbs., and is much the largest
example of this species I have seen. The largest I have seen
previously weighed i lb. §- oz., and measured exactly 12 inches
in length. — W. J. Clarke.

— : o : —

ENTOMOLOGY.

Saturnia carpini in the Huddersfield District. —

Referring to The Naturalist, 1925, p. 60 : at the end of July,
1924, I saw fourteen almost fully-grown larvae on part of the
moorland remnants near Upper Oldfield, Honley. On Sep-
tember 10th, 1924, I had given to me a fully-grown larva
(which is now in the pupal stage) obtained on the moorland
near Cook's Study, Holmfirth. It was one of five which were
observed at the time. — W. E. L. Watt am, Newsome.

Fortunately S. carpini is still common on probably all the
moors sufficiently far from Huddersfield to be little affected
by town influences of various kinds. My note, referred to by
Mr. Wattam, applied to the moors in the almost immediate
vicinity of the town. — G.T.P.

: o : - -

We saw from the press, in an announcement of a proposed visit of
the Leeds City Council to the Temple Newsam Museum, that it contains
‘ one of the finest collections of armour in the world,’ but in the report
of the visit not a word was said about this wonderful collection, which
seems a pity, as many would like to hear about it. Leeds is certainly
doing well. We heard a little while ago that it had one of the finest
collections of birds in the country (an honour which has recently been
claimed for a place not very far from Wigan) ; it was once going
to have one of the finest collections of casts of prehistoric skulls in the
country. The Yorkshire Post of the 10th February tells us that the
Public Library there has the best book collection in Yorkshire (and cer-
tainly its collection of Yorkshire books is a very fine one), and so on.

It must feel nice for authors of papers in a certain scientific periodical
to find the editor giving his views on their papers. In the March issue
one writer gives the ‘ Story of Marvellous Discoveries ’ in the language
of bees ! In another we learn that from early instruments ‘ our modern
instruments of precision have been developed.’ In another we learn
that ‘ Profound scholarship is not necessarily accompanied by any
expert knowledge ’ ; later we find that ‘ the male [flea] is relatively
rare, and seldom found by the pond hunter. ’ Another is ‘ an authoritative
article.’ The next is also an ‘authoritative article.’ The next ‘might
enable us to solve the food problem by changing wood into sugar,’ and so
on. In any case the editor is original for once in that he does not pray
for new subscribers.

Naturalist

123

BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Papers and Records relating to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted), published during 1924.

T. SHEPPARD, M.SC. , F.G.S.

1923.

Anon. Northumberland, Durham.

Local Geology. Vasculum, April, p. 85.

Garrett, F. C. Northern Counties.

William Maynard Hutchings, 1849-1923 (Obituary). Vasculum,
April, pp. 87-88.

Kennard, A. S. Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire, Lancashire.

Presidential Address : The Holocene Non -marine Mollusca of
England. Proc. Maloc. Soc., Jan., pp. 241-259.

Smythe, J. A. Northumberland, Durham, Lake District, Yorks.
Minerals of the North County. Galena. Vasculum, April, pp.
89-93 ; Juiy» pp- 106-109.

Thorp, W. Northumberland, Durham.

Northumbria’s Backbone, or the Great Whin Sill. 20 pp., noticed
in Vasculum, April, pp. 86-87.

Woolacott, D. Northumberland, Durham.

Local Geology. Vasculum, April, p. 85.

1924.

Anon. Northern Counties.

The Mineral Industry of the British Empire and Foreign Countries .
Statistics, 1919 - 1921 . Salt, 36 pp. Gypsum, 24 pp.

Anon. Lancashire S.

Fossil Trees found near Manchester : An Old Record [1842],

Lancs, and Chesh. Nat., Jan , p. 125.

Anon. „ Lancashire.

Narrogates, near Nelson [erratic]. Lancs, and Chesh. Nat., April,
pp. 173 and 180.

Anon. Northern Counties.

Statistical Summary of Output, and of the Costs of Production,
Proceeds and Profits of the Coal Mining Industry for the
quarter ended 30th September, 1923. Mines Department
Circular, 31st December, 31st March, 30th June, 1924. [Charts.]

Anon. Derbyshire.

Visit to Edale and Castleton, June 28th, 1924. Trans. Inst. Min.
Eng., July, p. 392.

Armstrong, A. Leslie. Derbyshire.

Exploration of Harborough Cave, Brassington. Journ. Roy.
Anthrop. Inst., Vol. LIIL, pp. 402-413.

Ashurst, Moses. Lancashire S.

A Fire in Bickershaw Seven -feet Mine at Leigh. Coll. Guard.,
April nth, pp. 933-934-

Ashurst, M., and Siddall, F. N. Lancashire.

An Account of a Fire in the Bickershaw Seven feet Mine at Leigh,
Lancashire, and its Action upon the Coal. Trans. Inst. Min.
Eng., May, pp. 149-157.

Bisat, W. S. Northern Counties.

The Carboniferous Goniatites of the North of England and their
Zones. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XX., Part 1, pp. 40-124.

1925 April 1

124 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Bond, G. C. Nottinghamshire.

History of Early Goal - and Ironstone -mining in Nottinghamshire,
and other Notes on the Iron -mining Industry Trans. Inst.
Min. Eng., May, pp. 223-239 ; Iron and Coal Trades Review, March
14th, p. 426.

Boswell, P. G. H. Northern Counties.

Some Further Considerations of the Petrology of Sedimentary
Rocks : President’s Address, 1923. Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.,
Pt. 1, Vol. XIV., pp. 1-33.

Boswell, P. G. H. Cheshire.

A Sketch of the Geological History of the Chester District [abs.].
Rep. Chester Soc. Nat. Science, etc., 1924, p. 14.

Bradley, A. G. Lake District.

Highways and Byways in the Lake District. Macmillan & Co., Ltd. ,
xiL + 332 pp.

Briggs, Henry ; Owen, A. L. S., and Wilson, John. Durham.
The Heat due to Strata -movements, and its effect on certain
Coal-Seams. Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., July, pp. 355-373 ; Nov.,
pp. 123-130.

Bromehead, C. E. N. Yorkshire, Derbyshire.

Natural Resources in Relation to the Arts. Geog. Journ., June,
pp. 479-491. See also Nat., Oct., pp. 291-292.

Brown, H. Forster. See MacMillan, H. P.

Carruthers, R. G. Northumberland, Durham.

Northumberland and Durham District. Sum. of Progress, Geol.
Surv., 1923, pp. 80-88.

Challinor, J. Derbyshire, Yorkshire.

1 Farey’s Grit.’ Geol. Mag., Sept., pp. 423-427.

C[hatwin], C. P. Northern Counties.

In Memoriam — Robert Kidston, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S.
{1852-1924). Nat., Dec., pp. 364-366.

Cheetham, Chris. A. Northern Counties.

Pennine Peat. Nat., Jan., pp. 11-15.

Davison, Charles. Northern Counties.

A History of British Earthquakes. Cambridge, 416 pp.

Dawkins, William Boyd. Derbyshire.

Windy Knoll. Nat., Oct., p. 294.

Dixon, E. E. L. See Eastwood, T.

Dixon, H. B. Lancashire S.

On Coal-dust Explosions at the Mines Department Experimental
Station at Eskmeals. Mem. and Proc. Manch. Lit. and Phil. Soc.,
Vol. LXVIII., Pt. 1, pp. 1-14.

Doelter, C. See Holden, E. F.

Dunglinson, Basil. See Scoular, J. G.

Eastwood, T. ; Smith, B. ; Dixon, E. E. L. ; Edmonds, C. and
Holding worth, S. E. Cumberland, Lake District.

Excursion to Whitehaven. Geol. Assoc. Circ., No. 270, pp. 4-6. .
Edmonds, C. See Eastwood, T.

Northern Counties (incl. Yorks.) .
Ennos, F. R., and Scott, Alexander.

Special Reports on the Mineral Resources of Great Britain. Vol.
XXVIII.: Refractory Materials — Fireclays. Analyses and
Physical Tests. Mem. Geol. Surv., iv.d-84 pp.

Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 125

Erdtman, O. G. E. Cheshire, Isle of Man.

Mitteilungen iiber einige Irische Moore. Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift ,
Bd. XVIII., H. 3, pp. 451-459-

Flett, John S. Northern Counties.

Report of the Director of the Geological Survey and Museum for
1923. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv. 1923, pp. 5-23 : Introduction
loc. cit., pp. 25-30. See also Nature, Dec. 27th, pp. 949-950.

Foxwell, G. E. Yorkshire, Durham.

Plastic State of Goal. Fuel, April, pp. 122-128.

Garnett, Cecil S. Derbyshire.

The ‘ Toadstone -clays ’ of Derbyshire. Min. Mag., pp. 151-157.

Geikie, Archibald. Northern Counties.

A Long Life’s Work : An Autobiography . London. 426 pp.

Gibbon, I. G. and Jones, F. A. Northern Counties.

Royal Commission on Mining Subsidence. Minutes of Evidence,,

19th December, pp. 62-76.

Gibbon, I. G. See MacMillan, H. P.

Gibson, W. Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire.

Concealed Yorks . -Notts . Coalfield. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv.y
1923, pp. 57-58.

Gill, E. Leonard. Northumberland, Durham.

Fossil Arthropods from the Tyne Coalfield. Geol. Mag., Oct.,
PP- 455-471 •

Grantham, Richard Fuge. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

The Effect of Groyning on some parts of the English Coast, [abs.]
Water, Feb., pp. 70-71. ; Min. Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng., Vol. CCXVIL,
pp. 42-90.

Harris, Stella W. Lancashire S.

Petrology of the Triassic Sandstones of South-west Lancashire.

Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc., Vol. XIV., Pt. 1, pp. 48 -'64. Abs. in
Lancs, and Chesh. Nat., Jan., pp. 137-138. Geol. Mag., April,
pp. 187-188. Nat., May, pp. 132-133.

Hawkes, L. Northumberland, Durham.

A Note on Calcareous ‘ Rings ’ found in Glacial Clays. Proc. Geol.
Assoc., Aug., pp. 260-262 ; V asculum, Oct., pp. 23-24.

Hickling, G. . Lancashire.

Tectonics of the Lancashire Coalfield. . [abs.] Rep. Brit.. Assoc.,
1923, pp. 443-445.

Holden, E. F. Durham.

The Production of Rose Red Coloring in Fluorite [from Weardale] .
[Abstract of paper by Doelter, C.] Centr . Mineral . , 1921, pp.
479-80. Rev . de Geologie, Juin, p. 364.

( To be continued ).

: o :

Chats on British Mammals, by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., D.Sc.*

122 pages, 20 illustrations, price 2/6. The Sheldon Press, 1924. It is
almost impossible to say anything really new with reference to our native
mammals. Dr. Simpson has, however, managed to give, in an interesting
and pleasant manner, much information about sixteen species, which,
if not new, will at least be useful to the young naturalist, to whom, and
to the uninitiated, the book primarily appeals. The various articles
are the result of ten-minute wireless broadcasting talks, which were
afterwards elaborated and originally published in The South Wales
News. — R. F.

1925 April 1

126

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

Mr. G. W. Lamp high writes on ‘ Robert Browning as an Exponent
of Research ’ in Nature, No. 2887.

Glimpses of Village Life : I., The Excommunication of Caterpillars
and kindred matters/ by G. G. Coulton, appears in The History Teachers'
Miscellany for January.

‘ Gout Fly of Barley/ by A. D. Imms, and ‘ Downy Mildew of Hops/
by E. S. Salmon and W. M. Ware, are among the many contributions
to The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture for March.

A particularly valuable paper appears in The Entomologist’ s Monthly
Magazine for February, entitled ‘ Observations on British Coccidse,’ by
E. Green, in which he describes and illustrates some new species.

C. N. Hawkins figures and describes Camptogramma bilineata L.,
ab. n. virgata, from Kent, in The Entomologist for March. In the same
journal Elsie MacGill describes a Proboscis of Calliphora with two pairs
of palps.

In The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for February, the
Rev. J. E. Hull describes some new and rare British species of the Acari
of the Family Gamasidae. These are from Northumberland, Durham,
and other northern localities.

In The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for March, M. R.
Sahni has a valuable paper on ‘ Morphology and Zonal Distribution of
some Chalk Terebratulids/ his material being largely drawn from Norfolk,
Sussex and Surrey. We notice there is a new genus, Chatwinothyrus
presumably called after a member of the staff of the Geological Survey,
though we are not quite sure of the meaning of the word !

In The Entomologist’ s Record for February, Mr. Kettlewell, of Godaim-
ing, states that in a sheltered corner of a garden near the sea at Bridlington,
where no trees were planted, there was a mass of Convolvulus major,
largely eaten by the larvae of the ‘ Buff Ermine,’ but from the mass he
obtained many larvae of the Puss Moth, from which he bred several
specimens. ‘ When the time of pupation arrived, they found their way
up the side of a brick wall and made their cocoons in the depth of the
ivy that grew there, so that the only way to discover their whereabouts
was to pull back the ivy, which exposed the shining undersides of the
cocoons. Surely this is a very unusual foodplant ? ’

The Journal of the Marine Biological Association for March (pp. 531-
754, 6s.) contains a remarkable collection of valuable memoirs, those
most likely to appeal to our readers being : ' The Growth of Some
Lamellibranchs in Relation to the Food-supply of Fishes,’ by E, Ford ;

' Food of the Bottom Fauna of the Plymouth Fishing Grounds,’ by
O. D. Hunt ; ‘ Some Marine Ciliates at Plymouth, with a description
of a new species,’ by W. De Morgan ; ‘ Young Anglers and their Enemies,'
by M. V. Lebour ; ‘ Euphausiids,’ by C. F. Hickling ; ‘ Obisium maritimum
Leach near Plymouth,’ by H. F. Barnes ; and ‘ Seasonal Changes in the
Water and Heleoplankton of Fresh-water Ponds,’ by W. G. Atkins and
G. T. Harris.

The South-Eastern Naturalist for 1924, recently issued, is the final
editorial effort of Mr. E. A. Martin, F.G.S. (referred to in the text,
presumably as a joke, as ‘ Commander ’ Martin). It contains a lengthy
account of the Guildford Congress, details of the work of the various
Sections, reports of delegates, etc. There is the Presidential Address of
Sir Richard Gregory on ‘ Science in Civilisation.’ The journal is issued
free to members of the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies, and
is sold to the public at five shillings, which is not at all an unreasonable
price (lxxxviL+99 pp.) The frontispiece consists of a photograph of
the members at the Haslemere Museum, from which it would seem that
in the south of England people have to reach a ripe age before becoming
■* scientific,’ there being very few young people in the group.

• Naturalist

127

THE STUDY OF CHIRONOMIDS.

On the evening of Monday, Feb. 23rd, Mr. G. Grace, B.Sc., of Ilkley,
read a paper on ‘ The Study of Chironomids ’ before the Bradford Natural
History Society and the Entomological members of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, the lecture being made available to the latter by the
kind invitation of the Bradford Society. Mr. Grace’s exposition was
clear in every detail ; especially in the anatomical portion, which was
■explained in a lucid fashion, helped by the excellent lantern slides the
lecturer had prepared from his original diagrams and preparations.

Mr. Grace introduced his subject by describing the methods he follows
in the collection, preservation and tabulating of the flies. Owing to
the present insufficient descriptions of most of the species, Mr. Grace
describes every species he collects ; thus, when completed, his work will
put the Yorkshire Chironomids on a sound footing.

The lecturer next dealt with the anatomy of the flies to some length.

These details were followed by a short sketch of the sub-families and
main genera.

Mr. Grace made an earnest appeal to all Yorkshire Naturalists, even
if they cannot afford time to work the Chironomids systematically, at
least to collect specimens, which either Mr. Grace or Mr. V/. D. Hincks,
•of Leeds, will endeavour to work up with the object of making our know-
ledge of the Yorkshire species as complete as possible. — W. D. Hincks,
Hon. Co. Sec.

: o :

A stone hammer, found some years ago between Grimsby and Clee-
thorpes during the opening of a new clay pit, has been deposited in the
Lincoln Museum. The implement is attributed to the Bronze Age !
Local Paper. To this Punch adds ‘ And was described, no doubt, by
the tradesman of the period as ‘ a genuine antique.’ What would Punch
have said about the Bronze-age stone hammer recently discussed by
•experts in prehistoric matters in the Sheffield papers ?

We see from the report of the Annual Meeting of the Yorkshire
Philosophical Society, recently presented, that a special Committee con-
siders the Hospitium unsuitable for the exhibition of the Roman relics
it contains, and an extension to the Museum is suggested on the south-
east side of the building, which would cost approximately ^16,000. It
would certainly be an advantage to have these relics more adequately
exhibited, but this new suggestion seems to dispose of the scheme for
rebuilding the Museum which was referred to in these pages in Dec. , 1923 !

We learn from The Yorkshire Post recently, referring to the old aisled
tithe barn at Easington, ‘ a correspondent says that the original suggestion
that it should be removed to Hull, and preserved in one of the parks, was
made and building. Thee (sic) then Lord Mayor and agreed to by the
Ecclesiastical Commissioners purely in the interests of the preservation
•of the members of the Hull Corporation.’ The report goes on to say that
‘the arrangements for this are in the hands of Mr. T. Sheppard, M.Sc.,
of the Hull Museums.’ Personally, we doubt very much whether
Mr. Sheppard considers it practical or desirable to ‘ preserve the members
of the Hull Corporation.’

In October, 1922, a circular was sent round asking for subscriptions to a
new work on British Butterflies, by Mr. S. L. Mosley, and, possibly with
others, the present writer subscribed to this. Later a second part was
issued, and there the matter seems to. have ended. As the subscription
was rather a heavy one and the two parts already issued, by themselves,
are almost worthless, it is a pity that such an enthusiastic worker as Mr.
Mosley does not consider the prospect of completing a publication of
this nature, before starting it. This is by no means the first of its kind
emanating from Huddersfield, but so far as we are concerned it will be
the last to which we shall subscribe. Our library is almost paved with
incomplete publications, though all started with good intentions.

1925 April 1

128

NORTHERN NEWS.

Dr. Walcot Gibson, F.G.S., has been elected a Fellow of the Royal
Society of London.

We should like to congratulate the Rev. T. R. Stebbing, F.R.S., the-
distinguished zoologist, on attaining his 90th birthday.

Answers to numerous correspondents : — • We don’t know a word
with that number of letters which means what you suggest.

The Yorkshire Archaeological Society has purchased No. 10 Park
Place, Leeds, for £3,500, for its library and as a meeting place and lecture
hall.

The death is announced of Sir Edward Thorpe, the well-known chemist.
He was one of the first four Professors of the Yorkshire College, now the
Leeds University, and was President of the British Association at Edin-
burgh in 1921.

The Belfast Museum Publication , No. 84, deals with ‘ Ulster An-
tiquities : The Stone Age,' and is a well -illustrated description of the
various objects found in the North of Ireland, varying from small flint
arrow points to stone circles.

Dr. Norman H. Joy has presented some British Coleoptera to the
Natural History Museum, South Kensington, including several new
species. An anonymous donor has also sent forty species hitherto
unrepresented in the collections.

The London County Council has issued a second edition of its Handbook
to the Horniman Museum, dealing with The Evolution of the Domestic
Arts (44 pp., 3d.), and a third edition, re-w'ritten, of its Handbook to ■
the Freshwater Aquaria and Vivaria (54 pp., 3d.),

‘ Oh ! Appleby-on-the-Eden must surely be the place where first
young Adam opened his eyes and looked upon Eve’s sweet face ; and
Appleby-on-the-Eden must surely be part of the land where Adam and
Eve in a new made world went wandering hand-in-hand.’ — Punch.

We should like to congratulate the British Museum authorities and
the hard working editor, Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, on the appearance of
still another part (VI.) of ‘ Index Animalium.’ This contains the words.

' Ceyl ’ to ‘ Concolor,’ pages 1197-1452, covering the period 1801-1850.

According to The Morning Post recently, some mammoth bones have
been found in London ‘ In blue lias, a stratum of the middle Pleistocene
period. They were deposited contemporaneously with Neolithic Man.’
Evidently some of our ‘ Prehistorians ’ are migrating to the London area.

We notice that, following on Professor Dart’s account of his discovery
of an ancient skull, which appeared in Nature, Sir Arthur Keith, Sir
Arthur Smith Woodward, Mr. E. N, Fallaize, and Punch, have each
contributed to our knowledge of the so-called ‘ missing link ’ recently
found at Taungs in Africa.

‘ Whereas we dislike burglary, we lend it a halo of romance in par-
ticularly daring cases by attributing to the criminal some of the graceful
agility and scorn of convention which we notice in the common cat.’ — 7
Punch. The Museums curator at Hull, who, incidentally, tries te be a
naturalist, never thought of that !

According to the press for March 14th, a Thrush’s nest, with two
eggs, was found the previous week in a garden at Skidby, near Hull ;
an Ivory Gull has been captured by a local fisherman at Whitby, and a
female Great-crested Grebe has been killed at Keswick. There is a law
to prevent this sort of thing, but apparently its influence is not felt in
some of the wilds of this country.

Dr, W. E. Collinge, of the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical
Society at York, is issuing in parts ‘ The Food of Some British Wild
Birds : a Study in Economic Ornithology.’ A subscriber to this tells
us that he has received the first instalment, numbered ‘ Parts 1 and 2,’
(64 pp.), price 12/6, The publication will doubtless be useful, but an
expensive item before it is completed.

Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

JNT ATTJRATA STS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

issued Monthly , illustrated with Plates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers, 151- per annum, post free .

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy <\to 283 PaSes> with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and

Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— | 5/- per annum, post free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown 8vo, Illustrated , Art Cloth Boards, lettered in
Gold. 6/- net , post free 6/6.

“ A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

SCIENCE PROGRESS

A Quarterly Review of Scientific Thought,
Work and Affairs.

Editor - COLONEL SIR RONALD ROSS, K.C.B., F.R.S.

This Quarterly is now in its nineteenth year of publication. Its
object is to give all readers of wide culture and interest in science
a knowledge of the numerous advances which are being continually
made in connection with scientific work and thought. Each number
contains Recent Advances in Science (by a number of experts).
Articles, Popular Science, Essay-Reviews, Correspondence, Notes,
Essays, many Reviews, and a Book List. Published early every
quarter by John Murray, 50a Albemarle Street, London, W. Annual
Subscription 25/6 and price of one number 6s. Subscriptions
through bookseller or direct to the Publisher.

“ Science Progress, which has now reached its thirty-ninth
number, not only covers a remarkably wide field with great
ability, but has had impressed upon it, by the energetic and
humane spirit of its editor, a certain dynamic quality which

makes it a force as well as a source of light.”' — The Times.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

April, 1925.

No. 820

MAY, 1925. No. 594 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull :

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN VV. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents :

Notes and Comments (illustrated) : — University of Leeds ; The Purpose
of Education ; An Early Bird ; Yorkshire Jurassic Plants ; Geological
Survey of Yorkshire ; Water Colour Exhibition ; The Whaling
Industry ; Local Natural History ; Wonderful Leaves ; Humber
Changes ; Pot-holing ; Under Ingleborough ; Troglodytic Beings ..

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) : — Dr. L. F. Spath ..

Bibliogrpahy Geology of the North of England— T. Sheppard
M.Sc., F.G.S

In Memoriam : — Robert Standen, M.Sc.

Ivory Gull at Whitby (illustrated) — F. Snowdon ...

A Bronze -age Earthenware Vessel (illustrated) — T. S

The Rhodesian Skull (illustrated) — T. S. ...

Field Notes : — Disease of Spruce Trees ; HippobosckLe in Yorkshire ,
Demoiselle Crane at Robin Hood’s Bay ; Waldheimia cranium Miiller
in Holsteinborg, West Greenland ; Gre^-S<|ffipSr^^^jvaulx ,
Yorks. ; Riccia glauca in Cumberland

Proceedings of Scientific Societies

Reviews and Book Notices

News from the Magazines

Northern News

Illustrations

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.
And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

129-136-

I37-I4I

142-146-

147-148

149- 15°'

1 50- 1 52
I53_I54

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS5 UNION.

EXCURSION TO MIDDLETON -IN -TEESD ALE, WHITSUNTIDE,
MAY 30th TO JUNE 1st.

In this Excursion the Union will be joined by the Yorkshire Geological Society,
and by the Wallis Club (Durham).

In view of the exceptional circumstances with regard to limited accommoda-
tion in a popular holiday resort, intending visitors should book their rooms
as early as possible. Headquarters have been arranged as follows : — Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union and Yorkshire Geological Society — Miss Hallett, Heather
Brae, Middleton-in-Teesdale ; Wallis Club — Cleveland Arms Hotel, Middleton-
dn-Teesdale. Terms, n/6 per day ; visitors staying at Headquarters must be
willing to share rooms. A detailed Circular will be issued well in advance of the
date fixed for this Excursion.

N.B. — Applicants for accommodation at Headquarters must be able to
produce evidence of Membership or Association ; and Secretaries of Affiliated
Societies who have not yet returned their Schedules are requested to do do so
without further delay.

The University, Leeds.

W. H. Pearsall
F. A. Mason

Hon. Secretaries.

FOR SALE.

14 vols. The Naturalist , at 2/6 a vol. Also odd parts.

8 parts Y.N.U. Transactions , at 2/- each.

J. F. Pickard, 57 Richmond Av., Heading ley, Leeds.

FINE COPY OF SMITH’S LARGE GEOLOGICAL MAP
OF ENGLAND AND WALES, 1815, in perfect condition,
signed by William Smith. Measures 6 ft. by 8J ft. Scale : Five
miles to 1 inch. Price £15. Apply Messrs. A. Brown & Sons,
Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.

BOOKS WANTED.

Alford Nat. Hist. Soc. Reports. Set.

Bath Field Nat. and Arch. Soc. Vols. VIII. -XI.

Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society Reports, 1870, 1872-3.

Burnley Lit. and Sci. Soc. Parts 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25.
Chester Soc. Nat. Science : Ann. Reports, i.-iv.

Cleveland Lit. & Phil. Soc. Trans. Science Section or others.

Croydon Nat. Soc. 6th Report.

Dudley and Midland Geol. etc., Soc. Vols. II. -IV.

Discovery. (Liverpool, 4to). 1891.

Derby Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc. Part 21.

Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Science. Vols. I., II., III.

Dublin Geol. Soc. Vol. I., pt. 1, 1830? ; Vol. VII., parts 1-3 (or complete
Vols.). 1855.

Eastbourne Naturalist (1 part).

Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. Vols. II. -III. (or parts), and part 6 of new series.
Frizinghall Naturalist. (Lithographed) Vol. I., and part 1 of Vol. II.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Repository, Mackie’s. Vols. IL, III.

Geol. Assoc. Proc. Vol. I., Part 1.

Geological Magazine, 1894.

Huddersfield Arch, and Topog. Society. 1st Report, 1865-1866. (38 pp.).

Illustrated Scientific News. 1902-4. (Set).

Journ. Micrology and Nat. Hist. Mirror. 1914—

Keighley Naturalists' Society Journal. 4to. Part 1.

Apply — Editor. The Museum, Hull.

129

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

UNIVERSITY OF LEEDS.

The President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union has
received the following communication from the University of
Leeds* —

‘ We would take the earliest opportunity after the
conclusion of the celebrations of the Jubilee of the Yorkshire
College and the Coming of Age of the University of Leeds,
to convey to you our high appreciation of the honour and
the favour which you have shewn to the University by
participating in our rejoicings on this auspicious occasion.
The University will ever be mindful of this gratifying
evidence of your interest in our welfare. In particular we
shall preserve amongst our most treasured possessions the
address in which you embodied your felicitations on our
anniversary, your goodwill towards us, and your generous
hopes for our future prosperity. We welcome the wide-
spread recognition of the services rendered by our University
to the cause of liberal knowledge ; and we gladly face the
years to come assured of our continuing fellowship with the
institutions and Societies for Higher Learning throughout
the British Empire.

{Sgd.) Devonshire, Chancellor.

E. G. Arnold, Pr o -Chancellor .

J. B. Baillie, Vice-Chancellor .

A. E. Wheeler, Registrar

THE PURPOSE OF EDUCATION . f
A new and cheap edition of f The Purpose of Education :
An Examination of Educational Problems in the Light of
Recent Scientific Research,’ has been issued by the Cambridge
University Press. The author points out that ‘ Of recent
years we have witnessed, in various directions, a strong revolt
against what is vaguely called the “ Mechanistic theory ” of
life, and against the “ Pernicious trend of materialistic
science.” This revolt is leading to an unholy revival of
superstition and quackery, on the one hand, and on the other,
the serious efforts to interpret the unexplained phenomena of
life and mind by the evolution of the science of psycho-physical
biology. This science, although by no means new, has not
yet received the attention it deserves. It does not require
that all the laborious researches of eminent experimentalists
in the fields of physics, physiology, chemistry, biology,
psychology and anthropology should be discarded as useless,
but it does require that the outcome of all these researches

* See page 39.

• f By St. George Lane Fox Pitt, revised and enlarged, xviL-j-92 pp.,
4/- net.

1925 May 1

I

I3°

Notes and Comments.

should be correlated and synthesised. This small volume is
intended to introduce inquirers to the elements of this science ;
and it is hoped that the psycho-physical treatment of edu-
cational problems may offer at least a clue to their satisfactory
solution. *

AN EARLY BIRD.

We gather from The Burnley News that a paper was recently
read at a meeting of the Prehistoric Society of East Anglia,
at the request of the British Museum authorities, on the

Old Stone Age passed into the Iron Age in East Lancashire/
by Mr. John Whitham. Among the specimens described
from Watson Laithe ‘ was a tablet made of a fragment struck
from a water-worn boulder, and on which there was found to
be engraved the outline of a bird — one of the rare examples
of Stone-Age art. This was found buried along with a few
stone weapons, at the place indicated, on January 24th,
1909/ We have been permitted by the Editor of The Burnley
News to reproduce the illustrations of this ‘ rare example of
Stone-Age art/ but regret we cannot accept it as evidence of
Palaeolithic Man in these parts. It would be interesting to
know what was the opinion of the British Museum or the
Prehistorians on the matter.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

131

YORKSHIRE JURASSIC PLANTS.

At a recent meeting of the Royal Society, Mr. H. H.
Thomas read a paper on The Caytoniales, a new group of
angiospermous plants from the Jurassic rocks of Yorkshire.
The fossils are the remains of megasporophylls with carpels,
fruits and seeds of two distinct types, and male inflorescences
bearing stamens. They were found in the Gristhorpe Plant
Bed in the Middle Estuarine Series, exposed on the Yorkshire
coast in Cay ton and Gristhorpe Bays. The species Gristhorpia
Nathorsti gen. et sp. nov. had pinnate megasporophylls 4-5
cm. long, with an axis about 1 mm. wide ; the sub-opposite
pinnae terminate in small more or less spherical carpels 2-5
mm. in diameter. The carpels have a stigma at the base near
the pedicel. Winged pollen-grains were found on some of the
stigmas. The seeds had a well-developed megaspore mem-
brane with an apical projection, above which was a micropyle
lined with cutinised cells. Caytonia Sewardi possessed mega-
sporophylls agreeing generally with those of Gristhorpia, but
the stigma was a. small basal flange. The carpels and fruits
contained two rows of ovules or seeds, with hard woody or
stony testas. The remains of the male inflorescences are of a
type previously known as Antholithus sp. and now named
Antholithus Arberi. They were probably borne on the same
plants as Gristhorpia Nathorsti. The anthers were four-lobed
sessile structures, of a form very like that found in many
modern Angiosperms, and had a longitudinal dehiscence.
There are no traces of perianth members or bracts. There is
a constant association of megasporophylls and fruits, with
leaves of Sagenopteris Phillipsi Brongn. The comparative
examination of the cuticular structure of the axes of Gris-
thorpia and Caytonia, and of the petioles of Sagenopteris
fronds, makes it probable that Sagenopteris must be regarded
as the leaf of the Caytoniales.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF YORKSHIRE.

The Geological Survey has now opened a branch office
at 14a Parliament Street, York. Work on the revision of
the maps of the coalfield began in 1923, the Huddersfield Sheet
(77) of the small series one-inch map being taken in hand
first, in order to be in continuity with the work of the Lanca-
shire unit ; the memoir on the Concealed Coalfield has also been
revised, and the new edition may be expected shortly. All
Survey work for Yorkshire and for the Derby and Notts, part
of the coalfield will be dealt with through the York Office,
where the staff consists of Messrs. G. V. Wilson, D. A. Wray,
J. V. Stephens and Wilfrid N. Edwards, under Mr. C. E. N.
Bromehead as District Geologist. It may be noted that the
three senior members are all Yorkshiremen. The staff is

1925 May 1

132

Notes and Comments.

anxious to form a collection of papers on the geology of the
district for the use of themselves and any future members : if
authors are able to send reprints to the District Geologist
for this purpose they will be gratefully acknowledged.

WATER COLOUR EXHIBITION.

The writer has recently had the pleasure of inspecting the
excellent 116th Exhibition of the Royal Institute of Painters
in Water Colours, which makes particular appeal to anyone
interested in nature. A naturalist also sometimes sees more

Charing Cross, B.C.

in a picture than the artist intends. As indicating an artist's
idea as to the relative proportions of a mammoth and a rein-
deer, Mr. Charles Whymper, R.X., has a picture, ‘ Charing
Cross, B.C.,' an illustration of which we are kindly permitted
to reproduce.

THE WHALING INDUSTRY.

That the whaling industry is far from being extinct, as
is popularly supposed, and that in certain waters is greater
than ever, was the information given by Sii Sidney Harmer in
a lecture recently. He said that at the beginning of the present
century whaling appeared to be drawing to a close, but the
position was altered by the discovery of a new whaling field
in sub-Antarctic waters, where the industry is being conducted

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

133

on a scale never before equalled. Although this branch of
the trade only commenced in 1904, the humpback whale,
belonging to the rorqual group, has shown an alarming decline
in numbers ; and this was noticeable eight years after the
beginning of sub-Antarctic whaling. At present the industry
there depends almost entirely on the fin whale and the blue
whale, the latter the largest animal known, and reaching a
length of one hundred feet. A certain number of sperm
whales were also being caught off the South African coast.
Unlimited whaling had resulted in the reduction of the number
of whales to vanishing point in some places, and there was the
ominous fact that the whales had not returned to areas where
they were formerly abundant, on the cessation of whaling.
He instanced the case of the Greenland whale, the pursuit of
which had not been carried out on more than a small scale
since the middle of the last century, and yet Greenland whaling
was now extinct, in spite of the freedom from persecution that
this species had enjoyed for so many years, no more than a
few stragglers being now found in the Arctic seas. All of
them seemed to have deserted Spitzbergen, where they were
first found in enormous numbers.

LOCAL NATURAL HISTORY.

In an article on * Local Natural History in Great Britain/
appearing in Nature, No. 2886, we learn that : — ‘ The smaller
and less wealthy local societies have received much encourage-
ment and stimulation by their affiliation to form larger
bodies, of which the Yorkshire Naturalists5 Union is so
splendid an example. This and other similar bodies, like
the recently formed Union of South-Western Societies, the
South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies, the Lancashire
and Cheshire Fauna Committee, and the Faunal Survey of
Glamorgan, are attempting to systematise research among
affiliated societies and to carry it out on the broad lines
suggested above. We ^should like to see this principle of
larger unions extended to embrace the whole country, so that
with the local societies affiliated to their proper union, and
the unions in turn affiliated to one or other of the scientific
societies in London, or, as now, to the British Association,
a complete organisation would be brought into being for the
thorough co-ordination of the work of local societies. The
unions perform another and perhaps equally important function
in bringing the results of scientific research before the general
public of the areas they represent, by holding annual
congresses at which feading men of science deliver addresses
on the special subjects of their own work. It is impossible
to estimate the value or to over-emphasise the importance of
the work which the larger unions are doing by this means.

1925 May 1

134

Notes and Comments.

A direct link is established between the local societies and
scientific workers of the first rank, and the stimulus which the
former receive as the result of this contact must largely
influence their members and encourage them in the work they
are seeking to do/ In addition to the Unions mentioned,
there is the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, the Northern
Naturalists’ Union for Durham and Northumberland, and
we believe a similar Union has recently been formed, or is
being considered, for Scottish scientific societies.

WONDERFUL LEAVES.

‘ Leaves, leaves, wonderful leaves,

Have you no story to tell,

Leaves that are fragile yet active and agile,

Because of the work in the cell.

How is your workshop, so frail and so tender,

Set up and exactly controlled?

How do you know when the frost and the snow
Betoken that you may be bold ? *

We referred to some poems of Mr. Westell’s in this Journal
some time ago, and the remarks then made still seem to apply.
The present volume* is full of ‘ wonderful leaves,’ in which a
sample is given in the above lines. Possibly the book will
appeal more to some readers than it does to the present writer.
The songs are given in the order in which they were written,
so that presumably the last one, after over 200 pages of them,
should be perfection. We give it ‘ and regret we cannot more
assist his soul to pour forth anew ’ : —

f What a difference it makes
When folks are kind
As the soul pours forth anew,

And constancy shines
In this heart of mine
For the good that the world can do.’

HUMBER CHANGES.

At a recent meeting of the Humber Conservancy Board,
the Engineer, Mr. A. E. Butterfield, reported that ‘ during the
year four different channels had existed. It indicated the
ever-changing nature of the sands in the Upper Humber by
the fact that during the year 77 alterations were made in the
positions of lightships and buoys. This was an average of
three alterations per fortnight. An interesting feature men-
tioned was the filling up of a very deep hole which for many
years had existed off the north-west corner of Read’s Island.

* ‘ The Songs of a Nature Lover,' by W. Percival Westell. London :
Drane’s, Ltd. 221 pp., 5/- net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

135

This hole, which last year had a depth of 49 feet, and in 1919
as much as 74 feet of water at low water, had entirely warped
up, and the position it occupied now dries at low water.
Reference was also made to the disappearance of the large area
of sand which, so far as records show, has always existed to
the eastward of Read’s Island. This sand, known as the
“ Old Warp,” has been steadily disappearing during the last
two or three years, and has now . entirely disappeared. The
report dealt with the erosion of foreshore which had occurred
just west of Brough. Forty-one acres of foreshore in this
locality have disappeared since 1911. This is equivalent to a
yearly loss of land of nine yards for a distance of nearly two
miles. Details were given of the dredging operations carried
out during the year, in connection with which 6k million tons
of material have been deposited in the river. Although this
huge quantity has been so deposited, yet no appreciable
shoaling has occurred in consequence.’

POT-HOLING.

We gather from The Yorkshire Post of April 6th that the
President of the Yorkshire Ramblers’ Club reported that the
Club was ‘ reaching the final stages of the ” exploration
of many of the mysterious shafts,’ etc. ‘ Some of them,
however, were quite bad enough to require also a supply
of determination, considerable agility, and the capacity of
resistance to claustraphobia.’ (We like the word claustra-
phobia !) ‘ Taking a census, the author recorded no caves

and potholes in Ribblesdale and Lonsdale north of Settle ;
a dozen in Wharf edale, and eight in Nidderdale, though
there was reason to believe that the number in Wharfedale
was much larger than was at present known. Of this number,
66 would be classed as potholes, which rarely required, stiff
climbing, but normally the use of a rope-ladder. The rest
were mere caves. The real pothole ” worthy of the name
must be over 100 feet deep, shaft succeeding to shaft, or pitch
to pitch, and was invariably “ alive ”■ — that was, a stream
occupied the only line of descent. Potholing under these
circumstances attracted a small and select [thanks be!] body,
and one single specimen of a first-class pothole would answer
any questioner who inquired why photography and survey
had remained in the background in comparison with ex-
ploration. There were, however, very few first-class potholes
known remaining unexplored in Yorkshire.’ We wish our
friends would study the dictionary when using such words as
‘ survey ’ and ‘ explored.’

UNDER INGLEBOROUGH.

From the same journal for April 9th, we learn that
‘ Visitors to Ingleton this Easter will find a new attraction

1925 May 1

136

Notes and Comments .

of thrilling interest added to the charms of that picturesque
mountain village. The existence of a cavern of some sort
at the spot has been known for a hundred years. The mouth
of it — a little weed-overgrown crack a foot or two in height
in the hill side above the Chapel-le-Dale Road, a mile or two
from the village- — was, indeed, the very first Yorkshire “ geolo-
gical section ” ever published (sic), and that in the quite
early days of the science. Hence geologists have called it
“ Playfair’s Cave,” in memory of the keen-witted Scottish
professor who interpreted its scientific significance. But
neither he nor any of the hundreds of geologists who have
plied their hammers in Chapel-le-Dale ever had the courage to
pursue its exploration. A dozen yards or so from the entrance
the roof of the cavern fell to within a few inches of a perennial
pool of water of fair depth, and this was an uninviting barrier.
To the insatiable curiosity of Mr. Long and his friend it was,
however, a challenge, and they accepted it. Struggling
through the water they wriggled on their stomachs “ some ”
300 yards through a more or less wet crevice rarely more
than 1 8 inches, and often less in height, and they were rewarded
by entering a cavern, some 18 feet in height, lined with
beautiful stalagmitic curtains, and having at one end a fine
waterfall.’

TROGLODYTIC BEINGS.

The report goes on: * For some weeks there were rumours
in the locality of mysterious troglodytic beings — that is not
exactly what the dales folk called them, for they thought
them “ ancient Britons or worse ’’—creatures, semi-clothed,
with weird, unaccountable lights in their caps, who flitted at
dusk into and out of the hole in the hillside. Eventually,
the mystery was solved in the announcement that the hole
led to such a succession of caverns as even Rip Van Winkle
never explored. For the greater part of eighteen months
three men, and sometimes more, have been kept busy drilling,
blasting, and wheel-barrowing away hundreds of tons of
debris. It has been a heavy task, for a roadway like a heading
of a mine has had to be driven through hard rock — the Ingleton
slates or the overlying limestone, to the depth of some 300
yards. To a large extent this roadway has followed the
windings of the little underground streamlet, which cut the
original hollow, but here and there meanders have been
short-circuited, and these lengths remain to show the kind
of passage through which the original explorers travelled.
Now the workers are on the tip toe of expectations. Last
night the foreman of the excavators, Mr. Phillips, concluded
that two more charges of blasting powder would clear the
last obstacle to the entrance to the cavern. Already a very
brisk stream is encountered.’

Naturalist

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

137

DR. L. F. SPATH.

II. — On a New Deroceratid.

Among the Ammonites from the Hull Museum sent to the
writer there were, in addition to the new form described below,
three examples of inner whorls of Apoderoceras spp. (group of
A. aculeatum [Simpson] S. Buckman sp.), with considerable
resemblance to Coeloceras pettos (Quenstedt). These are
similar to the specimens in the Blake Collection, labelled
* Aegoceras gr enouillauxi (d’Orbigny), and referred to on a
previous occasion.1 As the true C. pettos occurs seven zones
higher up, great care is necessary in the identification of
similar small coronate forms.

Another immature Deroceras in Mr. Thompson’s collection
represents the inner whorls of a larger form, perhaps of the
group of D. miles (Simpson) S. Buckman.2 This was errone-
ously identified by Blake3 with D. armatum (J. Sowerby),
but differs in outer whorl, tuberculation, and suture-line, and
comes probably from a higher horizon. The true D. armatum
apparently does not occur in Yorkshire, but more on this
point anon.

There was also a tray with immature' Echioceras, including
probably E. aureolum (Simpson) S. Buckman and E. exortum
(Simpson) S. Buckman,4 with great resemblance to certain
Microceras (so-called subplanicosta). There has been con-
siderable confusion in the identification of thehe Microceras
as well as of Crucilobiceras , which are very similar in the
young, and of other f armati ’ ; and after describing the new
ammonite above mentioned, I propose to examine in more
detail the horizons of the various Deroceratids, which include
so many Yorkshire species.

Genus Ophideroceras, gen. nov.

This genus, as type of which is taken the ammonite des-
cribed and figured below as 0. ziphoides, sp. nov., is proposed
for a group of Deroceratids remarkable on account of their
resemblance to the much earlier Xipheroceras ziphus (Hehl
MS.) Zieten.5 Mr. Beeby Thompson6 recorded this early

1 Spath, loc. cit. ( Geol . Mag., 1923), p. 10.

2 ‘ Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. I. (1911), PI. XLIV.

3 In Tate and Blake, loc. cit. (1876), p. 277, and in his collection
(t e.g ., B.M., No. C19220).

4 4 Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. I. (1910), PI. XIX. and (1911I,
PI. XXVIII.

5 ‘ Verstein. Wurttemb.’ 1830, p. 6, PI. V., fig. 2.

6 ‘Northamptonshire, etc.’ Geology in the Field: Geol. Assoc.

Jubil. Vol., Part III., (1910), p. 455.

1925 May 1

138

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

species from the armatus zone of Hillmorton, Warwickshire,,
where it is associated with Microceras ‘ subplanicosta ' and
‘ bifer Crucilobiceras , Deroceras , Gleviceras and Leptechioceras .
These are all forms occurring in the upper half of the rari-
costatus zone, as defined below, but what appear to be true
Bifericeras (according to Quenstedt confined to a horizon
below oxynotus) also have been found at Hillmorton.1 Until
the succession is definitely established the horizon of .the late
Hillmorton ‘ Bifericeras * that superficially resemble the pres-
ent genus is thus as doubtful as that of the Yorkshire form

Fig. 1.

Side view of Ophideroceras ziphoides, gen. et sp. nov. (natural size),
from the Upper Sinemurian ( raricostatus zone) Hull Museum.

here described.2 The outer whorl of the latter tends to develop
costation continuous all round the whorl as in Microceras, but
it is bituberculate as in the micromorph genus Bifericeras.
The group of Amm. densinodus Quenstedt ( Crucilobiceras )

1 B.M., Nos. C23268-9, Dibley Coll., preserved in pyrites, unlike
the other ammonites, and probably from oxynotus zone (see B. Thompson,
loc. cit., p. 455).

2 Mr. C. Thompson, after seeing the proof, kindly pointed out that
the specimen was found in a nodule he dug up from a hard ledge just
above the water-level of Mill Beck in Robin Hood’s Bay (base of the
raricostatum zone, according to Tate and Blake’s map) .

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

139

appears to be a close ally of Ophideroceras among the Derocera-
tidse, and in coarsely-ribbed forms there is a similar tendency
to develop ribs continuous across the periphery. The bi-
spinous early Deroceras develop subconcave outer whorls, but
are related to the present genus by their similar suture-lines.

Ophideroceras ziphoides, sp. nov.

Type. — The specimen in the Hull Museum here figured
(text figs. 1, 2 a, b.)

Specific Description. — Coiling polygyral, substenogyral, latumbili-
cate ; venter convex, smooth. Inner whorls not seen. Ornamentation,
consisting of distant pairs of tubercles, set on indistinct ribs, about twelve
per whorl ; the outer projecting laterally as in Xipheroceras ziphus.1
On body-chamber continuous ribs across periphery, with tubercles
almost effaced. Suture-line (fig. 2b) with prominent median leaflet in
L, and low external lobe.

(a) Sectional outline (xf) and ( b ) external suture-line (X4) of
Ophideroceras ziphoides, gen. et sp. nov. (Text fig. 1) ; (c-e) Suture-
line development of Crucilohiceras sp. juv. (Gloucestershire) ; (c) at

diameter of 13 mm. (last suture-line) ; (d) at diameter of 9 mm. ; (e)

at diameter of 3.5 mm. ; (/) Suture-line of Crucilohiceras ornatilobatum ,
sp. nov. ( X 3) , Lyme Regis, ‘ Watch Ammonite Stone ’ ; (g) Suture-line
(X3) of C. cheltiense, sp. nov. Hillmorton (B.M., No. C23258) ; (h)

Sectional outline of Deroceras obesum, sp. nov. ( X f ) from the armatus
bed of Lyme Regis.

Measurements. — At diameter = 50 mm.
Whorl-height ... ... 22%

Whorl-thickness ... 24%

, , ,, (incl. tub.) 34%

Umbilicus ... ... 62%

At 75 mm.

25%

20%

(incl. rib) 25%

64%

1 See e.g., Quenstedt : Amm. d. Schwab. Jura, 1884, Pl. XXI.,

fig. 17 (Amm. armatus sparsinodus) .

1925 May 1

140

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

Observations. — This ammonite was labelled by Mr.
Buckman Deroceras sp., and he suggested that it might be
A mm. petricosus or Amm. tenuispina of Simpson. These,
however, are nomina nuda, and quite unrecognisable from the
descriptions. Young and Bird’s Amm. hastatus 1 resembles
the present species in its distant tuberculation and loose
coiling, but it is not bituberculate, and the ornamentation
does not degenerate, even at two or three times the diameter
of Ophideroceras ziphoides.' The forms of the much earlier
genus Xipheroceras are strongly ribbed On the periphery and
quite different in larger whorls. Bifericeras bifer (Quenstedt)1 2,
with similar but closer bituberculate ornamentation, has a
different peripheral aspect and less open coiling. True
Bifericeras develop bituberculation directly on a prolonged
smooth stage, but via forms like B. ? faugi, nom. nov. ( =
Aegoceras capricornu Hug.3 non Schlotheim sp.) they are
(morphologically) connected with a stock, Hemimicroceras,
gen. nov. (genotype! Amm. bifer Reynes, pars,4 non Quen-
stedt, = H. tfoompsooi, nom. nov.) which includes the
Hillmorton (and Honeybourne) * Bifericeras,3 already referred
to, and probably also Emerson’s5 and perhaps even Hoyer’s6
Amm. bifer.’ These Hemimicroceras are often indistinguish-
able from associated Microceras, but take on bituberculation
on the outer whorls and have a more complex suture-line.
Hemimicroceras ? lohbergense (Emerson),7 which grows to a
fair size, to judge by Hillmorton examples and allied unde-
scribed forms, also seems to be referable to this genus rather
than to Microceras. In Ophideroceras the development is in
the reverse direction, and the resemblance to Microceras is
confined to the body-chamber.

Large examples of Crucilobiceras crucilobatum S. Buckman,8
of C. subdensinodum, nom. nov. (= Aegoceras densinodum
Wright9 pars, non Quenstedt), and of a new and very coarse

1 See S. Buckman, * Yorkshire Type Ammonites/ Vol. II. (1914),
PI. CII. a. and b.

2 Loc. cit. (1884), PI. XXII., fig. 7.

3 * Lias-und Dogger Ammoniten : II. Enter- und Mittellias. —

Ammon. Fauna v. Blumensteinallmend, etc.’ Abh. Schweiz. Pal.
Ges., Vol. XXVI. (1899), p. 30, PI. VII., figs. 6, 6a.

4 Monogr. des Ammon., 1879, PI. XLIX., fig. 16 only.

5 ‘Liasmulde von Markoldendorf . ' Inaugur. Dissert. Gottingen,
1870, p. 61.

6 ‘ Unt. Lias von Empelde bei Hannover.’ Centralbl. f. Min., etc.,
1902, p. 35.

7 Loc. cit. (1870), p. 61, PI. III., figs. 3, 3a.

8 ‘ Type Ammonites,’ Vol. III. (1920), PI. CLXXVIII.

9 Loc. cit. (Pal. Soc., 1882), PL L., figs, n-12, probably the same
specimen (B.M., No. C1920) as PI. XXXIX., figs: 6-7. (non figs. 8'-9 =
Crucilobiceras crucilobatum S. Buckman).

Naturalist

Field Notes .

141

species (C. cheltiense, sp. nov.,1 with only 18 ribs to 28 in
C. • subdensinodum at a corresponding diameter) develop body-
chambers similar to that of the form here described.

Ophideroceras is included in the family Deroceratidce , but
cannot yet be attached to any of the Mediterranean trachyos-
tracous offshoots of Lytoceratidce that produced the successive
waves of Deroceratids which are conveniently grouped in a
family.

: o :

Disease of Spruce Tree. — There is a curious attack on
a spruce tree on this estate. It consists of an exudation of
resin of a considerable size invariably at the base of a dead
branch or the site of one. In some cases the branch is still
on the tree and projects through the resin, which has been
formed round it. When cut out the timber appears to be
quite normal. Dr. Borthwick states that as far as he knows
these swellings have not been investigated, and that he has
not come across any cause to which their formation can be
assigned, but that it is quite possible mycelium may be
present. — J. Maughan.

It is well known that* wounding causes the formation of
resin cysts and resin canals in conifers, and is known as
* traumatic response/ As Dr. Borthwick suggests, a my-
celium might well have entered the wound. — Ed.

Hippoboscidae in Yorkshire.' — During the winter, Mr.
A. Gordon, of Helmsley, sent me a number of parasitic insects,
and among them were three species of Hippoboscid flies.
The bird fly Ornithomyia avicularia Linn, occurred on Tawny
Owl, July 23rd, 1924, and on Ring-dove, July 19th, 1924,
both of them from Duncombe Park ; and the Grouse Fly, 0.
lagopodis Sharp, on Grouse from Helmsley Moor, August 16th,
1924. I have a further record of this species from the moors
above Richmond, in Swaledale. Other specimens were also
sent by Mr. Gordon from young Merlins, from Bilsdale Moor,
Helmsley, July 27th, 1924 ; these had doubtless reached the
birds’ bodies from Grouse killed for food. With reference
to the Deer fly, Lipoptena cervi Linn., previously recorded
(The Naturalist, 1924, p. 190), Mr. Gordon informs me that
in October last he was passing through a patch of grass and
bracken where a herd of deer had been lying, when many
specimens of the fly lighted on his clothes, and immediately
snapped off their wings (cf. Sharp, Cambridge Natural History,
Insects II., p. 518). Mr. J. E. Collins has kiridly confirmed
the identification of these insects. — Geo. B. Walsh.

l Type to be an example (B.M., No. C23258) from Hillmorton,
with it whorls of body chamber, characterised by very distant and
rursiradiate ribs throughout, but general resemblance to C . -subdensinodum,
n. nov. (see suture-line, text-fig. 2 g,).

1925 Mayl

142

BIBLIOGRAPHY :

Papers and Records relating to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted), published during 1924.

T. SHEPPARD, M.SC., F.G.S.

( ContiJiued from page 125 ).

Hollingworth, S. E. See Eastwood, T.

Humphreys, A. Derbyshire.

Oxfow Cavern, Castleton. Yorks. Ramblers’ Club Journ ., No. 16,
pp. 135-140-

Hunt, W. F. Nottinghamshire.

Richardson, W. Alfred : The Fibrous Gypsum of Nottinghamshire.

[abs.] Revue de Geologie, Fev., p. 136.

Jackson, J. Wilfrid. Derbyshire.

Report on the Animal Remains found at Harborough Cave, Derby-
shire Journ. Roy. Anthrop. Inst., Vol. LIII., pp. 414-416.

Jackson, J. Wilfrid. Northern Counties.

The Occurrence of Conularia in the Carboniferous Limestone of
North Wales, [abs.] Nature, Dec. 27th, p. 954.

Jackson, J. Wilfrid. Yorkshire, Isle of Man, Derbyshire.

Notes on some ‘ Pendleside ’ Fossils. Naturalist, Oct., pp. 307-308.

Jones, F. A. See Gibbon, I. G.

Jones, Owen Thomas. Lake District.

Lead- and Zinc -ores in the Slaty Rocks of Britain. Trans. Inst
Min. Eng., Feb., pp. 219-242.

Jones, T. A. Lancashire, Cheshire.

Middle Bunter Sandstones of the Liverpool District and their
Pebbles, [abs.] Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923, p. 44O.

Jones, T. A. Cheshire.

An Exposure of Glacial Sands and Gravels at Willaston-in-Wirral.

Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc., Pt. 1, Vol. XIV., pp. 34-37.

Kendall, J. D. Northern Counties.

On a Supposed Glacier-lake in West Cumberland. Geol. Mag.,
Dec., pp. 543>55°

Kidston, Robert. Northern Counties.

Fossil Plants of the Carboniferous Rocks of Great Britain. Mem.
Geol. Survey, pp. 275-376, pi. LXIX.-XCI.

Kendall, P. F. Northern Counties.

On Quaternary Isostatic Readjustments in N.W. Europe, [abs.]
Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923, p. 441.

King, W. B. R. See Wedd, C. B.

Kitchin, F. L. Yorkshire, Northumberland.

Palaeontological Work. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv., 1923, pp.
I37_I4I •

Knight, Bernard H. Cumberland.

The Influence of Weather on Granite Kerbs, Setts, and Broken
Stone Roads [Shap Granite]. Quarry, July, pp. 186-188 ; see also
Nat., Oct., p. 289.

L[amplugh], G. W. Northern Counties.

In Memoriam — Sir Jethro Justinian Harris Teall, F.R.S., Sc.D.,
D.Sc., etc (1849-1924). Nat., Sept., pp. 279-280

Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England. 143

Lamplugh, G. W. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

A Review of the Speeton Clays (Presidential Address at York,
Dec. 2nd, 1922) . Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XX., Pt. 1, pp. 1-31 .

Lang, William H. Northern Counties

On the Apparently Endogenous Insertion of the Roots of Stigmaria .

Mem. and Proc. Manch. Lit. and Phil. Soc., Vol. LXVII., pp.
101-107.

Lapparent, Jacques de. Northern Counties.

Legons de Petrographie. Paris. 501 pp.

Lee, G. W. Durham.

On the Faunal Sequence of the Carboniferous Rocks met on the
Roddymoor Boring, Co. Durham. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv.,

1923, PP- 146-149-

Lewis, Herbert Price. Yorkshire, Lake District, Derbyshire.
Upper Visean Corals of the Genus Caninia. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., Oct., pp. 389-407 ; abs. in Rev. de Geologie, Dec., pp. 825-826.

Louis, H. Northern Counties.

Lead Mining of Northumberland and Durham [notice of Survey
Memoirs]. Nature, Jan., 19th, pp. 75-76.

McLintock, W. F. P. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

Museum of Practical Geology. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv., 1923,

pp. 142-145-

MacMillan, H. P., Brown, H. Forster,

and Gibbon, I. G. Northern Counties.

Royal Commission on Mining Subsidence. Minutes of Evidence,

18th December, pp. 33-61.

Maples, A. K. Lincolnshire.

Gifts to the [Spalding] Museum [details of local boring]. Ann. Rep.
Spalding Gent. Soc. for 1923, p. 3.

Mathews, Edward B. Northern Counties.

Catalogue of Published Bibliographies in Geology, 1896-1920.

Bull. Nat. Research Council, Washington, Vol. VI., Pt. 5, 228 pp.

Maxim, J. L. Lancashire.

Some Antiquarian Features of Bacup and District. Lancs, and

Ches. Nat., April, pp. 185-188.

Melmore, Sidney. Lake District.

On a Quartz -porphyry from the Lake District. Geol. Mag., Nov.,

PP- 5I3-5I5.

Morton, Edgar. Northern Counties.

Rock Textures and Structures from an Applied Aspect. Trans.
Manch. Micro. Soc., Oct., pp. 24-28.

Mottram, Thomas H. See Shinwell, E.

Neaverson, E. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

The Zonal Nomenclature of the Upper Kimmeridge Clay. Geol.

Mag., April, pp. 145-151.

Neaverson, E. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

The Attachment of the Ammonite Siphuncle. Proc. Liverpool Geol.

Soc., Pt. 1, Vol. XIV., pp. 65-77.

Owen, A. L. S. See Briggs, Henry.

Pearsall, W. H. Yorks., Lancs., Cheshire.

The Ages of Peat Deposits. Nature, Dec. 6th, pp. 829-830.

Penzer, N. M. Northern Counties.

Non-Ferrous Metals and other Minerals. 264 pp.

2925 May 1

144 Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

Platt, S. S. Northern Counties .

Irish Sea Glacier, [abs.]. Nat., June, pp. 166-167.

Platt, William. Northern Counties.

A Popular Geology. London, 118 pp.

Redmayne, R. A. S. Notts., Durham, Derbyshire.

Royal Commission on Mining Subsidence. Coll. Guard., p. 747.

Reynolds, S. H. Northern Counties.

British Geological Photographs. Nature, Jan. 19th, pp. 88-90.

Reynolds, S. H. Northern Counties.

Photographs of Geological Interest Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923,
pp. 307-318.

Richardson, W. See Hunt, W. F.

Richardson, W. A. Durham.

The Micropetrography of the Structures of the Magnesian Lime -
stone of Fulwell. [abs.]. Nature, July 19th, p. 109.

Rideout, E. H. Cheshire.

Wirral Watersheds and River Systems and their Influence on Local
History. Trans. Hist. Soc. Lancs, and Chesh., Vol. LXXIV., pp.
93-127-

Scoular, J. G., and Dunglinson, Basil. Cumberland.

The Washing of Fine Coal by the Froth -flotation and Concen-
trating-table Processes at Oughterside Colliery, Cumberland.

Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., July, pp. 374-389.

Scott, Alexander. See Ennos, F. R.

Scott, Dukinfield Henry. Northern Counties.

Extinct Plants and Problems of Evolution. 240 pp. See Nat.,
Dec., p. 354.

S[cott], D. H. Northern Counties.

Obituary — Dr. Robert Kidston, F.R.S. Nature, Aug. 30th, pp.
321-322.

Searle, Alfred B. Northern Counties.

The Chemistry and Physics of Clays and other Ceramic Materials .

xiii. -(-695.

Searle, Alfred B. Northern Counties.

Sands and Crushed Rocks. Vol. I. : Their Nature, Properties and
Treatment. London, pp. xiv.4-475. Vol. II. : Their Uses in
Industry, pp . x . + 230 .

Seward , Albert Charles . N orthern Counties .

The Later Records of Plant -life. Anniversary Address of the
President. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., July, pp. lxi.-xcvii.

Seward, A. C. Northern Counties.

Robert Kidston, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. Geol.
Mag., Oct., pp. 477-479.

Sheppard, T. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

The Pre- glacial Humber. Nat., May, p. 134.

Sheppard, T. Northern Counties.

Bibliography : Papers and Records relating to the Geology of the
North of England (Yorkshire excepted), published during

1923. Nat., March, pp. 89-93 >' April, pp. 118-121.

Sheppard, T. Northern Counties.

[Abstracts of Various Papers appearing in The Naturalist}]; ;. Revue
de Geologie, Mai, pp. 309-310 ; 317-318 ; 331-332.

Naturalist

Bibliography : Geology of the North of England.

145

Sheppard, T. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

Neocomian Ammonites. Nat., June, pp. 170-172.

Sheppard, T. Lincolnshire.

Skull of Goat in North Lincolnshire Warp. Nat., Aug., p. 253.

Sherlock, R. L. Northern Counties.

British Rock-salt Deposits, [abs.] Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923, pp. 442-
443 ; Quarry, Feb., pp. 38-41 ; abs. in Nat., April, pp. 103-104.

Shinwell, E. and Mottram, Thomas H. Northern Counties.

Third Annual Report of the Secretary for Mines for the Year
ending 31st December, 1923, and the Annual Report of H.M.
Chief Inspector of Mines for the same period. 195 pp.

Smith, Bernard. Cumberland, Furness, Lancs., Lake District.

Special Reports on the Mineral Resources of Great Britain. Vol.
VIII. : Iron Ores — Haematites of West Cumberland, Lan-
cashire and the Lake District. 2nd edition, vi.+236pp.

Smith, Bernard. Cumberland.

Cumberland District. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv., 1923, pp. 69-79.

Smith, Bernard. Lake District.

The Unconformable Base of the Coniston Limestone Series in
the Lake District Geol. Mag., April, pp. 163-167.

Smith, Bernard. Cumberland.

On the West Cumberland Brockram and its Associated Rocks
Geol. Mag., July, pp. 289-308 ; abs. in Rev. de Geologie, Dec.,
p. 807.

Smith, B. See Eastwood, T.

Smythe, J. A. Northumberland, Durham, Lake District.

Minerals of the North Country. Silicates. Vasculum, April, pp.
66-69 ; July, pp- 100-103 ; Oct., pp. 7-14.

S[mythe], J. A. Northumberland, Durham.

Dr. D. Woolacott. [Obituary® Vasculum, Oct., pp. 18-23.

Spath, L. F. Yorkshire, Lincolnshire.

On the Ammonites of the Speeton Clay and the Subdivisions of the
Neocomian Geol. Mag., Feb., pp. 73-89.

Stevenson, Neil S. Lincolnshire.

The Submerged Forest on the Coast of Lincolnshire Trans.
Line. Nat. Union, 1923, pp. 32-41.

Strachan, Aubrey. Lancashire, Cheshire.

Geography of the Liverpool District from Pre -Glacial Times to
the Present, [abs.] Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923, pp. 437-439.
Swinnerton, Henry Hurd. Nottinghamshire.

On a New Catopterid Fish from the Keuper of Nottingham, [abs.]
Proc. Geol. Soc., No. 1121, pp. 89-90 ; Nature, June 12th, p. 74 ;
Nat., Sept., pp. 257-258.

Tonks, Laurance H., and Wright, W. B. Lancashire.

The South -westerly Thickening of the Millstone Grit in Lancashire .

Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv., 1923, pp. 150-157.

Town, W. G. Yorkshire, Lancashire.

Our Moors [Peat, etc.] . Lancs, and Chesh. Nat., April, pp. 153-159.

Travis, C. B. Lancashire S.

Recent Geological Changes on the Northern Shore of the Mersey
Estuary, [abs.] Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1923, pp. 439-440.

Tyrrell, G. W. Northern Counties.

Geology [review of] . Sci. Progress, Jan., pp. 379-386.

1925 May 1

K

146

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

Walters, R. C. Skyring. Lincolnshire N.

Modern Industries. VIII. : Ironstone, Iron and Steel. Discovery,

Feb., pp. 49-51 .

Warren, S. Hazzledine. Yorks., Lines., Derbyshire.

Pleistocene Glassifications. Presidential Address, delivered Feb.

1st, 1924. Proc. Geol. Assoc., Dec., pp. 265-282.

Wedd, C. B., and King, W. B. R. Cheshire.

The Geology of the Country around Flint, Hawarden and Caerg-
wrle. Mem. Geol. Surv., viii.4-222 pp.

Wells, A. K. Derbyshire.

A Further Study of the Nomenclature of Rocks. Geol. Mag., July,
pp. 324-327.

Whitaker, J. W. Notts., Derbyshire.

The Calorific Values of Coals, with Special Reference to the Coals
of Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire. Coll. Guard., March, 21st
pp. 734-736 ; Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., May, pp. 1 99-221.

Williamson, F. Derbyshire.

Glossary of Words used by the Derbyshire Lead Miners during the
past 250 years. Journ. Derbyshire Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc.,
No. XLVI'.V pp. 1-55.

Wilson, John. See Briggs, Henry.

Woodward, Arthur Smith. Lancashire.

Some Remarks on the Pliocene Mammalia: A Presidential Address .

Essex Nat., Sept., pp. 1-12.

Woodward, A. Smith. Yorkshire, Lancashire S.

The Animals of the Carboniferous Period, with Special Reference
to Discoveries in Yorkshire. Nat., April, pp. 105-117.

Wooler, Edward. ' Durham.

Roman Lead Mining in Weardale : Discovery of Bronze Lead -
pouring Ladle. Yorks. Arch. Journ., Pt. 109, pp. 93-100.

Workman, M. Lancashire.

Permian Rocks of Skillaw Clough. [abs.J Rep- Brit. Assoc., 1923,
P- 443

Wright, W. B. Lancashire.

Lancashire District. Sum. of Progress Geol. Surv., 1923, pp. 59-68.

Wright, W. B. See Tonks, Laurance H.

: o : —

The Transactions and Proceedings of the Torquay Natural History
Society for 1923-4 contain a valuable series of papers bearing on the
area of the society’s operations. There are notes on W. Pengelly, by his
daughter, and by Prof. Sir William Boyd Dawkins ; ‘ Torquay and

Paignton Place Names, ’.by R. B. Morris ; ‘ Devonshire Sawflies,’ by

R. C. L. Perkins, and several papers of non-local interest. The publica-
tion is well edited and well printed (pp. 101-198).

One basket of oranges was sent from London to Colchester in 1568.
This, must be a fairly early date for the import of oranges into this
county .... The whale fishery supplied blubber and train oils. Five
barrels of rape oil went to London and a quantity of other oil, kind not
stated, left Colchester. Four bottles of oil of spike, an essential oil
distilled from a foreign variety of lavender, and used in painting, came
from London. Zealand sent aniseed, and London liquorice, to Col-
chester. {Trans . ■ Essex Arch. Soc., Vol. XVII., pt. III.).

Naturalist

3n fIDemoriam*

147

ROBERT STANDEN, M.Sc.*

Recently there passed away in Manchester, Mr. Robert
Standen, M.Sc., Hon. Curator and Ex-President of the Con-
chological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

He was the author of most of the non-marine mollusca
reports of the Rathlin Island and Ballycastle District Surveys,

his companion and friend, Dr. G. W. Chaster, doing the
marine mollusca. The describer, usually jointly with the
well-known conchologist, J. Cosmo Melvill, D.Sc., of over
200 shells, mainly marine, from the Pacific Ocean, Persian
Gulf, etc., he was well known in zoological circles all over
the world. His collection of land and fresh-water shells was
well known, and the marine shells, especially the fine cowrie
collection, hardly less so.

Few museums have such beautifully arranged collections
of shells as Manchester, and this was Mr. Standen’s work.
His fine sections of univalve shells to show the columella
and spiral arrangement inside, and of bivalves, so as to show

* From The Belfast Telegraph , March 23rd.

1925 May 1

148

Field Notes .

the interlocked hinges of the valves, have no equal. He was
the inventor of the method of sectioning, so that the most
delicate internal structure would not be damaged.

His arrangement of the ethnographic collection, in the
same museum, is well known to all specialists in that branch
of science who have seen it as one of the most perfect of its
kind in Britain. He did not crowd the cases, as in most
museums. Every object is displayed to best advantage, and
for every example in the cases there are several others stored
away till additions are made to the building.

Mr. Standen was one of the founders, and often contributed
to The Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist important papers
on various zoological subjects, and for many years contributed
papers or short notes to The Irish Naturalist, The Journal of
Conchology , etc.

: o :

Demoiselle Crane at Robin Hood’s Bay. — An adult
female Demoiselle Crane was shot at Robin Hood’s Bay on
July 5th, 1924. Mr. W. H. St. Quintin has made many
enquiries among gentlemen in this country and on the Con-
tinent who keep this species in confinement, but he has failed
to hear of any birds having been lost. One which escaped
from Foxwarren Park, Surrey, about three and a half years
ago, was said to be a male. — F. Snowdon.

Waldheimia cranium Muller in Holsteinborg , West
Greenland .—Among a number of Chlamys islandicus Muller
from Holsteinborg, sent by Mr. John Moller, of Godthaab,
Greenland, I found a perfect specimen of the remarkable
Brachiopod Waldheimia cranium Muller, a species which,
according to Posselt’s ‘ Gronland’s Brachiopoder og Bloddyr,’
1898, p. 7-8, is very rare on the west coast of Greenland, having
only been observed in three specimens by the Swedish ‘ Sofia ’
Expedition, 1871, at Julianehaab (6o° 43'}, and in the Davis
Straits (Wallich), but Holsteinborg is situated on 66° 56' N.
lat. On the East coast, however, it is recorded from outside
S.E. Greenland’s coast by the Swedish Expedition, 1883,
and by Moebius from Shannon Island (75°-75° 30'). Wald-
heimia cranium Muller belongs to the widespread circumpolar
species recorded from various places from the North-east coast
of North America, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Faro Islands,
Norway, Shetland^, England, France, Portugal (Vigo), North
coast of Asia and Japan. Further, it is described from the
post-tertiary deposits of Norway and Sweden (Uddevalla)
and the Pliocene of Sicily (Messina). I have presented to
the Swedish State. Museum in Stockholm the specimen from
Holsteinborg.— Hans Schlesch.

Naturalist

149

IVORY GULL AT WHITBY.

F. SNOWDON.

On March 2nd, Mr. A. S. Frank saw an immature Ivory Gull
about the outer harbour. The following day Mr. J. H.
Wilson and I satisfied ourselves that Mr. Frank’s identification
was correct. The bird remained about the harbour during the
next five days. It seldom settled on the water, but often
flew about the harbour, returning shortly to one or other of
its favourite resting places. No disposition was shown to

Copyright ] Ivory Gull. [F. M. Sutcliffe, Sleights.

associate with the local gulls, from which it always kept
apart, spending most of the time sitting on the end of one of
the piers. Except on one occasion, when a young Herring
Gull disturbed it, I did not see the other gulls interfere with
it or ‘ mob ’ it as they usually do a stranger. The flight of
the bird resembled that of a Common Gull, rather than being
tern-like, as described by some writers. None of our local
observers heard the call. When first seen, our visitor appeared
to be suffering from some injury : it exhibited in a marked
degree that lack of shyness which Selby stated had been
noticed by observers of this species, and several times it flew
on to the pier and carried away the bait of an angler fishing
close by. Food thrown down to it was eagerly seized and

1925 May 1

150 - A Bronze-age Earthenware Vessel.

swallowed. Unfortunately the extraordinary tameness shown
by the bird led to its undoing, as it was captured by a young
fisherman on March 7th. It did not live long in captivity ,
and it was eventually acquired by the Whitby Literary and
Philosophical Society, for whom the skin has been preserved
and set up by Mr. J. H. Wilson, the veteran naturalist.
Mr. Wilson found the bird to be a male, and from the amount
of black on the outer primaries, the heavily-marked greater
wing coverts and the bar on the tail, which is more than an
inch broad, he concluded it was one of last year.

The body was much emaciated, and in the gullet was a
rusty haddock hook, which no doubt accounted for the bird's
sickly condition. The weight was 16 J ounces. While the
bird was frequenting the piers, Mr. Frank M. Sutcliffe was
able to secure a very successful photograph.

: o :

A BRONZE - AGE EARTHENWARE VESSEL.

In visiting a well-known dealer's premises in London the
other day, I was surprised to see an important Bronze-age
beaker or ‘ drinking cup,' the somewhat unusual ornamenta-
tion of which at once appealed to me, as in connection with
my work on Mortimer's ‘ Forty Years’ Researches ' some
years ago I had made particular comparisons with the illus-
tration of this identical vessel. I found that it had been
purchased at a public sale a little while ago, and although
with it was found a small bronze implement and a perforated
hammer, these did not appear to have been at the sale in
question, and possibly are lost. Their present whereabouts
are unknown to the Rev. E. H. Goddard, who has an extensive
knowledge of Wiltshire antiquities.

In Thurnam’s excellent account of ‘ Ancient British
Barrows,' appearing in Archceologia, Vol. XLIIL, 1871, he
classifies the various forms of earthenware vessels found in
the burial mounds, and under the heading ‘ Drinking Cups'*
(page 388) states : ‘ The most handsome of the fictile vases
of Ancient Britain are the drinking cups. They are usually
tall vessels of seven or eight inches in height, thin and well-
baked, made from clay tempered with sand or finely pounded
stone, the colour varying from a light brown to a somewhat
bright red. The general capacity is from two to three pints,
though a very few contain less than one, and the others as
much as four pints. The ornamentation is profuse ; the
surface, covered with markings incised or punctured, sym-
metrically arranged in horizontal bands, which, in the more
ornate, alternate with square, oblong or chequer-shaped com-
partments, placed vertically or obliquely, and variously filled

N aturalist

A Bronze-age Earthenware Vessel .

15 X

in, sometimes, as in the fine specimen from East Kennet, with
a large saltire or St. Andrew’s cross (Fig. 83).’ It will thus
be seen that in his introductory remarks to his account of
some scores of drinking cups, he specially mentions this East
Kennet discovery, the figure 83 in question being that repro-
duced herewith.

Bronze -age Beaker from East Kennet.

In Abercromby’s ‘ Bronze Age Pottery of Great Britain,’
Vol. I., 1912, is a summary of objects found with beaker
interments, from which it would appear that with this par-
ticular beaker was found a stone axe-hammer and a knife-
dagger. The figure of the knife-dagger given on plate LIX.
(No. 0.6) of Abercromby’s work shows this to have been of
the usual round-ended variety, which had been fastened to a
handle by means of three rivets. Its measurements, were 5
ins. by 2§ ins.

1925 Mayl

152

Reviews and Book Notices.

Lord Abercromby figured the East Rennet beaker on Plate
V. of his work, being the first plate devoted to English beakers.
An excellent figure of the bronze knife-dagger found with
this beaker appears in Archceologia, Vol. XLIII. (1873),
page 452. From a record of a meeting of the Society of
Antiquaries for May 13th, 1869,* we gather that the Hon.
Mrs. Denison exhibited, from East Rennet, Wilts., ' from
a small barrow west of the long barrow (called by Stukeley
the Long Arch-Druid’s Barrow) opened, in 1840, a vase ... a
fine hammer of stone, and a bronze dagger 5J inches long,
with tang pierced for three rivets which remain in situ.’

Evans ( Ancient Stone Implements , p. 193) says the East
Rennet stone implement is an axe-head with a cutting edge at
one end only, the shaft-hole being near the other end, which is
rounded. It was * formed from a beautifully veined stone/
and a similar implement from the Wear in Sunderland, ‘ now
in the Newcastle Museum/ is figured.

Illustrations of the vase, dagger and axe appear in the
* Salisbury ’ volume of The Proceedings of the Archceological
Institute, 1849, P- II0-

The vase is ins. in height, and can now be seen in the
Hull Museum. — T.S.

: o :

Reminiscences of Kenwood and the Northern Heights, by Sir
Arthur Crosfield. London : ‘ Country Life.’ 32 pp., 5s. Now that
Kenwood has been secured for the nation, Sir Arthur Crosfield ’s
‘ Reminiscences ’ are particularly useful, and the charming illustrations
accompanying this volume will help to make all lovers of the countryside
the more grateful to those who secured this oasis for the nation for all
time.

Nature Studies of a Boy Naturalist, by C. T. Astley Maberly.
London : T. Fisher Unwin, Ltd. 141 pp., 6s. net. In his introduction
to this volume Mr. Edward Step states : — ‘ The Boy “ Naturalist,” to
whom we are indebted for this volume of vivid glimpses of Nature, is
no mere impressionist, but in spite of his youth a well-informed observer,
whose study has taught him to look for interesting things. He takes us
to the Downland, the woods, the saltings or the estuary flats, with a
knowledge of the creatures that haunt these severally, and so is able to
distinguish between the species of gulls or waders or hawks or finches,
and to mark the characteristic behaviours of each.’ We give Mr. Step’s
opinion of the volume as authoritative.-

A Text -book of Biology, by W. M. Smallwood. London :
Bailliere, Tindall & Cox. 393 pp., 16s. net. By the aid of a wealth of
illustrations (over 250, some coloured) Smallwood’s Text-book of Biology
again makes its appearance, this being the 5th edition, which speaks
well for the popularity of the1 volume. The author has brought the
work up to date, and those who have not already made themselves
acquainted with the book are advised to do so. The first part deals
with ‘ The Fundamental Principles of Biology as illustrated by a Complex
Animal — The Frog ’ ; the second part, ‘ The Fundamental Principles of
Biology as illustrated by Unicellular Organisms ’ ; the third, ‘ Plant
and Animal Types illustrating Biological Principles ’ ; and the fourth,

‘ Theoretical Interpretations.’

* Proceedings, II. Series, Vol. IV., pp. 339-340.

Naturalist

*53

THE RHODESIAN SKULL.

Through the courtesy of the authorities at the British Museum
a magnificent cast of the Rhodesian Skull has just been added
to the fine series of casts and reproductions, as well as of
actual prehistoric human skulls, exhibited in the Municipal
Museum at Hull. The skull figured herewith was obtained
from a cave at Broken Hill in Rhodesia, and was found in
association with rude stone and bone implements, and large
quantities of broken bones, evidently remains of food of men
and flesh-eating animals who have at different times occupied
the cave. In association with this human skull, which

occurred in a remote part of the cave, other human bones
were found.* ‘ As shown in the accompanying photograph,
it is strangely similar to the skull of Neanderthal or Mousterian
race found in the caves of Belgium, France and Gibraltar.
Its brain-case is typically human, with a wall no thicker than
that of the average European, and its capacity is obviously
well above the lower human limit. Its large and heavy face
is even more Simian in appearance than that of Neanderthal
man, the great inflated brow-ridges being especially prominent
and prolonged to a greater extent at the lateral angles. The
roof of the -skull at first appears remarkably similar to that
of Pithecanthropus from Java, having the same slight median
longitudinal ridge along the frontals, and rising to its greatest

* See Sir Arthur Smith Woodward, Nature , Nov. 17th, 1921.

1925 May 1

i54

Field Notes.

height just about the coronal suture. It is, however,, very-
much larger, and the resemblance may not imply any close
affinity. The palate is of enormous size, as large as that
inferred by Boule from the fragments preserved in the La
Chapelle skull. It is, however, in all respects human, being
deeply arched and bounded by the horse-shoe-shaped row of
teeth, which are unusually large, but also entirely human.
The teeth are much worn, and those of the front of the jaw
met their lower opposing teeth in the primitive way, edge to
edge. The canines are not enlarged. The lower jaw is
unfortunately absent, but the size of the palate and the
extent of the temporal fossae show that it must have been
massive. Even the Heidelberg jaw is slightly narrower and

shorter than this must have been.’ Sir Arthur Smith Wood-
ward recognises in the Rhodesian cave-man a new form
specifically distinct from Homo neander tha lensis , and it may
appropriately be named Homo rhodesiensis .

We may add that the reproduction, made by Messrs.
Damon & Co., is the finest piece of coloured plaster work
that we have seen for some time. — T.S.

— : o :

Grey Squirrels at Jervaulx, Yorks. — Referring to recent
reports respecting the Grey Squirrel, the species is quite
common here, and appears to have routed the native squirrel,
as I have not seen one for some time. — -J. Maughan.

Riccia giauca in Cumberland. — While turning over
some bare soil in my garden at Kelsick, last November, I
found a single rolsette of this uncommon Hepatic. It was in
good fruit, having numerous black sporangia lying immersed
in the thallus. I measured several spores with the eye -piece
micrometer, and found them to vary from 80 to gou in diameter.
It is not given for V.C. 70 in the Census Catalogue.— Jas.
Murray, Kelsick, Wigton.

Natural bt

i55

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY IN YORKSHIRE.

E. W. TAYLOR.

A Meeting of the Vertebrate Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union
was held in the Library of the Leeds Philosophical Society on Saturday,.
February 21st, Mr. F. FI. Edmondson presiding. It was preceeded by
a meeting of the Yorkshire Wild Birds and Eggs Protection Acts Com-
mittee, Mr. H. B. Booth occupying the chair.

Mr. Edmondson reported briefly on the decisions made regarding
bird watchers for 1925.

Mr. Booth exhibited photographs of the Great-crested Grebe obtained
by Dr. Heatherly on the Norfolk Broads, and Mr. R. Chislett showed a
nest of the Icterine Warbler. He said that the song of this bird was equal
to that of the Nightingale in volume, but was rambling and disconnected.

Mr. Rosse Butterfield reported that immense flocks of Starlings were
roosting in the rhododendrons around Bleak House, Cullingworth, and
estimated their numbers as between two and three hundred thousand.
He examined the crops of nineteen birds, shot at a single discharge, and
found them to contain shells, beetles, parasitic worms and large quantities
of leather jackets — 99 of the last. named being found in a single crop.

Mr. Booth thought that the flocks, had delayed departure owing to
the fine weather, and that several had combined. Starlings were scarcer
than usual at Ben Rhydding.

Mr. Booth read an extract from The Field, in which Mr. Mortimer
Batten stated that the Wild Cat was now confined to that part of Scotland
north of the Caledonian Canal, and in which Mr. H. W. Robinson had
replied stating that it was still found in Argyleshire, and that a pair
had bred in Westmorland, regarding which he gave particulars. Mr.
Booth thought the . evidence regarding the . Wild Cat in Westmorland
should be followed up, and that possibly they had been liberated in the
Lake District. Mr. C. F. Procter described the characteristics of the true
Wild Cat, but Mr. Booth quoted Mr. A. H. Cocks, who had made a special
study of this animal, as stating that in certain cases it was impossible
to distinguish between the true Wild Cat and the domestic cat run wild.
It seemed desirable to regard the alleged Westmorland Wild Cats as
escapes, pending further information.

Mr. Procter read a paper on ‘ Animal Psychology ’ and described
his subject as one limited to the use of speculation and deduction only.
The great French naturalist, M. J. H. Fabre, was described as a pioneer
in this line of investigation, and his work had laid bare many obscure
processes in the life histories of insects, and incidently presented several
new unsolved problems for every one he had solved. The word ‘ instinct ’
was generally used to explain any problem of animal thought, and its
general meaning is one of blind obedience to certain conscious promptings
of an unconscious ego — experience without experience — memory without
the possibility of having acquired it. While it is not difficult , to define
acts of instinct and acts of reason, the two cannot be separated by any
arbitrary boundary, and the development of reasoned intelligence has
been, in the case of man, at the expense of instinct. The author grouped
the problems of Animal Psychology under four heads : —

(a) Phenomena related to unconscious promptings, such as
migration and similar unreasoned acts, which appear to be the result
of individual experience, and yet cannot be.

( b ) Matters connected with parentage and its immediate duties.

( c ) Evidences of reasoned thought as applied to the chance
happenings of animal communities and individuals.

(d) Animal crime and problems- of sex.

The long series of investigations conducted by Mendel culminated
in a close code of laws and affinities which have reduced the artificial

1925 May 1

156 Taylor : Vertebrate Zoology in Yorkshire.

direction of heredity to something approaching a science, and later dis-
coveries have shown that when form and environment are not in harmony,
busy little ‘ harmones ' set to work to restore harmony. It even appears
that congenital characteristics are transmitted to the offspring with even
greater regularity than are the physical. Man comes into the world with
a clean memory in which must be stored for future use the accumulated
knowledge of teachers and parents, but it should not be more difficult
to believe that animals are born with stored and inherited memories
than it is to believe that they are born with inherited vices or virtues,
as indeed they are. The mystery of the Lemmings march, the Swallows
initial migration and much that we loosely term instinct, all point in
this direction without resource to a sixth or seventh sense. Nature has
only one aim respecting parentage and that is to ensure the propagation
of the species even at the expense of comfort, safety and life itself — -
it would be idle to place this on the plane of reason. Ages of evolution
have eliminated attributes which were not in harmony, but the driving
force which ensured involuntary obedience to the laws governing pro-
pagation was always maintained. This force drives the Salmon from the
realms of plenty to endure starvation in our rivers in order to produce
offspring that he never sees, and wild animals to wander far in search of
mates.

Regarding reasoned thought, many must have marvelled at the
concerted action displayed by a flock of Dunlin. To observe them dis-
appear and reappear as if by magic, as they simultaneously turn in
their flight makes the observer wonder how this movement is executed,
and at what signal. What impulse caused a blindfold sheep to jump a
net it could not see in order to rejoin the flock, unless it was communal
thought ? There is, in fact, every evidence that communal thought is
general among massed animals, and perhaps a form of telepathy guides
the male emperor moths to the unfertilised female, the vultures to the
recently discovered carcase, and explains the combination among a pack
of wolves. Evidence of the survival of this power is well known in the
case of man acting under the influence of an excited crowd of his fellows.
Crime among animals in the sense of a deliberate breach of the laws of
the community is almost unknown. Theft is a recognised crime, but the
equivalent of manslaughter among animals is almost always a clean
impartial test of strength for the love of a mate, and it is only man who
over kills his female. In the conjugal state the relations between the
sexes are, in the animal world, almost perfect, and a very rigid code is
observed. No doubt the elimination of all but the fit tends to this — de-
generates only being permitted to survive in human society,

A paper was read by Mr. W. G. Bramley on ‘ Animal Legends,’ and
examples were given relating to the Salmon, Rat, Squirrel, Economic
Campagnol, Cat, Lion, Weasel, Shrew, Partridge and Magpie.

In Goldsmith’s ‘ Animated Nature ’ it is stated regarding the Leeming
that ■ If at last the leader be forced out of its line, which it defends as
long as it can, and separated from the rest of its kind, it sets up a plaintive
cry, differing from that of anger, and, as some pretend to say, gives itself
a voluntary death by. hanging itself in the fork of a tree.’

Incantations for the banishment of rats have been known from the
twelfth century at least, and have been practiced in Scotland and Ireland
up to quite recent times. They are peculiar in that the destruction of
the rats is not desired, but that they are required to take up their residence
in some place named which is generally situated some distance away,
and separated by a river or Some natural barrier. In Ireland it was
customary to pin the incantation to the barn door for the king of the rats
to read.

It is stated in Grew’s ‘ Rarities of the Royal Society ’ that ‘ The Squirrel,
when he hath a mind to cross any water for a good nut tree, picks out
and sits on some light piece of bark for a boat, and erecting his tail for a

Naturalist

Taylor : Vertebrate Zoology in Yorkshire. 157

sail, he makes his voyage. Other instances from old ‘ natural history '
works were cited.

At the evening meeting a paper was read by Mr. T. M. Fowler entitled
‘ Some of our Rarer British Breeding Birds,’ illustrated by a large number
of beautiful slides from the author’s negatives. The first species dealt
with was the Great-spotted Woodpecker, and the nesting hole was in a
silver birch tree festooned with fungoid growths. A very fine photograph
of the Hen Harrier at the nest was obtained in the Orkneys, on a par-
ticular island that seems specially attractive to this species, probably
because of the abundance of the Orkney vole, on which it feeds. The
number of pairs nesting on this island is very , variable, and while none
was seen one year, four pairs were nesting in the following year. Patches
of deep heather interspersed with reeds formed the nesting site in all
cases. Several photographs of the Fulmer Petrel were shown, some of
which were obtained in the neighbourhood of a little ruined Church where
several birds were nesting, and could not be induced to take wing.

The lecturer thought the Fulmar Petrel an extremely stupid bird, and
marvelled that it should exist in greater numbers than any other species,
especially as it only laid a single egg. In some cases its stupidity was an
undoubted asset, as when disturbed, the Guillemots and other bird
would rise from their nesting ledges and frequently roll their eggs off
the face of the cliff, while the Fulmar was far too unconcerned to leave
its nest, and consequently suffered no loss from this cause. Photographs
were also shown of a Fulmer sitting on a nest built in the thatch of a
crofter’s cottage.

The species next dealt with were the Sandwich Tern, Lesser
Tern, Jay and Nuthatch, photographs of the latter being obtained in
Suffolk.

A very fine photograph of the Crossbill on its nest was obtained in
Scotland, and was much appreciated owing both to the rarity of the species
and the very difficult situation of the nest. The nest was a very loose
structure, and the eggs closely resembled those of the Greenfinch.

The Yellow Wagtail, Great Skua, Reed and Sedge Warblers, Great-
crested Grebe, and Water Rail were next dealt with, and a photograph of
a Bittern’s nest, obtained in Norfolk, was shown. Photographs of the
Red-necked Phalarope, Red-breasted Merganser, Dunlin, Chiffchaff, Short-
eared Owl and Nightjar concluded a beautifully illustrated paper.

Mr. H. B. Booth read a paper entitled ‘ Salmon Sunday at Paythorne
Bridge,’ which he described as a ‘ feast ’ of long standing. It is held on
the Sunday nearest to November 20th in each year, and hundreds of
people congregate at or near the bridge. Paythorne Bridge is on the
Ribble, mid-way between Hellifield and Gisburn, and about half a mile
from Newsholme Railway Station ; the actual spawning beds of the
Salmon are in the immediate vicinity. Last year the date was November
22nd, when the author arrived there in a deluge of rain, and found the
Ribble bank high, and so coloured that nothing could be seen. A week
later the river had fallen, and was little above its usual level. Several
large Salmon were seen in the gravelly reaches engaged in ‘ Cleaning the
Gravel ’ preparatory to spawning or ‘ Redding.’ They worked with the
anterior underpart of their bodies in the gravel, and were in water about
30 inches deep ; the dorsal fin and upper flakes. of the tail were frequently
out of water. The author was told that when ‘ Redding ’ during the
evening and night, the gravel is thrown with such violence that the noise
can be plainly heard by a person on the bank. It was- generally agreed that
there were more fish in the river than for many years past. A sick Salmon
with an arched back and a fungoid growth was seen working its way
up the river, close to the bank, in order to avoid the strong current. It
was observed to do a little cleaning and ‘ redding ’ in about six inches
of water, close to the bank ; it then slid out into the current and was
carried down to repeat the process later.

1925 May 1

158

Reviews and Book Notices.

The determination and pertinacity of this fish served to show how
insistent was the call of nature.

A discussion followed, in which Mr. Greevz Fysher described the
spawning of toads, Mr. Edmondson the way in which the trout in a stream
fight, and Mr. Taylor the spawning of Salmon in the Murk Esk, a tributary
of the Yorkshire Esk

: o :

A second edition of the intresting pamphlet issued by the British
Museum (Natural History) entitled Furniture Beetles : Their Life-
history and how to check or prevent the damage caused by the
worm, by Charles J. Graham (24 pp., 6d.) has been called for!

The Roman Toga, by Lillian M. Wilson. Baltimore : The John
Hopkins Press. 132 pp., $5. As No. 1 of its ‘ Studies in Archaeology,’
The John Hopkins Press, U.S.A., has published this valuable contri-
bution to Roman Antiquities, by Dr. Wilson. The author gives illus-
trations of this dress from various mosaics, wall paintings, statues, etc.,
and by dressing modern people in Togas has very graphically reproduced
the method' of wearing these peculiar robes. She also gives illustrations
of the construction of the Toga.

Legons de Petrographic, by Jacques de Lapparent. Paris :
Masson & Cie. xix.-f-50i pp., 60 francs net. All students interested
in the structure of rocks will be familiar with the excellent work which
has been accomplished by the Professor of Geology at the University of
Strasbourg, and the fine volume which has appeared under his name
will be a lasting memorial to his industry. With the aid of 120 figures
in the text and 28 coloured plates prepared by the chromo -graphic process,
the Professor gives an admirable introduction to the study of Petrography,
dealing with both sedimentary and igneous rocks. While the volume
is written in French, the language has been so carefully chosen and his
sentences are so exceedingly lucid, that students with even a small
knowledge of the French language will be able to follow his description
quite clearly.

Prehistory : A Study of Early Cultures in Europe and the
Mediterranean Basin, by M. C. Burkitt. London : Cambridge
University Press. xxvi.+438 pp., 35s. net. In our volume for 1921 we
gave a review of this book, and particularly complimented the author
on the cautious attitude he had taken up in discussing the various
collections which he had personally visited on the Continent, and their
significance. It is satisfactory to find that already a second edition of
this work has been called for, and notwithstanding many alleged im-
portant archaeological discoveries which have been made during the past
few years, there is a welcome absence of some of the more startling of
these, and others are given in the necessary prospective. On consulting
the Index we were quite delighted to find the absence of the names of
certain recent and voluminous writers.

Useful Aspects of Geology, by S. J. Shand. London : T. Murby
& Co. X. + 197 pp., 7s. 6d. net. The author’s object in the preparation
of this book can best be explained in his own words : ‘ This book is offered
to the large class of people who have never picked up any systematic
knowledge of geology, and who are interested, whether as landowners,
shareholders, prospectors, engineers, builders, miners, farmers, or perhaps
as lookers-on, in one or other of the many undertakings .that depend

for their success on the application of geology There were two

lions in my path. One of them was the danger of making the subject so
difficult as to repel the very class of reader that I wished to attract ;
the other, that of reducing the matter to such simple terms as to have
no real value at all.’ He deals with Geological Age, Structure, Composi-
tion of Rocks, Mineral Deposits, Weathering, Soils, Rocks as Building
Materials, Water-Finding, Oil Geology, and Engineering Problems. His
remarks on Water-Finding are particularly useful.

Naturalist

159

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

J . Edwards writes on ‘A Deltocephalus hitherto unrecorded for Britain/
in The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for March.

‘ The Downy Mildew of the Hop/ by E. S. Salmon and W. M. Ware,
appears in The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture for April.

‘ Habits of the Sea-Slater, Ligia oceanica,’ by Prof. J. Tait, and
‘ The Starling in the Forth Area/ by the late W. Evans, occur in The
Scottish Naturalist, No. 151.

E. G. R. Waters gives ‘ Three Additions to the British List of.Tin-
eina/ and J. Edwards ‘ Miris. trispinosum Reuter, a British species,’ in
The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for April.

In The Bryologist for November last appears ‘ William Henry Pearson
— a Bibliography/ by Herbert C. Broome. Pearson’s first contribution
was on Yorkshire Hepaticse in The Naturalist (1876, pp. 167-168). The
Bibliography occupies six pages.

The New Phytologist for March includes several important papers
dealing with foreign botany ; J. H. Priestley and A. Wormall have ‘A
Cyto logical Study of Pollen Development in Nolana,’ and S. M, Wadham
gives ‘ Observations on Clover Rot.’

No fewer than 18,189 birds were ringed in 1924 in connexion with
the British Birds marking scheme, making a total of 145,779 ringed since
the scheme started in 1909. Interesting details of the results of this
work are given in British Birds for March.

Prof. J . L. Myres contributes ‘ Historical Methods of Ethnolog}^ ’ and
‘ Wayside Geography,’ Miss W. B. Medway ' Learning Geography by
Drawing/ and E. Young ‘ Geography in Elementary Schools ’ to the
spring number of The Geographical Teacher .

J. Delacour writes on ‘ Wagtails and Pipits,’ and P. F. M. Galloway
on ‘ How to keep Insectivorous Birds in perfect. Condition,’ in The
Avicultural Magazine for February ; and articles on ' Warblers and Small
Indigenous Turdidia/ ‘ The Tree-creepers, Nuthatches and Wrens,’
appear in that journal for March.

Mr. J. W. Jackson’s Presidential Address on ‘The Distribution of
Margaritana margaritifera in the British Isles,’ appears in The Journal
of Conchology for March. From the accompanying map it would appear
that the three localities for the freshwater pearl mussel, occurring in
North Yorkshire, are the most southerly records of this species, for the
east of England ; Wales, Cornwall and Devon containing the only records
south of Yorkshire.

Owing to the unfortunate illness of the editor. The Vasculum for
January appeared late. Its contents are varied, and include ‘ The First
English in Northumberland, by W. G. Collingwood ; ‘ Alien Plants,’

by Dr. B. M. Griffiths ; ‘ A Basaltic Crag in Spring,’ and ‘ Roman

Stations in the North,’ both by J. E. Hull ; ‘ The Larch “ Blight,” ’

by C. Robson ; ' Birds in Upper Redesdale,’ by R. Craigs ; ' An Ab-

normal Specimen of the. Blue Spruce,’ by Dr. K. B. Blackburn. By
the way, Dr. Blackburn gives the title of her paper ‘ A Few Notes on,’
which might equally reasonably have been added to the title of every
note in the journal.

Science Progress for April, edited by Sir Ronald Ross (who is now
assisted by D. O. Wood and Prof. J. B. Gatenby) contains, besides the
usual reviews of current scientific progress, ‘ The Electron as a Key to
Atomic Structure,’ by Ann C. Davies, ‘ The Form and Function of the
Golgi Apparatus,’ by L. A. Harvey ; ‘ The Field for Research in the
Flour-Milling Industry,’ by E. A. Fisher, ‘ Thomas Beddoes, a neglected
Chemist,’ by T. W. Jones ; ‘ The British Museum, East Africa Exped-
ition,’ by L. S. B. Leakey ; ‘ Feeding in Public Schools,’ by G. E.

Friend ; ‘ The Present Position of Biology among the Sciences,' by

J. W. Woodger ; and ‘ The Sun and the Weather,’ by E. V. Newnham.

1925 May 1

i6o

NORTHERN NEWS.

The death is announced of Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S., aged 60, a leading
authority on sponges.

Mrs. Margaret Alice Dalton-Burgess died in December and left her
stuffed birds to the Bristol Museum.

A certain London publisher asks us for Mr. Sheppard’s paper on
‘ A Mangled Nose Harpoon ' ! Possibly the Maglemose’s nose is a bit
out of joint by now !

‘ The Cult of the Dead in Prehistoric Times,’ by Rev. E. O. Jones, is
the title of a paper in The Berks., Bucks., and Oxon Archceological Journal
(Vol. XXVIII., No. i).

A new magazine, ‘ The Antiquarian Quarterly,’ incorporating articles
on archaeology and ancient art, made its appearance in March. It is
well illustrated, and published by Messrs. Spink & Son, King Street,
St. James’, London, at 2/6 each part.

The death is announced of E. B. Chamberlain, Secretary of the
Sullivant Moss Society. He died in New York City on February 2nd
from pneumonia contracted while watching the solar eclipse last January.
He was head master in a Science School in New York, and one of the
kindest of men.

Volume XXII. of The Journal of the Northants Natural History and
Field Club, besides numerous antiquarian matters, contains ‘ Witchcraft
in Northamptonshire,’ by A. Adcock, ‘ The Northampton Sand,’ by
Beeby Thompson, ‘ Meteorological Notes,’ by C. A. Markham, and an
Obituary Notice (with portrait) of the Hon. N. C. Rothschild, by G.
Claridge Druce.

Hull Museum Publication, No. 139, contains articles on England’s
first Commercial and Transport Museum, reprinted from The Museums
Journal, and various papers on Prehistoric Man, Rare Geological and
Zoological Specimens, and a Bronze Age Earthenware Vessel, reprinted
from The Naturalist. The frontispiece shows a view of the new Museum
of Commerce and Transport.

One of the Sunday illustrated papers recently gave large reproductions
of photographs of the plover and the black-headed gull. They are headed
‘ Feathered Rivals in Epicure’s Favour,’ and we are assured the eggs of
the black-headed gu,ll are frequently sold as those of the plover. Pre-
sumably the same ‘ epicures ’ would be quite unaware of the ‘ deception ’
if a swan’s egg were served up to them described as a hen’s egg !

We see from a Bill to provide for the Further Protection of Birds (15
Geo. 5), it is enacted that it is an offence to decoy birds or use bird lime
or similar substances. Similarly it is illegal to keep birds in cages which
are too small. Persons guilty of offences against the Act shall be liable
to a fine of ^25, or alternatively or in addition, imprisonment, with or
without hard labour, for three months. The Act does not apply to
Northern Ireland.

Volume XXXVII. of The Proceedings and Transactions of the Liverpool
Biological Society represents the first publication of this useful society
which does not show the guiding hand of Prof. Sir William Herdman,
the first words in the volume recording his death, with every regret :
Prof. W. J. Dakin follows with his inaugural address on ‘ The Teaching
of Biology in Secondary Schools. ’ Prof. J . Johnstone then gives the 37th
annual report of the Marine Biological Station at Port Erin. E. C. Herd-
man contributes ‘ Notes on Dinoflagellates and other organisms causing
discolouration of the sand at Port Erin ; W. J. Vernadsky pleads for the
establishment of a Bio-geochemical laboratory ; Dr. Dakin gives a
Note on the Function of the Water Vascular system of echinoderms ;
Prof. Johnstone follows with his Report on the Investigations carried on
in 1923 in connexion with the Lancashire Sea- fisheries laboratory at the
University of Liverpool, and the Sea-fish hatchery at Piel, near Barrow,
with contributions by A. Scott, W. C. Smith, W. Birtwistle and H. M.
Lewis. Altogether it is an excellent publication.

Naturalist

A COMPARATIVE HAND LIST OF THE

BIRDS OF JAPAN AND
THE BRITISH ISLES

By MASA U. HACHISUKA

Crown 4to ios 6d net

In this Hand List the author has attempted to supply the
materials for a complete comparison between the birds of the
Island of Japan and the Turds found in Great Britain and Ireland.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY

Fetter Lane PRESS London, E.C.4

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown Svo, Illustrated , Art Cloth Boards , lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

" A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it." — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated *' The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists’ Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper, Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M.B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; Hugh S.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.

EDINBURGH — OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33. PATERNOSTER ROW.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURAXI8T8,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

issued Monthly , Illustrated with Plates and Text Pig u res.

To Subscribers , 15/- per annum, post free.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (g" Xiil") , 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt ' top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.) — XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages— XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests— XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — -“This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London: A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Birds of Yorkshire

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F,. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.G.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farring-don Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

May, 1925.

JUNE, 1925

No. 821

No . 595 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull;

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents s

PAGE

Notes and Comments (illustrated) : — Thorburn’s British Birds ; A
‘ Yorkshire Welcome ' ? Cardamine pratensis ; The Geological
Survey and Museums ; The Romance of JSungus JAfe; ; Seals in the
Wash ; Flamborough Cliffs’ Bird Life^Y 3$$tersid& CresCtu^ ; Bird
Protection Bill ; Bedded Iron Ore^^ >■?■%'. T" ... ...

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites — lfrJFSi F . Spath ... ... \ ...

Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Dipterj
B.Sc

The Courting Habits of the Heroi

Sabden Shale Fossils near Holyw^U, ] JJfckson,

M.Sc., F.G.S

Yorkshire Naturalists in Teesdale — 1 ., F.L.S.

and F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Correspondence : — ‘ Waldheimia cranium ’ Muller : A Correction . ...

Bradford Scientific Association’s Jubilee

Field Note : — White Wagtail, paired with Red, nesting in Shropshire...

In Memoriam (illustrated) : — Joseph Taylor Sewell, J.P,

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

Reviews and Book Notices
News from the Magazines
Northern News
Illustrations
Plate Y .

184,

172,

163,

161-166

167-172

173-178

179-182

183-184

185-188
182
190
166
189-190
188, 192
178, 184
190, 191
192
165, 189

LONDON :

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.
And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U,

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

This Section will meet at Dringhonse Car terminus, York,
on Saturday, June 20th, at 3 p.m., for an excursion to Askham
Bog.

T. B. Kitchen,^

I Secretaries.
W. D. Hincks, j

BOOKS FOR SALE.

Geological Books at 1/- each.

Introductory Text -book of Geology. D. Page.

A First Book of Geology. A. Wilmore.

The Religion of Geology and its Connected Sciences. E. Hitchcock.
Our World : Its Rocks and Fossils. Mrs. Wright.

The Geologist’s Text-book. D. T. Ansted.

Geology. S. B. J. Skertchly.

Rocks and their Origin. G. A. J. Cole.

Methods in Practical Petrology. Milner and Part.

New Descriptive Catalogue of Minerals (7th Ed.). J. Mawe.
Principles of Metal Mining. J. H. Collins.

First Book of Mineralogy. J. H. Collins.

A Manual of the Mollusca, Supplement to. S. P. Woodward.

Colonay : One of the Hebrides. M. McNeill.

Geology of the English Lake District. J. Postlethwaite.
Stratigraphical List of British Fossils. J. Tennant.

Elementary Physiography. J. J. Pilley.

The Story of Ice in the Past and Present. W. A. Brend.

Apply — Dept. “ C,” c/o A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

BOOKS WANTED.

Alford Nat. Hist. Soc. Reports. Set.

Bath Field Nat. and Arch. Soc. Vols. VIII. -XI.

Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society Reports, 1870, 1872-3.

Burnley Lit. and Sci. Soc. Parts 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24. 25.
Chester Soc. Nat. Science : Ann. Reports, i.-iv.

Cleveland Lit. & Phil. Soc. Trans. Science Section or others.

Croydon Nat. Soc. 6th Report.

Dudley and Midland Geol. etc., Soc. Vols. II. -IV.

Discovery. (Liverpool, 4to). 1891.

Derby Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc. Part 21.

Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Science. Vols. I., II., III.

Dublin Geol. Soc. Vol. I., pt. 1, 1830? ; Vol. VII., parts 1-3 (or complete
Vols.). 1855.

Eastbourne Naturalist (1 part).

Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. Vols. II. -ILL (or parts), and part 6 of new series.
Frizinghall Naturalist. (Lithographed) Vol. I., and part 1 of Vol. II.
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Repository, Mackie’s. Vols. II., III.

Geol. Assoc. Proc. Vol. I., Part 1.

Geol. Soc., London, Trans. 2ndser., Vol. VI., and Pts. 1-3 of Vol. VII (or Vol.) .
Geological Magazine, 1894.

Huddersfield Arch, and Topog. Society. 1st Report, 1865-1866. (38 pp.).

Illustrated Scientific News. 1902-4. (Set).

Journ. Micrology and Nat. Hist. Mirror. 1914 —

Keighley Naturalists’ Society Journal. 4to. Part 1.

Lancs, and Cheshire Antiq. Soc. Vols. IV., V., VIII., XXVI.

Apply — Editor, The Museum, Hull.

The Naturalist, 1925.

Plate V.

GOLDFINCH

SISKIN

From 'Thorium's “ British Birds ”

i6i

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

THORBURN’S BRITISH BIRDS.*

Thorburn’s inimitable sketches doubtless make still
another work on British Birds possible, albeit it is not an
expensive publication. Messrs. Longman’s previous experi-
ence, however, apparently justifies them in placing on the
market still another work dealing with bird life. The first
volume of this new edition contains 48 coloured plates, each
of which includes representations of one or two species. The
plates will certainly sell the book, and the publishers kindly
enable us to reproduce one of them herewith as Plate V.
This work originally appeared in 1915, though on a larger
scale, and in the present smaller edition the pictures are
new and the letterpress has been considerably revised.

A ' YORKSHIRE WELCOME ’ ?

Recently a Conference in connection with the Royal
Microscopical Society was held at the University, Sheffield,
and at this were read various papers bearing upon the different
directions of microscopical research, from stained preparations
of Rotifers, Cytology of Cancer, to microscopical examination
of refractory materials, and the structure of paper-making
fibres. The conference covered three days, and was held at
Sheffield, presumably partly in honour of the fact that it was
Sorby’s city, the late Dr. Sorby, who was so intimately con-
nected with the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and was once
its President, being a pioneer in many lines of microscopical
research. Unfortunately our microscopists have somewhat
microscopical ideas with regard to organising Conferences,
and apparently it had not occurred to them that in connexion
with a conference of this sort it might be of mutual advantage
to invite representatives from the local scientific societies and
from the county society. For a Conference of this character
to be held in Yorkshire without representatives of the York-
shire Naturalists’ Union being invited seems almost unbe-
lievable, especially when we examine the list of societies
which have been asked to send delegates.

CARD AMINE PRATENSIS.

At a recent meeting of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society, Dr. W. Robinson read a paper : ‘ On

proliferation and doubling in the flowers of Cardamine praten-
sis L. Specimens of C. pratensis showing two main types of
abnormality were found in meadows near Cheadle Hulme,
Cheshire, in June, 1923, one of which was similar to the
double-flowered form, arising by proliferation of the ovary,
described most frequently by previous observers, and the

‘British Birds, ’ by Archibald Thorburn. London: Longmans,
Green & Co. XX. + 176 pp , 16/- net.

1925 June 1

L

Notes and Comments .

162

other, a less completely double-flowered specimen. Micros-
copic investigation showed that, in both types, proliferation
took place by the meristematic activity of a growing-point at
the base of the ovary, of a flower which was otherwise normal.
In one case, however, the ovary itself was carried up on a
stalk produced by the growth activity of tissues immediately
below the base of the ovary, but outside this ; in the other
specimen all the growth took place within the ovary from the
base of this, and the meristematic growing-point was carried
up to about the middle of the pod-like structure. The doub-
ling seen in C. pratensis has recently been spoken of as a
mutation from the more normal single form, but Goebel has
stated that by cultivating plants of the double form in sandy
soil they completely lost the character. By vegetative multi-
plication from the original specimens collected wild at Cheadle
Hulme, it has been possible to cultivate plants showing
variations, both in the character and degree of the doubling.
Further work will show whether the plasticity of C. pratensis
is such that doubling can be produced under experimental
conditions in a single-flowered, form by nutritional changes,
as Goebel has suggested, or whether, as seems more likely,
the double-flowered and single-flowered forms are two different
races with distinct hereditary complexes.

THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY AND MUSEUM.*

The forthcoming removal to South Kensington of the
magnificent collection of minerals, rocks and fossils, to say
nothing of the library, now housed at 28 Jermyn Street,
Piccadilly, is from many points of view to be regretted.
From the official standpoint it may not matter much where
the central office of the Geological Survey is situated ; but
to the public the question is mainly one of accessibility.
South Kensington, in this respect, is rather outside the beaten
track, although in these days of rapid transit by tube, or
otherwise, the objection to the removal has less force than
formerly. The Jermyn Street site, moreover, has many
memories of past associations.

THE ROMANCE OF FUNGUS LIFE. J
Those on intimate terms with the Fungi are well aware of
the halo of romance which surrounds these curious products
of plant life, but it has been left to Messrs. R. T. and F. W.
Rolfe to collect the attenuated substance of that halo, to

* Quarry for April.

■f ‘ The Romance of the Fungus World : An Account of Fungus Life
in its numerous guises, both real and legendary,’ by R. T. Rolfe, F.I.C.,
and F. W. Rolfe, with Foreword by J. Ramsbottom, O.B.E., M A.,
F.L.S. London: Chapman and Hall, Ltd., 1925, pp. i.-xx., 1-309

Price 12/6 net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments . 163

condense it, analyse it, and to give us the results of their
analyses in the form of a delightful book. The title is in-
viting, and is calculated to disarm the prejudice of the general
reader not yet introduced to the fascinating subject of toad-
stools and their ways, and the contents will open up to him
a new and interesting world. On the other hand the naturalist
who already has a nodding acquaintance with the evanescent
denizens of the woods and fields will find the book a useful
guide to the bye-ways into which their study may lead, and
which may be pursued with pleasure to himself and profit to

Photo by A. E. Peck,] Earth -stars (Geaster fimbriatus). ’Scarborough.

science. The subject matter is sub-divided into fifteen
chapters dealing with the fungi in mythology, in fiction and
in reality, in medicine, commerce and industry. The work
is enhanced by eighty-five illustrations, many of which are
reproduced from the excellent photographs of Mr. A. E. Peck,
whose camera studies among the fungi are well known. One
of these we are permitted to reproduce. Mr. J. Ramsbottom
contributes a Foreword, written with characteristic terseness,
and all lovers and students of the fungi will join him in the
hope for results therein expressed. The publishers are to be
congratulated on their part of the work, and on the price at
which the book is published. — F. A. Mason.

SEALS IN THE WASH.

Under the heading of * Machine Guns Wanted,’ we learn

1&25 June 1

164

Notes and Comments .

from The Yorkshire Post, of April 17th, that, ‘ At the annual
meeting of the Eastern Sea Fisheries Board at Spalding
yesterday, Mr. H. Donnison, of Boston, the Fisheries Inspector,
said that seals in the Wash were so numerous that they were
one of the main causes of the scarcity of fish. One hundred
and fifty seals were killed in the Wash during the year by
sportsmen and fishermen. A dozen were also shot near
Blakeney Harbour. The reduction, however, was not notice-
able, for 146 seals were recently counted from the deck of the
“ Protector ” on the Roger sand, and a few days later, some
fishermen reported having seen over 200, the extra number
being caused by the presence of a shoal of sprats. On the
Dog’s Head sand, there were two herd of seals, one facing the
other on the side of an islet, and each herd was about half
a mile in length. The question of the destruction of the seals
had engaged the attention of the Board for twelve years, but
the position still remained the same. Meanwhile, the seals
had increased in number, notwithstanding those killed by
sportsmen, and fish are scarcer, as also are the earnings of
the fishermen . •

FLAMBOROUGH CLIFFS’ BIRD LIFE.

We quote the following as printed in a Yorkshire paper
recently : — ‘ Seabird life on the cliffs at Flamborough is a
fascinating study to the local student, particularly at the
present time, when the migrating birds are returning to their
old haunts. The chief point of interest, however, just now,
is the appearance on the west of Flamborough Head Cliffs of
three fulmars , an Arctic specie, which is related to the petrel.
This is unusual, for the birds; are very shy and not at all
likely to rest at a spot that is constantly disturbed by egg
pilferers. The fulmar is easily distinguishable in flight, as
it gives four sharp flaps and then glides, the movement being
swift and sure. When the sand martins arrive they will find
their holes prepared for them by local bird students. These
visitors esconce themselves in their abodes as soon as they
arrive and are not seen for two days/

HARROGATE, SUGGESTED MUSEUM.

We learn from the press that Mr. T. Sheppard lectured
before the members of the Harrogate Literary Club recently
on * Harrogate/ and in the course of his remarks said the
number of Museums in relation to the population was some
indication of the. intelligence of that population. (For
example Whitby, Scarborough, Darlington, Selby, Rotherham,
Leeds, Doncaster, Huddersfield, each had one Museum ;
Sheffield, York, Halifax each had two, and Hull had six,
whereas Harrogate had none). He could imagine nothing
more of service to visitors to Harrogate than an artistic

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

165

building set apart where pictures, pottery and china, antique
silver, Sheffield plate, furniture, statuary, etc., could be
exhibited. He understood that at the moment there was a
possibility of a suitable place known as Belvedere being
available, and he would urge upon the members of the Town
Council and others present the desirability of securing this,
and furnishing it in the way indicated.

WATERSIDE CREATURES.*

Our contributor, Miss Frances Pitt, in this volume presents
some more of her charming essays which have appeared in
Country Life, The Contemporary Review and other journals.

Young Lesser Black -backed Gulls.

They are also interesting plates illustrating mammal and bird
life. Miss Pitt’s excellent work is so well-known that we
feel all that is necessary is to draw attention to the fact that
she has brought these essays together. One of the many
illustrations we are kindly permitted to reproduce herewith.

BIRD PROTECTION BILL.

We learn from The Times that Sir Harry Brittain’s bill
to provide for the further protection of birds was considered
recently by a Standing Committee of the House of Commons,
Mr. Morgan Jones presiding. The object of the measure
is to make it illegal for any person to use decoy birds which

* By Frances Pitt. London : G. Allen & Unwin, Ltd. 252 pp.,
12/6 net.

1925 June 1

i66

Notes and Comments .

are tethered or secured by means of braces or other similar
appliances, or which are blind, maimed or injured, or to use
bird lime or like substances for the purpose of capturing
wild birds. It also makes it an offence to confine any bird
in a cage or other receptacle of insufficient size to permit the
bird freely to stretch its wings and exercise itself. An
amendment proposed by Sir Harry Brittain, bringing Scotland
within the scope of the bill, and leaving Northern Ireland out,
was agreed to. The bill will operate as soon as passed.
The Committee stage was concluded and the bill was ordered
to be reported to the House as amended.

BEDDED IRON ORES.*

This volume deals with the microstructure and mineral
composition of the English bedded iron ores, and contains a
series of special analyses that have been made for the purpose
of determining the minerals present in the ooliths and ground-
mass of the rocks. Chamosite, a chloritic mineral of simple
composition, proves to be the main siliceous compound in
the clay ironstones, which are chamosite and siderite mud-
stones. Detailed descriptions are given of the microstructure
of the Cleveland and Northants Ironstones, the Marlstone,
Carboniferous and minor bedded ores, which are classified
according to their petrography. The plates include 42 photo-
micrographs of typical structures, and an account is given
of the most recent work on the properties of the constituent
minerals. Special attention is paid to the reactions that
occur during weathering and their bearing on the question
of secondary enrichment. The author discusses current
theories of origin, and concludes that the ironstones are in
nearly all cases primary deposits and are not replaced lime-
stones. The price is exceedingly cheap, as indeed for such
publications it should be.

: o :

White Wagtail, paired with Pied, nesting in Shrop-
shire.— I have to record the nesting here of a White Wagtail.
It is mated with a typical Pied Wagtail, and they have built
a nest in the creepers on the house. Having watched and
photographed White Wagtails abroad, I am quite positive
as regards identification. I first ‘ spotted ’ the bird six weeks
ago, but thought it was only passing through, but it has been
about ever since, and has now paired with a Pied bird. —
Frances Pitt, ‘ The Allynes/ Bridgenorth.

* ‘ Special Reports on the Mineral Resources of Great Britain.
Vol. XXIX. — Iron Ores : Bedded Ores of England and Wales. Petro-
graphy and Chemistry,’ by A. F. Hallimond, with an Appendix by
F. R. Ennos and R. Sutcliffe, 139 pp., 3/- net.

Naturalist

167

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F SPATH.

III. — -On the ‘ Armatus Zone/

It had for some time been suspected that Ammonites
armatus was a fossil that was not confined to the zone that
bore its name. Oppel1 originally had been doubtful whether
an armatus- bed ought to be separated at the base of the
jamesoni zone, and the Amm. armatus he figured was sufficient-
ly distinct from Sowerby's species for Oppel himself to suggest
the name ‘ Amm. armatus compressus.’ Tate and Blake2
separated what would now be considered to represent the
taylori, leckenbyi, tardecrescens and macdonnelli horizons of
Robin Hood's Bay, as an armatus subzone, from the jamesoni
beds proper. In 1882, however, Wright,3 when describing
* Aegoceras ' armatum, spoke of the armatum zone of Lyme
Regis, a very different thing from the Yorkshire subzone,
which was above and not below the raricostatus beds. Wright,
moreover, stated that he had found fragments of this species
[ ‘ Aegoceras ' armatum] in the same zone in some exposures
of the Aegoceras jamesoni beds near Cheltenham.

It was not till 1914 that Dr. W. D. Lang's4 careful collect-
ing on the Dorset coast revealed the true position of Deroceras
armatum, above the Oxynoticeras , but below the Echioceras
beds. Sowerby's type, unfortunately, is not preserved in his
collection in the British Museum, unless it be specimen No.
C. 17023, considerably smaller than the figure and sliced.
From its representation as a pyritic cast (generally liable to
decomposition) it has always seemed to me to be more like a
Charmouth than a ‘Whitby’ specimen, and, at any rate, I
have no doubt that the forms of Dr. Lang's bed 96 are identical
with the type.

Now here is an obvious difficulty, for if Amm. armatus
itself occurs only below the raricostatus zone, i.e., well down
in the Sinemurian, it would be absurd to retain an armatus
zone in the Pliensbachian, however much we may protest
that zonal names are only labels or that Deroceratids, includ-
ing more or less similar forms of ‘ armatij persist throughout
the raricostatus zone up into the lowest Pliensbachian.

1 ‘ Mittl. Lias Schwabens.’ Wurttemb. Naturw. Jahresh., Vol. X.

(1853), p- 72 ; ‘ Die Juraformation, ’ ibid., Vol. XII. (1856), pp. 117

and 155. (Oppel could not find the armatus bed at Lyme, but his Amm.
armatus compressus is undoubtedly a considerably later form than
Sowerby’s species).

2 4 Yorkshire Lias,’ 1876, pp. 78-81.

3 Loc. cit. (Pal. Soc. 1882), pp. 343-4.

4 Loc. cit. ( Proc . Geol. Assoc., Vol. XXV., 1914), p. 321.

1925 June 1

168 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

Meanwhile, however, Mr. Buckman1 had established a
Raasayan division for the Deroceratan and Echioceratan ages,
with seven hemerae. In a later paper2 these were increased to
thirteen sab-divisions, on very unconvincing evidence, and
from remarks made previously3 on his classification of the
beds in the jamesoni zone above and in the oxynotus zone
below,4 and from the criticisms in the present paper of Mr.
Buckman ’s correlation of the armatus and raricostatus zones,
it will be seen that considerable modification of these surmised
sequences is necessary. There will be no need, in the circum-
stances, to point out how useless is, e.g., the diagram of Mr.
Buckman’s Table X. (p. 95).

Going back, then, to the old sequence :

Lower Pliensbachian jamesoni zone (Polymorphitan age).

f raricostatus zone (Deroceratan age).
Upper Sinemurian^j oxynotus zone (Oxynoticeratan age).

(_ obtusus zone (upper) (Asteroceratap age) .

it will be seen at once that the terms Deroceratan or Oxynoti-
ceratan ages were introduced without accurate knowledge of
the ranges of the ammonites. Gleviceras , an Oxynoticeratid,
which was believed by Mr. Buckman to characterise a horizon
below that of Oxynoticeras lymense (in the Oxynoticeratan
age) is found throughout the lower raricostatus zone.
In conjunction with the indiscriminate use of the names
densinodus and subplanicosta, this gave rise to an unfortunate
misrepresentation of Mr. Richardson’s5 Bayliss Hill sequence,
compared with which Blake’s errors of fifty years ago were
trifling. We are here back again at an arbitrary delimitation
of divisions, dependant on individual interpretation, but
whether we speak of the armatus hemera as part of the old
raricostatus 1 zone ’ or as part of the Deroceratan age may be
considered to be of little consequence, although the latter is
undoubtedly the better term. Since Oppel himself collected
4 Amm. densinodus ’ (probably Crucilohiceras densinodulum )
at Lyme Regis, stating that Quenstedt’s species occurred at
about the boundary between the Lower and Middle Lias, but
still in the raricostatus zone, it is clear that in spite of the
abundant occurrence of Gleviceras and allied oxynotes with
4 densinodus ’ it must be included in the raricostatus 'zone.’

1 ‘ Jurassic Chronology ’ : I. — Lias.’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. LXXIII . (1917), 191S, p. 276.

2 Ibid. Supplement I., West England Strata, ibid., Vol. LXXVI.
(1920), p. 99.

3 L. F. Spath, loc. cit. (Geol. Mag., 1923), p. 10.

4 ‘ Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites,’ I.-— -The genus Oxynoticeras
Hyatt., The NoJuralist, April, pp. 107-112.

5 I11 S. Buckman ; loc. cit. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXXVI.,
1920), pp. 69-70).

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites . 169

The sub-divisions of the Deroceratan age ( i.e ., the ‘ raricos-
tatus zone ’) may then be listed as follows : —

leckenbyi

exhceredatum

tardecrescens

macdonnelli

p

Echioceras sp.n.

cf. boreale

cf. rhodanicum J

ornatilobatum

armatum

bispinigerum

densinodulum

[Yorkshire]
Apoderoceras beds.

tardecrescens
macdonnelli .

? obsoletum.

‘ raricostatum ’
raricostatoides ’ f\

1

The * raricostatoides beds,’ no doubt, are capable of a
more satisfactory division. The Yorkshire ‘ A ego cer as (?)
raricostatum,’ referred to by Blake1 and the form figured by
Wright2 are sharply costate like the species of the ornatilobatum
and cf. rhodanicum hemerse. Similar crassicostate forms,
however, and others more bluntly ribbed, still occur at Lyme
(in the hemera of Echioceras sp. n., listed above) with large
Glevicerasz immediately below the f Hummocky Limestone
(exhceredatum hemera) and there is no room for the intervening
tardecrescens and macdonnelli faunas. The horizons below,
listed provisionally as cf. boreale and cf. rhodanicum, are now
being worked out by Dr. Trueman and Miss Williams, and
their results will be of great interest also to Yorkshire geolo-
gists. The writer hopes that someone will undertake zonal
collecting in the corresponding beds of Robin Hood’s Bay,
and it is chiefly to facilitate correlation of the Deroceras-
bearing beds of different areas and to rectify misleading
nomenclature that the following notes are added.

We find, for instance, that the repeated occurrence of
densinodus- like forms at different horizons has caused as much
confusion as the repetition of the so-called armatus. Cruci-
lobiceras densinodulum, at Charmouth, occurs already in the
lymensis bed, but at the horizon of its maximum development
it is associated with innumerable small forms which include

1 In Tate and Blake, loc. cit. (1876), p. 276 (at least two different
species — B.M., No. C19196-200 and C19195).

2 Loc. cit. (1878), PI. VII., figs. 2-5 (B.M., No. C. 88980), poorly
figured, in any case worn and, moreover, slightly deformed. Said to
come from Lyme Regis.

3 Not very well preserved, like the earlier Gleviceras J (including
‘ Glevumites ’ and ‘ Victoriceras ’) , but different types of young have
been found loose.

1925 June 1

170

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

immature Crucilobiceras} but not one of which can be identi-
fied with the Gloucestershire Microceras subplanicosta (Oppel) .
Deroceras bispinigerum , which, with Gleviceras , occurs already
in the densinodulum beds, attains its maximum development
in the next higher horizon, and again is associated with
subplanicosta- like forms. The adult ‘bispinigerum’ from Dr.
Lang’s ‘ Small Nodule Bed ’ (95) at the base of the true
armatus clays, has a subconcave periphery, and is quite
unlike anything previously recorded.

Deroceras armatum itself is associated with Gleviceras and
some undetermined compressed and smooth forms which are
neither Tubellites1 2 nor the keeled Amm. jejunus Dumortier,3
but may belong to the group of Psiloceras abnorme (Hauer)
Geyer4 (= Leptonotoceras, gen. nov.), especially the com-
pressed, smooth forms included by Geyer in Psiloceras suessi
(Hauer), which may be renamed L. leptonotum nom. nov.5
The single minute ammonite nucleus found by Dr. Lang five
feet above the ‘ Watch Ammonite Stone ’ (at the horizon of
Echioceras cf. boreale), and recorded by Mr. Buckman as
Tubellites tubellus (Simpson) Richardson sp., is probably not
identical with the Yorkshire forms from the macdonnelli and
higher beds, and as a zonal index Tubellites cannot yet be
used with safety.

Mr. Buckman also quotes Deroceras miles from the armatus
bed, but I would question that identification. Dr. Lang’s
Lyme example (B.M., No. C. 22319) has the periphery, suture-
line and twenty-two costae of the true Deroceras armatum as
figured by Sowerby,6 and it is associated with more inflated
forms with only 16 ribs, for which the new name D . obesum
sp. nov. (text fig. 2 h, p. 139) is suggested. Reynes’s7 examples
are somewhat intermediate, perhaps also Wright’s,8 but I have
not examined his types in the Sedgwick Museum, and the
figures are generally unreliable.

The Crucilobiceras of the next higher horizon (C. oroatilo -
batum, sp. nov. = Amm. densinodus Reynes, pars,9 non

1 Such as the Gloucestershire example, from, which was taken the
suture-line development represented in text-figs. 2 c-e , p.139. A Balingen
(Wurtemberg) example, labelled by Dr. Wright Amm. armatus densi-
nodus (No. 19), has more complex sutures at the same diameter.

2 Based on T. (‘ Bifericeras ’) tubellus (Simpson) Richardson sp.,
Trans. Woolhope Nat. Field Club (1914-17), 1918, PI. II., figs. 29-30.

3 Loc. cit. (Vol. II., 1867), p. 156, PI. XXXI., figs. 6-8.

4 ‘ Cephalopoden Fauna des Hierlatz.’ Abhand. K. K. Geol.
Reichsanst., Vol. XII., PI. 4 (1886), p. 240, PI. II., figs. 24a, b, genotype.

5 Ibid., PI. II., figs. 33a, b (holotype).

6 Min. Conchol., Vol. I., 1817, PI. XCV.

1 ‘ Monographic des Ammonites,’ 1879, PI. L., figs. 9-13.

8 Loc. cit. (1880), PI. XXVIII., figs. 1-2 and 3-4 (and 5?).

9 Loc. cit. (1879), PL XXVII., fig. 18 only.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 171

Quenstedt ? with suture-line of text-fig. 2/, p. 139) have
become more evolute and more ornatilobate than the similar
* densinodus ' below, and are associated already with carinati-
subsulcate Echioceras of a group not known to me from York-
shire. This group probably also has been misinterpreted, like
Blake's Crucilohiceras obsoletum, which is entirely different
from the Lyme ‘densinodus ,’ though crushed other forms more
like the latter also occur in nodules. In this connexion it
may be advisable to draw attention to another form, figured
by Wright1 as ‘ Aegoceras densinodum , ' which is not only speci-
fically different, but belongs to a new genus (Subcollma
gen. nov.2) which is interpreted as a development of the
Upper Lias family Dactylioceratidce .

I can find nothing from Yorkshire that would indicate
the presence of these pr e-raricostatoides faunas ; but since
badly-preserved or crushed ammonites have not hitherto been
taken much notice of, the help of local collectors is required.
The horizon of Blake's Crucilohiceras obsoletum is as yet
unknown. At Lyme the last Crucilohiceras occur just below
the ‘ Hummocky Limestone,’ but the upper Echioceras horizons
are missing there. Conversely, Crucilohiceras of the type of
C. muticum (d'Orbigny)3 and C. nodohlongum (Quenstedt)4
associated with Deroceras of the miles group have only been
found in the macdonnelli beds of Yorkshire and the Midlands,
e.g., Honeybourne, Worcestershire. This high Crucilohiceras
has been mistaken for D. armatum even by Blake. From
Emerson's and Hoyer’s accounts it is evident that these
muticus beds, in Germany, are of great thickness. The latter
author5 recorded Microceras suhplanicosta (Oppel) from his
raricostatus bed e, together with Deroceras muticum, and Mr.
Richardson found it associated with the Honeybourne Cru-
cilohiceras above mentioned. Of Blake's three examples of
‘ suhplanicosta,’ none is identical with the Gloucestershire
species, and they were, by him, considered to be the young of
Crucilohiceras obsoletum. The Lyme suhplanicosta have al-
ready been referred to, and if it is remembered that the
Cheltenham succession is largely based on surmise, not actual

1 Loc. cit (1880), PI. XXXVIII., figs. 5-6 (B.M., No. C.1932).
Wright’s drawing is restored, partly from the inner whorls shewn on the
side not figured.

2 The genotype, 5. yeovilensis, nom. nov. ( = Aegoceras densinodum
Wright, pars, non Quenstedt, PI. XXXVIII., figs. 5-6) in thei peripheral
aspect of the inner whorls resembles Collina mucronata (d’Orbigny), but
its suture -line is characterised by a narrow, cruciform, lateral lobe
almost as in Crucilohiceras densinodulum .

3 Pal. Fran9., Terr. Jurass., 1842, PI. LXXX.

4 Loc. cit. (1884), PI. XXVII., fig. 6 only (figs. 3-4 — Amm. armatus
compressus of Oppel).

5 Loc. cit. (1902), p. 42.

1925 June 1

172

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

observation, it will be seen that the correlation of the • sub-
planicosta ’ beds, below the bispinigerum horizon, is altogether
improbable. The coarse Crucilobiceras cheltiense and other
forms above referred to which are not found at Lyme may
well come from the Leptechioceras beds.

Since the Apoderoceras and Epideroceras of the uppermost
Sinemurian ( leckenbyi and exhceredatum hemerae) and the
lowest Pliensbachian ( taylori hemera) also have never been
collected from zonally, a splendid opportunity is offered to
some Yorkshire geologist.

: o :

Social Life Among the Insects, by W. M. Wheeler. London :
Constable & Co., Ltd., viL + 375 pp., 16/- net. Those interested in
nature study or desirous of obtaining curious facts for popular lectures
will find a wealth of information in this volume. It is largely confined
to descriptions of the Social Beetle, wasps, bees and ants, and ant’s
guests. The illustrations are numerous, and many of them quite new to
English readers.

Sporting Days in Wild Norway, by Dr. Fridtjof Nansen.

London : Thornton Butterworth, Ltd., 270 pp., 10/6 net. Here we have
a description of Norwegian life from an enthusiastic sportsman whose
previous contributions to science in connection with his researches in
the Arctic are of world-wide reputation. Dr. Nansen gives an account
of the mountainous section of Norway, with its geographical features,,
fauna, etc., and, as we might expect, writes a particularly fascinating
story.

Rainfall Reservoirs and Water Supply, by Sir Alexander R.
Binnie. London: Constable and Co., Ltd., xh + 157 pp., 9/- net.

Sir Alexander Binnie is a recognised authority on this subject, and the
fact that a second impression of his volume has been called for is an
indication of its popularity. Much of the work is occupied by descrip-
tions of machinery, buildings, etc., in connection with water supply,
but he deals with almost every aspect from the construction of reservoirs
to the mechanism of water taps.

Bird Islands of Peru, by R. C. Murphy. London : C. P. Putnam’s
Sons, xx. + 362 pp., 15/- net. To Europeans this volume will particularly
appeal on account of the extraordinary variety of bird life depicted,
and the quaint descriptions given of the avian occupants of the Chincha
Islands. The frontispiece shows a group of curious step-like nests
covering the whole side of a hill, with a seething mass of pelican chicks
in the foreground, and there are descriptions of petrels, boobies, cormor-
ants, gulls, terns, etc. The book, however, is not confined to birds ;
there are descriptions of mammals, reptiles and antiquities, and an
interesting account of the history of the place generally.

Handbook of the Geology of Ireland, by G. A. J. Cole and T.
Hallissy. London : T. Murby & Co., viii.-f-82 pp., 8/6 net. It will
be remembered that during the War the Germans succeeded in publishing
a Handbook of Regional Geology, which contained some of the most
valuable publications to British Geology that we remember to have
seen for some time. One of these, by the late Professor Grenville Cole
and Mr. T. Hallissy, dealt with the Geology of Ireland, and the copyright
has been purchased from the German publishers, and the volume has
been issued separately. Geologists will welcome the publication in this
form, especially in view of the difficulty in obtaining the German pub-
lication.

Naturalist

*73

MODERN METHODS OF STUDYING THE SMALLER

DIPTERA.

GEORGE GRACE, B.SC.

It will be remembered that Mr. Grimshaw, in his Presidential
Address at Sheffield, last December (see The Naturalist ,
Jan., 1925), refers to the almost entire neglect of two winged
flies (Diptera) by the naturalists of Yorkshire, although
‘ their study is not only full of fascination for the naturalist,
but also of considerable importance from the point of view
of the welfare of mankind.’

Later in his address, he suggests that one of the chief
reasons for this neglect is the absence of literature suitable
for beginners. Of this dearth of elementary literature there
can be no doubt ; the literature about Diptera which exists
at present is scattered in many places and several languages,
and, even when found, is generally so technical that it is
hardly of a.ny use to a beginner ; and until this is remedied
it is difficult to see how the study of Diptera can become more
popular.

During the last two or three years I have given most of
my spare time to the study of nematocerous flies, especially
Chironomids, and, in the course of this, have collected a
certain amount of practical information which, if I could
have had it at the beginning, would have saved me many
hours of futile labour.

I have therefore prepared the following account of my
methods in the hope that it may act as an introduction to a
most fascinating field of study.

Fortunately the collection of flies is a simple matter.
They abound everywhere, and many of them may be obtained
all the year round. The methods of capture I have found most
useful may be summarised under three heads.

(1) By far the best way of getting uninjured specimens of
most of the smaller flies is by picking them off from the lee
sides of damp fences and walls and from the under sides of
leaves by placing over them small glass tubes — a convenient
size being about i}"x"§. By this method, after a little
practice, there is hardly any risk of breaking the legs of even
the most frail, and a surprising number and variety may be
taken this way. It is advisable, as a rule, not to attempt
to take more than one or two flies in each tube, and to leave
them alive in the tube until home is reached.

(2) A second method is by means of a small net about 6"
diam., made of very soft material. Unfortunately there is
always considerable danger in using any kind of net, that the
frailer flies may have their legs damaged during the removal

1U25 June 1

174 Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Diptera,

to small tubes. This can be got over, to a certain extent, by
using larger tubes, but I have never entirely eliminated it
in dealing with Chironomids, which are extremely fragile.
Sweeping low growing foliage with the same net gives many
valuable captures, and so does beating hedges, etc., with a
stick, and netting the flies which are disturbed.

(3) Much valuable work may be done by collecting larvae
and rearing them under as near natural conditions as can be
arranged. The great variety of places where dipterous larvae
are to be found makes it impossible, in a general article such
as this, to give even the vaguest hints about collecting. But
the number of common flies about the development of which we
know hardly anything, is so large, that anyone who will con-
centrate on one or two species which he happens to find
convenient may easily do very important work.

For killing the flies I use a large jar with potassium
cyanide in the bottom covered with a few layers of blotting
paper. Into this I can put 20 or 30 small tubes at once,
without removing the corks. This, of course, means that
they must be left in the cyanide longer than if the tubes
were open, but it keeps every fly separate, which is a great
advantage.

Pinning should be done as soon as possible after death,
as the flies dry quickly and become very brittle. For pinning,
Mr. F. W. Edwards, of the British Museum, advises the use of
No. 20 pins. He cuts off the heads of the pins diagonally
with a pair of scissors and pushes the point into the side of
the fly, but not so far as to go through to the other side.
This is important, as the details of the sides are sometimes
necessary for identification. He then inserts the cut end of
the pin into a slip of celluloid which, in turn, is staged on a
stout pin. Mr. Grimshaw recommends cork strips covered
with paper instead of celluloid, and I have found polyporus
useful, but when material is abundant and is not going to be
subjected to rough usage, I hardly think any kind of staging
is necessary.

With the very small flies, such as Chironomids, I have had
hardly any trouble with mites, and I do not, therefore, use any
disinfectant, but with larger flies I have no doubt some
method must be used for keeping away mites, etc., as with
butterflies and beetles. Even the smallest flies, however,
occasionally go mouldy, and it is advisable to make certain
they are dry before they are closed up in the store boxes.

For the storing of the flies I very much prefer small boxes,
such as old quarter plate negative boxes with cork placed in
the bottom. Each of these only contains 4 or 5 species, and
need only be opened when these are to be referred to. When
larger boxes are used they are opened so frequently that the

Naturalist

Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Diptera. 1 75

flies are very liable to lose their legs and antennae. These
boxes I label on the front edges, using coloured labels to
distinguish the different groups, and store them edgeways,
on shelves, like books in a bookcase.

The preservation of the larvae without distortion is by no
means a simple matter, and anyone who proposes to do this
kind of work would do well to consult a paper on ‘ The
Microscopic Preparation of Insects/ by Miss Huie, in The
Scottish Naturalist, September, 1917. The following simple
method, however, may be of assistance as a beginning. The
larva selected for preservation should be kept without food
for a day or two, and then killed by placing it on a piece of
blotting paper, alongside a piece of cotton wool soaked in
chloroform, under a tumbler. It is then placed in 70%
alcohol for 24 hours, and afterwards removed to successively
stronger mixtures of alcohol every 12 hours, until practically
undiluted alcohol is reached.

If the larva is only required for the examination of the
external features, it can be placed direct into potash solutions
and treated by the methods described later.

When larvae are reared through to the fly stage, it is im-
portant to bear in mind that newly hatched flies are very
soft and, if killed at once, never make satisfactory specimens.
It is advisable, therefore, to keep them for at least 24 hours,
so that they may acquire a firmer texture.

The systematic study of the pinned fly, unfortunately,
needs the use of a microscope, and this is probably another
reason for the neglect lamented by Mr. Grimshaw. A very
expensive instrument, however, is neither necessary nor, as
a rule, advisable, and the technique needed for even quite
detailed work is simple enough to be learnt in a few weeks.

For most of the work a low power such as a i-in. objective
is quite sufficient. With this the flies can be examined by
reflected light without removing them from the pin. For
holding the pinned fly and turning it about so as to see it from
various points of view, some special holder is very necessary.
This can be constructed with pieces of cork and a couple of
pins, and, if mounted on an ordinary 3" x 1" glass slip,
can be held in position on the stage of the microscope like an
ordinary slide.

Modern methods of determining the species of most families
of flies require that certain parts of the insects must be pro-
perly prepared and mounted for examination under a higher
power, usually or J". Although this requires a con-
siderable expenditure of time, it is very fascinating work,
and I have found it both useful and interesting to prepare
a permanent set of slides illustrating the details of each
species studied. Unfortunately there does not seem to be

1925 June 1

176 Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Diptera.

any book or paper which gives the information required by a
beginner in order to prepare these slides, and, remembering
my own initial difficulties, I think it may be useful to describe
the operations in what, to advanced workers, may appear to
be unnecessary detail.

The parts of a fly which need mounting most frequently
are : — (1) The antennae, (2) The wing, (3) The legs, (4) The
head and palps, (5) The hypopygium.

The antennae of nematocerous flies are often used for sys-
tematic work, and the requisite details can hardly ever be
obtained until they are suitably mounted. After the fly has
been pinned for a day or two the antennae become quite dry
and brittle and can be easily removed by means of a moist
needle, leaving the scape adhering to the head. On account
of the frail nature of the usual antenna, the best mounting
medium is Euparal. The refractive index of this is much
lower than of Canada Balsam, and it does not obscure the
details so much. The dry antenna on the tip of the needle
may therefore be plunged into a drop of Euparal essence on a
glass slip and allowed to soak for a short time. This expands
it again to its original shape, removes any moisture, and makes
it sufficiently transparent for even the higher powers.

A little Euparal is then placed on it and the cover slip
dropped on, or, better still, a little Euparal is mixed with
the essence in the first place, and this prevents complete
evaporation and cements the antenna to the slip so that it
is not displaced when the cover is placed on.

The Wing.— Most of the information generally required
from the wing may be obtained, without removal from the fly,
but it is useful to have a set of typical wings for reference,
and, in any. case, as wings are spoiled when the fly is boiled
in potash, it is best to remove them before the preparation
of the thorax. Here, again, I think the best medium is Euparal,
if a medium is to be used at all, but many wings are most
usefully mounted dry.

When Euparal is used they may be dealt with in the same
way as the antennae, and may, in fact, be mounted under the
same cover slip.

The method of making a dry mount is as follows : — The
wing is removed by gripping it near its base with a fine pair
of forceps and giving it a quick jerk. It is then immersed in
Euparal essence on a slide. This is done in order to remove
any dirt which may be adhering to it, and to arrange it on the
slide. If the wing is very dirty it is best, after it has soaked
for a minute or so, to move it about in the essence, and after-
wards transfer it to a new supply. Then a cover slip is lowered
on to it and fastened by means of small pieces of gummed
paper, and the preparation is put aside until next day. It

Naturalist

Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Diptera. 177

will then be found that the essence has evaporated entirely
and left the wing dry and apparently unchanged by its immer-
sion. Dry mounted wings often show details which are
invisible, or very difficult to see, in any fluid medium.

The other parts of a fly, before they can be mounted
successfully, nfeed to be cleared and rendered more or less
transparent. The best solvent for doing this is a 10% solution
of potassium hydrate. As this does not attack the pin, it is
best, after the removal of the antennae and wings, to drop
the remainder of the fly, and the pin, into a test-tube con-
taining a little potash solution. If an attempt to remove
the pin be made while the fly is dry, it will probably come
in pieces. The test-tube is placed in some kind of water bath
— a metal box such as is sometimes purchased with shaving
soap does very well for this — and the water raised to boiling
for five minutes or longer as found necessary. By this method
the inner parts of the fly are dissolved away and the chitinous
shell expanded to its original shape. The fly is then removed
to a vessel containing water, to partially clear it of potash,
and then to glacial acetic acid to entirely neutralise any remain-
ing potash and dehydrate. Further treatment will depend
on the appearance at this stage. Large specimens with
fairly dark colouring are best cleared in carbo-xylol, the frailer
ones, which will not show clearly unless stained, are placed
in an acid solution of Fuchsin and left for an hour or two
until they are considerably overstained. They are then
washed with acetic acid, which removes much of the stain,
and cleared in oil of cloves. (Carbo-xylol is not suitable,
as it removes the colour entirely. ) From the clearing solution
the specimen, whether stained or not, is removed to turpentine,
where it can be dissected so as to get the parts separate. It
does not seem possible to mount the whole fly so as to display
all the detail needed. I have found it most useful to make
three separate mounts of the legs, head and hypopygium.
The mounting of the legs is simple and needs no further
description, but the head and hypopygium need rather more
elaborate treatment. If they are mounted in the ordinary
way, the weight of the coverslip will crush them and. distort
their parts. It is therefore essential to use some kind of
support under the coverslip. I usually place the head or
hypopygium in a drop of fairly stiff Canada Balsam, on a
slide, and arrange in the proper position with the help of a
lens. Then I place the slide, etc., aside for one or two hours
so that the balsam shall partially harden and act as a cement.
When I think the balsam is hard enough to prevent displace-
ment of the specimen, I arrange a few pieces of thin card or
celluloid around it, drop on more balsam and cover as usual.
This method makes it impossible for all the mount to be in

1925 June 1

M

178 Modern Methods of Studying the Smaller Diptera.

focus at once under a J-in. objective, but unless something
of the sort is done the dorsal point and the part immediately
beneath it are so distorted that a very wrong impression of its
shape is obtained. Slides so prepared are probably not so
permanent as by the usual method of making a cell, but if
a liberal supply of balsam is provided to allow for contraction
due to evaporation, they should last long enougn for all prac-
tical purposes.

Mr. Edwards recommends that hypopygia be mounted on
small pieces of celluloid without cover clips, and that these
should be pinned and kept in the storeboxes along with the
flies.

: o :

Engineering Geology, by H. Ries and T. L. Watson. London :
Chapman and Hall, Ltd., viL+708 pp., 25/- net. This magnificent
volume has now reached its third edition. We gave a favourable com-
ment upon it when it first appeared, and the opinions then expressed
have been justified by the constant demand for the work. All through,
the needs of the practical engineer are kept in view, and there is not too
much said about Pakeontology, etc., though quite enough for engineering
purposes.

A companion volume, printed and bound uniformly with the preced-
ing, also once more makes its appearance (Introductory Geology, by
L. V. Pirsson and Charles Schuchert. London : Chapman & Hall,
x. + 693 pp., 20/- net). The first part was noticed in this journal some
time ago. The present volume contains two sections, Part. I., dealing
with Physical Geology, by L. V. Pirsson, and Part II., Outlines of Histor-
ical Geology, by Charles Schuchert. As with the book just noticed, the
wealth of illustration is particularly noticeable, and the type and paper
all that can be desired.

Nature at the Desert’s Edge, by R. W. G. Hingston. London :
H. F. and G. Witherby, 299 pp., 15/- net. The author of this volume
spent a summer on an oasis near Bagdad, and gives the results of his
observations on the animal life, and, in addition to the birds, he has
much to say of the moths, spiders and various forms of insect life. Among
the headings to the chapters (which give an idea of their character) are
The Tent-building Spider ; The Oleander Hawk Moth ; The Mesopo-
tamian Lappet Moth ; The Solifugid — Life History and Habits, and the
author concludes by his ‘ general impressions of the desert,’ which are
very entertaining. There are several plates giving reproductions of
excellent photographs : that of Bagdad from the air is particularly

instructive, and gives a very different impression of that place from
that usually held.

The Story of a Great Schoolmaster, by H. G. Wells. London :
Chatto and Windus. 151 pp., 4s. 6d. net. In this volume Mr. Wells
gives a ‘ Plain Account of the Life and Ideas of Sanderson of Oundle.’
The reason for the book is given in the author’s opening words : ‘ Of all
the men I have met — and I have now had a fairly long and active life
and have met a very great variety of interesting people — one only has
stirred me to a biographical effort. This one exception is F. W.
Sanderson, for many years the headmaster of Oundle School. I think
him beyond question the greatest man I have ever known with any
degree of intimacy, and it is in the hope of conveying to others something
of my sense not merely of his importance, but of his peculiar genius and
the rich humanity of his character, that I am setting out to write this
book.’

Naturalist

i79

THE COURTING HABITS OF THE HERON.

EDMUND SELOUS.

The following extracts are taken from an observational diary
I kept in a heronry during 1916. Ecce signutn.

Feb. 17TH. — There was one particular bird, this afternoon,
which distinguished itself from the rest by uttering, at inter-
nals, a single harsh dissonant cry or scream. The frequency,
not the cry itself, was the distinguishing feature. Such
persistence and regularity suggest some special cause.

Feb. i8th.— A bird standing alone in a nest bends its head
down almost into it, and utters a low, clear, liquid note —
' koop ’ or < hoop.’ It does this twice, and then flies off,
with outstretched neck. I believe it is this bird which has
been so persistently screaming, both last night and from the
rtime of my arrival, this morning, at about 6.

Feb. 19TH. — From the same part of the plantation, as I
enter it, at a little before 5 p.m., comes the same reiterated
cry, one single short dissonant scream. I also hear, again,
the clear, subdued musical ‘ koop.’

Feb. 21ST. — A bird that has long stood, silent and solitary,
in a nest, now, several times in succession, rears itself per-
pendicularly up, its long neck stretched to the full, with the
bill in one line with it, spearing at the sky. As it reaches its
full height, thus elongated, the head and neck are thrown
back, and then the bird makes a little stoop or bob down,
.and utters a note which I find myself unable to define. It
then lowers the head, still keeping the neck stretched out,
clicks the bill, ‘ koops,’ and pulls about the sticks of the nest.
Then stretching up again, it repeats the whole performance,
after which it stands and screams at irregular intervals. At
last, as in answer to these cries, another Heron flies into the
tree, alighting on a branch above, and some little way to one
side of the nest. So far as I am able to discern, no form of
greeting takes place between the two, but the ‘ home-bird ’ —
as, for the sake of distinction I will call the apparent owner
of the nest — seems quietly pleased at the other’s arrival.
After a little the visitant, whose demeanour has been quite
unimpassioned, flics off, and is shortly followed by the home-
bird. The latter soon returns, and continues to posture and
scream as before. After a while, either the same or another
visiting bird flies into the tree. It makes no advances, but
the weird actions of the home-bird continue, and have now
the appearance of being directed towards it. The ‘ cap ’
would seem to be ‘ set.’ This goes on for some quarter of an
hour or twenty minutes, after which the visitant flies away,
but still the screams and the movements continue. Then

d.925 June 1

i8o Selous : The Courting Habits of the Heron.

again, a visitant, but hardly has this one alighted when the
home-bird spears forward at it, with its bill, in what seems a
hostile manner. It is from too great a distance for contact,
but instantly on the motion being made, the newcomer flies
off. A longish interval is filled up as before, and then another
bird flies in. Its reception, again, is different ; two bows,,
each one accompanied with a short vocalic note, suggest an
invitation to the nest. If so, however, it is not responded to,
and the home-bird, shortly afterwards, flies excitedly out of
it, makes a circle, and returns, to stand in it, now, merely,,
without further demonstration. The other bird stays on
where it was, and such is the disposition of things when, it
being now 8-45 and very cold, I leave.

Now what has been the meaning of all this ? To begin
with, the nest is one that I have not seen in regular occupation
before yesterday. A bird has, once or twice before, settled
upon it for a very short time, but that was all. It has now,
apparently, been completed (for it looks a little larger than
before), and definitely entered upon by this bird, who, to
judge by appearances, is signalling for a mate. Two (possibly
three) applicants have come, this morning, attracted by its
cries and, actions — both very salient — which, together, would
seem to represent the courting display. One has been favour-
ably received, and the courtship, from that point, specially
addressed to it, the other instantly rejected, such rejection
being, as instantly, acquiesced in. But the ‘ who’s who ’ ?
has not yet been made out.

Feb. 22ND.— From 6-30 to 8-26 on the morning of this
date, the bird which I have called the home-bird, standing, all
the while, in the nest, has gone through the very salient
action described yesterday, with its vocal accompaniment,
thirty-nine times, at intervals varying from less than half-a-
minute to thirteen minutes. This last, however, and another
of seven minutes, only occurred once, the usual intervals
being from one to three minutes. There has been, however,,
a curious difference in the cry, for whilst this was, yesterday,
what I have described, with fair justice, I think, as a scream,
it has now changed into, more or less, the ordinary nuptial or
conjugal note, showing that this and the courting-note —
eventually, at least — are one and the same. But there has
also, this morning, been that other note, which I have called
the ‘ koop ’ — a very distinctive one, soft and musical — some-
thing like the bubbling of water — and whilst the other seems,
rather, of the nature of a general matrimonial advertisement,,
this latter, accompanied with the lowering motion of the
head and neck, is of a more direct encouragement-giving kind..
It has been used by this same bird, this morning, on some six
or seven occasions. But, neither yesterday nor this morning,

Naturalist

Selous : The Courting Habits of the Heron. 181

has either of the visitants uttered either of these notes or
gone through any of their appertaining special actions. Their
part has been quite distinct, that of rival candidates merely,
and this has been emphasised, to-day, by their having, on
several occasions, flown at and put each other to flight.

Feb. 23. — In situ, again, a little before 6 a.m. Matters,
since yesterday, have developed. For the first time, there are
two birds together, at the nest, both standing on the rim of it.
Now they bill a little, showing that they are male and female,
and that one, therefore (in all likelihood, at any rate), is the
home-bird. Then one flies off, but makes only just a circle
out from the tree, before returning. Then, fronting one
another, they bill again, for a moment or two, immediately
after which pairing takes place. At 7-10 the birds again
bill — that is to say, they just touch the points of their two
beaks together, for a moment — and there is again pairing, after
which the male flies off and settles in a fir-tree quite near me.

7-20. — Another visitant flies to the nest and is received in
a quite friendly way by the bird upon it. I am expecting
further nuptial developments, when the previously favoured
suitor flies up from the fir-tree, and puts the intruder to
flight. Then, as previously, these two front each other, bill
a little, stretch up their necks at each other, stoop and raise
their crests. Then, again, the male flies off. At 8-15 there
is a visitant to the nest, and the home-bird — the female —
that has all the while been on it, makes two bobs forward,
towards him, of the head and neck, and utters the musical,
encouragement-giving ‘ koop/ The chain of evidence, there-
fore, is as follows. It is the same nest as yesterday, and
previously. Only one of the three (or perhaps four) birds
whose actions in relation to one another, have been noted
to-day, has uttered, so I believe, either the nuptial note
proper or the rarer ‘ koop/ or gone through the special action
belonging to either. It is therefore, I think, legitimate to
assume from this, as well as from the general conduct of the
two (perhaps three) visitants, that these latter are the rival
candidates, and the other the ‘ home-bird 5 of my previous
entries. And since the latter was one of the two pairing
birds, of which the other functioned as the male, by physio-
logical inference the home-bird, who has, throughout, carried
on the courting display, both gestic and vocal, is the female.

Putting all my observations together, and extending the
particular to the general, I can hardly doubt that I have had
a complete object lesson of the way in which the female
Heron takes, or rather draws, unto herself a mate. Just as
with the Shag, as made out and recorded by me,* (except that

1925 June 1

Wild Life, May, 1915.

182 Selous : The Courting Habits of the Heron.

she sits, and is not vocal) she stands for hours together in the
nest, and at short intervals, often from minute to minute,
utters cries which, commencing with a short scream, pass, on
some certain day, into the nuptial and conjugal note proper,
or one more or less nearly resembling it, and which are accom-
panied, each time, by the strange display-action which I have
described. At much longer intervals, she utters a totally
different note — monosyllabic, clear and musical — which I
have rendered by the word * koop,’ succeeded sometimes by
clicking of the bill and accompanied by movements almost as
remarkable. In response to these love-cries and actions,
male Herons come to the tree (as do male Shags to the rock)
one or other of which, by its mere presence, seemingly, without
display, gestic or vocal, recommends itself to the signalling
female, and gradually becomes her mate. I need not further
recapitulate, but will point out that there have been indica-
tions that the female Heron may not, any more than the
female Shag, restrict her favours to one suitor only, at least
during the earlier part of these curious proceedings. It
would rather seem that what begins with mere amativeness,
passes, by dint of jealousy, habit and, no doubt, competitive
signalling, into conjugality proper.

: o :

CORRESPONDENCE.

‘ WALDHEIMIA ’ CRANIUM MULLER : A CORRECTION.

With reference to the note by Hans Schlesch in last month’s Naturalist
(p. 148), I wish to point out that the generic name of this species is
Macandrevia. This genus was created by King in 1859 (Proc. Dublin
Univ. Zool. Bot. Assoc., Vol. I., p. 261) with the Terebratula cranium
Muller as the genotype. It was separated by him on account of funda-
mental differences in the interior of the shell from his genus W aldheimia
(genotype flavescens Lam.). These differences have been fully sub-
stantiated by several workers since King’s time. W aldheimia (King,
Perm. Foss. 1850, pp. 81, and 145, pi. 20, f. 10-12) has long since been
relegated to synonymy on account of its prior use for Insecta. It was
replaced by Magellania by Bayle in 1880. Macandrevia is an interesting
genus containing six or seven species ranging from the Arctic to the
Antarctic Region. Two of the species have a considerable range, viz.,
M . cranium, which has been dredged off both coasts of the North Atlantic
as far north as Spitzbergen. Its occurrence off the North Coast of Asia
and Japan is new to me, and, I am afraid, doubtful ; Dallina raphaelis
may have been mistaken for it. The second species of wide range is
M. diamantina Dali., which is recorded from the Gulf of Panama, off
Peru, and off Coats Land, Antarctica. — J. Wilfrid Jackson.

: o :

Behind the Scenes at the Zoo, by Helen M. Sidebotham. Lon-
don : Cassell & Co., Ltd., 183 pp., 5/- net. By the aid of thick paper
this volume seems considerably more massive than might be assumed
from the comparatively small number of pages. The author writes on
the principal occupants of the Zoo, and apparently the book is intended
for younger readers who will be pleased with her descriptions of the
various animals and delighted with the photographs reproduced on the
ten plates appearing in the volume.

Naturalist

SABDEN SHALE FOSSILS NEAR HOLYWELL,
FLINTSHIRE.

1 8

3

J. WILFRID JACKSON, M.SC., F.G.S.

In 1923, in company with Mr. R. C. B. Jones, I found certain
Sabden Shale fossils in a section on the Glyn Abbot Road,
near Holywell. Among them were imperfect examples of
Homoceras diadema (Beyr.). On a more recent visit with Mr.
J. Walton, I obtained much better preserved specimens of the
above species in association with typical examples of Homo-
ceras proteum (Brown).

The section is situated on the north side of the Glyn Abbot
Road, and consists chiefly of black shales and brownish mud-
stones. The beds dip at a very low angle to the east and are
some distance above the Cherts. This section is referred to
by Messrs. Hind and Stobbs in their N. Wales paper of 1906, 1
with the statement that these are the highest beds of the
Pendleside Series examined in situ by them in the district.
These authors give a list of ten species which includes
‘ Glyphioceras ’ diadema. The present confirmation of the
occurrence of Homoceras diadema is interesting ; but the
ascription of the beds to the ‘ Pendleside Series ' cannot now
be maintained.

I obtained the first examples of H . diadema at the entrance
to an old adit in the dingle below the road and from lower
beds than those seen in the road-section. They were associated
with Posidoniella laevis, P ter inop ecten carbonarius , and frag-
mentary plant-remains. The road-section above yielded the
same two bivalves, together with Posidonomya cf. corrugata,
and fragments of Catamites cf. suckowi.

On the later visit, somewhat higher beds a little to the east
were examined., and found to contain an abundance of H .
diadema and H . proteum in all stages of growth.

The associated occurrence of the above two goniatites is
of interest from the fact that they are found together in the
lowest zone exposed in the Sabden Shales at Roughlee, near
Pendle, Lancs. (=upper H. of Bisat)2 ; also at Eastwood,
Todmorden, Yorks. ; at the Gannister quarry, Congleton Edge,
Cheshire ; and in the Edale Shales, Mam Tor, N. Derbyshire,
where the relation of this zone to the higher R1-zone is clearly
seen, as at Roughlee. At Mam Tor the band is only about 20
feet below Homoceratoides prereticulatum Bisat, and the latter
is followed in ascending order by the Roughlee zones of
Reticuloceras inconstans (Phil.) and R. reticulatum (Phil.).

1 ' The Carboniferous Succession below the Coal-measures in North
Shropshire, Denbighshire, and Flintshire,’ Geol. Mag., 1906, p. 454.

2 Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Vol. XX., Pt. I., 1924, p. 10.

1925 June 1

184

Northern News.

The Mam Tor Sandstones complete the sequence here, but
in the immediate neighbourhood these Sandstones are over-
lain by the Shale Grit, Grindslow Shales, and Lower Kinder
Grit.1

The importance of the North Derbj^shire sequence has been
recently emphasised, and attention has been called to the
identity of the Edale Shales with the Tod.mord.en and Sabden
series. The equivalence of some part of the Holywell Shales
with those at Sabden and elsewhere can now safely be
established from the intimate association of the two goniatites
H . diadema and H . proteum in the Glyn Abbot Road section.

The age of the Holywell Shales has given rise to much
speculation in the past. As pointed out in a recent paper,2
they have been regarded on the one hand as in part representing
the Millstone Grit of S.W. Lancashire,3 and on the other
hand as Lower Coal Measures,4 while Hind and Stobbs (op. cit.,
1906, pp. 451-4) assigned them, together with the Teilia-
limestones, to the ‘ Pendleside Series/

In the recent Liverpool Memoir5 a suggestion is thrown out
that they are probably in part homotaxial with the Upper
Millstone Grits of the Midlands. Quite recently' Mr. H. C.
Sargent has been paying attention to the question and has met
with evidence of the presence of several Millstone Grit zones,
but has so far failed to locate zone H. (=Homoceras) , hence
this note. His paper was read at a recent meeting of the
Liverpool Geological Society.

The two bivalves mentioned in this note, viz., P. laevis
and Pt. carhonarius, occur together immediately below the
Proteum-Diadema band at Roughlee. The same little Pteri-
nopecten is also common in the Diadema- beds at Swartha
Wood, Silsden, Yorks. The type came from the ‘ Pendleside
Series' of Bosley Minn, Cheshire,6 but at present we do not
know its goniatite-associate there.

: o :

The Seventy-sixth Volume of the Palceontographical Society has been
issued, and contains four useful monographs, viz. : The Pliocene Mollusca,
by F. W. Harmer ; Gault Ammonites, by L. F. Spath ; Palaeozoic
Asterozoa, by W. K. Spencer ; and The Macrurous Crustacea, by H.
Woods.

1 J- W. Jackson, The Naturalist, 1923, pp. 337-8.

2 Id. Manch. Memoirs {Lit. and Phil. Soc.), Yol. LXIX., No. 6,
Feb. 26th, 1925, p. 4.

3 G. H. Morton, ‘ Geology of Liverpool,’ Ed. 3, 1897, PP- 6, 27, 30.

4 A. Strahan, ‘ Geol. of Neighbourhoods of Flint, Mold, and Ruthin.’ —
Mem. Geol. Survey, 1890, pp. 3, 62.

5 ‘ The Geology of Liverpool, etc.’ — Mem. Geol. Survey, 1923, p. 25.

6 Hind, Carb. Lamell. Pal. Soc., Vol. II., p. 128, pi. XXV., f. 14.
(Note. — The legends of figs. 14 and 15 in this plate have been transposed :
sse specimens in Hind Collection in British Museum Nat. Hist.).

Naturalist

i85

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT EGTON BRIDGE-

W. H. PEARSALL, D.SC., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

The first meeting of the year (299th Excursion) was held at Egton
Bridge during the week-end, May 9th to nth. Following a long spell
of unsettled weather there was a burst of sunshine on the first morning of
the meeting which gave a promise of improved meteorological conditions
that was amply fulfilled. The President (Prof. J. H. Priestley, B.Sc.),
Messrs. Bernard Hobson, M.Sc., A. I. Burnley, Greevz Fysher and Mrs.
Fysher were among those from a distance who were early on the scene.
The response of members of the Cleveland, Whitby and Scarborough
Natural History Societies was an encouraging feature of the meeting.

The early part of Saturday morning was spent in an inspection of the
ornamental and rock gardens in the grounds of Egton Hall, by the
courtesy of Mr. Kenneth Foster, J.P. These had been constructed on a
bank sloping down to the Esk and were particularly interesting to natura-
lists,. as they included not only many unusual cultivated plants, but
many of the original inhabitants of the bank. A little ochraceous pool,
in which the iron bacterium Gallionella ferruginea was active, betokened
the naturalness of the site, and a Red Bank Vole, which scurried into its
burrow beneath a tuft of saxifrage, had certainly not been introduced
by the gardener. After the arrival of the trains from Stockton and
Whitby, a start was made for Arncliffe Woods under the guidance of
Mr. A. J. Frank. In the regrettable absence of Mr. J. J. Burton, Mr.
Hobson acted as interpreter of the local geology. This combination,
together with the President and Mr. Burnley as botanists, made possible
a useful survey of the woods and river bank.

A visit was paid to the Fish Hatchery during this excursion. With,
location in Arncliffe Woods, the Esk Fishery Association, under the
auspices of Mr. Kenneth Foster, has established a hatchery for trout
with a view to restocking the Esk. The water bailiff, Mr. Rhay, was
good enough to explain the routine of pisciculture. It was shown how
the eggs, the produce of fish known for their suitability for acclimatiza-
tion to Esk conditions, were placed in frames consisting of parallel rows
of glass tubes arranged at such distance apart as would allow the fry,
on hatching, to slip through into the water in which the frames were
suspended. The culture tanks consist of shallow, rectangular cement
vessels arranged in series, and at the time of the visit these contained
65,000 trout fry, a few weeks old. The fry are fed on finely-ground
bullock's liver at definite intervals, and they will continue to be so fed
through their cultural stages. Later the fry will be transferred to ‘ fry
ponds ’ and to the yearling pond, out of doors, until, when they have
grown to a length of about eight inches (in the course of two years),
they will be ready for turning into the river. It is hoped that this
provision for restocking the Esk, which in recent years has suffered from
a disproportionate increase of Grayling, will prove successful.

The trout fry appear to be subject to attack by at least two diseases,
a fungus disease due to Sapvolegnia ferax, of which there were examples
in the tanks, and another, referred to by Mr. Rhay as ‘ red gill,’ of which
no example was available for examination. The afternoon was devoted
to an inspection of the area known as the Holey Intake, the origin of
which still remains to be explained.

The following day was filled by an excursion under the leadership of
Mr. R. J. Flintoff, who, judging by his reception at the various keepers’
cottages, has become an integral part of the Goathland countryside, and
it must be conceded that his sturdy frame and alpenstock fit the landscape
admirably ! On this day he had a duty to perform, and none can say that
he neglected it. After visiting the small clump of uncommonly occurring

1925 June 1

i86

Yorkshire Naturalists at Egton Bridge.

trees at Egton the party proceeded to the slag heaps at Grosmont, where
many interesting plants were seen. Industrial progress has resulted in
the discovery of uses to which the slag can be put, and the heaps are in
course of slow removal for road making material and other purposes. A
slag-wool plant has been installed, and samples of the produce were
examined. A discussion with reference to the composition of slag-wool
was raised, and it was suggested by some that the material is phosphatic.
The raw material is, of course, blast furnace slag, and contains only
traces of phosphates ; it consists of silicates of alumina and the alkaline
earths, and a sample of the ‘ wool ’ on partial analysis was found to con-
tain 32-5 per cent, of SiO,2. The old road to Egton Bridge was next
followed in taking a circuitious route to Beck Hole, a journey on which
some of the more interesting plants of the district were seen. Altogether
this was an enjoyable excursion, and the best things in the way of plant
life were observed on this day.

Monday’s excursion to Randay Mere, under the leadership of Mr.
Frankland, ended a very pleasant and successful week-end.

A General Meeting was held on Saturday evening, the President being
in the chair. Eight affiliated Societies were represented, and seven new
members were elected. Votes of thanks were unanimously accorded to
Mr. A. I. Burnley (the local Secretary) ; to the leaders of the various,
excursions on whose kindly services the success of the meeting had so
largely depended, and to the landowners who had courteously granted
access to their estates.

Geology (B. Hobson, M.Sc.) : — Saturday, May 9th. Crossing the
River Esk to its left (north) bank, the party, under the guidance of Mr.
A. S. Frank, walked westward towards Glaisdale. Just outside the
west end of the village of Egton Bridge, by the roadside, is a quarry in
which the well-known Cleveland dyke is exposed. The dyke extends,
with interruptions, from Blea Hill Rigg, near Robin Hood’s Bay, to
Armathwaite, 9 ^ miles south-east of Carlisle. At Egton Bridge, the
dyke is about 20 paces broad, and it cuts through the Upper Liassic shales,
which are baked, and porcellanous at the contact. The dyke is an
augite-andesite and weathers yellow, though fresh specimens are bluish
grey. The walk was continued to Arncliffe Woods, and, crossing to the
right bank of the river, the party climbed to the top of a precipitous cliff
overlooking a deep gorge cut by the Esk at Glaisdale to evade a morainic
obstruction. The ‘ Pits ’ near Holey Intake, on the ridge separating,
Glaisdale from Egton Grange Valley, were visited. It is not improbable
that they may have been made to obtain iron ore, for, in a field close by,
much iron slag has been exposed by removal of the turf. The party
descended to the well-known single arch stone packhorse bridge called
Beggar’s Bridge, said originally to be of the fourteenth century, but
rebuilt by Thomas Ferries, of Hull, whose initials, with date 1619, are
carved on a top stone of the parapet (east side ) .

May nth. — Leaving Egton Bridge by the Goathland road via Key
Green and Struntry Carr, the road was followed to Randay Mere. On
the way excellent views were obtained of Moss Swang, the glacial overflow
channel of Lake Eskdale. This is a broad U-shaped valley at the southern
end of which is Castle Hill, round the west side of which the water formed
an oxbow. Further on, Randay Mere was visited. This has been
converted into a reservoir for Whitby, by excavating, damming up one-
end and cementing the sides, but part of the original mere seems to
remain outside the reservoir at the south end. The Randay Mere valley
was another of Prof. Kendall’s glacial lake channels.

Flowering Plants (A. I. Burnley and R. J. Flintoff) : — The exten-
sive Arncliffe Woods, in a narrow and steep-sided portion of the Esk
Valley, had Oak as the dominant tree, but contained many others,
including Scots Pine, Larch, Wych Elm, Birch and Ash. The most
conspicuous plant of the ground vegetation was the Great Wood-rush,

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Egton Bridge. 187'

other plants being the Hairy Wood Rush, Honeysuckle, Wood Sage,.
Bilberry and, near the stream. Bog Violet and Sweet Cicely.

Beggar’s Bridge, Glaisdale, had a fine display of the Maiden-hair
Spleenwort, and the Estuarine series seen on the way to the ‘ Holey
Intake ’ had Foxglpves in abundance on them.

On and near the slag heaps at Grosmont were the following interesting
plants : — Claytonia perfoliata (in flower), Lepidium draba (nearly in
flower), Covonilla varia (leaves only), Salvia verticillata (leaves only),
Reseda lutea (leaves only), R. luteola (leaves only), Hypericum per-
foratum, H. pulchrum and Verb as cum nigrum (leaves only). By the
river side the Meadow Saxifrage and Carex pendula were seen in bloom.

In a small valley leading down to Beckhole, Oak Fern, Beech Fern,.
Male Fern, Lady Fern, Common Polybody, Prickly Shield Fern, Herb'
Paris, Toothwort and Bird Cherry were noted.

Of the moorland plants the least common one was the Black Bog Rush,
seen in that fine overflow channel of Lake Eskdale, namely, Moss Swang.

Elecampane, Lesser Periwinkle, and three trees, viz., Tilia tomeniosa
Moench., or T. argentea D.C. ; Fraxinus excelsior L. var. diversifolia
Ait., or heterophylla Vahl., and Ulmus montana var. monstrosa, growing
near Egton Bridge Station, were also observed.

Coleoptera (G. B. Walsh, B.Sc.) : — Vegetation was in so backward
a state that both beating and sweeping were of little use, and most of
the short time at our disposal was spent in sifting moss and dead leaves.
Beetles were, however, by no means common, and many even common
species were not seen. The following were the chief species found, the
locality in every case, except the one noted, being Arncliffe Wood : —

Cychrus rostratus Linn.

Pterostichus nigrita Fab.

P. diligens Sturm.

Helophorus viridicollis Steph.
Cercyon flavipes Fab.

Megasternum boletophagum Marsh.
Aleochara lanuginosa Grav.
Tachinus rufpes De G.

Quedius nigriceps Kr .

Philonthus decorus Gr.

Othius punctulatus Goeze.

O. melanocephalus Gr.

Lathrobium fulvipenne Gr.

L. brunnipes Fab.

Stenus clavicornis Scop.

S. similis Hbst.

S. flavipes Steph.

5 . impressus Germ .

Oxytelus tetracarinatus Block.
Olophrum fuscum Gr.

Phyllodrepa floralis Payk.
Anthobium primulce Steph.
Trichopteryx sp., probably inter-
media Gill.

Epurcea melina Fr.

Micrurula melanocephala Marsh,
(common on wild cherry
bloom) .

Meligethes ceneus Fab.

Corticaria pubescens Gyll. (common
by beating thatch) , Egton Bridge..
Aphidecta obliterata L.

Coccinella 10-punctata L.

ab.

10-punctata Ganglb.

ab.

io -pustulata L.

ab.

8 -punctata Mull.

ab.

6 -punctata L.

ab.

superpunctata Gradl

ab.

humeralis Schall.

ab.

scribce Weise.

Calvia

14 -guttata L.

Aphodius punctatosulccitus Sturm,
A . rufpes L.

Dolopius margin atus L.

Phcedon tumidulus Germ.
Apteropeda orbiculata Marsh.
Otiorrhynchus singularis L.
Polydrosus cervinus L.
Strophosomus melanogrammus Forstr
Barynotus moerens Fab.

Coeliodes dry ados Gmel.
Cidnorrhinus 4- maculatus L.
Ceuthorrhynchus pollinarius Forst,
Orchestes fagi L.

Apion pallipes Kirby, (common on
Dog’s Mercury).

Rhinosimus planirostris F.

Anaspis ruflabris Gyll.

Hemiptera. — A single specimen of Elasmostethus interstinctus L. was
beaten, and numerous examples of Anthocoris nemoralis Fab., A . nemorum
L., and Tetraphleps vittata Fieb.

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher) : — The impression gained in first en-

1925 June 1

i88

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

deavouring to observe Mollusca in Arncliffe Woods and other localities
in the district near Egton was that both individuals and species were
almost wholly absent, but by searching in the early morning many
species of terrestrial slugs and snails were obtained, as given in the
following list from examination by Mr. John W. Taylor, M.Sc. ; the
above remarks about scarcity do not apply to the slugs, which were
abundant here, as in most other places.

Avion ater.

var. atritentaculata .
var. alba.

A. hortensis.

A. circumscriptus .

A . minimus .

Limax maximus.
Agriolimax agrestis.

A . IcBvis .

Hyalinia cellaria.

H . alliaria.

H. nitidula.

H. crystallina.

H. radiatula.

Zonitoides excavatus.

Pyramidula votundata.

Helix hortensis.

var. lutea, ooooo and 12345.
Helicigona arbustorum.

Xerophila caper ata.

Zua lubrica.

var. lubricoides.

Carychium minimum .

Limncea peregra.

var. ovata.

Ancylus fluviatilis.

Pisidium amnicum .

P. subtruncatum .

P. pusillum.

In the case of the aquatic species, the circumstances were reversed.
Specimens were numerous, but only six species were observed, although
the dredge was worked both in the river and in ponds some miles from
headquarters.

: o : ■

The Transactions of the Yorkshire Dialect Society, Part XXVI., con-
tains a scholarly account of ‘ The River Names of Yorkshire,’ by E. V.
Gordon and A. H. Smith ; Mr. E. G. Bayford gives ‘ Bairnsla’s Best,
wi’ a bit abaght t’others ’ ; and W. J. Halliday ‘ A Glimpse of the
West Riding Dialects in Shakespeare’s Day.’

We are glad to receive The Annual Report of the Gresham’s School
Natural History Society for 1924, which contains a useful record of work
accomplished in the different sections. We should like to congratulate
Mr. J. B. Hope-Simpson, the Secretary, on the successful year’s work,
and Mr. J. C. Miller, the Treasurer, in having so much money in hand.

The Transactions of the British Mycological Society, issued in May,

• contain several important papers. Mr. T. Petch gives three contribu-
tions dealing with Entomogenous Fungi ; S. Kawagoe described the
Market Fungi of Japan ; E. M. Wakefield writes on the Matlock Foray ;
H. H. Knight on Lichens of Matlock ; A. L. Smith on Recent Work
on Lichens ; A. W. Exell on the Hymenium of three species of Stereum ;
.and H. Cunningham on New Zealand species of Secotium. These and
other notes indicate that the editors of these Transactions cater for all
fungological and allied tastes.

We have received the Report of the Associated Learned Societies of
Liverpool and District, signed by W. Hewitt, Chairman, and Ethel
Warhurst, Hon. Secretary. The Committee, as now constituted, con-
sists of representatives of twenty-one societies, which have an approximate
.aggregate membership of nearly 4000. The objects of the Committee
are to establish friendly relations and co-operative activities among
these societies, to interest the local authorities and the general public
in their objects, and so to increase the membership of the societies and
their opportunities for useful work. The Report contains useful in-
formation respecting the various associated societies, and a monthly
Calendar for 1925 showing the meetings of these societies during the
year.

Naturalist

3n flDemovtam.

1 8 9>

JOSEPH TAYLOR SEWELL, J.P.
(1857—1925.)

We regret to record the death of our old and esteemed con-
tributor, Mr. J. T. Sewell. For very many years he had looked
after the interests of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union in the
Whitby area, and only a few days before he died he sent a

message to us in reference to the good work being done by
certain naturalists at Whitby.

Whenever any body of naturalists, geologists or archaeolo-
gists visited his area he was called upon to give advice and
assistance. He was one of the very few taking a real interest
in the museum at Whitby, and considerably helped the
Curator there, his local knowledge, particularly of geology
and antiquities, being very useful.

In 1905 he contributed an interesting note on ‘ Marine
Erosion in the Whitby District ’ to The Naturalist ; in the
following year he wrote two papers dealing with glacial
features in north-east Yorkshire to The Proceedings of the
Yorkshire Geological Society, and other notes on similar sub-

1925 June 1

190 Bradford Scientific Association’s Jubilee.

jects appear in our journal, in the Reports of The Whitby
Literary and Philosophical Society and elsewhere. He was
born at Malton, was educated at the Ackworth and Bootham
Schools, and went to Whitby about 1867, and started a
successful business as a grocer.

There is no doubt that his early training at Ackworth
School — which has produced so many well known naturalists,
had much to do with his love for nature and art.

The writer has had the friendship of Mr. Sewell for very
many years, and has been privileged to receive correspondence
from him during that period. To Mrs. Sewell and the family
we extend every sympathy. — T.S.

: o :

BRADFORD SCIENTIFIC ASSOCIATION’S JUBILEE.

The Bradford Scientific Association closed its winter session recently
by an evening of a character unique in its history. This year the
Scientific Association and the Bradford Natural History and Micro-
scopical Society each celebrate their jubilee — an event which will be
marked at the opening of the next autumn session by a joint conversazione.
On April 3rd, however, the Scientific Association closed its lecture
session by an evening devoted to brief addresses of reminiscence by
past presidents and secretaries.

Dr. J. Hambley Rowe, this year’s president, was in the chair.

Opening the proceedings, Mr. L. W. Bentley, the hon. secretary
for several years past, read a long letter (which was published in full
in The Yorkshire Observer for March 31st) from Mr. Alfred Crebbin,
•of California, U.S.A., who was one of the founders of the association
fifty years ago, and reviewed much of its early history.

Messages of good wishes, together with tributes to the influence of
the society for good in their own lives and work, were sent by Mr. J. E.
Wilson, president in 1887-8 and 1894-5 ; Dr. Riley (now of Hull), a
president who left Bradford thirty years ago ; Miss M. A. Johnstone,
the only lady president the association ever had ; Mr. F. G. Skelton,
..a former secretary ; Mr. H. E. Wroot (Leeds), president, 1905-6 ; and
Mr. C. B. Holdsworth, secretary, 1895-1900.

Mr. Ezra Naylor, president 1888-9, 1895-6, 1900-01, now of Harrogate,
spoke of the great work of many former stalwarts of the association,
naming such well-known men as Messrs. Pawson (who had been both
president and secretary), Colefax, Tate, Clough, Douglas, Alfred Walker,
William West, Oliver, Hollway, Samuel Margerison, Crebbin Wilson,
and others, and said the association had done much to direct his reading
and influence his life. He congratulated the association on its progress,
.and complimented the present secretary (Mr. Bentley) on the remarkable
syllabus of lectures just completed.

Other speakers were Messrs. C. Wood (president, 1892-93, 1899-1900),
T. Pawson (1901-2), W. P. Winter (1902-3, 1913-14, 1918-19), E. E.
Gregory (1897-8), F. Craven (1910-n), S. Bodland (1911-12, 1917-8),
W. Newbould, R. Butterfield, and E. Gott, former secretaries ; W. J.
Forrest, J. N. Armitage, and Miss Richardson. Other past presidents
present were H. Illingworth, H. C. Hunt, R. J. Steele, and T. Throup.

A full report of the proceedings appears in The Yorkshire Observer
for April 4th.

: o : •

J. Delacour and M. Legendre write on ‘ The Shrikes,’ and the latter
has a paper on ‘ The Titmice,’ in The Avicultural Magazine for May.

Naturalist

I9I

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

The Entomologist gives signs of improvement in the quality of its
paper and papers.

C. E. Alford writes on the ‘ Effect of Weather on the Song Impulse,’
in British Birds for May.

‘ Some Notes on Botanical Museums,’ by H. H. Thomas, appear in
The Museums Journal for May.

G. T. Lyle describes ‘ Some Braconidce new to Britain ’ in The En-
tomologist’s Monthly Magazine for May.

A. H. Willford refers to the effect of the hot sun on birds, and W.
Rowan the effect of extreme cold on birds, in British Birds for April.

R. S. Bagnall, in The Scottish Naturalist, No. 152, describes ‘ Ophio-
desmus albonanus Latz., an addition to the Scottish Diplopod Fauna.’

An appreciation of the late Sir Edward Thorpe, C.B., F.R.S., appears
in Nature, No. 2888 ; and Prof. W. J. Sollas writes on the Cresswell
'* horse ’ in No. 2890.

W. G. Sheldon writes on ‘ The Destruction of British Butterflies,’
and W. J. Lucas on ‘ British Paraneuroptera (Odonata) in 1924,’ in
The Entomologist for May.

Man for May contains ‘ The Entry of the Bronze Users,’ by Sir
Flinders Petrie ; ‘ The Purpose of Stonehenge,’ by E. H. Stone ; and
‘ The Solutrean Culture in Britain,’ by M. C. Burkitt.

The Amateur Aquarist for spring, 1925, is enlarged. Among its
varied contents are ‘ Adaptable Water Plants,’ ‘ The Water Scorpion,’

' How to Breed Sticklebacks,’ ‘ Desmids,’ ‘ Grass Snake as a Pet,’ and
* Planorbes.’

The Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society
contains two important papers, both by the Editor, Dr. V. G. L. van
Someren. The first deals with Birds, and the second with the Butterflies,
of Kenya and Uganda. (43 pp., 6/-.)

Among the contents of The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture
for May, we notice ‘ The Relative Palatability of Pasture Plants,’ by
W. Davies ; ‘ Grassland Improvement in the West Riding,’ by J. C.

and D. A. Lynn ; ‘ Rats,’ by Prof. J. A. Thomson, and ‘ Aphides at-

tacking Vegetables and Market Garden Crops,’ by F. V. Theobald.

We learn from Nature that Mr. A. L. Armstrong recently read a paper
do the Royal Anthropological Institute on ‘ Recent Excavations on
Palaeolithic Sites at Cresswell Crags, Derbyshire.’ ‘ At the conclusion
of the paper a letter was read from Sir William Boyd Dawkins, Chairman
of the Committee, in which he entered a caveat against acceptance of the
•engravings on bone from Mother Grundy’s Parlour as of human origin.
In his opinion they were due to the action of roots.’ !

The Annales Zoologici Musei Polonici Histories Naturalis contains a
4 Revision of the Polish Coraxidce ’ in English, by T. Jaczewski, and
Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen gesellschaft in Wein gives ‘ Notes on
the Physical Anthropology of certain West African Tribes,’ also in
English, by L. W. G. Malcolm. In El Salvador, published in Zaragoza,
Longinos Navas has a note, ‘ Una neuva fauna lacustre de Espana,’ in
which he reproduces Dr. F. A. Bather’s notes and illustration which
appeared in our journal {El N aturalista) recently.

The first part of The Journal of Ecology for 1925 contains several
important papers. W. Watson refers to the Bryophytes and Lichens of
Arctic-Alpine Vegetation ; A. S. Watts writes on ‘ The Ecology of
British Beechwoods ’ ; Professor F. W. Oliver on ‘Spartina townsendii ’ ;
B. Lloyd on ‘ The Phy to -plankton of the Welsh Coast ’ ; E. P. Farrow
On the Ecology of the Vegetation of Breckland,’ and H. F. Barnes on
The Ecological Distribution of Adult Crane-flies in Carnarvonshire.’
It has been found necessary to alter the price to 18/- each part of this
journal.

1925 June 1

192

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Huxley Medal of the Royal Anthropological Institute has been
awarded to Sir William Ridgeway.

Mr. H. Crowther, of the Leeds Museum, has been elected President of
the Conchological Society of Great Britain.

May 4th was the centenary of the death of T. H. Huxley, one of
England’s greatest exponents of scientific truth.

Messrs. T. Sheppard and T. W. Woodhead have been elected Honorary
Life Members of the Leeds Co-operative Field Naturalists’ Club.

Lloyd’s ‘ Mycological Notes,’ No. 69, contains a portrait of A. D.
Cotton, and No. 72 of Elsie M. Wakefield, both well known to our readers.

‘ A Sketch of the Geology of the Whitehaven District,’ by B. Smith,
and others, appears in The Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association for
April.

Mr. Geo. B. Stanger, a well-known Leeds entomologist, has been
awarded a pension by the Murdoch Trustees, Edinburgh. Mr. Stanger is
71, and unfortunately not in the best of health.

The Prince of .Wales will be the President of the British Association
for the Oxford Meeting in 1926. The last member of the Royal Family
filling the office was the Prince Consort, in 1859.

In celebration of its Centenary, the Museum at Bergen has issued an
admirable volume entitled ‘ Bergen’s Museum 1925,’ containing a
summary of its hundred years’ work, with portraits of those who have
assisted it.

In The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1925, Pt. 1,
Mr. G. C. Robson describes in detail, anatomically and otherwise, the
squid washed up on the shore at Withernsea, which was figured in these
pages for April.

Part LI. of Buckman’s Type Ammonites contains no Yorkshire species.
We observe that Wheatleyites reductus is now reduced to Shotoverites
pringlei nov. ; and Ammonites deslongchampsi in future is Cadomites
homalogaster nov. Stepheoceratan, Leptosphinctes .

The Daily Chronicle recently contained an article on a ‘ Journey to
the Centre of a Mountain,’ explaining the ‘ explorer’s perils.’ The
‘ heart of the mountain ’ is now to be reached after a walk of 250 yards.
Ingleborough seems to have shrunk since we were there last.

As from January 1st, 1925, the subscription price of The Journal of
Ecology is raised to 25/- per annum, and the prices of single parts in
proportion. This applies also to all back volumes and parts, except
those which are sold at a reduced price because there is a surplus stock.

The British Museum (Natural History) has issued a Caatlogue of the
Type Specimens of Lepidoptera Rhopalocera in the British Museum
(Part II. — Danaidae), by N. D. Riley and A. G. Gabriel (56 pp., 4/6).
This will be valuable to students of this particular branch of Entomology..

At a recent lecture to the Royal Institute, Sir Arthur Keith stated
that ‘ the evidence obtained from certain fossil remains at Galley Hill
in 1888 points to an antiquity of man of no less than 100,000 years.’ Yet
other competent authorities state that the Galley Hill remains are
comparatively modern.

Volume XXV., Part II. of The History of the Berwickshire Naturalists’
Club contains an address by W. M'Conachie dealing with local mammals ;
J. Clark writes on ‘ The Bees, Wasps and Ants of Berwickshire ’ ; J. B
Duncan lists the Mosses of Berwickshire and North Northumberland,
etc. There are also geological, archaeological and metero logical notes.

Mr. Gerald Simpson has been giving an Address on Archaeological
Work which has been printed in the March issue of the Durham University
Journal. In this he states, ‘ At the outset I feel I am placed on the
defensive by the knowledge that the parent of Scientific Societies, the
British Association, has given no official recognition to Archaeology.’
We think Mr. Simpson might do worse than consult any one of the Annual
Reports of the British Association.

Naturalist

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown Svo, Illustrated , Art Cloth Boards, 'lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

“ A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

PRINTING

Commercial and General Printing of every
description produced efficiently and promptly
at browns’ up-to-date works. bookwork
a speciality. * * Inquiries invited.

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd.,

Printers of 1 The Naturalist,’

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL.

Telegrams : Telephone :

“ Brown, Hull ” Central 6605

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Issued Monthly, illustrated with Plates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers , 15/- per annum , post free .

T be EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (9"x 11U), 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — ’“This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Mag’azine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— ! 5/- per annum, post free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

June, 1925.

No. 822

JULY, 1925. No. 596 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull;

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents : — page

Notes and Comments (illustrated): — The Life of the Bat; Wild
Cats ; Some Flint Tools of the Iron Age ! A Rim Fragment ; Rother-
ham Naturalists’ Society ; Darlington Naturalists’ Field Club ;
Water Movements in the English Channel ; British Whales ; Over-
cautiousness ; Mycological Nomenclature ; A Derbyshire Succession ;
The Borrowdales in the Lake District ; The Permian of Durham ...
Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) — Dr. L. F.Spath
The Grasslands of Yorkshire Coal Measure and Limestone Soils —
Thomas Swarbrick , M.Sc. ...

Middleton -in -Teesdale and its Natural History

Yorkshire Bryologists at Ingleton — F. E. Mi Isom

In Memoriam (illustrated) : — F. Fielder Walton, F.G.S.— T. S. ...

Correspondence

Field Notes : — Osprey at Goathland, Yorks. ; Hippocrepis comosa Linn.,
an East Riding Plant ; New Exposure in the Lower Inferior Oolites
at South Cave, E. Yorks. ; Buzzard in East Yorkshire in Roman

193-200

201-206

207-213

214-218

218-220

221-222-

223

A. Brown & Sons,

LONDON:
Limited, 5

And at Hull and York.

Times...

News from the Magazines ...
Northern News
Illustrations

222, 223

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum*

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.
Carboniferous Rocks, Fossil Flora and Fauna Committee.

This Committee will hold a meeting on the occasion of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union excursion to Malham, August ist to
3rd.

M. A. Johnstone,

Convener .

BOOKS FOR SALE.

Geological and Miscellaneous Books.

At 2/- each.

A brief Survey of Physical and Fossil Geology. F. J. Francis.

British and Foreign Building Stones. J. Watson..

Elementary Geology. J. C. Ward.

Geological Gossip : or Stray Chapters on Earth and Ocean (9th Ed.).

D. T. Anstead.

Outlines of British Geology. Anon.

The Changeful Earth. G. A. J. Cole.

How to Study Geology. E. Evans.

Practical Instructions in the Search for the Useful Minerals, Etc.

A McLeod.

Third Appendix to the Sixth Edition of Dana’s System of Mineralogy.

W. E. Ford.

A Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District. S. H.
Reynolds.

South African Geology. E. H. L. Schwarz.

Coal-fields of Great Britain (2nd Ed.). Edward Hull.

At 2/6 each.

Advanced Text-book of Geology (5th Ed.). D. Page.

School Manual of Geology (6th Ed.). J. Beete Jukes.

Australasian Fossils. F. Chapman.

My Schools and Schoolmasters. Hugh Miller.

Peat : Its Use and Manufacture. Bjorling and Gissing.

Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. A. C. Ramsay.
Ice-work Present and Past. T. G. Bonney.

At 3/- each.

Advanced Text-book of Geology (6th Ed.). D. Page.

The Ventriculidae of the Chalk (Plates). J. Toulmin Smith.

Mines and Mining in the Lake District. ( 3rd Ed.). J. Postlethwaite .

At 3/6 each.

Radioactivity and Geology. J. Joly.

The Geology of Scotland and Its Islands (Map of Scotland). Wm. Rhind.
Geology of East Norfolk. R. C. Taylor.

Geology of Coal and Coal-mining. W. Gibson.

At 4/- each.

Elements of Mining and Quarrying (2nd Ed.). C. Le Neve Foster.

Robert Dick, Geologist and Botanist. S. Smiles.

At 4/6.

Elementary Treatise on Geology, 1809. J. A. De Luc.

At 5/- each.

Pocket Handbook of Minerals (2nd Ed.). G. M. Butler.

The Geology of Peterborough and Its Vicinity. H. Porter.

Outline of the Geology of Norfolk. S. Woodward.

At 6/-.

The Coast Scenery of North Devon. E. A. Newall Arber.

At 6/6.

An Introduction to Palaeontology. A. Morley Davies.

Apply — Dept. “ C,” c/o A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

193

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

THE LIFE OF THE BAT.*

The author here gives a lengthy account of the life history
of the bat, and bases his observations largely on a captive
bat to which he gave the name of Noctu. Quite apart from
the scientific value of the volume, it will appeal to young
readers for its human interest. The woodcut forming the

From a wood-block by] Bats. [E. Fitch Daglish.

frontispiece is excellent, and we are permitted to reproduce
it.

WILD CATS.

We quote the following letter, signed * Naturalist/ which
appeared in The Yorkshire Post for April 9th, without
comment : — ‘ It is stated this morning that a fine wild cat,
from Scotland, has been placed in the “ Yorkshire Museum/’
but we are not told where this is, and lest any one should

* By Charles Derennes. London: Thornton Butterworth, Ltd.,
153 PP-. 6/- net.

J925 July 1

N

I94

Notes and Comments.

waste time in a wild cat chase round the county, the informa-
tion might be desirable. The present curator of the Yorkshire
Philosophical Society’s Museum at York, it is believed, has
recently altered the name of the familiar “York Museum”
to that of the “ Yorkshire Museum,” so possibly this is the
institution in question. When the York Museum was founded,
over a century ago, it was the only one in the county, and
quite properly the founders desired that it should contain a
representative collection of the antiquities, etc., of the
county ; but the example set by York was quickly followed
at Sheffield, Hull, Scarborough, Whitby, and other places,
at each of which museums were founded, and some of which
now possess more representative collections of certain York-
shire objects than does the museum at York. Seeing that all
the most important places in the county now have their own
museums, each paying particular attention to its own district,
does it not seem desirable that the York Museum, as it has
been called for generations, should be the correct name of the
institution, which, after all, has a wonderful collection of
York antiquities, and really is a York Museum. If by
“ Yorkshire Museum ” it is intended to be inferred that its
collections refer to the county, why accept a wild cat from
Scotland? ’

SOME FLINT TOOLS OF THE IRON AGE !

The Rev. H. G. O. Kendall describes what he correctly
refers to as ‘ a singular series of roughly made flints/ the use
of which seems very problematical, in The Antiquaries'
Journal for April. ‘ These flints I have assigned to the
Iron Age/ he says, referring to the / type/ but we get no
reason whatever. He then refers to ' Rectangular and allied
tools, slightly bluish/ and f Unaltered specimens of the

‘‘ Rectangular ” series, very numerous Re-chippings

on patinated tools show the order of the several series.’ We
then learn ‘ From the foregoing, together with other evidence,
it seemed to me that they “were not earlier than the Iron
Age.” ’ But it is any — nevermind other — evidence we want.
Perhaps the following is it ?

A RIM FRAGMENT.

The Reverend gentleman goes on, f Mr. and Mrs. Cun-
nington have been able to show, by their recent excavations,
that Figsbury Ring ... is of the Iron Age/ possibly because
4 on the flat bottom of the wide inner ditch they found a pile
of ... . tools and flakes of the “ Rectangular ” series/ * In
the same stratum with the flints/ writes Mrs. Cunnington,
.* was a rim fragment of a wheel-turned rim bowl, of a type
probably not much, if at all, earlier than the first century,
A.D., the only piece of this type of vessel that was found at

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

195

Figsbury.’ Then, quite properly, we think, ‘ She refers to
the possibility of any small single object having worked
down below its normal level.’ But Mr. Kendall, who did
not dig it up, will have none of this. He adds, without a
scrap of proof beyond his f I have assigned,’ that ‘ In any
case the whole evidence obtained shows that the “ Ring ”
is of the Iron Age.’ Later in the same article we learn that
< Pot-boilers, both of this [Iron] and the Bronze Age [there
are not many prehistorians who dare attempt to date pot-
boilers] are numerous on the down. These are often connected
with burnt areas. Fragments of Romano-British pottery are
plentiful in one place. Mr. and Mrs. Cunnington found
“ pot-boiler ” flints at Figsbury.’ Yet they must be of the
Iron Age! On just as much evidence these rectangular
flints might, in other hands, have been described as Cave
Period, Roman, or even Maglemose. The marvel is that the
editor of our chief antiquarian paper will print such stuff.

ROTHERHAM NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY.

The 45th annual meeting of this Society was held in the
Museum, Clifton Park, Rotherham, recently, Mr. R. Chislett
presiding. The Hon. Treasurer (Mr. J. Waite) gave his
report, which was very satisfactory. The Hon. Secretary
(Mr. R. Stewart) reviewed the work of the year. They had
had a very satisfactory season, and good work had been done.
Excursions were made to Conisbro’ and Sprotbro’, Cresswell
Crags, Cordwell Valley, and Roche Abbey. The Sorby
Scientific Society, Sheffield, joined them on the first excursion,
and the Doncaster Scientific Society on the last. After each
excursion an exhibition of the flora and pond life obtained
was, held in the Museum, the botanical specimens being
displayed and named and the pond life shown by microscopes.
They had again had an excellent course of winter lectures.
Eight lectures were given in the Museum, as follows : — Rev.
W. Dyer (President), on ‘The advantages of the study of
Natural History ’ Mr. E. Snelgrove, B.A., on ‘ Plant Com-
munities ’ ; Mr. A. Whittaker, on ‘ Bats : their Haunts

and Habits ’ ; Mr. E. W. Thirkell, on ‘ Old English Villages
and Village Life ’ ; Mr. A. A. Dallman, on ‘ Thrift : a Study
of a Familiar Plant ’ ; Mr. E. Brand, on ‘ Prehistoric Ages ’
(local) ; Mr. E. Kirke, on ‘ Butterflies^and Moths ’ ; Mr.
R. Chislett, on f Natural History of Oland.’ Lecturettes
had also been given by members. Microscopical and tele-
scopical evenings were also held. Several members attended
the annual meeting and lectures and conversazione of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, in Sheffield, in December last.
Miss E. Tillotson had lent to the Society 150 volumes on
natural history. The junior naturalists from the High School,
Grammar School, and Central Schools have been invited to the

1925 July 1

Notes and Comments .

196

Society’s exhibitions. Mr. G. Howard compiled the rainfall,
temperature, etc. The records of the flora and fauna of the
district included botany, birds, fishes, insects, geology, rainfall,
etc. Seven new members were elected during the year. The
Rev. Walter Dyer was again chosen as President.

DARLINGTON NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.

An outstanding year in its history was recorded at the
annual meeting of the Darlington and. Teesdale Naturalists’'
Field Club held recently, with the President (Mr. R. Luck)
presiding. The Hon. Secretary (Mr. John E. Nowers), stated
that the past year was a record one in the history of the club.
The visits of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and the newly-
formed Northern Naturalists’ Union seemed to have, to a
certain extent, infused new life into them, but there was much
more practical scientific work and record-keeping to be done.
It was hoped that this would be remedied in the near future
when the sectional alterations suggested by the council were
carried out. During the year specimens had been presented
to the Museum, and a few purchased. Particularly worthy of
mention were the collection made in the South Seas by the
late Theadore West, and presented by Miss Shout, and a type
collection of diptera captured during the visit of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union last August by Mr. Percy H. Grimshaw,
and presented by him. There had been several additions to
the library, both by presentation and purchase. Twenty-
seven new members had been elected. The total membership
was now 158, against 138 last year. The Hon. Treasurer
(Mr. R. H. Sargent) reported a balance in hand of £25 4s.
The Librarian (Mr. James Broadhead) stated that there were
now 366 books in their club’s library. Mr. J. B. Ord was
elected President for the ensuing year.

WATER MOVEMENTS IN THE ENGLISH CHANNEL.*

The report deals with the physical conditions, as evidenced
by the salinity, of the surface waters of the English Channel
during the years 1920-1923. During this period water was
found which is not usually present, at least, in such quantity
in this locality, and its salinity shows it to have had an oceanic
origin. Since the supply of ocean water to the southern half
of the North Sea is maintained from the English Channel,
this finding has an interest from the point of view of the
hydrographical conditions obtaining in the North Sea, and
may be of assistance towards a more complete understanding
of the reasons for the poverty of the herring fishery in the
year 1921.

* ‘ Report on the Salinity and Water Movements in the English
Channel, etc. (Fishery Investigations, Series II., Vol. VII., No. y).’

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

197

BRITISH WHALES.

Sir Sidney Harmer has issued his Report on Cetacea with

the species Stranded on the British Coasts during 1923 and
1924. It includes an illustration of the lower jaw of an
enormous Blue Whale ( Balaenoptera musculus) which has
been set up at South Bragar, by Mr. Murdo Morrison. ‘ It

1925 July

Notes and Comments .

198

gives a striking idea of the size of this enormous animal.
The length measured by Mr. Morrison along the curve of the
ventral surface was 85 feet, the width across the tail-flukes
20 ft. 3 ins. Each ramus of the lower jaw was 24 ft. 7 ins.
along the outer curve. Before erecting the jaw, about 9 inches
were sawn off the interior end of each ramus and about 5
inches were removed from the condylar end. Even with
these removals the arch is 19 ft. 8 ins. high and the width
across at the base is 14 ft. 3 ins.’ In the map accompanying
Sir Sidney’s Report, which shows the various species stranded
round the coast, there are only two records for the two years
along the whole of the East Coast from Berwick to the Isle
of Wight. One is a White-beaked Dolphin at Tynemouth,
and the other is a Bottle-nosed Dolphin at Frinton, Essex.

OVER-CAUTIOUSNESS.

We take the following from Lloyd’s Mycological Notes ,
No. 66 : ‘ For many years after mycologists began to see the
folly of calling everything “ new species ” that came into
their hands and the new species game had been worked to its
limit, then they began getting up excuses to call them new
genera. We had a whole series of writers, beginning with
Karsten and going through Quelet and then to Murrill and
Banker in Cincinnati, who discovered every section was a
new genus and got up a lot of combinations for the purpose,
as I have always contended, of seeing their names in print.
They have been ridiculed so much that they are beginning to
give that up. A recent instance of enlarged conscientiousness
on the part of Mr. Coker is quite amusing. Stereum albo-
badium was so named by Schweinitz as Thelophora. Levielle
discovered that some Thelophoras had hairs on the hymenium
and called them all Hymenochaete, though not particular
about the kind of hairs, and did not pay enough attention to
it himself in several cases, so that he did not pick out the
species of Hymenochaete among those he discovered were
“ new species.” Cooke got up the idea that those that had
hyaline, thick hairs which Cooke called metuloids, made
another genus which he called Peniophora. It did not make
any difference to Cooke whether they were resupinate or pileate,
just so they had this kind of hairs, then they were Peniophora.
Then Bresadola comes along and finds if they are resupinate
they are Peniophora (or Kneifha as he called them for a brief
period), and if pileate they are Lloy della. No one among the
allies has accepted this view, but some of the Germans, such
as Hohnel, have adopted it.’

MYCOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE.

‘ Stereum albobadium was sent to Berkeley from around
Cincinnati, and through pure carelessness apparently, was

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

199

called Stereum albomarginatum, Berkeley not intending to
apply a new name to it, but did not take the trouble to look
up Schweinitz ’s name. Massee discovered it had these metu-
loids and called it Peniophora albomarginata, simply copying
it from Berkeley's label without the trouble of looking it up.
Now Mr. Coker comes along and decides it should be a Penio-
phora on the authority of Mr. Massee, and uses the Massee
name, although he knows it is the same plant that was origin-
ally named Stereum albobadium by Schweinitz. He states
he does not use the Schweinitz name “because we do not
want to make new combinations." Mr. Coker’s enlarged
conscientiousness, on this score, is quite amusing, but we
strongly commend it to the attention of those we have men-
tioned before who not only do not want to avoid making new
combinations, but seize on every possible excuse to do so.
We do not know whether Mr. Coker’s stand or the stand of
our professional name-jugglers appeals to us as most absurd,
but neither has much merit.’

A DERBYSHIRE SUCCESSION.

At the first Ordinary Meeting of the newly-formed Man-
chester Geological Association, held recently, the Hon.
Secretary, Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson, read a paper on ‘ The
Succcession below the Kinderscout Grit in North Derbyshire.’
It contained, the results of researches commenced before the
war and continued at intervals during recent years. It gives
a detailed account of the stratigraphical and palaeontological
succession of the beds between the Kinderscout Grit and the
Carboniferous Limestone, and special attention is devoted
to the Shales with Limestones which overlie the massif.
These Shales, now called the Edale Shales, have previously
been referred to the Yoredale Series and to the Pendleside
Group. Evidence is given to show that the shales are not
related in any way to the strata just named, but are strati-
graphically above them. The fossils are identical with those
occurring in the Sabden Shales of Lancashire and their
equivalents elsewhere, and the same succession of goniatite-
zones is present. The correct determination of the fauna
of the Edale Shales has had an important bearing upon the
question of the age of certain beds ascribed to Kinderscout
Grit in Lancashire and Yorkshire. The evidence derived
from the type area of the Kinderscout Grit has rendered it
necessary to discard the term Kinder Grit in the case of the
grit overlying the Pendle Grit, and underlying the Sabden
Shales. On the other hand it confirms the attribution of
the name Kinder Grit to the grit overlying the shales in the
Todmorden and Hebden Valleys.

THE BORROWDALES IN THE LAKE DISTRICT.

At a recent meeting of the Geologists’ Association, Mr.

1925 July 1

200 Notes and Comments.

J. J. Hartley read a paper on ‘ The Succession and Structure
of the Borrowdale Volcanic Series as developed in the area lying
between the Lakes of Grasmere, Windermere and Coniston.’
The main object of the paper is to trace the effect of the well-
known Coniston and Windermere faults on the Borrowdale
Volcanic Series. The effect of these faults on the outcrop
of the Coniston Limestone Series is clear, but further north,
in the volcanic rocks, they are more difficult to follow. A
petrological succession for the volcanic rocks in this district
is first established, and the tectonic structure, with the nature
of the folding and faulting, is investigated. The general
result of the work appears to show that the effect of the
faulting on the Borrowdale Volcanic rocks has been to produce
relative displacements of a vertical rather than of a horizontal
nature, and that these rocks were folded along lines running
nearly N.-S. before the deposition of the Coniston Limestone
Series.

THE PERMIAN OF DURHAM.

At the same meeting Dr. C. T. Trechmann read a paper
with the above title. ‘ The communication includes a map
of the County of Durham and the S.E. corner of Northumber-
land, showing the Permian divided into its various beds,
the Yellow Sands, the Lower Magnesian Limestone, the Middle
Magnesian Limestone, including the Bryozoa reef and the
bedded dolomites that lie to the east and west of it, and the
Upper Magnesian Limestones comprising the Cannon Ball
Limestone and the uppermost Hartlepool and Roker Series.
There is also a section of the southern portion of the Durham
coast ; the northern half was sketched out by the late Dr.
Woolacott some years ago. A description of the Faunal
peculiarities of the Bryozoa reef is given and the gradual
extinction of the mollusca and other animals that went to build
it up is indicated. A comparison with the Permian of East
Germany is instituted, and it is shown that the Durham
Permian is more like that of Germany than it is that of the
rest of. England. A tabular list of Fossils, the result of some
20 years'' collecting in the district, is supplied.’

: o :

Osprey at Goathland, Yorks. — Mr. W. S. Medlicott
wrote last Sunday (ioth May) to tell me that an Osprey had
appeared that day at Goathland, and spent an hour over and
about his farm, chased by starlings. It is sad to think that
we can no longer claim this splendid bird as a breeder within
these islands. No doubt this was a migrant on his way from
his winter quarters to his Scandinavian nesting grounds. —
W. H. St. Quintin.

Naturalist

201

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F. SPATH.

IV. — On Some Schlotheimida:.

Yorkshire species of this family are feebly represented in
the collection from the Hull Museum, sent to the writer,
but they include the well-known ammonite Schlotheimia
angulata which since the publication of Bayle’s magnificent
Atlas in 18781 has so largely figured in geological literature.
The lack of finality in palaeontological nomenclature, that
amateur geologists find so disconcerting, is well illustrated
by the recent renaming of this oft-quoted ammonite.

Wright,2 in 1879 and 1881, still left his example from Lyme
Regis in the genus A ego c eras Waagen, and the species had
previously been recorded in Tate and Blake’s ‘Yorkshire
Lias’3 as Aegoceras angulatum. Zittel,4 however, in 1884
adopted Bayle’s name and figured a form as ‘Schlotheimia
angulata ’ (now renamed Scamnoceras angulosum Lange)
which is generically different from Bayle’s ‘Schlotheimia
angulata ’ (now 5. princeps S. Buckman5). Later authors
followed Zittel in adopting Schlotheimia, for example, Stein-
mann and Doederlein,6 who, in 1889, reproduced Wright’s
example as a typical S. angulata. Pompeckj,7 in 1893, and
Mr. Buckman,8 in 1906, accepted this as the true Schlotheimia
angulata, and only last year the writer9 referred to this species
and other forms of the angulata-striata group as typical
Schlotheimia. At the date of publication, however, this
nomenclature was already out of date, and the well-known
‘ Schlotheimia angulata ,’ another of the old zone fossils, will
pass into oblivion.

Lange10 subdivided Schlotheimia into three genera, namely,
into Schlotheimia s.s. (genotype : — S . princeps S. Buckman),

1 ‘ Expl. Carte Geol. Detaill. France,' Vol. IV., PI. LXV.

2 Loc. cit., pt. II., 1879, PI. XIV., figs. 5 and 6 ; pt. IV., 1881, p. 319.

3 Loc. cit. (1876), p. 271.

4 ‘ Handbuch der Palceontologie,' Vol. I., Abt. II., Lief. III., 1884,
p. 456, text-fig. 637.

5 ‘ Type Ammonites ,’ Vol. IV., 1923, PI. CCCXCV.

6 ‘ Elemente der Palaeontologie,’ Pt. II., Cephalopoda, 1889, p. 433,
text-fig. 525.

7 ‘ Beitrage zu einer Revision der Ammoniten des Schwabischen
Jura,’ Jahresh. Ver. Vaterl. Naturk. Wurtt., 1893, p. 225.

8 ‘ Some Lias Ammonites,’ Proc. Cotteswold Nat. Field Club, Vol
XV. (1906), p. 237.

9 ‘ Ammonites of the Blue Lias,’ Proc. Geol. Assoc., Vol. XXXV
(1924). P- 198.

10 ‘ Uber die Psilonotenstufe und die Ammonitenfauna des untersten
Lias Norddeutschlands,’ Jahrb. Preuss. Geol. Landesanstalt , Vol. XLIV.
(1923) 1924, pp. 177-207.

1925 July 1

202 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

into Scamnoceras (genotype: — S. angulatum [Schlotheim]
Qnenstedt) and into Saxoceras (genotype: — S . costatum
Lange MS.). Since they all occur in Yorkshire, it may be
advisable briefly to review these genera, and it ought also
to be mentioned here that the family name Schlotheimidce,
used previously, must be reinstated, since Angulatidce, like
Euclymenice or Magnosellaridce and other such family names,
not based on a definite genus, will have to be abandoned.

Schlotheimia s.s., with unequal ribs that tend to disappear
on the sides of the outer whorls, occurs rather sparingly on
the reefs at Redcar. S. execoptycha (Waehner) already
recorded by Mr. Thompson1 from the Holderness Drift, and
by the writer2 from Redcar, belongs to this genus, also
S. complanata v. Koenen and S. depressa (Quenstedt) which I
have collected, though only in doubtful fragments, at the
same locality. Such forms as S. princeps S. Buckman,
S. thalassica (Quenstedt), S. colubrata (Zieten), S. similis
and S. pseudomoreana Spath, I have never seen from York-
shire.

Scamnoceras seems far commoner, and can certainly be
collected in numbers on the reefs at Redcar, while from
Mr. Thompson’s account it may be gathered that specimens
are also numerous in the Drift all along the Holderness coast.
The typical Scamnoceras angulatum (Schlotheim) Quenstedt
as restricted by Lange, and here defined (lectotype : —
Ammonites angulatus costatus Quenstedt, ‘ Amm. d. Schwab.
Jura.,’ 1883, PL II., fig. 8 only), is not identical with Wright’s
Lyme Regis example (B.M., No. C. 1921), which is now
renamed Scamnoceras lymense n. nov. Wright’s figure is
restored, the ribs being distinct only on the last half-whorl,
which is body-chamber. But although the inner whorls are
badly preserved, the ribs can be counted, and amount to 35 at
20 mm., 43 at 35 mm., 50 at 70 mm., and 55 at 125 mm.
Quenstedt’s type, on the other hand, which, according to
Pompeckj,3 who figured its suture-line, represents the same
individual as Quenstedt’s Ammonites angulatus depressus of
1849 (‘ Cephalopoden,’ PL IV., figs. 2 c,d) has only 37 ribs at
64 mm. diameter and a whorl-height of 40 and umbilicus of
37% of the diameter.

Now the writer has seen nothing resembling Scamnoceras
lymense from Yorkshire, whereas the true S. angulatum is
not uncommon at Redcar (with the inner whorls generally
absent), and has also been found at Robin Hood’s Bay
(Leckenby Coll., B.M., No. 39679), at ‘Whitby’ (Ripley

1 Loc. cit. (1913), p. 172.

2 Loc. cit. (1924), p. 198.

3 Loc. cit. (1893), p. 225.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 203

Coll., B.M., No. 17150), and in the Filey Drift (one of the
new species of ‘ Schlotheimia,’ recorded by Mr. Thompson).
The suture-lines of the last three examples are here figured
(figs. 30-c), and show that there is considerable variability.
The development of the immature suture-line of two Redcar

Scamnoceras angulatum (Schlotheim) Quenstedt sp. : ( a-c ) External
suture-lines of examples from the Drift of Filey (Hull Museum, x 6),
Robin Hood’s Bay (B.M. No. 39679, X5) and Whitby (B.M. No. 17150,
X3.5) i (d) Complete suture-line of a German specimen (after Dietz) at
a whorl-height of 8 mm. (E = external, lobe, L = first lateral lobe,
U = umbilical lobe, I = internal lobe) ; ( e-g ) Immature suture-lines of a
Redcar example at diameters of 6, 3 and 1 .25 mm. ; (h-j) Same of another
specimen from the same locality, at diameters of 4, 2 and 1 .5 mm.

examples (text-figs. 3 e-g and h-j) is also added, and the
complete suture-line, at a whorl-height of 8 mm., of a German

e

Fig. 3.

1925 July 1

204 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

example figured by Dietz.1 Although there is apparent
agreement in general appearance, the Filey and Robin Hood’s
Bay examples are pyritised and evidently came out of a
shaly bed, whereas at Redcar complete pyritisation seems
unknown. Since Tate and Blake described a thickness of
nearly 30 feet, with ‘ Ammonites angulatus ’ practically
throughout, it is to be hoped that some local geologist may be
attracted by this promising sequence and help in collecting
from the various layers. Meanwhile it can only be con-
sidered as probable that Scamnoceras angulatum and its
common companion S. striatum (Quenstedt), which includes
the two examples of ‘ Aegoceras angulatum ’ in the Blake
Collection, referred to in these pages by the late G. C. Crick,2
also an unnamed inflated form, come from the upper angulatus
zone, and that even the liassicus beds are probably absent at

Saxoceras cequale (Simpson) nov. Side (a) and
peripheral (b) views of Simpson’s original example (B.M. No. C18109)
not previously figured.

Redcar. The second new species recorded by Mr. Thompson
is more evolute than Scamnoceras angulatum , but pending the
publication of figures to illustrate the numerous forms created
by Lange, it seems inadvisable to name this single, poorly
preserved Drift example.

The genus Saxoceras is represented only by the form which
had been recorded by Crick3 as ‘ Ammonites cequalis Simpson/
and which is now figured for the first time. I had referred
to it4 as a finely costate form, close to the less dwarfed

1 ‘ Untersuch. ii. d. Lobenlinien d. Ammon, d. Lias a — y,’ N. Jb. f.
Min., etc., Beil. Bd. XLVII. (1923), p. 439, text-fig. 30a.

2 Loc. cit. (1922), p. 273.

3 Ibid., p. 274.

4 Loc. cit. (1924), p. 196.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 205

S. prometheus (Reynes, 1879, PI- H., figs. 16-17), and less
advanced than 5. gallica S. Buckman ( =Amm . catenatus
De la Beche in d’Orbigny, 1845, PL XCIV.). Only the body-
chamber of S. cequale is preserved (see text-fig. 4), but its
periphery shows a return, after a Schlotheimid groove, to the
Psiloceras rounding, which caused the confusion of forms of
this group with Waehneroceras. ‘ Schlotheimia cf. prome-
theus,’ recorded by Mr. Buckman,1 may also belong to Saxo-
ceras if allied to Reynes ’s type, but the form previously
figured by the same author, 2 also S. stricklandi and S.
acuticosta, were compared by Lange to the probably much
later Scamnoceras angulosum.

One of the ‘ Schlotheimia ’ from the Hull Museum is an
immature Charmasseiceras of only 12 mm. diameter, and was
labelled by Mr. Buckman : ‘ Schlotheimia aff . ventricosa J. de C.
Sowerby sp.’ Nothing has been seen that could be compared
to A . antiquatus Simpson, which, as has already been men-
tioned ( supra p. 112), was identified by Fox-Strangwavs
with d’Orbigny’s Amm. charmassei . Blake3 also described
Simpson’s form as a fragment of the adult A. charmassei,
but his collection in the British Museum (or, indeed, the
Bean, Ripley or any other collection), as Crick has already
mentioned, does not contain a single example of Char-
masseiceras from Yorkshire. Mr. Buckman, however, has
recorded Schlotheimia ventricosa and S. compta (J. de C.
Sowerby in Canavari), from Redcar, as being in the Tate
Collection (Museum of Practical Geology), in addition to
S. charmassei. The figured example of the latter4 is an
immature Charmasseiceras like the Hull specimen above
referred to, and the Schlotheimia trapezoidalis (Sowerby)
recorded by Mr. Thompson probably belongs to the same
group. ‘ Ammonites sulcatus Simpson ’ was considered by
Blake to be ‘ the young of the ordinary form of A . charmassei .’
Mr. Buckman5 has now figured Simpson’s holotype and
compared it to forms of Angulaticer as ( = group of Schlot-
heimia lacunata J. Buckman sp.), but if Blake’s identification
with d’Orbigny ’s Amm. laigneletii 6 is at all near the mark,
the reference of * Schlotheimia ’ sulcata to this genus is doubt-
ul. Other species of Angulaticer as from the • stellar e ’ and
oxynotum zones of Yorkshire are recorded in the Whitby
Memoir.7

1 Loc. cit. (Whitby Memoir, 1915), p. loo.

2 S. Buckman, loc. cit. (1906), p. 236, PL XI., figs. 3, 4.

3 In Tate and Blake, 1876, p. 272.

4 Loc. cit. (1906), p. 239, pi. X., figs. 19-20.

5 Yorkshire Type Ammonites, Vol. I. (1911), PI. XXXVIII.

6 Pal. Franf., Terr. Jurass., Vol. I., 1845, PI. XCII., figs. 3-4.

7 Loc. cit. (1915), p. 99.

1925 July 1

2o6 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

One important genus of the family Schlotheimidae has
only lately been discovered by Mr. Thompson1 in the Yorkshire
Lias, namely Waehneroceras . The preservation of his two
Cliff examples, in a limestone, crystalline or oyster-coated,
and without trace of the suture-line, is not favourable to
exact identification. The larger example figured by Mr.
Thompson (enlarged x ^ ) is only slightly less closely costate,
but more compressed, than the Chadbury specimen (B.M.,
No. C. 17825) recorded by the writer2 as allied to W.
curviornatum and W . hap lop ty chum (Waehner). The smaller
specimen seems to be more closely comparable, in whorl-
shape and ribbing, to the Psiloceras (Euphy llites?) described
by me3 from New Zealand, than to typical species of
Waehneroceras of the tenerum-subangulare group to which
belongs the first example and W. portlocki (Wright), taken
as characteristic of the upper planorbis zone.4 Since the inner
whorls are not shown and this second example is probably
mature at the comparatively small diameter of 33 mm., it
is, indeed, possible that it is closer to Psiloceras than to
Waehneroceras in the restricted sense. In any case both the
Cliff specimens are of Upper Psiloceratan age, the beds of
which, with those of the earlier three-quarters of the Schlot-
heimian age, are not now known in situ anywhere on the
Yorkshire coast.

According to The Yorkshire Herald, a Yorkshire tortoise recently
laid two eggs on a Sunday afternoon. They have been inspected by
The Yorkshire Herald and The Yorkshire Evening Press. The eggs are to
be incubated and the young (if any) presented to a Yorkshire museum.
Some ‘ windfall.’

The third Annual Report of the Worthing Archaeological Society
contains an illustrated report of Discoveries made during 1924, at the
Flint Pit of the Corporation, in Waterworks Lane, Broadwater ; and a
record of the work of the Society during the year. The Society has two
hundred and fifty members.

The Report of The Marlborough College Natural History Society for
1924, being the 73rd, would be creditable to many county societies.
In its 150 pages are most important monographs and records, and the
editor is to be congratulated upon securing contributions on subjects
rarely touched by school societies. Besides the Reports of the various
sections, there are papers on ‘ Martinsell,’ a fortified mound ; Wans-
dyke,’ an early earthwork ; ‘ Surface Flint Implements ’ ; Lists of
Diptera, Hymenoptera and other ‘ neglected orders ’ ; ‘ Chirocephalus
diaphanus ’ (with several illustrations) ; Fungi, and various notes on
additional records in numerous directions. The Report concludes with
the usual useful meteorological statistics, and a ‘ Summary of Sixty
Years’ Observations.’

1 The Naturalist, February, 1925, p. 43.

2 Loc. cit. (1924), p. 195-

3 ‘ Ammonites from New Zealand,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol
LXXIX. (1923), pp. 288-90, pi. XII., figs. 1-4.

4 Spath, ‘ Ammonites of the Blue Lias,’ loc. cit. (1924), p. 188.

N aturalist

20 7

THE GRASSLANDS OF YORKSHIRE GOAL MEASURE
AND LIMESTONE SOILS.

THOMAS SWARBRICK, M.SC.

This analysis has been carried out on Parlington Deer Park,
of about 250 acres, which forms part of the Parlington Estate,
about nine miles east of Leeds travelling towards Selby.
Geologically it is at the point where the northern edge of the
Yorkshire coalfield meets the outcrop of the Yorkshire mag-
nesian limestone, so that in it we have the opportunity of
studying the vegetation upon two distinct geological forma-
tions . The obj ect of this analysis is to record the characteristic
vegetation of these two formations and the ways in which
they differ. Previous to these analyses the land had been
untreated in any way within living memory.

The outstanding feature was the contrast in the whole
vegetation between the two respective formations. The lime-
stone area was covered by a rough, coarse, dry, light-green
herbage. It was all more or less tall herbage, yet there were
patches which were covered by a darker and shorter vegetation.
Sharply separated from this rough herbage was that of the
coal-measures which was much shorter and had a brown
carpet-like appearance. Another difference was very notice-
able to the feet. The coal-measure turf gave one the im-
pression of walking on a thick carpet, while contrasted with
this was the hard solid effect given by the turf upon the
limestone area.

The springiness of the coal-measure turf is due to an
accumulation of decaying vegetable matter which varies
from two to four inches in thickness. This ‘ mat ’ is entirely
absent from the limestone area.

The soil is a very heavy cold loam, tending to be more
free on the limestone area. For the most part the land is
dry and well drained. A few wet places occur on the coal-
measure, but none was taken as a place for analysis. On
December 6th, 1921, the soil was sampled by Professor Comber
and the writer, and was subsequently tested for lime require-
ment and pH value. The coal-measure soil has a lime
requirement of 23 cwts. per acre, the limestone soil nil.
The pH values were interesting. With Professor Comber’s*
Potassium salicylate test the coal-measure soil gave a deep
red colouration indicating a sour soil, while the limestone
soil gave no colouration, yet the respective pH values were —
Coal-measure ... 6'j

Limestone Area ... 7*3

* Journal Agr. Sci., Vol. X., Part 4, 1920, p. 420.

1925 July l

208 Grasslands of Yorks. Coal Measure and Limestone Soils.

The idea that sourness is not due entirely to Hydrogen ion
concentration is substantiated by these figures. There does
not appear to be any outstanding feature in the mechanical
analysis of the soil, which is the same for both formations,
and is as follows : —

Coarse

Sand ...

-• 24-5%

Fine

, , ...

4'4%

Coarse

Silt

... 30-6%

Fine

, ,

- I5 7%

Clay

12 -9%

The summer of 1921 was very dry, but by December 6th,
when the above soil samples were taken, there had been
considerable rainfall. On the limestone area the rain had
penetrated to a considerable depth, so that it was comparatively
easy to get a core of soil, but over the Coal-measures the soil
below the mat was still so dry that it was almost impossible
to get a core, despite the fact that it was possible to squeeze
water out of the mat. On December 7th an analysis of the
top four inches of the two respective soils was made for water
content, with the following results : —

Coal-measure (2 in. of mat) ... 32-4% water

Limestone (no mat) ... ... 17*6% ,,

It is obvious, therefore, that this mat is an important
factor in determining the vegetation of the coal-measures
owing to its effect upon the water supply. It appears that
soil conditions may induce the formation of a layer of semi-
decayed vegetable matter, which in its turn may become the
dominant factor deciding plant distribution.

The quadrat method of analysis was adopted, using a
frame of 400 square inches. The distribution given in the
following tables is according to the area covered by each
grass. A considerable difficulty arose over the tufts and barer
places already mentioned, as it was obvious that the flora of
the two were quite different. To overcome this, a general
survey was made, and it was computed that on the limestone
area the tufted areas were twice as extensive as the barer
ones. It was decided therefore to take three analyses for each
group of figures, two in the tufted areas and one in the barer
region, and to average these, thereby obtaining a general
average of the whole vegetation. The coal-measures did
not present any such difficulty, as its herbage had a uniform
distribution, but to obtain results which would be comparable
with those of the limestone area three analyses were taken
and averaged. In tables I. and II. which follow, the analyses
are grouped in this way, each vertical column being a separate
analysis. Tabulated in this way, it is possible to contrast
the flora of the tufts with that of the barer areas. When this
is done, it will be realised that the average of the group is a

Naturalist

Table I.— LIMESTONE FORMATION.

Grasslands of Yorks. Coal Measure and Limestone Soils. 209

<v

CM

0

0

in

0

ro

M

ro

<n

M

I

ro

ro

M

V

1

tJ-

>

<1

CO

1

CO

O

<M

I

CM

O

CO

>n

.CM

VO

13

]l

V

0-

1

CM

05

<

IT)

VO

0

0

ro

CM

[;.

ro

I

I

05

H

M

CM

M

1

1

1

Cb

O

in

in

in

ro

ro

M

ro

|

I

in

LjM

Tt-

M

CM

I

1

cn

S)

ro

0

0

in

O

in

CM

I

CM

<N

ro

M

V

1

1

>

ro

<

CO

« J

6

IT)

in

•n

I

O

00

H

ro

H

I

n-

^ A
CCS

«

M

|-

CM

V

1

05

ij

10

O

in

00

>n

ro

M

M

1

I

00

CM

ro

N

1

05

H

O

in

0

00

in

ro

H

CM

1

I

■'t-

ro

<N

1

1

05

02°

M

in

0

0

00

ro

CM

VO

M

M

1

0

ro

H

CM

M

V

1

CM !

>

<

.2 |

in j

O

00

in

O

00

0

Tt-

ro

Tt-

ro

CM

c3

M

ro

CM

05

c3 |

®

4 |

ti

0

0

0

M

M

CM

vO

I

I

2’

CM

w

M

1

1

05

|

ro

O

in

CM

ro

CM

|

vO

j

1

H

l

s- H

ro

<N

M

M

1

1

1

1

05

f

-«■

1

of

ro

O

O

O

IT)

CM

M

VO

M

I

<0

ro

CM

CM

V

V

V

1

<;

~ |

CO 1

<p:

O

O

in

in

CM

ro

H

in

M

M

'1^
rC 1

as

m

ro

M

V

V

05

g 1

*0

O

in

0

CM

ro

|

00

1

1

05

< l

'3

Tf-

M

CM

I

1

1

05

I

I

m

00

O

in

M

1

I

in

1

1

T|-

l

CM

1

1

I

1

05

§

§

^0

m

CO

+i

<

S

ccS

O

O

W

<

£

•2

0

e

to

<0

to

i

0

. «
S

0

cs

<0

<0

_<s

CS

<n

i folium repens

_'-r>

-S

VO

Vi

■fc,

C2

Vi

«'

H

*M

.to

.to

o'

0

t^:

to

O

to

t^

s

0

*50

Vi

a pratensis

Total % estirr

„vi

0

CS

0

Pq

n,

Pq

h

Q

Qm

Table II.— COAL-MEASURE FORMATION.

210 Grasslands o/Yorkst Coal Measure and Limestone Soils .

so

t".

in

CO

oo

M

1

co

CO

1

O

in

o

cc

rj-

VO

1

in

co

CO

1

Ov

in

o

CM

CO

|

1

vO

>n

CO

1

1

•n

o

O

Tj-

oo

CO

1

CM

vO

CM

CO

M

1

Ov

O

in

in

in

CO

Tt-

CO

H

CM

j

CO

CO

00

o

o

vO

CM

CO

CO

CM

n-

CM

CO

CM

Ov

o

o

o

»n

CO

in

CM

CM

oo

CO

■'3*

OV

O

o

in

vO

■s(-

CO

in

CM

CM

CO

CO

Ov

CO

vO

CM

»n

CM

CM

N

1

CM

CO

1

>n

O

in

u-

CO

vO

CM

CM

CO

CO

CM

CO

Ov

00

in

o

•n

CM

CO

M

CO

M

CM

CO

M

Ov

in

o

in

00

CO

»n

CM

CM

M

CM

CO

a

n3

<

ovina

cu

a,

in

oo

s

«

<0

f

Si

oo

-2

Si

Si

CS

oo

O

■Sh

oo

Si

§

§

Si

Si

*55

si

<-n

to

*

«

Si

.55

3

si

00

O

s

si

O

Si

g

§

55

1

"55

o

ftj

h

s

Naturalist

Grasslands of Yorks. Coal Measure and Limestone Soils. 211

more or less hypothetical figure, and any one analysis taken
on the limestone area might show very wide variation from it.
The greater the number of analyses taken, however, the nearer
would the average of them approach that indicated in the
second column of Table III.

Table I. gives the results of four groups of analyses on the
limestone formation. As already indicated, each group con-
sists of three separate analyses, two being of the tufted areas
and one of the bare. These are set out at the head of the
table. The difference in the vegetation between them is
striking, particularly as regards the Trifolium repens, Festuca
ovina, Dactylis glomerata and Br achy podium pinnatum contents.

The following plants were also listed, as occurring upon the
limestone formation, the order being that of relative fre-
quency : — Linum catharticum , Veronica chamaedrys, Potentilla
erecta, Campanula rotundifolia, Achillea millefolium, Cerastium
vulgatum, Bromus mollis, Lathyrus pratensis , Prunella vulgaris,
Plantago lanceolata, Leontodon autumnalis , Phleum pratense,
Lolium perenne, Agrostis stolonifera.

Cy no sums cristatus.

Potentilla erecta.

Lotus corniculatus .
Cerastium vulgatum.

Prunella vulgaris.

Molina coerulea.

A vena pratensis.
A vena puhescens.

Leontodon autum-
nalis.

A chillea Mille-
folium.

Lolium perenne.
Moss.

Table III.— COMPARATIVE TABLE.

Limestone ]

Formations.

1

Coal Measure.

Bramham

Park.

1 Parlington
Park .

Parlington

Park.

Brachypodium pinnatum . . .

44-0

35-o

A few isolated tufts

Bromus erectus

I5'°

16-0

+

Festuca ovina

22-7

22-0

30

Brisa media

o-5

8-0

Agrostis Spp.

4'1

T

39

Sesleria coerulea

3*3

+

+

Dactylis glomerata

2-5

o-5

+

Holcus lanatus

i’3

+

6

Potentilla erecta

*3

+

—

Prunella vulgaris

+

+

Lotus corniculatus

T

1 "5

+ ■

Triodia decumbens

o*3

1 -o

Trifolium repens

•9

5 ’5

2.0

Luzula campestris

—

1 *6

5-o

A vena flavescens

; — •

4*o

■ —

Poa pratensis

—

0-2

+

Air a caespitosa

—

■':Y. 'LLf'y

6*o

Rumex acetosella

—

3*°

Anthoxanthum adoratum ...

—

m ■ \

1 -o

1925 July 1

212 Grasslands of Yorks. Coal Measure and Limestone Soils.

Table III. gives the averages of two analyses on magnesian
limestone and one on coal-measure. The analysis of Branham
Park was conducted on exactly similar lines to that at
Parlington Park. Bramham Park is about n miles from Leeds
travelling towards York, and is on the same belt of limestone
as Parlington, and like it is a rough uncultivated area. The
similarities in the vegetation of the two limestone areas are
so marked as to suggest that the analyses will be typical of
the other Yorkshire magnesian limestone soils where these
are not being actively cultivated. The conclusions may be
summarised as follows : —

(1 ) The characteristic grasses of the limestone formation
are

Br achy podium pinnatum,

Bromus erectus,

Brisa media,

A vena flavescens,

with a good percentage (5%) of leguminous plants also
present .

(2 ) The characteristic grasses of the coal-measure are : —

Agrostis Spp.,

Air a caespitosa,

Holcus lanatus,

Triodia decumbens,
with Rumex acetosella,

and an almost negligible amount of Trifolium repens.

(3 ) Both geological formations are dominated by grasses
of very little value both as far as crop producing power
and food value are concerned.

(4) Plants occurring only in small quantities are liable
to extreme fluctuations as regards frequency and distribu-
tion.

It has also been possible to study the effects of various
manurial treatments, particularly applications of Basic Slag
and Ground Magnesian Limestone, upon plots laid down under
‘ The Ministry of Agriculture's Grassland Improvement
Scheme * on the coal-measure formation at Parlington Park.
It is not possible here to give tables of figures, but the follow-
ing conclusions are interesting : —

(a) An application of 10 cwts. per acre of 38% Basic
Slag has within the space of fifteen months
caused not only an increase of 100% in the
Trifolium repens content, but has also stimulated
it from a half-dead condition into active growth.
Basic Slag has, however, produced no change
in the grass flora, its action being confined to the
clover constituent.

Naturalist

Field Notes.

213

(b) Four tons of Ground Magnesian Limestone per acre

has in the same time produced no detectable
change in the grass flora, but has almost elimi-
nated the mosses.

(c) Both Basic Slag and Ground Magnesian Limestone

were able to assist the grasses to withstand the
drought of 1921.

I take this opportunity of expressing my best thanks to
Dr. W. H. Pearsall for his valuable help and suggestions
in drawing up these analyses into their present form. Also
my thanks are due to the Department of Agriculture of the
University of Leeds for facilites to carry out this work ; to the
staff of the Department of Agricultural Botany, and to Pro-
fessor Comber of the Department of Agricultural Chemistry.

Hippocrepis comosa Linn., an East Riding Plant. —

On 26th May ult. I received from Rev. G. T. W. Purchas,
of Westow Vicarage, near Kirkham Abbey, specimens of this
species which Miss G. F. Purchas had discovered growing on
Langton Wold. This makes the first record of a not very
common plant (45 out of 112 Watsonian vice-counties) for the
East Riding of Yorkshire, V.C. 61. Mr. Purchas assures me
that there is plenty of the plant on a portion of the wold that
has probably never been under the plough, and from the ro-
bustness of the specimens sent I think the Hippocrepis must
have long been established there. — J. Fraser Robinson.

New Exposure in the Lower Inferior Oolites at
South Gave, E. Yorks. — A small excavation has recently
been made, evidently with the object of obtaining stone,
immediately to the west of the cutting at South Cave Railway
Station where the Millepore Oolite is exposed. The new
excavation is in a field almost on the level of the railway
line, and has extended to a depth of six or eight feet where
standing water has prevented further progress. The beds
lie immediately beneath the Millepore Oolite. The rock is a
very hard close-textured limestone, blue hearted, but weathered
white, the beds of limestone being divided by marly partings.
Fossils were not uncommon, but unfortunately no trace of
an ammonite has so far been found. Specimen obtained at a
recent excursion of Hull geologists were submitted to the
Geological Survey, Jermyn Street, and after examination by
his colleagues, Mr. C. P. Chatwin reports that the specimens
consist of Eopecten abjectus (Phil.), Lima ( Limea ) duplicata
J. DeC. Sow., and camptonectes sp., Lima ( Plagiostoma ) strigillata
Laube, Camptonectes lens (J. Sow.), Pinna cuneata (Phil.).
There is also a small sea-urchin (? Cidaris), but it is indetermin-
able.— T. Sheppard.

1925 July 1

214

MIDDLETON-IN-TEESDALE AND ITS NATURAL

HISTORY.

W. H. PEARSALL, D.Sc., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

With the exception of the Bingley excursion, in 1921, which one recollects
as a happy procession of West Riding naturalists rather than as a meeting
for field work, no excursion in recent years has proved so attractive as
that to Middleton-in-Teesdale, held during Whitsuntide, May 30th to
June 1st. In addition to a large gathering of members and associates of
the Union, there were present members of the Yorkshire Geological
Society, and of the Wallis Club (Northumberland). The difficulties
encountered in securing accommodation precluded a closer co-operation
with the Wallis Club, and, indeed, was responsible for reducing the
attendance of its members. Its President (Dr. J. W. Harrison), Mr.
Temperley, and others were staying in the district, and Dr. Kathleen
Blackburn participated in most of the field excursions.

Among the geologists present were Mr. Young, of Derby, and those
regular attenders of the Union’s own meetings, Miss M. A. Johnstone, B.Sc.,
and Messrs. Jno. Holmes and B. Hobson, M.Sc. The last named has
kindly furnished some notes on the excursions, of which use is made in
these preliminary remarks, but the geology of the district has been so
carefully worked and recorded by Mr. J. J. Burton, that anything more
than passing reference is unnecessary. Members, and particularly the
older ones, were delighted to meet Mr. Burton, at Langdon Beck Hotel,
after their return from Cronkley, and, over a welcome cup of tea, they
had the pleasure of discussing earlier field days o’er again.

The weather was mixed, mainly wet, although this only reacted ad-
versely on the work of the entomologists, of whom we had a useful trio
in Messrs. J. M. Brown, W. J. Fordham and M. L. Thompson ; as it was
some noteworthy captures were made, including at least one new British
record .

Saturday was devoted to a visit to High Force, the well known water-
fall of the Tees caused by the intrusive sheet of basaltic rock known as
the Whin Sill, which is here nearly 30 ft. thick. The return journey
was made on the Yorkshire side of the river, from which several smaller
falls and rapids, due to Whin Sill in the river bed, were observed. In
such a thoroughly well-worked district, it was not expected to add
much to our knowledge of the flora and fauna, except among groups of
organisms little worked, and some of those best qualified for this spent a
considerable part of their time in a Dutch barn sheltering from a pitiless
rain.

On Sunday the geologists walked by the Eggleston road to East
Skears Beck, where, in a disused quarry a few hundred yards above the
road bridge (on the Blackston road), a fine exposure of the Cleveland
basaltic dyke was seen. It has, writes Mr. Hobson, “ altered the grits at
the contact into a rock resembling quartzite.” The naturalists contented
themselves along a short stretch of Hudeshope Beck, near to head-
quarters, where some useful work was done.

Monday’s excursion was to Cronkley Bridge for White Force and
Cronkley Fell, and Falcon Clints. Crossing the swollen Maize Beck, in
various ways, the party then proceeded to Cauldron Snout, a fine cascade
where the Whin Sill is rudely columnar, and, crossing by the footbridge,
returned to Langdon Beck Hotel by way of Widdy Bank.

A General Meeting, over which the President (Prof. J. H. Priestley,
B.Sc.) presided, was held on Monday evening. Reports were submitted,
and these are given below. Votes of thanks to the local Secretary, Mr.
J. Hartshorn, and to Mr. A. Nicholson, as leader, were unanimously
accorded. The Hon. Secretary referred to the valuable help rendered
by the Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists through their Hon. Secretary,

Naturalist

Middleton-in-T eesdale and its Natural History.

215

Mr. J. E. Nowers, and to the interest shown in our visit by the Forest
Schoolmistress, Mrs. Arnott. Six new members were elected.

Plant Ecology (A. Malins Smith, M.A.). — Of the plant associations
seen on the excursions mention must first be made of the Juniper heath
association. This seems to be limited in its distribution to the outcrop
of the Whin Sill. It is found growing on the dolerite at High Force
and at Falcon Clints, and there occupies niches in the vertical face of
these precipitous cliffs. It is found still more abundantly on gently
sloping ground above High Force, and the association extends down the
river to Newbiggin and also up the White Force beck to the waterfall.
In the greater part of its local area the Juniper is on ground easily
accessible to sheep, and they feed freely among it. It is scarcely possible
to agree, therefore, with the suggestion of Smith and Woodhead in their
report on a previous excursion ( The Naturalist, 1910) that the Juniper
is limited to the Whin Sill, because the precipitous cliffs of this rock are
inaccessible to sheep. There is no sign that the tree is injured by sheep,
and the local inhabitants of the area are of opinion that sheep do not eat
the Juniper. The character of another woodland enemy — the rabbit —
cannot so easily be cleared. Some smaller Juniper bushes were seen with
the close-cropped hummocky form characteristic of rabbit attack, and it
is not improbable that at the present time the rabbit is an effective factor
in the destruction of young trees.

In its highest development near High Force, the association forms a
fairly close scrub with trees reaching 8-10 ft. in height, but there are
many spaces between, and the association, viewed as a whole, is open,
with much intervening space between the trees.

Although Juniper occurs on many different geological substrata,
yet it tends on the whole to favour calcareous soils, and such a pure
Juniper scrub as the one under consideration is only known elsewhere
on the chalk (Tansley, ‘ Types of British Vegetation,' p. 171). It would
be expected, therefore, that the soil of this association would be basic.*

Among the undergrowth beneath the Juniper the following plants
were found : —

Oxalis acetosella. Mercurialis perennis.

Adoxa moschatellina . Scilla nutans.

Polypodium Phegopteris . P. Dryopteris .

Cardamine flexuosa.

We now turn to the status of the Juniper scrub as progressive or
retrogressive. The open spaces between the shrubs are dominated by an
acidic vegetation of Calluna vulgaris, V accinium myrtillus and bracken.
Much more observation is needed than could be crowded into one short
visit, but there are certain indications that the Juniper scrub is retro-
gressive, and is gradually giving way before the ling association.

(1) Dying and dead Junipers are not infrequent.

(2) Seedling and young trees are very rare (the writer only found one,
which was growing on the sugar-limestone cliff at White Force) . Indeed
the closed association of ling between the Juniper scarcely allows of the
germination of the seeds. It would be interesting in this connection —
as suggested by a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at the
meeting on Whit Monday — to clear and fence an area of the ling among
the Junipers and see how many young Juniper trees would develop there.

(3) In places prostrate and moribund Juniper bushes were closely
surrounded by vigorous ling.

From these indications it is probable that the Juniper scrub is now

* Juniper is one of those plants which may form flourishing com-
munities on either limestone or acid soils. There are fine Juniper heaths
of the latter sort (with ling and other heathy shrubs) in the Lake District
(as for example on Yewbarrow) and in Yorkshire, there are smaller areas
on Moughton of this type. — W.H.P.

1925 July 1

2x6

Middl-eton-in-T eesdale and its Natural History.

retrogressive, and is destined to give way before the invasion of the ling
association on soil steadily becoming more acid, probably by leaching.
This conclusion needs much further observation for its full establishment,
but the change indicated is similar to that very widespread acidification
of woodlands going on in many parts of the country and resulting in the
replacement of woodland by another formation — the heath or moor-
characteristic of acid soils.

The second association, specially characteristic of Upper Teesdale,
is that developed on the sugar-limestone both above and below the Whin
Sill on Cronkley and Widdybank Fells. Here are most of the botanical
rarities for which Teesdale is famous, including the beautiful blue
Gentiana verna. But after the description given by Smith and Woodhead,
it only remains to emphasise the very peculiar nature of the soil on which
this association is developed. The sugar-limestone weathers to a large-
grained soil with the physical character of sand, but calcareous, and
therefore different in its basic character from any siliceous sand. To
this unique soil— a direct consequence of the Whin Sill intrusion — can
be attributed the very specialised nature of the flora. The soil is porous
and well-drained, and the vegetation very xerophytic. The close short
turf on the sugar limestone of Cronkley Fell, chiefly of Festuca ovina, in
which are found dwarf plants of Draba incana, Gentiana verna, Arenaria
verna, Dryas octopetala and Helianthemum Chamcecistus , is, in its reduced
mat -like growth -form, the direct expression of the porous soil and the
wdnd-swept situation.

Some controversy arose among the geologists as to the statement of
Smith and Woodhead {The Naturalist, 1910) that this unique association
is developed ‘ in the main over an unglaciated area.' Though the
balance of opinion would allow the statement to represent the facts
correctly, some took exception to it on the ground that evidence of ice
action had been found on the top of Cronkley Fell. There seems at
present, however, no reason to contest the statement that this association
is ‘ a relic of a pre-glacial flora.’ Since the competition of the post-
glacial flora, the pre-glacial has been limited to certain special elevations
and soils. In these there is no reason to suppose it to be in any way
moribund, and there is every evidence that so long as the special soil
and situation are present, the plants of this association will continue to
hold their own.

The curious distribution of the alpines between the two fells which
expose sugar-limestone, Cronkley and Widdybank, so that, for example,
Viola rupestris and Arenaria uliginosa are found on Widdybank, not on
Cronkley, while Helianthemum canum, Dryas octopetala and Polygala
amara are found on Cronkley, not on Widdybank, is no doubt an instance
of the chance distribution of plants of restricted area which would occur
as the result of competition due to the advance of the post-glacial flora.

Two minor but striking features of the ecology of the district are :
(1) the abundant occurrence of Anemone nemorosa in the open, whereas
it occurs elsewhere usually as a plant of the woodland undergrowth.
Probably all it requires is a moist atmosphere, and this, which in drier
districts is found only under the shade of trees, is obtained, in this area
of high rainfall and much mist, in the open ; (2) the occurrence of

Bartsia alpina, usually a plant of wet alpine rock ledges, in bogs. This
is not so unusual as it seems, for the so-called calcareous bogs of Upper
Teesdale are not bogs in the usual sense at all, but places where abundant
water oozes out over a stony soil. There is no accumulation of peat, and
the situation is really very similar to that of a wet alpine rock-ledge.

Botany (A. Malins Smith, M. A.). Flowering Plants. — The com-
bination of the rich flora of a limestone district with the special alpine
varieties of the limestone fells provided a long list of flowering plants
which it is unnecessary to give in full. Among the more noteworthy
plants collected by various members of the party were Trollius europceus,

Naturalist

Middl eton-in-T eesdale and its Natural History.

217

Thalictrum alpinum, Draba incana, Thlaspi alpestre var. occitanicum,
Viola rupestris, Arenaria verna, Geranium sylvaticum , Rubus saxatilis,
Rubus chamcsmorus , Potentilla fruticosa, Dryas octopetala, Saxiftaga
stellaris, S. aizoides, Peucedanum Ostruthium , Antennaria dioica, Serratula
tinctoria var. integri folia, Primula farinosa, Gentiana verna, Bartsia
alpina, Plantago maritima, Convallaria majalis, Tofieldia palustris,
Paris quadrifolia , Blysmus compressus , Melica nutans, Sesleria ccerulea.

Vascular Cryptogams.1 — Cryptogramme crispa, Aspidium frli'x-mas
var. Borreri, Botrychium Lunaria, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Lycopodium
Selago, Selaginella selaginoides .

Alg;e. — It was too early for the majority of the Conjugatae to be
found in conjugation, when alone the species can be determined. The
following were collected indiscriminately on both sides of the river in
Yorkshire and in Durham : — Draparnaldia plumosa, ChcetopKora elegans,
Ulothrix zonata, Mougeotia viridis, Spirogyra varians, Sp. ( Choaspis )
stictica, (Edogonium Itzigsohnii , V aucheria terrestris, Trentepholia aurea,
Synura uvella.

The most noteworthy feature is the finding of Oedogonium Itzigsohnii ,
an addition to the very few localities listed for this alga in West’s Alga-
flora of Yorks. This species occurred in its usual environment among
Sphagnum.

Entomology (J. M. Brown, B.Sc.). — Dull and stormy weather is not
favourable to insect life, and most orders were particularly scarce ; for
example, only one species of butterfly — the Green-veined White- — was
noticed. By the middle of the week, however, matters improved, and
those who stayed were able to obtain better results. It was remarkable
how rapidly the change in the weather affected some species. Weevils,
such as Phyllobius oblongus, and the common green species which were not
noticed at the beginning of the week, became extraordinarily abundant,
while Stone-flies and Caddis-flies were emerging in large numbers.

Hemiptera. — It was rather early in the season for these insects, the
result being that few were seen in the perfect state, while more immature
specimens were taken. The following were recorded : —

Heteroptera .
Anthocoris confusus Reut.

A . nemorum L .

Tetraphleps bicuspis H.S.
Stenodema holsatum F.

Dicyphus stachydis Reut.

Harpocera thor acic a Fall, (immat.).
Homoptera.

Athysanus brevipennis Kbm.
Delphax difficilis Edw.

Velia currens F.

Corixa nigrolineata Fieb.

C. prceusta Fieb.

C. carinata Sahib., in a pool on
Cronkley Fell. This is a new
county record.

D. discolor Boh.

Aphalara nebulosa Zett. (immat.).

Collembola. — Several of these insects were collected, but they were
not as plentiful as was to be expected, and most of those taken were
•common forms. The most interesting species obtained occurred in
moss growing on the trunk of an oak, and proved to be Xenylla borneri
Axels., a species not previously recorded in Britain, though I have taken
it recently in Derbyshire.

The following species were taken —

Folsomia quadrioculata (Tullb.).
F. fimetarias (L.).

Isotoma sensibilis Tullb.

I. arbor ea L.

1. viridis Bourl.

I. grisescens Schaff.

Isotomurus palustris (Mull.).
Tomocerus minor (Lubb.).

Achorutes armatus (Nic.).

A . purpurescens Lubb .

Xenylla maritima Tullb.

X. borneri Axels., a new British
record .

Onychiurus armatus (Tullb.).
Tullbergia krausbaueri (Born.).
Frisea mirabilis (Tullb.).

1925 July 1

2l8

Yorkshire Bryologists at Ingleton.

Entomobrya albocincta (Tempi.).

E.nicoleti (Lubb.).

E. nivalis (L.).

Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (Gmel.).

Orchesella cincta (L.) and var. vaga

(L.).

Heteromurus nitidus Tempi.

Thysanura. — The only species
Westw.

Coccid^e (Scale insects). — The
(Shaw) was fairly plentiful on Polytrichum in the neighbourhood of White
Force. This is one of the few Coccids that can lay claim to any beauty,
the surface of the female being glistening white owing to the secretion of
segmentally-arranged plates of wax.

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher). — The following species, verified by Mr.
J. W. Taylor, M.Sc., were obtained in a comparatively small area near
headquarters (on the Durham side of the Tees) : —

Sminthurinus aureus var. ochropus
(Reut. ) .

Bourletiella'bicinctus var. repanda
(Agren.).

Sminthurus viridis (L.).
Dicyrtomina minuta (O. Fabr.) and
var. ornata (Lubb.).
taken was Camp odea staphylinus

Scale insect, Orthezia cataphracta

A. ater and var. albolateralis .
Limax maximus.

E. cinereo-niger .

L. arborum.

Agriolimax agrestis.

Pyramidula rotundata.

P. rupestris.

Hyalinia lucida.

H. cellaria.

H. nitidula.

H. alliaria.

Hygromia hispida.

H . striolata.

Helicigona arbustorum and var.
flavescens .

Helix nemoralis var. carnea 12345,
(12)345, 02345, and var. Ubellula
12045.

H. hortensis var. lutea 12345.

Ena obscura.

Clausilia bidentata and var.

cravenensis .
Clausilia laminata.

Zua lubrica.

Azeca tridens.

Pupa umbilicata var. crassilabris.
Limncea truncatula.

Ancylus fluviatilis.

Attempts to observe aquatic species were almost futile, two species
alone being noted.

o :

YORKSHIRE BRYOLOGISTS AT INGLETON.

F. E. MILSOM.

A successful meeting of the Bryological Section of the Yorkshire
Naturalists' Union was held during the Easter week-end at Ingleton.
The headquarters were at the Ingleborough Hotel, where, as usual,
members were treated right royally. The section was honoured by the
presence, as visitors, of Messrs. D. A. Jones, M.Sc. (Wrexham), and A.
Sutton (London), of the British Bryological Society, The help and
inspiration of these gentlemen was invaluable, and had its effect both on
the enthusiasm and the work done during the week-end. The section
was further honoured by the presence of the President of the Union
(Prof. J. H. Priestley).

On Good Friday, Ingleborough was climbed via Crina Bottom, the
remaining days being spent in thoroughly investigating the Ingleton
glens. The weather was uniformly kind, there being practically no rain,
but enough moisture to prevent plants from being too dried up.

The party broke up officially on Tuesday morning, but a small number
utilised that day in ‘ discovering ’ Black Force (V.C. 65), working from
Low Gill Station. The fall was found to be still there, and investigation,
though somewhat hazardous, yielded some interesting specimens. Black
Force is somewhat similar to Cautley Spout, the stream descending a

Naturalist

Yorkshire Bryologists at Ingleton.

219

steep hillside in a more or less slatey bed for about 1000 feet. The
vertical rocks by the sides of the stream were covered with masses of
Hymenophyllum unilaterale, Saxifraga azoides was abundant, and Pyrola
secunda was also present.

In the following list, V.C. 64 refers to Ingleborough and the Ingleton
glens, with the exception of Pylaisia polyantha (thorn hedges near
Bentham), and Zygodon gracilis (Clapdale). V.C. 65 refers to Black
Force and the Low Gill fells as far as the Yorkshire boundary.

Mosses.

fr.)
interrupta

lis

Andreaea alpina

Diphyscium foliosum var. acutifolu
Polytrichum nanum
Pleuridium axillare
Seligeria pusilla
Brachyodus trichodes
Rhabdoweisia fugax
R. denticulata

Dichodontium pellucidum (c
Dicranella heteromalla var.

Blindai acuta
Campylopus atrovirens
C. flexuosus var. uncinatus
Fissidens pusillus

F. osmundoides .

Grimmia apocarpa var. grac

G. Doniana
G. torquata

G. Hartmani
Hedwigia ciliaris
Weisia rupestris (c.fr.)

W. curvirostris (c.fr.) .

var. commutata
W . verticillata (c.fr.) .

Encalypta vulgaris (c.fr.)

A noectangium comp actum
Zygodon gracilis
A ulacomnium androgynum
(Edipodium Griffithianum
Breutelia arcuata
Weber a elongata
W. cruda .

Plagiobryum Zierii (c.fr.)

Bryum filiforme
Mnium serratum (c.fr.)

M. orthorrynchum
Heterocladium heteropterum
Pseudoleskea catenulata
Thuidium delicatulum (c.fr.

T. recognitum
T. Philiberti
Pylaisia polyantha
Orthothecium intricatum
var. abbreviatum
Eurynchium crassinervium var. turgescens
Hypnum exannulatum

H. incurvatum .

H. eugyrium
H. scorpioides .

H. sarmentosum

var. fallax

64
64, 65
64
64

64

65
64, 65
64, 65

65

64

65
64, 65

64
64
64
64, 65
64
64
64

64
64, 65

65
65

64
64, 65
64, 65

64

65
65

64, 65
64, 65

65
65
65
65

64
64, 65

64
64
64
64
64

64, 65
64, 65

64

65

64

64

65
■ 65

1925 July 1

220

Field Notes.

Hepatics.

Aneura major
Metzgeria conjugata
M. hamata
M. pubescens
Marsupella emarginata
Apolozia pumila
Lophozia turbinata
L. Muelleri
L. alpestris
L. excisa.

L. incisa

Anastrepta orcadensis .

Plagiochila spinulosa .

P. tridenticulata .

Calypogeia Trichomanis (c.fr.) . . . . . . . 64

Lepidozia Pearsoni ......... 65

Blepharostoma trichophyllum . . . . 64, 65

Ptilidium ciliare var. inundatum ....... *64

Scapania gracilis . . . . . . . .64

5. aspera . . . . . . . . . .64

5. curta . . . . . . . . . . .64

Cololejeunea calcar ea . . . . . . . . .64

C. Rossettiana .......... 64

Lejeunea cavifolia var. heterophylla . . . . .64

L. patens .......... 64

Microlejeunea ulicina ........ 64

Harpalejeunea ovata . . . . . . . . .64

Marchesinia Mackaii . . . . . . • . *64

Radula Lindbergii . . . . . . . . . *65

Frullania fragili folia . . . . ... .64

* New Records.

: o :

Buzzard in East Yorkshire in Roman Times. — In

excavating the site of a Roman Villa at Harpham a little
while ago (see Hull Museum Publication, No. 23), several
bones were obtained, principally of ox, sheep, pig, etc. Among
them, however, was the bone of a bird, and on submitting
this to Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., he informs me it is un-
doubtedly that of a Buzzard. This is a very early record of
the species in East Yorkshire, and it is also remarkable that
the only instance of bones of a Falcon found with an ancient
British interment occurred in a barrow at Kelleythorpe,
which is quite close to Harpham. In this case the human
body in the grave had evidently been that of a hawker, as a
stone plate with studs was found on the bones of the wrist,
evidently as a protection against the claws of the hawk, and
the skull of the bird also occurred in the same grave. The
objects were particularly well preserved as the remains occurred
in a stone cist. — T. Sheppard.

: o :

The Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist for May is remarkably full
of valuable local records in various branches of natural history.

64
*64
64
64
64
64
64, 65
*64, *65
64
64
*64
64, 65
64

Naturalist

3n flDemoriam.

221

F. FIELDER WALTON, F.G.S.

(i860 — 1925.)

Many years ago, in 1888, following the example set by a
number of enthusiastic geologists in Leeds, a meeting of Hull
people interested took place, with the result that the Hull
Geological Society was founded. Prominent among these
founders was F. Fielder Walton, whose pamphlet on the

Geology of the District between Market Weighton and the
Humber had been issued two years previously. From that time
the band of geologists has kept together and substantially
contributed to our knowledge of the geology and palaeontology
of the East Riding, and while younger men have joined their
ranks, the death of Dr. Walton causes one of the most serious
gaps in the membership.

Dr. Walton was a keen collector, and acquired a taste for
antiquities from his father. He was a collector long before
he took up geology as a scientific study. One of his early
papers on the Gravels at Hessle was read before the Yorkshire
Geological Society, and printed in its Proceedings for 1895.

1925 July 1

222

News from the Magazines.

The pages of The Naturalist contain several of his notes dealing
with geological observations made on excursions of the
Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and on the Erratic Blocks of
the Riding. Dr. Walton was a prominent member of the
Erratic Blocks Committee, and took his share in the preparation
of the numerous reports on the boulders of the Riding, which
were published some years ago. Lately he has given his at-
tention principally to the zonal fossils of the chalk and lias,
and had read a number of papers on these subjects to the
Hull Geological Society, and occasionally to the Leeds Society.
He was the President of the Hull Society for the first ten years
of its existence, and has been a familiar figure at field meetings
in the Riding, having interest equally in the work of the
Yorkshire Geological Society and the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union. He became a Fellow of the Geological Society of London
in 1888.

In recent years he devoted some time to the collection
of Roman and Saxon pottery, etc., and obtained some fine
examples, spending much time in their restoration. The
doctor’s collections, extensive and carefully arranged and
labelled in cabinets, are remaining in the district, the more im-
portant specimens having been secured for the Hull Municipal
Museum.

The first excursion of the Hull Geological Society thirty-
five years ago was to Kelsey Hill, and was led by Dr. Walton,
whose last paper read to this society dealt with Corbicula
fluminalis and other fossils in the same gravels.

At one time Dr. Walton was a member of the Hull City
Council, and for years he has been a prominent member of the
Council of the Hull Literary and Philosophical Society. He
leaves a widow, a son, and two daughters, to whom we extend
our sympathy. — T.S.

: o :

Prof. Hickson illustrates the way in which a hydra secured and killed
a tadpole, in Nature, No. 2899.

The first part of a new journal Zeitschrift fur Geomorphologie (Annals
of Geomorphology) has been issued at Leipzig.

P. G. Ralfe contributes Manx Ornithological Notes ; The Editor
Reports on the Recovery of Marked Birds ; and W. G. Watson gives
Notes from Holy Island, to British Birds for June.

Lord Tavistock relinquishes the editorship of The Avicultural Magazine
as his time is so greatly occupied in philanthropic work. His place has
been taken by Mr. D. Seth-Smith, a former editor.

Dr. J. Davidson writes on ‘ Bean Aphis ’ in The Journal of the
Ministry of Agriculture for June, his notes being illustrated by a diagram
showing life cycles of the insect and the different forms it passes through.

Having the good fortune to receive an invitation from his sister to
spend Easter at her Bournemouth house, Mr. C. Granville Clutterbuck,
and his wife, were able to enjoy some pleasant trips to the New Forest
and other good grounds in the near neighbourhood. He gives the
entomological results thereof in The Entomologist for June.

Naturalist

CORRESPONDENCE.

223

Dear Sir,

I have read with considerable amusement your comments in The
Naturalist, May, 1925, upon the report of the lecture given by the Presi-
dent of the Yorkshire Ramblers’ Club (Mr. E. E. Roberts), before the
Yorkshire Geological Society in Leeds, which appeared in The Yorkshire
Post of April 6th.

As one who has made some slight study of Limestone areas and their
peculiarities, during the last twenty years, and has also had experience
of ‘ pot-holing ’ and cave exploration and survey during that period, I
am rather at a loss to understand the attitude of mind which has
prompted your remarks.

Having merely a reasonable ‘ working knowledge ’ of the English
language, I am quite unable to find the difference between the sense in
which Mr. Roberts has used the words ‘ exploration ’ and ‘ survey,’
and the meanings of these words as set forth in any recognised standard
dictionary.

Perhaps the mere ‘ exploration ’ of even one of the large Yorkshire
pot-holes in either the company of Mr. Roberts or any other experienced
pot-holer would open up to you a. new and interesting source of interest
and field of study. Of course this would only be possible if your interest
in natural phenomena outweighed your distaste for a certain amount of
personal discomfort, and you possessed the necessary ‘ capacity of resist-
ance to claustrophobia,’ thereby qualifying you to be numbered as one
of the ‘ small and select body ’ of pot-holers. — j. Fred Seaman, Ben
Rhydding.

The writer of the notes to which Mr. Seaman refers, had as his object
the giving of information or instruction ; as in Mr. Seaman’s case this
has failed, the writer is gratified to know that, instead, Mr. Seaman has
had ‘ considerable amusement.’ The writer studied pot-holes and caves
long before ‘ the last twenty years, ’ and during the latter period has kept
up his studies. Neither Mr. Roberts nor Mr. Seaman therefore are likely
‘ to open up a new source of interest and field of study.’ What the
writer complains of is the extraordinary belief which is apparent among
most of the pot-holers that the success of their ‘ surveys ’ and ‘ ex-
plorations ’ depends upon the discomforts to which they are put, and the
number of adjectives they can find describing these discomforts, in the
press. An actual scientific survey or exploration should have some
tangible result, and in the reports of pot-holing which have appeared in
recent years not a single scientific fact previously unknown seems to have
been produced, and certainly, in some instances, errors have been made,
which prevent progress. It is not so long ago that a prominent pot-holer
gave the results of his explorations at a meeting of a well-known Geological
Society and made misuse of certain geological terms, and although
University Professors, members of the Geological Survey, and others
protested, the pot-holer still maintained that his interpretation was the
correct one, and that everybody else was wrong. — Ed.

: o :

Among the contents of the Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute,
Tokyo, we notice ‘ Apparatus for maintaining a Series of Constant
Temperatures,’ by H. Seno and M. Tauti ; ‘ The Effect of Continued
Cold on the Viability of the Plerocercoid of Dibothriocephalus latus L.,’ by
H. Seno, M. Kitagawa and S. Iwamoto ; and ‘ The Effects of Uranium
irradiation on the early cleavage stages of oysters,’ by A. Terao.

The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for June contains the following
notes of interest to our readers : — ‘ Additions to the British Psocid
Fauna,’ by J. V. Pearman ; ' Mystrophora intermedia Klap., new to the
British Fauna, and Apatania muliebris McLach., two species of Trichop-
tera from the Lake District,’ by K. J. Morton ; and ‘ The Coast Coleoptera
of the British Isles : a Study in Insect Oecology,’ by G. B. Walsh.

1925 July 1

224

NORTHERN NEWS.

The Leeds Corporation has unanimously invited the British Associa-
tion to visit Leeds in 1927.

No. 3 of the Journal of the Manx Museum has articles on Castle
Rushen ; The . Manx Shearwater, and many other matters of interest
to the Manx Museum people.

A dinner was recently given to Prof. A. C. Haddon on his seventieth
birthday, and the eve of his retirement from the post of reader in
anthropology and ethnology in the Cambridge University.

For the remarkably low price of one shilling the Trustees of the British
Museum have issued a well illustrated ‘ Guide to the Fossil Plants in
the Department of Geology and Palaeontology. The Guide is written
by H. Hamshaw Thomas and W. N. Edwards.

Miss D. A. E. Garrod considers that ‘ we find in this country a high-
developed proto-Solutrean level of Font-Robert type, indications at
Cresswell Crags and Ipswich of a typical Solutrean influence, and, so
far, no trace whatever of the Upper Solutrean of Central France ’ {Man,
June) .

Three full columns in a Yorkshire paper recently are occupied by
photographs of an apparently charming young lady ‘ being harnessed
up prior to her descent of the cliffs ’ at Flamborough, though there is
surely nothing either novel or wonderful in the performance ? She was
not nervous, she said, and thoroughly enjoyed her experience. She
had one regret ' she was quite near to a nice clutch of seabirds’ eggs,’
but was unable to secure them. This seems a pity, as we should have
loved to have seen another photograph of her with her hands holding a
large clutch of eggs of the Guillemot !

Referring to the note on the Grey Squirrel at Jervaulx, which ap-
peared in The Naturalist recently, the editor of the Natural History
Column of the Yorkshire Weekly Post writes : ' We know of several

localities where the native squirrel was once common, but is now never
seen. The grey variety has not arrived there yet, but, no doubt, if it does,
it will at once be held responsible for the disappearance of the red.
It would be interesting to learn if any reliable naturalist has actually
witnessed an attack by a grey squirrel upon a red. Judging from the
constant repetition of the charge, one might imagine that such an in-
cident was of the commonest occurrence.’

In connection with an appeal for a British Institute of Philosophical
Studies, we learn that : ‘ If materialism in life and superficiality in

thought are the sins that most easily beset our nation to-day, the task
of the Institute should be of immense importance. Its purpose is to
encourage, even to popularise in some degree, pure thought, the search
for abstract truth and the application of philosophy to life in all its
modern complications of religion, science, politics and industry. We
trust that the philosophers wdio are willing to help will not be daunted
by the general ignorance of philosophy among a people notoriously
lacking in theoretic instincts ; nor impatient of teaching us, as it were,
in words of one syllable.’

We have previously referred to the fact that foreign publications
frequently print scientific articles in English, and we are now pleased
to find that The New Phytologist, issued on May 28th, has the following
paper, by Dr. H. Pfeiffer, of Bremen : ‘ Uber die Wasserstofhonenkon-
zentration [H.j als Determinationsfaktor physiologischer Gewebege-
schehon. in der . sekundaren Rinder der Pflanzen.’ W. Robyns, of
Brussels, writes on ‘ The Geographical Distribution of the Genus
Sphaeranthus ’ ; D. R. Hoagland and A. R. Davis, of California, give
‘ Suggestions, concerning the Absorption of Ions by the Plants ’ ; W. B.
Crow gives ‘ The Reproductive Differentiation of Colories in Chlary-
domonadales ’ ; and W. H. Pearsall and Alice M. Hanby write on ‘ The
Variation of Leaf Form in Po tamo get on perfoliatusf .

Naturalist

PRINTING

Commercial and General Printing of every
description produced efficiently and promptly
at Browns' up-to-date works. Bookwork
a speciality. • • Inquiries invited.

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd.,

Printers of ‘ The Naturalist,’

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL.

Telegrams : Telephone :

“ Brown, Hull ” Central 6605

SCIENCE PROGRESS

A Quarterly Review of Scientific Thought,
Work and Affairs.

Editor - COLONEL SIR RONALD ROSS, K.C.B., F.R.S.

This Quarterly is now in its nineteenth year of publication. Its
object is to give all readers of wide culture and interest in science
a knowledge of the numerous advances which are being continually
made in connection with scientific work and thought. Each number
contains Recent Advances in Science (by a number of experts).
Articles, Popular Science, Essay-Reviews, Correspondence, Notes,
Essays, many Reviews, and a Book List. Published early every
quarter by John Murray, 50a Albemarle Street, London, W. Annual
Subscription 25/6 and price of one number 6s. Subscriptions
through bookseller or direct to the Publisher.

" Science Progress, which has now reached its thirty-ninth
number, not only covers a remarkably wide field with great
ability, but has had impressed upon it, by the energetic and
humane spirit of its editor, a certain dynamic quality which
makes it a force as well as a source of light.”- — The Times

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

issued Monthly , illustrated with Pfates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers , 15/ - per annum , post free .

7 he EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and

Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated "The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists’ Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper, Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M.B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; Hugh S.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.

EDINBURGH— OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33, PATERNOSTER ROW.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

July, 1925.

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull;

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

AUG., 1925,

No. 823

No. 597 of current Series

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents r

Notes and Comments : — The Service of Natural 1 1 istoty ; . River
Pollution and Fish ; Wills and Bequests ; Pre -Tertiary Geology
of Mull, Loch Aline and Oban ; Ideal Aim of Physical Science ; The
Cresswell Engravings ; Plant Roots or Palaeolithic ,Maq ? The Hyde
Park Atrocity ; ‘ Creating ’ Birds ; W. H. Hudson ; , Hudson and

Marvell ; Scales and Growth of Herrings ; Northern Naturalists’
Union Officers for 1925 ; The Stamp of Authority ; The Bridlington
Museum; The Yorkshire Conchological Society ; Origin of the
Crustacean Carapace ; Evolution of Crustacea ; Yorkshire Carbon-
iferous Rocks ; Origin of Reef Knolls

Yeovilian Ammonites in the Inland Area of the Yorkshire Moors —
W. E. F. Macmillan

Yorkshire Hemiptera in 1924 — James M . Brown, B .Sc., E .L.S ., F .E .S .

Yorkshire Naturalists at Horbury — W . H. Pearsall, D.Sc., F.L.S.,
and F. A. Mason, F.R.M.S.

Lichen Flora of the Ingleton District — D. A. Jones, M.Sc. ...

A Rare Map by William Smith — T.S.

In Memoriam : — H . Ling Roth

Middleton -in -Teesdale and its Natural History — W. H. Pearsall,

D . Sc., F .L.S . , and F . A . Mason, F .R.M .S . ...

Field Notes : — Aquatic Mollusca at Askham Bog ; Lake District Collem-
bola ; Pigmy Shrew at Spurn ; Nesting of Short-eared Owl at Whitby ;
Green Sandpiper in East Yorkshire ; Car ex lasiocarpa Ehrh. (C.
ftlijormis L.) near Austwick ; A Whooper Swan in June ; Sexual

Attraction in Lepidoptera. .

Proceedings of Scientific Societies

Reviews and Book Notices ...

Correspondence

News from the Magazines ...

Northern News

Illustrations

246.

234-235, 244,

240,

225-234

236

237-238

239-240

241-244

245-246

247-248

249-252

227,

253-254

254

252, 256

255
248» 255
235, 256
229, 247

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.
And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION.

For particulars apply to

The Hon. Secretaries , The University , Leeds; or to
The Hon. Treasurer , Mr. E. Hawksworth, Sunnyside, Crossgates ,

Leeds.

This form, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the
Secretaries of the Union The University, Leeds, accompanied by
the amount of the first year’s subscription.

The Subscription of 15/- entitles the members to receive the
Union’s monthly magazine, “ The Naturalist,” as well as the
“ Transactions.”

Persons related to and resident in the family of a member are
admitted as 5/- members, to enable them to attend excursions,
►but not to receive the publications.

Qualification for Life Membership : — A Donation of 11 Guineas.

£ ^

*5 co

^ §
TJH to

8

<4}

<4}

-8

<4i

v"

£ 8 *

O (V o
, ^ ^

>n ^

^ 00

CO

<4i

s

■SP

CO

o

04

CO

O

8

8

<4}

4^

*>0

CO

£

CO

£

tel

tel

hs

te,

a

8

o

§

•&>

«o

<4}

<4}

te}

225

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

THE SERVICE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

Under the above title Dr. A. Meek has a paper in The
Durham University Journal for March. Referring to the
fisheries, the author states : ‘ We now depend in this country
for our supplies of fish to the extent of some 99 per cent, on
deep sea fishing, and seasons of scarcity give rise to alarm
and foreboding. But we have been able to show that the
seasons of scarcity are not a new feature, that fluctuations
are the rule not the exception. The fluctuations are due to'
the operations of factors not yet well understood, but the
demonstration of the fact of fluctuation is important, for it
inspires the hope that the seasons of scarcity will be followed
by seasons of plenty.’

RIVER POLLUTION AND FISH.

* But when the scarcity is a permanent one and shows
undoubted signs of becoming intensified and progressive,
then the cause must be sought, and if humanly possible, a
remedy found and applied. Such is the case with regard to
the migratory Salmonidse of the Tyne, the Wear, and the Tees.
The obvious cause of the decline is the pollution of the river
in each case. The pollution is becoming worse from year to
year, and it is very difficult to say how it can be abated. Some
view the pollution of the Tyne, for example, with equanimity, *-
saying if the pollution brings the river finally to an end as a
salmon river it cannot be helped ; the loss is not a great one
compared with the cost of the remedy. But others think
that steps should be taken to minimize the evil if only from
an aesthetic point of view. All the more when they reflect
that the Cullercoats and Shields fishermen have become
expert in catching the royal fish with drift nets, and they do
not like to contemplate a time when this side of their industry
may come to an end. Such foresee, moreover, that the pollu-
tion will, in due course, become not merely a nuisance but a
danger to public health, and desire, and fondly hope, that
the remedy which will some day be given may not be too late
so far as migratory fish are concerned.’

WILLS AND BEQUESTS.

We learn from The Museums Journal that : ‘ Dr. George
Abbott, F.G.S., of Rusthall Park, Tunbridge Wells, one of
the founders of the Tunbridge Wells Eye and Ear Hospital,
and of the Technical Institute, a well-known geologist, and
for some years Hon. Curator of the Tunbridge Wells Museum,
who died on January 12th, aged eighty, left unsettled property
of the gross value of £jjj 6, with net personalty £603. He
states in his will : “I did offer a considerable sum to the

Town Council through the Museum Committee towards the

1925 Aug. 1

P

226

Notes and Comments.

cost of a new Museum Building to be erected on land already
bought for the purpose. The offer was declined and kept secret.
Stinginess to my mind as regards education at the present
time is very false economy — in fact, a penny wise and a pound
foolish policy. Many Englishmen are still unaware how far
we are behind Germany, America, and even Scotland education-
ally. Their attitude of mind, alas, is altogether wrong, not
seeing its importance. This, I fear, they will discover when it
is too late. It seems, as a friend has just written me, ‘ we
need a Society for the Education of Town Clerks and Town

Councils to remedy this and prevent them any longer

thinking only of saving the town’s coppers.’ Until then, I
ask, why should anyone leave them any legacies ? Why ?
Why ? ” '

PRE -TERTIARY GEOLOGY OF MULL, LOCH ALINE AND OBAN.*

A full account of the Tertiary and Post-Tertiary Geology
of Mull, Loch Aline and Oban was given in a recently published
memoir, and the present memoir completes the description
of the rocks of this region. The earlier chapters deal with
the crystalline schists, and with the sedimentary and volcanic
rocks of Lower Old Red Sandstone age, including the con-
spicuous conglomerates and lavas of the Oban district. The
Ross of Mull granite, which is probably of the same age as
the lavas, is discussed, and special attention given to the
effects it has produced upon the neighbouring schists. An
isolated patch of Carboniferous rocks at Inninmore Bay is
described, and several chapters devoted to a detailed account
of the extremely interesting and rich Mesozoic sequence
exhibited in Mull and Morven. These Mesozoic rocks include
representatives of the Trias, Rhaetic, Lias, Inferior Oolite,
Greensand and Chalk. Particular interest attaches to the
Rhaetic of western Mull, as strata of this age have not pre-
viously been recorded in situ in Scotland. The presence of
Inferior Oolite in this district has also been hitherto over-
looked, and stratigraphers will note the striking resemblance
between the sequence in Mull and that in the Inferior Oolite
of the classical English districts. The Memoir is illustrated
by maps, sections, and photographs, contains 140 pages, and
is sold at 4/6 net.

IDEAL AIM OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

Prof. E. W. Hobson delivered a lecture on this subject
before the University of London recently, and it is now available
in pamphlet form.| The Professor asks, ‘Are electrons and
atomic nuclei more than parts of a temporary scaffolding,
ultimately to disappear, of which there are so many examples

* Memoir of the Geological Survey , Scotland.
•j- 34 pages, 2/-. Cambridge University Press.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

227

in the history of Physical Science, and of which the substantial
ether is a striking example ? Will the whole theories of
chemical combinations and reactions, of electro-magnetism,
and of gravitation, be one day welded together into a single
deductive science such as the special department of geometry
has already become ? These are all questions which we
may hope that our successors will elucidate/

THE CRESSWELL ENGRAVINGS.

Writing in Nature (No. 2901), Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson

records that before Mr. Armstrong read his paper it was
pointed out to him that the markings on the three bone
fragments were due to the action of roots. Mr. Jackson also
pointed out that it was a mistake to outline the figures in
Chinese white. On this question we wrote in reference to
some alleged palaeolithic scratches on flint nodules from Grimes
Graves,* which had also been found by Mr. Armstrong. Sir
Ray Lankester stated ‘ that a careful examination of the
actual scratches on the flints did not seem to show that the
animals were so cleverly drawn as represented in the photo-
graph, which is a photograph of the Chinese white infillings

1925 Aug. 1

228

Notes and Comments.

of the cracks, made presumably by the author for the better
reproduction of the photographs/

PLANT ROOTS OR PALEOLITHIC MAN?

Mr. Jackson goes on to say : ‘At a later date the bones
were submitted to Sir William Boyd Dawkins and he brought
them in to me for an opinion. I was able to convince him,
by means of similarly marked bones in the Manchester Museum
from excavations of various dates, that, beyond the two
convergent incised lines on the * ‘rhinoceros” piece, the markings
on the three bone fragments were due entirely to root-action
and were not of human origin. The most convincing piece
of evidence is a human skull from a tumulus near Holyhead.
The oubgr surface of this skull is scored in all directions by
characteristic half-tunnels formed by the action of roots,
and it is quite easy by following certain of the grooves to make
animal figures of them. The accompanying photograph
shows a small portion of this eroded surface, slightly above
natural size. I cannot see the slightest difference between
the markings on this skull and those on the three Cresswell
bones. The misinterpretation placed upon the markings on
the latter mars what is otherwise an important piece of work.

THE HYDE PARK ATROCITY.

It is not always that we agree with The Daily Mail, but we
must say we have a little sympathy with the following note
which recently appeared therein ‘ The new memorial to
W. H. Hudson in Hyde Park, carved by Mr. Epstein, is a
conspicuous example of the modern cult of ugliness. It is
unfortunate that so many of our “ highbrows ” seem to imagine
that art is only good when it is ugly. Their revolt against
prettiness has developed into a revolt against beauty, and they
appear to derive a sense of superiority from shocking the public
taste. This is a bad form of intellectual snobbery. The
public may not understand the whole meaning of a great work
of art, but they understand quite enough to know what is beauti-
ful and noble, and they are not to be deceived by the jargon
of weary critics. The type of critic who can only listen to music
which nobody else can stand, who can only look at pictures
which are badly painted or incomprehensible, who can only
read books which are revolting nonsense to the ordinary man,
may consider himself remarkably clever, but is, in truth,
remarkably stupid and conceited/

‘ CREATING ’ BIRDS.

‘ When Mr. Epstein was asked what were the birds that
surround his singularly plain female, he replied “ Cannot I
create birds as I see them ? ” If he sees them like that he had
better consult an oculist. The Hudson memorial is a public
possession, and public opinion ought not to have been outraged

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

229

by so grotesque a travesty. Instead of carving on classical
lines, thus re-creating the beautiful spirit of Hudson’s work,
he has carved a heavy and shapeless mass of figures, which,
to the average intelligence, is both ugly and meaningless.
But one good purpose may yet be served by this fantastic
carving. It will keep people away from the bird sanctuary
where it is displayed, and thus give the birds the peace and
solitude they desire/

W. H. HUDSON.

Messrs. J. M. Dent & Sons, have issued No. 2 of their new
publication, The Bookmark, which contains an interesting
account of W. H. Hudson, by Viscountess Grey, of Fallodon.
Accompanying this is a portrait of Hudson, a plan of the

Memorial in Hyde Park, and also a photograph of Epstein at
work on the memorial, which we are permitted to reproduce.

HUDSON AND MARVELL.

Lady Grey concludes : * All that is put together here I
feel to be very fragmentary ; very small for a man of such
genius as Hudson. In thinking of him, those lines by Andrew
Marvell come to mind, and if we take the presiding genius
to which they allude as being Nature, then they not only recall
Hudson’s memory, but seem in some way to belong to him :
“ ’Tis she that to these gardens gave
The wondrous beauty that they have.

She straightness on the wood bestows,

To her the meadow sweetness owes.

Nothing could make the river be

So crystal pure, but only she-

She, yet more pure, sweet, straight and fair

Than gardens, woods, meads, rivers are.” ’

1925 Aug. 1

230

Notes and Comments.

SCALES AND GROWTH OF HERRINGS.*

This paper deals with the value of scales as an aid to herring
investigations, and also contains a brief outline of some of the
problems which need solution before different ‘ broods ’ of
herring can be separated with certainty. The chief difficulties
discussed are those presented by the first growth zone on the
scale, which suggests the existence of fish whose lengths are
8, io, and 12 cms. at the time they form the first winter ring
on their scales. The period of growth of the English herring
has been closely observed by making use of the difference
in appearance of the edge of the scale at different times of
the year, and the actual calculated growth has been worked
out for the four-year-old fish of 1924.

NORTHERN NATURALISTS’ UNION.

We learn from The Vasculum for April that ‘ the Union
having been in existence for the greater part of a year, and
having proved its value, the provisional committee decided
that it was time to complete the organization, and the first
annual meeting was held in the new Science Laboratories,
Durham, on Saturday, January 31st. On arrival, the party
(over 60 strong) was met by Professor Irvine Masson and
Dr. B. Millard Griffiths, who conducted it over the building.
The laboratories are a valuable addition to the resources of
the North-east, for they are very well planned and fitted,
and although it seems likely that they soon will be overflowing
with students, there is ample room for enlargement. There
is much to be said in favour of small towns as seats of Univer-
sities, and one is disposed to envy the student who will work
in these buildings, especially as one knows how favoured he
will be in the matter of his professors and lecturers. At the
meeting which followed the tour of inspection, Professor
Irvine Masson formally welcomed the Union, expressing his
hope that this was but the first of a series of visits, and that
they might prove beneficial alike to the University and the
Union.’

OFFICERS FOR 1925.

‘ The election of officers for the year came next, and resulted
as follows : President, the Hon. Lady Parsons ; Vice-Presidents,
Mrs. T. E. Hodgkin (Stocksfield), Mr. W. Dixon (Rowland’s
Gill), Dr. B. M. Griffiths (Durham), Dr. J. W. H. Harrison
(Birtley), Mr. R. Luck (Darlington), Mr. W. A. Smallcombe
(Sunderland) ; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. C. P. Nicholson, Elmstead,
Elms Road, Darlington ; Hon. Secretary, Dr. F. C. Garrett,

* ‘ Investigations into the Age, Length, and Maturity of the Herrings
of the Southern North Sea (Fisheries Investigations, Series II., Vol. VII.,
No. 8). Part 1. — Some Observations on the Scales and Growth of the
English Herring.’ By W. C. Hodgson, 36 pp., 5/- net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

231

West Croft, Hexham. These, together with one representative
from each affiliated society, form the Council of the Union/

THE STAMP OF AUTHORITY.

From a circular (No. 269) issued by the Geologists*
Association, we gather that Prof. L. D. Stamp, of Rangoon,
has sent a paper in' which he states that ‘ From a consideration
of the habits of present day representatives, an attempt is
made to determine what factors most influenced the distri-
bution in the past of the main groups of organisms. Examples
are given to show that some palaeontologists have ignored
both habit and habitat. Before attempting correlation over
wide areas the following must be considered : — (a) geography
of the period ; (b) uniformity or otherwise of physical con-
ditions— for evidence of facies faunas ; (c) possibility of non-
sequences being explained in other ways than at present ;
(d) possibility of archaic faunas preserved as a result of geo-
graphical accidents ; (e) the lessons to be learnt from the “ Age
and Area ” hypothesis. Much greater co-operation between
palaeontologist and field worker is necessary. Each must
recognise that the evidence of the other is to be carefully
considered. Arm-chair and long-range palaeontology must
cease/ And that’s that !

THE BRIDLINGTON MUSEUM.

Some enthusiastic antiquaries and naturalists are taking
a keen interest in the collection of specimens now preserved
in the Bayle Gate, Bridlington. They are endeavouring,
as far as possible, to illustrate the history of Bridlington
from the earliest times, and among many valuable objects
on exhibition are some prehistoric remains of both the Stone
and Bronze Ages, formerly in the possession of the late Thomas
Boynton. There is also a fine series of mediaeval antiquities,
and * bygones ’ of more recent times, in addition to which
Messrs. Charlesworth, Lawson and others have been successful
in gathering together a particularly valuable set of paintings,
engravings, photographs, etc., of old Bridlington and district.
In order to give more interest to the collection, the members
of the Bridlington Augustinian Society have volunteered to
be present at the Bayle Gate on Thursday and Saturday
afternoons during the season, to welcome visitors and residents,
and briefly to describe the pictures and antiquities. There
is no charge made for admission, and we feel sure that the good
work being done by the Bridlington Augustinians will be of
benefit to the community, and that some day Bridlington
will have its proper public museum duly cared for and paid
by public funds. When that time arrives the Bayle Gate
will do more than form a nucleus of the Bridlington Borough
Museum.

1925 Aug. 1

232

.Notes and Comments.

THE YORKSHIRE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From Mr. J. Digby Firth’s report for 1924 in The Journal
of Conchology for July, we learn that ‘ Ten meetings have
been held during the year. The five winter meetings were
devoted to lectures and general exhibits. Prof. P. F. Kendall,
M.Sc., F.R.S., contributed a paper on “ The Conchology of
the British Seas in the later Tertiary Period.” Prof. W.
Garstang, M.A., D.Sc., lectured on “ The Larval Shells of
Mollusca,” and Mr. E. Percival, B.Sc. (of the Leeds University)
gave an interesting account of ” The Molluscan Foot,” illus-
trated by a large number of specimens preserved in spirit.
Among the exhibits may be mentioned a special display of
Helix caperata from numerous localities, and general exhibits
were shown at all ordinary meetings. The field meetings
during the year have been fairly successful. The ecological
investigation of the canal at Rodley has been further pursued,
and several visits have been made to various lacalities in the
neighbourhood. The Society regrets having to record the
retirement from the position of Hon. Secretary of Mr. Fred
Booth, who has so well and faithfully served the Branch
throughout a period of over 20 years. The good wishes of
the Society go with him to his new home in Queensland. At
the March meeting held in Leeds Mr. Booth was presented
with a purse wherewith to purchase a Colonial outfit. In
making the presentation Mr. J. W. Taylor, M.Sc., referred
to the valuable services rendered by Mr. Booth, not only
to the Society, but to the Science of Conchology in general.
He has been elected an Hon. Life Member of the Branch.
It has been decided to change the name from “ Leeds Con-
chological Club ” to “ The Yorkshire Conchological Society.”
Mr. F. Rhodes, of Bradford, is our President.’

ORIGIN OF THE CRUSTACEAN CARAPACE.

At a recent meeting of the Linnean Society, Prof. W.
Garstang spoke “ On the Origin of the Crustacean Carapace.”
‘ The cephalic shield, or carapace, of Crustacea presents serious
difficulties to the evolutionist on any theory of its origin in
the adult phase. These difficulties disappear, and much new
light is thrown on Crustacean phylogeny, when it is regarded
as having arisen as a larval organ, in response to larval needs.
Its retention, or not, in the adult is then seen to be a function
of the duration of the pelagic larval phase, and of the adapt-
ability of such an organ, originally subservient to flotation,
to other purposes under the conditions of adult life. It is
assumed that the proximate ancestors of Crustacea, prior
to the development of a cephalic shield, were essentially
Trilobites of lower Cambrian type, and that the ancestral
mode of development, like that of the Protaspis larva of

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

233

Trilob ites, was direct, the larva being discoidal and’ fitted
only for flotation. It follows that the so-called “ typical
Nauplii of Copepoda etc., with powerful rowing antennae,
are less primtive than the discoidal small-limbed Nauplii of
Limnetis and Cirripedia. The caudel spine of the latter,
though in itself not primitive, marks the dependence of the
larva on passive flotational contrivances.’

EVOLUTION OF CRUSTACEA.

' On the development of post-cephalic segments in these
larvae, the trunk-rudiment sinks below the plane of the head,
and the head repairs the breach in its suspensory disk by an
outgrowth from behind. This is claimed to have been the origin
of the carapace — a larval adaptation to lengthen the pelagic
phase. But specialisation of anterior appendages for rowing
then ensued, and the float, 'whose first function was to increase
friction, was turned into a boat whose object was to diminish
friction. Cirripede and Malacostracan iife-histories clearly
tell this tale. Finally, on the larvae sinking to the bottom,
the carapace, as a result of its successive adaptations to pelagic
conditions, was a structure big enough to be made use of for
a variety of modes of adult life. Thus the evolution of
Crustacea, as a whole, may be summed up as the conversion,
in spite of many backslidings, of homomeristic, crawling
Trilobites into semi-pelagic heteromeristic Shrimps ; and
larval adaptations have played the chief part in this trans-
formation.

YORKSHIRE CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS.

At a recent meeting of the Geological Society of London,
Mr. Donald Parkinson gave a paper on ‘ “ The Faunal
Succession in the Carboniferous Limestone and Bowland
Shales at Clitheroe and Pendle Hill.” The rocks described
form that portion of the south-eastern limb of the Clitheroe
Anticline which is included between the Twiston and Clitheroe
Faults, along with most of the scarp-face of Pendle Hill.
The succession is as follows : —

Strata.
Pendle Grit.

Bowland Shales.

Pendleside
Limestone Series.

Approximate thickness

Zones and Sub -zones.

in feet

f Homoceras leion (?)

50

| Eumorphoceras. pseudobilingue

) Goniatites spirale P.2

250

\_Goniatites sphcericostriatus P1

600

f Emmonsia parasitica D2

40

( Lithostrotion arachnoideum D2

[_ Beyrichoceras hodderence

300

Worston Shale Series. Prolecanites compressus D1 ? ...1100-1600
Clitheroe f Salt Hill Knoll Series. Pustula ovalis S. ...900-1400
Limestone. -<( Coplow Knoll Series. Spirifer sub cine tus C. ... 400

(_Chatburn Limestone. Pustula nodosa Z-C± ... 700 +

Base not seen.

1925 Aug. 1

234

Reviews and Book Notices.

ORIGIN OF REEF KNOLLS.

The lowest beds appear to be of Z age, but the junction of
Z and C is an uncertain horizon. The Coplow Knoll Series is
of similar facies to the C zone of County Clare, and the
Waulsortian of Belgium. The knoll-limestones pass laterally
into shales and crinoidal limestones. The Salt Hill Series,
of S age, shows similar lateral variations. The knolls of this
group are finely developed, and one (Worsaw) is about 1400
feet thick. The Worston Shale Series, of probable T)1 age,
includes most of the “ Shales-with-Limestones ” of the
Geological Survey maps. It is overlain by the hodderense
goniatite-band, which forms a constant feature along the
foot of Pendle Hill. The Pendleside Limestone proper con-
tains an Upper D coral-brachiopod fauna, with Goniatites
crenistria at the top. The Lower Bowland Shales with G.
sphaericostriatus and Posidonomya becheri succeed, and these
beds are correlated with of Loughshinny and with the Lower
Yoredale Series. It appears probable that the beds usually
referred to Lower P are in reality of D2 age. The Spirale
Zone is correlated with P2 of Loughshinny. The Pseudo-
bilingue Zone terminates below the Pendle Grit, where another
goniatite (possibly H . leion ) appears, and forms a continuous
horizon just below the grit. It is suggested that the base of the
Upper Carboniferous should be drawn here. The nature of
the junction of the Worston Shales with the knoll-limestone
is discussed. The shales appear to have been deposited on a
very uneven sea-floor, the irregulatiries being due to the
mode of accumulation of the limestones, and not to inter-
formational uplift and erosion. This, and other evidence,
lends support to Tiddeman’s theory of the origin of reef-
knolls.’

: o :

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

A Gentleman Adventurer, by Marian Keith. London : Hodder
& Stoughton, 301 pp., 7s. 6d. net. A story of love and adventure centred
round the Hudson Bay Company ; it deals with the fur trade and
trapping, and the inner workings of the Company. It is a book to suit
all tastes and lays particular stress on the way in which promotion
was gained in the Company’s service by a series of marriages and inter-
marriages.

The Selborne Nature Student’s Note and Observation Book,
3rd Edition. London : J. Bale, Sons and Danielson, 30 pp., is. net.
This is a monthly calendar consisting of 36 pages of notes with ruled
interleaves for observation notes. For each month is given a list of
specimens to observe, and notes on the weather, e.g., for March and
April ‘ wild flowers, garden flowers, trees and shrubs, insects, birds,
animal life, weather.’ Under ‘ animal life ’ for March we note that
‘ field mice, bats and squirrels awake from their winter quarters, and
tadpoles appear,’ and for April ‘ the otter is busy fishing, rabbits frisk,
toads awake.’ For the remaining ten months ‘ animal life ’ disappears
from the lists, and ‘ insects ’ for the months of September, November

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

235

and December. This classification seems to suggest that insects and
birds belong to something other than ‘ animal life.' There is a set of
notes on the barometer and weather guide, and the work concludes with
the following lists : typical grasses, mosses and hepatics, poisonous

plants, fungi, forest trees, summer migrants, fresh-water algae, sea weeds.
The comments are uneven, and seem to appear at random without special
significance. In the main the lists consist of names only. There are
two illustrations, one of these a frontispiece, ‘ The Home of the Hyacinth.'
If this book induces students to look out for and make observations
and notes on the species mentioned, it will serve a useful purpose.

An Introduction to Physical Geology, by William J. Miller.
London : Chapman & Hall, Ltd., xvL + 435 pp., 13s. 6d. net. The

Professor of Geology in the University of California, by the aid of a
wonderful series (over 350) of photographs, views, and diagrams, has
gathered together a number of chapters dealing with various aspects
of Physical Geology, with special reference to North America. His
fifteen chapters are devoted to Introduction ; Minerals ; Rocks ;
Weathering ; Earth’s Crust ; The Work of Streams ; Glaciers ; Wind ;
The Sea ; Volcanoes; UndergroundWaters; Lakes, etc. ; and Economic
Geology. His narrative is made particularly fascinating by a clever
selection of illustrations.

An Introduction to Regional Surveys, by S. Branford and A.
Farquharson. London : The Leplay House Press, vii.4-49 pp.,

2s . 6d. net. Nowadays we are hearing much of Regional Surveys,
and of the wonderful amount of information which can be gathered to-
gether on a series of maps dealing with any particular area. In the
pamphlet before us the authors have gathered together a valuable series
of facts, well illustrated by photographs, diagrams and sections which
should be of service to those interested in the subject.

The Geological Survey seems to have developed a keen desire to
bring its various Memoirs up to date, and is turning them out with
commendable rapidity. Mr. H. J. Osborne White describes The
Geology of the Country around Marlborough (V. + 112 pp., 2s. 6d.
net) ; the frontispiece of which is a view of The Devil’s Den, Sarsen
Stones, near Fyfield. There are descriptions of various beds between
the Kellaways and Superficial Deposits, with lists of ammonites, survey
photographs, etc. R. W. Pocock and D. A. Wray describe The
Geology of the Country around Wem (vL + 125 pp., 3s. net), by
the aid of numerous maps, photographs and sections. Here again various
beds between the Pre -Cambrian and recent are described, and there are
valuable notes on Economics. G. E. N. Bromehead and H. G. Dines
describe The Geology of North London (viL-l-63 pp., is. 6d. net)
in a particularly racy and readable manner, and there is no doubt that,
as with the preceding Memoirs, there will be a good sale for these publica-
tions. All three are well and neatly printed and bound, though there
is the same delightful variety of paper upon which the articles are printed,
which still shows that we are dealing with British Geological Survey
publications.

— - — : o :

We learn from The Yorkshire Telegraph and Star that ‘ miners who
are prospecting for gold and silver, near Sisoguichie Chihuahua (says
a Mexico message), have discovered giant human skeletons measuring
10 and 12 feet high.’ Now Ipswich !

In reviewing Burkitt’s ‘ Prehistory ’ in Man, ‘ H.J.E.P.’ writes that
the author ‘ advances further evidence for the multiglacial view, though,
strangely enough, he omits any reference to the most important paper
on the subject, that published in our journal by Prof. Boswell and Mr.
Reid Moir.’ As already stated in these columns, Mr. Burkitt has earned
our gratitude for omitting certain ‘ contributions to science,’ and we
gave him credit for having done so designedly.

1925 Aug. 1

236

YEOVILIAN AMMONITES IN THE INLAND AREA
OF THE YORKSHIRE MOORS.

W. E. F. MACMILLAN.

During my holidays in Yorkshire in the last two years I
found a number of ammonite fragments at three spots in the
Danby district, all about the line of the Dogger as shown
in the maps of the Geological Survey, viz., (i.) high up in
Danbydale, at 1000-1050 o.d., on the Upper Lias shale slopes ;
(ii.) in Little Fryup Head, at 1040 o.d. in a quarry ; (iii.) at
Great Fryup Head, on shale slopes underlying the Dogger
escarpment of Yew Grain Scar (Fox Strangways, Jurassic
Rocks, Vol. L, p. 169), at 1000 o.d.

I have now shown these specimens to Dr. Spath at the
British Museum, and, though they are too imperfect for specific
identification, they can, in his opinion, be definitely assigned
to the following Yeovilian zones and groups.

Dispansum Zone.

Rklyseogrammoceras (Great Fryup and Little Fryup).

Hudlestonia (Little Fryup). (A Lioceras-like fragment of
body chamber from Little Fryup should probably be
classed as Hudlestonia).

Striatulum Zone.

Grammoceras (Great Fryup and Danbydale).

Unfortunately, with the exception of one specimen of
Hudlestonia low down in the Little Fryup quarry, none of the
specimens was found precisely in place. None, however,
can have been far from its place of origin, for the remaining
Little Fryup specimens were in a heap of road metal cut from
the face of the quarry, and those from Great Fryup and
Danbydale can only have come from the Upper Lias shale
on the slopes of which they were found (their lithological
appearance suggests this), or from strata immediately above,
all this ground being in the heart of the driftless area.

Both the fragments of ferruginous sandstone containing
Rklyseogrammoceras include several specimens crowded closely
together, and from this fact, as well as the character of preserva-
tion of the fossils, Dr. Spath is clear that they are embedded
in the rocks of their own zone, and are not derived fossils.
He is of the same opinion with regard to the specimens of
Hudlestonia and Grammoceras.

There would appear, therefore, to be a prima facie case
for assuming the existence in this area of Yeovilian beds,
some trace of which is indeed indicated by Fox-Strangways
(op. cit. Vol. I., p. 152), in the adjoining dale, Glaisdale. The
matter, of course, needs working out in more detail, and I
hope to devote more time to it during my holiday this year.

Naturalist

YORKSHIRE HEMIPTERA IN 1924.

237

JAMES M. BROWN, B.SC., F.L.S., F.E.S.

Though the past season was not a very satisfactory one for
entomologists, we are able to add 29 species to the County
list of Hemiptera. This is largely due to two papers which
have appeared since the report for 1923 was published ( The
Naturalist, April, 1924), viz.: ‘ New Yorkshire Records of

Hemiptera,’ by G. B. Walsh ( The Naturalist, July, 1924),
and ‘ Hemiptera from North-east Yorkshire,’ by the present
recorder ( The Naturalist, April, 1925). In these two papers,
19 species of Heteroptera and 9 species of Homoptera are given
as new county records, mainly from V.C. 62 and 61. These
are not repeated here, but 4 additional Homoptera can now
be included, bringing the total fresh records for the season
to the figure mentioned above.

I am indebted to the following for supplying me with
records, or specimens for identification : Rev. C. Ash, Messrs.
E. G. Bayford, W. J. Fordham, W. D. Hincks, M. L. Thompson,
and G. B. Walsh. Hemiptera were collected at two of the
excursions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union at Croft by
Mr. Thompson, and at Edlington by myself.

j=New to the County. *=New to the Vice-county.

Heteroptera.

Stygnocoris fuligineus Geoff. Flixton Sand-pit and Forge Valley,
G.B.W.

Gastrodes ferrugineus L. Skipwith, C.A. To this, the only previously
recorded locality, can now be added Hornby, M.L.T., 62*.

Nabis major Costa. Flixton and Forge Valley, G.B.W.

N.ferus- L. Forge Valley, G.B.W.

N. rugosus L. Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

Anthocoris gallarum-ulmi DeG. On elms, but not very plentiful, Rivelin
Valley, near Sheffield, J.M.B , 63*.

Acompocoris pygmceus Fall. Kildale, M.L.T.

Pithanus mcerkeli H.S. Hornby, M.L.T.

Phytocoris populi L. Barnsley, E.G.B.

Calocovis alpestvis Mey. Edlington Woods, J.M.B. This species seems
fairly well distributed in Yorkshire.

C. roseo-maculatus DeG. Allerthorpe, on thistles, W.J;F. This makes
the third locality for this fine species, 61*.

Lygus contaminatus Fall. Skipwith, C.A. Rivelin Valley, J.M.B.

L. spinolcB Mey. Ellerburn, G.B.W. This is the second locality noted
for this rather rare species which was obtained last year at Sandsend.

L. cervinus H.S. Raincliffe Woods, G.B.W.

L. rubricatus Fall. On conifers, Hornby, M.L.T. Raincliffe Woods,
G.B.W.

Camptozygum pinastri Fall. On conifers, Skipwith, C.A. So far this
has been the only locality recorded for this species, but I have
taken it in considerable numbers this year (1925) near Sheffield.

Miris ( Leptopterna ) dolobratus L. Hornby, M.L.T. Also in numbers
among long, coarse grass, Oughtibridge, J.M.B. This species
seems much less common with us than M . ferrugatus.

1925 Aug. 1

238

Brown: Yorkshire Hemiptera in 1924.

Monalocoris filicis L. Hornby, M.L.T.

Dicyphus epilobii Reut. Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

D. stachydis Reut. Edlington Woods and Rivelin, J.M.B.

Cyrtorrhinus caricis Fall. On rushes, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Malacocoris chlorizans Panz. On hazel, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Harpocera thoracica Fall. Ryecroft Glen, near Sheffield, on the county
borders, J.M.B. This seems a local species, and emerges earlier
than most Capsids.

Psallus betuleti Fall. Skipwith, C.A. Rivelin, J.M.B.

P. lepidus var. minor Fieb. Forge Valley, G.B.W., 62*.

P. roseus F. On sallows, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Asciodema obsoletum Fieb. On gorse, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Gerris gibbifev Schum. Shadwell, W.D.H.

Corixa striata L. E. Ayton, G.B.W., 62*.

C. prceusta Fieb. Greatham, M.L.T., 65*.

Homoptera.

Philcenus exclamationis Thum. On healthy pastures, Rivelin Valley,
J.M.B.

Tettigonia viridis L. Adel, W.D.H.
f Idiocerus elegans Flor. Hayburn Wyke, G.B.W.

I. populi L. Millhouses, Sheffield, J.M.B.

I. albicans Kbm. Hayburn Wyke, G.B.W.

Agallia venosa Fall. Rivelin, J.M.B.

A. brachyptera Boh. E. Ayton, G.B.W. This is the third Yorkshire
locality for this curious little creature, it having been taken at
Scarborough and Bridlington.

Athysanus sordidus Zett. Silpho Moor, G.B.W. Edlington Woods,
J.M.B.

A. brevipennis Kbm. Very common among grass in spring, Ecclesall
Woods, J.M.B.

A. plebejus Fall. Rivelin, J.M.B.

Deltocephalus flori Fieb. Rivelin, J.M.B.
f D. punctum Flor. Occurs in similar places to Ph. exclamationis, and
frequently with it, Rivelin Valley, J.M.B.

D. thenii Edw. Very common, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Chlorita flavescens Fab. Forge Valley, G.B.W., 62*.

Typhlocyba sexpunctata Fieb. Ecclesall Woods, J.M.B., 63*.

T. lethierryi Edw. Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

T. tenerrima H.S. Harwood Dale, G.B.W.

T. quercus Fab. On brambles, Harwood Dale, G.B.W. On oaks,
Rivelin, J.M.B.

Zygina coryli Toll. Rivelin, J.M.B.

Z. neglecta Edw. Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

Cixius br achy cr anus Scott. On elm, Rivelin, J.M.B.

Delphax pellucida Fab. In long grass, Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

D. difpcilis Edw. With the last, Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

D. discolor Boh. Edlington Woods, J.M.B.

■\D. forcipata Boh. Among grass, Ecclesall Woods, J.M.B.

Stiroma affinis Fieb. Edlington Woods, J.M.B., 63*.
fS. albomarginatus Curt. Obtained by sweeping among grass, Ecclesall
Woods, J.M.B.

Aphalara exilis W. and M. Humber Bank, Hull, G.B.W., 61*.
Arytcena genistae Latr. Rivelin Valley, J.M.B.

Trioza urticce L. Harwood Dale, G.B.W. Rivelin, J.M.B.

: o

The Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist for July has papers on local
Mosses, Lichens, Arachnida, Plant Galls, The Pear Gnat Midge in Lan-
cashire, Some Cheshire Plants, and on Rhyncodemus britannicus.

Naturalist

239

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT HORBURY.

W. H. PEARSALL, D.SC., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

On June 25th the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union held its three hundred
and twenty-first meeting in the Coxley Valley, near Horbury, headquarters
being in Middlestown. The long continued dry weather handicapped
work in many sections. To those who had not visited this area before,
the woods, practically undisturbed, came as a welcome surprise, and an
enjoyable afternoon was spent in them. At the evening meeting, at which
the President, Professor J. H. Priestley, D.S.O., presided, the thanks of
the meeting were expressed to Messrs. J, Hooper, W. Rushforth and C. A.
Cheetham for their assistance in leading and arranging the meeting,
and to Mr. J. W. Balden for permission to visit the woods.

Botany (W. H. Pearsall) : — While the woods were as a whole of the
usual dry oak type, with Pteridium and Deschampsia flexuosa on the
ground, there were also interesting and unusual sandy alluvia along the
stream side. On these the oak was replaced by elm, ash and sycamore,
the ground flora becoming one chiefly of Milium effusum, Deschampsia
caespitosa, Holcus mollis and Brachypodium sylvaticum. The trees were
very tall, and saplings seemed to have considerable difficulty in piercing
the canopy, and large numbers of dead trees resulted, chiefly of sycamore.
One elder had reached a height of about thirty feet.

The upper of two dams lower down the valley shewed very clearly
the effects of silt deposition on the marsh vegetation. A bank of silt
near the stream was dominated by Epilobium hirsutum and Salix fragilis,
while further away from the stream and silt, the peaty mud was covered
by a profusion of Equisetum limosum. Mr. Hooper informed us that this
marsh was open water, carrying boats, fifteen years ago.

No flowering plants of note were seen beyond those contained in
Messrs. Wattam’s and Rushforth’s lists. Potamogeton pusillus was
searched for but not seen. Records of this plant are worth re-examining,
as it has often been confused with P. panormitanus, which is now known
to occur in Britain. A few trees of Quercus Robur were seen — these
probably having been planted.

Bryophytes (W. H. Burrell) : — The two most interesting Bryophytes
seen were Calypogeia arguta, in profusion on soil, and Orthodontium
gracile var. heterocarpum, in somewhat unusual surroundings, on a willow
tree. Here is a task for a local botanist, to link up this outlying station
with the moors at Penistone and Holmbridge, where Orthodontium is
plantiful ; is it a casual at Coxley, or are there heathy places close at
hand where it might be expected to flourish ?

With these two exceptions the mosses and liverworts noted were
such as are generally distributed : Fontinalis antipyretica, Eurhynchium
rusciforme, Hypnum riparium in the stream, Tortula muralis, Funaria
hygrometrica, Bryum ccespiticium on walls ; Aulacomnium androgynum
on rock ledges in the quarry ; Mnium punctatum, A mblystegium filicinum,
Hypnum cuspidatum, Aneura pinguis, Pellia epiphylla, Conocephalum
concium, Chiloscyphus polyanthus in the wet ground ; Tetr aphis pellucida,
Catharinea undulata, Ceratodon purpureus, Dicranella heteromalla, Fissidens
bryoides, Mnium hornum, M. serratum, Brachythecium rutabulum, Eur-
hynchium praelongum, E. Swartzii, Plagiothecium elegans, P. sylvaticum,
Hypnum cupresstforme, Lophocolea bidentata, L. heterophylla, Calypogeia
Trichomanis, Cephalozia bicuspidata in the woodlands.

Diptera (C. A. Cheetham) : — Probably the most striking insect was
the silvery dolichopod Argyra leucocephala. This flitted about in the
sunshine all the length of the streamside. This group gave as additions
to our list Porphyrops spinicoxa, Xiphandrium monotrichum ; others
belonging to this group were X. appendiculatum, Psilopus platypterus,

1925 Aug. 1

240

News from the Magazines.

Dolichopus pennatus, popularis, plumipes, griseipenhis, Gymnopternus
cupreus and Campsicnemus curvipes. The small but beautiful Callimyia
speciosa came into the net, and amongst the Hover flies were Chrysogaster
hirtella, Chilosia variabilis, Platychirus peltatus, immarginatus , manicatus,
Syvphus balteatus, Ascia podagrica, Rhingia campestris, Volucella pellucens,
Eristalis pertinax, Helophilus pendulus and Xylota segnis. • Among the
Empids Euthyneura Gyllenhali is an addition, but this had been taken
at Pateley Bridge last year by Mr. F. W. Edwards and not previously
recorded. Other Empids are Hybos femoratus, culiciformis , Empis grisea,
stercorarea, tessellata, trigramma, Hilara chorica, quadrivittata, (Edalea
flavipes, Hemerodromia praecatoria, Ardoptera irrorata, Trichopeza longi-
cornis, Tachypeza nubila. In this Brachycera section Beris geniculata
was plentiful, and a few B. Morrisii, this being another addition to the
list ; Chrysopilus cristatus, Dioctria rufpes and a solitary cleg Hcematopoia
crassicornis.

The most interesting daddy-long-legs was Tipula irrorata, of which
half a dozen examples were taken ; others were oleracea, fulvipennis ,
scripta, unca, variicornis, lunata, lateralis, alpium. Pachyrrhina quadrifaria
lineata, Dolichopeza sylvicola, Pedicia rivosa, Dicranota pavida, Tricyphona
littoralis, Limnophila lucorum, nemoralis, ochracea, Limnobia tripunctata,
flavipes, nubeculosa, this last coming in clouds from all the clefts of the
rocks in the quarries. Ptychoptera albimana, paludosa, lacustris. The
only mosquitoes were Ochlerotatus nemorosus . and Culex pipiens and the
fungus gnats Macrocera centralis, vittata, Mycomyia marginata. The
Anthomyids noted were Phaonia pallida, Allceostylus diaphanus, Antho-
myia pluvialis, Ccenosia sexnotata.

Among the Acalypterates an addition is Chcetomus flavotestaceus.
We have Leria flavotestaceus previously recorded, but Czerny, in his
Monograph of the Helomyziden (1924), makes our previously recorded
insect into Chcetomus confusus, and the Coxley insect C. flavotestaceus.
Palloptera saltuum, trimacula, umbellatarum, Peplomyza Wiedemanni
(litura), Sapromyza inusta, prceusta, Psila pallida, Chlorops speciosa,
Nemopoda cylindrica, Sepsis violacea ; the reed borers Tetanocera coryleta,
Icevifrons, elata, Lintnia unguicornis, and the gall flies Acidia cognata and
Spilographa Zoe.

It is evident from this list, collected in the short time allotted to the
excursion, that the district would richly repay anyone working it regularly
for diptera, there is plenty of variety of soil, plants, etc., to provide the
necessary habitats and woodland to give shelter to the insects.

Lepidoptera (J. Hooper) : — Lepidoptera were scarce at this meeting,
and only a few common species were taken, e.g., M. montanata, M. hastata,
H. impluviata, and E. vulgata.

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher) : — At Horbury Bridge on the 25th June
the following Molluscs were observed : they have been verified by Mr.
J. W. Taylor, M.Sc. Upper pond Coxley, Planorbis marginatus. Lower
pond, Coxley, Limncea peregra. Stream from pond, Paludestrina jenkinsi.
Coxley Wood, Hyalinia cellatia, H. alliaria, H. nitidulus, Helix hispida,
H. striolata. Thornhill Skating Pond, L. stagnalis, P. corneus.

: o :

Nature, No. 2906, has a special supplement devoted to ‘ Evolution
and Intellectual Freedom,’ with contributions by a whole army of scien-
tific men.

The Vasculum for July promises more pages each part for the future.
There are several papers and reports dealing with the fauna and flora of
bogs ; A. D. Peacock writes on ‘ The History and Geography in outline
of the Flora and Fauna of Northumberland and Durham ’ ; and J. A.
Smythe on ‘ Minerals of the North Country.’

Naturalist

241

LICHEN FLORA OF THE INGLETON DISTRICT.

D. A. JONES, M.SC.

Through the kindness of Mr. W. H. Burrell (Chairman)
and Mr. F. E. Milsom, B.Sc. (Secretary), the writer was
invited to meet the members of the Yorkshire Naturalists’
Union at their meeting at Ingleton during Easter week.
The following list of lichens was compiled during excursions
arranged by the above enthusiastic group of cryptogamic
botanists, and will probably give some idea of the distribution
of these interesting plants in the district. That the rupestra!
lichens were better represented than those growing on trees
is due, no doubt, to the presence of smoke which affected the
latter to a greater extent. The list, of course, is by no means
complete.

Of the corticolous lichens, Lecanora varia and L. conizaea
were abundant everywhere. Parmelia physodes, P. sulcata ,
P. saxatilis and P. fuliginosa var. Icetevirens were well dis-
tributed. Pertusaria pertusa and P. faginea were less common,
whereas Opegrapha atra, 0. saxicola Ach., and Gr aphis elegans
were decidedly of rare occurrence, and as far as it was found,
the only species belonging to the family Graphidacese. Evernia
prunastri struggled to exist on some of the trees, while the
Ramalina group was not represented at all. Pyrenula nitida
was not met with.

The calcareous rocks were fairly rich in lichens. The
Yoredale limestone at the summit of Ingleborough yielded
a fair number of interesting plants. Solorina saccata, with
its beautifully bright green thallus when in moist condition,
was not uncommon, and occasionally the rarer S. spongiosa
grew on ledges covered with soil. Placynthium nigrum,
Gyalecta cupularis and Crocynia lanuginosa occurred frequently,
and Dermatocarpon lachneum and Lecidea lurida were found
in a few places. The lichens forming pits ( foveolce ) in the
limestone were well represented. Lecidea immersa, V errucaria
rupestris and V . calciseda, as well as Staurothele rupifraga ,
were noticed. No doubt many other species occurred, but no
time could be spared for closer examination of these minute
species. Lecanora cartilaginea A.L. sm. (L. crassa Ach.),
found in such great abundance on the limestone at Minera,
Wrexham, was conspicuous by its rarity.

The limestone walls at the foot of Ingleborough and in
the vicinity of Beezley Farm presented a rich lichen flora.
Among the commoner plants noticed were Placynthium nigrum ,
Xanthoria parietina, Placodium callopismum, P. flavescens,
P. rupestre var. calvum, Physcia hispida, Lecanora calcar ea.
with its varieties contorta and Hoffmanni, Rhizocarpon cal-
car eum and Acrocordia epipolia.

]925 Aug. 1

Q

242 Lichen Flora of the Ingleton District.

The large boulders of Millstone Grit on the N.W. side
of Ingleborough were rather barren, Parmelia saxatilis and
P. omphalodes , Cladonia foliacea and C. furcata, and the
ubiquitous Lecidea contigua only being observed. The boulders
on the East side of the mountain belonging to the same series
of rocks were more productive. Evernia furfuracea, Lecanora
polytropa, Gyrophora polyphylla, Stereocaulon denudatum var.
pulvinatum, Lecidea contigua and L. confertula were found
sparingly.

The usual lichen flora of the Lower Silurian was fairly
well represented. Some of the commoner Parmeliae, especially
P. physodes and P. saxatilis, Lecanora tartarea, L. cinerea,
Acarospora furcata, Lecidea protrusa, L. confluens and L.
contigua, together with Rhizocarpon geographicum and Rh.
(Ederi were the characteristic plants of this formation.

On peat, Lecidea granulosa, Cladonia Floerkeana and Cl.
coccifera were not uncommon.

On soil at Crina Bottom a fair amount of Coriscium viride
was found by Miss Hilary. In a similar habitat on the road
above Ingleton Botrydina vulgaris Breb. occurred. This is
not uncommon in the glens that were visited.

The following complete the list of lichens and the localities
where they were found : —

Sphcerophorus globosus Wain. Below Beezley Falls.

5. fragilis Ach. About Thornton Force and Beezley Falls.

Collema pulp o sum Ach. Ingleborough, Ingleton and Clapdale.

C. granuliferum Nyl. Ingleborough.

Leptogium sinuatum Massal. Clapdale and Thornton Force.

L. lacerum S. F. Gray. Below Snow Falls.

var. pulvinatum Koerb. Ingleborough.

Peltigera canina Willd. Swilla Glen and Clapdale.

P. rufescens Hoffm. Common.

var. prcetexta Nyl. In several places with type.

P. polydactyla Hoffm. Swilla Glen.

P. horizontalis Hoffm. Woods near Kingsdale Beck.

Lobaria scrobiculata DC. A small specimen on rocks below Beezley Falls.
Parmelia perlata Ach. Above Swilla Glen, Beezley Farm and Clapdale.
P. caper ata Ach. Sparingly in several places.

P. scortea Ach. In fine quantities on rocks at Thornton Force and on a
tree near Beezley Farm.

P. saxatilis f . panniformis Cromb. and f . furfuracea Schaer. On trees and
rocks with the type.

P. dubia Tayl. On trees below Swilla Glen and Beezley Falls ; also, near
Beezley Farm.

P. Icevigata Ach. On rocks below Beezley Falls.

P. conspersa Ach. Thornton Force and Pecca Falls.

P. omphalodes Ach. Millstone Grit, Ingleborough.

P. fuliginosa Nyl. In several places, but not so well distributed as
the var. Icetevirens Nyl.

Cetraria glauca Ach. Occasionally on trees in the two glens and above
Clapham.

var. fallax Ach. Swilla Glen.

C. aculeaia Fr. Not uncommon, f. hispida Cromb. Ingleborough.
Evernia furfuracea Mann. Below Ingleborough ; walls above Ingleton.

Naturalist

Lichen Flora of the Ingleton District.

243

Usnea florida Web. Here and there in the glens, but poorly developed.
Alectoria jubata Ach. and var. chalybeiformis Th. Fr. Ingleborough.
Placodium callopismum Mer. Not infrequent on calcareous rocks and
walls, and mortar in the district.

P. flavescens A. L. Sm. Not uncommon on limestone rocks and walls,
and on mortar of walls in several places.

P. citrinum Anzi. Common on mortar of walls and sometimes on
boulders.

P. aurantiacum var. ftavovirescens Anzi. Fairly general on rocks and
walls.

P. ferrugineum var. festivum A. L. Sm. Boulders in R. Greta.*

P. rupestre var. calvum. On calcareous rocks and walls, frequent.

P. xantholytnm Nyl. Clapdale, fide W. Watson.

Candelariella vitellina Miill.-Arg. Frequent on rocks and walls.

Physcia stellaris Nyl. Ingleton.

and var. aipolia Nyl. On trees near Beezley Farm.

P. hispida Tuckerm. Generally distributed.

P. ccesia Nyl. Near Beezley Farm.

P. orbicularis var. virella Torre and Sarnth. On trees and walls, Ingleton,
and near Beezley Farm.

Rinodina demissa Arn. Mortar of walls, Ingleton.

Lecanora muralis Schaer. Near Beezley Farm.

L. subfusca var. chlarona Ach. Swilla Glen and near Pecca Falls.

var. allophana Ach. Near Pecca Falls.

L. campestris B. des Lesd. Ingleton and near Beezley Farm.

L. atra Ach. Rocks about R. Greta.

L. sordida Th. Fr. Lower part of R. Greta.

L. galactina Ach. Common on limestone rocks and walls.

sub spec, dispersa Nyl. Ingleton.

L. polytropa Schaer. Ingleborough.

L. tar tar ea Ach. Occasionally on trees in the glens.

L. parella Ach. On rocks near Beezley Falls and Thornton Falls.

JL. calcarea var. contorta Hepp. Calcareous scree, Ingleborough. Walls
above Ingleton.

var. Hoffmanni Sommerf. Walls above Ingleton ; Ingleborough.

P. lacustris. Stones in R. Greta.

Acarospora fuscata Th. Fr. Slaty rocks about R. Greta.

A. smaragdula Massal. Ingleborough.

Hcematomma ventosum Massal. Rocks near Pecca Falls.

Pertusaria lactea Nyl. Near Thornton Force.

P. dealbata Cromb. Thornton Force.

and f. corallina Cromb. Thornton Force.

P. leioplaca Schaer. Hazel near R. Greta.

Thelotrema lepadinum Ach. Swilla Glen.

Phlyctis argena Koerb. In the two glens ; rare.

JDiploschistes scruposus Norm. Below Pecca Falls.

£). bryophilus Zahlb. Walls near Beezley Farm.

Baeomyces rufus D.C. In the two glens ; Crina Bottom.

B. roseus Pen. Ascent to Ingleborough.

Stereocaulon condensatum 3

pileatum Ach. On schistose rocks about River

S . coralloides Fr. f Greta.

■S. evolutum Graeve J

S. denudatum Floerke and var. pulvinatum Th. Fr. Millstone grit,
Ingleborough.

Cladina rangiferina Web. Ingleborough.

C. sylvatica Hoffm. Not uncommon.

C. uncialis Web. Ascent to Ingleborough, and Thornton Force.

* Sometimes spelt Greeta.

1925 Aug. 1

244

Reviews and Book Notices.

Cladonia foliacea Willd. Near Pecca Falls and below Ingleborough.

C. pyxidata Hoffm. Common.

C. fimbriata Fr. Top of walls about Ingleton.

C. cervicornis Schaer. Frequent.

f. stipata Schaer. Boulders on Ingleborough.

C. furcata Schmd. Not uncommon.

C. squamosa Hoffm. Below Pecca Falls.

C. subsquamosa Nyl. Woods below Beezley Falls.

C. digitata Hoffm. Not infrequent on decayed trunks of trees in the glens.
C. macilenta Hoffm. Trunks of trees in several places.

C. Floerkeana Fr. Peaty ground below Ingleborough.

Coenogonium ebeneum A.L.Sm. Not uncommon on rocks in the glens.
Gyalecta ex an thematic a Fr. Ingleborough.

Lecidea confertula Stirt. Boulders below Ingleborough.

L. lucida Ach. Rocks near R. Greta.

L. uliginosa Ach. Crina Bottom.

L. rivulosa Ach. Below summit of Ingleborough and Pecca Falls,

L. protrusa Fr. Rocks below Beezley Falls.

Biatorina cceruleonigricans A.L.Sm. Ingleborough.

B. pilularis Koerb. Tree by R. Greta.

Bilimbia sabuletorum Br. Rost. On walls above Ingleton and Clapdale.
B. aromatica Atta. Not uncommon on limestone.

Buellia canescens De Not. On trees and rocks, frequent.

B. myriocarpa Mudd. Trees in the two glens.

B. parmeliarum Oliv. Parasitic on Parmelia saxatilis about R. Greta.
Rhizocarpon CEderi Koerb. Rocks near R. Greta.

R. geographicum DC. Not uncommon.

R. geographicum DC. var. atrovirens Koerb. Ingleborough.

R. calcareum Th. Fr. Frequent on the Yoredale limestone on Ingle-
borough and on walls below.

R. petrceum Massal. On schistose rocks about R. Greta.

R. confervoides DC. Slaty rocks R. Greta and Thornton Force.
Opegrapha atra Pers. Trees near R. Greta.

O . saxicola Ach. Ingleborough.

Coriscium viride A. Zahlbr. Crina Bottom and a fine mass of it on rotten
stump of tree below Beezley Falls.

Dermatocarpon miniatum Th. Fr. Rocks in the glens with var. compli-
catum Th. Fr. in damper spots.

D. aquaticum. In the R. Greta and in Kingsdale Beck, especially at

Thornton Force.

Arthopyrenia fallax Arn. Trees near R. Greta.

Porina lectissima A. Zahlbr. Rocks near Pecca Falls.

P. carpinea A. Zahlbr. Trees near R. Greta.

P. chlorotica Wain. Ingleborough ; walls above Ingleton.

■ — : o :

Men, Books and Birds, by W. H. Hudson. London : Eveleigh

Nash & Grayson, 368 pp., 16/- net. The publishers have placed another
interesting volume on the market, which, in view of the tremendous
interest now being taken in Hudson’s work, should receive a ready sale.
The volume contains a series of letters addressed to Mr. Morley Roberts
between 1897 and 1922, together with Mr. Roberts’ replies. We have
failed to find anything new in them.

Some Other Bees, by Herbert Mace. London : Hutchinson & Co.
vii. + i6o pp., 4/6 net. In addition to half a dozen chapters referring
to various Bees, there are chapters dealing with the Idiosyncrasies of
Butterflies ; Fritillaries ; The Butterfly as Traveller ; The Wonderful
Hawk Moths ; and The Evolution of the Caterpillar, etc. Some of the
information has previously appeared in Science Progress, The Nineteenth
Century , etc., but are none the less welcome in their present form.

Naturalist

245

A RARE MAP BY WILLIAM SMITH.

Some time ago, when I endeavoured, to trace the various maps
prepared by William Smith, I found a reference to a small-
scale map of his which was published in 1827, based on his
large map of 1815. In my memoir dealing with ‘ William
Smith : His Maps and Memoirs,' (1917, page 163) I referred to
‘ A New Geological Map of England and Wales, reduced from
Smith’s Large Map, exhibiting a General View of the Strat-
ification of the Country ; intended as an Elementary Map
for those commencing the Study of Geology. London :
Published by John Carey, No. 86 St. James’s Street, near the
Palace.’ Evidently in 1820, Carey, who published all Smith’s
maps, issued a new geological map of England and Wales
with the title suggested, and, as was a common practice in
those days, by slight alterations to the plate, the title was
altered, and * new editions ’ prepared. A map identical
with that described, was referred to as ‘A New Geological
Map of England and Wales, with the Inland Navigations,
exhibiting the Districts of Coal and other sites of Mineral
Tonnage, by W. Smith, Engineer, 1820. London : Published
by J. Carey, 87 St. James’s Street, March 18th, 1820,’ but
obviously was intended for a different public.

In my memoir, page 164, I referred to the fact that two
similar maps, obviously from the same plate as that of 1820,
were discovered in Scarborough, but were uncoloured. The
date in the oval title had been altered from 1820 to 1824,
and the date of the imprint beneath had been similarly dealt
with, though the date of the month, namely March 18th,
remained. It seems clear, therefore, that from the same plate
different impressions were printed from time to time as orders
came in, and were slightly altered as regards date and other
details, in order that they might periodically be issued, and
thus apparently kept up to date.

I stated {op. cit., page 163) ‘ A second edition of this
map is said to have been published by John Carey in 1827,
but so far I have not been able to trace one.’ When I wrote
that, I was under the impression either that 1827 was a mis-
print for 1924, or that still further editions had been published
which I had not been able to trace.

On a recent visit to the Geological Society of London,
however, I found that among the recent additions to the
library was a copy of this identical map, bearing the date
1827. If would, therefore, appear that the information I
had previously obtained (I believe from the late Professor
Judd’s numerous papers) was correct, and that in this par-
ticular copy we have the latest example of Smith’s small-
sized map of England and Wales, geologically coloured. It
is in its original case, with the curious dark-green mottled

1925 Aug. 1

246

Field Notes.

paper and label, and, so far as we can tell, seems to have the
same geological information upon it as the earlier editions.
It has recently been presented to the Geological Society by
Mr. F. G. Jones.— T.S.

: o :

Aquatic Mollusca at Askham Bog. — On the occasion
of the excursion of the Entomological Section to Askham Bog
on the 13th June, with the assistance of Mr. Arthur Smith,
the following aquatic mollusca were observed : — Limncea
peregra, L. palustris, Valvata cristata, Planorbis corneus,.
P. marginatus } P. contortus, P. leucostoma, P. nautileusy
Sphcerium corneum, Pisidium obtusale, P. fontinale. A pond
in which stagnalis is usually found was not closely approach-
able, but there is not the slightest reason for supposing that
the species has from any cause been exterminated. Owing
to the heat and drought, no terrestrial mollusca were observed.
— Greevz Fysher.

Lake District Collembola. — During a stay in the Lake
District at Easter, 1925, the following Collembola were
collected :■ — Podura aquatica L., Coniston. Xenylla grisea
Axels., under bark, Tilberthwaite. X. maritima Tullb., in
moss on the slopes of the Wetherlam. Pseudachorutes asigill-
atus Born., under bark, Tilberthwaite. Friesea mirabilis
(Tullb.), in moss, Grisedale, and on Place Fell. F . claviseta
Axels., in moss, Patterdale. Anurida granaria (Nic.),
fairly common on soil under stones, Grasmere, Grisedale and
on the Wetherlam. Onychiurus armatus (Tullb.), very
common. Neanura muscorum (Tempi.), Grasmere and Great
Langdale. Folsomia quadrioculata (Tullb.), in moss, Patter-
dale, Ambleside and on Place Fell. F . fimetaria (L.) in moss,
Patterdale. Isotoma sensibilis Tullb., very plentiful in moss.
Place Fell, Ambleside, Patterdale and on the Wetherlam. 7.
arbor ea (L.), Patterdale, Tilberthwaite. 7. cinerea (Nic.),
Ambleside, Great Langdale and Tilberthwaite. 7. viridis
Bourl., very common. 7. olivacea Tullb., scarce, in moss,
Ambleside. 7. grisescens Tullb., in turf, Coniston. 7.
notabilis SchafL, in moss on an oak trunk, Patterdale-. Tomo-
cerus longicornis (Mull.), common on the fells, Grisedale,
Grasmere, Great Landgale, Tilberthwaite and Coniston. T.
minor (Lubb.), common. Isotomurus palustris (Mull.),
common. Entomobrya nicoleti (Lubb.), Tilberthwaite, Grise-
dale. E. nivalis (L.), common. E. muscorum (Tullb.),
Great Langdale, Grasmere. E. albocincta (Tempi.), on bark,
Tilberthwaite. Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (Gmel.), common.
Orchesella cincta (L.), Tilberthwaite, Grisedale ; var. vaga
(L.), Tilberthwaite. — James M. Brown, Sheffield, 22nd
July, 1925.

Naturalist

3n flDemoiiam.

247

H. LING ROTH.

(1855—1925).

We regret to record the death of H. Ling Roth, to whose
work the Bankheld Museum at Halifax in its present form is
due. Mr. Ling Roth was of a retiring disposition, but a hard

and conscientious worker, and accomplished much more in
many ways than is usually known. He had travelled exten-
sively in various parts of the world, and was particularly in-
terested in textiles, and made himself familiar with the technical
details of spinning, weaving, etc., in the different continents.
He went to live in Halifax in 1888, and for some time volun-
tarily assisted at the Bankheld Museum, later was appointed
half-time keeper, and subsequently he devoted his whole
time to the work. The collections there — largely ethno-
graphical— are now well arranged and labelled, and there is
an important section devoted to early Halifax, and many

1925 Aug. 1

248

News from the Magazines.

of the objects there were presented by Mr. Ling Roth himself.
Though we believe they were published largely at his own
expense, the ‘ Bankfield Museum Notes/ which he issued
from time to time, well illustrated his knowledge of different
subjects and his great regard for the value of detail.

Writing in Nature, Prof. A. C. Haddon states : ‘ By the
death of Mr. Ling Roth the science of ethnography loses a
student who has not received the recognition that was due to
him. This was mainly owing to his quiet, unassuming dis-
position, and to the fact that he was not connected with a
university or large public institution. His work was char-
acterised by painstaking accuracy, and he had a flair for col-
lecting specimens to illustrate the particular subject he had
in hand. He was a master of the art of collating information
and of presenting scattered records in a readable form, which
has been of great use to his fellow-students, but in addition,
by his own investigations, he has added considerably to
ethnographical knowledge. Most of his memoirs and papers
have been enriched by his clever draughtsmanship ; his drawings
bring out just those details which are essential, and thus really
illustrate his theme.

‘ The range of Mr. Ling Roth’s interests is shown by the
following imperfect list of some of his writings : “ Crozet’s

Voyage to Tasmania, New Zealand, etc.,” 1891 ; “ The Natives
of Sarawak and British North Borneo,” 2 vols., 1896 ; “ The
Aborigines of Tasmania,” London, 1890, 2nd ed. Halifax, 1899 ;
“ Great Benin : its Customs, Art and Horrors,” Halifax, 1903 ;
“ The Genesis of Banking in Halifax,” Halifax, 1914 ; “ The
Discovery and Settlement of Port Mackay, Queensland,”
Halifax, 1908 ; “ Oriental Silverwork : Malay and Chinese,”
1910 ; “ The Yorkshire Coiners, 1767-1783, with Notes on

Old and Prehistoric Halifax,” Halifax, 1906 ; “ Sketches and
Reminiscences from Queensland, Russia and elsewhere,” 1916 ;
“ The Maori Mantle,” 1923.’

A complete list of Mr. Ling Roth’s publications is given in
Man for July.

We are indebted to the editor of Man and the editor of
The Halifax Courier for the accompanying photograph.

: o :

Obituary notices of Herbert D. Astley, A. G. Butler and Henry Stevens
appear in The Ibis for July.

The Entomologist's Record for June is described as Vol. 37, No. 6,
and is 1 /- ; that for July- August is ‘ Nos. 6 and 7/ and is 2/6.

R. Stenton has an article on ‘ Introduction of a Parasite of the Woolly
Aphis,’ and W. M. Davies on 'Spring-Tails attacking Mangolds’ in The
Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture for July.

‘ The Migration of the Woodcock in Europe,’ by J. Schenk ; and
' The Courting Display, etc., of the Eider in the Tay Estuary,’ by H.
Boase, are the principal contents of British Birds for July.

Naturalist

MIDDLETON -IN -TEESDALE AND ITS NATURAL

HISTORY.

W. H. PEARSALL, D.SC., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

(■ Continued from p. 218).

We have received an interesting communication from Mrs. J. Arnott,
of the Forest School, with reference to Mr. Malins Smith’s notes on the
Juniper Scar. Mrs. Arnott says that it is recognised as a fact by the people
of the district that sheep do not eat Junipers under any circumstances,
and rabbits will only do so under exceptional conditions of food shortage,
when they will then nibble the bark. Isaac Allinson, of Dirt Pit,* an old
resident, states that fifty years ago there were many more Junipers than
are to be seen at present. Substantial reduction in their numbers is
accounted for in two ways — by burning to make a clearing, and by cutting
or removing for firewood. These Junipers constituted the only firewood
material available to the inhabitants of the neighbourhood, and many
were rooted up. If a householder required a supply of firewood, he
took his horse, fastened a chain round the tree, hooked it on to the harness
and away they went. This practice was finally stopped by the land agent
owing to the general damage to the property which it entailed.

Mr. Allinson also remembers that there was once a ‘ worrm ’ under
Forcegarth End — the farm overlooking the Scar — this ‘ worrm ’ being
the worm of a still used for making whiskey. He avers that the best
whiskey is that made among the heather.

Entomology:- — In completion of the Entomological Report of Mr.
J. M. Brown (p. 217), Mr. W. J. Fordham writes as follows : —

Coleoptera : — Very few beetles were seen, possibly about 30 species.
Those more worthy of mention are Meloe violaceus Marsh., two specimens
taken in a marshy field on the Yorkshire side of the Tees near High Force,
and Orchestes foliorum Mull. ( saliceti Pk.), (new to V.C. 65), not un-
common on dwarfed willows by the river at Cronkley Pastures and High
Force (Yorkshire side).

Diptera : — In spite of the unfavourable weather a total of 57 identified
species was obtained, including 2 species previously unrecorded for
Yorkshire, and 14 apparently new to Durham. The localities at which
these were collected are as follows : —

Yorkshire. — The Yorkshire bank of the River Tees and at Cronkley
Pastures.

Durham. — The Durham side of the Tees, near High Force, Hudeshope
Beck, and in the vicinity of Heatherbrae.

The counties are indicated by the letters Y. and D. respectively, and
the dagger (f ) signifies new to Yorkshire, and the asterisk new to Durham.
As records are few for the district the complete list is given.

Boletina sp. D.

* Bibio lacteipennis Ztt. D.
*Simulium ornatum Mg. D.

Cricotopus tvemulus L. D.
*Serromyia femorata Mg. D.
Tvicyphona immaculata Mg. D.
Erioptera trivialis Mg. D.
Pedicia rivosa L. D.

Microchrysa polita L. Y.

Beris chalybeata Forst. D.

*| Rhamphomyia vesiculosa Hn.
Y.D.

*R. plumipes Fin. D.

R. dentipes Ztt. Y.D.

R. sulcata Mg. Y.D.

Empis trigramma Mg. Y.D.
E. tessellata F. Y.

E. bilineata Lw. Y.

E. chioptera Hn. Y.

E. opaca F. D.

* Mrs. Arnott says * Dirt Pit ’ is a corruption of Deer Path. It was
originally the path taken by the deer through the forest.

1925 Aug. 1

250 Middleton-in-T eesdale and its Natural History.

*Tachydromia agilis Mg. D.

*T. longicornis Mg. D.

* Bicellaria pilosa Ldbk. ' D.
Hilar a maura F. D.

Chilosia albitarsis Mg. Y.D.
Platychirus albimanus F. D.

P. manicatus Mg. D.
Melanostoma scalare F. D.

M . mellinum L. D.

Rhingia campestris Mg. D.
Syrphus ribesii L. D.

S. vitripennis Mg. D.

Ascia podagrica F. Y.D.
Eristalis intricarins L. D.

E. pertinax Scop. D.

E. arbustorum L. D.
Sericomyia lappona L. D.
Chrysostomum arcuatum L. Y.
Myiospila meditabunda F. D.
Mesembrina meridiana L. D.

*Phaonia consobrina Ztt.(?) D..

*Trichopticus longipes Ztt. D.

* T. nigritellus Ztt. D.
Hydrophoria linogrisea Mg. D.
Hylemyia variata Hm. Y.D.

H. strigosa F. Y.D.

Azelia macquarti Staeg. D.
Anthomyia cestiva Mg. Y.D.
Coelomyia spathulata Ztt. D.

* Norellia striolata Mg. D.
Scatophaga squalida Mg. D.

5. suilla F. Y.D.

S. stercoraria L. Y.D.
\Sapromyza affinis Ztt. Y.

* Hydrellia griseola Hn. D.
Borborus equinus Hn. Y.D.

B. niger Mg. Y.

*B. nitidus Mg. D.

There are also about 20 species
as yet undetermined.

I am much indebted to Mr. Grimshaw for kindly verifying or naming
most of the above mentioned species.

Lichens (W. E. L. Wattam) : — The district under investigation
has been attractive to the students of British Lichens from very early
times, as is proved by the records appearing in Leighton’s ‘ Lichen
Flora of Great Britain ’(1871), and the ‘ Monograph of the British
Lichens.’ I have incorporated these records with my own observations
so that a more comprehensive list may be available for future reference.
I traversed a large portion of the expanse known as Cronkley Moor, to
Long Crag, then from Black Bands down Green Mines Moss to the banks
of the Tees opposite Falcon Clints. This area was in an excessively
wet condition, and supported among the plant life immense colonies
of Cladina sylvatica and Cladina uncialis in varied form, which, when
the stony ridge was reached, gave place to Cetraria islandica and C.
aculeata, with Solorina saccata in mossy peaty hollows. A pleasing
picture was presented by a portion of burnt moor, upwards of an acre
in extent, which was controlled by Cladonia coccifera with fructification
so plentiful as to give a most pronounced crimson colouration to the
ground. The following is a list of species now known to occur : —

Coniocybe sulphur ea Nyl.

C. pallida Fr.

Sphcerophorus melanocarpus Schaer.
5. globosus A.L.Sm.

5. fr agilis Pers.

Spilonema Scoticum Nyl.

Ephebe lanata Wain.

Collema pulposum Ach.

C. tenax Sm.

C. multifidum Schaer.
Synechoblastus Laureri Flot.

5. multipartitus Mudd.

Leptogium sinuatum Massal.

var. scotinum Koerb.

L. saturninum Nyl.

Parmeliella plumbea Wain.
Pannaria rubiginosa Del.

var. conoplea Koerb.

P. pezizoides Leight.

Massalongia carnosa Koerb.

Peltigera canina Willd.

P. rufescens Hoffm.

var. prcetextata Nyl.
P. aphthosa Willd.

var. leucophlebia Nyl.
P. horizontalis Hoffm.
Solorina saccata Ach.

5. spongiosa Carroll.
Sticta limbata Ach.
Lobaria scrobiculata DC.
L. pulmonaria Hoffm.

L. laciniata Wain.
Parmelia physodes Ach.

var. tubulosa Mudd.
P. pubescens Wain.

P. corniculata A.L.Sm.

P. perlata Ach.

var. ciliata Schaer.

P. caperata Ach.

P. Mougeotii Schae.r.

Naturalist

Middleton-in-Teesdale and its Natural History. 251

Parmelia scortea Ach.

P. saxatilis Ach.

f. furfur acea.

P. hyperopta Ach.

P. Icevigata Ach.

P. conspersa Ach.

P. fuliginosa Nyl.

var. Icetevirens Nyl.

P. omphalodes Ach.

Cetraria glauca Ach.

C. juniperina Ach.

C. pinastri S. F. Gray.

C. sepincola Ach.

C. chlorophylla Wain.

C. hepatizon Wain.

C. islandica Ach.

var. tenuifolia Wain.

Ramalina fraxinea Ach.

R. fastigiata Ach.

R. farinacea Ach.

R. pollinaria Ach.

R. siliquosa A.L.Sm.

Evernia prunastri Ach.

E. furfur acea Mann.

f. ceratea Cromb.

Usnea florida var. hirta Ach.

U. barbata Webb in Wigg.

Alectoria nigricans Nyl.

A. bicolor Nyl.

A . jubata Ach.

Xanthoria lychnea Th. Fr
X. parietina Th. Fr.

Placodium murorum D. C.

PI. aurantiacum Hepp.

var. flavovirescens Hepp.

PL ferrugineum Hepp.

var. festivum A. L. Sm.

PI. cerinum var. stilicidiorum Hepp.
Candelariella vitellina Miill-Arg.

C. epixantha A. L. Sm.

Physcia ciliaris DC.

P. pulverulenta Nyl.

P. hispida Tuck.

P. ccesia Nyl.

P. lithotea Nyl.

Rinodina robaris Arn.

Lecanora cartilaginea A.L.Sm.

L. gelida Schaer.

L. muralis Schaer.

L. subimbricata A.L.Sm.

L. subfusca and var. chlarona Ach.
L. rugosa Nyl.

L. campestris B. de Lesd.

L. atra Ach.

L. Hageni Ach.

L. cenisia var. atrynea Harm.

L. subcarnea Ach.

L. galectina Ach.

sub. sp. dispersa Nyl.
sub. sp. dissipata Nyl.

Lecanora varia Ach.

L. conizcea Nyl.

L. symmicta Ach.

L. effusa Ach.

L. badia Ach.

L. sulphur ea Ach.

L. polytropa Schaer.

L. tartar ea Ach.

var. frigida Ach.

L. parella Ach.

var. Turneri Hyl.

L. cinera Sommerf.

L. calcarea Sommerf.

var. contorta Hepp.

L. gibbosa Nyl.

L. recedens Nyl.

L. Dicksonii Nyl.

L. Prevostii Th. Fr.

var. affnis Nyl.

L. epulotica Nyl.

Acarospora glaucocarpa Koerb.

A. smaragdula Massal.

A. candicans A. Zahlbr.

Lecania syringea Th. Fr.
Icmadophila ericetorum A. Zahlbr.
Hcematomma ventosum Massal.
Pertusaria faginea Leight.

P. multipuncta Nyl.

P. pertusa Dalla T and S.

P. Wulfenii DC.

P. dealbata Cromb.

Thelotrema lepadinum Ach.

var. scutelliforme Ach.
Diploschistes scruposus Norm.
Crocynia lanuginosa Hue.
Gyrophora proboscidea Ach.

G. polyphylla Hook.

G. cylindrica Ach.

G. torrefacta Cromb.

f. exasperata Mudd.

G. polyrrhiza Koerb.

Umbilicaria pustulata Hofim.
Bceomyces rufus DC.

Stereocaulon condensatum Hoffm.

5. nanum Ach.

5. coralloides Fr.

5. evolutum Graeme.

5. denudatum Floerke.

var. pulvinatum Th. Fr.

5. tomentosum Fr. var. botryosum
Ach.

Cladina sylvatica Hoffm.

C. uncialis Web. and f. elatior Fr.
Pycnothelia papillaria Hoffm.
Cladonia pyxidata Hoffm.
f. simplex.
f. syntheta.
var. pocillum Fr.
var. chlorophcea Floerk.

C. fmbriata Fr.

1925 Aug. 1

Reviews and Book Notices.

252

Cladonia pyxidata Hoffm.
var. simplex Wain,
sub. sp. fibula Nyl.

C. degenerans Spreng.

C. cervicornis Schaer.

C. gracilis Willd.

var. chordalis.

C. cariosa Spreng.

C. furcata Schrad.

C. squamosa Hoffm.

C. de for mis Hoffm.

C. coccifera Willd.

C. bellidiflora Schaer.

C. flabelliformis Wain.

C. macilenta Hoffm.

var. scabrosa Cromb.

C. Floerkeana Fr.

Gyalecta foveolaris Schaer.

G. cupular is Schaer.

Lecidia lurida Ach.

L. decipiens Ach.

L. lugubris Sommerf.

L. co ar data Nyl.

var. elacista Cromb.

L. Brujeriana Nyl.

L. granulosa Schaer.

L. flexuosa Nyl.

L. demissa Th. Fr.

L. uliginosa Ach.

L. leucophcea Nyl.

L. sanguineoatra Ach. var. Temple-
toni Wain.

L. panceola Ach.

L. subumbonella Lamy.

L. contigua Fr.

var. flavicunda Nyl.

L. confluens Ach.

L. lithophila Ach.

L. expansa Nyl.

Biatorella flava A.L.Sm.

Biatorina cceruleonigricans A.L.Sm.
B. Griffthii Massal.

B. synothea sub. sp. subnigrata
A.L.Sm.

Bilimbia aromatica Jaffa.

B. sabuletorum Branth. and Rostr.
Bacidia luteola Mudd.

B. inundata Koerb.

B. arceutina Branth and Rostr.

B. umbrina Branth and Rostr.
Buellia myriocarpa Mudd.

B. Parmeliarum Oliv.

Rhizocarpon alboatrum Th. Fr.

R. geographicum DC.

R. viridiatrum Koerb.

R. calcar eum Th. Fr.

R. confervoides DC.

R. obscuratum Massal.

Lepadium fuscoluteum Mudd.
Opegraphavaria Pers.

Arthonia radiata var. Swartziana
Sydow.

A. pruniata Steudel.
Encephalographa cerebrina Massal.
Lithographa tesserata Nyl.

Coriscium viride A. Zahlbe.
Dermatocarpon miniatum Th. Fr.
f. decipiens A. L. Sm.
var. complicatum ffh. Fr.

D. aquaticum A. Zahlbr.

V errucaria margacea Wahlenb.

V . aethiobola Wahlenb.

V. coerulea DC.

V. glaucina Ach.

V . murallis Ach.

V . rupestris Schrad.

V. calciseda D.C.

Thrombium epigcsum Wahlbr.
Staurothele umbrina A.L.Sm.

: o :

Nature Rambles in Somerset, by H. V. Webb. London : Folk
Press, Ltd., 98 pp., is. 6d. net. This is a reprint of various papers
which have appeared in The Bristol Times and Mirror, and it is hoped
may be acceptable in the present form. The articles are of the usual
type which one expects in provincial newspapers, but the illustrations
are poor, some being particularly ancient.

The Natural History of Wicken Fen, by J. Stanley Gardiner.
Cambridge : Bowes & Bowes, Part II., 65-171 pp. Professor

Gardiner has now brought out Part II. of this work, in which he deals
with Insects of the Natural Orders. Wicken and Burwell Fens Fifty
Years ago and Now ; Hirudinea ; A Preliminary Account of the Hemip-
tera-Heteroptera ; The Spiders and Harvestmen ; The Phytoplankton
of the Wicken Fen Area ; A Preliminary Account of the Ichneumonidae ;
The Higher Crustacea ; The Mollusca of Wicken Fen ; and The Hydrogen
Ion Concentration of the Waters of Wicken Fen. The Editor has been
successful in this work in securing the co-operation of W. J. Lucas,
Dr. A. H. Evans, W. A. Harding, G. V. Hutchinson, W. S. Bristowe,
Dr. B. M. Griffiths, G. L. A. Hancock, J. O. Cooper, H. H. Brindley,
and J. T. Saunders.

Naturalist

FIELD NOTES.

253

Pigmy Shrew at Spurn.— On June nth I picked up a
dead specimen of the Lesser Shrew on the road, at Kilnsea,
between the “ Blue Bell ” and the sea. — R. Fortune.

Nesting of Short-eared Owl at Whitby. — I record the
nesting of the Short-eared Owl on the Whitby Moors. Three
young were successfully reared out of four eggs laid, one egg
being addled. In the nest, when I found it on May 24th, were
four shrew mice and one short-tailed field vole, all entire,
and on another occasion the feathers of a common snipe.—
W. S. Medlicott.

Green Sandpiper in East Yorkshire. — I flushed one
of these birds on July 21st on the mill dam above the Low-
thorpe Mill. My keeper told me that he first saw it about a
fortnight ago. I have notes of at least one other occurrence
at Lowthorpe in July, but never earlier in the summer, and
have no reason to think that they have ever bred in the neigh-
bourhood.— W. H. St. Quintin.

Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. (C. filiformis L.) near Aust-
wick, V.G. 64. — In the dry summer of four years ago, Dr.
Pearsall noticed a sedge in a very wet patch of ground near
Austwick. The plants were not then in fruit, but the habit
suggested Carex lasiocarpa. On June 28th I went with Dr.
Pearsall to the bog, and owing to the dry conditions we were
able to reach the sedge, which was in fair quantity, but only
a small proportion was in fruit. This is a very interesting
record of a sedge which has become very rare in Yorkshire in
the last 50 years, as the ‘ carrs ’ and bogs have gradually been
drained and brought under cultivation. — W. Arthur Sledge.

A Whooper Swan in June. — On June 6th, while watching
a tame-bred Pink-footed Goose ‘ planing ’ down to the lake
after circling round as it often does of an evening, I was
surprised to see a swan following the goose in its descent.
It alighted on the water about 200 yards from where I was
standing, and instantly noticed me, and floated motionless
for a minute or two, watching me intently as I stood under a
tree. With my binoculars I easily identified it as an adult
Whooper. Later I watched it from the house with a telescope,
and noticed that though evidently very hungry, it never
seemed to find any water-weed that it cared for, and presently
it was missing and evidently had moved on. It is a very
unusual time of year for such a bird to visit this country ;
but, after all, not more strange than that a Great Bustard
should find itself, quite recently, on one of the Orkneys in
mid-winter, or a Red-breasted Goose in Norfolk two summers
ago, which, after exhaustive enquiries in this country
and on the continent, appears to have been a bona fide wild
‘ stray.’ The fact is one is inclined to underestimate the

1925 Aug. 1

254

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

facility with which large birds of powerful flight can travel,
and the distance they may wander, when once they have
lost their bearings. — W. H. St. Quintin, Scampston.

Sexual Attraction in Lepidoptera. — At 7-15 p.m.,
June 2 1st, 1925, I was removing a few larvae of L. salicis
from a sleeve and found therein a fresh female of C. fiodana.
I boxed the moth, put the caterpillars in a cage, inverted and
shook out the sleeve. Within a few minutes six male fiodana
arrived, flew about for a short time, and then found the sleeve
and explored it with great industry. The female moth was
in an inner pocket ; the males showed no interest in me what-
ever. C. fiodana is common in my garden, but none was to
be seen before the shaking of the sleeve, or 15 minutes later.
It was a little early for the normal flight of the insect. The
female in my pocket was still present when the males ceased
to arrive. This appears to demonstrate the fact that the
attractive sexual element is material, and acts through a
sense analogous to the sense of smell in higher organisms. —
H. Douglas Smart, Woodford Green, Essex.

: o :

Mr. R. E. M. Wheeler has a well illustrated account of the Roman
Remains on the Cardiff Racecourse ; A. R. Jackson writes on ' The Spiders
of South Wales ' ; G. C. S. Ingham and H. M. Salmon contribute ' Ornitho-
logical Notes,’ and H. M. Hallett gives ‘ Entomological Notes,’ in The
Transactions of the Cardiff Naturalists’ Society, Vol. LV.

The Royal English A rhori cultural Society has arranged a series of
provincial meetings for the purpose of affording an opportunity to land-
owners, land agents and others to study various systems of woodland
management on the ground, and of fostering a greater interest in Forestry
generally. Particulars of these may be obtained from the Secretary, Mr.
E. Davidson, Estate Office, Haydon Bridge, Northumberland.

Besides the reports of the various sectional officers (Messrs. J. F.
Musham, A. E. Musgrave, G. H. C. Haigh, F. Hind, A. Smith, and Miss
Stowe), of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, the Union’s Transactions
for 1924 contain Mr. H. B. W. Smith’s Presidential Address on ‘ The
Moorland and Upland Flora ’ ; Mr. A. Smith’s Secretarial Report ;

‘ Illustrated Notes on Tachinid Flies,’ by H. W. Miles ; ‘ Mosses of the
Lincolnshire Coast,’ by G. H. Allison ; and an account of ‘ The Twentieth
President of the Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, the Rev. F. S. Alston ’ ;
a title which, at long last, is correct.

The Proceedings of the Spelceological Society, University of Bristol,
contain a remarkable series of monographs dealing with excavations in
caves, barrows, camps, and other prehistoric and later sites. The reports
are by Messrs. J. A. Davies, L. H. D. Buxton, E. Fawcett, E. T. Newton,
and a host of others ; most of the articles being well illustrated. Valuable
additions have been made to our knowledge of early British mammals
and birds by Messrs. Hinton and Newton. Mr. M. C. Burkitt, in ‘ Notes
on Maglemose Culture,’ oddly enough, apparently accepts the authenticity
of the Holderness curios. In describing a bronze celt found in Gloucester-
shire, Mr. Davies says ‘ there were no other associated implements, but
it is manifest that if the celt was part of a small hoard, other specimens
might have been lost.’ Quite ! And if it had been part of a large hoard
there might have been more ! Oh, that if !

Naturalist

255

CORRESPONDENCE.

THE GRASSLANDS OF YORKSHIRE COAL MEASURE AND LIME-
STONE SOILS.

May I in slight supplement to the valuable paper on this topic by
Mr. Swar brick in the July Naturalist, remark that the month of June
affords an interesting demonstration of the contrast between the relatively
acid soils of the Coal Measures and the alkaline soils of the Magnesian
Limestone. There are in the neighbourhood of Leeds many outliers and
spurs from the Magnesian Limestone which rest on Coal Measures (or
Millstone Grit), and at this season when Rumexaceto sella is. in flower
the meadows up to a neatly ruled line are ruddy with this plant. The
line marks very nearly the boundary between the two formations.—
Percy F. Kendall.

o :

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

For the small price of ten pence Messrs. George Bell & Son, London
have issued the eleventh edition of the well-known London Catalogue of
British Plants (58 pp.),

W. G. Sheldon refers to ‘ A Committee for the Protection of British
Lepidoptera, ’ W. J. Lucas gives ‘ Notes on British Neuroptera in 1924,’
in The Entomologist for July.

Mr. D. Seth-Smith, the editor, contributes a well illustrated account
of the Argus Pheasant and its display, and a portrait and notes on the
late A. G. Butler, to The Avicultural Magazine for July.

‘Three Species of Staphylinidae, new to Britain,’ by M. Cameron;
and ‘ Nesting Habits and Prey of two British Crabronidae, ’ by H. Scott,
occur in The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for July.

Illustrations of the Ancaster Deae Matres, and of the Ancaster Roman
Inscribed Stone, as well as of recent additions, appear in The Third
Annual Report of the Grantham Public Library and Musuem for 1924-5.

Man for July contains a portrait of Professor A. C. Haddon from the
painting by P. A. de Laszlo. We must admit the portrait gives an impress-
ion of a much more ferocious person than the charming Dr. Haddon as
we met him last.

Mr. P. H. Grimshaw writes on ‘ The Food of the Ptarmigan ’ ; Mr.
O. H. Wild on ‘ Sea-birds and Oil ’ ; and the Misses E. V. Baxter and L. J.
Rintoul give their Report on Scottish Ornithology in 1924, in The Scottish
Naturalist for May- June.

The fournal of Conchology for July contains a memoir on the late
R. Standen, by J. W. Jackson ; ‘ Vertigo genesii in Ireland,’ by D. W.
Stelfox ; ‘Albinism in European Clausiliidae,’ by J. R. le B. Tomlin;
* The Habits of Hygromia fusca (at Scarborough),’ by W. E. Atkins ;
‘ Albinism in European Clausiliidae,’ by Dr. A. H. Cooke, and ‘ H. aspersa
new to Kincardineshire,’ by E. Crapper.

The London Naturalist, the Journal of the London Natural History
Society, for 1924 (46 pp., 3/-), contains a sheaf of valuable reports and
records in different sections, as well as papers on ‘ London Birds, 1922-24,’
by A. H. Macpherson ; ‘ Epping Forest Hepatics,’ by J. Ross ; ‘ Viola
odorata var. imberbis,’ by E. B. Bishop ; ‘ Violets of Limpsfield Common,’
by R. W. Robbins ; ‘ Birds of Walthamstow Reservoirs,’ by R. W. Pethen.

Whenever the occasion occurs. Nature rises to the occasion. And
in its issue for May 9th there is a special supplement of over 50 pages
dealing with the Centenary of Huxley. We remember, years ago, on
securing a set of Nature, turning to the first article in the first number,
and being infatuated on reading Huxley’s contribution thereto. Huxley
started Nature well ; and happily Nature now pays its tribute to Huxley.
Anyone wanting to know what Huxley accomplished, should see Nature
for May 9th.

1925 Aug. 1

256

NORTHERN NEWS.

Our contributor, Mr. D. A. Jones, M.Sc., has been elected an Associate
of the Linnean Society.

Jeffreys’ own interleaved copy of ‘ British Conchology ’ is now in the
Radcliffe Library, Oxford, having been presented by the author’s daughter,
Mrs. W. J. Sollas.

The editorship of the Bulletins of the South-eastern Union of Scientific
Societies has been changed this year, and we are, therefore, enable to
provide our readers with any quaint extracts.

We regret to announce that Dr. F. E. Beddard, D.Sc., F.R.S.,
zoologist and author, who was for many years Prosector to the Zoological
Society of London, died suddenly recently at his residence at West
Hampstead at the age of 67.

The National Museum of Wales has issued a Guide to the Groups of
Mammals in that institution. It is written by Dr. J. J. Simpson, contains
24 pages, four illustrations, and is sold at three pence. It refers to the
more common British Mammals.

Mr. A. Sich writes on Phyllocnistis sorhageniella ; R. Verity on the
evolution of the Zygaenae, and the classification of the variations of
Z. lonicerae, Z. trifolii, etc. There is a note on an observation of Ruralis
hetulae, and H. Donisthorpe describes Lissodema kirkae, a new coleopteron,
in The Entomologist’ s Record issued in July.

At the recent congress of the South-eastern Union of Scientific Societies,
Mr. E. A. Martin spoke on ‘ Some Controversial Points in Anthropology/

‘ In dealing with the pictorial representations of the human form on
palaeolithic cave walls, he made the suggestion that we may have here
preserved what were really monstrous forms of the human race, when
the species was scarcely fixed, and the race was still in a plastic condition/

Part VII. of Sherborn’s invaluable Index Animalium has been issued
by the Trustees of the British Museum. It is a work of exceptional value
to the serious student of natural history. The present part contains
the entries Concolor to Czizeki, published during 1801-1850, and includes
pp. 1453-1771. It seems that during the half century covered by this
Index over two hundred species received the name cylindrica or similar
name, full details of which occur in this publication.

: o :

The Book of Silchester, by James Thomson. London : Simpkin,
Marshall, Hamilton Kent & Co., 2 Vols., xx, + 400 pp. and 401 — 752
pp., ^3 3s. net. The sub-title gives an idea of its scope : ‘ The Dramatic
Complemental History of the Remarkable Atrebatian Stronghold which
became the Imperial Municipality called Calleva Atrebatum, the third
free city of the Romano-Britannic Province, more commonly known as
the ruins of Silchester.’ Few cities have so enthusiastic a historian,
and few have produced such wonderful evidences of Roman and later
occupation as the result of excavations. Mr. Thomson figures and
describes an extraordinary series of discoveries relating to Romano-
Britain, for which Silchester is world famous. Hitherto the accounts
of the various finds have appeared in numerous journals, but here all
these have been collected together, and by the aid of scores of magnificent
blocks, present a story as fascinating as it is important. The first
volume deals with early Britain through various vicissitudes to the modern
parish of Silchester, the second is Archaeological, and refers more par-
ticularly to the Roman site, the various buildings which have been ex-
posed, the mosaics, coins, seals, pottery, sculptures, inscriptions, etc.,
which have been discovered. There are also chapters on heating, lighting,
sanitation, industry, arts and crafts, and food supply. The work is
limited to 350 copies, and there is no doubt that it will soon be a scarce
one.

Naturalist

CONCERNING THE HABITS
OF INSECTS

By F. Balfour-Browne, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

With plates, maps, and text-figures. Crown 8vo. 6s net.

This book is the outcome of a course of lectures adapted to
a juvenile auditory delivered at the Royal Institution during
the Christmas Holidays, 1924. Its object is not so much to
describe the life histories of various insects as to explain how
these life histories were worked out.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

TETTER LANE, LONDON, E.C.4.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy tfo (g"xii l"), 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.) — XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to wh ich it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London: A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— I 5/- per annum, post -free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND. LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

Issued Monthly, illustrated with Plates and Text Figures.

To Subscribers, 15/ - per annum, post free.

PRINTING

Commercial and General Printing of every
description produced efficiently and promptly
at Browns' up-to-date works . Bookwork

a speciality . • • Inquiries invited .

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd.

Printers of ‘The Naturalist,’

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

Telegrams : Telephone :

“ Brown, Hull Central 6605

The Birds of Yorkshire

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.G.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farring-don Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Aug., 1925.

/ ^ £

No. 824

SEPT., 1925. No. 598 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F .S .A .Scot . ,

The Museums Hull:

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield , ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.M.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

-^JVAL

Contents page

Notes and Comments (illustrated) : — Roman Huddersfield ; A New
British Land Planarian ; Oil and Eggs ; A Pavement Fossil ;
Kellaways Ammonites ; More Chats on British Mammals ; The
Food of the Oyster ; Chemistry of Igneous Rocks ; British Copper
Ores ; Danes’ Dyke : as it was not, and as it is ; Cumberland

Black Lead in 1684 ; Water Movements in the North Sea ; Derby-
shire Again ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 257-262

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) — Dr. L. F . Spath ... 263-269
Field Notes (illustrated) : — Defoliation of ‘Bird Cherry ’ in Yorkshire ;

Large Clutch of Robin’s Eggs ; Young Common Seal in Filey Bay ;

Young Seal at Scarborough ; Depressaria nervosa in South-west
Yorkshire ; Mammoth Tooth in Holderness Boulder Clay ; Bronze-
Age Beaker from South Cave, E. Yorks. ... ... ... ... 270-272

‘ The Matron,’ Flamborough Head (illustrated) — T. Sheppard,

M.Sc., F.G.S. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 273-274

In Memoriam : — Baker Hudson (portrait) — T.S. ... ... ... ... 275-276

The Geology and Natural History of Malham — W . H . Pearsall, D .Sc.,

F.L.S., and F. A. Mason, F .R.M .S . ... ... ... ... ... 277-280

Yorkshire Naturalists at Flamborough — W. H. Pearsall, D.Sc.,

F .L.S ., and F . A . Mason, F .R.M .S . ... ... ... ... ... 280-282

Entomologists at Askham Bog — W . D. Hinchs and T. B. Kitchen ... 282-284
Reviews and Book Notices (illustrated) ... ... ... ... 272,284-286

Proceedings of Scientific Societies... ... ... ... ... ... 276

News from the Magazines ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 287

Northern News ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 262, 274, 288

Illustrations ... ... 258, 259, 261, 264, 266, 267, 270, 271, 273, 275, 285

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum.

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION

BRYOLOGICAL SECTION.

Excursion to Buckden, for the purpose of working Beckermonds, September
19th Week-end (Saturday and Sunday).

Headquarters : Buck Inn, Buckden, near Skipton.

Members should apply direct to the proprietors, Messrs. C. and A. Varley,
stating that they belong to the party. Terms 1 plainer day.

Buses for Buckden meet trains from Grassington.

F. L. MILSOM, Hon. Sec.,

High Cross, Kirkburton,

Huddersfield.

BOOKS FOR SALE.

Geological and Miscellaneous Books.

At 1/- each.

The Age of the Earth. Arthur Holmes.

Introductory Text-book of Geology. David Page.

Rudimentary Treatise on Geology. Lieut. -Col. Portlock.

Stones and Quarries. J. Allen Howe.

First Book of Mineralogy. J. H. Collins.

Bristol Geology and Geography. S. H. Reynolds.

Lessons on Soil. E. J. Russell.

The Origin of Earthquakes. C. Davison.

At 1 /3 each .

Elements of Mineralogy. F. Rutley.

Salt and the Salt Industry. A. F. Calvert.

At 1/6 each.

Corals and Coral Islands. J. D. Dana.

The Battle of Land and Sea on the Lancashire, Cheshire and North
Wales Coasts (2nd Ed.). Wm. Ashton.

Centenary of a Nineteenth Century Geologist. E. W. Binney.
Physical Geography. T. S. Traill.

First Steps in Earth -Knowledge. J. A. Harrison.

Geology : Chapters of Earth History. George Hickling.

Elementary Practical Physiography. J. Thornton.

History of Geology. Woodward.

At 1/9 each.

Methods in Practical Petrology. Milner and Part.

The Erosion of the Coast and its Prevention. F. W. S. Stanton.

At 2/- each.

Geology for Beginners. W. W* Watts.

A New System of Geology. Mary Salter.

Elementary Geology. Charles Bird.

Outline of the Geology of the Globe. E. Hitchcock.

Field Note -book of Geological Illustrations. Hilda D. Sharpe.
Geology for Schools and Students. F. C. Bakewell.

Conversations on Geology. Granville Penn.

Geology, Inerology and Crystallography. Orr’s Circle of the Sciences.
An Introduction to Geology. C. I. Gardiner.

Advanced Text-book of Geology. David Page.

Class Book of Geology (3rd Ed.). Sir Archibald Geikie.

Comparison of British and American Foundry Practice (Paper Cover).
P. G. H. Boswell.

Apply — Dept. “ C,” c/o A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

257

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

ROMAN HUDDERSFIELD.

The Borough of Huddersfield and Dr. Woodhead are to-
be congratulated on the continued high standard of The
Tolson Memorial Museum Publications ; Handbook IV.P en-
titled ‘ Huddersfield in Roman Times/ by Ian A. Richmond,,
has just appeared. It contains 116 closely printed pages*
many illustrations, and is sold at the price of one shilling*
though we feel sure each copy has cost more. Roman roads
and relics receive considerable attention, and there is an
appendix recording the various Roman coins found in the
area.

A NEW BRITISH LAND PLANARIAN.

Mr. E. Percival records (Quart. Journ. Micr. Science *
March, 1925) the finding of a new British land planarian —
Rhynchodemus britannicus. He collected specimens in York-
shire under large stones and logs which had lain undistrubed
for a considerable time, always on moist clay or loam, and
associated with earthworms and slugs, never with centipedes
and carnivorous beetles. The planarian, which is extremely
contractile, may attain a length of 90 mm., and is 1.5 mm.
broad when in the extended condition. The anterior end
tapers gently to a fine point, and just behind the tip is a single
pair of minute eyes. The colour is variable — sulphur-yellow,,
salmon-pink, or dirty grey, and the ventral surface is paler*
the mid-ventral region being practically white. The mouth
is mid-ventral, and about the middle of the length of the
worm, and the genital pore 5-8 mm. farther back. Mu,
Percival gives a brief account of the anatomy, which is similar
to that of other species of Rhynchodemus. The cocoons are
2 to 3 mm. in diameter. The planarian feeds on earthworms*
sucking up the partly decomposed tissues of the worm and
leaving only the cuticle, but how the worms were killed could
not be ascertained. In one specimen many spores of a gregar-
ine, probably Monocyst is, were present in the endoderm cells*
no doubt ingested while feeding on an earthworm. Two ex-
amples of this new speck s have also been collected at Stockport,,
and the author thinks that a specimen found at Plymouth
prooably also belonged to this species, in which case this new
planarian would appear to be widely distributed in England.

OIL AND EGGS.

A writer in The Yorkshire Evening Post has been inter-
viewing >one of the Bempton ‘ dimmers.' ’ Speaking of the
alleged fewer birds, the dimmer says: ‘ “And for why ?
You can’t get eggs if you can’t get birds. Some say we
have been climmin’ them out. It’s not that. What’s the good
of protecting the birds wi’ one hand if you’re going to twist

1925 Sept. 1

R

Notes and Comments.

258

their necks round, in a manner of speaking, with the other?
Its oil, sir, that’s what it is. Oil that’s making some folks
fortunes, hut’s the ruination of us. Mebby you’ve seen
birds on the shore smeared wi’ the stuff. It’s worse here.
It’s never been so bad. But what can you expect. Not
only ships a-pumping it out every day, but hundreds of boats,
what would reach from Flamborough to Scarborough, under
the sea, still letting it loose. They were bowled over during
the war, and all the oil can’t have left ’em yet. It’s that oil,
sir. It sticks worse nor treycle. I’ve had to scrape it off
the eggs wi’ a knife. It’s smeared on all the ledges. I’ve
seen this year what I haven’t seen afore — a kittiwake that flew
away with a nest and eggs as well slickin' to her." ’

A PAVEMENT FOSSIL.

Under the above heading a London daily paper recently
printed the following note, together with the second illustration

appearing below : ‘ The above sketch, from a drawing in The
Lancet , shows a fossil which has been found in a curious manner
in London. Mr. Vere G. Webb writes that for 18 months
he has been watching a curious mark in a York paving stone
near his home on Haverstock Hill, Hampstead. The wear
and tear of innumerable feet have brought to light a fine
section of a bovine head, showing crest, horns with their
cores, one orbit, one nostril, and muzzle. Mr. Winter, the
Hampstead Borough Engineer, has had the stone removed
to the Town Hall.’ As we had our doubts about a cow having
wandered about in Carboniferous times, we asked the Borough
Engineer to favour us with a photograph, and from it we
have very carefully traced the first of the two figures. What
the stains on the flagstones are we cannot say, but they have
clearly nothing to do with a cow.

KELLAWAYS AMMONITES.

In Part LII. of Type Ammonites, Mr. S.S. Buckman
informs us that ‘ Specimens collected from Kellaways Rock

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

259

and subjacent beds of Wiltshire by the Geological Survey
show that Gulielmiceras gulielmi- like forms are from the base
of the Kellaways Rock, and not from the upper part, as was
supposed ; also that something resembling the Catacephalites
faunas of South Cave, Yorkshire, occur in a similar position,
and therefore do not indicate Macrocephalitan date. Study of
the faunas of Christian Malford and Calvert show that, pos-
sibly, many species assigned to the date of athleta, coming
from the Kelloway [sic] Rock of Yorkshire, are earlier,
possibly as early as hoplistes and zugium of Kosmoceratan.
The Kelloway Rock of Yorkshire is a stratum much con-
densed, with many lacunae, and it took from ages Proplanul-
itan to Vertumniceratan to deposit it.’

MORE CHATS ON BRITISH MAMMALS.*

Following his little work, ‘ Chats on British Mammals/

noticed in our journal for April, Dr. Simpson has produced
a companion volume devoted to rodents and bats, this also
being a result of his Broadcasting Talks, which were reported
in the South Wales newspapers. We are permitted to repro-
duce one of many interesting illustrations herewith. It
represents the skull of a hare showing an abnormal growth of
the incisor teeth, due to damage to the teeth when young.

THE FOOD OF THE OYSTER, f

This report is principally concerned with the possible
causes of the * fattening ' of oysters. Monthly analyses of
the food taken in by oysters from two beds at Orford, Suffolk,
were made throughout a year. In one of these beds oysters
fatten much better than in the other. The chief results
were : — (1) Feeding was practically limited to summer and
autumn, with a maximum in August and September ; (2)

* By J. J. Simpson, D.Sc. London : Sheldon Press, 125 pp., 2/6 net.
f Fishery Investigations, Series II., Vol. VIII., No. 1., 50 pp., price
■*/-

j.92a Sept. 1

26o

Notes and Comments .

The greater part of the food consisted of organic detritus, ani-
mate food never exceeding io per cent. ; (3) There was a

definite difference in the quantity and quality of the animate
food in the oysters from the two beds. (4) There is an ap-
parent relation between the consumption of diatoms (micro-
scopic plants) and ‘ fattening ’ ; one particular species of
diatom is indicated as the principal cause.

CHEMISTRY OF IGNEOUS ROCKS.

Under the heading of ‘ The Physical Chemistry of Igneous
Rock Formation : A General Discussion,’ a record has been
published by the Faraday Society, the Geological Society
and the Mineralogical Society.* This contains the following
contributions ‘Introductory Address/ by Dr. J. S. Flett ;

‘ Review of Recent Work on the Origin and Differentiation of
Igneous Rocks/ by G. W. Tyrrell ; ‘ Homogeneous Equilibria
in Magmatic Melts and their Bearing on the Processes of
Igneous Rock Formation/ by Prof. Paul Niggli ; ‘ Some

Ultimate Problems in Petrogenesis/ by W. A. Richardson ;

Magmatic Ores/ by J. W. Gregory ; ‘ Proposed Researches
on the Chemistry and Physics of Igneous Magmas and Rocks/
by J- W. Evans ; * The Theory of Crystallisation in Rock

Magmas/ by C. H. Desch ; ‘ Some Physical Properties of

Silicate Glasses and their Possible Bearing on the History of
Igneous Rocks/ by W. E. S. Turner ; * The Formation of

Eutectic and Similar Rock Formation/ by A. Scott. The
discussions on the various papers are also published.

BRITISH COPPER ORES.

At the remarkably low price of two shillings, Volume XXX.
of the Special Reports on the Mineral Resources of Great
Britain has been issued by H.M. Geological Survey. The
present volume deals with Copper Ores of the Midlands,
Wales, the Lake District and the Isle of Man, and is by Henry
Dewey and T. Eastwood, with contributions by others.
Reference is made to the mines now being worked, or which
have formerly been worked for copper ores, and evidence is
produced of Roman, if not still earlier, mining, in the area
under discussion, though to-day copper mining is not of very
much importance in these parts. There are several plans and
other illustrations in the text, the whole making an important
contribution to the mineralogical literature of Britain.

DANES’ DYKE : AS IT WAS NOT.

It is interesting sometimes to compare drawings of well-
known topographical features with actual photographs, and
the disparity is often startling. Few instances, however,
have proved so noticeable as the engraving of Danes’ Dyke
appearing in Volume IV. of Allen’s ‘ History of the County

* pp. 413-501. 6/6 net.

Naturalist.

Notes and Comments.

261

of York/ 1831, and a photograph, which is reproduced here-
with, taken from the same view-point. The plate bears the

inscription ‘ N. Whittock, Delt. J. Rogers, Sc.’ Possibly each
of these gentlemen has ‘ added a bit ! ’ Those familiar with

AND as it is. •

Danes’ Dyke will be interested to see the carriage shown as
being driven along a rocky ledge in the distance.

CUMBERLAND BLACK LEAD IN 1684.

In an account of ‘ Early Science at Oxford,’ in a recent
issue of Nature, under date 1684, we learn that ‘ Dr. Plot

1925 Sept. 1

262

Notes and Comments .

presented ye Society with an Elf Arrow [flint arrow head]
brought from within two, or three, miles of Edinborough,
where they are in great plenty. He shewed also some naturall
gold of Scotland in a pepin, or great grain, and he also com-
municated an account of Black Lead found onely in Keswick
in Cumberland, and there called Wadt, or Kellow.’

WATER MOVEMENTS IN THE NORTH SEA. *

During the year September, 1920, to September, 1921, the
Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries carried out very extensive
experiments with drift bottles in the Southern North Sea.
At each of seven light-vessels (four English, two Dutch and
one French), fifty bottles were put out each week. Half the
bottles were floaters and half bottom trailers. The aim was
to obtain information as to the water movements associated
with differing wind conditions, and to see if there existed any
seasonal variations in the currents. The present report deals
with the surface floating bottles, of which two-thirds were
returned. A parallel study of wind and drift is made, and
conclusions as to their interdependence are arrived at ; broad
generalisations as to seasonal changes in the surface water
movements are made.

DERBYSHIRE AGAIN.

According to The Daily Mail, which had an * exclusive
article ’ on the subject, three burial vases have been found in
Derbyshire, and hailing from that county we are not at all
surprised to find that one of the vases is ‘ probably one of the
finest Celtic remains found in this country. The finding of
three urns within a space of three yards is probably alnrost
unique.’ They are also ‘ believed to be thousands of years
old.’ Oddly enough, the press has not yet been flooded with
photographs of these vases, but we will undertake to produce
half a dozen better ones, and certainly many other Museums
can do the same. A brief reference to Greenwell’s ‘ British
Barrows,’ Mortimer’s ‘ Forty Years’ Researches,’ or other
standard publications would have shown that finding three
vases within three yards was anything but ‘ almost unique /
whatever that may be !

: o :

Prof. A. C. Seward, F.R.S., favours us with a copy of his address,
‘ Records of Ancient Plants within the Empire : What we know and

what we need,’ reprinted from the Report of the Imperial Botanical
Conference, London. He also sends the Masters Lecture for 1924, on
' Arctic Vegetation, Past and Present,’ reprinted from The Journal of
the Royal Horticultural Society, Vol. L., Pt. 1, 1925.’

* Fishery Investigations, Series II., Vol. VIII., No. 2 — The Water
Movements in the Southern North Sea. Part I. — The Surface Drift,
by J. N. Carruthers. London : H. M. Stationery Office, 119 pp., price
14/- net) .

Naturalist

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

263

DR. L. F. SPATH.

V. — Arietites, Asteroceras, and allied Genera.

A number of groups of Yorkshire Ammonites belonging to
the family Arietidce in the wider (Hyatt’s) sense1 require
discussion, but in the present article it is intended to review
only some stocks of the restricted family Arietidce A The
Yorkshire Lias is especially famous for its Eparietites (=
group of Ammonites collenotii d’Orbigny, A. tenellus J.
Buckman, A. impendens Young and Bird, A. denotatus
Simpson), and for its ‘ degenerate Asteroceras ,’ exemplified
by the well-known ‘ Aegoceras sagittarium Blake.’ This last
was quite erroneously interpreted by Wright3 as a variety
of Sowerby’s Ammonites jamesoni of much higher beds, and,
like Eparietites, is unknown from the Dorset Coast. It is
assumed that there is a non -sequence between the stellar e
and lymense zones as already mentioned (p. 109). Dr. W. D.
Lang, in a forthcoming paper on the Dorset sequence, will give
details of the upper beds of the ‘ Black Marls.’ In discussing
the two stocks above mentioned, namely Eparietites and the
sagittarium group, and their relations to the true Asteroceras
and Arietites — which last is represented in the Hull Museum
material sent to me by forms referred to such widely known
species as Ammonites brooki Sowerby and the turneri-plotti
group — attention may be directed again to the incompleteness
of our knowledge of the Yorkshire sequence.

The stratigraphical position of the various species of
Eparietites, for example, requires investigation. Mr. Buckman
in 19194 put Eparietites impendens into the stellare ( denotatus )
zone ; and a position at the limit of the old oxynotum and
obtusum zones seems probable from a study of the sequence
given in the following table, and the fact that one side of Wright's
example of Arietites denotatus (Simpson), PL VI., fig. 1 (really
Eparietites fowleri J. Buckman sp.5) from Cheltenham, not
Yorkshire, is crowded with immature Angulaticeras {laeim-ata
group). The table shows the subdivisions of the Oxynoti-
ceratan and Asteroceratan ages, _ and links up the beds of
the Deroceratan, listed previously (see supra, p. 169) with
those of the Arietitan6 age below, including the pos i-alcmae
to post -turneri [ =turgescens ] horizons.7

1 ' Genesis of the Arietidae.’ Smithson. Contribut. 673 (1889).

2 Spath, Proc. Geol. Assoc., 1924, p. 205.

3 Loc. cit. (1882), pp. 355, 372.

4 ‘ Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. II. (1919), PL CXX.

5 See ‘ Pal. Universalis,’ 1904, PI. XXXVII.

6 Spath, 1924, p. 206 = ' Microderoceratan, ’ S. S. Buckman, 1925.

7 Spath, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. (1923), table to p. 84.

1925 Sept. 1

264

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

Spath :

Dorset.

a f lymense

oxynotum

X

■'i

a

>»

x

c

..-e

bifer

J simpsoni
lacunatum
f denotatus
| ziphus ?

J stellare
landrioti
plariicosta
obtusum
_ capricornoides

^absent ?

X

X

X

X

X

Yorkshire,
absent ?

[ gap ? ]

X

, ? -

p

X

X

X

X

^doubtful

Wurtemberg.1
absent ?

oxynotum
oxynotum + bifer
bifer

bifer fft lacunatum
lacunatum

1 planicosta ’ etc.
► beds
(not subdivided)

J

Fig. 5.

Asteroceras blakei sp. nov., Lower Lias, Robin Hood’s Bay (B. M-
So. C-igggi). One of ■ Blake’s examples of Arietites obtusus (p. 287),
referred to by G. C. Crick ( Naturalist , 1922, p. 283.).

Now the Yorkshire species of Ep arietites may not all
come from the denotatus zone, and it seems to me that the
stellare and obtusum zones in particular require investigation
in the field. Blake’s example of Arietites stellaris (already
referred to by the late G. C. Crick in The Naturalist, 1922,
p. 283) is a crushed Ammonites s.s. (bisulcatus group), and one
of his Arietites obtusus is here figured as a new species of
Asteroceras ( A . blakei sp. nov., fig. 5) allied to and only

1 After Frebold, ‘ Ueber Cyklische Meeres-Sedimentation.’ Leipzig,
1925, p. 15.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 265

more compressed and more closely costate than Aster ocer as
■smithi J. de C. Sowerby sp.1 Again the various large Yorkshire
ammonites referred to A. stellar e, such as the example figured
by Mr. C. Thompson in The Naturalist (1910, PI. XIL, fig. 2),
include not only forms probably of the group of A. margarita
Parona,2 but Arietites of an earlier age, and I have not seen
any Yorkshire specimens that could be identified with either
A. stellar e or A. ohtusum. Detailed collecting would thus be
extremely7 useful, especially since Eparnioceras (‘ semicostatus '*
group) has now also been found by Dubar3 to be associated
with Ammonites ‘planicosta,’ the commonest ammonite of
the Asteroceratan age. I formerly4 suggested that Eparnio-
ceras may belong to the birchi zone, but it is possible that it
will yet turn out to be of even planicosta age, with which
species Ep. flavum S. Buckman, in any case, occurs. Whether
the fifteen feet of turneri beds at the top of Tate and Blake’s
bucklandi zone correspond with the turneri horizon of the
Dorset coast also remains to be seen. Mr. Buckman5 doubt-
fully put these beds into the birchi zone, but neither Microdero-
ceras birchi itself nor the common Arietites of the turneri-
plotti assemblage has been seen by the writer from Yorkshire,
except in such immature, doubtful examples as those described
below. Here is obviously a great opportunity for anyone
desirous of investigating the reality of assumed non-sequences.

For the group of AEgoceras sagittarium Blake6 the new genus
Htgasteroceras gen. nov,7 may be proposed. The typical
form, with 20-24 ribs Per whorl, as represented by the holotype
(Sedgwick Museum) includes also Blake’s fig. 2b (B. M. No.
C17881) and the large example (B. M. No. C18040) recorded
by Crick8 ; further Wright’s PI. LIT, figs. 1-2 (B. M. No.
C13124) of 235 mm. diameter, and his figs. 4-5 of PI. LIX.
and figs. 3-4 of PI. LIIa, which represent, rather incorrectly,
the same individual (B. M. No. C1873). The second of Blake’s
examples of Arietites obtusus also belongs to the present
species, as suggested already by Crick.9

Ammonites capricostatus Quenstedt10 appears to be identical

1 ‘ Mineral Conchology,’ Vol. IV. (1823), PL CCCCVI.

2 ‘ Ammoniti del Lias inferiore del Saltrio,’ Mem. Soc. Pal. Suisse,
Vol. XXIII. (1886), p. 41, PL V., fig. 8.

3 ‘Contribution a l’Etude du Lias de la Feuille de Mezieres,’ Bull.
Sew. Carte. Geol. France, No. 152, Vol. XXVII. (1923), p. 20.

4 Loc. cit. {Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1923), p. 71.

5 In Memoir ‘ Geology — Whitby and Scarborough,’ 2nd ed. (1915), p. 68

6 In Tate and Blake, loc. cit. (1876), p. 276, Pl. VII., fig. 2a only.

7 Genotype : up. simile, sp. nov. = Mgoceras sagittarium, Wright,

non Blake, Pl. LIIa, figs. 5-6 only, as represented by the example of
which the suture-line is here figured, fig. 6a.

8 Loc. cit. (1922), p. 276.

9 Ibid., p. 283.

10 Loc. cit. (1884), p. 145, PL XIX., fig. 14 (non 15).

1925 Sept. 1

266

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

with M. sagittarium. For the form depicted by Wright in Pi..
LIIa., figs. 1-2 (B.M. No. C1922) the new name AE. crassum,
may be suggested. This is more coarsely and distantly ribbed
and distinctly keeled, and its resemblance to Waehnerocems
latimontanum Neumayr, seemed to Hyatt1 to be a remark-
ably good example of morphological equivalence. Wright’s
specimen (B.M. No. C1875) of PL LIIa, fig. 6 may be transitional
between AE. sagittarium and AE. crassum, and will probably
have to be included in AE. acuticostatum Wright.2 Its whorl
shape was depicted as too quadrate, for it agrees with that of
Wright’s fig. 2, PI. XXXV.

The suture line of AE. acuticostatum figured by Wright3
shows some agreement with that of the genotype AE. simile-

Suture lines of ( a ) ZEgasteroceras simile gen. et sp. nov., genotype,
holotype (L. F. S. No. 1874), Robin Hood’s Bay, at diameter of 30 mm.
(X about 2) ; ( b ) As-teroceras marstonense sp. nov. (B. M. No. C17997),
Marston Magna, at 17 mm. (X about 3.5); (c) Arietites cf. brooki (J.

Sowerby) Hull Museum (Drift) = Ar. brooki (Reynes) in C. Thompson,
Q. J. G. S., 1913, p. 180, at 25 mm. (x about 3) ; ( d ) Arietites brooki
(J. Sowerby), immature, Lyme Regis (W. D. Lang, Coll. 4455, bed 74^)
a*t 20 mm. (last but one suture-line X about 3-5) ; (e) Slatteriies slatteri
(Wright), B. M No. C16953, Drake’s Broughton, Worcestershire, at 30 mm.
(X about 2) ; (/) Asteroceras obtusum (J. Sowerby) from Wurtemberg

at whorl height of 5-9 mm. (after Dietz, 1923, text-fig. 24, p. 428). Lobe
formula : U3 U2 L E (reduced f).

(Wright’s fig. 5 of PI. LIIa.) here represented (fig. 6a), in which,
fortunately, the internal elements could also be exposed.

1 Loc. cit. (1889), p. 201

2 Loc. cit. (1880), p. 371, PL XXXV., figs. 1-3, 7.

3 Loc. cit. (1880), PI. XXXV., fig. 7. The suture-line figured in 1882
(PI. LII, fig. 3) said to be that of ZE. sagittarium, does not belong to any
example of the present group.

Fiq. 6.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 267

The complete lobe lines of an Asteroceras of the group of A.
smithi (J. de C. Sowerby) namely A. marstonense sp. nov.
(text fig. 7),1 and of a Wurtemberg example of A. obtusum
(fig. 6f) after Dietz 2 are also figured for comparison, and it
will be seen that they do not differ materially from the suture
lines of Arietites of the brooki type, figured in text figs. 6 c
and d. There is some resemblance of the AEgasteroceras to
Slatterites obtusiformis Spath,3 with ribs opposite, which has

Fig. 7.

Asteroceras marstonense sp. nov., Lower Lias (Robin Hood’s Bay ?),
W. Bean Coll. (B. M. No. 37948).

often been mistaken for AE. sagittarium. The suture line of
Slatterites slatteri (fig. 6e) shews that its reference to the family
0 xynoticeratidce^ instead of Arietidce is justifiable.

Comparison of the suture-line of AEgasteroceras with the
very similar lobe-lines of Asteroceras amblypty chits or ‘ AsiS
ptychogenos Pompeckj5=^Ptycharietites gen. nov.6 may suggest

1 The far more abundant, more closely costate, companion species
of A. smithi in the Marston Stone, with 22-25 instead of 15 ribs. Both,
with A. blakei, are transitional to AEgasteroceras.

2 Loc. cit. (1923), text-fig. 24, p. 428. 3 See supra, p. 171.

4 To replace Oxynotidce Hyatt, used in 1924 (Spath, loc. cit., p. 206).

5 ‘ Neue Ammon, a. d. Unt. Lias v. Portugal.’ Zeitschr. Deutsche
Geol. Ges., Vol. XLIX. (1897), p. 649, text-figs, 4-5, PI. XXIII., figs. 3c-d.

6 Genotype : A. ptychogenos Pompeckj., loc. cit., p. 643, PI. XXIII.,

figs. 2a, b.

1925 Sept. 1

268 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

genetic connexion, but the Portuguese forms 1 are probably
closer to Eparietites — which tends towards such discoidal
forms as Ep. choffati Pompeckj sp.,2 3 4 * and does not return to
an Aster ocer as whorl-shape — and Slatterites, which loses the
keel entirely. When the horizons of all these stocks are
definitely known it is hoped to get good additional evidence
for a final rejection of the views on ammonite development
connected with the names of Hyatt and Wiirtenberger.

It might be concluded from Blake’s account that JEgastero-
ceras is of post -stellar e date, and it appears actually to be
connected, not with Asteroceras of the early obtusus 3 group,
but with the later smithi types by a perfect series of gradations.
Of these one link is Young and Bird’s Ammonites redcarensisp
having the same number of ribs (15) as Asteroceras smithi,
but a less pronounced keel, and referable to YEgasteroceras.
Reynes’s Amm. retususp however, is still close to Asteroceras
obtusum. Fiege’s6 contention that A. obtusum and A. stellar et
together with Arietites brooki, are merely variants of one group
cannot be upheld in view of their stratigraphical position
in the Dorset sequence. Asteroceras is probably the descend-
ant of Arietites s.s., and there are various forms intermediate
between Ar. pseudobrooki n. nov.7 and Asteroceras bredonense
nov. The auriculoids of the inner whorls of Asteroceras stellar e
are coenogenetic, and do not indicate connexion with, e.g.,
the earlier Euagassiceras. But it would be interesting to
discover whether the five Dorset horizons of the Asteroceratan
age are really developed on the Yorkshire coast. Not only
is there no trace of Epophioceras (landrioti group), but Ammon-
ites scoresbyi Simpson,8 if a Xipheroceras at all, is quite unlike
any of the numerous Lyme forms of this genus. They include
X. dudressieri d’Orbigny sp., as represented by Wright’s PL
XXIV., figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, one of which contains, in the same

1 These include still another entirely new development, Pompeckioceras
gen. nov., proposed for .Arietites ( Arnioceras ?) oncocephalus Pompeckj.
(loc. cit., 1897, p. 654, PI. XXIII., figs. 7a-c).

2 ‘ Notes sur les Oxynoticeras du Sinemurien Superieur clu Portugal,"1
etc.,’ Comm. Serv. Geol. Portugal, Vol. VI. (1907), p. 228, PI. I., figs, 2-5.

3 Wright’s Ar. obtusus (non Sowerby, PI. XXI., figs. 1, 2, B.M.
No. C2222), is a distinct form with high and steep umbilical edge, and
may be renamed Asteroceras bredonens@, n. nov.

4 £ Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast,’ 1822, p. 258, PI. XIV.,

fig. 10.

& Loc. cit. (1879), PI. XXXVII., figs. 12-13 (lectotype).

6 ‘ Biostratigraphie der Arietenschichten Nordwestdeutschlands and
Wurttembergs.’ Inaug. Dissert. Gottingen, 1923, P- 58. B.M. No. C.
I75Q5-

7 Like Arietites cf. turgescens S. Buckman in Wright, PI. XII., figs.
1-3, but umbilicus = 33% of diameter.

8 See S. S. Buckman, ‘ Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. L (1911),
PI. XXXIX.

Naturalist

269

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

block, an Eparnioceras flavum (S. Buckman), whereas another
encloses various Asteroceras of the stellare type, with and with-
out auriculoids. Xipheroceras rasinodum (Quenstedt), including
Wright’s PL XXV., also belongs to this assemblage, further
A", perplanicosta, n. n. (Wright’s PL XXIV., fig. 3 only =
B.M. No. C2233), X. ziphiforme n. n. (=Wright’s fig. 8 [and
6?] of the same plate), X. perarmatum, n. n. (=Wright’s Pl.
XXIV., fig. 7), and X. sequicostatum n. n. ( = Reynes, loc. cit.,
1879, PL XL., figs. i5-i6 = B.M. No. C3541).1 The writer is
now working out the Xipheroceras sequence as illustrated by
the Dorset material collected by Dr. W. D. Lang, and it may
suffice for the present to state that X. of the ziphus type,
occurring in Yorkshire and also the Marston Stone, are absent
in Dorset, and may thus well be of post -stellare date.

The brooki-turneri- like forms of Arietites, the suture-line
of one of which is here figured (fig. 6c), were referred by Messrs.
Thompson and Buckman to Arietites brooki (Reynes non
Sowerby?) and Ar. plotti (Reynes). The latter species is more
evolute than the Yorkshire form, which is certainly very similar
to Reynes’s Amm. turneri, though I have not seen any adult
Yorkshire example that could be absolutely identified with
Sowerby ’s species or its close ally Ar. plotti. The Hull Museum
specimens are immature, but in straightness of costation and
compression of the lateral areas are more closely comparable
to Sowerby ’s type than to Reynes’s Amm. brooki (especially
Pl. XXXVII., figs. 1-2, of similar dimensions). Although
Sowerby’s A. brooki is less sharply costate on the inner whorls,,
the suture-line certainly is comparable, but identification with
this form is also impossible. The somewhat similar example
figured by Wright (PL XXIIa., fig. 4), if not actually the
young of Eparietites impendens (Young and Bird), may be an
immature form of the same genus, having not only a more
prominent umbilical edge than Arietites brooki, but finely
costate inner whorls.

Larger examples of Ar. brooki develop smooth outer whorls,,
and similar forms, retaining tricarination of the periphery,
have been found in Yorkshire. These are thus true Arietites ,
not Asteroceras stellare, under which name they have generally-
been recorded. Only careful systematic collecting, however,
will enable us to determine whether the lower horizons of the
obtusum zone, in Oppel’s sense, are developed on the Yorkshire
coast in a manner similar to that of Dorset. It will be re-
membered that Microderoceras birchi also, most abundant just
below Arietites turneri , appears to be scarce in Yorkshire.

1 Xipheroceras ? pseudoziphus n. n. ( — Ammonites ziphus Reynes, pars.,
loc. cit., 1879, Pl. XXXIX., figs. 8-9) has not yet been recognised in any
British example.

1925 Sept. 1

270

FIELD NOTES.

Defoliation of ‘ Bird Cherry ’ in Yorkshire. — The

accompanying photograph represents a ‘ Bird Cherry ’ tree,
Prunus Padus, growing near Goathland, which I recently
examined in company with Messrs. Frank Snowdon and James
Patterson. The tree is about 20 feet high. All the leaves
had been eaten, and the branches appeared as if they had
been painted with a metallic enamel. On a closer examination

we found that a kind of cobweb had been spun all around
the branches, and small caterpillars were crawling over the
web. Specimens of these have been submitted to Mr. G. T.
Porritt, who kept some of the larvae, which on emerging proved
to be, as he] anticipated, Yponomeuta evonymellus Linn. = Y.
padi Zell. " He also reports that with them were numerous
ichneumons, the name of which he will send later. — R. J.
Flintoff, Goathland.

Large Clutch of Robin’s Eggs. — This season I found a
Robin’s nest, which had been built in an old biscuit tin,

Xaturalist

Field Notes.

271

thrown into a bed of nettles. The nest contained six eggs.
The bird incubated the eggs for a few days and then disap-
peared. I did not remove the eggs, and passing by some
little time after I found an additional five eggs in the nest,
obviously laid by another bird. This made eleven eggs in
the nest, which the second bird was covering ; in a few days
she disappeared. There are a lot of rats in the neighbourhood,
and no doubt both sitting birds were either destroyed or
frightened away. All the eggs, afterwards, were gradually
•taken. — R. Fortune.

Young Common Seal in Filey Bay.— On July 23rd a
young Common Seal came ashore near Hunmanby Gap. It
was alive when captured, but died soon after. Its length was
40 inches. It had no sign of injury, and I fancy starvation
was the cause of death. It must have wandered either from

the great nursery in the Wash or from the Fames, where they
occasionally breed. Or possibly it may have been born on a
lonely stretch of sands on the Holderness coast. — R. Fortune.

Young Seal at Scarborough. — Since the above was
written, another young Seal has been captured near the Royal
Albert Drive at Scarboro’. It came in with the tide on August
12th, and was caught by a visitor, who pulled it out of the
water. The animal threatened to bite, whereupon its captor
released his hold, and the seal swam away. Several photo-
graphers were able to take snaps while the animal was held.
It was estimated to weigh about 40 lbs. — R.F.*

Depressaria nervosa in South-west Yorkshire. — Dur-
ing the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union excursion to Coxley on
June 25th, certain larvae were found in abundance on plants
of (Enanthe crocata L. In common with the other entomolo-
gists I collected a supply, which have produced moths that
Mr. G. T. Porritt identifies as Depressaria nervosa. Thus a

* A further specimen was seen at Kilnsea early in August. — Ed.

1925 Sept. 1

272

Reviews and Book Notices.

valuable record is established, as a result of the field-day. —
Charles Mosley, Huddersfield.

D. nervosa is widely distributed in Britain, but in York-
shire had only previously been recorded from Scarborough. —
G.T.P.

Mammoth Tooth in Holderness Boulder Clay. — While
walking on the beach at Aldbrough I noticed protruding
from the tough purple boulder clay, and firmly embedded in
it, a small mammoth tooth to which portions of the jaw-bone
were still attached. The precise position is about 350 yards
north of the Inn, and the depth was about 50 feet from the
surface. There is no doubt about the position of the tooth
being actually in the clay in the same way as the other boulders.
Its weight is 2 lbs. 14 ozs. — R. W. Lamb, Hull.

Bronze -Age Beaker from South Cave, E. Yorks. —
During excavations at South Cave recently, a human skeleton,
with a prehistoric vessel, were discovered, the remains of
which have been placed in the Museum at Hull, but unfor-
tunately the objects have suffered from the zeal of souvenir
hunters. The parts preserved show distinctly that the vessel
is one of the ‘ beakers/ or drinking cups, of the Bronze Age,
and would originally be about 7 ins. in height and 4 ins. in
width, the whole of the outer surface being decorated by a
punctured cord-like series of encircling lines, with, in parts,
diagonal incisions giving a triangular ornamentation to
zones of the vessel. — T. Sheppard.

: o :

Lobo, by E. T. Seton. 125 pp., 2/6 net. This is a series of stories
taken from the author’s ‘ Wild Animals I have Known.’ The chapters
refer to ‘ Lobo : the King of the Currumpaw ’ ; ‘ Silverspot, the Story of
a Crow ’ ; ‘ Redruff, the Story of the Don Valley [Toronto] Partridge/
and ‘ Bingo, the Story of My Dog.’ Mr. Seton is fond of his dogs, and
tells us so.

Concerning the Habits of Insects, by F. Balfour -Browne. Lon-
don : Cambridge University Press, 169 pp., 6/- net. Professor Balfour-
Browne, the well-known Zoologist, delivered a series of lectures at the
Royal Institution last year, respecting which there was much favourable
press comment made at the time. These lectures deal with Insect
Collecting and what it may lead to, The Habits of Bees and Wasps, of
Caterpillars, of the Dragonfly, the Water-beetle, and of Insects and the
Work of Man. The volume is well illustrated.

A Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns, by J. C. Willis.
London : Cambridge University Press, 727 pp., 20/- net. We have

pleasure in drawing attention to the fact that the compact and invaluable
Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns, by Dr. j. C. Willis, has
reached a fifth edition. The Dictionary in its present form is in one
alphabet, and not only is there the dictionary of plants, particulars of
the families, popular names, technical terms, etc., but there is also a
key to the family of flowering plants based on Engler’s classification as
given in Die Natiir lichen pflanzenfamilien , and revised in his Syllabus,
Ed. 7.

Naturalist

273

“THE MATRON,” FLAMBOROUGH HEAD.

T. SHEPPARD, M .SC. , F.G.S.

In The Naturalist for October, 1923, attention was drawn
to the fact that during the previous winter The King,’ a well
known feature off Flamborough Headland, had lost a leg,
and the portion remaining seemed top-heavy. While en-
deavouring to ascertain when this occurred, it was discovered
that another well known feature, off ‘ High Stacks,’ * The
Matron ’ had disappeared, apparently some time ago, but
none had noted its absence. After searching through hundreds

“ The Matron,” Flamborough.

of photographs and engravings, we appealed for a view of
‘ The Matron ’ in order to publish it as a record, and to show
the nature of the coast changes even in a hard rocky promon-
tory.

We have recently found an excellent illustration by no less
an artist and naturalist than John Phillips, our greatest York-
shire geologist. The illustration occurs on Plate XXIII. of
his well known work on ' The Rivers, Mountains and Sea Coast
of Yorkshire,’ published in 1851. This we reproduce herewith.
It was put * on stone by W. Bevan from a sketch by J. Phillips,’
and printed by ‘ W. Monkhouse, Lith., York.’

Phillips’ description of this plate is as follows : ‘ The

detached pinnacles of chalk at Flamborough are the last re-
mains of the land which has been wasted ; the caverns in the

1925 Sept. 1

S

274

Northern News.

cliff are the first great step towards further decay. For these
caves are enlarged upwards continually by the falling in of the
roof, till at length the outer walls stand detached, and appear as
insulated rocks. Through how many long periods of years
has the waste of the Flamborough Cliffs been continued/

Phillips’ next plate is of ‘ The King and Queen, Flam-
borough,’ and while only a part of ‘ The King ’ is shown, it
clearly indicates, on comparing with the photographs on
Plate V. of The Naturalist for 1923, that changes had taken
place between Phillips’ time and ours.

His description of this plate is particularly happy : ‘ These
rocks probably formed part of the outer wall of a cave worked
long ages since into the solid chalk. An interesting gift to
posterity would be a photographic picture of the detached
rocks of Flamborough, taken from given points, which could
readily be found again, so that comparative pictures could
be made after the lapse of years, and the exact rate of decay
be ascertained.’

Phillips’ own pencilling in his sketch of ‘ The Matron ’
has given to posterity that which no camera appears to have
recorded, and though our old friend Mr. Godfrey Bingley
has secured and preserved a wonderful series of photographs of
the Yorkshire coastal features, a set of which is in the Leeds
University and may have beeen reproduced in numerous text
books, not a single photograph of ‘ The Matron ’ appears
to have been taken.

Quite recently, on visiting High Stacks at low tide, the
stool upon which * The Matron ’ sat was plainly visible, its
top having sharp edges still unaffected by denudation, and
except for a few periwinkles and limpets, uncovered by marine
life ; and between it and the cliffs was an accumulation of
angular masses of chalk, as yet showing few effects of beach
action, clearly the debris of ‘ The Matron.’

Yet notwithstanding its enormous size and prominence,
none seem to know how and when it disappeared.

Under the auspices of the London County Council a series of pamphlets
is being issued explaining what the Council does in London. One of
these deals with ‘ London Parks and Open Spaces ’ (London : Hodder
& Stoughton, 1 15 pp., 1 /- net). It is attractively printed on good paper,
there are numerous illustrations, and a plan.

The National Museum of Wales continues to issue its remarkably
cheap and useful publications, the latest to hand being on The Slates of
Wales, by Dr. F. J. North (66 pp., 6d.). In this well-printed and
well-illustrated handbook the history of the important slate industry of
Wales is traced, geological information is given in an entertaining way,
and there are illustrations of the manufacture of slates from the quarry
to the builder.

Naturalist

3n flDemottam.

275

BAKER HUDSON.

We regret to record the death of Mr. Baker Hudson in his
seventy-first year. He had taken a prominent part in the
intellectual life of Middlesbrough. Mr. Baker Hudson was
appointed Librarian at Middlesbrough thirty-six years ago.

He was one of the few original members of the Cleveland
Naturalists’ Field Club, of which at one time he was Secretary,
and later an Honorary Member. He was specially interested
in conchology, and many of his notes on that subject appear
in the earlier volumes of The Naturalist. He was the first
Curator of the Dorman Museum, Middlesbrough, from its
inception in 1904 to the autumn of 1923, when he resigned
the position, and Mr. F. Elgee took his place. He was also
associated with the early days of the Middlesbrough Museum,
when it was under the care of Dr. Veitch, this being long before
the present building was erected. He was a prominent mem-
ber of the Cleveland Sketching Club, and filled most of the
offices in connection therewith. He was an early member of

1925 Sept. 1

276

Proceedings of Scientific Societies.

the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and Secretary to the Con-
chological Section in 1888. He contributed notes on the
Land and Fresh-water Shells of Middlesbrough to Science
Gossip in 1883-1884. He leaves a widow and four sons, to-
whom we tender every sympathy. — T.S.

: o :

The Twentieth Annual Report of the Manx Museum and Ancient
Monuments Trustees is an excellent record, very well produced. There
are illustrations of recent archaeological discoveries, the Manx Swords of
State, etc., and a valuable ‘ Report on [Bird] Migration, 1924/

The Society of Antiquaries of Newcastle-upon-Tyne has issued a
General Index to Archceologia Aeliana and to the Proceedings of the
Society, being the publications of the Society from a.d. 1895 to a. d. 1924 —
a valuable volume to those interested in the antiquities of the North.

The Transactions of the Lancashire and Cheshire Antiquarian Society y
Volume XL., for 1922-3, issued 1925, contains, among other papers,

‘ The Preservation of Ancient Monuments,' by J. Swarbrick ; ‘ Stone-

Implements Found at Winton, Eccles,’ by J. J. Phelps, and ‘The
Sequence and Purpose of the Roman Forts at Castleshaw,' by I. A.
Richmond.

We are glad to see from No. 6 of The Proceedings of the St. Peter’s-
School Scientific Society, York, that this Society has a goodly number of
enthusiastic members and friends. The pamphlet contains a useful
record of work accomplished, upon which we should like to congratulate
the editor and other officers. There is a good record of a successful
exhibition, and useful meteorological and other notes.

G. W. Shirley edits the valuable Transactions and Journal of Pro-
ceedings of the Dumfriesshire and Galloway Natural History and Antiquarian
Society, Vol. X. of the third series of which has recently been issued..
The papers principally interesting to our readers are ‘ Woodland Life :
Destruction of the Dead and its Bearings on Evolution,’ by G. F. Scott
Elliot, ‘ The Early Crosses of Galloway,’ by W. G. Collingwood, and
‘ Notes on the Development of the Scottish County House,’ by G. P. H.
Watson. There are several beautiful coloured plates.

Vol. XXIX. of The Transactions of the Institute of Water Engineers ,
edited by A. Valon, contains the Presidential Address of John Chisholm.,
of Airdrie ; ‘ Water Power at Greenock,’ by J. MacAlister ; ‘ On the-

Variation of the Consumption of Water in Towns,’ by J. Bowman ;

‘ The Preparation of a Rainfall Map of the British Isles,’ by M. de Carle-
S. Salter ; ‘ Fluctuations of Annual Rainfall,’ by J. Glasspoole, and

‘ The Biology of Jersey Waterworks,’ by W. Rushton, P. A. Aubin and
A. J. Jenkins, the last containing a remarkable list, of the fauna and
flora. There is an appreciative obituary notice of the late W. Whitaker,
‘ a distinguished honorary member,’ by W. Matthews, with portrait.

A substantial volume of the Proceedings of the South London Entomo-
logical and Natural History Society for 1924-25 (xix. + i42 pp., 12/6)
has been sent to us by Mr. Robert Adkin, who has had much to do with
the . valuable contents. The publication is well illustrated by plates,
and among the many valuable contributions are ‘ Caudal Lamellae of
the Naiads of the British Zygopterid Dragonflies,’ by W. J. Lucas ;

‘ Some phases of the Parallel Variation in the British Lepidoptera/
by R. Adkins ; ‘ The Romance of Helminthology,’ by H. A. Bayliss ;

‘ Entomology, Ancient and Present Day,’ by R. Adkin ; ‘ Flies and

Disease,’ by H. W. Andrews ; ‘ Seasonal Variation in Butterflies,’ by

N. D. Riley, etc.

Naturalist

277

THE GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY
OF MALHAM.

W. H. PEARSALL, D. SC., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

Malham has twice previously been visited by the Union, but not under
such weather conditions as characterized the 323rd meeting, held during
Bank Holiday week-end, August ist-3rd, 1925. The press report head-
line, ‘ Hampered by Rain,' only mildly expressed the situation, and as
-a good deal about the weather has been deleted from the notes contributed
by Section leaders, it is only fair to point out that that headline applies
to each of them.

Although the order of programme varied from that detailed in the
circular, all the localities scheduled for examination were visited, with
•extension to Pike Daw, where Miss M. A. Johnstone, B.Sc., and Mr.
A. E. Winter, B.Sc., did some useful collecting.

The Tarn Moss was only very imperfectly examined, and those who
set out with the best of intentions, got little further than a shepherd’s
hut on the moor near by, in which a past-President of the Union had
considerately kindled a fire. With the help of other Executive officers
this was kept going for the next two hours, during which garments were
desiccated and lunch partaken of, after which progress towards the Tarn
was ventured upon.

A General Meeting was held at Headquarters on Monday evening, over
which Mr. H. H. Booth presided. Votes of thanks were unanimously
accorded to the Local Secretary, Mr. Riley Fortune, and to Major
Morrison, D.S.O., for his kindness in permitting access to his estates.

Geology (W. S. Bisat, F.G.S.) : — The geologists examined the
•exposures of knoll reef limestone on Cawden and Wedber, and in addition
to noting the variety and abundance of the brachiopod and coral fauna
at certain positions on the two hills, were successful in locating numerous
goniatite-yielding blocks in the walls in two strictly localized areas,
one on the south side of Cawden, and the other on Wedber Brow. These
blocks of limestone containing goniatites are apparently the remnants
•of two ‘ pockets ’ of goniatites, one on each hill. The one on Wedber
is evidently the source of ther Goniatites cvenistria referred to by Prof.
Garwood and Miss Goodyear ( Q.J.G.S. , Vol. LXXX., p. 234, 1924),
and on the present occasion numerous specimens of this goniatite were
•extracted, the bulk being of a variety approaching G. striatus. The
general shape, character of ornament and sutures shewed marked uni-
formity in these specimens.

The blocks on Cawden yielded several examples of a globose form
of G. cvenistria, apparently intermediate in character between the typical
form and the variety involutus (De Kon.). In this form the spherical
shape of the adolescent conch is reminiscent of G. sphericus (Mart.), but
the Cawden variety differs from that species, and from G. fimbriatus
(F. and C.) in both suture line and umbilicus. In association with the
•above species was found one specimen each of Brancoceras ovnatissimum
(De Kon.) and Prolecanites (or Pronorites) sp. The former is a fine
species of a genus new to Yorkshire, previously known only from one
specimen from Ireland, and the solitary representative in Visean time
of a Devonian and Tournaisian genus. A very large brachiopod, gastro-
pod and lamellibranch fauna, is associated with the goniatites.

An outcrop of knoll limestone, half a mile south of Malham, on the
left bank of the River Aire, mentioned by Garwood and Goodyear {op.
* cit ., p. 234) as having yielded G. cvenistria, was found to be exceptionally
fossiliferous, and deserves detailed examination. There are at least
three goniatite-yielding bands in it, one near the base of the exposure
■containing G. cvenistria and possibly another species, a second band

1925 Sept. 1

278 The Geology and Natural History of Malham.

about 15 -feet higher containing G. crenistria and Beyrichoceratoides
implicatum (compressed form), and a third band (probably the highest)
containing G. striatus (variety figured by Phillips) and numerous Nomi s-
moceras aff. vittiger, in a crystalline encrinital limestone, associated with
a varied molluscan fauna. Two trilob ite tails were found in this
band, and in the upper crenistria band Miss Johnstone obtained a fine
Proboscidiella.

The Homoceras malhamense band in the Bordley Shales at the head of
Moor Close Gill was again examined. Further down stream, specimens
of another goniatite near Eumorphoceras pseudobilingue were collected by
Mr. Holmes on a previous visit, and go some way towards confirming-
the ascription of these shales to the Bowland Shales, as made by previous
writers .

Beyrichoceratoides castletonense , which was expected to turn up in the
Malham area, was not detected.

Miss Johnstone and Mr. Winter found trilob ites in fair profusion in
the limestone near the lead mine on Pike Daw, perhaps from the same
band which yielded Phillipsia seminifera (Phill.) to Garwood and
Goodyear {op. cit., p. 223). The fairly frequent occurrence of trilobites-
serves to direct attention to a group of organisms which, so far as the
Carboniferous rocks are concerned, have been very much neglected.

It is evident that careful collecting and recording of the exact position
of the goniatite-yielding ‘ pockets ' in the knolls both at Malham and
Cracoe is required, in order to ascertain the exact succession in time of
the crenistria and striatus gens, and subsequently to elucidate the true
structure of the knolls. The fauna, especially the brachiopods, associated.
with the goniatites, should also be recorded for correlation with the
Yoredales.

The writer would be glad to examine any knoll goniatites, especially
where the locality is known.

Vertebrate Section (H. B. Booth) : — Birds. — On the moor were
Curlews, Redshanks, Golden Plovers, Lapwings, Red Grouse, Partridges,
Carrion Crows, and pairs of Wheatears every hundred yards or so.

At the Tarn were Tufted Ducks, Mallard, Teal, Coots, Waterhens,
Great Crested and Little Grebes, and Common Sandpipers. Three
species of sea-gull were present, viz., Black-headed and Lesser Black-
backed (most in the last year of immaturity) and one adult Herring Gull.
Many more Sand Martins were flying about over the Tarn than I have
noticed previously, and the head gamekeeper (Mr. Ward) informed me
that they nested in the peat banks of the adjoining ‘ Moss.’ Two pairs of
Great Crested Grebes have again nested this season, one pair being^
followed by one youngster, and the other pair had three, three -parts
grown. These last caused much amusement by spending most of their
time in chasing their father every time that he appeared on the surface -
He in turn lost no time in diving to avoid them, as he did not appear
to be able to secure any fish for them.

In the valley among other birds noted were the Dipper, Kingfisher,
Kestrel, Sparrow Hawk, Grey, Yellow and Pied Wagtails.

Mammals. — A large male Stoat was watched for several minutes, and
a Mole was picked up dead on the moor. On another part wa,s a rabbit
warren containing a good number of black rabbits. It was pointed out
what a disadvantage to the individuals this ‘ sport 5 or variation was,
as they were visible at more than twice the distance their immediate
neighbours of normal shade were.

Botany (W. H. Pearsall) : — It is particularly gratifying to record,
from an area so well known to botanists as Malham, a species which has
not previously been observed in that district. Examining the pond-
weeds washed up along the edge of the Tarn, we obtained a piece of
Potamogeton angustifolius (P. Zizii) , one of the less common species
usually confined to the larger lakes. In addition to this, there were

Naturalist

The Geology and Natural History of Malham.

279

P. perfoliatus , P. prcelongus and P . lucens, the last accompanied by its
variety acuminatus , which has not been previously recorded for Malham
Tarn. The edge of the Tarn Moss was also remarkable for an abundance
of Carex disticha. None of the rare Carices was seen, but the weather
precluded any detailed examination of the vegetation. The Saturday
excursion was devoted largely to the valley above Gordale. On the
cliffs, Origanum vulgar e was seen, as well as a number of curious forms
of Thalictrum minus. The flushes and marshes, higher up the valley,
proved very interesting, although they yielded few rarities. Here were
obtained Bartsia alpina and the curious purple -lipped form of Rhinanthus
described by Mr. Bradley. Scirpus compressus and 5. pauciflorus were
also obtained, and an unusual feature in such flushes was the presence
of tufts of Festuca elatior. Selaginella and a long list of the common
Carices were found as expected, along with Antennaria dioica. The
following species were also obtained during the excursion : — Geranium
sanguineum, Actcea spicata, Draba muralis and Sedum Rhodiola. A
search was made for both Hutchinsia petrcea and Carex capillaris without
success.

Entomology (J. M. Brown, B.Sc.) : — The work of the Entomological
Section was very much interfered with by the wet weather, there being
only one day conducive to activity among insects. Collections were
made in some of the orders so far as conditions would allow, resulting in
the addition of two new Homoptera to the county list.

COLLEMBOLA.

The wet state of the ground and of the vegetation prevented much
being done in this order, only six different forms being noted.

Tomocerus minor Lubb. Sminthurus viridis L.

Orchesella cincta L. and v. vaga L. Bourletiella bicinctus var. repanda
Entomobrya nivalis L. Agr.

Hemiptera. — Heteroptera were very scarce, partly due, most probably,
to the scarcity of woodlands in the district, but the smaller Homoptera
were plentiful in the grass and among low vegetation. Monday’s storm
prevented the expected search for the less common bog-loving species
in the Malham Tarn Moss.

The following species were taken. * = New to the County.

Heteroptera.

Nabis limbatus Dahlb.
Anthocoris confusus Reut.

A . nemorum L .

A . nemoralis F.

Stenodema holsatum F.
Trigonotylus ruficornis Geoff.

Calocoris sex-guttatus F.

Lygus pabulinus L.

Capsus (Rhopalotomus) aterC.
Me comma ambulans Fall.

Velia currens F.

Philcenus spumarius L. in
varieties.

P . lineatus L.

P. exclamationis Thumb.
Acocephalus albifrons' ~L .
A. bifasc'iatus L. ,
Deltocephalus abdominalis
D . pascuellus Fall.

*D. cephalotes H. S.

D. ocellaris Fall.

D. punctum Flor.

D . flori Fieb.

D. distinguendus Flor.

Homoptera.

several Deltocephalus pulicaris Fall.

Athysanus brevipennis Kbm.
Limotettix persimilis Edw.
*L. lunulifrons J. Sahib.

L. sulphur ella Zet.

Cicadula sex-notata Fall.
Fab. Dicraneura similis Edw.

Eupteryx vittatus L.
Typhlocyba ulmi L.
Conomelus limbatus Fab.
Dicranotropis hamata Boh.
Psylla peregrina Forst.

The gall due to Livia juncorum Latr. was noted, but the insect was
not seen.

1925 Sept. 1

28o

Yorkshire Naturalists at Flamborough .

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher) : — Land snails were seen in abundance.
Many slugs were also observed, but they were not so numerous in propor-
tion as in many other localities lately visited by the Union.

The Tarn was only examined close to the outflow of the river. The
form of stagnalis in the Tarn is under the average size and slender. Mr.
Taylor's Monograph, p. 83, contains the following note upon this species
from the locality : —

‘ In Malham Tarn, a large body of water upon an elevated plateau,
1,250 feet above the sea, in the West Yorkshire Highlands, Mr. W.
Denison Roebuck and Mr. J. Darker Butterell, in September, 1883, col-
lected numerous specimens of Limncea stagnalis, which I found clearly to
reflect the low temperature and the thermometric vicissitudes of the lake
by a shell of great comparative delicacy and small size, with the many
growth-checks strongly emphasized by the whitish transverse thickenings
crossing the whorls and showing that part of the shell-forming energy
has evidently been here diverted to more vital purposes. Other speci-
mens obtained during August, 1890, from the same place, did not exhibit
any striking diversity from ordinary examples, and this was probably
owing to the active growth-periods being during comparatively mild and
favourable weather.’

The following is a list of species identified by Mr. John W. Taylor,
M.Sc. : —

Outside Victoria Cave, Settle.

Helix nemoralis var. libellula, common, formulae 12345, 10345, (i23)(45),
123(45)-

Gordale Beck.

Limncea peregra var. boissyi.

Buck Hotel Garden.

Limax maximus.

Malham.

Hygromia striolata, Helicigona arbust ovum and vars. cincta and flavescens .

Malham Cove.

Pupa umbilicata , Clausilia bidentata , Clausilia cravenensis , Azeca tridens
and var. nouletiana , Zua lubrica and var. alba, Vitrina pellucida,
Avion ater, A. circumscriptus , Hyalinia cellaria, H. nitidula, H.
radiatula, Hygromia hispida, H. striofaFa and var. alba , Pyramidula
rotUndata, P. rupestris.

Malham Tarn.

Limncea stagnalis var. fragilis.

Janet’s Foss Beck.

Helicigona arbustorum and vars. flavescens , cincta and fuscescens , Helix
nemoralis var. libellula 00000, Hygromia hispida, H . striolata and
var. alba, Pyramidula rotundata, Avion subfuscus , ' Hyalinia
alliaria, Clausilia bidentata, C. cravenensis, Succinea putris, S.
elegans, Limncea peregra, L. truncatula, Pisidium pusillum.

: o :

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS AT FLAMBOROUGH,

W. H. PEARSALL, D.SC., F.L.S., AND F. A. MASON, F.R.M.S.

Saturday, July nth, was the date of the 322nd meeting of the Yorkshire
Naturalists’ Union, which was held at Bridlington for the further ex-
amination of the cliffs near Flamborough Head. While the geologists
and zoologists confined themselves largely to these cliffs, the botanists
went further afield and also visited the Danes’ Dyke. The President,
Professor J. H. Priestley, D.S.O., occupied the chair at the evening
meeting in Bridlington, and after the customary reports, votes of thanks

Naturalist

Yorkshire Naturalists at Flamborough.

281

were unanimously tendered to Messrs. R. J. Flintoff and W. S. Bisat
for their services as leaders and also in making the local arrangements.

Geology (W. S. Bisat) : — The cliff sections of the pre-glacial buried
beach at Sewerby proved to be unusually clear, and the three divisions
of the pre-glacial deposits into a basal beach of rounded chalk pebbles
overlain by windblown sand, which in its turn was covered by a chalk
grut, were easily discernible. Further north, between Sewerby and
Danes’ Dyke, the top of the chalk cliffs was seen to be eroded downwards
for several feet, and a shallow valley filled in with a breccia overlain by
glacial deposits.

Vertebrate Zoology (H. B. Booth) : — The ornithologists spent
practically their whole time on the cliff tops, which were carefully
worked from the lighthouse at Flamborough to Speeton. Good views
were obtained of the teeming populations of breeding sea-birds. The
Guillemots are reported to be decreasing, but they are still in great
abundance, and there are yet some vacant ledges. The nesting Kitti-
wakes are increasing in vast numbers — far beyond any possible estimate —
and naturally are occupying ledges formerly used by Guillemots. Herring
Gulls are increasing slowly, to the detriment of the other species, the
-eggs and tender young of which they steal and devour.

Mr. E. W. Wade reported that a pair of Cormorants had a nest and
young near the King and Queen Rocks at Flamborough. The pair of
old birds was seen, and also two or three immature Shags. A pair of
Gannets had built a big nest on Black Shelf at Bempton, but Hodgson
(the head of the climbing gang there) informed us that no egg was laid
up to the last time of going down, viz., a fortnight before, and we did
not see the birds. The Fulmar Petrel is not increasing as a breeding
species as quickly as was expected. Only thirty to forty brooding birds
could be located (doubtless a few others were in positions where it was
impossible to see them) ; one was observed to be feeding a young chick
of less than a week old.

Other species noted included Razorbills, Puffins, Kestrels, Carrion
Crows, Jackdaws, House Martins, Rock Doves and other pigeons, and
Tree Sparrows. All the Pipits that were critically examined on the
cliff tops proved to be Meadow Pipits. No Peregrine Falcons were seen,
and it was early in evidence, by the fearlessness of the pigeons and doves,
that none was about. The abundance and cheerfulness of the Common
Linnet (more especially in Danes’ Dyke) was a very pleasurable feature
to visitors from the West Riding. Nothing was noted of special interest
in any other section of Vertebrate Zoology ; but it was interesting to
watch the numbers of Rabbits (old and young) running about on the
very edge of the cliffs and on the brink of a huge precipice.

Mollusca (Greevz Fysher) : — The very bright dry weather had the
usual effect of sending most of the terrestrial Mollusca into hiding, but
on the Belvedere Estate, Hilderthorpe, near Bridlington, on a bright
sunny morning. Helix aspersa was very plentiful on nettles and other
large weeds. This may have been owing to some moisture precipitated
by mist or heavy dew at night. H. nemoralis v. libellula 12345 was
also observed.

On Bempton Cliffs on Sunday, the following fiye Helices were ob-
served : — H. hortensis var. lutea 12345, H. aspersa, H. virgata juv.,
H. arbustorum juv., H . striolata.

In the Gipsy Race near Bridlington, no aquatic mollusca could be
obtained ; the current seemed too strong for these slow moving animals.

Flowering Plants (R. J. Flintoff) : — Members interested in the
flowering plants spent a most enjoyable and interesting day exploring
Danes’ Dyke, and the cliffs and fields from Cat Nab to the North Landing
at Flamborough, a route suggested by Mr. J. Fraser Robinson, whose
unavoidable absence caused many expressions of regret. We were

1925 Sept. 1

282 Entomologists at Askham Bog.

fortunate in having the valuable assistance of Professor Priestley and
Miss Scott.

The list of the local wild flowers now numbers about 550 species,
and all doubtful identifications have been either confirmed or corrected
by recognised authorities, which makes the record of no small value.
But the grasses have been somewhat neglected. Therefore, it is not
surprising that among the many identified by Miss Scott the following
are quite new to the list : Holcus mollis, Bromus giganteus, Avena

flavescens , Bromus mollis, Lolium italicum and Brachypodium sylvaticum.

The ramble began at the southern end of the Dyke, where it is crossed
by the Flamborough Road. On the eastern embankment we noted
Senecio sylvaticus, S. crucifolius and Rubus ccesius in flower. Cytisus
scoparius is plentiful, and some of the shrubs were still blooming.

In the Dyke ravine, Orchis maculata grows plentifully, and we
saw specimens which varied greatly. Mr. W. A. Sledge gathered Orchis
Fuchsii Dr., and O. prcetermissa Dr., and also, on the cliffs, Anthyllus
vulneraria var. maritima. Professor Priestley identified Populus tremula
and Prunus domestica. Several fine specimens of Conium maculatum
were seen, and Potamogeton polygonifolius proved the most abundant
plant in a small pond. Nearby Carex hirta was obtained. In the fields
near the cliff we found Euphorbia exigua, Alchemilla arvensis and Lycopsis
arvensis in flower.

Mr. Greevz Fysher reported plentiful growths of Hyoscyamus niger in
flower on the cliffs at Sewerby, and, I think, this would be the most
uncommon plant recorded on Saturday. Several members remained at
Bridlington for the night, and on Sunday the cliffs from Speeton to
Bempton were investigated. Again many plants were found, Rosa
villosa and the five plantains, fine specimens of Plantago maritima being
in flower. I believe we saw Matricaria inodora var. maritima flowering
on the ledges and slopes on the face of the cliff. But I give this identi-
fication with diffidence as we had to use the glasses to make a careful
observation, the plant being far beyond our reach. J. F. Robinson,
however, in his ‘ Flora of the East Riding,’ records this plant along this
part of the coast. Perhaps the most notable plant was Orchis pyramidalis .
It was very gratifying to discover a few examples of this handsome flower
growing in the grass at the cliff’s edge, not because it is a rare plant at
Flamborough — for it occurs here in other places — but because it is
generally devastated either by the well-known acquisitive individual
who gathers flowers without mercy to crush them into an ugly vase, or
by the very common type of person who does so to satisfy a desire for
wilful destruction.

: o :

ENTOMOLOGISTS AT ASKHAM BOG.

W. D. HINCKS AND T. B. KITCHEN.

On June 20th, by kind permission of Col. Wilkinson, of York, the members
of the Entomological Section of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union visited
Askham Bog.

The bogs have been very well worked by entomologists ; nevertheless
two insects new to our county lists were found, together with several
species hitherto unrecorded from the bogs. The main party met at
Dringhouses car terminus at 3 o’clock and proceeded to the bog, where
it was met by those members who had entered the bog earlier. The sun
was not out for a sufficient length of time to awaken into activity the
breeze flies so annoying at Askham, and few members were troubled by
their ‘ bites.’

The following lists of captures have been kindly sent by the gentlemen
named.

Naturalist

Entomologists at Askham Bog.

283

Mr. Cheetham records the following : —

Diptera.

Macrocera vittata Mg.

Corethra plumicornis F.=

Chaoborus crystallinus Deg.
Ochlerotatus Waterhouse’s Theob.
T ceniorhynchus richiardii Fic.
Dicranomyia modes ta Mg.

D. mitis Mg.

Symplecta stictica Mg.

Limnophila dispar Mg.

L. fulvonervosa.

Limnobia quadrinotata Mg.
Ptychoptera contaminata L.

P. minuta.

Erioptera tcenionota Mg.
Pachyrrhina lineata.

P. quadrifaria Mg.

Prionoceras turcica.

Empis ster corea L.

E. livida L.

Hybos femoratus Mull.

Clinocera stagnalis Hal.

Ardoptera irrorata Fin.

A . guttata Hal.

Campsicnemus scambus Fin.
Dolichopus brevipennis Mg.

Dolichopus ungulatus L.

D. simplex Mg.

Argyra leucocephala Mg.
Therioplectus montanus Mg.
Chloromyia formosa Scop.
Callimyia speciosa Mg.
Ascia f lor alls Mg.

A. geniculata Mg.
Helophilus lineatus F.
Polietes albolineata Fin.
Caricea intermedia Fin.
Homalomyia serena Fin.
Siphona geniculata Deg.
Trichop alpus punctipes Mg.
Limnia unguicornis Scop.
Tetanocera elata F.

T . robusta Lw.

Pherbina coryleti.

Nemopoda cylindrica F.
Sepsis punctum F.

S. nigripes Mg.

Scatella stagnalis Fin.
Parhydra fossarum Hal.
Notiphila cinerea Fin.

Mr. M. L. Thompson sends us the following records : —
CoLEOPTERA.

Agonum gracile Gy 11. Anisosticta ig-punctata L.

Philonthus v entrails Grav. Cyphon padi L.

P. micans Grav. *Galerucella lineola F.

Anther ophagus pallens Ol.

Hemiptera-Heteroptera .

Miris calcaratus Fall. Psallus ambiguus Fall.

Plesiocoris tugicollis Fall. P. betuleti Fall.

Mr. J. M. Brown writes that very little was found in the bogs, those
insects captured being mostly the same as found during a similar meet-
ing in 1922. The following were Mr. Brown’s captures, including one
Homopteron new to Yorkshire.

Lepidoptera.

Plusia festucce.
Hedobia imperialis L.

CoLEOPTERA.

Hemiptera-Heteroptera .

Nabis rugosus L. Plesicoris rugicollis Fall.

Leptopterna dolobrata L. Corixa Sahlbergi Fieb.

(immature) .

Hemiptera-Homoptera.

Aphrophora alni Fall. E. auratus L.

Cicadula fieberi Edw. Delphax difficilis Edw. Long-

Dikraneura flavipennis Zett. winged form.

Eupteryx stachydearum Hdy. *D. discreta Edw.

* New to Yorkshire.

1925 Sept. 1

284

Reviews and Book Notices.

Mr. A. Smith, of York, records the following : —
Lepidoptera.

Collix sparsata. 12 specimens.
Nonagria typhce. Lavse half -fed ;
plentiful.

Leucania pallens. Larvae common.

Melanippe montanata.
Caber a pusaria.

C. exanthemata.
Lomasphilis marginata.

: o :

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Camping Out, by W. H. Miller. D. Appleton & Co., 325 pp.,
$2.50. This is a book which should be useful and interesting to all types
of campers. It gives a detailed account of all the various and most
up-to-date camp equipment and types of tents, with chapters on Packing
one’s Outfit, Camping Out De Luxe, Horseback Camping, Camp Cooking,
Tent Stoves, Automobile Camping and Winter Camping. Though of
American origin, English campers will find much of service in its pages.

Tell -Me -Why Stories About Animals [Mammals], by C. H.
Claudy. London : George G. Harrap & Co., Ltd., 303 pp., 3/6 net.
The popularity of the Tell-Me-Why series is shown by the fact that a
further reprint of this one has been called for. The book, of course,
refers to American species, and an idea of the nature of the work can
be assumed from the titles of the first two chapters, namely ‘ The
Story of Duggee, the Wolf, and Bones-Thrown-in-the-Firelight, and the
Slit-Slant-Eyes-that-Became-Round, and The Story of the Builder with
the Floppy Tail, of the Special Law for Water in the Time of Cold, and of
the Winter Dinners that Stuck Big Ends between the Rocks.’

Through Field and Woodland , by Alice Rich Northrop . London :
G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 532 pp., 21/- net. Another well-illustrated book
dealing with interesting aspects of American animal and plant life
appears from the press of G. P. Putnam’s Sons. It is a memorial to
Alice Rich Northrop, the teacher and naturalist who did so much to
popularise Natural History, and has been edited by Oliver P. Medsger.
The whole volume is a series of popular essays dealing with innumerable
aspects of animal and plant life, the narrative being considerably im-
proved in value by the wealth of illustration, including numerous coloured
plates, those of butterflies, beetles, etc., being of unusual value and
attraction.

An Account of the City and County of the City of York from
the Reformation to the Year 1925, by George Benson. 1925, 175
pp., price 1 5/-. It is an extraordinary fact that, no matter how many
inhabitants there may be in any particular city or town, the number
really reliable in connexion with the history of any particular place is
usually remarkably small ; in fact, as a rule, that number is one, and
for York that one for years has been recognised as Mr. George Benson,
architect and human being. Twenty-four years ago he produced the
first part of his ‘ Chronicles of York,’ six years ago the second part,
as was noticed in these pages at the time. He now completes his
historic record by describing York from the Reformation to 1925. With
a pencil as ready as his pen, and a discerning eye, Mr. Benson is able to
present a fascinating narrative, and every Yorkshire ‘ tyke ’ must be
indebted to him for his present contribution. There are sixty-six illus-
trations.

Plant Life on East Anglian Heaths, by E. P. Farrow, M.A.,
D.Sc. Cambridge Press, X. + 108 pp., 1925, 7s. 6d. net. To readers
of The Journal of Ecology the work of Dr. Farrow on the Breckland
Heaths will be familiar. Results of his very careful observations and
ingenious yet simple experiments have appeared in a series of contribu-
tions to that Journal from 1915-1924. The present volume is essentially

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

285

a reprint of these papers. As a piece of field investigation this is a
striking example of good and careful work, and one which will repay
detailed study by all engaged in the study of vegetation problems and
interested in the effect of animals on j>lant growth and development.
The work is well illustrated by 46 photographs and 10 text figures.
Dr. Farrow suggests that primitively the area was covered with forest,
probably pine, oak, and birch, and its history is similar to that of the
North German Moorlands, described by Graebner, viz. : that the present
heath has arisen as the result of the degeneration of Woodland. Evidence
is given that Breckland was especially favourable as a habitat for pre-
historic man, due to the relative thinness of the forest ; the adjacent
forests being denser and affording shelter for predatory animals.

Rabbit -grazed Calluna Hummocks,

The bare ground between is due to sand-blast.

Remains of early man are abundant as well as those of the Iron Age
and Roman and post-Roman periods. For a long time the region has
been treeless, but planting began in the middle of the 18th century,
and there are now plantations of Pinus sylvestris, Quercus sessili flora ,
and Betula alba. At present seedlings of these may survive, notwith-
standing the fact that Breckland is climatically and edaphically- the
driest in England, but only in areas protected from the attacks of animals.
He shows that degeneration followed human occupation, and the felling
of trees, aided by grazing from domesticated animals, especially flocks
of sheep pasturising on the heath ; the latter being chiefly responsible
for the prevention of rejuvenation. From early Neolithic until modern
times the woodland got no chance to regenerate. Later, when the rabbit
had been introduced into England, and the heaths converted into a rabbit
warren, destruction and modification reached their maximum. It is
to the latter phase that most of this work is devoted, and readers will
find in it a truly fascinating story.

1925 Sept. 1

286

Reviews and Book Notices.

We are pleased to notice that the popular book, Tommy Smith
Again at the Zoo, by our contributor, Edmund Selous (London :
Methuen & Co., Ltd., 180 pp., 2/9 net) has reached a third edition.
Evidently, as the author suggests, books of this kind seem to sell better
when written for children than if written for adults.

In Praise of Birds : Pictures of Bird Life, by Canon C. E.
Rover, D.D. London: Martin Hopkinson & Co., 148 pp., 14/- net.

By the aid of thick paper and several admirable plates, the volume
written by the Chaplain to the King seems quite substantial. The
author began life by wishing to be Julius Caesar ! he then wished to own
stuffed birds ; and finally desired to write a bird book. He was never
Julius Caesar ; he may or may not have owned a ‘ stuffed ’ bird ; but
he has written a book on birds. He refers to An Amateur Bird Photo-
grapher, Three Years in Surrey, in the Dutch Dunes, The Waal en burg
in Texel, At Koog and the Mug, A day with the Short-eared Owl, etc.
As an appendix he gives hints to the photographer. There are several
good photographs.

Notes on the Birds of Cley, Norfolk, by H. N. Pashley. London :
H. F. & G. Witherby, 138 pp., 7/6 net. The area covered by the title
of this work is very similar in many respects to Spurn Point, and the
rare species of birds recorded there by the late H. N. Pashley recall very
vividly the records which have appeared from time to time in The Natural-
ist from the pens of the late John Cordeaux, H. B. Hewetson, Philip
Loten, T. H. Nelson and other former enthusiastic ornithologists. Perusal
of the present volume, bearing in mind that Mr. Pashley was an excellent
taxidermist, is more than usually reminiscent of the period referred to.
Dr. B. B. Riviere gives a ‘ foreword,’ and after some of Mr. Pashley ’s
‘ recollections,’ we have his notes on the Bird Life, Extracts from his
Diary, and his List of Cley Birds, all of which are interesting as records
covering the period between 1887-1924.

Lundy : its History and Natural History, by Lewis R. W. Loyd.
London : Longmans, Green & Co., 248 pp., 12/6 pet. From its geo-

graphical position Lundy Island has always been of particular interest
to the naturalist. In the present volume, following a chapter on dis-
coveries and legends of prehistoric interest, the history is traced in some
detail from the presentation of the island to Sir Jordan de Marisco by
King Henry II. in the middle of the twelfth century, its subsequent grant
to the Knights Templar, and their unsuccessful efforts to obtain possession
of it, through its many vicissitudes as the headquarters of pirates and
others, to the present day. To the history proper is added a full list of
the birds which have been recorded as occurring on the island, together
with copious notes, made from the observations of the compiler and
others, on the dates of their appearance and their comparative status
from time to time. The Geological, Entomological, Botanical and
Conchological aspects of the island are also briefly dealt with. -

Phases of Modern Science. A. & F. Denny, Ltd., 232 pp., 3/6 net.
The British Empire Exhibition Committee of the Royal Society has sent
us ‘ Phases of Modern Science,’ to which a number of distinguished
authors have contributed, which has been published in connection with
the Science Exhibition arranged by the Royal Society in the Pavilion
of H.M. Government at the British Empire Exhibition. The book has
quite considerable interest and value to a scientific and general reading
public, and arrangements have been made for its sale outside the
Exhibition. Among the many chapters the following will particularly
appeal to our readers : ‘Darwinism,’ by Mr. C. Tate Regan ; ‘ Insect
Mimicry and the Darwinian Theory of Natural Selection,’ by Prof. E. B.
Poulton ; ‘Life in the Sea,’ by Dr. E. J. Allen ; ‘ The Origin of Man,’
by Sir Arthur Smith Woodward; ‘The Human Brain,’ by Prof. G.
Elliot Smith ; ‘ The Circulation of the Blood,’ by Prof. E. H. Starling ;
and ‘ The Origin of Seed Plants,’ by Dr. D. H. Scott.

Naturalist

28 7

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

Dr. Marie V. Lebour writes on Shore Fishes in Discovery for August.

F. J. Killington gives ‘ Notes on the Prey of Dragonflies ’ in The
Entomologist for August.

J. Delacour and M. Legendre describe ' The Woodpeckers ’ in The
Avicultural Magazine for August.

F. H. Lancum has a paper on ‘ The Cuckoo ’ in The Journal of the
Ministry of Agriculture for August.

Captain Cook’s Artists,’ by Tom Iredale, appears in The Australian
Museum Gazette for July-September.

Parts no and iii of The Yorkshire Archceological Journal are largely
occupied by' Mr. A. M. Woodward’s scholarly and well-illustrated account
of the Roman Fort at Ilkley.

Mr. Hans Schlesch favours us with a copy of his paper ‘ Beitrage zur
Fauna der Land- und Siibwasser-Mollusken Siid-Zeelands,’ ‘ Sonderab-
druck aus Archiv fur Molluskenkunde .’

Notes sur la flore cretacique du Groenland, Etude Critique, by Prof.
A. C. Seward, are reprinted ‘ du Livre Jubiliare publie d T occasion du
Cinquantenaire de la fondation de la Societe Geologique de Belgique.

H. Donisthorpe describes Dryophthorus corticalis Pk., a genus and
species of Coleoptera new to Britain, in the Entomologist’s Monthly
Magazine for August. The species was obtained in Windsor Forest.

Mr. C. E. P. Brooks describes the ‘ Fluctuations of Lake Victoria,’
and G. D. H. Carpenter writes on ‘ The Geographical Distribution of
Animals ’ in The Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History
Society for June.

‘ Sea-life Ashore,’ by G. W. Weller ; ‘ British Newts,’ by W. K.
Ford; ‘The Great Water-bug,’ by H. P. Jones, and ‘Freshwater
Molluscs,’ by R. Garnett, are among the contents of the Summer Number
of The Amateur Aquarist.

R. H. Brown contributes ‘ Field Notes from Cumberland,’ and
H. F. Witherby describes ‘ The Nestlings of some rare British Birds ’
in British Birds for August. In the same journal T. N. Roberts gives
a photograph of a nest of a moor hen — made in a single night — and
containing one egg, in one of the boats on the mere at Scarborough.

Mr. F. R. Rowley’s Presidential Address to the Museums Association,
delivered at the Exeter Conference1, appears in The Museums Journal
for August. He urges the appointment of a Royal Commission to deal
with the status of Provincial Museums, appeals for more help in the
way of specimens from the national museums, and deprecates the whole-
sale destruction of wild life for commercial or alleged scientific purposes.

Among the contents of The New Phytologist for August we notice
* The Enzymes of Stereum purpureum ,’ by J. K. Mayo ; ‘ Virescence in
Delphinium,’ by R. R. Gates and W. R. I. Cook ; ‘ The Inferior Ovary,’
by Edith R. Saunders ; ‘ The Effect of Light of Different Wave-Lengths
on the Rate of Reproduction of V olvox aureus and Glosterium acerosum,
by A. Brooker Klugh ; and ‘ The Importance of Abstracting Old Botani-
cal Works and Manuscripts,’ by J. C. Th. Uphof.

Mr. Henry Ogle edits the first part of The Journal of the Ipswich and
District Natural History Society (68 pp.). Mr. J. R. Moir, as seems
natural, commences with a paper on ‘ The Antiquity of Man in Ipswich,’
which is commendable for its brevity. After describing what the author
considers to be the deposits of the first, second and third Glacial Epochs
of East Anglia, we are informed that ‘ The Upper Chalky Boulder Clay
was then laid down.’ Prof. P. G. H. Boswell has a paper on the ‘ Evolu-
tion of the East Anglian River Stour ’ ; Major E. R. Cooper writes on
The Suffolk Coast,’ and Messrs. A. Bell, S. A. Notcutt and J. R. Moir
describe ‘ Some Suffolk and Essex Crag Pits.’ If Mr. Ogle is able to
use his blue pencil without fear, this new journal should become a valuable
publication.

1925 Sept. 1

288

NORTHERN NEWS.

Mr. J-, Bailey has been elected President of the Museums Association
for 1925-6, and the Conference next year will be at Bournemouth.

Durham Castle is in danger, and ^30,000 are required to make it safe.
Full particulars occur in The Durham University Journal for June.

Mr. H. H. Swinnerton describes a new Catopterid Fish [ Woodthorpea
wilsoni ] from the Keuper of Nottingham ( Q.J.G.S. , March., pp. 87-99).

We learn from the press that a Flamingo has recently been captured
on the Humberstone foreshore by Mr. Harold Brown, of Cleethorpes. It
was doubtless an escape.

We have received the Annual Reports of the Norwich, Taunton
Castle and Rochdale Museums, each of which has a record of the year’s
additions and activities.

At a geological excursion recently, which was specially arranged in
order to benefit beginners and elementary students, the leader was con-
cerned to find that his only ‘ beginner ’ present was a retired Professor of
Geology.

The sixteenth edition of ' An Introduction to the Study of Minerals,’
issued by the Mineralogical Department of the British Museum (Natural
History) has been called for. It contains 72 pages, numerous diagrams,
and is sold at one shilling.

‘ We ask again, as we have asked in the past, for more subscribers.
Pioneer work [!] of any kind is difficult, and expensive,’ is the monthly
wail in a contemporary, which still assures us that last month it ‘ was
sold out within a week of publication.’

Part 322 of The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society contains
Dr. J. W. Evans’ presidendial address on ‘ Regions of Tension,’ and a
paper by Prof. J. E. Marr on * The Conditions of Deposition of the
Stockdale Shales of the Lake District.’

The Report of the Committee of the Public Art Gallery and Museum
of Belfast for the two years ending 31st March, 1925, contains, as fron-
tispiece, a reproduction of a photograph of H.R.H. The Duke of York
laying the Foundation Stone of the new Municipal Museum, Botanic
Gardens Park, Belfast.

We have received the Fourth Annual Report of the Secretary for

Mines and the Annual Report of H.M. Chief Inspector of Mines

(H.M. Stationery Office, 197 pp., 6/- net). It contains a wonderful
record of the output of the various coal, iron, tin, lead, zinc and other
mines, statistics relating to output, accidents, etc.

Mr. Walter Bagshaw, the honorary curator, favours us with a copy of
the Second Edition of the General Guide to Wilton Park Museum, Batley.
There is a general and readable account of the exhibits, and illustration
of an ‘ Old Interior ’ (a fireplace) ; and a special chapter on a ‘ Case
illustrative of nesting colonies of sea-birds on the Yorkshire Cliffs ’ — the
gift of the author.

The Geological Society of London has issued its * Geological Litera-
ture [List of Authors and Titles] added to the Geological Society’s Li-
brary during the year ended December 31st, 1924,’ which may be
gratifying to each author who looks to see if all his year’s writings are
included, but in the absence of a subject index the List seems to be a
waste of good time and money.

We regret to notice the death of Mr. Thomas Dennis, of Hull, at the
age of 87. He was one of the members of the old Hull Field Naturalists’
Society, then of the Hull Scientific Club, and later of the amalgamated
Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club. He was a keen and able
botanist, and formerly was a frequent visitor on the Excursions of the
local Societies, his polite and gentlemanly bearing endearing him to
many friends. He had the remarkable record of having served for
seventy years with one firm of Hull solicitors. He was a regular and
appreciative reader of our journal, The Naturalist.

Naturalist

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND . LONDON . W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

issuod Monthly, illustrated with Plates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers, IS/ - per annum, post free.

PRINTING

Commercial and General Printing of every
description produced efficiently and promptly
at Browns’ up-to-date works . Bookwork

a speciality . • • Inquiries invited.

A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd.

Printers of ‘The Naturalist,’

40 GEORGE STREET, HULL

Telegrams : Telephone :

“ Brown, Hull Central 6605

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated “ The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists’ Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper , Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M.B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; Hugh S.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.
EDINBURGH— OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33, PATERNOSTER ROW.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (g" x n^") , 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21 /- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.) — XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.’’

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown 8 vo. Illustrated, Art Cloth Boards, lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

“ A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith's Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London: A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Sept., 1925.

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

OCT., 1925.

No. 825

No. 599 of current Series

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.
T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc

e Museums Hull ; \

and T. W. WOOI^AtA^lh^ M.Sc., I^.L.S.,

^cF.S.A.Scot.,

Technical College PPFkdc

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AsV^^REES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. POR]

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc.

1 IN UHr AKIlVilLlN lo KJF

;x.s„ F.E^/

*kimi Fortune, f.z.s.

Contents s—

Notes and Comments : — The Otter ; British Hydracarina ; The
British Association; The Addresses ; The Journal; Prof. E. W.
Macbride on the Migratory Habits of Echinocardium ; Mr. M. A. C.
Hinton on the Pleistocene Mammalia of the British Isles, and their
Bearing upon the Date of the Glacial Period ; Mr. Ian A. Richmond
on Roman Camps at Cawthorn, near Pickering, N. Riding, Yorks. ;
Prof. F. O. Bower on Adaptive Characters ; Prof. J. Priestley on
Adaptive Characters ; Dr. D. H. Scott on Adaptive Characters ;
Corresponding Societies and Schools ; What is a Herbalist ? Another
‘ Stone -age ’ Skeleton ; Grassington and America ; Petersen’s Young
Fish Trawl

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) — Dr. L. F. Spath ,

Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area — Jno. Holmes and IE. 5.

Bisat, F.G.S.

Chilotrema lapicida L. var. convexa Baudon — Hans Schlesch

Field Notes : — Vanessa antiopa at Wortley ; Coranus subapterus De G.
new to Yorkshire ; Neuroptera, Trichoptera, etc., at Middleton-in-
Teesdale ; Riccia jluitans L. at Askham Bogs ; Lactuca alpina Benth.
in North-east Yorkshire ; Tees-side Plants ; Yeovilian Ammonites
in Yorkshire

Reviews and Book Notices..

News from the Magazines ..

Northern News

289-298

299-306

307-312

3i3

... 314-316
306, 316-318
••• 313, 3i9
320

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.
And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y. N. U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION,

BOTANICAL SECTION.

Annual Meeting, Leeds University Botanical Laboratories, 17 De Grey
Road, October 3rd, 3-30 p.m., for the adoption of the Annual Report and
suggestions for officers and committees for 1926.

At 6 p.m. Prof. Priestley will demonstrate a micro-projection apparatus
and speak on coal gas and peat plants. Dr. Pearsall will exhibit and speak
on the forms of leaves.

Other exhibits and notes will be welcome.

CHRIS. A. CHEETHAM.

GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

President : W. S. Bisat, F.G.S.

The Annual Meeting of the Section will be held in the rooms of the Sorby
Scientific Society, Church House, Sheffield, on Saturday, October 10th, 1925.
Business : Annual Report and election of Sectional Officers and Committees.

3- 0 p.m. Exhibition of Local Fossils and Minerals, Micro-specimens.

Other exhibits will be welcome.

4- 30 ,, Lecturette :

5- 0 ,, Tea.

6- 0 ,, Business Meeting, followed by a Lantern Lecture on ^British

Carboniferous Goniatites ’ by the President.

7- 30 ,, Lecturette :

8- 0 ,, Conversazione and Refreshments, kindly provided by the

Sorby Scientific Society.

JOHN HOLMES, Hon. Secretary,

Crosshills, nr. Keighley.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Annual Meeting of this Section will be held on Saturday afternoon,
October 17th, 1925, in the Library of the Leeds Philosophical Society, Park
Row, Leeds, at 3 p.m.

T. B. Kitchen, \
W. D. Hincks, /

Hon. Secs.

VERTEBRATE SECTION.

President of the Section : F. H. Edmondson, Keighley.

Meetings will be held in the Library of the Leeds Philosophical Society,
Park Row, Leeds, at 3-15 p.m. and 6-30 p.m., on Saturday, October 24th,
1925.

Business at the Afternoon Meeting.— To consider and pass (a) Sectional
Reports for 1925 and to elect Officers for 1926 ; ( b ) The General and Financial
Reports of the Yorkshire Wild Birds and Eggs Protection Acts Committee for
1925, and to elect this Committee for 1926 ; ( c ) The Report of the Yorkshire
Mammals, Amphibians, Reptiles and Fishes Committee for 1925, and to elect
this Committee for 1926. The following papers will be given : —

‘ Migration,’ by F. H. Edmondson.

‘ The Dotterel on the Grampians,’ by T. H. Fowler (illustrated).

‘ The Greenshank on Scottish Moors,’ by R. Chislett, M.B.O.U.,
F.R.P.S., and T. H. Fowler (illustrated).

Members or Associates are invited to attend and bring notes, specimens
and lantern slides. Will Officials of Affiliated Societies kindly notify their
members ?

E. WILFRED TAYLOR, Hon. Sec.,

10 Telford Terrace, York.

WANTED. — Advertiser requires a copy of Canon Fowler’s work on The
Coleoptera of the British Islands (5 or 6 volumes, 1887-91, or 1887-1913). Please
send all particulars to A. A. Dallman, 17 Mount Road, Higher Tranmere,
Birkenhead.

289

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

THE OTTER.

Professor J. Arthur Thomson writes on ‘ The Otter ’ in
The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture for September.
He states ‘ The otter ( Lutra vulgaris or Lutra lutra) belongs
to the same family ( Mustelidce ) as the badgers and stoats,
and is ranked in the bear-like section of the order of Carnivores.
That is to say, its affinities are rather with bears than with
cats or with dogs. It is one of the oldest mammals in Britain
(its bones have been found in the Norwich Crag of the Later
Pliocene period), and it has established itself in all parts of
the country. It is commoner than is supposed, but it readily
escapes observation owing to its elusive ways and to the fact
fhat it works a good deal under cover of darkness. It frequents
streams where there is good fishing, and lakes as well ; in
some parts of the country it hides in caves by the sea shore
and swims out to adjacent islands. It must be regarded as a
very successful animal for, in spite of much persecution, it
enjoys a wide distribution both in the Old World and the New,
especially in the more northern parts. The “ holt ” or
“ hover " is in most cases a well hidden hole by the side of
the stream, and the exit is usually under water so that the
tenant can slip quietly away. Although the otter is so much
at home in the water, it likes to rest and sleep in a dry place,
and the “ nest ” is often made comfortable with reeds and
grasses bitten into short pieces. In some cases the same otter
seems to have several “ holts.” ’

BRITISH H YDRACARINA . *

We all know what a wonderful part the mite plays in the
economy of the earth. The widow's mite and what it meant
is an early example. But as time has gone on, other mites
have existed and others have ceased to be. But the mite —
like the mite-y atom — takes its place in the world's history.
The Ray Society certainly has done much to foster the study
of the usually neglected orders. Before us is Volume I. of
The British Hydracarina, by C. D. Soar and W. Williamson,
the former being well known to our readers from his con-
tributions to our journal, in association with the late Dr.
C. F. George, of Kirton Lindsey, to whom we were indebted
for so many valuable contributions on the Mites of the north
of England. Quite apart from the useful bibliographical
and descriptive details relating to the species enumerated
in this section of the work, the present contribution is out-
standing on account of the excellence and beauty of the

* By C. D. Soar and W. Williamson. Vol. I., pp. 1-216, PI. I. -XX.
Ray Society, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road,
S.W.7. Price 37/6.

1925 Oct. 1

T

290

Notes and Comments.

coloured plates, twenty of which accompany the volume.
These are from drawings by Mr. Soar, who must be congratu-
lated on the way in which he has carried out a very difficult
work.

THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

The British Association meeting at Southampton was
hardly up to the usual standard in many ways, and the at-
tendance resulted in very severe cuts having to be made in
the way of grants for scientific research. The various
meeting rooms were at inconvenient distances from each other,
and the hostel where the chief officials of the Association
and others were entertained was more than two miles from the
reception room and railway station, causing an expenditure
in the way of taxis which would have gone well towards
paying an hotel bill. Even ordinary bedroom requirements
were lacking ; and the one announcement which appealed to
some of the guests that ‘ intoxicating liquors could be arranged
for on application 5 was found to be fiction. The arrangements
with regard to excursions were left in the hands of a local
firm, which seemed incapable of organising them. The
popular trip to Stonehenge, Salisbury and Winchester was
timed to start at 8-30 a.m., necessitating those staying at
the hostel having to arrange for breakfast an hour earlier than
usual. After the expense of a taxi in order to be at the starting
point in time, the party waited, with over 200 others, until
nearly 9-30 before a single char-a-banc appeared. Other
vehicles arrived at intervals, and when the present writer
was able to get a seat, about 10 a.m., word was brought that
vehicles for the remainder of the party had been telephoned
for from Bournemouth ! Some never started at all ; others
were only able to cover part of the journey, and, we believe,
recovered part of their fare. Without in any way suggesting
that the local officers did not do all that was possible, we
certainly think that at least one of the local secretaries should
have attended several previous meetings so as to become
familiar with what the members want, and, what is of more
importance, with what the members do not want.

THE ADDRESSES.

Prof. Horace Lamb’s Presidential Address was admirable,
dignified, and was precisely what such an address should be ;
but whether on account of the poor acoustic properties of the
hall or for some other reason, few of the audience,, we fear,
were able to follow the address. Dr. Simpson’s address to
Section A dealt with the New Ideas in Meteorology ; Dr.
Cecil H. Desch (Section B) referred to the Chemistry of
Solids ; Prof. Sparks spoke to Section C on Cultural Aspects
in Geology ; Mr. C. Tate Regan discoursed on Organic

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

291

Evolution to Section D ; Mr. A. R. Hinks referred to the
Science and Art of Map-making in Section E ; Miss Lynda
Grier addressed Section F on the Meaning of Wages ; Sir
Archibald Denny gave an account of Fifty Years’ Evolution
in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering to Section G ;
Practical Engineering in Ancient Rome was the title of
Dr. T. Ashby’s address to Section H ; Prof. A. V. Hill gave
the Physiological Basis of Athletic Records to Section I ;
Prof. G. Spearman described Some Issues in the Theory of
‘ G ’ (including the Law of Diminishing Return) to Section
J ; Prof. J. Lloyd Williams dealt with the Phaeophyceae and
their Problems for Section K ; Mr. W. W. Vaughan’s address
to Section L was entitled the Warp and Woof in Education ;
and Dr. J. B. Orr took the Mineral Elements in Animal
Nutrition as the subject of his address to Section M. Sir
Daniel Hall’s Presidential Address to the Conference of
Delegates of Corresponding Societies was entitled Corres-
ponding Societies and the Schools. Mr. R. V. Southwell
gave an evening discourse on Some Aeronautical Problems.
Four Citizen Lectures were given, viz., Science and the East
African Commission, by Major A. G. Church ; the Role of
the Atmosphere in Wireless Telegraphy ; Capt. P. P. Eckersley
on Some Technical Problems of Broadcasting ; and Mr.
C. J. P. Cave on the Highway of the Air. Three lectures were
arranged for young people : Dr. F. A. Dixey dealing with
Mimicry in Relation to Geographical Distribution ; Prof.
W. J. Dakin on Whaling in the Southern Ocean ; and Mr.
W. H. Barker on the Development of Southampton in relation
to World Commerce.

THE JOURNAL.

According to the admirable Journal of Scientific Tran-
actions (which gave the times at which the various papers
were read at the different sections, and summaries of many
of them), Section A (Mathematics) had 21 papers delivered ;
B (Chemistry), n ; C (Geology), 17 ; D (Zoology), 21 ;
E (Geography), 18 ; F (Economic Science and Statistics),
11 ; G (Engineering) , 16 ; and there were 6 joint discussions
with sections F and G ; H (Anthropology), 32 ; I (Physiology),
13 ; J (Psychology), 18 ; K (Botany), 32 ; (and sub-section,
Forestry, 18) ; L (Education), 12 ; M (Agriculture), 14 ;
and at the Conference of Delegates, 5. It will thus be seen
that the fare was ample for all ! In addition, several of the
sections had special exhibits and held afternoon excursions,
the archaeological, botanical and geological features of the
area being of great interest. It is not possible to give sum-
maries of all the papers likely to be of interest to readers of
The Naturalist, but the following are among the many.

1925 Oct. 1

292

Notes and Comments.

PROF. E. W. MACBRIDE ON THE MIGRATORY HABITS OF ECHINO-

CARDIUM.

The genus Echinocardium is taken by Petersen as char-
acteristic of one type of the series of animal communities
which he has described as occupying definite territories all
over the bottom of the North Sea. The two species, E.
cordatum and E. flavescens , are abundant throughout this
area, and each is characteristic of a certain type of community.
Under these circumstances the habits of each species become
of importance and interest. E. cordatum is found within
tide marks on sandy beaches all along our western coast, and
is particularly abundant just above the limit of low spring
tides in Harlech Bay, which I visit every summer. It is
found occupying a burrow about three inches below the
surface of the sand, communicating with the surface by a
vertical shaft, up which it extends its long tube feet in order
to gather food. Yet no specimens less than four inches in
length could be found. From previous work it is known
that the young urchin, just after metamorphosis, is only f
mm. in length, yet the most diligent sifting of the sand through
fine sieves failed to reveal intermediate stages. Mr. Elmhirst,
Curator of Millport Biological Station, sifted the sands of
Kaines Bay, Millport, where the adult is abundant, with a
like negative result. On the other hand, Dr. Mortensen
sent me an abundant supply of the stages I sought, dredged
from deep water. It is clear, therefore, that the abundant
adult forms must have migrated into their present positions^
in a word, that the animal does not remain constantly in it’s
burrows, but at high tide comes up to the top and walks about.

MR. M. A. C. HINTON ON THE PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA OF TFIE
BRITISH ISLES AND THEIR BEARING UPON THE DATE OF THE
GLACIAL PERIOD.

Moderate opinion holds that there were .two distinct
glaciations of Britain, an earlier or ‘ major glaciation ' be-
tween the deposition of the Cromerian beds and the formation
of the High Terrace of the Thames, and a later or ‘ minor
glaciation ' towards the end of the Pleistocene period. An
argument is now presented to show that the ‘ major glaciation
of Britain was an episode of late Pleistocene time. The
Cromerian beds and the terrace deposits of the Thames form
parts of one great series, and afford no valid physical evidence
of an early Pleistocene ‘ major glaciation/ The fossil
mammalia are definitely opposed to any theory which involves
a break in the continuity of the terrestrial life of this country
^between Cromerian and late Pleistocene times. An older
mammalian fauna of southern character, possibly of African
origin, lingered from Cromerian to early Middle Terrace times ;

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

293

and some of its species show definite evolutionary changes
when traced from older to newer horizons. In later Middle
Terrace times this older fauna was completely replaced by
mammals of northern character or Asiatic origin, and these
newcomers held the country until the close of the Pleistocene
period when the most characteristic species became either
totally or locally extinct. The arguments as to a former
cold climate commonly based upon the occurrence of such
animals as the Varying Hare, the Snow Vole, and the Arctic
Lemming is misconceived and unsound.

MR. IAN A. RICHMOND ON ROMAN CAMPS AT CAWTHORN, NEAR
PICKERING, N. RIDING, YORKS.

Two periods of occupation are so far certain. (1) In the
first was built a six-acre camp, A, with a narrow gateway
on each side, but within the N.E. and S.E. angles were mounds
for artillery. Conditions in the ditches prove that this
occupation was short. (2) The second occupation added a
5^-acre camp, B, to A’s eastern side, which was protected
by low turf ramparts and by a ditch (E side). The five
gateways, three of A and two (N. and S.) of B, were provided
with internal and external lunate mounds of defence (Hyginus’s
claviculce) , but no gates, and the ditch was either interrupted
(B) or filled up (A) in front of them. On the E. side, and
at the N.E., were turf -built mounds for artillery. Internally
there are slight road-ways and buildings (including barracks
and a tribunal), made of turf, aligned to the roads, and ap-
parently containing pits and fire-places. Between the ram-
part and the road behind it were stone-built ovens, provided
with stoke-holes, and, in one case at least, with a shelter
supported by slud posts. Three other ovens were found in
like position, but excavated in, and built of, imported clay.
Contemporary with B was camp C, a six-acre, coffin-shaped
camp, with three east gates only, defended by external clavi-
culce, and having turf buildings. Overlying the S.W. end
of C was a three-acre fort, D, apparently never finished, but
closely resembling the Roman camp in Hod Hill fort. Finds
have been very few and valueless for dating within the Roman
period. The type of fortification makes it legitimate to
assign the earthworks to the period of Roman conquest in
Yorkshire, perhaps to Cerialis or Agricola, or both. It is
clear that we are about to learn something of a new kind of
Roman fortification, bridging the gap between the tent-
covered marching-camps of Scotland and the siege-camps,
crowded with temporary buildings, as at Masada (Arabia)
and Castillejo, Pena Redonda, or Renieblas (Numantia, Spain).

PROF. F. O. BOWER ON ADAPTIVE CHARACTERS.

At the opening of the discussion it will be well to see clearly

1925 Oct. 1

294

Notes and Comments.

what is meant by the words used in its title. The expression
‘ adaptive * is often applied loosely for any character to which
a reasonably probable use can be ascribed. Causality in
relation to that use is then liable to be assumed, without
any evidence being adduced to show that the character actually
originated in relation to the conditions which it may effectively
meet. To speak thus of a character as adaptive is merely
to apply to it a question-begging epithet. Few of those who
lightly use the word have ever adduced evidence that the
character really is adaptive in the evolutionary sense in any
specific case : that is, that the development, individual or
racial, originated in accommodation to circumstances. On
the other hand, if the character were actually adaptive in
this sense, it might be expected that, in the absence of the
causal condition, the character should be modified, or even
disappear. But it cannot always be presumed that a feature
held as adaptive must necessarily disappear : provided that
it be not harmful it may persist, even though its primary
cause is absent, for it may have passed into the category of
inherited characters. Thus we may hold it as possible that
fluctuating characters, arising first as consequences of im-
mediate accommodation, may become permanently fixed.
The discussion will naturally lead to the question of the in-
heritance of characters thus acquired. In the comparative
study of ferns, checked by reference to the related fossils, it
is believed that evidence has been obtained of the secular
inheritance of characters in the first instance acquired and
adaptive ; and that in the course of evolution, extending
from the palaeozoic period to the present day, those characters
have become permanently fixed. The best instance is in the
adoption of a protective superficial position of the sorus,
though comparative evidence of ferns, fossil and living,
indicates that the distal or marginal position was the original
one. Other examples are seen in the adjustment of the
vascular tissues in relation to increasing size and in the ab-
sence of secondary thickening, so as to maintain a suitable
proportion of surface to bulk. Such adjustments have fre-
quently become hereditary.

PROF. J. PRIESTLEY ON ADAPTIVE CHARACTERS.

The fact that the existence of adaptive characters receives
a partial explanation upon the hypothesis of natural selection,
has led to a much too facile interpretation of structural features
of the plant as adaptive. Such an interpretation should
always rest upon definite experimental evidence that the
structural features concerned perform the functions assigned
to them. The result of such experimental examination
has recently been illustrated in the study of various epidermal

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

295

structures which are interpreted on theoretical grounds as
devices for controlling transpirations. Interpretation as an
adaptive character still leaves the structural feature in question
open to elucidation upon the lines of causal anatomy. This
alternative method of approach is illustrated by a brief
examination of the main features of stelar anatomy in the
ferns.

DR. D. H. SCOTT ON ADAPTIVE CHARACTERS.

The modern reaction against adaptation appears to be
due to several causes : — (1) The weakening of the Darwinian
position, involving less reliance on Natural Selection. (2)
Distaste for the too facile assumption of hypothetical functions
on the part of some zealous Darwinians. (3) The influence
of Mendelism, which has no use for adaptations. (4) The rise
of the mechanical line of investigation, which is concerned
only with the becoming of the mechanism, not with its working
when in being. Probably the whole controversy is rather a
matter of point of view than of any fundamental difference
of opinion. That every organism is essentially a mechanism
or systems of mechanisms is manifest. There cannot be a
mechanism without adaptation, nor can there be physiology
without the idea of function. Prof. Priestley is right in in-
sisting on the mechanical side of the question. We want to
know both how the mechanism is made and how it works ;
whether we are dealing with a steam-engine or a living plant.
The latter question — the working — is of more general interest,
but the scientific value is equal. The physiological study of
development is a new departure and has everything still to
accomplish. But we also need to make a fresh start with the
investigation of function, as is shown, for example, by the
doubt recently cast on supposed xerophytic adaptations.
Few will be content with the solution ‘ there is no function/
an assumption as facile and perhaps as futile as some of the
hypothetical functions imagined by too confident Darwinians
of a past period.

CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES AND SCHOOLS.

In his address to the Conference of Delegates of Corres-
ponding Societies, Sir Daniel Hall stated : I should like to see
on the walls of every village school a series of parish maps.
There would, first of all, be the normal cadastral map, the
Ordnance Survey on the i-inch or 6-inch scale, on which
antiquities and any connections with wider history are
specially indicated. Alongside this map should be a geological
map, the Drift Edition if available, with some manuscript
indications of the variations of soil as far as they are correlated
with the geological indications of the map. In certain
areas the local Agricultural College would be able to supply

1925 Oct. 1

296

Notes and Comments.

a good deal of information about the characteristics of the
soils of the parish, but as yet there has been no systematic
soil survey all over the kingdom. The next map should be
a vegetation map, and, naturally, it will be closely connected
with the geological or soil map. It should indicate the
prevalence of woodland, marsh or pasture, the characteristic
weeds of the arable land, the special features of the flora of
the wild land, and the types of grasses characteristic of the
pastures. Of course, there are parishes so uniform in their
soil that this vegetation map may be of the simplest character,
but there are many parishes possessing great and characteristic
diversities of vegetation which children soon learn to recognise,
especially as so many parishes were originally formed as
strips cutting across the outcrops so as to provide a portion
of each kind of soil for the needs of the parish. Alongside
this map should be one showing the actual cropping followed
in the parish in any particular year, the fields being coloured
on a system and the crops being ascertained by actual en-
quiry. Lastly— and here is the point on which I desire
particularly to address myself to the members of the Corres-
ponding Societies — -one would like to see a map or maps
that would bring out the original settlement of the land, the
manors, and the system of cultivation adopted before en-
closure, and the date and method of enclosure.

WHAT IS A HERBALIST?

According to Dr. J. Skelton, in The Medical Herbalist
for September, a herbalist is ‘ a man whose faith is based upon
science, a man who amidst the revolutions and changes of
time prefers rather to endure the scoffs of the ignorant, and
scorn of the foolish, than yield one inch of his right to think
and act as a free man, a man whom contempt cannot injure
nor power crush, a man who worships in the great temple of
nature, who bows his head in humility and thanks his Maker
for the herbs and flowers, a man who, standing upon the rock
of eternal truth, feels himself secure, and knows that medicine
can have no other foundation, reason no other guide, science
no other law. Folly may smite, prejudice scorn, cupidity
curse, tyranny perish, and medical despotism cry infamous,
but truth continues, and the herbalist lives on, not a life of
the present alone is his, but of the past and future, not the mean
thing that folly has made him, but a companion for philoso-
phers and kings.’

ANOTHER ‘ STONE -AGE ’ SKELETON.

We learn from the press that ‘ the skeleton of a neolithic
(New Stone Age) man, probably 5000 years old, has been
found at Grassington, Upper Wharf edale. The man was

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

297

buried in a crouching position. Unfortunately, no part of
the skeleton was intact, except the thigh bones and the jaw
bones. All the other bones were there, but they were badly
broken and decayed. The teeth of both the lower and upper
jaws, however, were well preserved. It was difficult to fix
an exact date to these discoveries, but this man lived probably
not, less than 5000 years ago.

GRASSINGTON AND AMERICA.

A further report states that ‘ the conclusions of Mr. John
Crowther, of Grassington, in reference to the skeleton found
at Grassington, have been confirmed by Professor Gilligan,
of Leeds University. The Neolithic man, says the professor,
was the earliest known in Yorkshire. It was difficult to fix
an exact date to these discoveries, but he thought that this
man lived not less than 5000 years ago. These people were
cave dwellers. In Yorkshire there was no evidence of true
palaeolithic types (an earlier race), but it was definitely
known that neolithic man did live there. A university student
set up the last skeleton, which was found at Grassington,
and which was authoritatively pronounced to be neolithic.
Neolithic man was probably small in stature, and appeared to
be a distinct race from palaeolithic, the latter race appearing
to have been wiped out completely. It was at the neolithic
phase of human development that peoples of the Mongolian
breed first made their way into America/ Personally, we are
satisfied that the press has misrepresented Professor Gilligan’s
remarks, as it seems difficult to understand what possible
evidence there is of this or the previous skeleton being neolithic
in date in the absence of associated relics, or, in fact, of any
evidence whatever. A neolithic skeleton would be of such
importance in Yorkshire that it is a pity we are not informed
of the author of the ‘ authorataive pronouncement/
PETERSEN’S YOUNG FISH TRAWL.*

From a report just received we gather that f from a study
of the numbers of cod larvae and four other planktonts cap-
tured in ten successive hauls of Petersen’s Young Fish Trawl
during daylight, with wind strength 0-2 on the Beaufort scale,
the standard deviation (expressed as a percentage of the mean)
varies from ± 27 to T: 54 per cent. That of the cod larvae
of 8 mm. length is T: 38 per cent. These figures are compared
with other results obtained by Herdman using a “ Nansen ”
net, and are seen to be of about the same order of magnitude.
In the opinion of the writers, variations of this order are con-
sidered in no way to invalidate results obtained with this

* ‘ The Working Error of Petersen’s Young Fish Trawl/ by A. C.
Gardiner and Michael Graham. London : H.M. Stationery Office.

Fishery Investigations, Ser. II., Vol. VIII., No. 3, 8 pp., 1 /- net.

1925 Oct. 1

298

Notes and Comments.

engine, but indeed probably represent a condition as nearly
consistent as can be expected in view of the lack of uni-
formity of the horizontal distribution of the plankton.'

A GEOLOGICAL CHART.*

This chart measures 25 in. by 20 in., and is divided into
two principal columns dealing respectively with the ‘ Fauna
and Flora ’ and the ‘ Distribution of Rocks and History of
Deposition' ; the main features of each Era are dealt with in
a smaller column, while the Systems are represented by a
series of coloured spaces. The chart is described as being
suitable for hanging in the class-room. Its aim is to give in
clear and simple form the main outlines of geological history.
To accomplish this aim is no light task, for the difficulties
are obvious ; one needs in a compilation like this the outlook
of a paleontologist, a geologist, a teacher and an editor. A
paleontologist would modify several of the statements of fact
presented here ; and he would at least shorten the list of
birds in the Eocene, and say a little more about the Cambrian
fauna. A geologist, while realising the difficulties of making
accurate generalizations in a small space, would, for example,
amplify the statement that Gondwanaland ‘ occupied the site
of the existing Indian Ocean.’ A teacher would probably
suggest the use (for beginners) of more general terms than,
say, Atlantosaurus and Cheirotherium. He would also think
that * the appearance of the forerunners of the elephant ' is a
more suitable phrase than ‘ the appearance of gigantic Pro-
boscideans.' Moreover, he would not refer to Birds as being
absent ' from the Palaeozoic when actually their first appear-
ance was much later in the geological time-scale. And
probably the teacher, if not the editor, would see that the
relation of Systems to Periods was made quite clear. We
should not read that ‘ the systems of the Cainozoic occupied
a much shorter time . . . .’ An editor, noting in the first
column ‘ Group or Era,' would add ‘ or Periods ' to ‘ Systems ’
in the second column. He would not like to see, either, terms
of such varying denotation as, for example, ‘ Deinosaurs
and ‘ Atlantosaurus,' given equal typographic treatment in
full capitals. The plan of this chart is well conceived, and
the selection of examples is excellent. The widespread use
of a chart such as this may be the means of attracting hundreds
of young people to the science of geology. It would be im-
possible, therefore, to devote too much care to its production
or improvement ; and we have commented on a few points
merely to show that any work intended for beginners should
be freely criticized before being published. — C.

* By Lieut. -Col. F. T. Talbot, D.S.O., F.R.G.S. (T. Murby & Co.,
1 Fleet Lane, London, E.C.4, price 1/4 net) [1925].

Naturalist

299

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F. SPATH.

VI. — On Ammonites planicosta J. Sowerby.

The well-known Ammonites planicosta J. Sowerby1 was
referred to in the last chapter as the commonest ammonite of
the Asteroceratan age. This ammonite has figured in York-
shire lists of fossils since the time of Young and Bird2 for over
a hundred years ; but, unfortunately, what Dumortier3 wrote
in 1867 still holds at the present day, namely, that there was
* no satisfactory figure of this ammonite, which was yet one
of the most important and most characteristic species of the
upper beds of the Lower Lias/ Dumortier was astonished
at the frequent misidentification of this ammonite, even by
d’Orbigny, but his own determination was scarcely less
erroneous. For, although he quoted in his synonymy of
Ammonites planicosta , the specimen depicted by Zieten,4 which
belongs to a later, independent, but allied species, referred to
below, Dumortier’s figured example, probably a Gagaticeras
of Oxynoticeratan age, has nothing to do with Sowerby’s
species, and was separated from Ammonites planicosta and
renamed (Amm. vesta) by Reynes5 already in 1879. To clear
up the tangle now seems a thankless task, but it is necessary
to fix at least the type of Ammonites planicosta.

Young and Bird’s, Simpson’s,6 Blake’s7 and Crick’s8
determinations of Yorkshire examples of the group of Ammon-
ites planicosta may be incorrect from the modern point of view,
but far more serious errors of identification have been com-
mitted by other authors. The absence of good figures may
be partly to blame for this, especially in the case of authors
who had no topotype material for comparison. It may suffice
to point out in this connexion that Hyatt,9 for example, was
induced, by Sowerby’s unsatisfactory figures, to unite, with
the Marston form (of PI. CDVI., non PI. LXXIII.), in one
species ‘ Derocer as confusum,’ the entirely unrelated Hemimi-

1 Mineral Conchology , Vol. I., 1814, PI. LXXIII.

2 ‘ Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast/ 1822, p. 248 ; 2nd
ed., 1828, p. 259.

3 Loc. cit., Vol. II., ‘ Lias Infer.,’ 1867, p. 167.

4 Verstein. Wiirttembergs, 1830, p. 6, PI. IV., fig. 8. The type is
not among the three examples of ‘ Amm. capricornus ’ from Zieten ’s
Collection in the British Museum (Nos. 62591 a-c), unless the figure is a
composite one.

5 Loc. cit. (Atlas), PI. XLV., figs. 47-49.

6 ‘ Fossils of the Yorkshire Lias,' 1884, p. 75.

7 In Tate and Blake ; loc. cit. (1876), p. 275.

8 The Naturalist, 1922, p. 275.

9 ‘ On Reversions among the Ammonites,’ 1870, p. 39.

1925 Oct. 1

300 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

croceras ? lohbergense (Emerson),1 and the still later Uptonia
confusa (Quenstedt). On the other hand, a far too compre-
hensive interpretation of the species caused Wright2 to figure
under this name, not the true Ammonites planicosta , but five
different forms3 ; and of the eight figures cited in his synony-
my, none belongs to Sowerby’s species as here understood.
It is curious to note that Wright also did not include in his
TEgoceras planicosta the Marston form, figured by J. de C.
Sowerby, and that owing to an equally wide interpretation
of Sowerby’s Ammonites obtusus 4 this common Lyme form,
second in importance only to Amm. planicosta, also escaped
delineation in the famous Monograph of the Lias Ammonites.

Frebold’s5 latest correlation, published this year, still
suffers from the same defect ; for his Amm. planicosta also is
too widely interpreted, which prevented him from realising
the enormity of the gap between the birchi and ziphus zones.
But to review the whole history of Amm. planicosta would
take us further than the writer cares to go or the reader is
patient enough to follow. Being concerned, for the present,
with Yorkshire ammonites, it seems preferable to examine
which species actually occur in this county, and to show that
Amm. planicosta in the restricted sense is not one of them.
Confirmation by zonal collecting here again is desirable, for
our conclusions are based mostly on museum material, and
Simpson, in 1884 (p. xxii.) recorded ‘ Amm. planicostatus ’
from two beds about thirty feet apart.

It must be borne in mind, when determining the type of
Ammonites planicosta, that in slabs like that figured by J.
Sowerby (Pl. LXXIII.) the associated forms are Xipheroceras
dudressieri (D’Orbigny) and allies, Asteroceras stellare (J.
Sowerby) and Asteroceras margaritoides, nom. nov.6 The
larger examples of ‘Ammonites planicosta ,’ figured by Sowerby
in the left-hand top and right-hand bottom corners of fig. 1
—the first copied by Brown7 — are evidently, by their size
alone, immature forms of the dudressieri group, but the

1 See supra, p. 140.

2 Loc. cit., pt. 3, 1880, PI. XXI., pt. 4, 1881, p. 293.

3 See supra, pp. 268-2-69.

A Mineral Conchology , Vol. II., 1817, p. 151, PI. CLXVII., upper
fig. only. The section (lower fig., B.M., No. 43970) belongs to Astero-
ceras stellare (J. Sowerby). Wright’s example (B.M., No. C2223) of
PI. XXI., figs. 3-4, with 30 costae, greater compression and more promin-
ent keek than Asteroceras obtusum is now renamed Ast. confusum, nom.
nov .

5 ‘ Uber Cyklische Meeres-Sedimentation.’ Leipzig, 1925, p. 8.

6 Large fragment in the middle of Sowerby’s PI. LXXIII. (as repre-
sented by B.M., No. Ci 7945c) distinguished from the associated [small]
examples of Ast. stellare by the absence of a stellate centre and by having
compressed whorls already at 15 mm. diameter.

7 ‘ I Lust. Fossil Conchol. Great Britain,’ 1849, PI. VII., fig. 7.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

301

example represented in fig. 5 is probably fully grown.
Sowerby’s statement about the circular mouth cannot be taken
literally, for no species of the planicosta group has a round
whorl-section as depicted in Sowerby’s fig. 3, and Simpson
already in 1855 (p- 45) altered the diagnosis to ‘ nearly circu-
lar.’ Some small form resembling Sowerby’s fig. 5, and super-
ficially also Ammonites capricornu, was clearly taken as typical
by d’Orbigny,1 who created a new species, Amm. dudressieri,
for the tuberculate types. Indifferent illustrations in various
works on common British fossils and the large slab figured in
one of the British Museum Guides,2 represent the small form

(a-c) Suture-lines of Promicroceras marstonense , sp. nov., from Marston
Magna (B.M., No. C2353a-c) ; (a) at diameter of 15 mm., b at 8 mm.,
(c) at 5 mm. (beginning of costation) .

(d) Promicroceras aureum (Young and Bird) from Robin Hood’s
Bay (B.M., No. 17670, Ripley Coll. ) , at diameter of 12 mm. (x about

^ (, ? ) Promicroceras pyritosum, sp. nov., from Charmouth (Dr. Lang’s
Bed 81) at diameter of 17 mm. (end of septate portion), X about 3-5.

(/) Promicroceras planicosta (J. Sowerby), from Charmouth (p l-ani -
costa zone, bed 85), collected by Mr. L. R. Cox, at diameter of 17 mm.
(end of septate portion) , x about 4.

(g) Xipheroceras ? cf. dudressieri (d’Orbigny) from Charmouth (L.F.S.,
No. 1859, bed unknown), at diameter of 22 mm. (= about 3-5). Inner
whorls indistinguishable from Promicroceras planicosta (unusually
delayed or hybrid?).

(h) Xipheroceras aff. rasinodum (Quenstedt) from Charmouth (Dr.
Lang’s bed 85 =planicosta zone), collected by Mr. L. R. Cox, at diameter
of 55 mm. (x about 2).

1 Loc. cit. (1845), p. 325, ;P1. CIII.

2 ‘ Fossil Invertebrate Animals,’ 1907, p. 167, PL VII., upper fig.
(‘ weathered surface ’) only.

1925 Oot. 1

302 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

figured by Sowerby, and this was also in the mind of nearly
every recent British writer1 who had occasion to refer to
Ammonites planicosta. It seems advisable then to select fig.
5 of Sowerby’s plate LXXIII. as type of Amm. planicosta,
and since the original example cannot now be traced, to take
as neotype an example in the Wright Collection (B.M., No.
C.2235), associated in the same block with Xipheroceras
dudressieri,2 Asteroceras margaritoides, and Ast. stellar e.

Before discussing the relations of this restricted Amm.
planicosta to allied species, it is necessary to rectify the generic
nomenclature. Mr. Buckman3 4 in 1911, created the genus
Xipheroceras for ‘ AEgoceras planicosta ; Wright, 1880, XXV.
= A. ziphus Zieten.’ This was referred to above (p. 269)
as assignable to Quenstedt’s Amm. armatus rasinodus 4 and the
suture-line of a specimen probably close to this Xipheroceras
rasinodum, as interpreted by the writer, from. the planicosta
zone (bed 85 of Dr. Lang) of Charmouth, collected by Mr.
L. R. Cox, is here figured (text fig. 8h). The genotype of
Xipheroceras is thus closely allied to the forms previously
described as X . ziphi forme and X . perarmatum, probably also
toX. simile nom. nov.5 6, intermediate between X. rasinodum
and X . dudressieri (d’Orbigny). This last species, as variable
in tuberculation as X. rasinodum, has a simple suture-line
(compare text fig. 8g and Dietz, loc. cit, 1923, fig. 146, p.
401), and unless it be regarded as a reduced form and therefore
converging towards Promicroceras , its reference to Xipheroceras
is doubtful. For, judging by Dr. Lang’s Charmouth material,
the species of the rasinodum group, also X. cequicostatum ,
may be connected with forms resembling Xipheroceras ?
problematicum, nom. nov. ( = Ammonites ziphus Reynes,
pars, non Hehl, loc. cit., PL XL., figs. 5 and 6 only) and the
equally doubtful X. ? pseudoziphus referred to above (p. 269).
This last resembles certain compressed equivalents of X.
cequicostatum , and the depressed types may include Dumortier’s
Amm. locardip which is more regularly costate than X.
simile nov. But in view of the surprisingly varied Ectocen-
tritidae that existed at about this period in Mediterranean
areas, it is yet doubtful whether these Xipheroceras with

1 Except such apparent misidentifications as Mr. B. Thompson’s in
‘ Northamptonshire,’ Geology in the Field, Part 3, 1910, p. 455.

2 Figured in Wright, loc. cit., 1880, PI. XXIV., fig. 5 only, B.M.,
No. C.2235. The other ammonites contained in the same block of rock
were omitted in Wright’s figure.

3 Yorkshire Type Ammonites, Vol. I., p. iv.

4 Loc. cit. (1884), PI. XXIV., fig. 26. The differences between
Quenstedt’s and Wright’s figures are apparently not of specific importance'.

5 Ammonites armatus, Quenstedt, pars, non Sowerby, loc. cit. (1884),
p. 198, PI. XXIV., fig. 29 only.

6 Loc. cit. (II., 1867), p. 129, PI. XXVI., figs. 1-3.

Naturalist

Spath c Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

303

complex suture-lines are directly connected with the stock
that produced forms like Microderoceras scoresbyi (Simpson)
S. Buckman sp.,1 of which two complete suture-lines are
here figured (figs. 9 g, h) and two new species of Microderoceras ,
one of which is before me from Yorkshire (B.M., No. 89018)
as well as from Lyme (L.F.S., No. 1856). The bed of this
last example is unknown, but the specimen probably came
from just above the birchi ‘ Tabular Limestone/ to judge by
fragments in Dr. Lang’s Collection. The second new Micro-
deroceras, above mentioned, a dwarf offshoot, considerably
more evolute than, but resembling X . ? problematicum, with
distinctly capricornic inner whorls, still occurs high up in
the capricornoides zone. It may be noted in passing that
here, as in many other cases, the squeezing-out of stages by

( a-f ) Microderoceras birchi (J. Sowerby), Lyme Regis : (a) at diameter
of 25 mm. ; (b) at 10 mm. (appearance of first tubercle) ; (c) at 8 mm.

(rursiradiate lineation only) ; (d) at 3.5 mm. ; (e) at 3 mm. (showing

low median saddle in E) ; (/) Internal lobe at 85 mm. (x about 1.5)

from another example (L.F.S.,No. 1858) ; ( g,h ), M . scoresbyi (Simpson)
S. Buckman sp. from Drift (ex Lower Lias) of Withernsea, Holderness
(example recorded by Mr. C. Thompson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol.
LXIX, 1913, p. 180) in Hull Museum ; ( g ) at diameter of 60 mm. (x

about 2) ; h at 20 mm. (x about 2).

tachygenesis does not seem to hold. The capricorn stage
of the later Microderoceras can only be coenogenetic, i.e., the
new character first appears on the inner instead of the outer
whorls. Moreover there is neither a secondarily unituber-
culate nor a costate stage in Microderoceras that could be

1 Yorkshire Type Ammonites, Vol. I., (1911), PL XXXIX, A-C.
The example in the Hull Museum (figs. 9 g-h) , shows the same widening
mouth-border as Microderoceras birchi (J. Sowerby).

1925 Oct. 1

304

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

recapitulated by its supposed descendants, and nobody
probably will now maintain that Deroceras is directly con-
nected with any of the groups here discussed.

Now Amm. capricornoides, the forerunner of Amm. plani-
costa, with a similar reduced suture-line (fig. 8/) occurs
already with Microderoceras hirchi ; and the birchi Tabular
Limestone (Dr. Lang’s bed 76 of the Dorset coast) is teeming
with small ammonites, possibly including new Ectocentritid
developments that, however, seem to comprise many mor-
phological transitions between the true birchi (figs. 9 a-f) and
the tine capricornoides. The planicosta stock, derived from
the latter, and Xipheroceras, perhaps more closely connected
with 'Microderoceras than with the planicosta group, are
almost certainly two distinct stocks. Xipheroceras appears
to end with the gigantic forms of the rasinodum type already
in the planicosta zone ; the planicosta group, for which the
new name Promicroceras gen. nov.,1 is now proposed,
persists with slight changes from the birchi up to the ziphus
zones. Prcederoceras Dietz2 (=‘ Postderoceras ’ Schindewolf 3),
with the genotype P. ziphus (Hehl MS.) Zieten sp., P.
trimodum (Dumortier4) , P. ziphoides (Quenstedt),5 and a new
Marston species, is sufficiently distinguished from Xiphero-
ceras for the adoption of Dietz’s name. The last stock might
be taken to be connected, by its suture-line, with Xipheroceras
dudressieri, which really does not fit into Xipheroceras any
more than it does into Promicroceras. In spite of many
stratigraphical surprises, we are, in the construction of our
lineages, still too apt to look for biological continuity among
the fragmentary ammonite material so far available.6

The phylogenetic scheme published by Frebold 7 also
probably represents the interrelations of the groups here
discussed in far too simple a manner. There may have been
repeated branching off a lytoceratid root-stock, but the internal
suture-line alone, as used by Salfeld and his school, is scarcely

1 Genotype : Ammonites planicosta, J. Sowerby, as here restricted =
Mineral Conchology , Vol. II., PL LXXIII., fig. 5 only (B.M., No. C2235 b)

2 Loc. cit. (1923), p. -407.

3 ‘ Centralblatt f. Min., 1923, p. 368.

4 Loc. cit. (III., 1869), p. 86, PI. XV., fig. 1 (typus). The Apodero-
ceras from Pabay, listed ( Geol . Mag., 1922, p. 550), as A. aff. trimodum
was incorrectly determined.

5 Not to be confused with Ophideroceras ziphoides, Spath (see supra,

p. 139).

6 Compare, for example, the fauna of the Monte di Cetona described
by Fucini in Pal. Italica, Vols. VII. -XI. (1901-.05) which is far more
representative of e.g., the Upper Asteroceratan age than the few known
British forms.

7 ‘ Abspaltungen von Lytoceras im Unt. und Mittl. Lias,’ Mitteil.
Mus. Stadt Essen, Heft 2, 1923, PI. I.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

305

sufficient to settle our difficulties, as will be seen on comparing
the internal lobe of Microderoceras birchi here figured (fig.
9/) 1 with that depicted by Frebold (PI. II.). The internal
half of the suture- line, of course, is as important as the
external one, and it seems inconceivable that modern writers
still neglect it in favour of many measurements that are both
unnecessary with decent figures and misleading to workers of
little experience. The Deroceratidae, as Frebold assumes, are
probably an independent offshoot of the fundamental Lytoceras
stock, and the earlier genera here discussed may conveniently
be separated as an independent family Xipheroceratidse.

The restricted Promicroceras planicosta differs from P.
perplanicosta (Spath= Wright’s PI. XXIV., fig. 3 only) in
having closer costation and less exaggerated flattening of the
ribs on the ventral area. P. capricornoides (Quenstedt) has
costae continuous across the periphery with a forward sweep,
but almost no flattening,2 and a similar but less compressed
new form from Charmouth (P . pyritosum sp. nov. [fig. 8e ],
to be described separately) has ribbing almost as sharp as the
late P. nudum (Quenstedt),3 though ventrally nearly as
distinctly as on the sides. From the figures in Quenstedt
and the examples in the British Museum (ex Zieten Coll.)
above referred to (p. 299) it would appear that the nudum
group includes various independent forms, of which Dietz’s4
Heiningen specimen may be one ; but P . aureum (Young
and Bird) described by Simpson (under A. planicostatus , non
A. aureus Simpson) as more slender than the southern ex-
amples,5 may be comparable to Quenstedt ’s slender varieties
of P. nudum. In P. marstonense nom. nov. (fig. 8a-c =
A. planicosta Sowerby, PI. CDVI., fig. 76 non LXXIII.),
the common form of the Marston Stone, the growth is alto-
gether more rapid, and the inner whorls are more distinctly
ribbed, as in P . nudum, which, however, has the ribs bulging
- — Gagaticeras fashion — on the inner lateral area.

1 The increased backward penetration of the internal and external
lobes of some forms, compared with the umbilical lobes, appears to be
regulated by the mechanical requirements of the septal surface as a
whole, and is probably not of systematic value.

2 The gradual increase in the size of the peripheral rhombs, compared
with the scarcely thickened ribs of the early types, and the appearance,
in the flattened areas, of a groove or grooves in the later forms, are useful
diagnostic features in Promicroceras .

3 ‘ Cephalopoden , ’ 1849, PI. IV., fig. 6 ; ' Ammoniten des Schwabi-
schen Jura,’ 1884, PI. XXI., fig. 6.

4 Loc. dt., 1923, p. 400, text fig. 14a only.

5 Three specimens of this form were presented to the British Museum
by Martin Simpson in i860 (Nos. 39688 a-c) . See also fig. Sd.

6 Very badly figured. Type to be an example in the Sowerby
Collection, B.M., No. 439146. Branco ( Palceontographica , Vol. XXVI.,
1880) apparently dissected an example of this species (PI. X., fig, 4).

1925 Oct. 1

U

306 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

Xipheroceras appears to be unknown from Yorkshire, and
the only examples of Promicroceras seen by the writer from
that county belong to P. nudum 1 and P. aureum. They are
associated with Prcederoceras ziphus, almost indistinguishable
from Zieten’s type in the British Museum,1 2 but to this species
does not belong Blake’s ‘ Amm. ziphus ,’ already referred to
in these pages3 by Crick. It is an Apoderoceras of the group
of A. retusum (Simpson) S. Buckman sp.4

In the Marston Stone, ziphus- like forms5 are associated
with a new species of Prcederoceras like P. trimodum (Du-
mortier), Asteroceras smithi and A. marstonense, suggesting a
higher horizon than the margaritoides-dudressieri assemblage
of the Dorset coast, which has generally been identified with
the true Marston fauna. Similarly the assemblage recorded
by the writer from Skye 6 includes late Asteroceras (including
Ast. margarita Parona,7 another Yorkshire form), in addition
to high-zonal Promicroceras and Prcederoceras , but also
Xipheroceras (and Eparniocerasl!) of the planicosta zone ; there
is no evidence, however, of the presence of the obtusus zone in
the restricted sense.

The connexion of Xipheroceratidae with Bifericeras on the
one hand, and Gagaticeras (and Echioceratidse) on the other, I
hope to discuss in a separate paper.

: o :

The Story of Copper, by W. Davis. London : T. Werner Laurie;
385 pp., price 12/6. The frontispiece to this volume consists of ‘ The
Bronze Liberty Bell that announced the Declaration of Independence,
and the Copper Goddess of Liberty, the colossal statue that guards New
York Harbour,’ and ‘ First Americans mixing copper ’ ; and there is
naturally a strong American flavour throughout the volume, T. Werner
Laurie being the English publishers of this American volume. Through-
out the author demonstrates the important part copper has played in the
world’s history, and especially in regard to the Great War. Among
the illustrations selected to show the way in which copper has been used
throughout the ages, it is gratifying to find an illustration of the ‘ Brass
Sanctuary Knocker, now adorning the door of Adel Church, Yorkshire,
which has served in England since Cromwell’ s time ’ !

1 Blake’s zEgoceras planicosta, referred to by Crick ( The Naturalist,
1922, p. 275, B.M., No. C. 19187), belongs to this species.

2 One of the examples, marked ‘ Dr. O.,’ among which Crick (Geo l.
Mag., 1899, p. 554 ; 1900, p. 561 ; 1902, p. 47) recognised the types of
Amm. calcar, A. polygonius, and A. discoides Zieten.

3 The Naturalist, 1922, p. 275.

4 Yorkshire Type Ammonites, Vol. II., 1913, PI. LXXXII.

5 Sowerby’s PI. CDVI., fig. 6, already separated from Amm.
planicosta by Oppel (Juraform. , 1856, p. 88).

6 Geol. Mag., Yol. LIX., 1922, p. 172.

7 Loc. cit. (1896), p. 41, PI. V., fig. 8 ; Fucini ( Cetona , III., 1903),
p. 133, PI. XXXII., fig. 4.

Naturalist

307

GONIATITE ZONES IN THE KEASDEN BECK AREA.

JNO . HOLMES AND W. S. BIS AT, F.G.S.

South of the Hellifield-Morecambe railway line, in the
vicinity of Clapham, is a range of moorland country, composed
of part of the Millstone Grit Series, and culminating about
4 miles south of the railway in the grit crags of Bowland
Knotts, which are equivalent in horizon to the Pendle Top
grit and succeeding grits. As one descends northwards from
Bowland Knotts towards the railway, the beds of grit and
intermediate sandy shales are seen to dip more rapidly than
the streams, and to disappear from sight under a series of
black fossiliferous shales. These shales are well seen in the
two main streams, Keasden Beck and Kettles Beck, being
exposed as scars in the banks of the streams. Their outcrop
is coloured green on the i" Geol. Survey Map as an indication
of their fossiliferous nature, the fact of which has been known
for many years, the beds being briefly described by Tiddeman
in Y.N.U. Circular Supplement (Clapham), May, 1898.

Nevertheless, the fossiliferous beds of this area have
remained practically unworked faunally, and not correlated
with the better known exposures of the main mass of the
Pennines, and the present paper records the facts disclosed
by an examination last Easter of these fossiliferous shales.
The discovery of several different fossiliferous horizons,
including an interpolation of a brachiopod fauna in a goniatite
sequence, and also of a distinct and unusual flora, appear
to us to justify a certain measure of detail in the notes which
follow. Some interesting facts on the persistence and uni-
formity of limestone bands and shales are also recorded,
and indicate a distinct field for further research.

Keasden Beck displays very good sections in fossiliferous
shales at intervals from Roger Scar, near its junction with
the YVenning, upstream through Turnerford as far as the
vicinity of Hawksheath Plantation, where the underlying
grit comes up, and the fossiliferous shales are seen to rest
on its uneven surface. Here the shales are well displayed,
and are highly fossiliferous. They also contain numerous
thin bands of limestone and lines of limestone nodules, which
will be referred to again later. All the exposures of these
fossiliferous shales in Keasden Beck are on the same hoiizon,
whitfi is marked by an abundance of Anthracoeeras glabvum.
This goniatite characterises at least 60 feet, and possibly as
much as 100 feet of shale, and it is known that elsewhere,
as in Scotland, its zone is a relatively thick one. Another
goniatite occurs, an Homoceras of the malhamense group, but
is comparatively rare. It is easily distinguished from A.

1925 Oct. 1

308 Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area.

glahrum by its cadicone shape, wide umbilicus and different
suture line. The associated fauna, which is most abundant
near the base of the shales, includes Orthoceras aciculare and
O. koninckianum , Myalina peralata and Posidoniellids of
Icevis and corrugatus type.

There is an associated flora, drifted in. The specimens
so far obtained have been determined by Mr. Walton, of
Manchester University, and include : —

Catamites sp. Kettles Beck.

Lepidodendron rhodeanum (Sternb.)\ ^ ,

Sphenopteris clavigera (Kidston) f eas en ec

Mr. Walton writes : ‘ Kidston has records of the

Lepidodendron from 19 localities in the Carb. Lime. Series,
and four from the Oil Shales, Calciferous Sandstone. The
Sphenopteris is recorded from one locality in the Lower
Limestone, Carb. Lime. Series of Scotland, and I have found
a specimen at Teilia, Prestatyn, in the base of the Upper
Black Limestone/

The record of Lepidodendron rhodeanum from Anhee, from
beds low in the Assise de Chokier (Renier ' Stratigraphie du
Westphalien/ Cong. Geol. Intern., Livret Guide XIII.,
Session 1922, Excursion C4, p. 23), is of interest, as suggesting
the probable horizon of the Anhee beds, which are the lowest
in the Upper Carboniferous of Belgium.

The above plant evidence, suggesting as it does correlation
of the Keasden Beck shales with some part of the Carb. Lime.
Series of Scotland, forms a striking confirmation of the corre-
lation by means of goniatites. In Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc. ,
Vol. XX., p. 56, it was stated ‘ The evidence [of A. glahrum
and E. bisulcatum] suggests that the horizon of the Upper
Limestone Series is high E, lying well above the top of the
crenistria zone (P), but before the entry of diadema (base
of H)/ This correlation by one of us of the Scottish Upper
Limestone Series with part of the goniatite division E is now
strongly supported by the Keasden Beck plant evidence.
This result is in full accord with the trend of other lines of
research, and the broad correlation may be regarded as fully
established.

The Keasden Beck shale fauna most closely resembles,
that seen at the base of the Sabden Shales at Throstle Nest,.
Silsden ; Edale, Derbyshire ; and the Colsterdale Marine
Band. There is no trace, however, in the Keasden Beck
shales of the Homoceras with dichotomising striae (cf. nitidum) ,
seen in the Colsterdale Marine Band and elsewhere, and we
suspect that these Keasden Beck shales may represent an
earlier onset of Sabden Shale conditions than prevailed
further east and north.

There is no doubt, however, that they form a shale series

Naturalist

Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area.

309

corresponding to the Sabden Shales, for in Kettles Beck we
found higher beds undoubtedly equivalent to those of the
upper part of the Sabden Shales.

Passing eastwards from Keasden Beck, one; sees the
fossiliferous shales again in Hobson's Gill, as mentioned by
Tiddeman in the Y.N.U. Clapham Circular Supplement
(1898), and further east still in Kettles Beck. The ex-
posures in Kettles Beck are more important than those of
Keasden Beck, for in the former one may trace a succession
of strata, and form rough estimates of the thickness exposed.
The beds are best studied by entering the beck well upstream,
west of Israel Farm, and then working downstream. Here
a fine scar shews a section of fossiliferous shales, containing
Anthracoceras glabmm, resting on grit, with a succession of
limestone bands and nodules in the shales similar to that
in Keasden Beck. A measurement of these bands was made
in both becks, and it was found that there exists a remarkable
uniformity in the thickness of the divisions as between one
beck and the other. In Keasden Beck, however, there are
a few feet more of shale at the base, which are not seen in
Kettles Beck. In measuring the thickness and number of
the bands no attempt was made at the time to compare or
fit one section with the other, and the following are the un-
touched details, except that the divisions of the two sections
have been placed in correspondence bed for bed : — -

Keasden Beck.

Shales

Platy limestone, 9".

Shales, 3' 0".

Large nodular band (up to
12").

Shales, 4' o".

Small nodules (4" — 6").

Shales, 8' o".

Limestone, 3".

Shales, 2' o".

Nodules (6").

Shales, approx. 6' o";
Nodules (6").

Shales, x' 6".

Limestone, 6".

Shales, 2' o".

Grit.

The distance between
miles west to east.

Kettles Beck.

Shales.

Platy limestone, 9".

Shales, 2' 6".

Band of large nodules.

Shales, 4' o" .

Thin nodular limestone with
streak of clay at top wea-
thering light yellow.

Shale, 10' o".

Limestone, 9".
Shale, 1' 6".
Grit.

two sections is about if to if

1925 Oct. 1

310 Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area.

Continuing downstream from the above section in Kettles
Beck, higher beds in these shales come down into the stream,
some 90 feet of the shales being seen until the sequence is
cut short by a fault seen in the right bank. The last 25 feet
or so of these shales are only feebly fossiliferous. The fault
runs into the left bank further downstream at a bend in the
beck, and here, on the west side of the fault, the basal portion
of the fossiliferous shales is thrown up, together with a
pinnacle of the underlying grit. No doubt the position of
the bend in the beck is determined by this grit upthrow.
Faulted against these shales and the underlying grit, lies
in an undisturbed manner what appears to be the upper
sandy portion of the same shales with a platy top reminiscent
of the sections at Turnerford in Keasden Beck. These sandy
shales are seen down to the confluence with Brow Side Syke,.
at first horizontal and then dipping gently downstream,
platy sandstone coming in on the right bank 20 yards below
Brow Side Syke, and continuing to just below the Watergate,
about 6 feet thickness being seen.

Sandy shales overlying these beds are seen obscurely for a
considerable distance downstream, with one fine scar on the
right bank exposing some 40 feet of beds. At a rough estimate
there must be 150 feet of these sandy shales, leading up to a
sandstone seen first in a scar on the right bank, and then
again a little further downstream on the left bank at about
100 yards upstream from the road bridge above Silver Hills
Plantation. This sandstone rests in a very irregular manner
on the underlying shales, the sandstone being violently
current bedded, and with a good deal of * wash-out ' pheno-
mena, comparable with similar sections at the base of the
Cayton Gill Series at Leighton Reservoir.

There is something suspiciously similar in Scotland in
the Upper Limestone Series, where the Geol. Survey record
[Summary of Progress, 1912, p. 61) the occurrence of a sand-
stone above the Gair ( = Calmy ) Limestone in the gorge of
Avon Water, between Larkhall and Stonehouse, which f has
a very irregular base with ironstone nodules, and rests upon
disturbed and eroded sandy fireclay and blaes.' The faunal
evidence suggests that the horizons of these erosion lines in
(1) Kettles Beck, (2) the base of the Cayton Gill Series, and
(3) in the gorge of Avon Water, Scotland, are not very far
apart in time, and it will be interesting to see whether future
evidence supports the suggestion of contemporaneity. The
Scottish erosion line is a little above the Edmondia punctatella
band, which is widely spread in Scotland, and which should
be looked for in England below Homoceras diadema, and
above the base of the Sabden Shales.

To return to Kettles Beck. The above sandstone, together

Naturalist

Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area. 311

with thin intermediate bands of plate and shale seen under
the left bank at the upper entrance of the Silver Hills gDrge,
must be at least 50 feet thick, the upper part being well
bedded and gmisteroid. This bed forms the top of the gorge
sides in the Plantations. At the lower end of the gorge the
sandstone exposure is suddenly cut short, and thrown east-
ward on the right bank by a fault which brings in sandy shale
and plate on the left bank (apparently the intermediate plate,
etc., mentioned above).

A further J mile down stream brings us to a shale scar
with a limestone band, both shale and limestone containing
Homoceras diadema. These shales are probably not more
than 20 feet higher than the above sandstone. One fossil-
iferous band is in rather sandy shale, and may be matched
exactly both as to fauna and matrix with specimens obtained
by Mr. Jackson from the River Noe, Edale, Derbyshire.

A further 200 yards downstream (100 yards above a
footbridge leading to Low Kettlesbeck farm) gives a poor
exposure in the left bank with obscure Homoceratids allied
to H. s trio latum. These beds are obviously well up in the
Sabden Shale sequence.

Still further downstream, between the railway and the
road, Tiddeman recorded (op. cit.) a calcareous bed with
Productus and Spirifer . This should be looked for again,
and collected from, as the horizon is obviously a very high one
for such a fauna.

Working eastward from Kettles Beck, the next stream of
importance is Black Bank Syke. This stream may be entered
at the roadside bridge at Eldroth House, where a sandstone
is seen in the stream. Working upstream, shales from under
this rock come out opposite Rigghead, above the short planta-
tion at about 500 feet O.D. They contain a large fauna, of
which the most important member is Reticuloceras reticulatum
(type form). Associated with this goniatite is a fauna
strikingly reminiscent of the Eccup Shale fauna, which
exposure lies in the same zone. The fauna includes fish re-
mains, Chonetes, Lingula, JSlucula, Nuculana, ? Schizodus,
Pleurotomaria, Orthoceras, infrequent Posidoniellids, and a
Conularia determined by Mr. Jackson as C. quadrisulcata .

Upstream a sandstone about 6 feet thick comes out from
under these shales, with a thin band of micaceous shale con-
taining Productus resting on it. Higher upstream still,
and under this sandstone, are further plates and shales, one
band of which just downstream from a hard band forming a
water slide contains Chonetes. These beds are probably at
the same horizon as the Productus bed found by Tiddeman in
Kettles Beck and in the road at the hill south-west of Dubgarth.

Working further upstream, a grit, equal to the grit of

1925 Oct. 1

312 Goniatite Zones in the Keasden Beck Area.

Knott Coppy, is passed through at the wooded gorge opposite
Black Bank farmhouse, and underlying shales are feebly seen
in the small streams into which the main stream now forks.
The best exposure noticed is in the west branch stream opposite
a barn at 610 feet O.D., where a shale scar yielded rarely
small specimens of a Reticuloceras , either R. inconstans or
an early form of R. reticulatum shewing ornament similarity
to Homoceras striolatum.

Summarising the results, it may be said that at least
four goniatite zones have been recognised in the shales exposed
in these three becks, covering a thickness of perhaps 500
feet of strata, and forming an equivalent to the Sabden Shales,
possibly with part of the overlying Kinderscout Grit repre-
sented at Knott Coppy. Between the zone of inconstans
and the top of the overlying reticulatum zone, there is an
interesting intercalation of a brachiopod fauna, reminiscent
of the upper part of the Cayton Gill Series. Lower down in
the series, in Kettles Beck, the sandstones of Silver Hills
Plantation call to mind the feebly fossiliferous ganisteroid
basal portion of the Cayton Gill Series as seen near Leighton
Reservoir. Bearing in mind the occurrence in Kettles Beck
of H. diadema above the sandstones, and the occurrence of
the same goniatite in the ganister quarry at Congleton Edge
associated with a large fauna of Cayton Gill type, this re-
semblance does make it seem feasible that the Silver Hills
sandstone with its irregular base may well correspond to
the base of the Cayton Gill Series. The Chonetes-Productus
beds of Black Bank Syke may perhaps be correlated roughly
with the top of the Cayton Gill Series, but may be higher.
The absence of any marked lithological characteristic, or
zonal fossil at this horizon, makes correlation hazardous.

The shales of the A . glabrum zone exposed in Keasden
Beck, Kettles Beck and elsewhere should be searched vigor-
ously for further specimens of plants, and an attempt made by
searching in higher beds to find where the break between
the Lower and Upper Carboniferous flora occurs. This is
an important point to settle, as this dividing line is apparently
the only really precise horizon furnished by the flora, and so
far has not been definitely detected in the north of England.
From analogy one suspects it to occur somewhere near the
diadema zone, but unremitting fieldwork will alone settle
the question.

In conclusion, we are much indebted to Dr. Lovett, of
Clapham, for placing his knowledge of the district at our
disposal, and for assistance in the field.

: o :

The Geological Society of London has issued its Abstracts of the
Proceedings , Nos. 1123-1138, 105 pp., at the price of six shillings.

Naturalist

3*3

CHILOTREMA LAFICIDA L. var. CONVEXA

BAUD ON.

HANS SCHLESCH.

On June 21st, 1925, I spent the day collecting molluscs in
the Beech woods of Kristinebjerg, Trelde, near Fredericia, in
South-east Jutland, and found Chilotrema lapicida very com-
mon on the trunks of the trees growing upon and near the
slopes along the Little Belt. Most of the specimens were
very dark in colour (var. nigrescent Taylor) and very highly
spired, being referable to the var. convexa Baudon, the
specimens averaging 15 mm. in diameter and 9 to 10 mm. in
altitude.

This form has also been described by Pascal as var. pyra-
midata , by Beaudouin as var. elata , and by other names by
other authors, but has not hitherto been reported from Den-
mark.

I want to point out that it is not correct by Steenberg
(Danmarks Bloddyr, I., 1911, p. 102) to give the measure-
ments, diam. 15-18 mm. height 7§-8-J mm. for typical speci-
mens. 1 have examined specimens from a number of localities
and find they nearly all exactly measured 6 mm. in height,
as given by Clessin (Excoursions Mollusken-Fauna, 1884,
p. 182).

Some of the specimens were referable to the var. minor,
scarcely exceeding 12 mm. in diameter, while others, reaching
18 mm. in diameter, approached the var. major as described
by Pfeiffer and other authors.

I also wish to record that on June 16th I found a fine
specimen of the var. albina Menke in the wood of Klusris,
near Flensburg in Schleswig.

All the specimens will be placed in the ' Schlesch * collec-
tion in the Hull Museum.

: o :

The contents of The Journal of Ecology (Cambridge University Press,
18/- net) for September are of peculiar value to naturalists in the north.
Professor F. E. Weiss gives his Presidential Address entitled ‘ Plant
Structure and Environment, with special reference to Fossil Plants, ' and
this contains references to the Palaeobotany of Lancashire and Yorkshire.
Other contributions are ‘ Studies of the Vegetation of the English Chalk,’
by A. G. Tansley and R. S. Adamson ; ‘ The Technique of Research of
Marine Phytoplankton ’ ; ‘ Two Relict Upland Oak Woods in Cumber-
land,’ by W. Leach ; ‘ The Vegetation of the Forest of Wyre,' by E. j.
Salisbury, and ‘ Notes of the Edaphic Succession in some Dune Soils,
with special reference to the Time Factor,’ by E. J. Salisbury. The
editor, Professor A. G. Tansley, is to be congratulated on a well-printed
and well-illustrated journal.

1925 Ott. 1

3i4

FIELD NOTES.

ENTOMOLOGY.

Vanessa antiopa at Woolley. — Captain Walker, of
Woolley, tells me that about three weeks ago he was in the gar-
den at Woolley Park when he saw a very large butterfly with
dark wings with a white border to the wings. I showed him.
Morris’s ' British Butterflies ’ yesterday, and he quickly
picked out the Camberwell Beauty as being what he saw. —
F. J. Dundas, Dale Cottage, Cawthorne, Barnsley, Yorks.

Coranus subapterus De G., new to Yorkshire. — On
August 15th, 1925, I found a specimen of the Reduviid Bug
Coranus subapterus DeG., in a sandy pit on Allerthorpe
Common, East Yorkshire. I was struck by its spider-like
form when motionless, and very nearly passed it over as a
large brown arachnid. The following day another specimen
was obtained running over a bare patch among the heather
on another part of the common. This interesting bug has
not previously been found in Yorkshire, and the present
record increases its northerly range on the East Coast in
England — the previous most northerly record being from
Lincolnshire, though it has occurred in Scotland and in
Cumberland. The largest continuous area occupied by the
species is south of the River Thames. The insect is predaceous
upon lepidopterous larvae, aphides and other small insects.
Notes on its habits and life history, by Mr. E. A. Butler,
will be found in The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine , 1918,
p. 16. — W. J. Fordham.

Neuroptera, Trichoptera, etc., at Middleton -in -
Teesdale. — The following species were obtained during the
excursion of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union to Middleton -
in-Teesdale. I am indebted to Mr. G. T. Porritt for kindly
identifying them. Hudeshope Beck (Durham), May 31st
and June 2nd. — Perlidae (Stone Flies) : Taeniopteryx risi

Morton. (Mr. Porritt notes that this specimen is the best
marked example he has ever seen.) This species was first
taken in Yorkshire at Dunford Bridge by Mr. Porritt and the
late Mr. McLachlan. It is common on moorland streams
around Huddersfield, and probably occurs on the Yorkshire
side of the Tees. Chloroperla grammatica Poda., Jsopteryx
torrentium Piet., Nemoura cinerea Oliv., N. meyeri Piet, and
Leuctra klapaleki Kempney, all more or less generally dis-
tributed species. Hemerobiidae (Lace-wings) : Hemerobius

atrifrons McLach. (not common in Yorkshire). Trichoptera
Limnophilus sparsus Curt. Cronkley (Yorkshire), by the
river side, June 1st. — Perlidae : Nemoura cinerea Oliv., N .
meyeri Piet., and Leuctra klapaleki Kempney. Trichoptera :
Limnophilus centralis Curt. — Wm. J. Fordham.

Naturalist

Field Notes.

3^5

BOTANY.

Riccia fluitans L. at Askham Bogs. — During the visit
to the Askham Bogs in June last, a quantity of Lemna trisulca
was taken from the Chandler’s Whin ponds, and placed in
an aquarium tank. Nice growths of Ricciocarpus nataris
(L.) and Riccia ( Ricciella ) fluitans L. have since appeared,
developing evidently from the material then collected.
Arnold Lees, in ‘The Flora of West Yorkshire ’ (p. 604),
states that both these Hepatics are very rare in the county,
and gives the Chandler’s ponds as a locality for the Ricciocarpus
but not for the Riccia. — James M. Brown, Sheffield.

Lactuca alpina Benth, in North-east Yorkshire.— On

the 25th July last a friend in North-east Yorkshire, V.C. 62,
brought to me from the district in which he lives a composite
plant for identification. I had not seen the species before,
but on reference to the books I had no difficulty in recognising
Lactuca alpina Benth. I visited the place where it grows on
the 3rd September, and found it in fruit flourishing at the
bottom of a thorn hedge, and on both sides of the hedge,
which divides a grass field from what was formerly an arable
field, but has now been devoted to the cultivation of vegetables.
The well-established plants of vigorous growth formed a
patch about two yards long at the bottom of the hedge. I
am told by an old resident in the district that Lactuca alpina
has been known here for fifteen years, long before the held
had been made into allotments or market garden, but its
identity had not been determined. I sent a specimen to the
Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, and he con-
firmed my identification, and he requested me to send a good
specimen for the Kew Herbarium. The London Catalogue of
British Plants records that Lactuca alpina Benth. is known in
two V.C.s. There can be no doubt that this plant has been
introduced here in some way many years ago, but it is now
thriving under truly wild conditions. — R. J. Flintoff,
Goathland.

Tees -side Plants. — A short visit to the Yorkshire side
of the Tees Estuary with Dr. J. W. H. Harrison revealed one
or two interesting plants. Erythrea pulchella, a dwarf annual
with dainty rose-pink flowers, occurred in a limited area with
Erythrea centaur ea in the drier parts nearby. The first named
appears to be an addition to the North Yorkshire flora, as
does Juncus Gerardi included in some of the floras as a brackish
water form of Juncus compressus. A fine form of Plantago
maritima the var. latijola was seen. The locality visited is
close to some large works put down during the war, from
which molten slag is being tipped over ground which contained
many rare plants recorded in the North Yorkshire flora.

1925 Oct. 1

316

Reviews ■ and Book Notices.

Among those seen, some of which may soon be exterminated,
were Salicornia herbacea, Suceda maritima, Statice Umonium ,
only one or two plants, the first seen by me in the locality
which I have visited regularly for many years ; it is placed
on record for the locality in the North Yorkshire flora, but
possibly the area it was likely to occur more freely in was
covered with slag forty years or more ago ; Aster iripolium,
including white- flowered plants. The pretty Astragalus
>, hypoglottis was coming up freely in sandy places that had been
recently burnt off. Erigeron acris fairly plentiful on the slag
bank tracks in which it seems to spring up spontaneously. —
T. Ashton Lofthouse, Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.

— : o : —

GEOLOGY.

Yeovilian Ammonites in Yorkshire. — Since writing
the note on Yeovilian Ammonites in the Inland Area of the
Yorkshire Moors ( The Naturalist, August, p. 236), I have
spent a few days at Danby and found specimens of Phlyseo-
grammoceras , which I have shewn to Dr. Spath for inspection,
at two levels about seven feet apart on the Little Fryup
quarry. — W. E. F. Macmillan.

: o :

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

The Anthocyanin Pigments of Plants, by Muriel Wheldale
Onslow, M.A. 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, 1925, 21/- net.
It is gratifying that a second edition of this work has been called for,
and to all interested in the functions of plants the incorporation of recent
work in this edition will be welcome. The aim of the writer has been
to indicate the significance of the pigments in relation to plant meta-
bolism so far as the present state of our knowledge permits. As to the
functions of Anthocyanins there are three main ideas: (1) that of

shielding the chloroplastids from too intense sunlight, the ' light -screen ’
hypothesis ; (2) assisting the action of diastase by screening it from

injurious rays and thus assisting the hydrolysis of starch and subsequent
translocation ; and (3) that of absorbing certain light rays and converting
them into heat rays. How far our knowledge carries us in determining
the functions of anthocyanin may be gathered from the following sen-
tence : ‘ It is difficult to find a hypothesis which would fit all cases of

anthocyanin distribution without reduction to absurdity. The pigment
is produced, of necessity, in tissues where the conditions are such that the
chemical reactions leading to anthocyanin formation are bound to take
place. For the time being we may safely say that it has not been satis-
factorily determined, in any one case, whether its development is either
an advantage or a disadvantage to the plant.’ Practically all flowering
plants produce anthocyanin, and when this pigment is developed in the
flower it is seen that each specific type forms anthocyanin of a certain
specific colour. Colour varieties, especially under cultivation, very
commonly arise, and these have afforded plentiful material for mendelian
research, and the concluding pages are devoted to an account of Antho-

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

317

cyanins and genetics. There is an extensive bibliography covering over
ninety pages and including 879 references. — T.W.W.

The Life Story of a Badger, by J. C. Tregarthen. London :
John Murray, xvT+152 pp., 6/- net. The author is familiar with the
south-western extremity of these Islands, and it is well known that in
that area the badger is a familiar mammal. The little book is written
in a. popular style ; there are illustrations, and a general account of
earthstopping, etc.

Charnwood Forest and its Environs, by M. Paul Dare.

Leicester : Edgar Backus, xiv. + 120 pp., 5/- net. In view of the

increased interest being taken in geographical and historical work in
this, country, and especially in view of the peculiar interest attaching
to the Charnwood Forest area, the appearance of the present work is
very appropriate. It seems to have been carefully written, and the
information given is reliable.

Man and His Superstitions , by Carveth Read . Cambridge
University Press, 278 pp., 12/6 net. This work originally appeared as
the second part of the author’s book on ‘ The Origin of Man and of his
Superstitions,’ in 1920. In re-issuing the present section as a complete
work the Cambridge University Press has placed an extraordinary inter-
esting volume on the market. The chapters deal with Belief and Super-
stition, Magic, Animism, The Relations between Magic and Animism,
Omens, The Mind of the Wizard, Totemism, and Magic and Science.
There is an unusually complete and helpful summary of the chapters,
and a good index.

The Fishes of the British Isles, by J. Travis Jenkins. London :
F. Warne & Co., Ltd., vii.d-376 pp., 12/6 net. It is claimed by the
publishers, and, we believe, correctly, that there is no modern book
dealing with British Fish as a whole, though there are books dealing with
various fish families, and freshwater fish. The present compact little
volume is one of Warne ’s well-known Wayside and Woodland Series,
and contains no fewer than 278 illustrations, of which 128 are printed in
colours. With this volume on one’s shelf there should not be any diffi-
culty in identifying any species of fish to be found in or around the British
Islands/and we cordially recommend it.

Animal Genetics, by F. A. E. Grew. Edinburgh and London :
Oliver & Boyd, xx. + 420 pp., 15/- net. The present collection of
essays by Dr. Crew forms one of a series of special monographs in con-
nection with Biology, prepared by the University of Edinburgh. One
naturally associates Edinburgh with work on Animal Breeding, par-
ticularly the wonderful work of James Cossar Ewart, to whom the present
volume if dedicated. The chapters are devoted to The Factors and the
Germ-Plasm ; Extensions and Modifications of the Mendelian Hypothesis ;
The Material Basis ; The Genes and the Chromosomes ; The Nature of
the Gene and the Expression of Genetic Action ; The Mechanism of
Sex -Determination ; The Physiology of Sex-Differentiation ; The Sex-
Ratio and the Question of its Control ; Exogamy and Endogamy ; The
Genetic Aspects of Fecundity and Fertility ; Heredity and Disease ;
and Disputed Beliefs. In addition there is an excellent Bibliography
and Index.

A General Textbook of Entomology, including the Anatomy,
Physiology, Development and Classification of Insects, by A. D. Imms,
M.A,, D.Sc. X. + 698 pages, and 604 illustrations. Methuen & Co.,
price 36s. net. This is really a splendid book ; primarily for students,
but the advanced entomologist will find it a veritable dictionary of
reference to countless matters which have slipped from the memory
just at the moment when they are wanted. It is divided into three parts :
I . , Anatomy and Physiology ; II . , Development ; and III . , Classification .

1925 Oct. 1

3i8

Reviews and Book Notices.

Part I. treats of the Anatomy of the twenty-three orders into which the
Insecta are divided ; Part II. with the Embryology, etc. ; and Part III.
with the Classification. In all three subjects the minutest details are
fully gone into, and the compilation of the book must have entailed a
prodigious amount of labour on the part of the author. For the most
part the information is thoroughly up to date, and incidentally proves
what vast strides have been made in Entomological Science during the
past thirty or forty years, most of the information given being the result
of work done during that period. There are omissions, as for instance,
although the author (p. 9) alludes to the late Hon. H. Onslow’s experi-
ments as to the cause of iridescent colours on the wings of lepidoptera,
published in 1921, no mention is made of the very little more recent
work of Dr. E. A. Cockayne, who has probably considerably advanced
our knowledge of the subject. We notice, too, one or two statements
regarding lepidopetra, which seem open to question. For instance, in
the chapter on the Egg (p. 402) it is stated that the duration of the egg
state of Acidalia virgularia may be as short as two days. In our long
experience in such matters, we have never known any macro lepidopteron
in which the egg state lasted so short a time as that, and we think that prob-
ably some mistake has been made about it. Then, at page 426, we are told
that the female of Hepialus hectus ‘discovers the male by means of an odour
diffused by the latter.’ It is generally acknowledged that scent from the
female attracts the male, but we have never seen any evidence that the
male also gives out scent for sex purposes. The female of Hepialus humuli
also seeks the male, but in that case it is generally assumed that it is
by sight, and that the pure white wings of the male (as against yellow
with red markings in the female) are an aid in that direction. We think
it probable that the female of H. hectus finds her mate in the same way,
for although the female is usually less brightly coloured than the male,
whenever both species occur they are so abundant that the female will
have no difficulty in mating. Or it may be from vibration of the
atmosphere caused by the wings during the curious oscillating flight of
the males. H . humuli selects her mate whilst he is on the wing, and
probably H . hectus does the same. The arrangement of the Orders is
pretty much as we have become accustomed to in recent years. Twenty-
three orders are recognized, and the only difference between Dr. Imms’
arrangement and that of Dr. Carpenter (whose book we noticed in this
journal some months ago) is that he gives Corrodentia under Psocoptera ;
and the Mallophaga become part of the Anoplura. The keys to the
various families are most clear and valuable. As indicating the relative
number of British species of Insects to those known throughout the world,
it may incidentally be stated that Dr. Imms tells us (p. 456) that the
Coleoptera (the largest order in the animal kingdom) number approxi-
mately 180,000 already described species, of which about 3300 inhabit
the British Isles. The only fault we can find with the book is, that for
a students’ class-book it is too heavy (it weighs 3^ lbs.), but this we
suppose could only have been avoided by a reduction in size of the very
excellent type, and of the equally good illustrations, which would have
been a much greater evil. The book should certainly be in every public
library in the kingdom.— G.T.P.

A Catalogue of British Scientific and Technical Books. New ed.

London : A. & F. Denny, 489 pp., 12/6 net. Every librarian and many
others must be grateful to Sir Richard Gregory and his helpers of the
British Science Guild for the admirable compilation of nearly 10,000
titles of technical and scientific books. The volumes are classified
under various heads, and the present edition contains about three thousand
more entries than appeared in the last issue. There are yet a few names
we should hardly expect to see in a work of this character, and some,
including our own, which we expected to see and do not ! Notwithstand-
ing, we have great pleasure in recommending the publication.

Naturalist

3i9

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

W. E. Clegg describes ‘ The Nest of the Avocet ’ in British Birds
dor September.

IT. J. Burkill gives the result of ‘ Experimental Work on Oak-Galls
of the Cynipidae ' in The Entomologist for September.

According to The Museums Journal, a talk on Leicester through the
centuries has recently been given at the Lincoln Museum and Art Gallery.

The Journal of the Architectural , etc., Society for Chester (N . S., Yol.
XXVI., Pt. i) contains a valuable ‘ Report on Roman Potters’ Marks
found in Chester,’ by A. G. K. Hayter.

The Journal of the Manx Museum for September, besides an account
of many interesting objects in that Institution, has notes on the Glaucous
Gull ; Teredo ; Rudolphi’s Rorqual, etc.

Mr. Riley Fortune, F.Z.S., writes on ' Peregrine Falcons in Yorkshire,
A Bird of Prey and Its Curious Habits — Day and Night Observations ’
(with photographic illustrations) in Yorkshire Homes for September.

The Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist for September is full of local
news, reports and records. Seth Lewis gives Palseo-Botanical Notes ;
T. W. Holt lists some Cheshire Plants, and there are lengthy reports of
field meetings of the Liverpool Botanical Society.

The Murrelet for May, issued by the State Museum, University of
Washington, for the Pacific North-west Bird and Mammal Society,
contains an account of the killing of a boy by the Mountain Lfon, or
Puma, usually looked upon as a cowardly animal.

‘ A Study on Parasitism in the Cuckoos,’ by Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain,
appears in The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London recently
issued. It is accompanied by some remarkably beautiful coloured
plates of parasitic eggs of cuckoos, and hosts, as well as of nestling
cuckoos and hosts.

Illustrated. by a wealth of maps and sections, Dr. C. T. Trechmann
describes * The Permian Formation in Durham,’ in The Proceedings
of the Geologists' Association, issued on 21st August. The same publica-
tion contains a Report of the Excursions arranged by the North-east
Lancashire Group, 1924, by E. W. J. Moore.

In his report on the Animal Remains found at the cave known as
Mother Grundy’s Parlour, Creswell, Derbyshire, excavated by Mr.
A. L. Armstrong, Mr. J. W. Jackson records ( Journ . Royal Anthrop.
Inst.,) the mammoth, rhinoceros, hyaena, lion, wolf, fox, bear, bison,
reindeer, red deer, horse and man. There are also several molluscs.

Nature, No. 2911, contains a report on the recent conference of the
Museums Association at Exeter, held under the Presidency of Mr. F. R.
Rowley. The same journal (No. 2912) gives ‘ Provisional Programmes
of Sections ’ in connexion with the Southampton meeting of the British
Association, with the exception of those for Section C (Geology) and D
(Zoology).

Among the contents of the Journal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute, Vol. XV., we notice ‘ A Flint Chipping Floor at Aberystwyth,’
by R. Thomas and E. R. Dudlyke ; ' A Contribution to the Study of

Eoliths,’ by F. W. Jones and T. D. Campbell ; and ‘ Excavations at
Mother Grundy’s Parlour, Creswell Crags, Derbyshire, 1924C by A. L.
Armstrong .

The National Association of Medical Herbalists of Great Britain,
Ltd., has issued part I. of its new organ, The Medical Herbalist (28 pp.,
3d.).. Among the articles we notice ‘ Some Medicinal Plants of
Leicestershire,’ by Charles .Lakin ; Scrophularia or Figwort ; Bernard
Shaw on Doctors ; Peppermint and Elder flowers ; etc. There; is a
report of the 61st Annual Conference held at Leicester. The Editor is
Mr. W. Burns Lingard, 194 Pellon Lane, Halifax.

1925 Oct. 1

320

NORTHERN NEWS.

The death is announced of Sir Francis Darwin, F.R.S., D.Sc., in his
seventy-eighth year. He was the third son of Charles Darwin.

We understand that the Museums Association has offered the
Presidency for 1926-7 to Mr. J. A. Charlton Deas, Curator of the Museum
at Sunderland, and that Mr. Deas has accepted.

We notice that the University of Leeds, in association with the
Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, has issued a joint programme
of public lectures and music for the autumn term.

During the winter months the Leeds University has arranged a course
of ten lectures on Astronomy by Mr. R. Stoneley. Full particulars of
these may be obtained from the Registrar, The University, Leeds.

We regret to notice the death of Mr. D. F. Douglas, of Ilkley, at
the age of 66, who was interested in all kinds of sports, was a good shot
and keen angler. For many years he was a member of the Yorkshire
Naturalists' Union and took an interest in its work.

A daily illustrated paper recently reproduced photographs of ‘ the
trunk of an ash discovered embedded in the rock ’ at the Portland Stone
Quarries, and of a large ammonite, which is labelled 'a “conger eel ”
fossil — (D.S.) ’ ; the letters in parenthesis doubtless being the editor’s
way of saying D — Silly !

In view of the somewhat alarmist reports in a certain section of the
press recently in reference to the erosion of the Holderness Coast and its
dangers (one report even stating that a slice of land a mile long and
twenty yards wide has recently been removed), it is good to find a
reasonable record of the state of things in The Yorkshire Post for the
22nd September, from a Special Correspondent, who has visited the site.
It would appear that nothing out of the ordinary has taken place in
recent years.

We have received Part I. of The Parnassian, the organ of the Inter*
national Institute of British Poetry and Calder Valley Poets’ Society,
from which it is apparent that the Calder Valley ' Rhymesters busy as
bees ’ can keep their place in the sun. There are numerous poems,
among them being ‘ The Cuckoo’s Song,’ by Winifred Fielden ; ‘ Give

me the Winding Path,’ by Matthew Barr, and ' Joyous Spring,’ by
A. M. Workman. The payments for the year exceed £100, slightly more
than the receipts.

A fine collection of British butterflies and moths, with the cabinets
in which they are contained, formed by the late J. W. Boult, the stone-
mason naturalist of Hull, have been presented to the Hull Museum by
his widow and son. The collection is remarkable for the neatness with
which the specimens have been arranged, for the care in the selection of
varieties, and particularly for the large number of preserved larvae, in
connection with which Boult’s success in their preservation was known
throughout the country.

What seems to be rather awkward for those who ' date ’ flints by
their shapes and workmanship, is a note in Man for September on ‘ A
Thames Pick of Iron Age Date,’ by Mrs. M. E. Cunnington. She says
‘ The flint is of a pale bluish grey, the unground sharp nose shows no
sign of use, and the whole surface is as sharp and rough to the touch as
a newly knapped flint, as no doubt it was, when buried in the pit. Im-
plements of ‘ Thames Pick ’ type, it seems, are usually regarded as of
late Palaeolithic or early Neolithic date, but the circumstances in which
the Casterby example was found shows that they continued to be made
in Britain well into the Iron Age.’

Naturalist

UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES.

University of London.

(i) At Gresham College, Basinghall Street, E.C. —

THE STUDY OF MANKIND.

Twenty -four lantern lectures by Prof. G. Elliot Smith, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., on Mondays, at 6 p.m., beginning September 28th. Admission
free to first lecture.

{2) At Bishopsgate Institute, Bishopsgate, E.C. —

SOME PROBLEMS OF MODERN BIOLOGY.

Twenty-five lantern lectures by Dr. W. B. Brierley, on Wednesdays,
at 6-30 p.m., beginning October 7th. Admission free to first lecture.
Particulars of these, and of 85 other courses of lectures on History, Litera-
ture, Economics, Geography, etc., may be obtained on application to The
Registrar, University Extension Board, University of London, South Ken-
sington, S.W.

SPECIAL OFFER

FOR THIS MONTH ONLY

Of the following Works' by T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S.

Published at

Offered at

Bibliography of Yorkshire Geology,
1534-1914

629

pp.

15/- net.

11/6 net.

Money Scales and Weights

221

pp.

10/6 ,,

7/6 „

Lost Towns of the Yorkshire Coast

329

pp.

7/6 ,,

5/6 ,,

William Smith : His Maps and

Memoirs

253

pp.

7/6 ,,

5/6 ,,

Handbook to Hull and East Riding
of Yorkshire

532

pp.

5/- ,i '

3/9 ,,

Yorkshire’s Contribution to Science

233

pp.

5/- „

3/9 ,,

Evolution of Kingston -upon -Hull

203

pp.

3/6 „

2/6 ,,

The Making of East Yorkshire

32

pp.

r/- v

9d . ,,

Bacon is Alive !

48

pp.

1/-

9d. ,,

Hull : Before, During and After the
Great War ...

120

pp.

1/-

9d . ,,

Orders for over £1 carriage free.

A. BROWN & SONS, LTD.,

40 George Street, Hull.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED by

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Magazine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— 1 5/- per annum, post free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATUEALI8T8,

36. STRAND, LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and

Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.) — XV. The Life and Work of the Monks — XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees—Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I.N.J. Committee.
PART I. NOW READY.

Edited by J. A. S. STAND ALL. M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6/- post free. Single Parts , 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Oct., 1925.

NOV., 1925

No. 82b

No. 600 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F R rus , F.S.A Smt

The Museums Hulljy^^ Q i I A N \HSffr// y

and T. W. WOODHEAD, PhJ<VM.Sc., F.L.S%

Technical College, Huddersfield .

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN ^rfciA AM^¥AR|-]^N»K\Qr;

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., ~ 1

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc.

<4*

Contents

FORTUNE, F.ZJS^S

PAGE

Notes and Comments Hull Geologists ; Dating Flint Implements by
Colours ; Woodcuts of British Birds ; Scientific Periodicals ; Protec-
tion of the Badger ; The Leeds University ; Science in 1684 ; Cure by
Colours ; Upper Kimmeridge Ammonites, ; Bradford Naturalists

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites — Dr. L. F. Spath
Mycologists at Hackness — A. E. Peck

Further Observations on the Nuptial Habits of the Heron — Edmund
Selous

Anthropology at the British Association— E. N . Fallaize
Y.N.U. : Botanical Section — Chris. A. Cheetham ...

Field Notes : — Another Bronze-Age Beaker at South Cave ; Vertebrate
Zoology Notes from Shropshire ; Mollusca at Hackness ; A New
Locality for Vertigo moulinsiana (Dupuy) in Denmark ; Occurrence of
Xerophila intersecta Poiret in Denmark and Schleswig ; Little Owl
Nesting in Wharfedale ; Little Auk at Harden, W. Yorks. ; Tawny
Owl in Harrogate ; The Wharfedale Canadian Geese ; Newsteadia
floccosa in Derbyshire ; Wasps at the Figwort ; Immigration of White
Butterflies in the Wilsden District ; Tees-side Plants ; Centaurium
capitatum in N. E. Yorks ; The ‘Tree Balsam' in the Ryeburn
Valley, Yorks. ; Inula Helenium Linn, in North-east Yorks. ; Rare
Rays at Scarborough

Reviews and Book Notices ... ... ... ... ...326,331,341,

News from the Magazines ... ... ... ... ... ... 336,

Northern News
Illustrations

321-326

327-331

332-334

335-336

337-340

340-341

342-348
348-350
35o-35i
352
322, 329

LONDON:

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4.
And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum.

BOOKS FOR SALE.

Geological and Miscellaneous Books.

At 2/- each.

The Miner’s Guide. F. P. Mennell.

Elements of Mineralogy. F. Rutley.

Fossil Sponge Spicules from the Upper Chalk. G. J. Hinde.

Glossary and Notes on Vertebrate Paleontology. S. A. Pelly.
Outline of the Geology of the Neighbourhood of Cheltenham (New
Ed.). R. I. Murchison.

The Geology of Swan age. (Large Coloured Map.) Horace B. Woodward.
Supplement to the Geology of Weymouth, etc. Robert Damon.

Charles Darwin as Geologist. Archibald Geikie.

Reminiscences of a Strenuous Life (2nd Ed.). Edward Hull.

The British Coal Industry. Gilbert Stone.

Advanced Text-book of Physical Geography. David Page.

The Testimony of the Rocks. Hugh Miller.

The Cause of the Ice Age (2nd Ed.). Robert Ball.

Geology at the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century. Geikie.
Geological History. Hull.

At 2/6 each.

Report on Magnetic Isoclinal and Isodynamic Lines of the British
Isles. Edward Sabine.

A Text-book of Geology. W. Jerome Harrison.

Elementary Introduction to the Knowledge of Mineralogy (3rd Ed.).
William Phillips.

Mines and Mining in the Lake District, England. J. Postlethwaite .
Lectures on the Geology of Leighton Buzzard. E. W. Lewis.
Geological Excursions Round the Isle of Wight (3rd Ed.).' G. A. Mantell.
Coast Sand Dunes, Sand Pits and Sand Wastes. C. O. Case.

Hugh Millar : A Critical Study. W. M. Mackenzie,

Coal and What We get it from. R. Meldola.

The Coal-fields of Great Britain. Edward Hull.

Rain and Rivers. G. Greenwood.

Volcanoes : What They Are and What They Teach. J. W. Judd.

The Old Red Sandstone. Hugh Miller.

Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes. Rector.

Dictionary of Geology and Mineralogy (2nd Ed.). Humble.

The Origin of the Earth. T. C. Chamberlain.

Physiography. T. H. Huxley,

The Practice of Embanking Lands from the Sea. John Wiggins.

At 3/- each.

Elements of Geology (2 Vols.). Charles Lyell.

Researches in Newer Pliocene and Post-Tertiary Geology. J. Smith.
The Geology of Rossendale. Herbert Bolton.

Geology of Weymouth, Portland and Coast of Dorsetshire. R. Damon.
Scottish Reminiscences. Archibald Geikie.

Coal. James Tonge.

Slate and Slate Quarrying. D. C. Davies.

Valleys and their Relation to Fissures, etc. G. H. Kinahan.

At 3/6 each.

The Earth and Its Story. A. R. Dwerry house.

The World Before the Deluge. Louis Figuier.

Do. Do.

Footprints of the Creator. Hugh Miller.

An Introduction to Geology. R. Bakewell.

The Student’s Elements of Geology. Sir Charles Lyell.

Determinative Mineralogy with Tables. J. Volney Lewis.

An Introduction to Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

Microscopical Determination of the Opaque Minerals. J. Murdoch.
Precious Stones. W. Goodchild.

Memoir on British Resources of Refractory Sands (Paper Cover).
P. G. H. Boswell.

American Permian Vertebrates. S. W. Williston.

Apply — Dept. “ C,” c/o A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

321

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

HULL GEOLOGISTS.

The Hull Geological Society is to be congratulated on the
completion of the sixth volume of its Transactions * The
fifth and last part, just published, is especially noteworthy
for valuable records and discussions of the local Pleistocene
deposits. Mr. Lamplugh, in his Presidential Address on
Kelsey Hill, Kirmington, and other Drift Problems, concludes
that the evidence of the coast sections between the Humber
and the Tees indicates that the basin of the North Sea in
these latitudes was occupied by an ice-sheet continuously
from the beginning to the end of the production of the
Yorkshire boulder-clay series. There were only irregular
and partial recessions of its margin. An especially elaborate
section of the deposits from Harland Rise, Cottingham, to
Great Culvert, Sutton, is given by Mr. C. B. Newton. A
belemnite-bearing clay on the foreshore at South Ferriby
is also being examined by several members of the Society,
and a preliminary report by Mr. T. Sheppard suggests that
the deposit includes the various beds of the Kimmeridge and
Speeton Clays which are represented at Speeton. The Society,
indeed, was never more active, and its published papers main-
tain the highest standard. — A. Smith Woodward.

DATING FLINT IMPLEMENTS BY COLOURS.

In a paper on ‘ Colour and other Changes in the Flaked
Surfaces of Flint/ appearing in Science Progress for October,
Mr. J. R. Moir states * If a large series of flint implements,
comprising examples of every prehistoric culture found in
England, be examined, it will be seen that, speaking generally,
the specimens can be divided up into three distinct groups,,
by the different colours exhibited by their flaked surfaces..
These groups are (a) implements that range in shade from a
dark mahogany brown to a light chestnut brown, ( b ) specimens
that show either a streaky coloration of black and white (the
well-known “ basketwork patination ”) or a dense blue or
white, and ( c ) implements that exhibit the unchanged colour
of the original flint. Such an examination will show, also,
that this grouping of the specimens, according to their colour,
has grouped them, moreover, according to their types, and
that those showing coloration (a) are of Eolithic, Pre-Chellian,
Chellian and Early Acheulian forms ; those exhibiting colora-
tion (b) are of Late Acheulian, Mousterian and Upper Palae-
olithic types ; while those showing coloration (c) are referable
to the Neolithic period.’

* Vol. VI., Pt. V., 1922-25, With Title, ietc., edited by T. Sheppard,
pp. 259-296, 5/-.

1925 Nov. 1

X

322

Notes and Comments

WOODCUTS OF BRITISH BIRDS.*

In this large quarto volume the author brings together a

number of woodcuts of British birds, some, such as that of the
heron, being quite ‘ eerie/ The twenty woodcuts are printed
on sheets of paper unmarred by descriptive letterpress, and

* By E. Fitch Daglish. London : E. Benn, Ltd., 164 pp., 25/-. net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

323

each is accompanied by three or four pages of useful matter
relating to the particular species portrayed. In order that
our readers may get a better idea of the collection of illus-
trations, the publishers enable us to reproduce one of the
smaller ones (The Dipper), herewith.

SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS.

In discussing the question of Scientific Periodicals, in
Science Progress for October, the Editor states ‘ On considering
the matter as a whole, however, we are inclined to think that
the vast bulk of this alleged scientific literature is almost worth-
less, or, if it be not worthless, it appeals only to specialists
who are easily able to trace papers which concern them
directly without troubling to “ look up ” the literature in
such a public library. Most scientific articles are merely
confirmatory of previous ones. Our experience suggests the
following proportions, namely, that 5 per cent, of the pub-
lished papers are valuable, that 90 per cent, of them are of no
value, and that another 5 per cent, of them are spurious — that
is, they are incorrect or describe work that has never really
been done. Science is tending to smother itself with its own
excessive output of worthless or bad work, and we fear that
minute cataloguing of all this literature would only help to
make confusion worse confounded. Time is the great clari-
fier ; and, though good work is sometimes lost, bad work is
more often excluded from remembrance by the oblivion which
it deserves. What is really required is a limitation in the
amount of trivial or spurious scientific literature.’

PROTECTION OF THE BADGER.

Recently a ‘ badger dig ’ was held on the banks of the Jed,
near Jedburgh, during which seven badgers were killed.
A photograph showing the corpses of these poor brutes, with
the vandals who committed the dastardly outrage, has been
published in many papers. This has aroused the wrath of
the Selborne Society, and through their Secretary, they have
issued a strong protest against this vandalism, and at the same
time advocating a firmer protection of the badger. With
this all naturalists will be in sympathy. Badger-baiting
was made illegal by Act of Parliament in 1850. One, there-
fore, wonders why such slaughter should be allowed in these
-enlightened? times. For some time these animals have been
' accorded a measure of protection, but this seems to be breaking
down, and a perfect epidemic of destruction is taking place
all over the kingdom. One particularly mean proceeding is
that practised by the various hunts in the country, who,
every year, destroy a number with their hounds. Yorkshire
packs are great sinners in this respect. The hunt should have
the greatest sympathy for the badger, for he is a harmless

1925 Nov. 1

324

Notes and Comments.

and inoffensive animal, and provides many good earths for
the fox. Nowadays there seems to be a perfect clamour
for the destruction of many interesting animals and birds,
and it is quite time that some effective means was devised to
put a stop to the cruel and unnecessary slaughter.

THE LEEDS UNIVERSITY.

The University, Leeds, is ma.king a strong appeal for
£500,000 for urgent and necessary extensions, etc., and has
gone about the matter in a thoroughly business-like way, and
already has received a substantial sum towards that very large
amount. We trust that the strenuous effort now being made
will meet with every possible success.

SCIENCE IN 1684.

In the interesting notes on ‘ Early Science at Oxford/
now appearing in Nature, under date October 7, 1684, we
learn that there was communicated * an abstract of a letter,
sent by Mr. Todd, dated September ye 7th, from Rose Castle
in Cumberland, concerning a salt spring and another (Minerall)
spring near Durham ; as also concerning some Roman Urns,
which he promises to send us. Mr. Todd says in this letter
that as he traveild over Stane-Moor in Yorkshire, he observ’d
ye River Greatah (which is about half as big as the Charwell)
run underground for about a mile, so that he, and his company
past over it drye foot. The passage underground is but
narrow ; so that in winter, when the streams are high, it
keeps ye channell above ground.

CURE BY COLOURS.

We learn from the press that : * Remarkable possibilities
in the treatment of all kinds of ailments by the use of different
shades of light were outlined to a Daily Mail reporter by Lord
Clifford of Chudleigh, who for many years has been studying
the action of coloured light upon the growth of vegetation.
All the colours of the spectrum may be utilised for different
complaints, and in future doctors may describe their patients
by their colour rather than by their symptoms, said Lord
Clifford, who added : — One shade of red is the most effectual
in all cases of blood-poisoning. Ultra-violet produces a
fermentation in the body which reduces hardness of tissue and
also builds up blood tissues. A particular shade of violet
causes the growth of bone ; an indigo produces hydrocarbon-
ates and body tissues ; a shade of blue produces muscular
generation and strength ; a shade of green increases the
vitality and general energy of the system and also the growth
of fat ; yellow restores the nerves. But, of course, the
greatest care must be taken that only the right shade of each
colour is used or opposite results may be obtained. The
treatment would also benefit most people suffering from

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

325

premature old age and mental worry produced by past ill-
nesses. I do not claim that it can make people of 60 feel like
35, but it certainly can restore them to the state of activity
and fitness they enjoyed a dozen years before. I hope that
the new method will eventually lead to a cure for consump-
tion.' To add ‘colour' to the story, a portrait of Lord Clifford
is given : personally we would rather have seen a little
evidence for the statements made. ‘See any green?' and
• strike me pink ’ may yet have some scientific significance !

UPPER KIMMERIDGE AMMONITES.

At a recent meeting of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,
Mr. E. Neaverson read a paper on the Ammonites from the
Upper Kimmeridge Clay. The Upper Kimmeridge Clay in-
cludes a variable series of clays and sands lying between the
Gravesia zones of the Lower Kimmeridgian and the base of
the Portland Stone Series. The zonal sequence is here tabu-
lated with equivalent stratigraphical terms :

5. pallasioides zone \

4. rotundum zone f

3. pectinatus zone

2. nodiferous zone \

1. Wheatleyensis zone^f

Hartwell Clay.

Swindon Sands ; Oil Shale of
Kimmeridge.

Kimmeridge Clay (in part).

The ammonites have hitherto been grouped under the name
Ammonites biplex which, as Lamplugh pointed out thirty
years ago, is useless for stratigraphical purposes. Though the
forms found in the Hartwell Clay are familiar (but unde-
scribed), those in the lower two zones are practically unknown
in literature, and none has previously been described or fig-
ured. Some of these ammonites have been recognised in the
Upper Kimmeridge Clay ( sensu anglico ) of Boulogne, but
their identity with Russian forms (suggested by Pavlov and
others) is not accepted. Indeed, palseogeographical con-
siderations seem to indicate that the British and Russian
areas were not in direct communication during the period
when these ammonites flourished.

BRADFORD NATURALISTS.

The Bradford Natural History and Microscopical Society,
and the Bradford Scientific Association have recently had a
successful series of celebrations, in honour of the Jubilee of
both Societies. As a permanent record, ‘ Fifty Years of Local
Science, 1875-1925,'* edited by H. J. M. Maltby and W. P.
Winter, has been published in pamphlet form. Besides details
of the various officials, etc., during the half century, there
are chapters dealing with the fifty years of progress in the

1925 Nov. 1

* Bradford : T. Throup. 33 pp., price 6d.

326

Reviews and Book Notices.

district, under the heads of Physics and Chemistry, Geology,
Zoology, Geography, Engineering, Physiology, Botany and
Education, each written by an expert in the particular branch.
In addition, Mr. H. B. Booth writes on ‘ Vertebrate Zoology :
The Change of Status of the Vertebrates near Bradford during
the fifty years, 1875 to 1925/ In connection with the cele-
brations there was an exhibition of scientific objects, together
with demonstrations of biology, and other scientific phenomena.
This was held at the Technical College, Bradford, and illus-
trated the various aspects of work of the two societies. The
exhibition was opened by Mr. J. A. Guy, Chairman of the
Bradford Education Committee, and was particularly in-
structive, and short lectures on natural history subjects were
given during the day.

: o :

Messrs. Murby & Co. have published Local Geography : A Guide
with Sources of Information, by G. G. Beasley, 24 pp., 1/6. The
author is the head of the Department of Geography at the University of
Nottingham, and his pamphlet is supplementary to that on local Geology
by Dr. Morley Davies, recently published by the same firm. Teachers, of
Geography, and particularly those in the Nottingham area, will find it
very useful.

The Flower Seeker, by Forster Robson. London : Cassell & Co.,
viii.-Li34 pp., 3/6 net. This handy volume is light, easily fits into the
pocket, and will be found very useful to beginners anxious to know the
names of the commoner wild flowers. The arrangement is quite good,
and with the help of the volume we do not think there should be difficulty
in identifying any of the ordinary flowers likely to be met with on a
country ramble.

Bee-keeping Do’s and Dont’s, by Tickner Edwardes. London :
Methuen & Co., viii.T-56 pp., 2/6 net. Probably few know more about
Bee-keeping than the author of the present little work, which is thoroughly
practical, and gives hints on Bee-keeping, Spring, Summer, Autumn and
Winter Management of Bees, and Diseases of Bees. He concludes by
sensible advice : ‘ Keep nothing but strong stocks headed by vigorous

young queens of good strain, and keep them dry and warm at all seasons,
and you will have little to fear from disease of any kind.’

Jungle Days, by William Beebe. London : G. P. Putnam’s Sons,
v.J-201 pp., 10/6 net. The work is by the author of the sumptuous
volume on ‘ Galapagos,’ which was noticed in these columns last year.
Mr. Beebe deals with various aspects of jungle life, vegetable and animal,
in an entertaining way ; and gives illustrations of the scenery, fauna and
flora ; his final chapter being on ‘ The Tinamou, the bird with the
Wine-coloured Egg.’ Mr. Beebe’s narrative is well written, and draws
attention to many curious natural history features in the tropics.

Game Trails in British Columbia, by A. Bryan Williams.
London : John Murray, xiv.-j- 360 pp., 21/- net. Mr. John Murray has
added still another to his interesting collection of books on travel and
big-game hunting, and has produced a work in his usual thorough manner,
with plenty of illustrations. The author deals with the various species
to be encountered in the wilder parts of North America, and gives an
admirable account of the changes in the country and its game since the
days of the early prospectors. Special attention is given to the fur-
bearing animals, to fish, etc. Altogether the book forms a valuable
addition to the literature of sport.

Naturalist

327

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F. SPATH.

VII. — On Ammonites semicostatus Young and Bird.

Promicroceras planicosta (J. Sowerby) dealt with in the
last chapter and Eparnioceras of the ‘ semicostatum ’ type
having now been found in the same bed, it may be useful to
discuss another famous Yorkshire species, namely, Ammonites
semico status , Young and Bird,1 described, but very inade-
quately figured, nearly a hundred years ago. Wright2 was
again unfortunate in the selection of his figured examples of
this species, but there is not a palaeontologist who ever referred
to the present form without falling into some error ; and the
present writer discussed it on at least three occasions. The
specimens depicted by Wright are all specifically different
from Young and Bird’s form, and it is as doubtful whether his
early Gloucestershire species occurs in Yorkshire, as whether
the two late Lyme Regis forms have ever been found in that
county. Yet Wright probably examined specimens of the
true Ammonites semicostatus , which he called ‘ a very common
shell on the Yorkshire Coast,’ and it is interesting to note
that he stated this to be associated, at Lyme, with Arietites
turner i and Ar. ‘ bonnardi ’ (=Ar. pseudobonnardi Spath),
the latter found in the same slabs with Microderoceras birchi .

Hyatt,3 in 1888, started off with the extraordinary state-
ment that ' no such species [Ammon, semicostatus] was de-
scribed in Young and Bird’s ff Geology of Yorkshire,” p. 25 7/
meaning clearly the first (1822) edition. But Hyatt appar-
ently correctly interpreted the present species in his var. A.,
which includes the typical example figured in PL II., fig. io,
with rounded inner whorls, and the form of PI. II., fig. 16,
which is closer to the type figured by Blake4 as Arietites
difformis (Emmrich), wrongly included by Hyatt (p. 169) in
the synonymy of Arnioceras bodleyi. The varieties B, C, and
D of Hyatt, however, do not belong to the present species.

Young and Bird’s statement that Ammon, semicostatus
often occurred in large clusters may have helped authors more
than the original figure or description. Mr. C. Thompson5
drew attention to the abundance of these clusters of Ammon,
semicostatus in the Holderness Drift, of which he thought it

1 ‘ Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast,’ second ed. (1828),
p. 257, PI. XIII., fig. 10.

2 Loc. cit., pt. 1 (1878), PI. I., figs. 4, 5, 7, 8.

3 1 Genesis of the Arietidae,’ loc. cit. (1888), p. 165.

4 ' Yorkshire Lias,’ 1876, p. 289, PI. VI., fig. 3.

5 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXIX., 1913, p. 173.

1925 Nov. l

328 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

might be styled ‘ the ammonite.’ But the earlier Arnioceras
of the acuticarinatum type occur in similar masses, and are
also associated with a smooth form. Even now, therefore,
after Mr. Buckman1 has re-figured the presumed holotype in
the Whitby Museum, identification of the species is not easy
to those unable to compare their examples with such clusters
of topotypes. It will also be seen that such unusually
* delayed ’ forms as the type, with a prolonged smooth stage,
are uncommon, and that the majority of examples are inter-
mediate in ribbing between this type on the one hand and the
delicately costate form figured by Blake as Arietites difformis
on the other. Blake’s Ar. semicostatus ,2 however, does not
belong to this group and probably not the same bed ; for, like
the associated and equally poorly preserved malformation
previously3 4 referred to (= Arietites pauli Dumortier, in
Blake), it has a certain resemblance to Quenstedt’s Arnioceras
densicosta 4 suggesting the acuticarinatum zone. In view of
the large number of species of Arnioceras already described,
especially from Italian deposits, it seems inadvisable to name
Blake’s examples, and, unfortunately, the Yorkshire suc-
cession of Arniocer as-bearing beds may have to remain alto-
gether doubtful, for Mr. Thompson has already suggested that
all the museum material has been obtained by collectors from
the Drift, the beds not being found anywhere in situ.

On the other hand, Eparnioceras has now been found
associated with Promicroceras, and at least one of the examples
previously recorded,5 though immature, seems to be referable
to P . capricornoides , which occurs already in the birchi zone.
In the neighbourhood of Mezieres, France, M. G. Dubar,
as has already been stated (p. 265), mentioned the occurrence
together of ‘ Mgoceras planicosta ’ and ‘ Arnioceras ceras
Hyatt ’ ; and though these were found in phosphatic nodules,
suggesting secondary derivation, their occurrence above his
■ horizon of Zeilleria perforata ’ indicates a fairly late date in
the Upper Sinemurian. In the last chapter the writer also
mentioned that one of Wright’s examples of Xipheroceras
dudressieri (PI. XXIV., fig. 4) was associated, in the same
block, with Eparnioceras flavum. It is reasonably certain
that the specimen in which are embedded the two Lyme
Regis examples of Eparnioceras figured by Wright is from
the same bed (planicosta zone). Among Dr. Lang’s Dorset
material I have now recognised Eparnioceras flavum associated

1 ‘ Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. II., 1918, PI. CXII.

2 Loc. cit. (1876), p. 288, PI. VI., fig. 4a (upper figure).

3 Spath, Proc. Geol. Assoc., Vol. XXXV., 1924, p. 207.

4 Loc. cit. (1884), PI. XIII., fig. 7.

5 B.M., No. 62370. See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXXIX.,
4923, P- 74-

Natural ist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites . 329

with Promicroceras of a peculiar, delayed — -except in periphery
almost semicostatum-like-type and Asteroceras sp. cf . confusum,
not yet found anywhere in place, but probably from the
obtusum zone. There seems to be no doubt now that, as I
stated on a former occasion,1 Wright’s Arietites semicjostatus
(PI. I., fig. 8), which was taken as genolectotype of Eparnio-
ceras, was different from Blake’s and Young and Bird’s
Yorkshire forms. The Dorset species thus requires a new
name ( Eparnioceras semicostatoides, nom. nov.), and it is
its occurrence together with smooth forms that has misled
many workers, including the writer.

Eparnioceras does not seem to occur in Yorkshire any
more than Promicroceras of the early capricornoides-planicosta
type or true Xipheroceras . The presence of the obtusum and
planicosta zones has thus still to be demonstrated.

Suture-lines of Arnioceras and Eparnioceras : (a) Arnioceras semi-

costatum (Young and Bird), Robin Hood’s Bay (B.M., No. C.86a), at
diameter of 45 mm. ( x about 3). (b) A. nigrum (Blake), same locality

(B.M., No. 50150c), at diameter of 17 mm. (x about 4). (c) A.

nodulosum (J. Buckman) ; Gloucestershire (L. F. S. Colin.), at diameter
of 18 mm. ( x about 5). ( d ) Eparnioceras semicostatoides sp. nov., Lyme

Regis (B.M., No. C. 2912a, and C. 6121a, composite, x about 3). (e)

Eparnioceras flavum (S. Buckman), from same slab (C.2912&), with
Promicroceras cf. planicosta, at diameter of 15 mm. ( x about 4). (/)

Arnioceras geometricum (Oppel), at whorl height = 4‘9 mm. (after Dietz,
1923, p. 433, text-fig. 27 (pars.).

The suture-lines of both Eparnioceras semicostatoides and
Ep. flavum are here figured (figs. 10^, e) for comparison with
those of Arnioceras semicostatum (fig. 10&) and A. nigrum
(fig. 10&), each pair occurring together in the same slabs.
The suture-line of one of the nineteen Warwickshire examples
of Arnioceras nodulosum, referred to in a previous paper,2

1 Proc. Geol. Assoc., Vol. XXXV. (1924), p. 207.

2 Spath, ‘ Notes on Ammonites,’ Geol. Mag., 1919, p. 69.

1925 Nov. 1

330 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

and of a specimen of Arnioceras geometricum (Oppel), after
Dietz,1 are also given (figs, ioc and /) . The suture-line is very
variable in all species of Arnioceras, as has already been
mentioned,2 and by itself does not seem to help in the differ-
entiation of Arnioceras from Eparnioceras . It is sufficient to
compare in this connection the suture-lines here figured with
those of the many Italian species illustrated by Fucini3 or
of Arnioceras ceras Giebel (=A. ceratitoides Quenstedt sp.),
figured by Hauer4 in 1856. In smooth Eparnioceras , however,
of the flavum-anageneticum type, the more definitely separated
keel is an important diagnostic feature, and a similar com-
pressed and keeled stage, with the costation already developed,
distinguishes Ep. semicostatoides from the earlier Arnioceras.
This tendency to sharpen the ancestral Ammonites -periphery
is fully expressed in the genus Hy paster ocer as (see Fucini ’s5
PI. XXIII.), which thus may have to be included in Arnio-
ceratidce. Biological speculations based on the presence of a
prolonged smooth stage in Eparnioceras have thus received
anything but support from the results of detailed collecting.

Mr. Buckman6 wrongly considered Hyatt’s Arnioceras
semicostatum (PI. IT, fig. 10, above referred to) as something
similar to his A. anageneticum , and stated that nothing like
either had been figured from Wurtemberg ; but it seems to
the writer that Quenstedt ’s Eparnioceras Icevissimum has the
same type of keel as the three Dorset species Ep. semi-
costatoides, Ep. flavum and Ep. anageneticum, and that it
differs from the last only in the width of the umbilicus (44
per cent., not 51 per cent.). The micromorph Arnioceras
miser abile (Quenstedt) with angular periphery on the other
hand is as distinct a species of the acuticarinatum zone as A .
nigrum (Blake) with its ibeciform venter is characteristic of
the semicostatum slabs.

The generic separation of Eparnioceras from Arnioceras is
thus justified, but the time gap separating the two stocks is
at present rather considerable. In the zone of Arnioceras sp.
(beds 70/ to 72) from which I recorded crushed examples
with smooth inner whorls which were, with some hesitation,
have yet been found on the Dorset Coast. This may be only
compared to ‘ Arnioceras semicostatum ’ ,7 no other ammonites

1 Loc. cit. (1923), p. 433, text-fig. 27 (pars.).

2 Spath, Q.J.G.S., Vol. LXXIX. (1923), p. 70.

3 Loc. cit. {Pal. Italica, Vol. VIII.), 1902, text-figs. 56-75.

4 ‘ Tiber die Cephalopoden aus dem Lias der Nordostichen Alpen.’
Denkschr. Math.-Naturw . Kl. Kais.Akad. Wiss. Wien., Vol. XI. (1856),
p. 25, PI. VI., figs. 4-6.

5 LoC. cit. {Pal. Ital., Vol. IX.), 1903.

6 Jurassic Chronology I. : Lias. Quart. Town. Geol. Soc., Vol.
LXXIII., 1918, p. 315.

t Q.J.G.S., Vol. LXXIX. (1923), p. 70, and table to p. 84.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

33i

negative evidence, but the Yorkshire clusters with A. semi-
costatum also seem to be unaccompanied by other ammonites,
and may thus well be of approximately similar age. They
are therefore probably related to what has been styled the
second ( bodleyi -) wave of Arnioceratids, which includes A.
hartmanni (Oppel), previously discussed ( Q.J.G.S. , Vol.

LXXIX., 1923, p. 69) as its latest-known member. Inter-
mediate forms between this and Eparnioceras, which may
have its range from the capricornoides to the planicosta zones,
are unfortunately unknown, unless some of Fucini’s Italian
species belong to this group. Useful work, evidently, could
be done on the Arnioceratids of Yorkshire, even if only derived
blocks are available from the lower beds.

: o :

Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey of Great Britain
and the Museum of Practical Geology for the Year 1924. 154 pp.,

11 text figures, price 2/6. H.M. Stationery Office (Adastral House,
Kingsway, London, W.C.2). The work of the Geological Survey during
the year 1924 was principally the revision of the maps of the neighbour-
hood of London and of the more important British coalfields. In this
Summary a brief account is given of the general progress of the new
maps of the coalfields, with particulars of the more important recent
discoveries in the structure and sequence of the Carboniferous rocks.
Some important deep borings for water near London are described in an
appendix : one ended in Cambrian shales at a depth of 1152 feet. The
Director states that the Museum is closed, and that the Kidston collection
is not available to the public. Eoth statements are wrong.

Talks with Shepherds, by Walter Johnson. London : G.

Routledge & Sons, 232 pp., 5/- net. We have previously had the pleasure
of referring to Mr. Walter Johnson’s contributions to Archaeology and
Natural History, Folklore, etc., and have admired his industrious methods
of recording information not usually accessible to the student. In the
present volume he deals with shepherds in various parts of the country.
His chapter on the Lincolnshire shepherd is a particularly fascinating
one, and hailing from that county, the reviewer can forgive his quotation
from Cobbett that ‘ Everything taken together, here in Lincolnshire are
more good things than man could have had the conscience to ask of
God. ’ There are interesting illustrations of sheep, dew -ponds, a shepherd
and his dog, etc. We do not recollect having previously seen so much
interesting information gathered together relating to a well-known
character which still keeps with us.

The Earth Before History, by Edmond Perrier. London : Kegan
Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., Ltd., xx. -f- 345 pp., 15/- net. This
is one of the series of volumes on the History of Civilisation being pub-
lished by this well-known firm. M. Perrier’s work has been translated
by Paul Radin and V. C. C. Collum, and English students will be glad
to get this important work in the present readily accessible form. The
first section deals with ‘ The Formation of the Earth,’ the second part
is devoted to ‘ The Appearance of Life ’ ; ‘ The Genealogical Basis of

Organic Differentiation ’ ; ‘ The Genesis of the Typical Forms of the

Plant Kingdom ’ ; ‘ Primitive Animal Forms ’ ; ‘ Altitudinal Changes
and Structural Modifications ’ ; and ‘ The Peopling of the Open Sea,
the Ocean Depths, and the Land Masses.’ The third is occupied by an
account of the Life in various Geological periods, concluding by a chapter
on ‘ The Human Form.’ There is also a bibliography and index.

1925 Nov. 1

332

MYCOLOGISTS AT HACKNESS.

A. E. PECK,

Hon. Secretary, Mycological Committee, Y.N . U.

The 324th Meeting of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union was
held at Hackness, near Scarborough, from September 12th to
September 17th, and was the Annual Fungus Foray organised
by the Mycological Committee.

There were present : Dr. Harold Wager, F.R.S. (Chairman),
Mr. F. A. Mason, Mr. and Mrs. Greevz Fysher, Mr. S. D.
Fysher, Miss G. V. P. Child (all of Leeds), Mr. J. W. H.
Johnson, M.Sc. (Wakefield), Councillor E. Snelgrove, B.A.
(Sheffield), Mr. John Hartshorn (Leyburn), Mr. R. Fowler
Jones (Ilkley), Miss D. Hilary, B.A., and Miss M. Hewlett,
M.Sc. (Bingley), Mr. W. G. Bramley (Fairburn), and Mr.
A. E. Peck, Hon. Secretary (Scarborough).

Lord Derwent kindly gave permission for members to
visit his charming park and woodlands. The forepart of
the summer had been exceptionally dry, but for some weeks
prior to the Foray much broken weather, with heavy rains,
had been experienced. The woodlands, however, were found
to be in very dry condition, and specimens of fungi often lay
far apart.

The visitors were favoured with exceptionally fine weather
except upon one day, when showers fell. The park and wood-
lands adjoining it were the chief collecting grounds. Small
parties, however, visited Silpho Moor, Crosscliff and the wood
across the Derwent behind Wrench Green.

Of Basidiomycetes, 169 species were recorded, 15 belonging
to the genus Lactarius, 13 to Russula, and 12 to Boletus.

Of parasitic fungi, the agaric Armillaria mellea was the
most prevalent, this species growing luxuriantly in many
parts. Of Polypores, Fistulina hepatica, the well-known
beef-steak ' fungus, usually found on old oak trees, was the
most common. One very fine specimen of fully 15 ins. diam.
was discovered. A pair growing conveniently near the
ground was photographed by three members of the party.
Massee, in his * Diseases of Cultivated Plants and Trees/ says
nothing condemnatory of this fungus as a parasite, only
quoting that ‘ Hartig considers this to be a wound -parasite.'
He also writes ‘ Edible, but, like beef, is better for hanging
for a couple of days before cooking.'

Polyporus sulphur eus , which Massee quotes in the same
work as perhaps the most beautiful of our Polypores, has
been found upon this estate by the writer, but was not seen
during the foray.

The Birch-Polypore, Polyporus betulinus, provided only a
few specimens. This is one of the so-called razor-strop fungi.
One had long heard and read of strips of this fungus being

Naturalist

Peck : Mycologists at Hackness. 333.

used as razor-strops, but apparently only one of the mycolo-
gists present had ever seen one. When, therefore, it was
announced by our schoolboy visitors that there were several
in use in that district, a wish to inspect one was expressed.
One was accordingly brought in by a boy, who stated that it
was in regular use, and had been in possession of the family
for over a hundred years. The writer expected to see strips
of the fungus glued upon wood, and was rather surprised to
find the fungus in one piece, nearly whole, in fact, with a slice
cut off the edge to provide a plane surface, and with a hole,
through which passed a piece of string for hanging up. The
f plane ’ surface used was really an undulating one. Though
the exhibit was of considerable interest, it did not strike one
as a very efficient medium for its delicate work. It evidently
possessed the quality of durability, however.

Odd specimens of the common Polyporous squamosus and
P. hispidus were brought in, as was one fine cluster of P.
frondosus, with its numerous pileoli, and one specimen of the
truly-named P. elegans. Pomes annosus occurred sparingly
on roots and stumps of conifers.

In the larger parasitic fungi, therefore, the district can
scarcely be described as ‘ rich.' Accommodation for a satis-
factory classified display was lacking, but a number of visitors
came in to look at the specimens, among others the Earl of
Listowel, who, in return, kindly invited members to view a
fine collection of his big-game hunting trophies at his resi-
dence, the “Grange.’

The Village Schoolmaster, Mr. Willie Parkinson, himself
a naturalist of ability, with his scholars of both sexes, also
paid us a visit, and the writer described to them the more
interesting specimens. Fortunately the dangerous Amanita
phalloides and A . mappa were on exhibit. The edible qualities
of the Puff-balls, the Beefsteak, the ‘ Blusher ’ ( Amanita
rubescens), Lactarius deliciosus and others were explained.
The many forms, colours, perfumes, spore colour and dis-
persal, etc., were mentioned. Holding up a ‘ Horse-mush-
room 5 (Psalliota arvensis), the writer asked the scholars
whether this kind was eaten by the people locally, and was
answered, as he suspected, unanimously in the negative. He
thereupon informed them that the ‘ Horse-mushroom ’ was
regarded by our members as quite a good edible, scarcely
inferior to the so-called ‘ common ’ or smaller mushroom
(P. campestris) .

The two mushrooms named were only seen in very small
numbers during the foray, and the only fungi served at table
were the giant puffball ( Lycoperdon giganteum) fried in slices,
and the vegetable beef -steak ( Fistulina ) served ditto. Com-
ments upon Fistulina were made in yaried terms.

1925 Nov. 1

334 Peck : Mycologists at Hackness.

As usual, the evenings were devoted to informal addresses
by members.

Mr. Johnson spoke upon ‘ Little Known Aquatic Fungi ’ ;
Mr. Mason upon ‘ The Fungi Imperfecti ’ ; Dr. Wager upon
‘ The Genus Cortinarius ’ ; while the writer contributed
4 Recollections of Alfred Clarke,’ and ‘ Some Funguses.’ The
writer’s recollections of Clarke went back exactly twenty
years — to the Fungus Foray held at Maltby in 1905. There
Clarke agreed to name specimens sent to him, an offer of which
the writer made good use, and in which Clarke did his part to
the full. Without such co-operation it was unlikely that a
beginner would make headway with the study. Clarke had
formerly engaged himself in other branches of Natural History,
but he called Mycology 4 the masterpiece,’ meaning that he
regarded it as the most difficult of all.

In ‘ Some Funguses,’ the writer made special reference to
the ‘ Fly Agaric ’ ( Amanita muscaria) and its use as an
intoxicant by the natives of Siberia and Kamschatka. At
the ' Business Meeting,’ the Chairman and Hon. Secretary
were re-elected ; Mr. Greevz Fysher as Representative on the
Executive Committee ; Mr. F. A. Mason, Recorder in the place
of Mr. A. Clarke, deceased ; and the Committee, with the
addition of Mr. John Hartshorn (Leyburn) and Miss M.
Hewlett, M.Sc. (Bingley).

It was tentatively decided to hold the Foray of 1926 at
Mulgrave Woods.

Records.

The following are the more interesting records duly anno-
tated as new for the Scarborough district by A. E. Peck (Local
Recorder of Fungi), and F. A. Mason (County Recorder).

Basidiomycetes.

] Amanita porphyria Fr.

**Lepiota hispida (Lasch.) Fr.

*Tricholoma cuneifolium Fr.
**Mycena olivaceo-marginata Mass.
*M. parabolica (A. and S.) Fr,
Laccaria bella.

Pleurotus septicus.

P. sali gnus.

Hygrophorus turundus.
*Lactarius piper atus (Scop.) Fr.
*L. flexuosus Fr.

*L. zonarius (Bull.) Fr.

**L. hysginus Fr.

L. picinus.

t Russula virginea Ck. and Mass.
*R. citrina Gillet.

Nyctalis parasitica.

V olvaria gloiocephala .

*Pluteus salicinus.

*Pholiota adiposa Fr.

*Inocybe geophyllav ar. lilacina Fr.
*1 . mutica Fr.

*Astrosporina lanuginosa (Bull.)
Schroet.

* Cortinarius ( Inoloma ) argentatus
(Pers.) Fr.

fC. ( Hydrocybe ) unimodus Britz.
C. ( Telamonia ) armillatus.
Hypholoma Candolleanum .

* Poilyporus frondosus (FI. Dan.)
Fr.

P. elegans.

**Tremella foliacea (Pers.) Fr.
non Bref ,

f New to Yorkshire. ** New to Yorks N.E. Division.
* New to Scarborough district.

Naturalist

335

FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE NUPTIAL
HABITS OF THE HERON.

EDMUND SELOUS.

Later extracts from my diary kept in a heronry while cor-
roborating those recently recorded in The Naturalist (June,
1925) go considerably beyond them.

March 6th, 1916. — Attempted coition on nest. The
important point is that the bird which had, each time, before
this, uttered the nuptial note, with its appropriate action of
stretching up the neck and then stooping and bringing it
right down in the nest, acted in this attempt, as the female,
and the other as the male.

March 7TH. — Coition on nest. From this point I am able
to keep the two distinct, and can say with confidence that it
is not the one that has just functioned as the male, but the
other — the female, who, shortly afterwards, utters, with its
appropriate display action, the prolonged nuptial note.

March 23RD. — It is very difficult to make out the history
of some of the pairs in this heronry, so that, in regard to them,
I am not yet able to say decisively whether it is the male or
female bird that, standing alone in the nest, signals, as it
were, for a mate ; or, rather, the sum total of what I have
as yet seen seems to point in both directions. The logical
deduction from this would, of course, be that either sex may
play this part ; but I must see more before I can feel certain
as to this.

March 26th. — It was the bird that, though for a short time
only, had played the part of ‘ home-bird,' clicking the bill
and bowing in the nest, that in the pairing which shortly
afterwards took place, functioned as the male, whereas the
female was the one that flew into it. I had my glasses, and
kept the two distinct from each other all the while.

April 6th. — A mated pair of birds, as it seems, have
chosen a tree for the nest, of which there is, as yet, hardly a
trace to be seen. Whilst one of the two arched its neck stiffly,
lowered it and clicked the bill, the other stretched it up and
stooping, as it reached the height, made either the ‘ koop ’ or
prolonged nuptial note. (The former, as it appears to me,
gradually, as the season advances, passes into or is superseded
by the latter.)

April 9TH. — Attempted coition on nest. Here the bird
acting as the female had, just before, made the prolonged
nuptial note, with genuflection and other appertaining actions.

April ioth. — Same nest as yesterday. Bird rises in nest,
to receive the incoming partner. I endeavour — and I believe
successfully — to keep the two distinct. The bird lately

-1925 Nov. 1

336

News from the Magazines .

arrived utters the ‘ koop ’ note, with appropriate action, and
it is this one that, in the pairing which takes place a little
while afterwards, functions as the male.

April 13TH. — This time I climbed into the stunted oak
tree, and sat there. In half an hour coition took place on one
of the nests within my view (probably the same as in the
two previous entries). The bird that played the part of the
female had, a few minutes previously, uttered the prolonged
nuptial note with appropriate display action. From these
entries in my diary (and others which help to fill in the
picture) it would seem that the display actions and notes of
the Heron are common to the two sexes. The Shag is a still
more interesting witness to the truth of this view, for in that
species, the display, according to my notes, has been almost
entirely absorbed unto herself by the female, though traces of
it, or of what it once was, are still to be seen in the male.
These, however, seem no longer to be purposive.

My idea, based on my own observations, is (1) That the
recurrent seasonal activity of the generative system produces
all sorts of more or less salient or violent actions in birds, not
always confined to, though they may generally preponderate,
in the male ; (2) That these, at first inconsequent, have been
gradually seized upon by that branch of natural selection
conceived of and named ‘ sexual selection * by Darwin, to
produce purposive courting actions, and also (3) by natural
selection proper, to bring about protective resemblances and
the practice and instinct of nest-building. Of the former
principle the perpendicular resting attitude of the Bittern
(exactly resembling one of the courting ones of the Heron)
which, at least in a photograph gives it, amongst reeds, an
almost reed-like appearance, seems to me a good illustration :
of the latter I have adduced evidence which, though no man
regards it, still seems to me strong. (4) Finally, as the flower
to the stalk, Darwinian sexual selection proper (which, as I
hold, my observations on the nuptial habits of the Blackcock
have demonstrated) has appeared — possibly, in part, as I
have suggested in The Naturalist for October, 1920, and, May
1921, through overcrowding in relation to contiguous nesting
territories.

: o :

It is very gratifying to find appreciative notices of the geological
bibliographic work given in this journal in The Vasculum for October.

The Essex Naturalist, April -September, contains Sir Arthur Smith-
Woodward’s presidential address on ‘ Primitive Mammals in the London
Clay of Harwich ’ ; G. Lister describes a collection of Plants made by the
late Lord Lister between 1844 and 1848, mostly from Upton ; D. G. E.
Erdtman gives some micro-analyses of ‘ Moor log ’ from the Dogger
Bank ; there are notes on a Section at Rayleigh, Essex, showing a
Transition from London Clay to Bagshot Sand, and W. E. Clegg writes
on the Birds of the Stour Valley in 1924-1925.

Naturalist

337

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

Section H had a long and varied programme, in which all sides of the
science were well represented. The President of the Section was Dr.
Thomas Ashby, lately Director of the British School of Archaeology at
Rome. His Presidential Address was entitled ‘ Engineering in Ancient
Rome,’ a subject to which he has devoted special attention for some
years past. By means of a series of excellent lantern slides and a lucid
method of exposition he was able to convey to his audience a clear con-
ception of the problems with which the Romans had to cope and which
they successfully solved in the construction of roads, drains and pro-
vision for water supply in Rome and the immediate neighbourhood.

The most important item, and the one which aroused the most
interest, in the proceedings of the Section was undoubtedly the Galilean
skull found by Mr. Turville-Petre, in June last, in a cave near the Sea
of Galilee. This was now exhibited for the first time in this country,
and described by Sir Arthur Keith. An account of the circumstances of
discovery was given by Mr. Turville-Petre, who described the deposits
in the cave. These extend from recent times to the Bronze Age. Be-
neath these was a layer of fallen rock, and beneath this were deposits
containing implements of Middle Palaeolithic type. Associated with
them was the frontal bone of the skull. Careful examination failed to
reveal any possibility of the bone having been introduced into the
stratum in which it was found, either by burial or otherwise. It must
be concluded, therefore, that it is of the same age as the deposits. These
contained animal bones, some of which have since been assigned to species
still to be found in Palestine ; but among them was part of a bone which
has been identified as belonging to Hippopotamus Pentlandi . This dates
the deposits as Pleistocene. The implements were stated by Miss Garrod,
in a discussion which followed the reading of the paper, to be unquestion-
ably Mousterian. Sir Arthur Keith described the fragments of the skull
in detail, and pointed out the various points in which they conformed
to the Neanderthal type. In certain particulars, however, Galilean
man differs from the usual type of Neanderthal man, in particular in the
greater height of the vault of the skull and the thinness of the bone.
This latter character, however, Sir Arthur thought, was possibly due
to the skull being that of a female.

The question of the antiquity of man was raised in a communication
by Sir William Boyd Dawkins, who deprecated attempts to fix geological
periods in terms of years, and maintained that Man disappeared from
Europe during the submergence of the Atlantic border in a period which
separated the prehistoric from the Pleistocene. Mr. F. S. Palmer and
Mr. A. C. Hinton described the fauna of some Pleistocene gravels at
Clevedon, Somerset, which were formed at about later Mousterian or
Aurignacian times. Recent quarrying in limestone breccia has revealed
bones of horse, bear, wolf and fox, as well as numerous small mammals.
Several small pieces of chert afford doubtful evidence of man. The
geological and palaeontological evidence point to the deposits being
contemporary with the newer deposits (Crayford and Erith) of the
middle terrace of the Thames and with the older 50' Coombe Rocks of
the South Coast. Miss D. A. E. Garrod discussed the Upper Palaeolithic
Age in Britain, and arrived at the conclusion that while the Middle and
Upper Aurignacian are present in England, the typical Solutrean does
not seem to have penetrated beyond East Anglia, its place being taken
by a developed Font-Robert type. The Magdalenian also has a provincial
aspect, a flint industry in which Upper Aurignacian survivals are very
marked, being associated with objects of bone and reindeer antler of
Magdalenian type. This was doubtless due to the fact that England,
being situated at the North of Palaeolithic Europe, was cut off during
the period of severe cold in Magdalenian times. An interesting and

Y

1925 Nov. 1

338 Anthropology at the British Association.

suggestive paper by Mr. O. G. S. Crawford dealt with climate and mi-
gration in Neolithic times in Britain, correlating the age, character and
distribution of neolithic remains with a deterioration in the climate,
which caused a gradual shifting of the population in these islands from
west to east. Mr. T. F. Hewer described the excavation of certain
barrows in the Mendips by members of the Bristol University Spelaeol-
ological Society. These barrows proved to be singularly rich in flint im-
plements, and also produced beakers and cinerary urns. M. Le Rouzic,
the well-known Breton archaeologist, sent a communication, which was
presented, in the absence of the author, by Prof. Fleure. It dealt with
the problems of the megalithic monuments of the Morbihan, Brittany,
assigning them to the early age of metal. Some of the mounds, marked
by small menhirs, are pre-metal ; monuments built of large blocks are
later. This civilization lasted down to the Iron Age and, possibly, to
the coming of the Romans. Col. de Guerin described the megalithic
culture of Guernsey ; Mr. E. Toulmin Nicolle gave an account of the
excavation of the important barrow of La Hougue Bie, Jersey, which
has brought to light a passage grave in a state of complete preservation,
cruciform in plan and oriented east and west. Few objects were found
in the grave, as it had already been rifled, but some bones and pottery,
possibly of a ritual or votive character, were obtained. The monument
belongs to the transition period between the neolithic and bronze-ages.
Mr. H. J. E. Peake discussed the question of the preparation of maps
showing the distribution of the various classes of archaeological remains,
and exhibited various types of such maps. He emphasised the necessity
for confining each map to a single class or, at most, to one or two related
classes of objects, and called attention to the suitability for this purpose
of the Ordnance Survey ‘ one in a million ’ series.

.In view of the special interests of the President, and his long con-
nection with the prosecution of Roman research in Britain, an attempt
had been made to get together a series of papers representative of the
work now being done on Romano-British antiquities. These filled a
whole day of the programme. Recent excavations in Scotland were
described by Mr. S. N. Miller, who dealt with Traprain Law, Mumrills,
near Falkirk, and the terminal station on the Wall at Old Kirkpatrick,
on the Clyde. He pointed out that these excavations, in addition to
increasing our knowledge of the Antonine occupation in the second
century, have supplied evidence of the occupation by Agricola at the end
of the first century, while at Traprain we have a site affected by Roman
influence long after the military occupation had come to an end. The
great silver treasure which had been brought to this spot illustrated the
disturbed state of Western Europe at the beginning of the fifth century
in the last period of the Roman Empire. Dr. R. Mortimer Wheeler, in
like manner, surveyed the results of recent excavations in Wales, and
Mr. St. Clair Baddeley, in an account of the Roman villa at Chedworth,
dwelt upon the desirability of considering such a unit as a Romano-
British villa in relation with its surroundings and as a social organism.
Sufficient work on Roman-Britain had now been done to enable us to
attempt to study it by grouping together the evidence dealing with the
great estates with their connecting tracks and originating centres, or
cantonal towns. Mr. Ian A. Richmond described the Roman camps at
Cawthorn, near Pickering, which show two periods of occupation, the
first, short in time, being that of a camp of six acres, and a second,
which added a 5^-acre camp. Though finds were few and valueless for
dating within the Roman period, the type of fortification makes it
legitimate to assign the earthworks to the period of Roman conquest in
Yorkshire, perhaps to Cerialis or Agricola, or perhaps to both. The
interesting point, however, is that this appears to be a new kind of
Roman fortification briding the gap between the tent-covered marching
camps of Scotland and the siege camps crowded with temporary buildings

Naturalist

Anthropology at the British Association. 339

as at Masada (Arabia) and at Castillejo, Pena Redonda, or Renieblas
(Numantia, Spain). Mr. Donald Atkinson described recent excavations
at Wroxeter, and dealt with the history of Viroconium. A more intimate
picture of life in Roman times was given by Mr. Heywood Sumner, who
described some potters’ huts which he has discovered in the New Forest.
A clay floor, 15 ft. by 11 ft., bounded by six post holes, shows the plan
of a hut ; a raised platform may have been a sleeping place, and there
was an inside fire-place, as well as an outside cooking place. On the
floor of the hut were a toy pottery beaker and flagon, pottery draughts,
Roman potsherds, and stone potters’ tools and burnishers. A ruined
pottery kiln was found near the hut. Roman coins fix the date at about
the latter half of the fourth century. The ware shows a persistent
imitation of Roman and Samian pottery with a fading tradition of British
ornament.

Archaeological researches outside Britain were represented by com-
munications from Sir Flinders Petrie, representatives of the British
School at Athens, and Mr. D. B. Harden. Sir Flinders Petrie, in dealing
with the earliest civilization of Egypt, described the Badarian culture,
of which evidence has been brought to light by the excavations of the
British School of Archaeology in Egypt. This was found beneath a
settlement of prehistoric age already known at a place thirty miles south
of Asyut. The pottery was finer and thinner than any in later Egypt.
Glazed beads, an ivory statuette of Asiatic type, and a pottery statuette
of Mediterranean type were found, together with flint work of the style
found in the Fayum. An examination of the Fayum has revealed large
settlements of the Badarian culture on sites, some of which are known to
have been covered with water after 10,000 to 13,000 b.c. This gives the
latest date to which the culture can be assigned, and accords with the
age of the Solutrean in Europe, which has the same type of flint: work.
These conclusions of Sir Flinders Petrie and his suggested common origin
for the Badarian and the Solutrean cultures, possibly somewhere in the
neighbourhood of the Caucasus, the one people having retained the art
of pottery making, the other having lost it, give rise to some interesting
speculations. It may be noted, however, that copper would appear to
have been associated with one of the burials. Mr. S. Casson described
some recent excavations which he had carried out in Macedonia, and
presented on behalf of Mr. Heurtley an account of excavations in the
Vardar Valley in Macedonia. The mound excavated by Mr. Casson
proved to be exclusively of the Bronze Age, unlike other Macedonian
mounds. The earliest 'stratum produced objects resembling finds from
the Cyclades and partly those of Helladic culture. A burnt stratum was
followed by typical Macedonian Bronze Age. The upper level of the
Bronze Age culture was dated by a Mycenaean ‘ biigelkanne.’ Mr.
Heurtley ’s excavations at Vardino showed that the Bronze Age settlement
was destroyed by fire and immediately followed by an Iron Age occupa-
tion. Taken in conjunction with the results, still incomplete, from
another site, the excavations suggest that at the beginning of the eleventh
century b.c. a large homogeneous body of invaders was on the borders
of the Greek world. Mr. D. B. Harden described the recent excavations
at Carthage, which have thrown much new light on Punic culture and
religion.

Mr. J. Whatmough’s paper on the Ligurians put forward the con-
clusion, based on an analysis of the remains of the language, that Liguric,
linguistically as well as geographically, stands midway between Keltic
and Italic, and affords a new and important link in the chain of evidence
for the Italo-Keltic hypothesis.

In Physical Anthropology, Mr. P. H. Pycraft, in a communication on
the number of species of the genus homo, maintained that it is essential
that several species and sub-species should be recognised in modern
man, and that the classification should be founded on cranial characters

1925 Nov. 1

340 Y or k shire N a tnrali sts’ Union : Botanical Section.

alone. He also appealed for a reconsideration of the question of the
retention of the Frankfort base-line. Mr. R. N. Salaman dealt with
heredity of facial type, pointing out that in the essentially mixed Jewish
community three types are to be distinguished, the Armenoid, the
Semitic and the Pseudo-Nordic or Philistine type. The last-named
was shown on Mendelian lines to be due, not to infusion of Nordic blood,
but to the Aegean Philistine of Mediterranean race. Mr. Talbot Rice,
who is a member of the Oxford Field Archaeological Expedition to Kish,
described the physical characters of the modern inhabitants around
Hillah. They are of the type common over the North Arabic world, and
belong to the Semitic members of the Mediterranean race.

In the ethnographical section of the Programme, Mr. Carline exhibited
a number of lantern slides showing the various type of peasant houses in
Bosnia ; Miss Blackman described modern methods of pottery making in
Egypt, and compared them with the methods of ancient Egypt. She was
able to show that many of the modern practices can be paralleled in the
methods of ancient times. Mr. E. J. Wayland exhibited an interesting
series of stone tools from Uganda ; and Capt. M. W. Hilton-Simpson and
Mr. J. Haeseler exhibited the valuable series of cinematograph films,
showing the industries and daily occupations of the Shawiya, which
they have taken in the Aures Mountains of Algeria. Capt. G. H. Pitt-
Rivers’ communication, ‘ Pagan Aua,’ dealt with the little known people
of an island in the Bismarck Archipelago to the north-east of New
Guinea. The culture of this island is unique, and while the language is
Polynesian, many of the artefacts suggest Malayan affinities. An
unusual form of matrilocal matrilineity among commoners co-exists
with a patrilineal chieftainship. Mr. W. D. Hambly traced the dis-
tribution of tatooing, and discussed the various reasons, ritual, magical
and other, for the practice.

Prof. H. J. Rose offered a tentative explanation of the ritual combat
which is said both by anthropologists and writers on Comparative Religion
to be a form of sacrifice. This, however, hardly agrees with the fact
that such combats often accompany fertility rites, and in intention are
nothing more than sham fights. It was therefore suggested that when
war mana was wanted an offering was made of courage or skill in arms
conceived as material things, in fact, quite as material as blood or flesh.

E. N. Fallaize.

: o :

YORKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ UNION :

BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Annual Meeting of this section was held on October 3rd at the rooms
of the Botanical Department of the Leeds University. In the afternoon
the annual business of selecting officers and committees for election at
the December meeting of the Union was first dealt with ; when the
reports of the Bryological, Botanical Survey and Galls Committees were
presented by the respective convenors. Next came the General Botanical
Report of the secretaries of the section, and this brought up many inter-
esting topics. The replies to the secretaries’ inquiries had been very
full, and included much more- than could be dealt with in the Report.
Mr. Wattam’s notes on seedlings, which were supplemented by others,
show that the surviving seedlings of many trees at present seem to belong
to the ample fruitage of 1922 ; this applied particularly to sycamore,
ash and holly. A note by Mr. Cockerline dealt with some plants on a
limestone area, which were very restricted in size by the drought. At
the Coxley Valley excursion Mr. Haley drew attention to the abnormal
growths of the nettles, one with an hexagonal-section stem was taken by
Dr. Pearsall, but the rhizome only produced the usual square stem under

Naturaiisfc

Book Notice.

34i

cultivation. Mr. Haley had noted many other examples of the same
abnormal growth and also seen it in Figwort and Willow herb. Mr.
Johnson remarked on the abundance of proliferation in the heads of
Plantago lanceolata this year. Mr. Burnley, writing from Scarborough,
had a confirmation of an old record which seemed to interest the ladies
present. He stated that the orchid ‘Ladies’ tresses ’ had been re-found
in the district, and he attributed the find to the craze for shingling and
bobbing !

Mr. Dallmann mentioned some alien plants which had fruited this
season, Lycium chinense Mill. ( L . barbatum Linn) and Er odium manescavi.
This drew attention to alien plants generally, and Mr. Cryer stated that
the well-known station at Frizinghall is now very poor, whereas in 1918-19
he collected about 500 species there. In the evening Mr. Burrell showed
some slides of pollens from Pennine peat under the microscopes, and
drew attention to the difficulties of this study. Dr. Woodhead mentioned
that he had had Dr. G. Erdtman staying with him at Huddersfield, and
that he hoped to get a paper for The Naturalist from this Scandinavian
expert. Prof. Priestley discussed peat plants from a new point of view,
not antagonistic to the theory of adaptations to water shortage, but
dealing with problems of plant metabolism. The chemistry of peat
plants differed from that of many other plants by the accumulation of
unsaturated fats as by-products, particularly in the cuticle and endoder-
mis, which rendered them impermeable, and some remarkably interest-
ing theories were put forward as to the mechanical control of growth by
the cuticle. Fat came early and in quantity, and not only was the
small size of leaves of heather and similar plants controlled by the
early formation of a limiting cuticle, but the presence or absence of
hairs could be traced to the same cause. The well-known intolerance of
Ericaceous plants to coal gas was shown to be due to Ethylene, which
delayed oxidation of fats and modified both the form of the leaf and its
normal functions.

Dr. Pearsall dealt with the complex factors that influence variation
in leaf shape, it being recognised that while some plants have a tendency
to vary the shape of their leaves other plants have not. The tendency
-toward narrowed and elongated leaves in deep water is associated with
weak light of short duration. A low ratio of Calcium to Potassium
induces similar change, and the state is influenced in the same direction
by growth conditions — summer growth with drier atmosphere, reduced
pressure within the leaf tissues, reduction of sugar and increase of nitro-
genous food. The broadened shortened leaf shape is associated with the
alternative factors, high light of longer duration, high sugar content,
increased turgidity and the high ratio of Calcium to Potassium. It
was mentioned that Ivy under cultivation does not respond in the normal
way to structural peculiarities.

A hearty vote of thanks was given to Prof. Priestley for his kindness
in inviting the section to the rooms at the University and for his offer of
the use of these rooms for an indoor meeting of the Union during the
winter. — Chris. A. Cheetham.

: o :

Birds of an Indian Village, by Douglas Dewar. Illustrated by
G. A. Levett-Yeats. London : Humphrey Milford, Oxford University
Press. 146 pp., 6/- net. Previous to the first edition of this volume,
the author tells us that its chapters originally appeared in the United
Provinces War Journal, and that the birds described are found in ‘every
village of the plains of India.’ We also learn that ‘ it is the first book
of the kind written for Indian readers.’ That it has been successful
seems to be indicated by the fact that a second edition has been called
for, which is illustrated by a large number of black and white sketches
of varying merit.

1925 Nov. 1

342

FIELD NOTES.

ARCHAEOLOGY.

Another Bronze-Age Beaker at South Cave. — Further
excavations at South Cave, in the immediate vicinity of the
locality where the Bronze-Age beaker was found (see The
Naturalist , September, page 272), have resulted in a second
beaker being discovered ; but, as in the previous case, it is
in innumerable small fragments, and so incomplete as to be
impossible to restore it. Generally speaking, it is of a similar
type, in decoration, to that already referred to, but, if any-
thing, its surface is more thickly covered by herring-bone and
other designs, made by finger-nails. — T. Sheppard.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY .

Vertebrate Zoology Notes from Shropshire. — The Dor-
mouse, which used to be quite plentiful about here, has got
less and less in numbers, until now it seems to have vanished.
I have not seen one, or any sign of a nest, for three or four
years. The Squirrel, on the contrary, shows a marked in-
crease, and after a period of scarcity is quite common again.
The Barn Owl, of which we used to have many individuals,
has dwindled sadly, dying off for no apparent reason. The
last one I knew of was found dead a week ago. It had no
injury and was in fair condition. This bird, which was
easily recognisable, because it had lost an eye, had inhabited
a certain loft for about two years. The Great Spotted Wood-
pecker, which we used to look upon as a rarity, has become
very common, more so than the Green Woodpecker. — Frances
Pitt, Bridgnorth.

MOLLUSC A.

Mollusca at Hackness. — On the recent Fungus Foray
at Hackness, some attention was given to the local Mollusca.
Lord Derwent protects and encourages water fowl, which
visit all the stagnant waters in great numbers, and it is
probably on this account that the waters are almost devoid
of molluscan forms. Mr. Gyngell, of Scarborough, informs
me that an unusual variety of Anodonta cygnea can be obtained
from a pond near Langdale End, by wading ; but in the case
of this pond, as well as others, prolonged and careful dredging
yielded no mollusca whatever. The fishing clubs make large
purchases of Limncea peregra as food for fish in the River
Derwent, and in the case of Cross Cliff Fish Pond, the occupier
of the land is believed to have obtained a large quantity of
the same species for his lake, and in this case again not a
mollusc could be obtained from a sheet of water which looked

Naturalist

Field Notes.

343

very promising, being well furnished with plants which
usually harbour both univalves and bivalves. Much rain fell
during the Foray, and many species of land snails were taken.
The following is a list of those determined by Mr. John W.
Taylor, M.Sc. : — Avion ater , juv., A. circumscriptus; Agrioli-
max agrestis, Limax maximus, Vitrina pellucida, Hyalinia
cellaria, H . crystallina, Conulus fulvus, Pyramidula rotundata,.
Helix aspersa, H . hortensis v. lutea 12345 and 00000 common,
10305, 00305 and 12045 rare, Helicigona arbustorum , Hygromia
striolata and var. rubens and alba, H. hispida var. alba, Ena
obscura, Clausilia bidentata, C. laminata, LimncBa peregra,
Ancylus fluviatilis , Pisidium subtruncatum . — Greevz Fysher.

A New Locality for Vertigo moulmsiana (Dupuy) in
Denmark. — In April last I examined the Ordrup Mose
(Moor) near Copenhagen, and found very commonly on Phrag-
mites, J uncus, etc., a number of Vertigo moulinsiana Dupuy.
This species has its recent northern, and isolated, limit in
Denmark, and consequently occurs very sporadically. It is
recorded from different localities round the Fureso, Lyngbyso
and the Molleaa, north of Copenhagen, but several of the
localities are destroyed ; in all cases this is the fact with the
locality Lersoen, near Copenhagen. Further, Lindenborg, near
Roskilde ; Ulseso, between Haslev and Faxe, in South-east
Zealand (Schlesch, leg.) ; and Treskohage, at Vejlefjord, in
South-east Jutland. Sub-fossil, it is not known from Den-
mark, but from Sweden, where it does not occur recent, it is
recorded from the Pleistocene of Rangilstorp, in Ostergot-
land. — Hans Schlesch.

On the occurrence of Xerophila intersecta Poiret
(=X. caperata Mont.) in Denmark and Schleswig. — In

Denmark, Xerophila intersecta Poir. was first observed by Herm.
Lynge in 1896 at Faxe limestone quarry in South-east Zealand,
and later is recorded from Moens Klint (Isle of Moen); Christi-
ansminde, nr. Svendborg, and nr. the lime-kiln at Lundeborg,
in South-east Funen ; and now my colleague, Holger E. Pyndt,
sends a number of specimens collected September 20th, 1925,
at the lime-kiln at Hasselo, near Nykobing (Isle of Falster),
where it occurs commonly. In Schleswig it was observed in
1872 by Ernst Friedel on the fortress of Dybbol, and in 1884
by Wustnei in the neighbourhood of Sonderborg (Isle of Als);
further, near Broager, by Wohlstadt, 1914 ; above the old
lime-kiln at Ballastberg, nr. Flensburg, by Hans Philippsen ;
and at the Kjokkenmoddings at Windebyer Noor, nr. Eckern-
forde, by E. Wiist and O. Schuster, 1919. In Holstein it
occurs at several places near Plon and Eutin, and near Liibeck.
In the Scandinavian peninsula Xerophila intersecta Poir. is not
yet recorded. It seems remarkable, however, that the sudden
and sporadic occurrence of a English-French species, and in

1925 Ncv. 1

344

Field, Notes .

several cases near lime-kilns, that one may suppose that the
distribution is caused during transport by limestone (from
Faxe?). — Hans Schlesch.

BIRDS.

Little Owl nesting in Wharfedale. — A pair of Little
Owls has this year successfully reared a brood of young on
the banks of the Wharfe between Harewood and Pool. — R.
Fortune.

Little Auk at Harden, W. Yorks. — A person from
Harden has just brought me a live Little Auk, which had been
caught on Cullingworth Moor last Thursday. Two or three
other specimens have been caught not far from here within
the last fifty years, the last being picked up on the highway
neac the Allerton tramway terminus about ten years ago. It
refused all such food as I should have thought would have been
suitable. — E. P. Butterfield, Wilsden, 17th October, 1925.

Tawny Owl in Harrogate. — The Tawny Owl has
become exceedingly common in and around Harrogate, and
I am constantly asked to identify birds which have disturbed
the rest of people subject to insomnia. This year a pair had
a nest behind some ivy upon a window-ledge of a house in
the town, and successfully reared their young there. Only
a few nights ago, a friend, driving his car in the night time,
was startled by something dashing into his wind screen. It
proved to be a fine Tawny Owl, which paid for his carelessness
with his life. Mysterious noises in a bedroom in a friends
house, occupied by a niece, caused the alarmed lady to abandon
it ; the noises occurred again on the following night, and were
located as coming from the chimney. The cowl above the
fire-place was removed, when, accompanied by a cloud of
soot, out popped a very black Tawny Owl, who caused some
trouble before he was evicted through the open window. A
few mornings after the same lady, when awakening from
her slumbers, was again startled when she saw another Tawny
perched on the rail at the bottom of her bed. The rookery
which existed for a number of years in the Church Wood,
situated between Cold Bath Road and Beech Grove, was,
after declining in population for some years, eventually
abandoned through several Tawnys appropriating the nests
of the rooks in which to rear their own families. — R. Fortune.

The Wharfedale Canadian Geese. — I saw to-day, 15th
October, 1925, a portion of a bag of four Canadian Geese,
which had been shot near Boston Spa. They were feeding
in a large flock, upon a stubble, but they had not the wariness
of the wild geese of the wolds, and allowed themselves to be
driven over to the gunners. They were fine birds, and weighed

Naturalist.

Field Notes.

345

almost exactly nj lbs. each. There is a very large flock of
these birds in this district, over which they fly continually , from
Harewood to Ripley, to Fewston, to Gouthwaite, to Fairburn^
and other places. I am continually coming across them in my
wanderings, and several times they have passed right over
my house, just skimming over the top, calling loudly as they
fly. People are constantly reporting to me that they have
seen a flock of wild geese flying over, and foretelling bad
weather as a consequence, little dreaming that they are a
local flock. They are perfectly wild, owning no one as master,
and wander freely over a wide area, but making their head-
quarters at Harewood, finding peace and security on the lake
there. This lake is a sanctuary for all wild fowl, as Lord
Harewood does not allow a shot to be fired in its neighbourhood.
The farmers in the district take toll of them occasionally, for,
in addition to the four mentioned, five were shot at Rigton a
day or two ago. One farmer secured a fine gander weighing
nearly 17 lbs., and anticipated a feast, but, alas, when cooked
he was so tough that it was impossible to dismember him. —
R. Fortune.

— : o : —

ENTOMOLOGY .

Newsteadia floccosa in Derbyshire. — A single specimen
of the female of the scale insect, Newsteadia floccosa (De G.),
one of the Ortheziincz , was taken on the mycelium of a fungus
growing on the inner side of a piece of loose bark, at Cordwell,
Derbyshire. The white silky plates covering the body
harmonised so perfectly with the fungus, that it was very
difficult to detect the insect. It seems to occur most usually
among moss, dead leaves and plant debris (Newstead, ‘ Mono-
graph,’ Vol. II., p. 245). I do not know that it has been
previously recorded for Derbyshire, though common in some
places. — James M. Brown, Sheffield.

Wasps at the Figwort. — It is well known that wasps,
especially V . sylvestris, have a partiality for the flowers of the
figwort, the length of their tongues enabling them to reach
the nectar collecting at the base of the corolla. The large
number of insects, including wasps, bees and Syrphids, flying
about the blossoms of Scrophularia aquatica, Epilobium
hirsutum, Enpatorium, Angelica, Senecio and Cirsium palustve,
growing at the foot of the cliffs at Sandsend, attracted my
attention in August last. Among this wealth of bloom, the
wasps invariably selected the figwort, neglecting the more
conspicuous associated plants ; while the bees and Syrphids
attended to these latter and neglected the figworts. Kerner
(Vol. II., p. 197) states that brown flowers are attractive to

1925 Nov: 1

346

Field Notes.

wasps. (They were plentiful on ivy blossoms in September.)
On two occasions wasps were captured on the Scrophularia ,
with the following results : — V. vulgaris, 9 ; V. germanica, 1 ;
V. rufa, 11 ; V. sylvestris, 8 ; V . austriaca, o ; V. norvegica, 1.
These numbers, naturally, give only very roughly the relative
abundance of the different species, as rufa, for example, seemed
to elude capture less readily than some of the other species. —
James M. Brown, Sheffield.

Immigration of White Butterflies in the Wilsden

District. — The most remarkable feature in insect life this
year in this district has been the occurrence of immense
swarms of white butterflies, large and small cabbage, especially
the former. Probably more large cabbage butterflies were
seen in this district (Wilsden) last summer than for the last
twenty years. On the 13th August there were thousands of
white butterflies flying over and about some corn fields near
Thornton ; and on the 22nd Aug., near Rycroft, Keighley, white
butterflies were so numerous that they gave one the impression
that it was * raining ’ butterflies. This immigration was not
confined to this district, nor even to England, for I saw in one
of the newspapers that information from Italy stated that
‘ yesterday, 28th August, at Verona and Mantua, there were
clouds of white butterflies, which entered hotels, cafes and
other places, to such an extent, that business was at a stand-
still for two hours/ Nothing had ever been seen like it before.
They remained for at least four hours, and then departed/
While white butterflies have been so abundant in this neigh-
bourhood this year, coloured butterflies have been extremely
rare. — E. P. Butterfield, Wilsden, Bingley, October 12th,
I925-

The ‘ White ’ butterflies seem to have been exceptionally
abundant everywhere this year ; and the Vanessids equally
scarce in both the North and South of England. — G.T.P.

— : o : —

BOTANY.

Tees -side Plants (ante p. 315) Correction. — In The

Naturalist for March, 1906, p. 92, the late P. Fox Lee, of
Dewsbury, recorded the occurrence of Erythraea pulchella
Fr. as growing in Mr. Lofthouse's locality, and noted it as an
addition to the flora of the North Riding. I myself also saw
the plant there in 1909.— Wm. Falconer, Waterloo, Liverpool,
20th October, 1925.

Centaurium capitatum in North -east Yorkshire : A
new County Record. — Students of the flora of the North of
England will be interested to learn that Centaurium capitatum
Willd. has been found growing under perfectly wild con-

Naturalist

Field Notes.

347

conditions, and in some quantity in the Whitby district this
season. The plant was named by Mr. R. J. Flintoff, of
Goathland, and by him submitted to botanical authorities,
by whom his identification has been confirmed. Dr. Druce
and Mr. J. Fraser Robinson are of opinion that this is a new
record for Yorkshire. Dr. Rendle has asked that a specimen
of the plant may be sent to him for the British Herbarium. —
F. Snowdon.

The ‘ Tree Balsam ’ in the Ryburn Valley, Yorks.—

This striking member of the balsam family, Impatiens glandu-
lifeva Royle, is one of many desirable hardy plants native of
India, where the Balsam tribe are very numerous. Its flowers
are so numerous from the axils of the upper leaves that they
form a large leafy panicle. There is a wild beauty about the
plant ; its coarse, dark green foliage, remarkable quaint -
looking zygomorphic flowers, and their peculiar tone of colour
causes them to stand out very conspicuously during dull
weather. In common with many of its allies, the flowering
season extends over a lengthened period. The flowers are in
greatest perfection in autumn ; excess of moisture seems to be
favourable to these plants, and for many years now the species
has flourished in damp and shady spots under the moist rocks
below the Pitcher Pit in Lumb Clough, closely associated with
other moisture-loving plants, and enshrouded by the foliage of
tall beech and sycamore trees. The introduction of this plant
from the North of India is due to the liberality of Dr. Forbes
Royle. It appears to have been first recorded as an alien in
England in 1855, when it was found in Middlesex. For over
thirty years now it has been freely established and increased
very rapidly on both banks of the Calder about Sowerby
Bridge. — Joe Firth.

Inula Helenium Linn, in North-east Yorkshire. — On

the 17th September, 1925, I pointed out to Mr. J. Fraser
Robinson, of Hull, an extensive growth of Inula Helenium
Linn., in flower, in a certain locality in North-east Yorkshire,
and I have been told by a farmer, who lives close to the place
where it grows, that he has known the plant for fifty years
in this station. A few days ago, on looking through a book
published in 1836, dealing to some extent with the history
of the district, and containing a list of many plants recorded
by a doctor residing thereabouts, I find Inula Helenium
mentioned as growing in the same place where it is found
to-day, and this is eighty-nine years ago. How long before
this date the plant flourished in its present station I am
unable to learn, but it is probable the Inula has been es-
tablished here for more than a century. — R. J. Flintoff,
Goathland, 23rd October, 1925.

1925 Nov. 1

34§

Reviews ■ and Book Notices.

FISHES.

Rare Rays at Scarborough. — On August 31st, while
examining the contents of one of the rubbish barrels upon the
local fish market, I found therein a small ray about 16 inches
in total length which I recognised as the Starry Ray ( Raja
radiata). I took it home and thoroughly examined it, and
have no doubt as to its identity. In “ The Vertebrate Fauna
of Yorkshire ' this species is mentioned as one of the rarest
of the Yorkshire Rajidae, but no details are given of its
occurrences. I have several times previously seen this species
amongst the heaps of small rays on the fish market, but it is
often — indeed usually — impossible to get hold of the specimens.
The fisherman do not know it ; and one of them to whom I
showed my find assured me it was a young Thornback. On
September 18th a fisherman named Ned Eve, trawling in the
South Bay, close inshore, in his motor boat ‘ Wave,’ captured
a small example of the Sting Ray ( Trygon pastinaca). It
measured about 14 inches in length. Unfortunately, the
specimen was thrown away, and I did not get it, but I satisfied
myself that the identification was correct. This is the first
time I have known the Sting Ray in our Yorkshire waters,
although ‘ The Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire ' gives it as
resident. None of the fishermen who saw it knows of another
one having been taken in the past. — W. J. Clarke.

: o :

REVIEWS AND BOOK NOTICES.

Fifty Years of Sport, by E. D. Miller. London : Hurst & Blackett,
Ltd., 350 pp., 21/-. We learn from the title page that the author of
this book is C.B.E. , D.S.O. , D.L., J.P., President of the National Pony
Society, 1923, President County Polo Association, 1923-1924, Chairman
of the Rugby Division of Warwickshire Conservative and Unionist
Association, 1923-1924 ; and there are twenty-four illustrations repre-
senting his interest in sport at home and abroad. As a great Polo
enthusiast he is naturally interested in horsemanship, which takes a
prominent part in his reminiscences. He begins his story with an
account of Hertfordshire and Private School, Cambridge and Harrow.
He then takes us to India, Egypt, South Africa, America, Spain, East
Africa, and, in between, back again to England and Polo and fox hunting.
The volume is a record of reminiscences of a strenuous life, and a photo-
graph of the author appears as frontispiece.

Some Other Bees , Butterflies and Moths , by H . Mace . London :
Hutchinson & Co. 160 pp., 4/6. In this volume the author gathers
together a number of articles which have appeared in Science Progress,
The Nineteenth Century and After, etc. He deals firstly with various
forms of bees (carpenter, mason, leaf -cutting, etc.) and then follows with
‘ The Idiosyncrasies of Butterflies ’ ; ‘ Fritillaries ’ ; ‘ The Butterfly as
Traveller ’ ; ‘ The Wonderful Hawk Moths ’ ; and ‘ The Evolution of the
Caterpillar.’ There are several striking illustrations, and the chapters
are well written. The paper seems unnecessarily thick, but, we presume,
otherwise the 160 pages would not make the volume bulky enough to.
appear to be worth 4/6.

Naturalist

349

The Pocket Book of British Birds, by R. Kearton and Howard
Bentham. Cassell & Co., ix. + 389 pp., 6/- net. By the aid of thin
paper and small but quite clear type Mr. Kearton and his son-in-law
have written a popular account of British Birds which is literally a
‘ pocket ’ book, measuring only 4 ins.x6J- ins.xf in. About pages
are devoted to each species — dealt with under the heads of Description,
Distribution, Habits, Food, Nest, Eggs, Notes. There are also close upon
two hundreds illustrations, principally from photographs by the brothers
Kearton, and Mr. John Kearton, the son of one of the authors. A
compact and serviceable little book.

Letters from W. H. Hudson to Edward Garnett. London : J. M.
Dent & Sons, Ltd., xiv. + 2i8 pp., 6/- net. Recently the letters from
Hudson to Mr. Morley Roberts were published, and now we have the
correspondence between Hudson and Mr. E. Garnett. There is, of
course, much of general interest in the correspondence, but whether
printing such details as ‘ I think of staying here about a week longer and
then back to London ’ or ‘ with love to all or ‘ I hope Mrs. Garnett is
well ’ or ‘ I hope Constance and David are well ’ are really worthy the
space these words occupy is a matter presumably for the editor and
publisher. Just now Hudson is evidently a ‘ god-send ’ to the publishers,
but isn’t it being a little bit overdone ?

A Book about Birds, by E. L. Turner and R. Gurney. London :
C. A. Pearson, Ltd., 120 pp. ‘ Books about birds ’ are as common as
blackberries just now, but in view of the reputations of the two authors
in this case the present volume will probably have a good sale, especially
as it is an ‘ Introduction to the Study of their Structure, Habits and
Characteristics for Scouts, Guides and others.’ There are sketches and
photographs by the authors, and chapters on Courtship and Song,
Folklore, Hints on Identification, Protection, etc. The paper is un-
necessarily thick, but otherwise, perhaps, the volume would hardly
appear to be worth 3 /6 .

Bees, Wasps and Ants, by G. A. Hall. London : A. & C. Black,
viii.-b88 pp., 2/6 net. This is an attempt to popularise the study of
these insects, and the publishers, by the beauty of the four coloured
plates, attractive cover, and in other ways, have certainly produced a
book for which half-a-crown does not seem exhorbitant. Here again,
however, the unnecessarily thick paper bulks the book. Although it
contains considerably fewer pages than three parts of The Naturalist,
the book is as thick as our annual volume.

Bird -Song : A Manual for Field Naturalists on the Songs and
Notes of some British Birds, by Stanley Morris. London : H. F.
and G. Wetherby, iv.-fi34 pp., 6/- net. Lord Tavistock tells us he
has read this book, and there is much in it of scientific value. The
author tells us that there is no county in with the song of birds can
be studied to better advantage than perhaps Sussex. Certainly Sussex
afew years ago produced a wonderful crop of ‘ new British Birds seen
in the flesh,’ but we were able to show that some of these had been given
a locality and a name by the dealer with the- object of getting more for
the specimens than if he had honestly stated he had imported them.
There are lists of birds which sing at night-time, on the wing, on the
ground, and birds which, sing in concert.’ At Worthing, irl 1916, the
author heard ‘ a young bird which had not yet assumed the full adult
plumage rehearsing all the song notes.’ We know that bird !

Laboratory Directions in General Zoology, by W. G. Curtis and
Mary J. Guthrie, Professors of Zoology in the University of Missouri.
London : Chapman & Hall, xxxiii.-fi94 pp., 7/6 net. This is essentially
a book for the zoological student. It refers to the Frog, Use of the
Microscope, Histology, Amoeba, Euglena, Paramoecium, Gregarina and
Monocysts, Other Protozoa, Yeast and Bacteria, and so on to material

1925 Nov. l

350

Reviews and Book Notices.

for the Study of Variation, Heredity in Drosophila. The work contains
no waste of words : it is essentially a students’ handbook, but we think it
worthy of a cloth cover.

The Land and Its People. Chapters in Rural Life and History, by
the Right Hon Lord Ernie, M.V.O., formerly Fellow of All Souls’ College
and Honorary Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford ; late President of the
Board of Agriculture, 1916-1919. London : Hutchinson & Co., 257 pp.,
10/6 net. The Chapters comprising this work originally appeared in
The Quarterly Review ; The Nineteenth Century ; The Journals of the
Ministry of Agriculture and of the Royal Agricultural Society ; or Hunter’s
Seed Catalogue, but they have been revised and brought up to date.
They deal with the Village Farm, Enclosure of Village Farms, Obstacles
to Progress, Agricultural Workers in 1800 and 1925, County Villages, the
Food Campaign, 1916-18, Women on the Land, 1917-19, Fallacies about
Landlords, Farmers in Politics, and the Future of Agriculture.

Sea -wake and Jungle Trail, by H. Warington Smyth, C.M.G.,
M.A., LL.M., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., M.I.M.M. Late Lieutenant R.N.V.R.,
illustrations by the author and F. H. Sibson (Lieut., R.N.V.R. (S.A.)).
London : John Murray, xvii. + 323 pp., 16/- net. This is a very amusing
narrative of a journey to the east among elephants and whales. He
deals with the Little Elephant, a Monsoon Squall, the Rajah and the
Prior, the Whale and the ‘ Meercat,’ a Way of Life, etc. The story is
most fascinating, and written by one who sees the funny side of things.

Early English Ornament. The Sources, Development and Re-
lation to Foreign Styles of Pre-Norman Ornamental Art in England, by
J. Brondsted, with a Preface by R. A. Smith, translated by A. F. Major.
London : Hachette, 18 King William St., Charing Cross, 352 pp., price 21 /.
In his brief Preface, Mr. Smith tells us that • The old question whether
the animal ornament distinctive of Northern Europe was a mere adapta-
tion of classical or provincial Roman motives, or whether those grotesque
forms were an independent Teutonic invention, has been cleared up by
new evidence from the East, and the interest has, now shifted to the
late centuries, when Christianity had transformed the West of Europe,
and Viking Expeditions were widening the outlook of the North. . . .
How Denmark helped to make English history is a familiar story ; but
the early interchanges of artistic principles between the two countries
has only been etsablished in recent years, and to Dr. Brondsted is due
much of the credit for this notable advance in Viking archaeology.’
The volume is particularly well illustrated, and, by the various blocks,
demonstrates the influence of the vine leaf motif in early Danish
decoration.

Dunstable Library and Museum Publications. No. 1= — An
Early Iron Age Spear found near Dunstable and Notes on the
Early Iron Age, by T. W. Bagshawe, F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.
(Hon. Curator). 7 pp., price 3d. On August 23rd an iron spear head
was presented to the Dunstable Museum, having been thrown out by a
workman digging a trench. Mr. R. A. Smith, of the British Museum,
reported that ‘ Your spear-head must belong to the earliest Iron Age,
as it is a copy in iron of a late Bronze-Age type.’ The author then tells
us that the Eolithic age was previous to the Palaeolithic age, beginning
about 50,000 b.c., Neolithic age about 5,000 b.c., Bronze age about
2,000 b.c.. Early Iron age about 1,000-800 b.c. (ending with Roman
Invasion) and so on. There is an illustration of the spear head, but 3d.
seems a lot for seven pages.

— — : o :

The Vasculum for October contains J. A. Smythe’s Observations on
a Burning Pit-heap; J. W. H. Harrison describes Late September on
Woldridge Fell ; M. R. Hull describes Excavations on the Roman Wall ;
and there are several notes on natural history records.

Naturalist

35i

NEWS FROM THE MAGAZINES.

Dr. F. A. Bather writes on ‘ Dinosaur Eggs ’ in Nature, No. 2916.

J. S. Huxley writes on ‘ The Courtship of the Oystercatcher, ’ in The
Ibis for October.

J. Bronte Gatenby and Marie C. Stopes write on ‘ Spermatogenisis
of Spiders’ in Nature, No. 2918.

W. G. Sheldon refers to ‘ The Early Stages of Eriopsela quadrana ’
in The Entomologist for October.

W. Bowater describes and figures a new Hybrid, Furcula-Bicuspis ,
in The Entomologist’ s Record for October.

W. P. Pycraft contributes ' Diagnoses of Four Species and one Sub-
species of the Genus Homo ’ to Man for October.

The Amateur Aquarist for ‘Autumn ’ deals with Rock Pools at Home,
The Eel, Chameleon Fly, The Bully, Phantom Larva, Freshwater
Lamellibranchs, etc.

An excellent and well-illustrated account of ‘ The Cave Dwellers of
Creswell Crags : A Record of Recent Excavations,’ by A. L. Armstrong,
appears in Discovery for October.

The Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, Tokyo, for August,
contains, among other papers, ‘ Optimum water temperature for hatching
the eggs of Hypomesus olidus Pallas, ’ ‘ The Relation between Temperature
and the Rate of Development of Fish-eggs,’ and ' The Culture of Gracilaria
confervoides .

Among many interesting notes in British Birds for October are ‘ Some
Ecological Aspects of British Ornithology,’ ' A Study of the Robin by
Means of Marked Birds,’ ‘ Nesting of the Great Spotted Woodpecker,’
‘ Woodlark Nesting in North Lincolnshire,’ and ‘ Black-tailed Godwit
in Cumberland.’

In The Entomologist’ s Monthly Magazine for October, Mr. Norman
H. Joy describes ‘ A theta subdebilis : A Coleoptera New to Science,’ and

F. W. Edwards describes ‘ Two New British Sciarinae (Diptera).’ Mr.

G. T. Porritt refers to the extraordinary abundance of Orgyia antiqua
near Huddersfield.

The Advancement of Science for 1925 contains the Presidential Address
to the British Association of Prof . H. Lamb, and the thirteen Sectional
Presidential Addresses, delivered at Southampton. They are in a neat
cover and sold at 6/- at the Association’s Offices, Burlington House,
Piccadilly, London.

The Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture becomes more and more
interesting as time goes on, the October number containing ‘ State
Assistance for Winter Land Drainage Works ’ ; System in Making
Hedges,’ by G. H. Hollingworth ; and ‘ Some Recent Weeds in the South-
western Counties,’ by E. W. Fenton ; among many other useful notes.

Since The Irish Naturalist ceased to be, the necessity for a journal of
natural history for Ireland has, been felt. Under the auspices of the Bel-
fast Naturalists’ Field Club The Irish Naturalists’ Journal has appeared,
and will appear six times a year. The editor is J. A. S. Standall, who is
supported by a strong staff of fifteen helpers in different departments.
The first part of the new Journal contains notes on bees, birds, classifica-
tion of plants, buttercups, mosses, geology, surnames and shell necklaces.
The price of Part I., for September, is 1/3.

- The Eastbourne Natural History, Photographic and Literary Society
has discontinued its quarterly journal and reverted to its former method
of publishing occasional Transactions , and before us is the first part of
Volume IX. It is a useful publication, and has a number of valuable
contributions to the natural history of the area of the Society’s activities,
including ‘ Parallel Variation in British Lepidoptera, ’ by Robert Adkin ;
‘ The Wild Roses of Eastbourne,’ by T. J. Richards ; ‘ List of Local

Coleoptera,’ by Karl Wilkinson ; and ‘ Palaeoliths and Pre-Palaeoliths,’
by Harry Morris.

1925 Nov. 1

352

NORTHERN NEWS.

On October 25th, the Leeds Museum was opened on a Sunday afternoon
for the first time.

The Chester Society of Natural Science, Literature and Art has issued
its Fifty-fourth Annual Report and Proceedings, which include a record
of the work of the various sections, a list of the members, etc.

Mr. Guy Maynard sends us the • Seventy -sixth Report of the Museum
and Art Gallery Committee of Ipswich.’ It has a good list of additions,
and useful illustrations of the rooms in the well-known Christchurch
Mansion.

A Yorkshire Museum has recently received some cases containing a
large number of land and freshwater mollusca, and the description of
these given by the shipping clerk on the Continent is ‘ Packages of Snail-
houses in glasses.’

Mr. A. G. Wright sends us the Report of the Colchester Museum for the
year ended March, 1925 (32 pp., 6d.), which contains illustrations of a
remarkable series of late Bronze-Age pottery, and an excellent record
of additions to the museum for the year.

A.M.Y.’ in The Observer, Sunday, October 25th, has a column
headed ' Can Fish Smell.’ We can assure him (or her) that they can !
The same journal states, under the head of ‘ Lost Villages,’ that 200 have
gone ‘ from Lincolnshire alone.’ We don’t believe it.

Messrs. Wheldon and Wesley have issued a particularly useful cata-
logue of works dealing with the Invertebrata, which includes particulars
of about four thousand different pamphlets and other publications, all
carefully classified under headings for handy reference.

As publication No. 14, the London County Council has issued ‘ A
Handbook to the Cases illustrating simple means of Travel and Transport
by Land and Water ’ in the Horniman Museum, Forest Hill (71 pp., 6d.).
The handbook has been written by Dr. H. S. Harrison, and is therefore
excellent.

The Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey for 1924 — a pro-
gress made possible by men with big pipes and big hammers and hob-
nailed boots, begins in large type with ‘ May it please your Lordships.’
We will guarantee that none of them cares whether it pleases their
Lordships, or does not !

Under the heading of ‘ Fossil Find,’ illustrations of a Nautilus
appear in the press recently, with the following information : — ‘ Two
views of a fossil nautilus shell found during excavations for the founda-
tions of the “ Daily News ” and “ Star ” new buildings in Bouverie
Street, E.C. The age of the London clay in which it was imbedded is
generally estimated at 500,000 years, and the size of the shell is about

inches by 4^ inches.’

We have received from H.M. Stationery Office the ‘ Report of the
Second Imperial Entomological Conference, June, 1925,’ (35 pp., 9d.).
All we can say is that it is very satisfactory that reports of conferences
of this character can be issued by H.M. Government, and at so reasonable
a rate. From the same source we have received a ‘ Return showing the
number of Experiments on Living Animals during 1924 under Licences
granted . . . ’ (59 PP-, I /-) •

The British Museum (Natural History) is issuing a wonderful series
of postcards illustrating the different specimens in its collections, with
descriptive letterpress. There are two series illustrating British birds
in colours ; others illustrate foreign mammals and birds, British flowering
plants, and various sets of coloured representations of Precious Stones.
Each set is in ,a substantial envelope, and sold at 1 (-. The illustrations
of the precious stones are by far the best, that of opals being particularly
fine.

Naturalist

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy 4 to (9"xii£")» 283 pages, with 16 plates, frontispiece in sepia, and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans — III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.)— XV. The Life and Work of the Monks— XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.”

London: A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

SCIENCE PROGRESS

A Quarterly Review of Scientific Thought,
Work and Affairs.

Editor - COLONEL SIR RONALD ROSS, K.C.B., F.R.S.

This Quarterly is now in its nineteenth year of publication. Its
object is to give all readers of wide culture and interest in science
a knowledge of the numerous advances which are being continually
made in connection with scientific work and thought. Each number
contains Recent Advances in Science (by a number of experts).
Articles, Popular Science, Essay-Reviews, Correspondence, Notes,
Essays, many Reviews, and a Book List. Published early every
quarter by John Murray, 50a Albemarle Street, London, W. Annual
Subscription 25/6 and price of one number 6s. Subscriptions
through bookseller or direct to the Publisher.

“ Science Progress, which has now reached its thirty-ninth
number, not only covers a remarkably wide field with great
ability, but has had impressed upon it, by the energetic and
humane spirit of its editor, a certain dynamic quality which

makes it a force as well as a source of light. ” — The Times

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

3G. STRAND , LONDON , W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown Svo, Illustrated, Art Cloth Boards, lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

" A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of
Yorkshire. .... Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer
still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had.
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

Issued Monthly, illustrated with Plates and Text Figures .

To Subscribers, 15/- per annum, post free.

The Scottish Naturalist

With which is incorporated "The Annals of Scottish Natural History.”

A Monthly Magazine devoted to Zoology.

Edited by James Ritchie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Keeper Natural History
Dept. Royal Scottish Museum ; William Evans, F.R.S.E., Member of the
British Ornithologists’ Union ; and Percy H. Grimshaw, F.R.S.E., F.E.S.,
Assistant-Keeper , Natural History Dept., Royal Scottish Museum. Assisted by'
Evelyn V. Baxter, H.M.B.O.U. ; Leonora J. Rintoul, H.M.B.O.U. ; Hugh S.
Gladstone, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. ; W. Eagle Clarke, I.S.O., LL.D.
EDINBURGH— OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDALE COURT.

LONDON— GURNEY & JACKSON 33, PATERNOSTER ROW.

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Nov., 1925.

DEC., 1925

No. 827

No. 601 of current Series

A MONTHLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL

PRINCIPALLY FOR THE NORTH OF ENGLAND.

EDITED BY

T. SHEPPARD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot.,

The Museums Hull;

and T. W. WOODHEAD, Ph.D., M.Sc., F.L.S.,

Technical College, Huddersfield,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE AS REFEREES IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF

G. T. PORRITT, F.L.S., F.E.S.

JOHN W. TAYLOR, M.Sc. RILEY FORTUNE, F.Z.S.

Contents s— page

Notes and Comments : — Fish Stories (illustrated) ; British Birds ;

Ingham Collection of Mosses ; Rare Examples ; Beach Material and
Coast Erosion ; British Mosquitoes and their Control ; Evolution ;
Evolution, Heredity and Variation ; Evolution in the Light of
Modern Knowledge ; A List of British Aphides ; Zittel’s ‘ Mam-
malia ’ ; Marine Biologists ; New Museum for Newcastle ... ... 353-358

Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites (illustrated) — Dr. L. F. Spath ... 359-364

Coast Erosion at Aldbrough, E. Yorks. — T. Petch, B.A., B.Sc. ... 365-367

Field Notes : — Elephant Tooth at Bridlington ; Entomophthora muscivora
Schroet ; Yorkshire Bryologists at Buckden ; Black Redstart in
Yorkshire ; An Algerian Beetle alive in Hull ; Platycis minuta F.,
etc., at Sandsend ; Yorkshire Orthoptera ; Two New Yorkshire
Beetles ; On some varieties of Cepcea nemoralis (Muller) and C.
hortensis (Muller) from Faxe, in Denmark

Reviews and Book Notices
Northern News
Illustrations

• 368-370

364, 367
370

Title Page, List of Contributors, and Indek tc> this Volume.

^ /

LONDON : ’ ' | f y

A. Brown & Sons, Limited, 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.€: 4.'

And at Hull and York.

Printers and Publishers to the Y.N.U.

Price 1/6 net. Prepaid Subscription 15/- per annum

BOOKS FOR SALE.

Geological and Miscellaneous Books.

North of England Harpidia, by J. A. Wheldon (28 pages, four plates,
and illustrations in the text), occurs in The Naturalist volume for 1902, a
few copies of which are left, price 5/-

At 3/6 each.

The Netherworld of Mendip. Baker and Balch.

Professor Ramsay’s Copy of Descriptions and Figures of Petrifications
found in Quarries, etc., near Bath. J. Walcott.

Geology of East Norfolk. R. C. Taylor.

Memoir of Edward Forbes. Wilson and Geikie.

Theory of the Glaciers of Savoy. M. le Chanoine Rendo.

Catalogue Raissonne des Dufferens effets Curieux 1766. Helle and
Glomy.

A Sketch-Map Geography. E. G. R. Taylors.

Volcanoes and Earthquakes. Houston.

Agricultural Geology. Marr.

At 3/9.

Text-book of Petrology. F. H. Hatch.

At 4/- each.

The Life and Correspondence of William Buckland. Mrs. Gordon.

Sir William Henry Flower : A Personal Memoir. C. J. Cornish.

At 4/6 each.

The Student’s Manual of Geology. J. Beete Jukes.'

Casual Geology. E. H. L. Schwarz.

Landscape in History. Sir Archibald Geikie.

A Manual of Petrology. F. P. Mennell.

A Manual of Paleontology. H. A. Nicholson.

Geology of Clydesdale and Arran. James Bryce.

Geological Fragments Collected at Furness and Cartmel. J. Bolton.
The Geology of Arran and the other Clyde Islands. James Bryce.
English Coastal Evolution. E. M. Ward.

Autobiographical Sketch of James Croll. J. C. Irons.

Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Prestwich. G. A. Prestwich.

Geology (2 Vols.). D. T. Ansted.

With Peary near the Pole. Eivind Astrup.

Maps and Survey. A. R. Hinks.

At 5/- each.

On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus Monticulipora and its
Sub-genera. H. Alleyne Nicholson.

Outline of the Geology of Norfolk. S. Woodward.

Geological Sketches at Home and Abroad. Archibald Geikie.

A Memoir of William Pengelly of Torquay. Hester Pengelly.
Geological Observations (2nd Ed.). Charles Darwin.

Greenland Icefields and Life in the North Atlantic. Wright and
Upham.

Extinct Animals. Lankester.

At 5/6 each.

The Geological Observer (Morocco). H, T. de la Beche.

Siluria. Sir R. I. Murchison.

Geology of To-day. J. W. Gregory.

Petrology of the Sedimentary Rocks. Hatch and Rastall.

The Evolution of a Coast-Line, Barrow to Aberystwyth and the Isle
of Man. Wm. Ashton.

Apply — Dept. “ C,” c/o A. Brown & Sons, Ltd.

353

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

FISH STORIES.*

Those fond of ' fish stories ' will find their keenest appetites
satisfied with this book. Fortunately the photographs are
apparently ‘ untouched/ otherwise we certainly should have
doubted the number of the extraordinary captures described
therein. The author seems to have specialised in fishing in
waters in various parts of the world, where the larger species
abound, and certainly he has been successful. That accounts
of piscatorial adventures are in demand, and that these records

Sawfish, 31 ft. long, weighing 5,700 lb.

are written in a racy and reliable manner, is shown by the fact
that a third edition of the work has been called for. The
frontispiece consists of a photograph of ‘ the author and his
native fisherman on a Coral Reef in the Caribbean,’ but nothing
is given to indicate "which is which,’ though we assume the
author is the man with the pipe !

BRITISH BIRDS, t

We are able to announce that on October 15th, Messrs.
Longmans, Green & Co., issued Volume II. of this wonderful

* ‘ Battles with Giant Fish,’ by F. A. Mitchell Hedges. London:
Duckworth & Co. 307 pp., 10/6 net.

f By Archibald Thorburn. London : Longmans, Green & Co. ix.-f-
130 pp., 16/- net.

1925 Dec. 1

Z

354

Notes and Comments.

publication. It is not simply a new edition, as the former
work under the same title contained 82 plates, whereas this
issue, in four volumes, contains no fewer than 192 plates,
in colours, all from new drawings specially made by Mr.
Thorburn, the different size of the present issue necessitating
this. Members of the Order Passeres, from the Starling and
the Chough (in our opinion one of the most successful plates
in the volume) to the Shore-lark ; Order Picariae, from the
Swift to the Cuckoo ; Order Striges, from the Barn Owl to
the Eagle Owl ; Order Accipitres, from the Marsh Harrier to
the Osprey ; Order Steganopodes, from the Common Cormorant
to the Gannet ; Order Herodiones, from the Common Heron to
the Common Bittern ; are ably figured and described. In addi-
tion, sixteen closely related forms are described, but not figured.

INGHAM COLLECTION OF MOSSES.

The late William Ingham’s collection of British Mosses and
Liverworts has, by gift, found a permanent home in the Uni-
versity of Leeds. It contains twelve thousand specimens,
including gatherings by many well-known bryologists, such as
the late Professor T. Barker, R. Barnes, Dr. R. Braithwaite,
Boswell, J. Needham, J. Nowell, Dr. H. F. Parsons, W. H.
Pearson, M. B. Slater, Dr. R. Spruce, Wm. West, J. A. Wheldon
and Wm. Wilson. There is a large series of Harpidioid Hypna
vouched by H. N. Dixon, Wheldon and Renauld that will be
valuable for the study of that polymorphic group. A com-
prehensive collection of Sphagna tested by Wheldon will
supply types of the varieties and forms described in his synopsis
of the European Sphagna.

RARE EXAMPLES.

Among plants having a sentimental value may be named
the first. British gatherings of Tortula cernua at Aberford and
Conisborough ; the first Yorkshire gathering of Jubula
Hutchinsiae at Hebden Bridge ; Thuidium Blandovii gathered
by Barnes at Halnaby, probably now lost to the county by
drainage of the Carrs. The known history of Tetraplodon
Worms kjoldii in the country is illustrated by a number of
gatherings, including Slater’s plant (1870) which remained
unrecognised until Jones and Horrell refound it in the same
district in 1901. Many vouchers for new county records
were sent to Ingham as compiler of the Census Catalogues of
British Mosses and Hepatics ; it is to be hoped that these will
attract similar material in the future. Leeds is a convenient
centre. Mr. W. H. Burrell, F.L.S., who has already expended
time and skill in the arrangement of the specimens, has been
appointed Honorary Curator of the Collection. * Vouchers for
new plants or new county records, addressed to the Curator,
will be placed in the collection.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments.

355

BEACH MATERIAL AND COAST EROSION.

At a recent meeting of the Bridlington Rural District
Council a letter was read from the Mercantile Marine Depart-
ment of the Board of Trade in reply to an application of the
Council for a Crown regulating lease of the foreshore between
the southern boundary of the Borough of Bridlington and the
southern side of the Barmston main drain, and enclosing a
letter from the Commissioners of Sewers, Beverley, for the
cast part of the East Riding of Yorkshire protesting against
the proposed removal of material from the foresho re in
•question. The letter included the following : — ‘ I am directed
to inform you that the Court of the Commissioners of Sewers
does not agree with the removal of beach material on any part
of the coast. It is computed that the erosion even at Barmston
amounts to about 3 ft. 6 in., which means a width of about
bo yards during the last 50 years. Surely this is serious
enough both for the landowner and the nation ; but the
general public cares nothing for the individual landowner or
the nation so long as it can profit by it, and get its own turn
served. If the coast cannot be protected the public should at
least pay something towards a fund for protection work, or
to compensate the owner for the loss of his land. If the
material is of such importance and value, why cannot a charge
be made with this object ? If the theory enunciated in your
letter is correct, why are expensive seawalls and extensive
groyning in Bridlington Bay necessary ? My Commissioners’
opinion is that the debris created by the destruction of land
should be left on the beach for the protection of the land so far
as it can do so. It is not even now sufficient for that purpose,
and should therefore not be diminished.’ The letter was
referred for consideration.

BRITISH MOSQUITOES AND THEIR CONTROL.

Under the above heading the British Museum (Natural
History), as ‘Economic Series No. 4a,’ has issued a pamphlet
by F. W. Edwards and S. P. James (27 pp., 6d.). From this
we learn that ‘ The twenty-six different kinds of mosquitoes
found in Britain are nearly all described and illustrated, both
in their larval and adult stages, in “ A Handbook of British
Mosquitoes,” by W. D. Lang, Sc.D. (British Museum, Natural
History, 1920, price £1). The few species which had not been
found when that handbook was written are described and illus-
trated in “ A Revision of the Mosquitoes of the Palaearctic
Region,” by F. W. Edwards (published in the “ Bulletin of
Entomological Research,” Vol. XII., 1921, and obtainable
from the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, 41, Queen’s Gate,
S.W.7, price 5/-). For the purpose of the present pamphlet
it has been thought desirable to summarise such of the in-
formation contained in the above-mentioned and other works

1925 Dec. 1

356

Notes and Comments.

as may be of special interest to medical officers and others
engaged in mosquito control. Since it is only the female
mosquito which bites, this sex alone concerns us here, though
some of our British species are mainly distinguished by small
differences in the males. Most of our commoner forms,,
however, are quite easily named from the female.’

EVOLUTION.

It is interesting to find that just now there is a tremendous
revival in the study of Evolution, and to observe the various
ways in which different publishers are placing well-known
classics on the market, as well as new material, in a cheap and
popular form. It is particularly remarkable that Darwin’s
Origin of Species ’ can now be obtained at the low price of
one shilling (Watts & Co., 203 pp.), a sixth impression, com-
pleting 79,000 copies, having recently appeared. Haeckel’s
Evolution of Man ’ has also been reprinted in a cheap form
by the same firm, and that work, with 364 pages, and over
400 illustrations, can now be obtained for 2/6. Messrs. Watts
have also published J. McCabe’s * The A.B.C. of Evolution,’
containing 106 pages, and sold at 1/6.

EVOLUTION, HEREDITY AND VARIATION.*

Another volume just to hand is entitled ‘ Evolution,
Heredity and Variation,’ by D. W. Cutler, Chief Protozoologist
to the Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden. The
author’s object is to present the results of modern research in
as simple a manner as possible. He states ‘ Now that the
teaching of biology is becoming more and more common in
secondary schools, it is hoped that this book will be useful to
members of the higher forms who are being taught the element-
ary anatomy and physiology of plants and animals. But I
should like to feel that it was regarded less as a school book
proper than as a short introduction to the study of the great
problems which lie at the base, not only of biology, but also
of sociology.’

EVOLUTION IN THE LIGHT OF MODERN KNOWLEDGE, f
Messrs, Blackie & Sons have published an admirable and
well-illustrated volume on rather new lines. Headed as above,
it contains a number of contributions by the leaders of thought
in different directions, and forms a valuable collection of
essays on this important subject, from numerous points of
view. The articles and contributors are : ‘ Cosmogony,’ by
J. H. Jeans ; ‘ Evolution of the Earth as a Planet,’ by H.
Jeffreys; ‘ Geology,’ by W. W. Watts; ‘Biology,’ by C. L.
Morgan ; ‘ Botany,’ by F. O. Bower ; ‘ Zoology,’ by E. W.

* London : Messrs. Christophers, 147 pp., 3/-
f London • Blackie & Sons, xv.4-528 pp., 21/- net.

Naturalist

Notes and Comments .

357

MacBride ; ‘ Physiology/ by M. S. Pembrey ; ‘ Anthropology/
by G. E. Smith ; ‘ Mental Evolution/ by W. M'Dougall ;

‘ Physics and Chemistry/ by F. Soddy ; ‘ Time and Space/
by A. A. Robb ; ‘ Philosophy/ by A. E. Taylor ; and ‘ The
Religious Effect of the Idea of Evolution/ by J. M. Wilson.

A LIST OF BRITISH APHIDES.*

Also from the Rothamsted Experimental Station, Har-
penden, has been issued a ‘ List of British Aphides, including
Notes on their Synonymy, their Recorded Distribution and
Food Plants in Britain, and a Food-plant Index.’ Since
Buckton’s ‘ British Aphides,’ issued between 1876-83, a con-
siderable number of species has been added to the list, and, as
seems inevitable, the nomenclature of these insects has under-
gone revolutionary changes. The author brings together all
the known British species of the super-family ‘ Aphidoidea,’
together with their important synonyms, their distribution and
food plants as recorded in Britain. The book is divided into
four sections, namely, Species List ; List of Genera ; Food-
Plant Index ; and Bibliography, and will be a general and
useful guide to the identification of species collected in the
held.

ZITTEL’S ‘ MAMMALIA.’

The thanks of the scientific world are due to Messrs.
Macmillan & Co. for the extraordinary assistance they give
in the publication of reprints of many important works, some
of which we feel sure can hardly be remunerative, in view of
the present heavy cost of printing, and especially of illustra-
tions. One such work possibly is Volume IIP, ‘ Mammalia,’
of Karl A. von Zittel’s ‘Text-book of Palaeontology,’* which
has been revised by Dr. Max Schlosser, and translated under
the direction of the late Dr. Charles R. Eastman by Lucy P.
Bush and Marguerite L. Engler. Unfortunately Dr. Eastman
died in 1918, but Sir Arthur Smith Woodward was asked to
revise the incomplete work, and, with the aid of Baron Francis
Nopcsa, he has compared the whole of the translation with the
original German text, and has made such emendations as
seemed necessary. Sir Arthur Smith Woodward, one of the
few persons able to do so, has also added details of more
recent discoveries, and has extended the bibliographies relating
to later literature. The value of the publication to students
lies largely in the wealth of illustration, this volume alone
containing no fewer than nearly four hundred admirably
made sketches. To readers of The Naturalist there is no
doubt that Sir Arthur’s sober and serious judgment with

* By J. Davidson. London : Longmans, Green & Co. xL-l-176 pp.
12/6 net.

* London : Macmillan & Co. viii.-f-3i6 pp., 25/- net.

1925 Dec. 1

358

Northern News.

regard to relics of Prehistoric Man make that particular
chapter of special service to them.

MARINE BIOLOGISTS.

The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the
United Kingdom* is even more valuable than usual, and in-
cludes an extraordinary number of papers dealing with
Marine Biology. Among them are ‘ Experimental Legis-
lation with Reference to the Crab and Lobster Fisheries-
of the East Coast of Britain/ by A. Meek ; * The Vertical
Distribution of Marine Macroplankton : An Observation on
Diurnal Changes/ by F. S. Russell ; ‘ The Euphausiidse in
the Neighbourhood of Plymouth/ by Marie V. Lebour ; ‘ The
Eggs and Newly Hatched Larva of Typton spongicola 0. G.
Costa/ by Marie V. Lebour ; ‘ The Early Stages of Nephrops
norvegicus , from the Northumberland Plankton, together with
a Note on the Post-larval Development of Homarus vulgaris /
by O. M. Jorgansen ; ‘ A New British Sea Anemone/ by T. A.
Stephenson ; ‘ The Anatomy and Relationships of New or
Little-known British Actiniaria/ by E. M. Stephenson ;
‘ Muscle-Tumours in the European Turbot/ by M. W. Young ;
‘ A New Type of Luminescence in Fishes/ by C. F. Hickling ;

The Hydrogen Ion Concentration in the Gut of certain
Lamellibranchs and Gastropods/ by C. M. Yonge ; ' A Colori-
metric Method for Studying the Dissociation of Oxyhaemo-
cyanin suitable for Class Work/ by C. F. A. Pantin and L. T.
Hogben ; and ‘ The Occurrence of Onchidella celtica (Cuvier)
on the Cornish Coast/ by F. S. Russell.

NEW MUSEUM FOR NEWCASTLE.

For some time it has been felt that the present New-
castle Museum, in the historic Black Gate of the Castle,
has been inadequate. A site for a new museum has now been
offered to the Newcastle Society of Antiquaries on derelict
land adjoining the Black Gate, and it is estimated that a
sum of £5,000 will cover the cost of the building and the
transference of the Society’s fine collection of inscribed and
sculptured stones. An appeal has been made for the necessary
funds.

: o :

A German Professor has been appointed Curator of the Irish Antiqui-
ties in the National Museum, Dublin.

We regret to learn that Mr. B. H. Mullen, Curator of the Salford
Museum and Art Gallery, died suddenly at Bournemouth on October
23rd.

We regret to learn of the death of our old friend and member of the
Union, William Norwood Cheesman. An obituary notice will appear
in our next issue.

* New Series, Vol. XIII., No. 4. pp. 755-1021, 8/- net.

Naturalist

359

NOTES ON YORKSHIRE AMMONITES.

DR. L. F. SPATH.

VIII. — More Lower Liassic Forms.

In the present instalment it is proposed to deal with the
remaining Lower Lias ammonites in the Hull Museum collect -
tion, sent by Mr. Sheppard. They include, first of all, a
series of sixteen, mostly well-preserved, specimens of a new
Arnioceratid stock, possibly named by Simpson, but unrecog-
nisable from his descriptions.1 These new forms are very
interesting because they cannot well be included either in
Arnioceraioides or in the late group of Arnioceras hartmanni ;
and Arnioceras of the geometricum type and Eparnioceras are

Fig. 11.

(a) Metarnioceras subpellati gen. et. sp. nov., side view of holotype ;
(b) Metarnioceras sheppardi sp. nov., peripheral view of holotype. Both
from Holderness Drift, ex Lower Lias. Hull Museum.

altogether different. The suture-lines here figured (text-figs.
12 1 and 2) clearly show, however, that the forms now discussed
belong to the Arnioceratidae, in spite of their resemblance to
certain Agassiceratids. The new name, Metarnioceras gen.
nov., is now proposed for this stock, and as genotype is taken
the form here figured (text-fig. ii&) as Metarnioceras shep-
pardi sp. nov., represented by eight examples. It may be
briefly defined as latumbilicate, quadrate-whorled, with
distant recticostae, breaking up on the periphery into striate
chevrons. These are directed forwards, and form a low

1 Simpson’s names must be considered to be nomina nuda as much as
Hyatt’s unfigured Liassic species recently referred to by Crickmay ( Proc .
Calif. Acad. Sci. (4), Vol. XIV., No. 3, 1925, pp. 77-81).

1925 Dec. 1

360

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites .

carina in the median line, accompanied by faint lateral grooves.
Suture-line (fig. i2a) with U3 undeveloped.

At least three allied forms seem to be represented in the
material before me, all more finely costate, either on the
inner or on the outer whorls, than M. sheppardi , and with
differing whorl-sections. Two other new Yorkshire forms in
the British Museum (Nos. 33581 and 37807)1 are transitional
to Arnioceratoides. On account of the uncertain horizon it
appears best not to describe them for the present, but one of

(t) Metarnioceras subpellati gen. et. sp. nov. Suture-line of holotype
(see fig. 11a) in Hull Museum, at diameter of 20 mm. (2) M . sheppardi
sp. nov. Suture-line of an example in Hull Museum, at 10 mm. (3)
Defossiceras , sp. juv., B.M., No. 0.17033a, Robin Hood’s Bay(?), at
15 mm. (4) Epophioceras aff. landrioti (d’Orbigny), B.M., No. C. 16498,
Weston Hill, Gloucestershire, at 60 mm. (5) Parechioceras aff. neglectum
(Simpson) S. S. Buckman, B.M., No. 17155 (ex Ripley Colin. ) , ‘ Whitby,’
at 40 mm. (6-13) Gagaticeras gagateum (Young and Bird), Yorkshire.
(6-9), suture-line development at 3, 5, 8 and 13 mm. (L.F.S., No. 1997).
(10) umbilical and internal lobes of another specimen (B.M., No. C.19193,
Blake Colin.). (11, 12) Two other examples (L.F.S., Nos. 1998-9).
(13) Outline whorl-section (X4) of same specimen as 6-9. (14) Parech-

ioceras ? (Gagaticeras ?) sp. juv., B.M., No. 19535-2', Kilsby Tunnel,
Northants, at 10 mm.

them, M . subpellati sp. nov. (see fig. 11 a), seems to be identical
with ‘ AEgocer as pellati ’ Blake non Dumortier (1876, p. 273,

1 Resembling Amm. neera and A. leda Reynes (1879, PI. L., figs.
33-8).

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites. 361

PI. VI., fig. 5, B.M., No. C. 17880). This was recorded from
the i! bucklandi zone f of Redcar,1 and in view of what will be
said below as to the resemblance between Metarnioceras and
Parechioceras, it is important to note that Blake already
considered his poorly preserved and unsuccessfully drawn
Redcar fragment to be nearly allied to Ammonites pauli,
Dumortier.2

Arnioceras kridioides Hyatt,3 already listed from Yorkshire
by Messrs. Thompson and Buckman, has the closest resem-
blance in lateral ribbing to Metarnioceras sheppardi. It is prob-
able, however, from the inclusion, by Hyatt, in its synonymy,
of Quenstedt’s Ammonites kridionA formerly compared by
the writer5 to Arnioceratoides (?) pseudokridion (Spath)6 and of
Quenstedt’s Ammonites bucklandi carinaries,1 that Hyatt’s
species is an Arnioceratoides, more distinctly keeled than the
new stock here dealt with. Hyatt’s A. tar deer escens* also,
though similar in side-view, is more strongly keeled ; and if
the reference to Hauer’s Ammonites tar deer escens is at all near
the mark it must belong to quite another stock.

Now Metarnioceras is of special interest on account of its
resemblance to Parechioceras. Mr. Buckman labelled one of
the examples ( Metarnioceras sp. nov. I.) — probably the ‘ Cf.
Echioceras neglectumt Simpson sp. of Mr. Thompson’s list,
p. 180 — as follows ‘ This is new to me. It may be allied
to A. neglectus Simpson, and it looks something near to A.
defossus, Bean, in Simpson, of which the affinities and conse-
quently genus are very doubtful.’ Since then, Air. Buckman
has created for Bean’s MS. species, the genus Defossiceras,
giving as its level the ‘ capricornus zone,’ but the writer has
pointed out on a previous occasion9 that this form has a
type of suture-line that should not be found at the horizon
stated, and that it would probably turn out to be an Arietid
(Agassiceras) of ' semicostatum ’ age. Also Amm. neglectus
was subsequently10 referred to the genus Parechioceras , as
genotype of which was taken P . fmitimum (Bean MS.) Blake
sp.,11 and which included Amm. pauli Dumortier, already
mentioned. The suture-line of a Parechioceras close to P.
neglectum is here figured (fig. i25), also that of an immature

1 See Crick., loc. cit., (1922), p. 275.

2 Loc. cit. (ii. , 1867), p. 161, PI. XXIX., figs. 5-6.

3 Loc. cit. (1888), p. 171, PI. ii., fig. 28.

4 Loc. cit. (1883), PI. XI., fig. 5.

5 Loc. cit. (1923), p. 71.

6 Loc. cit. (1924), p. 187.

7 Loc. cit. (1883), PI. XI., fig. 3.

8 Loc. cit. (1888), PI. II., fig. 19.

9 Spath, loc. cit. (1919), p. 170.

10 ‘ Yorkshire Type Ammonites,’ Vol. II. (1914),, PI. 101.

11 Loc. cit. (1876), p. 273, PI. VI., fig. 9.

1925 Dec. 1

362 Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites.

doubtful example (‘ Amm. planicosta ’ ) of either this genus
or of Gagaticeras, from Kilsby Tunnel, Northamptonshire
(fig. 12 14), and it is interesting to note that they are quite
different from the suture-lines of Metarnioceras. Similarly
they show that Hauer’s Ammonites rarico status 1 and Schaf-
hautl’s Amm. charpentieri ,1 2 which were included by Mr.
Buckman in Parechioceras , have no affinity with this genus,
but are true Echioceratids.

Now even if Defossiceras is an Agassiceratid, as the suture-
line (fig. 12 3 ) appears to demonstrate, and not an Amaltheid
of much later date, as Mr. Buckman holds, its resemblance to'
Parechioceras is as accidental as the likeness to Metarnioceras.
Mr. Buckman, whilst including Parechioceras in the family
Echioceratidae, stated that the Gagaticeras-like inner whorls
and suture-line indicated ‘ origin different from Echioceras/
Dr. Trueman and Miss Williams, in their recent * Studies in
the Ammonites of the family Echioceratidae,’3 merely restate
this view, so that it seems desirable to trace the probable
affinities of Parechioceras and its presumed close ally Gagati-
ceras. At the same time we may examine why Continental
authors4 still persist in connecting Echioceras ( = Ophioceras )
with Arietidae, as had been done by Hyatt5 and Wright.6
Such entirely new stocks as Tmaegophioceras gen. nov.
(proposed for Arietites Icevis, Stur MS., Geyer, loc. cit. Hier-
latz, 1886, p. 252, PI. III., figs. 10^-c) and Protechioceras
gen. nov. (for Vermiceras for mo sum Fucini, loc. cit., Cetona
1902, p. 158, PI. XVI., figs. 13 a-c) indicate that there were
remarkably rich faunas existing in the Upper Sinemurian in
Mediterranean areas. The time gap between the existence of
late Arietids ( Epophioceras , Mgasteroceras , and Eparnioceras ,
discussed in the present notes) on the one hand, and the
Echioceratids on the other, in north-western Europe, is
considerable, and includes the Oxynoticeratan age ; but the
far more prolific Mediterranean deposits are as yet very
inadequately explored, and the Schlotheimid succession is
equally discontinuous. There is also a temptation to be
dogmatic about the principle of dissimilar faunas, as old as
William Smith, but only since Mr. Buckman’s work on the
Inferior Oolite Ammonites applied in greater detail . Although

1 Loc. cit. (1856), PI. XVI., figs. 10-12.

2 ‘ Geognost. Beobacht.’ (1851), PI. XVI., fig. 22, Siidbayern’s
Lethasa Geognost. (1863), p. 407, PI. LXXX., figs. 1 a-c.

3 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edirtb., Vol. LIII., Pt. 3 (1925).

4 Compare e.g., Zittel’s ' Grundziige der Palaontologie,’ 5th German
ed. (1921), p. 556 ; Dietz, loc. cit. (1923), p. 490.

5 Loc. cit. (1888), p. 59, etc.

6 Loc. cit. (1880), p. 249 (1881), p. 298.

Naturalist

Spath : Notes on Yorkshire Ammonites . 363

this has proved successful so far with local faunas, no wider
correlations with, for example, Mediterranean assemblages,
have yet been attempted.

The enquiry may also be extended to embrace the possible
connections — already hinted at on p. 306 — between the in-
teresting Yorkshire genera and Promicroceras , Bifericeras and
other Deroceratida.1 It is necessary in the first place to give
suture-lines of the stocks here discussed. Few of these have

(1) Bifericeras bifer (Quenstedt), Goppingen, Wurtemberg ; L.F.S.,
No. 1996 ; suture-line at 12 mm. (2) Bifericeras sp. aft. nudicosta

(Quenstedt), Gloucestershire, L.F.S., No. 1995, at 12 mm. (3-5)
Microceras sp. juv., Gloucestershire, L.F.S.., No. 1993. Immature suture-
lines at 4, 6 and 11 mm. (6-9) Microceras {Crucilobiceras ?) sp. juv.,
Gloucestershire, L.F.S. , No. 1992. External suture-lines at 3, 6, 10 and
25 mm. (10) Microceras subplanicosta (Oppel) Gloucestershire, L.F.S.,
No. 1994 ; at 20 mm. (11-15) Deroceras sp. juv. Locality unknown,
L.F.S., No. 1991 ; suture-lines at 2 mm. (third whorl), 5, 9, 15 and
25 mm.

been published hitherto, and those incomplete, and not giving
the internal half, on the ramifications of which Prof. Salfeld
and his school are laying probably too great a stress. The

1 Including Eoderoceras gen. nov. (genotype : — Deroceras bispini-
gerum, S. Buckman, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXXIII., 1918, p.
302), with several new species to be described separately ; and Meta-
deroceras (genotype: — Ammonites muticus, d’Orbigny, ‘Pal. Fran9_,
Terr. Jurass.', 1844, PI. LXXX., p. 274), previously (p. 171) referred
to Crucilobiceras. Pia’s Deroceras tardecrescens is morphologically
transitional between Metaderoceras and Epideroceras .

1925 Dec. 1

364

Book Notice.

complete lobe-lines of various Echioceratids, Deroceras and
Microceras are also added for comparison.

(1) Echioceras aff. raricostatoides Vadasz. Radstock district, at 45
mm. (L.F.S., No. 1990). (2) Echioceras aff. aeneum Trueman and

Williams, Lyme Regis, at 35 mm. (L.F.S., No. 1989). (3) Echioceras

sp. aff. ceneum T. and W. (B.M., No. C. 18745), Lyme Regis, at 50 mm.

(4) Echioceras sp. juv., Worcestershire, L.F.S., No. 1987, at 16 mm.

(5) and (7) Echioceras sp . juv., Lyme Regis, L.F.S., No. 1988, at 10 and
30 mm. (6) Echioceras aureolum (Simpson) S. S. Buckman, Drift, ex
Lower Lias, Yorkshire, Hull Museum, at 19 mm.

(To be continued.)

: o : — —

Notes on Sussex Ornithology. Being Extracts from the Diaries
(1845-1869) of Robert Nathaniel Dennis (Sometime Rector of East
Blatchington) . Selected and Edited by W. H. Mullens, M.A., LL.M.,
F.L.S., and N. F. Ticehurst, O.B.E., M.A., F.R.C.S. (Eng.) (Member of
the British Ornithologists’ Union). London: H. F. & G. Witherby,
326 High Holborn, W.C., 1925. no pp., price 5/-. We have, we think,
now devoted all the space we can spare to this pamphlet, though we think
that if it were worth publishing at all it should be worthy of more than
a paper cover.

Naturalist

365

COAST EROSION AT ALDBROUGH, E. YORKS.

T. PETCH, B.A., B.SC.

In The Naturalist for February, 1921, p. 76, a table was given,
showing the distances of four points from the cliff edge at
Aldbrough at four dates from 1893 to 1920. These distances
were measured again in October, 1925, and the table, brought
up to date, now reads as follows, the distances being given in
feet : —

Station.

August,

1893.

January,

1901.

August,
1-9 11.

Sept.,

1920.

October,

1925.

A

189

151

103.5

84

80

B

146

1 18

112

88

84 .

C

157

123

90

75

71

D

—

270

210

1 77

120

In the table as printed in 1921, there was unfortunately
an error in the distance at point C, this being given as 22 yards
instead of 25 yards.

Station A is at the lowest point of the cliff top at Aldbrough,
the dip known as * Old Dales.’ Measurements were taken
from the south post of the gate through which the old road to
the cliff formerly passed, along the line of the road to the
cliff edge. That gatestead has now been blocked up and a
stile substituted for the gate, the former south gate post
remaining in its old position, as the north post of the stile.
The average loss at this point for the last 32 years has been
3.4 ft. per annum. Mr. Thompson’s, measurement at this
point in 1922 is 84 ft., the same as my measurement in 1920,
but it is, of course, improbable that it refers exactly to the
same line. It is possible at the present day to obtain a
greater measurement by taking a line a few feet to the south
of that to which these records refer.

Station B is in the field immediately north of ‘ Old Dales.’
The ground rises sharply from the dip to the northern end of
this field, and the measurements were taken at the higher end.
There was formerly a gate in the hedge which runs parallel
to the cliff, and the measurements were taken from the northern
gate-post to the cliff edge. The gate-post has now disappeared,
but its former position is sufficiently accurately known for
the purpose of these measurements. The average loss at this
point for the last 32 years has been 1.9 ft. per annum. One
reason for the difference between the average loss at A and B
is that there was a big slip at B just before these records were
begun. The greater loss at A is not to be attributed to the
action of land water, as the drainage of the hinterland at this

1925 Dec. 1

366 Coast Erosion at Aldbrough, E. Yorks.

point is westwards, via the Lambwath stream to the river
Hull.

Station C is the inn on the cliff top at Aldbrough, measure-
ments being taken from the south-east corner of the main
buildings (ignoring the adjacent lower out-buildings) east-
wards to the cliff edge. The average loss here for the last
32 years has been 2.7 ft. per annum. Mr. Thompson measured
from the south-west corner of the same building. As the side
of the house measures 24 ft., his measurement, 95 ft., in 1922,
agrees with mine, 71 ft., in 1925. In 1920, it was just possible
to walk along the cliff top, past the eastern end of the tea
house ; at the present time, that end of the tea house is level
with the cliff edge or projects slightly beyond it.

Measurements at Station D are taken from the south-east
corner of the house which stands immediately to the west of the
cart road leading to ' Black House.’ That building has been
known at various times as * Red House,’ ‘ Cliff House,’ and
Miss Harbord’s.’ Measurements were first taken at this
point in 1901. The average loss at this point during the
last 24 years has been 6 ft. per annum. But of the 150 feet
counted as lost at this point, a piece, 53 ft. wide, has only
recently begun to slip, and is now (October, 1925) only six
inches or so below its original level.

The loss of land at the first three points during the last
five years has been slight, only 4 ft. at each ; and, had the
last measurements been taken a few months earlier, the loss
at D would have been the same. But the loss at D has just
been increased by 53 feet by one slip.

It is often overlooked that the loss of land on the Holderness
coast is not a uniform process. In general, the cliff slips in a
large piece, and no further appreciable loss occurs at that point
for several years. The full sequence of events does not appear
to have been observed. A slip is first indicated by the ap-
pearance of long cracks in the land above, running in arcs
from the cliff edge and cutting off a segment which may be ten
or fifteen yards wide at its broadest part and fifty yards or
more long. This is ultimately followed by the subsidence
of the area bounded by the cracks. If the section split off is
narrow, it may fall over on to the beach ; but if it is broad
it slips down, and for some years forms a ‘half cliff.’ But
we have no record of what happens at the base of the cliff or
on the cliff face prior to the appearance of cracks on the land
above. The actual slip is evidently a restoration of a position
of equilibrium in the cliff mass.

Alarming reports have recently been published concerning
the loss of land now occurring or about to occur at Aldbrough.
This loss, no doubt, appears alarming to anyone who is not
familiar with the Holderness coast, but nothing is now

Naturalist

Reviews and Book Notices.

367

occurring at Aldbrough beyond what has happened periodically
for ages past, only there are now more people there to notice
it. During the last two or three years a row of ‘ bungalows/
or ‘ beach huts/ has been built along the cliff top, and naturally
the inhabitants of these are seriously concerned over the
changes in the cliff. It has already been stated that a large
slip is just occurring at station D. Cracks have also appeared,
running nearly to the fences of the bungalows, at another
point between D and the inn, and similar cracks at a point
further south, between the inn and station B. Thus two
more large slips are imminent, and will probably occur
during this winter. But a reference to the table will show
that there has been very little loss of land along this strip
during the last five years, and no large slip for at least fourteen
years. Though it is no consolation to the owners of the
habitations in question, they have built them near the cliff
edge at a time when big slips are due.

: o :

Plant Disease Fungi, by F. L. Stevens. New York : The Macmillan
Co., X. + 469 pp. 21 /- net. The Professor of Plant Pathology in the
University of Illinois has brought together a valuable series of chapters
dealing with Plant Disease Fungi, illumined with a wealth of illustration
with which we are familiar in works published by the House of Macmillan.
There are over four hundred photographs, micro-photographs and sections
of various species of Fungi, illustrating the way they affect plants, large
and small. The aim of this book is to present the more important facts
concerning the morphology and taxonomy of the fungus parasites that
affect plants of importance in the United States, with some discussion,
also, of the more significant facts of morbid histology. Technical
descriptions of each division, order, family, genus, and species, when
important, are given.

The Geology of the Country Around Birmingham, by T. East-
wood, H. Whitehead and T. Robertson. With contributions by
T. C. Cantrill. London : H.M. Stationery Office. 152 pp., 4 /-.'•net.
This volume deals with a part of England which is particularly fascinating
to the geologist, and in this official publication the authors have not failed
to make an interesting story. According to the notes conveniently
supplied by H.M. Stationery Office, ‘ This memoir describes the geology
of 216 square miles of country around Birmingham represented on the
colour-printed geological map (Sheet 168). The solid formations
include members of the Cambrian, Silurian, Carboniferous, Triassic,
and Jurassic systems ; the superficial deposits consist of Glacial drift and
river deposits. Intrusive igneous rocks are represented by the dolerite
of the Rowley Hills. All the outcrops (especially the Coal Measures
of the south-eastern part of the South Staffordshire Coalfield) are de-
scribed in detail, and particulars are given of the range of the Pre-
Carboniferous rocks beneath the Coal Measures. Folds and faults are
traced, and the chapter on economics contains details of over a hundred
wells and borings. The volume closes with a short bibliography, a list
of Geological Survey photographs, and a copious index.’ The two maps,
solid and drift, published simultaneously with the Memoir, are fine
examples of colour printing, and contain a wonderful amount of additional
information in the sections and details given on the margins. Each map
is issued at two shillings.

1925 Dec. 1

368-

FIELD NOTES.

GEOLOGY.

Elephant Tooth at Bridlington. — Mr. J. A. Carlill, of
Hull, has shown me a small tooth, apparently of Elephas
antiquus , recently found on the beach south of Sewerby,
Bridlington, and from its condition and state of preservation,
it has clearly been washed from the buried cliff. The tooth
is evidently of a young animal, and measures 4 ins. by 4 ins,,
and 2\ ins. in width. It weighs if lbs. — T. Sheppard.

— : o : —

BOTANY.

Entomophthora muscivora Schroet. This fungus was
found at Aldbrough, E. Yorks., in October, 1925, on a large
fly attached to the body of a dead stoat suspended in a vermin
gibbet. It does not appear to have been recorded previously
for Great Britain. — -T. Petch.

Yorkshire Bryologists at Buckden. — An enjoyable week-
end was spent at the ‘ Buck ’ Inn, Buckden, on September
I9th-20th. The party was only small, but the woods and
adjacent moors were fairly well explored. Among a large
number of common mosses and hepatics, the following are the
most interesting : — Mosses : Orthothecium rufescens, Andrecea
petrophila, Bartramia CEderi , Orthotrichum cupulatum, Euryn-
cliium crassinervium, Plagiothecium silvaticum, Hylocomium
brevirostre. Hepatics: Plagiochila asplenioides (C. Per.);

Scapania aspera, S. gracilis, Madotheca rivularis. — F. E.
Milsom.

— : o : — -

BIRDS.

Black Redstart in Yorkshire. — I saw a Black Redstart,
(male) on Nov. 6th, 1925, on Moor near Breckon Howe, half
way between Sleights and Goathland, at about 900 ft. above
sea-level. The chestnut tail, which was shaken in Redstart
fashion, black throat, and largish white wing-spots were all
conspicuous. I heard of another Black Redstart (female) seen
by Rev. M. A. Horsfall, at Whitby Abbey, on Nov. 18th.—
W. S. Medlicott.

ENTOMOLOGY.

An Algerian Beetle alive in Hull. — On October 21st I
received from Mr. Sheppard a living specimen of a Tenebrionid
beetle which had been among rubbish in a building be-
longing to the Humber Fishing and Fish Manure Company.
It appeared to be a species of Akis, and Mr. Blair, of the
British Museum (Natural History) has kindly identified it as
A . goryi Sol., from Algeria. On further enquiries being made,
it appears to have occurred near bags which had been received
from a firm which imports a raw phosphate from Algeria.

Naturalist

Field Notes.

369

The genus Akis Herbst, contains about 25 species, and is allied
to our British Slaps or ‘ Cellar Beetle.’ It occurs mainly in
the Mediterranean region, and is found on the ground, under
stones, etc., and shuns the light. The dull black colour
of the insect accords well with its nocturnal habits. — Wm. J„
Fordham, M.R.C.S., F.E.S.

Platycis minuta F., etc., at Sandsend. — I was fortunate
in taking a couple of specimens of this rather rare species in
Mulgrave Woods during August last. They were resting on
the ground near to each other, and not far from an old tree
stump, from which they might have emerged. Mr. Fordham
tells me that the previous Yorkshire records are from Scar-
borough (R. Lawson) and Forge Valley (W. C. Hey), neither
very recent. Lebia chlorocephala Hoff., a species more widely
distributed in the county, occurred under a plank near the
entrance to the same grounds. Flister 12-striatus Sch., new
to V.C. 65, was obtained on the Yorkshire side of the river
near Middleton-in-Teesdale in June. I have to thank Messrs.
Fordham and E. G. Bayford for supplying information res-
pecting these beetles. — James M. Brown, Sheffield.

Yorkshire Qrthoptera.— My friend, Mr. W. J. Lucas,
has recently had an opportunity of examining the ‘ Dale ’
Collection of British Orthoptera in the Hope Department
of the University Museum, Oxford, and in the current number
of the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine (November, 1925),
gives notes from the labels, etc., on all of them. It is in-
teresting to find among them three species which are new to
the Yorkshire List as we knew it until now, although all of
them were taken so long ago as 1837 1 They are Stenobothrus
elegans Charp., ‘ Thorne, August 17th, 1837 ’ ; Gomphocerus
maculatus Thunb., * Thorne, July 25th, 1837, and August
nth, 1837 ’ i Tetrix subulatus Linn, ‘ Thorne, July, 1837.’
All of them are species which might be expected to occur in
the county. Besides them Platycleis brachypterus Linn.>
c Thorne Moor, August nth, 1837,’ occurs in the list, but it
has long been known as plentiful there and elsewhere in the
county. Stenobothrus rufipes Zett., ‘ Wyke, August, 1857/
and Stenobothrus parallellus Zett. are also noted, which may
refer to the Wyke in Yorkshire, but this is not indicated.
Both have more recently been recorded for the county. — Geo.
T. Porritt, Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield, Nov. 7th, 1925.

Two new Yorkshire Beetles. — On July nth, I was
beating a wind-felled pine on Cloughton Bank when two
Ernobii fell on the beating tray. One immediately took to
flight in the hot brilliant sunshine, but I secured the other,
and so was able to confirm my first determination of it as
Ernobius nigrinus Sturm. This is the first Yorkshire record,
and, I believe, the first English record also. This adds one

2 A

1525 Dec. 1

370

Field Notes.

more to the lengthening list of ‘ Scotch ’ beetles which, of late
years, have been taken in more Southern localities, e.g.,
Acrulia inflata Gyll., Quedius ( Quedionuchus ) Icevigatus Gyll.,
Phyllodrepoidea crenatum Gray., etc. Some of these are
doubtless only rare species, recorded from new localities in a
discontinuous distribution, while others owe their spread to
the extensive planting of conifers due to afforestation schemes,
and others conceivably are species which are gradually and
naturally extending their range southwards. In August Mr.
T. Stainforth told me that he was taking an Aepus at Robin
Hood’s Bay. A visit on September 7th produced three
specimens after six hours’ search, and these proved to be
A. robinii Lab. This is an insect of ' Lusitanian ’ origin, and,
as it has been recorded from Northumberland an^ Durham
and from the Forth area, its occurrence in Yorkshire was only
to be expected. — Geo. B. Walsh, Scarborough.

— : o : —

MOLLUSC A.

On some varieties of Cepaea nemoralis (Muller) and
C. hortensis (Muller) from Faxe, in Denmark. — In the

Faxe limestone quarry in South-east Zealand, Cepaea nemoralis
Mull, and C. hortensis Mull, are numerous, and when visiting
the place on June 1st, 1925, I collected a great number of
specimens. Of C. nemoralis Muller, the band variations are
numerous, sixteen different formulae being noted ; all the
shells were bleached white, especially on the upper surface,
the result probably of prolonged exposure in some exposed
situation. Many specimens were high spired and belong the
var. acuminata Baudon (=conoidea Clessin). Further, I
noticed a single var. roseolabiata Kobelt and several specimens
which exceeded 20 millimetres in diameter, approaching the
var. major Ferussac. The var. minor of Moquin-Tandon,
13 millimetres in diameter, was also found. Of C. hortensis,
there are several specimens of the var. fuscolabris of Kreglinger
and a single specimen of var. griseobrunnea Esmark. All the
specimens of C. nemoralis were very thick shelled, and several
approached the var. ponder osa Malm (=var. creticola Morch),
the heaviest weighing nearly 30 grains ; very characteristic
specimens of this variety average 44 grains and extraordinary
ones may weigh as much as 80 grains, though the normal
C. nemoralis averages only 11 or 12 grains. All the specimens
are in the Schlesch Collection, Hull Museum. — Hans Schlesch.'

: o :

A local paper states that ‘ attracted by a fight between a. cat and a
stoat for possession of a rabbit on the roadside, a cyclist killed the stoat,
drove off the cat, and appropriated the rabbit. To this Punch adds,
‘ It is rumoured that the cyclist is a lawyer.’

Naturalist

CLASSIFIED INDEX

371

COMPILED BY W. E. L. WATTAM.

It is not an index in the strictest sense of that term, but it is a
classified summary of the contents of the volume, arranged so as to
be of assistance to active scientific investigators ; the actual titles
of papers not always being regarded so much as the essential nature
of their contents.

CONTRIBUTORS.

Barker

, R,

. H., 52

Bisat,

W.

S., F.G.S.

. , 89-90

’ 277-278,

281,

307

-312

Booth,

H.

B., F.Z.S.

, M.B.O.

U., 23-25,

278,

281

Brown,

J

ames M,

., B.SC

F.L.S.,

F.E.S

• , 1

13-116, 2

17- 237

-238, 246,

279, 283-284, 315, 345-346, 369
Burnley, A. I., 186-187
Burrell, W. H., f.l.s. ,62-63, 1 18, 239
Butterfield, E. P., 344-346
Butterfield, R., f.e.s., 59

Carter, C. S., 119
Chatwin, C. P., f.g.s., 298
Cheetham, C. A., 51, 59, 73-74, 88-89,
90-91, 239-240, 283
Clarke, W. J ., f.z.s., 22-23, 119, 121,
122, 348

Day, F. H., f.e.s., 75-77
Dundas,. F. J ., 314

Edmondson, F. H., 57

Falconer, Wm. , f.e.s., 346
Failaize, E. N., 337-340
Firth, Joe, 347

Fordham, W. J., m.r.c.s., l.r.c.p.,
f.g.s. , 249-250, 314, 368-369
Flintoff, R. J., 54, 119-120, 186-187,
270, 281-282, 315, 347
Fortune, R., f.z.s., 86, 120, 253, 270,
344’ 344-345

Fysher, Greevz, 55, 58, 187-188-, 218,
"240, 246, 280, 281, 342-343

Grace, George, b.sc., 173-178
Grimshaw, P. H., FiR.s.E., f.e.s.,
5-20.

Hawkesworth, E., 91-92
Hincks, W. D., 49-51, 127, 282-284
Hobson, B., m.sc., 186
Holmes, John, 89-90, 307-312
Hooper, J., 240

Jackson, J. W., m.sc., f.g.s., 182,
•183-184

Jones, D. A., m.sc., 241-244

Kendall, Prof, P. F., f.g.s,, f.r.s., 255
Kitchin, T. B., 49-51, 282-284

Lamb, R. W., 272

Lofthouse, T. A., f.e.s., 315-316

Macmillan, W. E. F., 236, 316
Mason, F. A., f.r.m.s., 21-27, 96-61,
79-83, 88-92, 162-163, 185-188,

214-220, 239-240, 249-252, 277-280,
280-282

Maughan, John, 141, 154
Milsom, F. E., b.sc., 218-220, 368
Morley, B., 51, 60
Mosley, Charles, 20, 271
Medlicott, W. S., 253, 368
Murray, James, 55, 154

Nowers, John E. , 86

Pearsall, W. H., d.sc., f.l.s., 21-27,
56-61, 88-92, 185-18S, 214-220,

239-240, 249-252, 277-280, 281-282
Peck, A. E., 88, 332-334
Percival, E., 61

Petch, T., b.a., b.sc., 365-367, 36S
Priestley, J. H., 74
Porritt, G. T., f.l.s., f.e.s., 61, 87
122, 272, 317-318’ 346/369
Procter, C. F., 54
Pitt, . Francis, 166, 342

Regan, C. Tate, m.a., f.r.s., 41-42
Robinson, J. F., 29-31, 88-89, 213
Selous, Edmund, 179-1S2, 335-336
Schlesch, Hans, m.a.s., 117-118, 148,
3i3’ 343-344- 37°

Sheppard, Thomas, m.sc., f.g.s.,
F .S . A .SCOT . , 53, 54, 84-86, 91, 120,

i 2 i , 123-125, 151-152, 153-154’

189-190, 213, 220, 221-222, 245-246,
368

1925 Dec. 1

372

Classified Index.

CONTRIBUTORS — continued.

Smith, A. M., m.a., 2 15-21 7, 272,
273-274, 275-276, 342
Smith, S. H., 27, 28, 56-57
Sledge, W. A., 253
Snowdon, F., 53, 54-55, 148, 149-150,
34^-347

Spath, Dr. L. F., 107-112, 137-141,
167-172, 201-206, 263-269, 299-306,
327-33D 359-364
Stather, J. W., f.g.s., 45-46
St. Quintin, W. H., J.P., d.l., 20,
200, 253-254

Swarbrick, Thomas, m.sc., 207-213

Taylor, E. W., 47-49, 155-158
Thompson, C., b.sc., 43-44
Thompson, M. L., f.e.s., 59, 283

Wade, E. W., 25-26
Walsh, G. B., b.sg., 20, 86-87, 141 , jl
187, 369-370

Wattam, W. E. L., 20, 122, 250-252 jl
Whitaker, A., 112, 119
Woodhead, T. W., ph.d., m.sc., f.l.s., I
3i7

BOOK NOTICES.

ANNELIDA.

Friend, Hilderic. — The Story of

British Annelids, 52

ARCHAEOLOGY.

Bronsted, J. — Early English Orna-
ment, 350

Richmond, I. A. — Roman Hudders-
field, 257

BIOLOGY.

Smallwood, W. M. — A Text-book of
Biology, 152

BIRDS.

Collinge, Dr. W. E. — The Food of
Some British Wild Birds, 128
Dewar, D. — Birds of an Indian Vil-
lage, 341

Duglish, E. F. — Woodcuts of British
Birds, 322

Hudson, W. H. — Men, Books and
Birds, 244

Kearton, R., and Bentham, H. — The
Pocket Book of British Birds, 349
Morris, S.: — Bird -Song, 349
Murphy, R. C. — Bird Islands of Peru,
172

Pashley, H. N. — Notes on the Birds
of Cley, Norfolk, 286
Pitt, Frances — Waterside Creatures,
165

Rover, Canon C. E., d.d., In Praise
of Birds, 286

Sussex Ornithology (1845-1869), 364
Thorburn, A. — British Birds, 161, 353
Turner, E. L. — Broadland Birds, 44
Turner, E. L. and Gurney, R. — A
Book about Birds, 349

EVOLUTION.

Huntington, E. — The Character of
Races, 98

Cutler, D. W. — Evolution, Heredity ||
and Variation, 356

Darwin, Charles. — Origin of Species, I
356

Evolution in the light of Modern |
Knowledge, 356

Haeckel’s ‘ Evolution of Man,’ 356
McCabe, J.— The A.B.C. of Evolu-
tion, 356

Smith, Dr. G. Elliott. — The Evolu-
tion of Man, 98

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Farrow, E. P., m.a. — Plant Life on
East Anglian Heaths, 284-285
Medical Herbalist, 319
Onslow, M. A. — The Anthocyanin
Pigments of Plants, 326
Robson, F. — The Flower Seeker, 326 ;
Trees and Flowers of the Countryside,
68-69

Willis, J. C. — A Dictionary of the ;
Flowering Plants and Ferns, 272

FISH.

Fishery Investigation Reports, Oys- '
ters, 259 ; The Water Movements
in the Southern North Sea, 262 ; j
Petersen’s Young Fish Trawl, 297 j
Hodges, F. A. M. — Battles with Giant ;
Fish, 353

Hodgson, W. C. — Herrings, Investi-
gation into the Age, etc., of, 230
Jenkins, J. T. — Fishes of the British j
Isles, 317

FUNGI.

Rolfe, R. T. and F. W. — The Romance
of the Fungus World, 162-163
Stevens, F. L. — Plant Disease Fungi, i

367

Naturalist

Classified Index. 373

BOOK NOTICES — continued.

GEOLOGY.

B'anford, S., and Farquharson, A. —

4; An Introduction to Regional Sur-
I veys, 235 -

Beasley, C. G. — Local Geography : A
* Guide with Sources of Information,
326

Buckman, S. S., f.g.s. — Type Am-
monites, 32, 96, 192, 258
Cole, G. A. J., and Hallissy, T. —
Handbook of the Geology of Ireland,
172

Davis, W. — The Story of Copper, 306
Davison, Dr. Charles. — A History of
British Earthquakes, 98
Geological Survey Memoirs. — The
Mineral Resources of Great Britain,

'f 67 ; Tertiary and Post-Tertiary
I Geology of Mull, etc., 93 ; The
1. Central Coalfields of Scotland, 93 ;
The Country Around Dartford, 94 ;
The Country around Hertford, 94 ;
Progress of the Geological Survey
of Great Britain, etc., 94 ; in
; 1924, 331 ; Refactory Materials,

f etc., 94 ; The Country near
I Brighton and Worthing, 94 ; Phys-
( ical Chemistry of Igneous Rock
I Formation, 260 ; British Copper
Ores, 260 ; The Country Around
1 Flint, etc., 94 ; The Country
I Around Marlborough, 235 ; The
■ Country Around Wem, 233 ; The
I Geology of North London, 235 ; The
I Geology of the Country around
Birmingham, 367

Hallimond, A. F. — Iron Ores, Bedded.

Ores of England and Wales, 166
Kendall, P. F., f.r.s., m.sc., and
Wroot, H. E. — Geology of York-
shire : an Illustration of the Evo-
lution of Northern England, 45-46
Lapparent, Jacques de. — Lecons de
Petrographie, 158

Miller, W. J. — An Introduction ,to
Physical Geology, 235
Perrier, E. — The Earth Before History
33i

Pirsson, L. V., and Schuchert, C. — -
Introductory Geology, 178
Scotland, Memoir of the Geological
Survey of, 226

Shand, S. J. — Useful Aspects of
Geology, 158

Talbot, F. T. — A Geological Chart,
298

Watson, T. L. — Engineering Geology,
178

HOMOPTERA.

A List of British Aphides, 357

LEPIDOPTERA.

Browne, F. B. — Concerning the Habits
of Insects, 272

Frohawk, F. W. — Natural History of
British Butterflies, 65
Imms, A. D. — A General Text-book oi
Entomology, 317

Mace, Herbert — Some other Bees, etc.,
244, 348

HYDRACARINA.

Soar, C. D., and Williamson, W —
British Hydracarina, 289

HYMENOPTERA .

Edwardes, T. — Bee-keeping Do's and
Don’ts, 326

Hall, C. A. — Bees, Wasps and Ants,
349

MAMMALIA.

Beebe, W. — Jungle Days, 326
Claudy, C. H. — Stories About Ani-
mals, 284

Crew, F. A. E. — Animal Genetics, 317
Derennes, C. — The Life of the Bat,
193

Grinnell, J., and Storer, T., I. —
Animal Life in the Yosemite, 92 .
Harmer, Sir Sidney — Report on Cet-
acea Stranded on British Coasts,
197

Index Animalium, Part VI. (British
Museum Publications), 128
Pitt, Frances — Waterside Creatures,
165

Shepheard-Walmyn, H. W. — - The
Spirit of the Wild, 92
Sidebotham, H. M.— Behind the
Scenes at the Zoo, 182
Simpson, J. J., m.a., d.sc. — Chats on
British Mammals, 125, 259
Smyth, H. W. — Sea Water Jungle
Trail, 350

Seton, E. T. — Lobo, 272
Tregarthen, J. C. — The Life Story of
a Badger, 317

Williams, A. B. — Game Trails in
British Columbia, 326
Zittel’s ‘ Mammalia,’ 357

MARINE BIOLOGY.

Dove Marine Laboratory, Reports of,
72

1925 Dec. 1

374

Classified Index.

BOOK NOTICES — continued.

Marine Biological Association, Ply-
mouth, Journal of, 37, 126, 358
Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries,
First Report on the Young Herring,
105-106

MOSSES AND HEPATICS.

Dixon, H. M., m.a., f.l.s. — The

Handbook of British Mosses, 62-63 ;
Bryology of New Zealand, 118

MUSEUMS.

Batley, General Guide to, 288
Belfast Museum, Publications of (No.
84), 128

British Museum, Publications of (In-
dex Animalium, Part VI.), 128 ;
Furniture Beetles, 158 ; Guide to
the Fossil Plants, 224 ; Picture
Postcards, 352 ; British Mosquitoes
and their Control, 355
Colchester Museum, Report of, 31 ;
Publications of (No. 88), 42 ; (No.

87); 64

Dunstable Museum, Publications of,
350

Horniman Museum, Handbook of, 128
Huddersfield (Tolson Memorial Mus-
eum), Publications of (No. 3), 66
Hull, Publications of (Nos. 137 and
138), 32 ; (No. 139), 160
Manchester, Publications of, )No. 88),
42 ; (No. 87), 64

Manx Museum, Journal of, 2 ; Annual
Report of, 276
Museums of the Past, 99-101
Wales, National Museum of (Publica-
tions of), 274

NUMISMATICS.

Sheppard, T., and Musham, J. F. —
Money Scales and Weights, 2-4

SOCIETIES.

Belfast Nat. His. and Phil. Society,
Reports of, 61

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, Trans,
of, 192

Botanical Society and Exchange Club
of the British Isles, Report of, 72
Bradford Nat. His., etc. Society,
Jubilee Meeting of, 325
Bradford Scientific Assoc., Jubilee
Meeting of, 325

Bristol University Speleological Soc.,
Proceedings of, 254
British Mycological Society, Trans,
of, 72, 188

Dumfriesshire and Galloway Nat.
His., etc., Society, Trans, of, 276

Eastbourne Nat. His., etc., Society,
Trans, of, 351

Entomological Society of London,
Ttans. of, 118

Gresham’s School Nat. His. Society,
Report of, 188

Hull Geological Society, Trans, of,
321

Lancashire and Cheshire Antiquarian
Society, Trans, of, 276
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union,
Trans, of, 254

Liverpool, Report of the Associated
Learned Societies of, 188
Liverpool Biological Society, Trars.
of, 160

Liverpool Geological Society, Pro-
ceedings of, 37

London and Middlesex Archaeological
Society, Trans, of, 31
London (South) EntomologicaL etc.,'
Society, Trans, of, 276
Manchester Microscopical Society,
Trans, of, 31

Marlborough College Nat. His. Society,
Report of, 206

Newcastle - upon - Tyne, Society of ,
Antiquaries of, Trans, of, 276
Northants. Nat. His., etc., Society,
Journal of, 160

Palaeontographical Society, Trans, of, I
184

Peradeniya (Ceylon), Royal Botanic
Gardens of. Publications of, 96
Ray Society, Publications of, 74
Torquay Nat. His. Society, Proceed-1
ings of, 146

Water Engineers, Institute of, Trans,
of, 276

Worthing Archaeological Society, An- |
nual Report of, 306
York, St. Peter’s School Scientific
Society, Trans, of, 276
Yorkshire Dialect Society, Trans, of, ,
. 1 88

Yorkshire Geological Society, Trans. !
of, 70

MISCELLANEOUS .

Australian Magazine, 99
Beckett, A. — The Wonder Weald, 55
Benson) G. — York City and Countv !
of, 285

Binnie, Sir A. R. — Rainfall Reservoirs I
and Water Supply, 172
Burkitt, M. C. — Our Forerunners, 92 ;
Prehistory : A Study of Early

Cultures in Europe, etc., 158

Naturalist

■ !

Classified Index.

375

BOOK NOTICES —continued.

Cheesman, E. — The G cat Little In-
sect, 44

Crosfield, A. — Reminiscences of Ken-
wood and the Northern Heights,
152

Dare, M. P. — Charnwood Forest and
its Environs, 317

Davidson, G. — Water-Folk at the
Zoo, 63

Denny, A. and F. — A Catalogue of
British Scientific and Technical
Books, 318

Ernie, Hon. Lord — The Land and its
People, 359

Ecology, Journal of, 313
Gardiner, J. S. — The Natural History
of Wicken Fen, 252
Golding, Harry — The Wonder Book
of the Wild, 44

Haddon, A. C. — The Races of Man
and their Distribution, 92
Hingston, R. W. G. — Nature at the
Desert’s Edge, 178

Johnson, W. — Talks with Shepherds,
33i

Keith, M. — A Gentleman Adventurer,
234

Kearton, R. — The Natural History of
Selborne, by Gilbert White, 55
Letters from W. H. Hudson to
Edward Garnett, 349
Lloyd, L. R. W. — Lundy : its History
and Natural History, 236
Maberley, C. T. A. — Nature Studies
of a Boy Naturalist, 152
Maggots and Man, 97
Miller, E. D. — Fifty Years of Sport,
348

Miller, W. H. — Camping Out, 284

Nansen, Dr. F. — Sporting Days in
Wild Norway, 172

Northrop, A. R. — Through Field and
Woodland, 284

Osborn, H. F. — Impressions of Great
Naturalists, 63

Phases of Modern Science, 286
Picturesque Europe, 105
Pitt, Sir G. L. F. — The Purpose, of
Education, 129

Read, C. — Man and His Superstitions,
3i7

Stewart, P. M. — Round the World
with Rod and Rifle, 44
vScience Progress, 159
Selous, E. — Tommy Smith at the
Zoo, 286

Selborne Nature Students’ Note, etc.,
Book, ,234

Smith, W. R. — In Southern Seas, 63
Thomson, James— The Book of Sil-
chester, 256

Vasculum, The, 159, 240, 350
Wells, H. G.— The Story of a Great
Schoolmaster, 178

Westell, W. P. — The Songs of a
Nature Lover, 134

Wheeler, W. M. — Social Life Among
the Insects, 172

Whistler, H. — In the High Himalayas,

63

Wilson, L. M. — The Roman Toga, 158
Windmills, Old, 97
Webb, H. V. — Nature Rambles in
Somerset, 252

VERMES .

Friend, Hilderio — The Story of British
Annelids, 52

ILLUSTRATIONS.

ARCHAEOLOGY.

Bronze -Age Beaker from East Kennet,

151

Stone Hammers found in Huddersfield
District, 66

ANTHROPOLOGY .

Rhodesian Skull, 153, 154
Engravings on Human Skull found
near Holyhead, 228

BIRDS.

Dipper, 322
Goldfinch, Plate V.

Gull, Ivory, 149

Gull, Lesser Black-backedjyoung), 165
Siskins, Plate V.

DECAPODA.

Squid, 121

FLOWERING PLANTS.

Bird Cherry, Defoliation of, 270
Calluna Hummocks, Rabbit-gnawed,
285

Pear, Flowers and Fruit of, 69

FISH.

Ceratias holbolli (Rare Angler Fish),
Plate II.

Ray’s Bream, 53
Sawfish, 353

1925 Dec. 1

FUNGI .

Geaster fimbriatus, 163

376 Classified Index .

ILLUSTRATIONS — continued.

GEOLOGY. MAMMALS.

Ammonites (Waehneroceras) , 43;

Oxynoticeras flavum (Simpson)
Buckman, no ; Asteroceras blakei,
Asteroceras marstonense, sp. nov.,
264 ; sp. nov., 267 ; Arnioceras
and Eparnioceras, Suture Lines of,

329

Bird Outline on Boulder fragment
from Watson Laithe, Lancs., 130
Craven Reef Knolls, 45, 46
Metarnioceras subpellati, gen. et. sp.
nov., 359

‘ Matron ’ Rock, Flamborough, 273
Microderoceras birchi (J. Sowerby),
Suture Lines of, 303
Ophideroceras. zipboides, gen, et. sp.
nov., 138, 139

Promicroceras marstonense, ,sp. nov.,
Suture Lines of, 303
Pavement Fossil at Hampstead, 258
Saxoceras aequale (Simpson) nov.,
204

Scamnoceras angulatum (Schlotheim)
Quenstedt sp., 203

Suture lines of various species of
Ammonites, 360, 363, 364

LEPIDOPTERA.

British Vanessa, Types of, Plate III.

NOTES AND

January. — Exit ‘ The Irish Natura-
list ’ — Flowering in the North of
England — A New Manx Journal —
Money Scales and Weights — An
Early Example- — Northern Natura-
lists' Union — Divining Rod, 1-4
February. — Professor J. H. Priestley
— Ages of Pennine Peat — The Ge-
ological Club — Phytoplankton -
Ordnance Survey Maps — A Humber
Whale in 1604 — British Association,
1896 and 1923 — Harmful Field
Voles — Marine Biology — Liverpool
Geologists— Fossil Worms— Geology
and the Arts — Diatoms and Her-
rings— The Leeds University — Des-
truction of Rare Birds, 33-40
March. — Frohawk’s British Butter-
flies— Sixty-eight British Butter-
flies — Prehistoric Huddersfield —
Iron Ores — Early Leeds Glass
Houses — How not to form a Museum
— Great Bustard in Scotland — Wild
Pears — Yorkshire Geologists —
Pleistocene Classification — Theory

Bats, 193

Cervus megaceros (Irish Elk), Skull
and Antlers of, 120
Hare, abnormal growth of Teeth of, 259
Seal, Young of Common, 271
Whalebone Arch at South Bragar,
Stornoway, 197

PORTRAITS,

VIEWS, GROUPS, ETC.

Ashmolean Museum, Interior of, 100
Bedford, James E., j.p., f.g.s., 84
Bullock’s Museum, Piccadilly. Lon-
don, 99

Charing Cross, b.c., 132
Clarke, Alfred, 79
Danes’ Dyke, 1831 and 1925, 261
Geikie, Sir Archibald, 78
Hudson, Baker, 275
Hudson Memorial in Hyde Park, 229
Roth, H. Ling, 247
Standen, Robert, m.sc., 147
Sewell, Joseph Taylor, j.p., 189
Walton, F. F., f.g.s., 221
Weights and Measures, Antique Stan-
dard of, 3

Wheldon, J. A., m.sc., a.l.s., i.s.m.,
Plate I.

Whitaker, W., b.a., f.r.s., 85

COMMENTS.

and Facts - — Transfusion — Sym-
pathy Powders, 65-72
April . — Old Windmills — Maggots and
Man — The Evolution of Man — The
Character of Races — A History of
British Earthquakes — Early Muse-
ums — Cook’s Voyages — Other
Museums — Exit ‘Natureland ’ — Not
W. Percival Kay Pike Robinson ?
— £250,000 Gift for Education —
Geological Society Awards — Zoo-
logical Literature — Objections —
Parlous and Unsafe. Foundations— 1
Optical Glass — Halifax Naturalists
— Picturesque Europe — Fishery In-
vestigation— Distribution of Young
Herring — Growth and Death, 97-106
May. — University of Leeds — The
Purpose of Education — An Early
Bird — Yorkshire Jurassic Plants —
Geological Survey of Yorkshire —
Water Colour Exhibition — The
Whaling Industry — Local Natural
History — Wonderful Leaves — Hum.
ber Changes — Pot-holing — Under

Naturalist

Classified Index.

377

NOTES AND COMMENTS — continued.

Ingleborough — Troglodytic Beings ,
129-136

June. — Thorburn’s British Birds — A
‘ Yorkshire Welcome ’ ? — Cardam-
ine pratensis — The Geological Sur-
vey and Museum — The Romance of
Fungus Life — Seals in the Wash —
Flamborough Cliffs’ Bird Life —
Harrogate, Suggested Museum —
Waterside Creatures — Bird Protec-
tion Bill— Bedded Iron Ores, 161-166

July. — The Life of the Bat — Wild
Cats — Some Flint Tools of the Iron
Age ! — A Rim Fragment — Rother-
ham Naturalists’ Society — Darling-
ton Naturalists’ Field Club — Water
Movements in the English Channel
— British Whales — Over-Cautious-
ness— Mycological Nomenclature- —
A Derbyshire Succession — The
Borrowdales in the Lake District —
The Permian of Durham, 193-200.

August. — The Service of Natural
History — River Pollution and Fish
— Wills and Bequests — Pre-Tertiary
Geology of Mull, Loch Aline and
Oban — Ideal Aim of Physical Sci-
ence—The Cresswell Engravings —
Plant Roots or Palaeolithic Man —
The Hyde Park Atrocity — ‘ Creat-
ing ’ Birds — W. H. Hudson —
Hudson and Marvell — Scales and
Growth of Herrings — Northern
Naturalists’ Union — Officers for
1925 — The Stamp of Authority —
The Bridlington Museum — The
Yorkshire Conchological Society —
Origin of the Crustacean Carapace
— Evolution of . Crustacea — York-
shire Carboniferous Rocks — Origin
of Reef Knolls, 225-234

September. — Roman Huddersfield —
A New British Land Planarian — Oil
and Eggs — A Pavement Fossil —
Kellaways Ammonites — More Chats

on British Mammals— The Food of
the Oyster — Chemistry of Igneous
Rocks — British Copper Ores —
Danes’ Dyke : as it was not —

Cumberland Black Lead in 1684 —
Water Movements in the North
Sea — Derbyshire Again, 257-262
October. — The Otter — British Hy-
dracarina- — The British Association
— The Addresses — The Journal —
Prof. E. W. MacBride on the
Migratory Habits of Echinocardium
— Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on the
Pleistocene Mammalia of the British
Isles and their Bearing upon the
date of the Glacial Period — Mr. Ian
A. Richmond on Roman Camps at
Cawthorn, near Pickering, N. Rid-
ing, Yorks.- — Prof. J. Priestley on
Adaptive Characters — Dr. D. H.
Scott on Adaptive Characters —
Corresponding Societies and Schools
— What is a Herbalist ? Another
‘ Stone-Age ’ Skeleton— Grassington
and America — Petersen’s young Fish
Trawl — A Geological Chart, 289-298
November. — Hull Geologists: — Dat-
ing Flint Implements by Colour —
Woodcuts of British Birds — Scien-
tific Periodicals — Protection of the
Badger — The Leeds University —
Science in 1684 — Cure by Colours —
Upper Kimmeridge Ammonites — -
Bradford Naturalists, 321-326
December. — Fish Stories — British
Birds — Ingham Collection of Mosses
— Rare examples— Beach Material
and Coast Erosion — British Mos-
quitoes and their control — Evolu-
tion — Evolution, Heredity and
Variation — Evolution in the light
of modern knowledge — A list of
British Aphides — Zittel’s ‘Mam-
malia ’ — Marine Biologists — New
-Museum for Newcastle, 353-358

SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO SCIENCE BROUGHT
FORWARD IN THIS VOLUME.

FUNGI.

Entomophthora muscivora Schroet
found at Aldbrough, T. Petch, 368

GEOLOGY.

Critical and Detailed Notes on
Yorkshire Ammonites, chiefly rep-
resented in the Hull Museum,
proposing many new genera, and
including figures and descriptions

of Ophideroceras ziphoides sp. nov.,
Asteroceras blakei sp. nov., A.
marstonense sp. nov., Metarnioceras
subpellati gen. et. sp. nov., and
Metarnioceras sheppardi sp. nov.,
and suture line figure of ZEgestero-
ceras simile sp. nov. ; L. F. Spath,
107-112, 137-141, 167-172, 201-206,
263-269, 299, 306, 327-331

1925 Dec. 1

37§

Classified Index.

CHESHIRE,

Geology. — Bibliography with respect 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125, 142-146

to the Geology of the North of Eng- Societies, — Lancashire and Cheshire
land (Yorkshire excepted) during Antiquarian Society, Trans, of, 276

CUMBERLAND.

Goleoptera .—Cumberland Coleoptera,
Notes, J. Murray, 55 ; Cumberland
Coleoptera in 1924, F. H. Day, 75-77
Geology . — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-
ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,
142-146 ; a Note on Cumberland

Black Lead in 16S4, 261
Hemiptera. — Cumberland’s Hemip-
tera, 1924, F. H. Day, 75-77
Mammalia. — Irish Elk remains ex-
cavated at Wastwater, with illus-
tration, T. Sheppard, 120
Mosses and Hepatics Riccia glauca
at Kelsick, J. Murray, 154

DERBYSHIRE.

Geology. — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-
ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,
142-146 ; Note on ‘ The Succession
below the Kinderscout Grit in

North Derbyshire,’ 199 ; Note on
the Cresswell engravings, with illus-
tration, 227-228

Ortheziinae. — Newsteadia floccosa
(De G.) at Cordwell, j. M. Brown,

345

DURHAM.

Goccidae. — Species noted on visit of
Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
J . M . Brown ,218

Goleoptera. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
J. M. Brown, 217 ; W. J. Fordham,
249

Collembola. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
J. M. Brown, 217-218
Diptera . — Species noted on visit of
Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
W. J. Fordham, 249-250
Flowering Plants. — Species noted on
visit of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-
Teesdale, A. M. Smith, 215-217, 249
Geology. — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-
ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,

. 142-146 ; Note on the Permian of
Durham, 200

Hemiptera. — Species noted no visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, J. M. Brown, 217
Heteroptera. — Species noted on visit

of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, j. M. Brown, 217
Homoptera . — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
j . M . Brown , 217

Lepidoptera. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, J. M. Brown, 217
Lichens. — Species noted on visit of
Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
W. E. L. Wattam, 250-252
Mollusca (Land& Freshwater) -Species
noted on visit of Y.N.LL to Middle-
ton-in-Teesdale, G. Fysher, 21S
Neuroptera, etc. — Species noted on
visit of Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-
Teesdale, W. J. Fordham, 314
Plant Associations and Ecology. —
Ecological Features noted on visit
of Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Teesdale,
A. M. Smith, 2 15-21 7, 240
Societies. — Northern Nats. Union,
Report of Annual Meeting of, 230
Thysanura. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.LL to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, j. M. Brown, 218

ISLE OF MAN.

Geology. — Bibliography with respect ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,
to the Geology of the North of 142-146
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-

LANGASHIRE.

Museums. — Manchester, Publica- to the Geology of the North of Eng-

tions of (No. 88), 42 ; (No. 87), 64 land (Yorkshire excepted) during

Geology. — Bibliography with respect 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125, 142-

Naturalist

Classified Index.

379

LANCASHIRE— continued.

146 ; Note on Stone Age Art from
Watson Laithe, with illustrations,
130

Societies. — Lancashire and Cheshire
Antiquarian Society, Transactions
ot 276 : Liverpool, Report of the

Associated Learned Societies of,
188 ; Liverpool Biological Society,
Transactions of, 160 ; Liverpool
Geological Society, Proceedings of,
37 ; Manchester Microscopical So-
ciety, Transactions of, 31

LINCOLNSHIRE.

Birds. — Green Plover from Gland,
caught near Louth, C. S. Carter, 119
Geology. — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-

ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,
142-146

Mammalia. — Note, on Seals in the
Wash, 163-164

Societies . — Lincolnshire Naturalists’
Union, Trans, of, 254

NORTHUMBERLAND .

Museums —Note on Newcastle’s new
Museum, 358

Societies . — Antiquaries of Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, Society of, Trans, of,
276

Geology. — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-
ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,

142-146

NOTTINGHAM.

Geology .—Bibliography with respect land (Yorkshire excepted) during

to the Geology of the North of Eng- 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125, 142-146

WESTMORLAND.

Geology. — Bibliography with respect
to the Geology of the North of
England (Yorkshire excepted) dur-
ing 1924, T. Sheppard, 123-125,
142-146

Collembola. — Species noted in the
Lake District, J. M. Brown, 246
Orthoptera . — Gryllus domesticus
Linn, at Ambleside, G. B. Walsh,
20

YORKSHIRE.

Arachnida. — Report of meeting of
Entomological Section of Y.N.U.,
T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks,
49-51

Archaeology. — Bronze-Age Beaker
from South Cave, T. Sheppard,
272 ; Discovery of Second Beaker,
T. Sheppard, 342 ; Notes on a
Grassington Skeleton, 296-297

Birds . — Grey Elen near East Tanfield,
W. H. St. Qu intin, 20 ; Annual
Report Vertebrate Section, Y.N.U.,
1924, as to North Riding, W. J.
Clarke ; as to West Riding, H. B.
Booth ; as to East Riding, E. W.
Wade ; as to York District, S. H.
Smith, 22-27 > Migrant Arrivals in
York District, 1924, S. H. Smith,
28 ; Killing of Osprey at Stanning-
ton, noted, 40 ; Reports of meetings
of Vertebrate Zoology Section of
Y.N.U., E. W. Taylor, 47-49, 155-
158 ; Late Corncrake at Frais-

thorpe, R. J. Flintoff, 54; Bean
Goose in East Yorks., late House
Martins, and other East Yorks.
Bird Notes ; Peregrine Falcon in
Holderness,, C. F. Procter, 54 ;
Whitby Bird Notes, F. Snowdon,
54-55 ; Annual Report of Wild
Birds and Eggs Protection Com-
mittee of Y.N.U., 1924, F. H.

Edmondson, 57-58 ; Little Owl at
Plompton, R. Fortune, 86 ; Little
Gull at Whitby, A. Whitaker, 112 ;
Storm Petrel at Sheffield, A.
Whitaker, 119 ; Iceland Gulls at
Scarborough, W. J. Clarke, 1 19 ;
Little Owl at Bridlington, R. J.
Flintoff, 119-120 ; Demoiselle Crane
at Robin Hood’s Bay, F. Snowdon,
148 ; Ivory Gull, with illustration,
at Whitby, F. Snowdon, 149 -150 ;
Osprey at Goathland, 200 ; Buzzard
in East Yorks, in Roman Times,
T. Sheppard, 220 ; Short-eared

1925 Dfec. 1

Classified Index.

380

YORKSHIRE

Owl, Nesting of, at Whitby, W. S.
Medlicott, 253 ; Whooper Swan in
June at Scampston, W. H. St.
Quintin, 253-254 ; Large Clutch of
Robin’s Eggs, R. Fortune, 270 ;
Species noted on visit of Y.N.U. at
Malham, H. B. Booth, 278-279 ;
at Flamborough, H. B. Booth, 281 ;
Nesting of Little Owl near Pool,

R. Fortune, 344 ; Tawny Owl at
Harrogate, R. Fortune, 344 ;

Wharfedale Canadian Geese, R.
Fortune, 344-345 ; Little Auk at
Harden, E. P. Butterfield, 344 ;
Black Redstart in the Whitby
district, W. S. Medlicott, 368
Goccidae. — Species noted on visit of
Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Teesdale,

J . M . Brown , 218

Coleoptera. — Report of meeting of
Entomological Section of Y.N.U.,

T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks,
49-51 ; at Askham Bog, 282-284 ;
Annual Report of Coleoptera Com-
mittee of Y.N.U., 1924, M. L.

Thompson, 59 ; Species noted on
visit of Y.N.U. to Egton Bridge,

G. B. Walsh, 187 ; to Middleton-in-
Teesdale, J. M. Brown, 217 ; W. J.
Fordham, 249 ; Akis goryi Sol.
from Algeria, taken at Hull, W. J.
Fordham, 370-371 ; Beetles taken
at Sandsend, J. M. Brown, 371 ;
Two beetles new to the County,

G. B. Walsh, 369-370
Collemboia. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Teesdale,

J. M. Brown, 217-218 ; at Malham,
j . M. Brown, 279

Decapods. — Large Squid at Withern-
sea, with illustration, T. Sheppard,
121-122

Diptera. — The Study of Flies (Dip-
tera), P. H. Grimshaw, 5-20 ;
Report of meeting of Entomological
Section of Y.N.U., T. B. Kitchen
and W.D. Hincks, 49-51 ; at Askham
Bog, 282-284 ; Annual Report of
Diptera Committee of Y.N.U.,
1924, C. A. Cheetham, 59 ; Further
additions to the Yorkshire List,

C. A. Cheetham, 73-74 ; The Study
of Chironomids, report on lecture
by G. Grace, b.sc., W. D. Hincks,
127 ; Hippoboscid Flies in North
Yorkshire, G. B. Walsh, 141 ;
Modern Methods of Studying the
Smaller Diptera, G. Grace, 173-178 ;

— continued.

Species noted on visit of Y.N.U. to
Horbury, C. A. Cheetham, 239-240 ;
to Middleton-in-Teesdale, W. J.
Fordham, 249-250

Fish. — Large Pike at Burton Con-
stable, T. Sheppard, 53 ; Porbeagle
at Whitby, F. Snowden, 53 ; Ray’s
Bream at Bridlington, T. Sheppard,
53-54 ; Large Cottus bubalis
(Fatherlasher) at Scarborough,
W. J. Clarke, 122 ; Rare Rays at
Scarborough, IT. J. Clarke, 348

Flowering Plants. — May-Lily in
Yorkshire, etc., R. IT. Barker, 52 ;
Experiments with Moorland Plants,
J. H. Priestley, 74 ; Annual Report
of Botanical Section of Y.N.U.,
1924, J. F. Robinson and C. A.
Cheetham, 88-89 ; of Annual
Meeting of same section, 1925, C. A.
Cheetham, 340-341 ; Species noted
on visit of Y.N.U. to Egton Bridge,
A. I. Burnley and R. J. Flintoff,
186-187; at Middleton-in-Teesdale,
A. M. Smith, 2 15-21 7, 249 ; at
Horbury, W. H. Pearsall, 239 ; at
Flamborough, R. J. Flintoff, 281-
282 ; The Grasslands of Yorkshire
Coal Measure and Limestone Soils,
T. Swarbrick, 207-213 ; Further
Note thereon, P. F. Kendall, 255 ;
Hippocrepis eomosa Linn, on Lang-
ton Wold, J. F. Robinson, 213 ;
Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. near Aust-
wick, W. A. Sledge, 255 ; Lac-
tuca alpina Benth. in N. E. Yorks.,
R. J. Flintoff, 315 ; Tees-side
Plants, T. A. Lofthouse, 315-316 ;
Correction in connection with this
latter note, W. Falconer, 346 ;
Centaurium capitatum in Whitby
District, F. Snowdon, 346-347 ;
Impatiens glandulifera in the Rye-
burn Valley, J. Firth, 347 ; Inula
Helenium Linn, in N. E. Yorks.,
R. J . Flintoff, 347

Fungi. — Annual Report of Mycolog-
ical Committee of Y.N.U., 1924,
A. E. Peck, 88 ; A Diseased Spruce
Tree, j. Maughan, 141 ; Y.N.U.
Fungus Foray at Hackness, 1925,
with list of new County records,
A. E. Peck, 332-334 ; Entomoph-
thora muscivora Schroet at Ald-
brough, first British record, T.
Petch, 368

Geology. — Ages of Pennine Peat,
33-34 ; Note on New Jurassic

Naturalist

Classified Index. 381

YORKSHIRE — continued.

Period Worm discovered by J. W.
Stather near Scarborough, 38 ; Note
on lecture, ‘ Geology in relation
to the Arts,’ delivered by C. N.
Bromehead, 38 ; Discovery of an
Ammonite of the genera Waeh-
neroceras, new to the Yorkshire
Lias, at Hull, with illustration,
C. Thompson, 43-44 ; Note on
Early Leeds Glass Houses, 67 ; An-
nual Report of Geological Section
of Y.N.U., 1924, W. S. Bisat and
J. Holmes, 89-90 ; Note on new
group of Yorkshire Jurassic Plants,
1 31 ; Note on the new Branch
Office of the Geological Survey
opened at York, 13 1 ; Note on
Humber Changes, 134 ; Pot-Holing,
i35_i36 ; Report of Meeting of
Y.N.U. at Egton Bridge, B. Hobson,
186 ; at Malham, W. S. Bisat,
277-278 ; at Flamborough, W. S.
Bisat, 281 ; New Exposure in the
Lower Inferior Oolites at South
Cave, T. Sheppard, 213 ; Note on
Yorkshire Carboniferous Rocks, 233-
234 ; Yeovilian Ammonites in the
inland area of the Yorkshire Moors,
W. E. F. Macmillan, 236, 316 ; On
discovery of Wm. Smith’s small
sized Geological Map of England
and Wales, published 1827, T.
Sheppard, 245-246 ; A note on
Danes’ Dyke as it was not in 1831,
and as it is to-day, illustrated,
260-261 ; Mammoth Tooth in
Holderness Boulder Clay, R. W.
Lamb, 272 ; ‘ The Matron ’ Rock,

Flamborough, with illustration, T.
Sheppard, 273-274 ; Goniatite
Zones in the Keasden Beck Area,
J. Holmes and W. S: Bisat, 307-
312 : Critical and detailed notes on
Yorkshire Ammonites, chiefly rep-
resented in the Hull Museum, with
many proposed new genera, includ-
ing Ophideroceras ziphoides sp.
nov.., Asteroceras blakei sp. nov.,
and A. marstonense sp. nov.,
Metarnioceras subpellati gen. et.
sp. ftov., and Metarnioceras shep-
pardi sp. nov., and suture line
figure of iEgasteroceras simile sp.
nov., figured and described, and
also numerous other figures, L. F.
Spath, 107-112, 137-141, 167-172,
201-206, 263-269, 299-306, 327-331,
359-364 ; Note on protest against

suggested removal of beach materia
south of Bridlington, 355 ; Coast
erosion at Aldbrough, E. Yorks ;
T. Petch, 365-367 ; Tooth of
Elephas antiquus at Bridlington,
T. Sheppard, 368

Hemiptera. — Report of meeting of
Entomological Section of Y.N.U. ,
T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks,
49-51 ; at Askham Bog, 282-284 ;
Species collected in North East
Yorkshire, 1924, including ten first
County records, J. M. Brown,
113-116 ; Species noted on visit of
Y.N.U. to Egton Bridge, G. B.
Walsh, 187 ; to Middleton-in-
Teesdale, J. M. Brow;n, 217; at
Malham, J. M. Brown, 279 ; Ad-
ditions to the County list, 1924,
J. M. Brown, 237-238; Species
noted at Askham Bog, J . M. Brown,
283-284

Heteroptera. — Species collected in
North East Yorkshire, 1924, in-
cluding six first County records,
J. M. Brown, 113-116; Species
noted on visit of Y.N.U. to Middie-
ton-in-Teesdale, J. M. Brown, 217 ;
at Malham, J. M. Brown, 279 ;
Coranus subopterus De G. on
Allerthorpe Common, first County
record, W. J. Fordham, 314 ; Ad-
ditions to the County list, 1924,
J. M. Brown, 237-238 ; Species
noted at Askham Bog, J. M. Brown,
283

Homoptera. — Species collected in
North East Yorkshire, 1924, includ-
ing four first County records, J. M.
Brown, 113-116 ; Species noted on
visit of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-
Teesdale, J. M. Brown, 217; at
Malham, J. M. Brown, 279 ; Wasps
at Figwort bloom, J. M. Brown,
345-346 ; additions to the County
list, 1924, J. M. Brown, 237-238;
Species noted at Askham Bog,
J. M. Brown, 283-284

Hymenoptera. — Report of meeting
of Entomological Section of Y.N.U. ,
T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks,
49-51 ; Annual Report of Hymen-
optera Committee of Y.N.U., 1924,
R. Butterfield, 59 ; Yorkshire
Ichneumons, G. T. Porritt, 87

Lepidoptera. — Abundance of Hy-
bernia defoliaria at Huddersfield,
C. Mosley, 20 ; Report of meetings

1323 Dec 1

382

Classified Index.

YORKSHIRE — continued.

of Entomological Section of Y.N.U.,
T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincks,
49-51 ; at Askham Bog, 282-284 ;
Report of meeting of South-West
Yorkshire Entomological Society,
B. Morley, 51 ; Annual Report of
Lepidoptera Committee of Y.N.U.,
1924, B. Morley, 60-61 ; Acherontia
atropos L. at Blackwell, near Dar-
lington, J. E. Nowers, 86 ; Hawk-
moths at Scarborough, 1924, G. B.
Walsh, 86-87 - Saturnia carpini in
Huddersfield District, W. E. L.
Wattam, with footnote by G. T.
Porritt, 122 ; Species noted on visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, J . M. Brown, 217 ; at Horbury
J. Hooper, 240 ; Defoliation of
Prunus padus at Goathland by
Yponomeuta evonymellus Linn.,
with illustration, R. J. Flintoff,
270 ; Depressaria nervosa in Coxley
Valley, C. Mosley, with footnote by
G. T. Porritt, 271 ; Vanessa antiopa
at Woolley, F. J. Dundas, 314 ;
Note on presentation of J. W.
Boult’s collection of Lepidoptera to
Hull Museum, 320 ; Immigration
of White Butterflies in the Wilsden
district, E. P. Butterfield, with
footnote by G. T. Porritt, 346

Lichens — Lichen Flora of the Ingle-
ton District, D. A. Jones, 241-244 ;
Species noted on visit of Y.N.U. to
Middleton-in-Teesdale, W. E. L.
Wattam, 250-252

Mammalia. — Red Squirrel at Hon-
ley, W. E. L. WWttam, 20 ; Note
on large Badger killed at Broughton,
32 ; Note on a Humber Whale in
1604, 35-36 ; Reports of meetings
of Vertebrate Zoology Section of
Y.N.U., E. W. Taylor, 47-49,
i55-i58g Annual Report of Mam-
mals, etc., Committee of Y.N.U.,
1924, S. H. Smith, 56-57; Grey
Squirrel in Ripon Parks, R. Fortune
120 ; Grey Squirrel at Jervaulx, J.
Mangham, 154 ; Lesser Shrew at
Kilnsea, R. Fortune, 253 ; Young
Seals at Filey, Scarborough and
Kilnsea, with illustration, R.
Fortune, 271 ; Mammoth tooth in
Holderness Boulder Clay, R. W.
Lamb, 272

Microbiology. — Annual Report of
Microbiology Committee of Y.N.U.,
1924, E. Percival, 61

Mollusca (Land and Freshwater).

— Mollusca near Sheffield, G.
Fysher, 55 ; Annual Report of
Conchological Section of Y.N.U.,
1924, G. Fysher, 58-59 ; Species
noted on visit of Y.N.U. to Egton
Bridge, G. Fysher, 187-18S ; at
Middleton-in-Teesdale, G. Fysher,
218 ; at Horbury, G. Fj’-sher, 240 ;
Species noted at Askham Bog, G.
Fysher, 246 ; at Malham, G.
Fysher, 280 ; at Flamborough, G.
Fysher, 281 ; at Hackness, G.
Fysher, 342-343

Mosses and Hepatics. — Annual Re-
port of Bryology Committee of
Y.N.U., 1924, F. E. Milsom, 88 ;
Yorkshire Bryologists at Ingleton,
with list of species noted, F. E.
Milsom, 218-220 ; at Buckden, with
list of species noted, F. E. Milsom,
368 ; Species noted on visit of
Y.N.U. to Horbury, W. H. Burrell,
239 ; Riccia fluitans L., and
Ricciocarpus natans (L.) at Askham
Bog, J. M. Brown, 315 ; Notes on
the Ingham collection of Mosses
housed at the Leeds Uriiv&rsity,
354

Museums. — Batley, General Guide
to, 288 ; Bridlington Museum,
Formation of, 231 ; Harrogate,
suggestion for Museum, 164 ; Hud-
dersfield (Tolson Memorial Muse-
um), Publications of (No. 3), 660 ;
Hull, Publications of (Nos. 137 and
138), 32 ; (No. 139), 160

Neuroptera, etc. — Report of meeting
of Entomological Section of Y.N.U.,
T. B. Kitchen and W. D. Hincksr
49-51 ; Annual Report of Neurop-
tera, etc., Committee of Y.N.U.,
1924, G. T. Porritt, 61 ; Species
noted on visit of Y.N.U. to Middle-
ton-in-Teesdale, W. J. Fordham,
3I4

Orthoptera . — Leptophyes punctatis-
sima Bose, at Middleton, first
County record, Pholidoptera

griseo-aptera at Hayburn Wyke, and
Gryllus domesticus Linn, at Middles-
brough, G. B. Walsh, 20; New
county species noted in the collect-
ions at the University Museum,
Oxford, G. T. Porritt, 369

Palseo -Botany . — Note on new group
of angiospermous plants found in
the Gristhorpe Plant Bed, 131

Naturalist

Classified Index.

383

YORKSHIRE — continued.

Personal Notices . — On the election
of Professor J. H. Priestley, b.sc.,
d.s.o., f.l.s., as President of the
Y.N.U. for 1925, 33 ; In Memoriam
notice of J. A. Wheldon, m.sc.,
a.l.s., i.s.m., with portrait, J. F.
Robinson, 29-31 ; of Sir Archibald
Geikie (a past-President of the
Y.N.U. ), with portrait, 78 ; of
Alfred Clarke, with portrait, F. A.
Mason, 79-S3 ; of James E.
Bedford, j.p., f.g.s., with portrait,
T. Sheppard, S4-S5 ; of J. T.
Sewell, j.p., with portrait, T.
Sheppard, 189-190 ; of F. F.
Walton, f.g.s. , with portrait, T.
Sheppard, 221-222 ; of H. Ling
Roth, with portrait, 247-248 ; of
Baker Hudson, with portrait, T.
Sheppard, 275-276 ; of Thomas
Dennis, 288 ; Brief note of death
of W. N. Cheesman, j.p., f.l.s.,
past President of the Y.N.U., 358
Plant Associations and Ecology. —
Experiments with Moorland Plants,
j. H. Priestley, 74 ; The Grasslands
of Yorkshire Coal Measure and
Limestone Soils, T. Swarbrick,
207-213 ; Further note thereon,
P. F. Kendall, 252 ; Ecological
features noted on visit of Y.N.U.
to Middleton-in-Teesdale, A. M.
Smith, 215-217, 249 ; Annual Meet-
ing of Botanical Section of Y.N.U.,
1925, C. A. Cheetham, 340-341
Reptilia. — Annual Report of Reptiles,
etc., Committee of Y.N.U., 1924,
S. H. Smith, 57 ; Chalcides ocella-
tus (Ocellated Sand Skink) at
Scarborough, W. J. Clarke, 121
Societies. — Bradford Nat. His., etc.,
Society, Jubilee meeting of, 190-
325 ; Bradford Scientific Associa-
tion, Report of Jubilee meeting of,
190, 325 ; Darlington Naturalists’
Field Club, Report of Annual
Meeting of, 196 ; Halifax Scientific.
Society, Report of Annual Meeting
of, 104 ; Hull Geological Society,

Trans, of, 321 ; Rotherham Natura-
lists’ Society, Report of Annual
Meeting of, 195 ; South-west
Yorkshire Entomological Society,
Meeting, Report of, 51 ; York St.
Peter’s School Scientific Society,
Trans, of, 276 ; Yorkshire Con-
chological Society, Report of An-
nual Meeting, 232 ; Yorkshire
Dialect Society, Trans, of, 188 ;
Yorkshire Geological Society, Trans,
of, 70

Thysanura. — Species noted on visit
of Y.N.U. to Middleton-in-Tees-
dale, J. M. Brown, 218

Turbellaria. — Rhynchodemus brit-
tanicus, new to Britain, noted, 257

Vermes . — Rhynchodemus brittanni-
cus, new to Britain, noted, 257

Yorkshire Naturalists Union. —
The Study of Flies (Diptera),’
Presidential Address, 1924, of P. H.
Grimshaw, f.r.s.e., f.e.s., 5-20;
Annual Report, 1924, W. H.
Pearsall, F. A. Mason and E.
Hawkesworth, 21-27, 56-61, 88-92 ;
Report of Annual Meeting at
Sheffield, 1924, 28, 96 ; Congratu-
latory address of the Union to the
University of Leeds, 39, 129 ;

Reports of meetings of Vertebrate
Zoology Section, E. W. Taylor,
47-49, 155-158 ; of Entomologi-
cal Section, T. B. Kitchen and
W. D. Hincks, 49-51 ; at Askham
Bog, 282-284 J °f Committee of
Suggestions, C. A. Cheetham, 51 ;
of Bryological Section at Ingleton,
F. E. Milsom, 218-220 ; of Botan-
ical Section Annual Meeting, C. A.
Cheetham, 340-341 ; Meeting at
Egton Bridge, 185-188 ; at Middle-
ton-in-Teesdale, 214-218, 249-252 ;
at Horbury, 239-240 ; at Malham,
277-280 ; at Flamborough, 280-282,
all by W. H. Pearsall and F. A.
Mason ; Fungus Foray at Hackness,
A. E. Peck, 332-334

MISCELLANEA.

Archaeology.— Acquisition of Bronze-
age Beaker from East Kennet by
the Hull Museum, with illustra-
tion, T. Sheppard, 150- 152
Anthropology. — The Rhodesian
Skull, with illustrations, T. Shep-
pard, 1 53 -1 54 ; Anthropology at

the British Association meeting at
Southampton, E. N. Fallaize, 337-
340

Birds. — Note on the Great Bustard
in Scotland, 68 ; White Wagtail,
paired with Pied, nesting in Shrop-
shire, F. Pitt, 166 ; The Courting

1925 Dec. 1

384 Classified Index.

MISCELLANEA — continued.

Habits of the Heron, E. Selous, 179,
335-336 ; Bird Notes from Shrop-
shire, F. Pitt, 342

Brachiopoda . — Waidheimia cranium
Muller from Holsteinborg, Hans
Schlesch, 148 ; Correction note
thereon, J. W. Jackson, 182
Botany. — Experiments with Moor-
land Plants, J. H. Priestley, 74
Coleoptera. — The Khapra Beetle and
its influence on the Moisture Content
of Malt in store, noted, 94
Crustacea. — Notes of Prof. W.
Garstang’s address at a meeting of
the Linnean Society, ‘ On the origin
of the Crustacean Carapace,’ 232-
233

Correspondence . — Migrant arrivals
in York District, 1924, S. H. Smith,
28 ; The May-Lily in Yorkshire,
etc., R. H. Barker, 52 ; ‘ Waid-

heimia ’ cranium Muller : a correc-
tion, J. W. Jackson, 182 ; Pot-boling
in . Yorkshire, J. F. Seaman, with
editorial footnote, 223 ; The
Grasslands of Yorkshire Coal Meas-
ure and Limestone Soils, P. F.
Kendall, 252

Diptera. — The Study of Flies (Dip-
tera), P. H. Grimshaw, 5-20 ;
Modern Methods of studying the
smaller Diptera, G. Grace, 173-178
Fish. — A rare Angler Fish (Ceratias
holbolli) from Iceland, with illus-
tration, 41-42

Geology. — Geological Society
Awards, 102 ; Note on Optical
Glass, 104 ; on the Pliocene Crag of
Tjornes, North Iceland, Hans
Schlesch, 117-118 ; Sabden Shale

Fossils near Holywell, Flintshire,
J. W. Jackson, 183-184 ; Note on
the Cresswell Engravings, with
illustration, 227-228 ; Note on
Upper Kimmeridge Ammonites, 325
Magazine Notes. — 27, 40, 42, 95,
116, 126, 159, 220, 222, 223, 240,
248, 255, 287, 313, 319, 336, 350-
35i

Mammalia. — Note on the Whaling
Industry, 132-133 ; Note on the
Otter, 289 ; Protection of the
Badger, 323 ; Mammal notes from
Shropshire, F. Pitt, 342
Mollusca (Land and Freshwater).
Chilotrema lapicida L. var. convexa
Baudon in South-west Jutland,
Hans Schlesch, 3x3 ; Vertigo
moulinsiana (Dupuy) in Denmark,
H. Schlesch, 342 ; Xerophila inter -
secta Poiret ( = X. caperata Mont.)
in Denmark and Schleswig, H.
Schlesch, 343-344 ; Note on vari-
eties of Cepaea nemoralis (Muller)
and C. hortensis (Muller) from
Faxe, Denmark, H. Schlesch, 370
Northern News. — 32, 44, 64, 94, 96,
106, 122, .127, 128, 160, 224, 235,
256, 262, 274, 288, 320, 352, 358,
370

Personal Notices. — In Memoriam
notice, of Wm. Whitaker, b.a.,f.r.s.,
with portrait, T. Sheppard, 85-86 ;
In Memoriam notice of Robert
Standen, m.sc., with portrait, 147-
148

Societies . — British Association, notes
on Southampton meeting of, 290-
296 ; 337-34°

PLATES.

PI ite To face page

I. — J . A. Wheldon, m.sc., a.l.s., i.s.m. ... ... ... ... 29

II. — Ceratias holbolli (a rare Angler Fish) ... ... ... ••• 41

III. — British Lepidoptera (Vanessa) ... ... ... ... ••• 65

IV. — Removal of Regency Square Mill, Sussex, 1797 ... ... ... 97

V. — Goldfinch — Siskin ... ... ... ... ... ... 161

Naturalist

The Birds of Yorkshire

By T. H. NELSON, M.B.O.U.,

With the co-operation of W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., and F. Boyes.

Two volumes. Demy 8vo, 901 pages, including over 200
Illustrations, beautifully printed in double tone ink, from photo-
graphs by R. Fortune, F.G.S., and other well-known naturalist
photographers, also three-colour plates, including specially designed
title pages. Cloth boards, 17/6 net, post free, 18/3.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farring-don Avenue, E.C. 4.

And at Hull and York.

The EARLY HISTORY
of the NORTH RIDING

By WM. EDWARDS, M.A.

Demy ^to (g"xnl"), 283 pages, with 16 plates , frontispiece in sepia , and
Map of the North Riding at end. Full cloth 10/6 net, post free 11/3.
Edition de luxe, full leather, gilt top, 21/- net, post free 21/9.

Contents : — I. Prehistoric Times — II. The Romans— 'III. The Anglican
Kingdom of Northumbria — IV. Pre-Conquest Monasteries — V. The
Northmen — VI. The Norman Conquest and Settlement — VII. Political
History under the Normans and Early Plantagenets — VIII. The Feudal
System — IX. The Barons — X. North Riding Castles — XI. Thomas, Earl
of Lancaster — XII. The Danger from the Scots — XIII. The Foundation
of the Religious Houses (I.) — XIV. The Foundation of the Religious
Houses (II.) — XV. The Life and Work of the Monks — XVI. The Wealth
and Power of the Religious Houses — XVII. Churches and Chantries in
the Middle Ages — XVIII. Town Life in the Middle Ages — XIX. Country
Life in the Middle Ages — XX. The Forests — XXI. Early Yorkshire Pedi-
grees— Index of Place Names ; Index of Personal Names ; Index of Subjects.

The Manchester Guardian says : — “This is a readable, popular history from the New
Stone Age to the fifteenth century, with chapters on the feudal system, on the num-
erous monasteries in the district, and on the daily life of monk and layman in the
Middle Ages. In the period to which it relates the Riding was the scene of many
foreign invasions and of much civil war, and the author’s object has been to show the
relation of the local history to that of the nation. The volume contains many illus-
trations, and the price is astonishingly low for so handsome a work.’’

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

Irish Naturalists’ Journal

A Magazine of Natural History, Antiquities and Ethnology.

Published every Two Months by the I .N.J . Committee.

PART I. NOW READY.

Edited by J. A. S. STENDALL. M.B.O.U.,
with the assistance of Sectional Editors.

Annual Subscription, 6 /- post free. Single Parts, 1/3.

All communications to be addressed to —

W. M. Crawford, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Hon. Sec.,

Orissa, Marlborough Park, Belfast.

WATKINS & DONCASTER

NATURALISTS,

36. STRAND, LONDON. W.C.2

(Five Doors from Charing Cross),

Keep in stock every description of

APPARATUS, CABINETS, BOOKS & SPECIMENS,

for Collectors of

BIRDS’ EGGS, BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS, Etc.

Catalogue (96 pages) sent post free on application.

ANCIENT SPRINGS and
STREAMS of THE EAST
RIDING of YORKSHIRE

THEIR TOPOGRAPHY AND TRADITIONS

BY THE LATE

Rev. WILLIAM SMITH

196 pages , Crown 8vo, Illustrated, Art Cloth Boards , lettered in
Gold. 6/- net, post free 6/6.

“ A very welcome addition to folk and antiquarian lore is supplied by the
Rev. W. Smith’s Ancient Springs and Streams of the East Riding of

Yorkshire Books such as this are all too rare, and will become rarer

still as we lose touch with the past. For this preservation of folklore we are
deeply indebted to the gifted author. It is not addressed to savants, but to
those who would be informed concerning customs and beliefs of a far-off past.
There is not a dull page in it from cover to cover ; we only wish that there had
been more of it.” — Sheffield Daily Telegraph.

London : A. BROWN & SONS, Ltd., 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C.4

AND AT HULL AND YORK

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine

PRICE TWO SHILLINGS MONTHLY.

EDITED BY

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. R. W. Lloyd.

J. E. Collin, F.E.S. J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

G. T. Porritt, F.L.S. K. G. Blair, B.Sc., F.E.S.

H. Scott, M.A., Sc.D., F.E.S.

This Mag-azine, commenced in 1864, contains Standard Articles and Notes on
all subjects connected with Entomology, and especially on the Insects of the
British Isles.

Subscription— 1 5/- per annum, post free, to—

R. W. LLOYD, 15, ALBANY, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W. 1

Printed by A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., 40 George Street, Hull, and published by
A. Brown & Sons, Ltd., at 5 Farringdon Avenue, in the City of London.

Dec., ^1925.